diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-0.txt | 9234 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 154872 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 356007 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-h/4017-h.htm | 13645 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-h/images/img01.jpg | bin | 0 -> 114046 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-h/images/img02.jpg | bin | 0 -> 61452 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4017-h/images/img03.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31380 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4017.txt | 9368 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4017.zip | bin | 0 -> 154484 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/hlwnd10.txt | 9552 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/hlwnd10.zip | bin | 0 -> 153957 bytes |
14 files changed, 41815 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/4017-0.txt b/4017-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc476e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9234 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: The Hollow Needle + +Author: Maurice Leblanc + +Release Date: October 11, 2001 [eBook #4017] +[Last updated: July 18, 2022] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Charles Franks, Greg Weeks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLLOW NEEDLE *** + + + + +The Hollow Needle + +FURTHER ADVENTURES OF ARSÈNE LUPIN + +by Maurice Leblanc + +AUTHOR OF +“ARSÈNE LUPIN,” “THE BLONDE LADY,” ETC. + +TRANSLATED BY ALEXANDER TEIXEIRA DE MATTOS + + +Contents + + Chapter I. The Shot + Chapter II. Isidore Beautrelet, Sixth-form Schoolboy + Chapter III. The Corpse + Chapter IV. Face to Face + Chapter V. On the Track + Chapter VI. An Historic Secret + Chapter VII. The Treatise of the Needle + Chapter VIII. From Cæsar to Lupin + Chapter IX. Open, Sesame! + Chapter X. The Treasures of the Kings of France + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + +Valméras loved Raymonde’s melancholy charm + +She put the gun to her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired + +Two huge letters, each perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief in +the granite of the floor + +“We’re going now. What do you think of my cockle-shell, Beautrelet?” + + +THE HOLLOW NEEDLE + + + + +CHAPTER ONE +THE SHOT + + +Raymonde listened. The noise was repeated twice over, clearly enough to +be distinguished from the medley of vague sounds that formed the great +silence of the night and yet too faintly to enable her to tell whether +it was near or far, within the walls of the big country-house, or +outside, among the murky recesses of the park. + +She rose softly. Her window was half open: she flung it back wide. The +moonlight lay over a peaceful landscape of lawns and thickets, against +which the straggling ruins of the old abbey stood out in tragic +outlines, truncated columns, mutilated arches, fragments of porches and +shreds of flying buttresses. A light breeze hovered over the face of +things, gliding noiselessly through the bare motionless branches of the +trees, but shaking the tiny budding leaves of the shrubs. + +And, suddenly, she heard the same sound again. It was on the left and +on the floor below her, in the living rooms, therefore, that occupied +the left wing of the house. Brave and plucky though she was, the girl +felt afraid. She slipped on her dressing gown and took the matches. + +“Raymonde—Raymonde!” + +A voice as low as a breath was calling to her from the next room, the +door of which had not been closed. She was feeling her way there, when +Suzanne, her cousin, came out of the room and fell into her arms: + +“Raymonde—is that you? Did you hear—?” + +“Yes. So you’re not asleep?” + +“I suppose the dog woke me—some time ago. But he’s not barking now. +What time is it?” + +“About four.” + +“Listen! Surely, some one’s walking in the drawing room!” + +“There’s no danger, your father is down there, Suzanne.” + +“But there is danger for him. His room is next to the boudoir.” + +“M. Daval is there too—” + +“At the other end of the house. He could never hear.” + +They hesitated, not knowing what course to decide upon. Should they +call out? Cry for help? They dared not; they were frightened of the +sound of their own voices. But Suzanne, who had gone to the window, +suppressed a scream: + +“Look!—A man!—Near the fountain!” + +A man was walking away at a rapid pace. He carried under his arm a +fairly large load, the nature of which they were unable to distinguish: +it knocked against his leg and impeded his progress. They saw him pass +near the old chapel and turn toward a little door in the wall. The door +must have been open, for the man disappeared suddenly from view and +they failed to hear the usual grating of the hinges. + +“He came from the drawing room,” whispered Suzanne. + +“No, the stairs and the hall would have brought him out more to the +left—Unless—” + +The same idea struck them both. They leant out. Below them, a ladder +stood against the front of the house, resting on the first floor. A +glimmer lit up the stone balcony. And another man, who was also +carrying something, bestrode the baluster, slid down the ladder and ran +away by the same road as the first. + +Suzanne, scared to the verge of swooning, fell on her knees, +stammering: + +“Let us call out—let us call for help—” + +“Who would come? Your father—and if there are more of them left—and +they throw themselves upon him—?” + +“Then—then—we might call the servants—Your bell rings on their floor.” + +“Yes—yes—perhaps, that’s better. If only they come in time!” + +Raymonde felt for the electric push near her bed and pressed it with +her finger. They heard the bell ring upstairs and had an impression +that its shrill sound must also reach any one below. + +They waited. The silence became terrifying and the very breeze no +longer shook the leaves of the shrubs. + +“I’m frightened—frightened,” said Suzanne. + +And, suddenly, from the profound darkness below them, came the sound of +a struggle, a crash of furniture overturned, words, exclamations and +then, horrible and ominous, a hoarse groan, the gurgle of a man who is +being murdered— + +Raymonde leapt toward the door. Suzanne clung desperately to her arm: + +“No—no—don’t leave me—I’m frightened—” + +Raymonde pushed her aside and darted down the corridor, followed by +Suzanne, who staggered from wall to wall, screaming as she went. +Raymonde reached the staircase, flew down the stairs, flung herself +upon the door of the big drawing room and stopped short, rooted to the +threshold, while Suzanne sank in a heap by her side. Facing them, at +three steps’ distance, stood a man, with a lantern in his hand. He +turned it upon the two girls, blinding them with the light, stared long +at their pale faces, and then, without hurrying, with the calmest +movements in the world, took his cap, picked up a scrap of paper and +two bits of straw, removed some footmarks from the carpet, went to the +balcony, turned to the girls, made them a deep bow and disappeared. + +Suzanne was the first to run to the little boudoir which separated the +big drawing-room from her father’s bedroom. But, at the entrance, a +hideous sight appalled her. By the slanting rays of the moon, she saw +two apparently lifeless bodies lying close to each other on the floor. +She leaned over one of them: + +“Father!—Father!—Is it you? What has happened to you?” she cried, +distractedly. + +After a moment, the Comte de Gesvres moved. In a broken voice, he said: + +“Don’t be afraid—I am not wounded—Daval?—Is he alive?—The knife?—The +knife?—” + +Two men-servants now arrived with candles. Raymonde flung herself down +before the other body and recognized Jean Daval, the count’s private +secretary. A little stream of blood trickled from his neck. His face +already wore the pallor of death. + +Then she rose, returned to the drawing room, took a gun that hung in a +trophy of arms on the wall and went out on the balcony. Not more than +fifty or sixty seconds had elapsed since the man had set his foot on +the top rung of the ladder. He could not, therefore, be very far away, +the more so as he had taken the precaution to remove the ladder, in +order to prevent the inmates of the house from using it. And soon she +saw him skirting the remains of the old cloister. She put the gun to +her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired. The man fell. + +“That’s done it! That’s done it!” said one of the servants. “We’ve got +this one. I’ll run down.” + +“No, Victor, he’s getting up.... You had better go down by the +staircase and make straight for the little door in the wall. That’s the +only way he can escape.” + +Victor hurried off, but, before he reached the park, the man fell down +again. Raymonde called the other servant: + +“Albert, do you see him down there? Near the main cloister?—” + +“Yes, he’s crawling in the grass. He’s done for—” + +“Watch him from here.” + +“There’s no way of escape for him. On the right of the ruins is the +open lawn—” + +“And, Victor, do you guard the door, on the left,” she said, taking up +her gun. + +“But, surely, you are not going down, miss?” + +“Yes, yes,” she said, with a resolute accent and abrupt movements; “let +me be—I have a cartridge left—If he stirs—” + +She went out. A moment later, Albert saw her going toward the ruins. He +called to her from the window: + +“He’s dragged himself behind the cloister. I can’t see him. Be careful, +miss—” + +Raymonde went round the old cloisters, to cut off the man’s retreat, +and Albert soon lost sight of her. After a few minutes, as he did not +see her return, he became uneasy and, keeping his eye on the ruins, +instead of going down by the stairs he made an effort to reach the +ladder. When he had succeeded, he scrambled down and ran straight to +the cloisters near which he had seen the man last. Thirty paces +farther, he found Raymonde, who was searching with Victor. + +“Well?” he asked. + +“There’s no laying one’s hands on him,” replied Victor. + +“The little door?” + +“I’ve been there; here’s the key.” + +“Still—he must—” + +“Oh, we’ve got him safe enough, the scoundrel—He’ll be ours in ten +minutes.” + +The farmer and his son, awakened by the shot, now came from the farm +buildings, which were at some distance on the right, but within the +circuit of the walls. They had met no one. + +“Of course not,” said Albert. “The ruffian can’t have left the +ruins—We’ll dig him out of some hole or other.” + +They organized a methodical search, beating every bush, pulling aside +the heavy masses of ivy rolled round the shafts of the columns. They +made sure that the chapel was properly locked and that none of the +panes were broken. They went round the cloisters and examined every +nook and corner. The search was fruitless. + +There was but one discovery: at the place where the man had fallen +under Raymonde’s gun, they picked up a chauffeur’s cap, in very soft +buff leather; besides that, nothing. + +The gendarmerie of Ouville-la-Rivière were informed at six o’clock in +the morning and at once proceeded to the spot, after sending an express +to the authorities at Dieppe with a note describing the circumstances +of the crime, the imminent capture of the chief criminal and “the +discovery of his headgear and of the dagger with which the crime had +been committed.” + +At ten o’clock, two hired conveyances came down the gentle slope that +led to the house. One of them, an old-fashioned calash, contained the +deputy public prosecutor and the examining magistrate, accompanied by +his clerk. In the other, a humble fly, were seated two reporters, +representing the _Journal de Rouen_ and a great Paris paper. + +The old château came into view—once the abbey residence of the priors +of Ambrumésy, mutilated under the Revolution, both restored by the +Comte de Gesvres, who had now owned it for some twenty years. It +consists of a main building, surmounted by a pinnacled clock-tower, and +two wings, each of which is surrounded by a flight of steps with a +stone balustrade. Looking across the walls of the park and beyond the +upland supported by the high Norman cliffs, you catch a glimpse of the +blue line of the Channel between the villages of Sainte-Marguerite and +Varengeville. + +Here the Comte de Gesvres lived with his daughter Suzanne, a delicate, +fair-haired, pretty creature, and his niece Raymonde de Saint-Véran, +whom he had taken to live with him two years before, when the +simultaneous death of her father and mother left Raymonde an orphan. +Life at the château was peaceful and regular. A few neighbors paid an +occasional visit. In the summer, the count took the two girls almost +every day to Dieppe. He was a tall man, with a handsome, serious face +and hair that was turning gray. He was very rich, managed his fortune +himself and looked after his extensive estates with the assistance of +his secretary, Jean Daval. + +Immediately upon his arrival, the examining magistrate took down the +first observations of Sergeant Quevillon of the gendarmes. The capture +of the criminal, imminent though it might be, had not yet been +effected, but every outlet of the park was held. Escape was impossible. + +The little company next crossed the chapter-hall and the refectory, +both of which are on the ground floor, and went up to the first story. +They at once remarked the perfect order that prevailed in the drawing +room. Not a piece of furniture, not an ornament but appeared to occupy +its usual place; nor was there any gap among the ornaments or +furniture. On the right and left walls hung magnificent Flemish +tapestries with figures. On the panels of the wall facing the windows +were four fine canvases, in contemporary frames, representing +mythological scenes. These were the famous pictures by Rubens which had +been left to the Comte de Gesvres, together with the Flemish +tapestries, by his maternal uncle, the Marqués de Bobadilla, a Spanish +grandee. + +M. Filleul remarked: + +“If the motive of the crime was theft, this drawing room, at any rate, +was not the object of it.” + +“You can’t tell!” said the deputy, who spoke little, but who, when he +did, invariably opposed the magistrate’s views. + +“Why, my dear sir, the first thought of a burglar would be to carry off +those pictures and tapestries, which are universally renowned.” + +“Perhaps there was no time.” + +“We shall see.” + +At that moment, the Comte de Gesvres entered, accompanied by the +doctor. The count, who did not seem to feel the effects of the attack +to which he had been subjected, welcomed the two officials. Then he +opened the door of the boudoir. + +This room, which no one had been allowed to enter since the discovery +of the crime, differed from the drawing room inasmuch as it presented a +scene of the greatest disorder. Two chairs were overturned, one of the +tables smashed to pieces and several objects—a traveling-clock, a +portfolio, a box of stationery—lay on the floor. And there was blood on +some of the scattered pieces of note-paper. + +The doctor turned back the sheet that covered the corpse. Jean Daval, +dressed in his usual velvet suit, with a pair of nailed boots on his +feet, lay stretched on his back, with one arm folded beneath him. His +collar and tie had been removed and his shirt opened, revealing a large +wound in the chest. + +“Death must have been instantaneous,” declared the doctor. “One blow of +the knife was enough.” + +“It was, no doubt, the knife which I saw on the drawing-room +mantelpiece, next to a leather cap?” said the examining magistrate. + +“Yes,” said the Comte de Gesvres, “the knife was picked up here. It +comes from the same trophy in the drawing room from which my niece, +Mlle. de Saint-Véran, snatched the gun. As for the chauffeur’s cap, +that evidently belongs to the murderer.” + +M. Filleul examined certain further details in the room, put a few +questions to the doctor and then asked M. de Gesvres to tell him what +he had seen and heard. The count worded his story as follows: + +“Jean Daval woke me up. I had been sleeping badly, for that matter, +with gleams of consciousness in which I seemed to hear noises, when, +suddenly opening my eyes, I saw Daval standing at the foot of my bed, +with his candle in his hand and fully dressed—as he is now, for he +often worked late into the night. He seemed greatly excited and said, +in a low voice: ‘There’s some one in the drawing room.’ I heard a noise +myself. I got up and softly pushed the door leading to this boudoir. At +the same moment, the door over there, which opens into the big drawing +room, was thrown back and a man appeared who leaped at me and stunned +me with a blow on the temple. I am telling you this without any +details, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, for the simple reason that I +remember only the principal facts, and that these facts followed upon +one another with extraordinary swiftness.” + +“And after that?—” + +“After that, I don’t know—I fainted. When I came to, Daval lay +stretched by my side, mortally wounded.” + +“At first sight, do you suspect no one?” + +“No one.” + +“You have no enemy?” + +“I know of none.” + +“Nor M. Daval either?” + +“Daval! An enemy? He was the best creature that ever lived. M. Daval +was my secretary for twenty years and, I may say, my confidant; and I +have never seen him surrounded with anything but love and friendship.” + +“Still, there has been a burglary and there has been a murder: there +must be a motive for all that.” + +“The motive? Why, it was robbery pure and simple.” + +“Robbery? Have you been robbed of something, then?” + +“No, nothing.” + +“In that case—?” + +“In that case, if they have stolen nothing and if nothing is missing, +they at least took something away.” + +“What?” + +“I don’t know. But my daughter and my niece will tell you, with +absolute certainty, that they saw two men in succession cross the park +and that those two men were carrying fairly heavy loads.” + +“The young ladies—” + +“The young ladies may have been dreaming, you think? I should be +tempted to believe it, for I have been exhausting myself in inquiries +and suppositions ever since this morning. However, it is easy enough to +question them.” + +The two cousins were sent for to the big drawing room. Suzanne, still +quite pale and trembling, could hardly speak. Raymonde, who was more +energetic, more of a man, better looking, too, with the golden glint in +her brown eyes, described the events of the night and the part which +she had played in them. + +“So I may take it, mademoiselle, that your evidence is positive?” + +“Absolutely. The men who went across the park were carrying things away +with them.” + +“And the third man?” + +“He went from here empty-handed.” + +“Could you describe him to us?” + +“He kept on dazzling us with the light of his lantern. All that I could +say is that he is tall and heavily built.” + +“Is that how he appeared to you, mademoiselle?” asked the magistrate, +turning to Suzanne de Gesvres. + +“Yes—or, rather, no,” said Suzanne, reflecting. “I thought he was about +the middle height and slender.” + +M. Filleul smiled; he was accustomed to differences of opinion and +sight in witnesses to one and the same fact: + +“So we have to do, on the one hand, with a man, the one in the drawing +room, who is, at the same time, tall and short, stout and thin, and, on +the other, with two men, those in the park, who are accused of removing +from that drawing room objects—which are still here!” + +M. Filleul was a magistrate of the ironic school, as he himself would +say. He was also a very ambitious magistrate and one who did not object +to an audience nor to an occasion to display his tactful resource in +public, as was shown by the increasing number of persons who now +crowded into the room. The journalists had been joined by the farmer +and his son, the gardener and his wife, the indoor servants of the +château and the two cabmen who had driven the flies from Dieppe. + +M. Filleul continued: + +“There is also the question of agreeing upon the way in which the third +person disappeared. Was this the gun you fired, mademoiselle, and from +this window?” + +“Yes. The man reached the tombstone which is almost buried under the +brambles, to the left of the cloisters.” + +“But he got up again?” + +“Only half. Victor ran down at once to guard the little door and I +followed him, leaving the second footman, Albert, to keep watch here.” + +Albert now gave his evidence and the magistrate concluded: + +“So, according to you, the wounded man was not able to escape on the +left, because your fellow-servant was watching the door, nor on the +right, because you would have seen him cross the lawn. Logically, +therefore, he is, at the present moment, in the comparatively +restricted space that lies before our eyes.” + +“I am sure of it.” + +“And you, mademoiselle?” + +“Yes.” + +“And I, too,” said Victor. + +The deputy prosecutor exclaimed, with a leer: + +“The field of inquiry is quite narrow. We have only to continue the +search commenced four hours ago.” + +“We may be more fortunate.” + +M. Filleul took the leather cap from the mantel, examined it and, +beckoning to the sergeant of gendarmes, whispered: + +“Sergeant, send one of your men to Dieppe at once. Tell him to go to +Maigret, the hatter, in the Rue de la Barre, and ask M. Maigret to tell +him, if possible, to whom this cap was sold.” + +The “field of inquiry,” in the deputy’s phrase, was limited to the +space contained between the house, the lawn on the right and the angle +formed by the left wall and the wall opposite the house, that is to +say, a quadrilateral of about a hundred yards each way, in which the +ruins of Ambrumésy, the famous mediæval monastery, stood out at +intervals. + +They at once noticed the traces left by the fugitive in the trampled +grass. In two places, marks of blackened blood, now almost dried up, +were observed. After the turn at the end of the cloisters, there was +nothing more to be seen, as the nature of the ground, here covered with +pine-needles, did not lend itself to the imprint of a body. But, in +that case, how had the wounded man succeeded in escaping the eyes of +Raymonde, Victor and Albert? There was nothing but a few brakes, which +the servants and the gendarmes had beaten over and over again, and a +number of tombstones, under which they had explored. The examining +magistrate made the gardener, who had the key, open the chapel, a real +gem of carving, a shrine in stone which had been respected by time and +the revolutionaries, and which, with the delicate sculpture work of its +porch and its miniature population of statuettes, was always looked +upon as a marvelous specimen of the Norman-Gothic style. The chapel, +which was very simple in the interior, with no other ornament than its +marble altar, offered no hiding-place. Besides, the fugitive would have +had to obtain admission. And by what means? + +The inspection brought them to the little door in the wall that served +as an entrance for the visitors to the ruins. It opened on a sunk road +running between the park wall and a copsewood containing some abandoned +quarries. M. Filleul stooped forward: the dust of the road bore marks +of anti-skid pneumatic tires. Raymonde and Victor remembered that, +after the shot, they had seemed to hear the throb of a motor-car. + +The magistrate suggested: + +“The man must have joined his confederates.” + +“Impossible!” cried Victor. “I was here while mademoiselle and Albert +still had him in view.” + +“Nonsense, he must be somewhere! Outside or inside: we have no choice!” + +“He is here,” the servants insisted, obstinately. + +The magistrate shrugged his shoulders and went back to the house in a +more or less sullen mood. There was no doubt that it was an unpromising +case. A theft in which nothing had been stolen; an invisible prisoner: +what could be less satisfactory? + +It was late. M. de Gesvres asked the officials and the two journalists +to stay to lunch. They ate in silence and then M. Filleul returned to +the drawing room, where he questioned the servants. But the sound of a +horse’s hoofs came from the courtyard and, a moment after, the gendarme +who had been sent to Dieppe entered. + +“Well, did you see the hatter?” exclaimed the magistrate, eager at last +to obtain some positive information. + +“I saw M. Maigret. The cap was sold to a cab-driver.” + +“A cab-driver!” + +“Yes, a driver who stopped his fly before the shop and asked to be +supplied with a yellow-leather chauffeur’s cap for one of his +customers. This was the only one left. He paid for it, without +troubling about the size, and drove off. He was in a great hurry.” + +“What sort of fly was it?” + +“A calash.” + +“And on what day did this happen?” + +“On what day? Why, to-day, at eight o’clock this morning.” + +“This morning? What are you talking about?” + +“The cap was bought this morning.” + +“But that’s impossible, because it was found last night in the park. If +it was found there, it must have been there; and, consequently, it must +have been bought before.” + +“The hatter told me it was bought this morning.” + +There was a moment of general bewilderment. The nonplussed magistrate +strove to understand. Suddenly, he started, as though struck with a +gleam of light: + +“Fetch the cabman who brought us here this morning! The man who drove +the calash! Fetch him at once!” + +The sergeant of gendarmes and his subordinate ran off to the stables. +In a few minutes, the sergeant returned alone. + +“Where’s the cabman?” + +“He asked for food in the kitchen, ate his lunch and then—” + +“And then—?” + +“He went off.” + +“With his fly?” + +“No. Pretending that he wanted to go and see a relation at Ouville, he +borrowed the groom’s bicycle. Here are his hat and greatcoat.” + +“But did he leave bare-headed?” + +“No, he took a cap from his pocket and put it on.” + +“A cap?” + +“Yes, a yellow leather cap, it seems.” + +“A yellow leather cap? Why, no, we’ve got it here!” + +“That’s true, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, but his is just like it.” + +The deputy sniggered: + +“Very funny! Most amusing! There are two caps—One, the real one, which +constituted our only piece of evidence, has gone off on the head of the +sham flyman! The other, the false one, is in your hands. Oh, the fellow +has had us nicely!” + +“Catch him! Fetch him back!” cried M. Filleul. “Two of your men on +horseback, Sergeant Quevillon, and at full speed!” + +“He is far away by this time,” said the deputy. + +“He can be as far as he pleases, but still we must lay hold of him.” + +“I hope so; but I think, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that your +efforts should be concentrated here above all. Would you mind reading +this scrap of paper, which I have just found in the pocket of the +coat?” + +“Which coat?” + +“The driver’s.” + +And the deputy prosecutor handed M. Filleul a piece of paper, folded in +four, containing these few words written in pencil, in a more or less +common hand: + +“Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the governor!” + +The incident caused a certain stir. + +“A word to the wise!” muttered the deputy. “We are now forewarned.” + +“Monsieur le Comte,” said the examining magistrate, “I beg you not to +be alarmed. Nor you either, mademoiselle. This threat is of no +importance, as the police are on the spot. We shall take every +precaution and I will answer for your safety. As for you, gentlemen. I +rely on your discretion. You have been present at this inquiry, thanks +to my excessive kindness toward the Press, and it would be making me an +ill return—” + +He interrupted himself, as though an idea had struck him, looked at the +two young men, one after the other, and, going up to the first, asked: + +“What paper do you represent, sir?” + +“The _Journal de Rouen_.” + +“Have you your credentials?” + +“Here.” + +The card was in order. There was no more to be said. M. Filleul turned +to the other reporter: + +“And you, sir?” + +“I?” + +“Yes, you: what paper do you belong to?” + +“Why, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I write for a number of +papers—all over the place—” + +“Your credentials?” + +“I haven’t any.” + +“Oh! How is that?” + +“For a newspaper to give you a card, you have to be on its regular +staff.” + +“Well?” + +“Well, I am only an occasional contributor, a free-lance. I send +articles to this newspaper and that. They are published or declined +according to circumstances.” + +“In that case, what is your name? Where are your papers?” + +“My name would tell you nothing. As for papers, I have none.” + +“You have no paper of any kind to prove your profession!” + +“I have no profession.” + +“But look here, sir,” cried the magistrate, with a certain asperity, +“you can’t expect to preserve your incognito after introducing yourself +here by a trick and surprising the secrets of the police!” + +“I beg to remark, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that you asked me +nothing when I came in, and that therefore I had nothing to say. +Besides, it never struck me that your inquiry was secret, when +everybody was admitted—including even one of the criminals!” + +He spoke softly, in a tone of infinite politeness. He was quite a young +man, very tall, very slender and dressed without the least attempt at +fashion, in a jacket and trousers both too small for him. He had a pink +face like a girl’s, a broad forehead topped with close-cropped hair, +and a scrubby and ill-trimmed fair beard. His bright eyes gleamed with +intelligence. He seemed not in the least embarrassed and wore a +pleasant smile, free from any shade of banter. + +M. Filleul looked at him with an aggressive air of distrust. The two +gendarmes came forward. The young man exclaimed, gaily: + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, you clearly suspect me of being an +accomplice. But, if that were so, would I not have slipped away at the +right moment, following the example of my fellow-criminal?” + +“You might have hoped—” + +“Any hope would have been absurd. A moment’s reflection, Monsieur le +Juge d’Instruction, will make you agree with me that, logically +speaking—” + +M. Filleul looked him straight in the eyes and said, sharply: + +“No more jokes! Your name?” + +“Isidore Beautrelet.” + +“Your occupation?” + +“Sixth-form pupil at the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly.” + +M. Filleul opened a pair of startled eyes. + +“What are you talking about? Sixth-form pupil—” + +“At the Lycée Janson, Rue de la Pompe, number—” + +“Oh, look here,” exclaimed M. Filleul, “you’re trying to take me in! +This won’t do, you know; a joke can go too far!” + +“I must say, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that your astonishment +surprises me. What is there to prevent my being a sixth-form pupil at +the Lycée Janson? My beard, perhaps? Set your mind at ease: my beard is +false!” + +Isidore Beautrelet pulled off the few curls that adorned his chin, and +his beardless face appeared still younger and pinker, a genuine +schoolboy’s face. And, with a laugh like a child’s, revealing his white +teeth: + +“Are you convinced now?” he asked. “Do you want more proofs? Here, you +can read the address on these letters from my father: ‘_To Monsieur +Isidore Beautrelet, Indoor Pupil, Lycée Janson-de-Sailly_.’” + +Convinced or not, M. Filleul did not look as if he liked the story. He +asked, gruffly: + +“What are you doing here?” + +“Why—I’m—I’m improving my mind.” + +“There are schools for that: yours, for instance.” + +“You forget, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that this is the +twenty-third of April and that we are in the middle of the Easter +holidays.” + +“Well?” + +“Well, I have every right to spend my holidays as I please.” + +“Your father—” + +“My father lives at the other end of the country, in Savoy, and he +himself advised me to take a little trip on the North Coast.” + +“With a false beard?” + +“Oh, no! That’s my own idea. At school, we talk a great deal about +mysterious adventures; we read detective stories, in which people +disguise themselves; we imagine any amount of terrible and intricate +cases. So I thought I would amuse myself; and I put on this false +beard. Besides, I enjoyed the advantage of being taken seriously and I +pretended to be a Paris reporter. That is how, last night, after an +uneventful period of more than a week, I had the pleasure of making the +acquaintance of my Rouen colleague; and, this morning, when he heard of +the Ambrumésy murder, he very kindly suggested that I should come with +him and that we should share the cost of a fly.” + +Isidore Beautrelet said all this with a frank and artless simplicity of +which it was impossible not to feel the charm. M. Filleul himself, +though maintaining a distrustful reserve, took a certain pleasure in +listening to him. He asked him, in a less peevish tone: + +“And are you satisfied with your expedition?” + +“Delighted! All the more as I had never been present at a case of the +sort and I find that this one is not lacking in interest.” + +“Nor in that mysterious intricacy which you prize so highly—” + +“And which is so stimulating, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction! I know +nothing more exciting than to see all the facts coming up out of the +shadow, clustering together, so to speak, and gradually forming the +probable truth.” + +“The probable truth! You go pretty fast, young man! Do you suggest that +you have your little solution of the riddle ready?” + +“Oh, no!” replied Beautrelet, with a laugh. + +“Only—it seems to me that there are certain points on which it is not +impossible to form an opinion; and others, even, are so precise as to +warrant—a conclusion.” + +“Oh, but this is becoming very curious and I shall get to know +something at last! For I confess, to my great confusion, that I know +nothing.” + +“That is because you have not had time to reflect, Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction. The great thing is to reflect. Facts very seldom fail to +carry their own explanation!” + +“And, according to you, the facts which we have just ascertained carry +their own explanation?” + +“Don’t you think so yourself? In any case, I have ascertained none +besides those which are set down in the official report.” + +“Good! So that, if I were to ask you which were the objects stolen from +this room—” + +“I should answer that I know.” + +“Bravo! My gentleman knows more about it than the owner himself. M. de +Gesvres has everything accounted for: M. Isidore Beautrelet has not. He +misses a bookcase in three sections and a life-size statue which nobody +ever noticed. And, if I asked you the name of the murderer?” + +“I should again answer that I know it.” + +All present gave a start. The deputy and the journalist drew nearer. M. +de Gesvres and the two girls, impressed by Beautrelet’s tranquil +assurance, listened attentively. + +“You know the murderer’s name?” + +“Yes.” + +“And the place where he is concealed, perhaps?” + +“Yes.” + +M. Filleul rubbed his hands. + +“What a piece of luck! This capture will do honor to my career. And can +you make me these startling revelations now?” + +“Yes, now—or rather, if you do not mind, in an hour or two, when I +shall have assisted at your inquiry to the end.” + +“No, no, young man, here and now, please.” At that moment Raymonde de +Saint-Véran, who had not taken her eyes from Isidore Beautrelet since +the beginning of this scene, came up to M. Filleul: + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction—” + +“Yes, mademoiselle?” + +She hesitated for two or three seconds, with her eyes fixed on +Beautrelet, and then, addressing M. Filleul: + +“I should like you to ask monsieur the reason why he was walking +yesterday in the sunk road which leads up to the little door.” + +It was an unexpected and dramatic stroke. Isidore Beautrelet appeared +nonplussed: + +“I, mademoiselle? I? You saw me yesterday?” + +Raymonde remained thoughtful, with her eyes upon Beautrelet, as though +she were trying to settle her own conviction, and then said, in a +steady voice: + +“At four o’clock in the afternoon, as I was crossing the wood, I met in +the sunk road a young man of monsieur’s height, dressed like him and +wearing a beard cut in the same way—and I received a very clear +impression that he was trying to hide.” + +“And it was I?” + +“I could not say that as an absolute certainty, for my recollection is +a little vague. Still—still, I think so—if not, it would be an unusual +resemblance—” + +M. Filleul was perplexed. Already taken in by one of the confederates, +was he now going to let himself be tricked by this self-styled +schoolboy? Certainly, the young man’s manner spoke in his favor; but +one can never tell! + +“What have you to say, sir?” + +“That mademoiselle is mistaken, as I can easily show you with one word. +Yesterday, at the time stated, I was at Veules.” + +“You will have to prove it, you will have to. In any case, the position +is not what it was. Sergeant, one of your men will keep monsieur +company.” + +Isidore Beautrelet’s face denoted a keen vexation. + +“Will it be for long?” + +“Long enough to collect the necessary information.” + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I beseech you to collect it with all +possible speed and discretion.” + +“Why?” + +“My father is an old man. We are very much attached to each other—and I +would not have him suffer on my account.” + +The more or less pathetic note in his voice made a bad impression on M. +Filleul. It suggested a scene in a melodrama. Nevertheless, he +promised: + +“This evening—or to-morrow at latest, I shall know what to think.” + +The afternoon was wearing on. The examining magistrate returned to the +ruins of the cloisters, after giving orders that no unauthorized +persons were to be admitted, and patiently, methodically, dividing the +ground into lots which were successively explored, himself directed the +search. But at the end of the day he was no farther than at the start; +and he declared, before an army of reporters who, during that time, had +invaded the château: + +“Gentlemen, everything leads us to suppose that the wounded man is +here, within our reach; everything, that is, except the reality, the +fact. Therefore, in our humble opinion, he must have escaped and we +shall find him outside.” + +By way of precaution, however, he arranged, with the sergeant of +gendarmes, for a complete watch to be kept over the park and, after +making a fresh examination of the two drawing rooms, visiting the whole +of the château and surrounding himself with all the necessary +information, he took the road back to Dieppe, accompanied by the deputy +prosecutor. + +Night fell. As the boudoir was to remain locked, Jean Daval’s body had +been moved to another room. Two women from the neighborhood sat up with +it, assisted by Suzanne and Raymonde. Downstairs, young Isidore +Beautrelet slept on the bench in the old oratory, under the watchful +eye of the village policeman, who had been attached to his person. +Outside, the gendarmes, the farmer and a dozen peasants had taken up +their position among the ruins and along the walls. + +All was still until eleven o’clock; but, at ten minutes past eleven, a +shot echoed from the other side of the house. + +“Attention!” roared the sergeant. “Two men remain here: you, +Fossier—and you, Lecanu—The others at the double!” + +They all rushed forward and ran round the house on the left. A figure +was seen to make away in the dark. Then, suddenly, a second shot drew +them farther on, almost to the borders of the farm. And, all at once, +as they arrived, in a band, at the hedge which lines the orchard, a +flame burst out, to the right of the farmhouse, and other flames also +rose in a thick column. It was a barn burning, stuffed to the ridge +with straw. + +“The scoundrels!” shouted the sergeant. “They’ve set fire to it. Have +at them, lads! They can’t be far away!” + +But the wind was turning the flames toward the main building; and it +became necessary, before all things, to ward off the danger. They all +exerted themselves with the greater ardor inasmuch as M. de Gesvres, +hurrying to the scene of the disaster, encouraged them with the promise +of a reward. By the time that they had mastered the flames, it was two +o’clock in the morning. All pursuit would have been vain. + +“We’ll look into it by daylight,” said the sergeant. “They are sure to +have left traces: we shall find them.” + +“And I shall not be sorry,” added M. de Gesvres, “to learn the reason +of this attack. To set fire to trusses of straw strikes me as a very +useless proceeding.” + +“Come with me, Monsieur le Comte: I may be able to tell you the +reason.” + +Together they reached the ruins of the cloisters. The sergeant called +out: + +“Lecanu!—Fossier!” + +The other gendarmes were already hunting for their comrades whom they +had left standing sentry. They ended by finding them at a few paces +from the little door. The two men were lying full length on the ground, +bound and gagged, with bandages over their eyes. + +“Monsieur le Comte,” muttered the sergeant, while his men were being +released; “Monsieur le Comte, we have been tricked like children.” + +“How so?” + +“The shots—the attack on the barn—the fire—all so much humbug to get us +down there—a diversion. During that time they were tying up our two men +and the business was done.” + +“What business?” + +“Carrying off the wounded man, of course!” + +“You don’t mean to say you think—?” + +“Think? Why, it’s as plain as a pikestaff! The idea came to me ten +minutes ago—but I’m a fool not to have thought of it earlier. We should +have nabbed them all.” Quevillon stamped his foot on the ground, with a +sudden attack of rage. “But where, confound it, where did they go +through? Which way did they carry him off? For, dash it all, we beat +the ground all day; and a man can’t hide in a tuft of grass, especially +when he’s wounded! It’s witchcraft, that’s what it is!—” + +Nor was this the last surprise awaiting Sergeant Quevillon. At dawn, +when they entered the oratory which had been used as a cell for young +Isidore Beautrelet, they realized that young Isidore Beautrelet had +vanished. + +On a chair slept the village policeman, bent in two. By his side stood +a water-bottle and two tumblers. At the bottom of one of those tumblers +a few grains of white powder. + +On examination, it was proved, first, that young Isidore Beautrelet had +administered a sleeping draught to the village policeman; secondly, +that he could only have escaped by a window situated at a height of +seven or eight feet in the wall; and lastly—a charming detail, +this—that he could only have reached this window by using the back of +his warder as a footstool. + + + + +CHAPTER TWO +ISIDORE BEAUTRELET, SIXTH-FORM SCHOOLBOY + + +From the _Grand Journal_. + +LATEST NEWS + + +DOCTOR DELATTRE KIDNAPPED +A MAD PIECE OF CRIMINAL DARING + + +At the moment of going to press, we have received an item of news which +we dare not guarantee as authentic, because of its very improbable +character. We print it, therefore, with all reserve. + +Yesterday evening, Dr. Delattre, the well-known surgeon, was present, +with his wife and daughter, at the performance of _Hernani_ at the +Comédie Française. At the commencement of the third act, that is to +say, at about ten o’clock, the door of his box opened and a gentleman, +accompanied by two others, leaned over to the doctor and said to him, +in a low voice, but loud enough for Mme. Delattre to hear: + +“Doctor, I have a very painful task to fulfil and I shall be very +grateful to you if you will make it as easy for me as you can.” + +“Who are you, sir?” + +“M. Thézard, commissary of police of the first district; and my +instructions are to take you to M. Dudouis, at the prefecture.” + +“But—” + +“Not a word, doctor, I entreat you, not a movement—There is some +regrettable mistake; and that is why we must act in silence and not +attract anybody’s attention. You will be back, I have no doubt, before +the end of the performance.” + +The doctor rose and went with the commissary. At the end of the +performance, he had not returned. Mme. Delattre, greatly alarmed, drove +to the office of the commissary of police. There she found the real M. +Thézard and discovered, to her great terror, that the individual who +had carried off her husband was an impostor. + +Inquiries made so far have revealed the fact that the doctor stepped +into a motor car and that the car drove off in the direction of the +Concorde. + +Readers will find further details of this incredible adventure in our +second edition. + +Incredible though it might be, the adventure was perfectly true. +Besides, the issue was not long delayed and the _Grand Journal_, while +confirming the story in its midday edition, described in a few lines +the dramatic ending with which it concluded: + +THE STORY ENDS +AND +GUESS-WORK BEGINS + + +Dr. Delattre was brought back to 78, Rue Duret, at nine o’clock this +morning, in a motor car which drove away immediately at full speed. + +No. 78, Rue Duret, is the address of Dr. Delattre’s clinical surgery, +at which he arrives every morning at the same hour. When we sent in our +card, the doctor, though closeted with the chief of the detective +service, was good enough to consent to receive us. + +“All that I can tell you,” he said, in reply to our questions, “is that +I was treated with the greatest consideration. My three companions were +the most charming people I have ever met, exquisitely well-mannered and +bright and witty talkers: a quality not to be despised, in view of the +length of the journey.” + +“How long did it take?” + +“About four hours and as long returning.” + +“And what was the object of the journey?” + +“I was taken to see a patient whose condition rendered an immediate +operation necessary.” + +“And was the operation successful?” + +“Yes, but the consequences may be dangerous. I would answer for the +patient here. Down there—under his present conditions—” + +“Bad conditions?” + +“Execrable!—A room in an inn—and the practically absolute impossibility +of being attended to.” + +“Then what can save him?” + +“A miracle—and his constitution, which is an exceptionally strong one.” + +“And can you say nothing more about this strange patient?” + +“No. In the first place, I have taken an oath; and, secondly, I have +received a present of ten thousand francs for my free surgery. If I do +not keep silence, this sum will be taken from me.” + +“You are joking! Do you believe that?” + +“Indeed I do. The men all struck me as being very much in earnest.” + +This is the statement made to us by Dr. Delattre. And we know, on the +other hand, that the head of the detective service, in spite of all his +insisting, has not yet succeeded in extracting any more precise +particulars from him as to the operation which he performed, the +patient whom he attended or the district traversed by the car. It is +difficult, therefore, to arrive at the truth. + +This truth, which the writer of the interview confessed himself unable +to discover, was guessed by the more or less clear-sighted minds that +perceived a connection with the facts which had occurred the day before +at the Château d’Ambrumésy, and which were reported, down to the +smallest detail, in all the newspapers of that day. There was evidently +a coincidence to be reckoned with in the disappearance of a wounded +burglar and the kidnapping of a famous surgeon. + +The judicial inquiry, moreover, proved the correctness of the +hypothesis. By following the track of the sham flyman, who had fled on +a bicycle, they were able to show that he had reached the forest of +Arques, at some ten miles’ distance, and that from there, after +throwing his bicycle into a ditch, he had gone to the village of +Saint-Nicolas, whence he had dispatched the following telegram: + +A. L. N., _Post-office_ 45, Paris. + Situation desperate. Operation urgently necessary. Send celebrity + by national road fourteen. + + +The evidence was undeniable. Once apprised the accomplices in Paris +hastened to make their arrangements. At ten o’clock in the evening they +sent their celebrity by National Road No. 14, which skirts the forest +of Arques and ends at Dieppe. During this time, under cover of the fire +which they themselves had caused, the gang of burglars carried off +their leader and moved him to an inn, where the operation took place on +the arrival of the surgeon, at two o’clock in the morning. + +About that there was no doubt. At Pontoise, at Gournay, at Forges, +Chief-inspector Ganimard, who was sent specially from Paris, with +Inspector Folenfant, as his assistant, ascertained that a motor car had +passed in the course of the previous night. The same on the road from +Dieppe to Ambrumésy. And, though the traces of the car were lost at +about a mile and a half from the château, at least a number of +footmarks were seen between the little door in the park wall and the +abbey ruins. Besides, Ganimard remarked that the lock of the little +door had been forced. + +So all was explained. It remained to decide which inn the doctor had +spoken of: an easy piece of work for a Ganimard, a professional ferret, +a patient old stager of the police. The number of inns is limited and +this one, given the condition of the wounded man, could only be one +quite close to Ambrumésy. Ganimard and Sergeant Quevillon set to work. +Within a circle of five hundred yards, of a thousand yards, of fifteen +hundred yards, they visited and ransacked everything that could pass +for an inn. But, against all expectation, the dying man persisted in +remaining invisible. + +Ganimard became more resolved than ever. He came back to sleep at the +château, on the Saturday night, with the intention of making his +personal inquiry on the Sunday. On Sunday morning, he learned that, +during the night, a posse of gendarmes had seen a figure gliding along +the sunk road, outside the wall. Was it an accomplice who had come back +to investigate? Were they to suppose that the leader of the gang had +not left the cloisters or the neighborhood of the cloisters? + +That night, Ganimard openly sent the squad of gendarmes to the farm and +posted himself and Folenfant outside the walls, near the little door. + +A little before midnight, a person passed out of the wood, slipped +between them, went through the door and entered the park. For three +hours, they saw him wander from side to side across the ruins, +stooping, climbing up the old pillars, sometimes remaining for long +minutes without moving. Then he went back to the door and again passed +between the two inspectors. + +Ganimard caught him by the collar, while Folenfant seized him round the +body. He made no resistance of any kind and, with the greatest +docility, allowed them to bind his wrists and take him to the house. +But, when they attempted to question him, he replied simply that he +owed them no account of his doings and that he would wait for the +arrival of the examining magistrate. Thereupon, they fastened him +firmly to the foot of a bed, in one of the two adjoining rooms which +they occupied. + +At nine o’clock on Monday morning, as soon as M. Filleul had arrived, +Ganimard announced the capture which he had made. The prisoner was +brought downstairs. It was Isidore Beautrelet. + +“M. Isidore Beautrelet!” exclaimed M. Filleul with an air of rapture, +holding out both his hands to the newcomer. “What a delightful +surprise! Our excellent amateur detective here! And at our disposal +too! Why, it’s a windfall!—M. Chief-inspector, allow me to introduce to +you M. Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form pupil at the Lycée +Janson-de-Sailly.” + +Ganimard seemed a little nonplussed. Isidore made him a very low bow, +as though he were greeting a colleague whom he knew how to esteem at +his true value, and, turning to M. Filleul: + +“It appears, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that you have received a +satisfactory account of me?” + +“Perfectly satisfactory! To begin with, you were really at +Veules-les-Roses at the time when Mlle. de Saint-Véran thought she saw +you in the sunk road. I dare say we shall discover the identity of your +double. In the second place, you are in very deed Isidore Beautrelet, a +sixth-form pupil and, what is more, an excellent pupil, industrious at +your work and of exemplary behavior. As your father lives in the +country, you go out once a month to his correspondent, M. Bernod, who +is lavish in his praises of you.” + +“So that—” + +“So that you are free, M. Isidore Beautrelet.” + +“Absolutely free?” + +“Absolutely. Oh, I must make just one little condition, all the same. +You can understand that I can’t release a gentleman who administers +sleeping-draughts, who escapes by the window and who is afterward +caught in the act of trespassing upon private property. I can’t release +him without a compensation of some kind.” + +“I await your pleasure.” + +“Well, we will resume our interrupted conversation and you shall tell +me how far you have advanced with your investigations. In two days of +liberty, you must have carried them pretty far?” And, as Ganimard was +preparing to go, with an affectation of contempt for that sort of +practice, the magistrate cried, “Not at all, M. Inspector, your place +is here—I assure you that M. Isidore Beautrelet is worth listening to. +M. Isidore Beautrelet, according to my information, has made a great +reputation at the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly as an observer whom nothing +escapes; and his schoolfellows, I hear, look upon him as your +competitor and a rival of Holmlock Shears!” + +“Indeed!” said Ganimard, ironically. + +“Just so. One of them wrote to me, ‘If Beautrelet declares that he +knows, you must believe him; and, whatever he says, you may be sure +that it is the exact expression of the truth.’ M. Isidore Beautrelet, +now or never is the time to vindicate the confidence of your friends. I +beseech you, give us the exact expression of the truth.” + +Isidore listened with a smile and replied: + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, you are very cruel. You make fun of +poor schoolboys who amuse themselves as best they can. You are quite +right, however, and I will give you no further reason to laugh at me.” + +“The fact is that you know nothing, M. Isidore Beautrelet.” + +“Yes, I confess in all humility that I know nothing. For I do not call +it ‘knowing anything’ that I happen to have hit upon two or three more +precise points which, I am sure, cannot have escaped you.” + +“For instance?” + +“For instance, the object of the theft.” + +“Ah, of course, you know the object of the theft?” + +“As you do, I have no doubt. In fact, it was the first thing I studied, +because the task struck me as easier.” + +“Easier, really?” + +“Why, of course. At the most, it’s a question of reasoning.” + +“Nothing more than that?” + +“Nothing more.” + +“And what is your reasoning?” + +“It is just this, stripped of all extraneous comment: on the one hand, +_there has been a theft_, because the two young ladies are agreed and +because they really saw two men running away and carrying things with +them.” + +“There has been a theft.” + +“On the other hand, _nothing has disappeared_, because M. de Gesvres +says so and he is in a better position than anybody to know.” + +“Nothing has disappeared.” + +“From those two premises I arrive at this inevitable result: granted +that there has been a theft and that nothing has disappeared, it is +because the object carried off has been replaced by an exactly similar +object. Let me hasten to add that possibly my argument may not be +confirmed by the facts. But I maintain that it is the first argument +that ought to occur to us and that we are not entitled to waive it +until we have made a serious examination.” + +“That’s true—that’s true,” muttered the magistrate, who was obviously +interested. + +“Now,” continued Isidore, “what was there in this room that could +arouse the covetousness of the burglars? Two things. The tapestry +first. It can’t have been that. Old tapestry cannot be imitated: the +fraud would have been palpable at once. There remain the four Rubens +pictures.” + +“What’s that you say?” + +“I say that the four Rubenses on that wall are false.” + +“Impossible!” + +“They are false _a priori_, inevitably and without a doubt.” + +“I tell you, it’s impossible.” + +“It is very nearly a year ago, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, since a +young man, who gave his name as Charpenais, came to the Château +d’Ambrumésy and asked permission to copy the Rubens pictures. M. de +Gesvres gave him permission. Every day for five months Charpenais +worked in this room from morning till dusk. The copies which he made, +canvases and frames, have taken the place of the four original pictures +bequeathed to M. de Gesvres by his uncle, the Marqués de Bobadilla.” + +“Prove it!” + +“I have no proof to give. A picture is false because it is false; and I +consider that it is not even necessary to examine these four.” + +M. Filleul and Ganimard exchanged glances of unconcealed astonishment. +The inspector no longer thought of withdrawing. At last, the magistrate +muttered: + +“We must have M. de Gesvres’s opinion.” + +And Ganimard agreed: + +“Yes, we must have his opinion.” + +And they sent to beg the count to come to the drawing room. + +The young sixth-form pupil had won a real victory. To compel two +experts, two professionals like M. Filleul and Ganimard to take account +of his surmises implied a testimony of respect of which any other would +have been proud. But Beautrelet seemed not to feel those little +satisfactions of self-conceit and, still smiling without the least +trace of irony, he placidly waited. + +M. de Gesvres entered the room. + +“Monsieur le Comte,” said the magistrate, “the result of our inquiry +has brought us face to face with an utterly unexpected contingency, +which we submit to you with all reserve. It is possible—I say that it +is possible—that the burglars, when breaking into the house, had it as +their object to steal your four pictures by Rubens—or, at least, to +replace them by four copies—copies which are said to have been made +last year by a painter called Charpenais. Would you be so good as to +examine the pictures and to tell us if you recognize them as genuine?” + +The count appeared to suppress a movement of annoyance, looked at +Isidore Beautrelet and at M. Filleul and replied, without even +troubling to go near the pictures: + +“I hoped, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that the truth might have +remained unknown. As this is not so, I have no hesitation in declaring +that the four pictures are false.” + +“You knew it, then?” + +“From the beginning.” + +“Why didn’t you say so?” + +“The owner of a work is never in a hurry to declare that that work is +not—or, rather, is no longer genuine.” + +“Still, it was the only means of recovering them.” + +“I consider that there was another and a better.” + +“Which was that?” + +“Not to make the secret known, not to frighten my burglars and to offer +to buy back the pictures, which they must find more or less difficult +to dispose of.” + +“How would you communicate with them?” + +As the count did not reply, Isidore answered for him: + +“By means of an advertisement in the papers. The paragraph inserted in +the agony column of the _Journal_, the _Écho de Paris_ and the _Matin_ +runs, ‘Am prepared to buy back the pictures.’” + +The count agreed with a nod. Once again, the young man was teaching his +elders. M. Filleul showed himself a good sportsman. + +“There’s no doubt about it, my dear sir,” he exclaimed. “I’m beginning +to think your school-fellows were not quite wrong. By Jove, what an +eye! What intuition! If this goes on, there will be nothing left for M. +Ganimard and me to do.” + +“Oh, none of this part was so very complicated!” + +“You mean to say that the rest was more so I remember, in fact, that, +when we first met you seemed to know all about it. Let me see, a far as +I recollect, you said that you knew the name of the murderer.” + +“So I do.” + +“Well, then, who killed Jean Daval? Is the man alive? Where is he +hiding?” + +“There is a misunderstanding between us, Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction, or, rather, you have misunderstood the facts from the +beginning The murderer and the runaway are two distinct persons.” + +“What’s that?” exclaimed M. Filleul. “The man whom M. de Gesvres saw in +the boudoir and struggled with, the man whom the young ladies saw in +the drawing-room and whom Mlle. de Saint-Véran shot at, the man who +fell in the park and whom we are looking for: do you suggest that he is +not the man who killed Jean Daval?” + +“I do.” + +“Have you discovered the traces of a third accomplice who disappeared +before the arrival of the young ladies?” + +“I have not.” + +“In that case, I don’t understand.—Well, who is the murderer of Jean +Daval?” + +“Jean Daval was killed by—” + +Beautrelet interrupted himself, thought for a moment and continued: + +“But I must first show you the road which I followed to arrive at the +certainty and the very reasons of the murder—without which my +accusation would seem monstrous to you.—And it is not—no, it is not +monstrous at all.—There is one detail which has passed unobserved and +which, nevertheless, is of the greatest importance; and that is that +Jean Daval, at the moment when he was stabbed, had all his clothes on, +including his walking boots, was dressed, in short, as a man is dressed +in the middle of the day, with a waistcoat, collar, tie and braces. Now +the crime was committed at four o’clock in the morning.” + +“I reflected on that strange fact,” said the magistrate, “and M. de +Gesvres replied that Jean Daval spent a part of his nights in working.” + +“The servants say, on the contrary, that he went to bed regularly at a +very early hour. But, admitting that he was up, why did he disarrange +his bedclothes, to make believe that he had gone to bed? And, if he was +in bed, why, when he heard a noise, did he take the trouble to dress +himself from head to foot, instead of slipping on anything that came to +hand? I went to his room on the first day, while you were at lunch: his +slippers were at the foot of the bed. What prevented him from putting +them on rather than his heavy nailed boots?” + +“So far, I do not see—” + +“So far, in fact, you cannot see anything, except anomalies. They +appeared much more suspicious to me, however, when I learned that +Charpenais the painter, the man who copied the Rubens pictures, had +been introduced and recommended to the Comte de Gesvres by Jean Daval +himself.” + +“Well?” + +“Well, from that to the conclusion that Jean Daval and Charpenais were +accomplices required but a step. I took that step at the time of our +conversation.” + +“A little quickly, I think.” + +“As a matter of fact, a material proof was wanted. Now I had discovered +in Daval’s room, on one of the sheets of the blotting-pad on which he +used to write, this address: ‘Monsieur _A.L.N., Post-office_ 45, +_Paris_.’ You will find it there still, traced the reverse way on the +blotting-paper. The next day, it was discovered that the telegram sent +by the sham flyman from Saint-Nicolas bore the same address: ‘_A.L.N., +Post-office_ 45.’ The material proof existed: Jean Daval was in +correspondence with the gang which arranged the robbery of the +pictures.” + +M. Filleul raised no objection. + +“Agreed. The complicity is established. And what conclusion do you +draw?” + +“This, first of all, that it was not the runaway who killed Jean Daval, +because Jean Daval was his accomplice.” + +“And after that?” + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I will ask you to remember the first +sentence uttered by Monsieur le Comte when he recovered from fainting. +The sentence forms part of Mlle. de Gesvres’ evidence and is in the +official report: ‘I am not wounded.—Daval?—Is he alive?—The knife?’ And +I will ask you to compare it with that part of his story, also in the +report, in which Monsieur le Comte describes the assault: ‘The man +leaped at me and felled me with a blow on the temple!’ How could M. de +Gesvres, who had fainted, know, on waking, that Daval had been stabbed +with a knife?” + +Isidore Beautrelet did not wait for an answer to his question. It +seemed as though he were in a hurry to give the answer himself and to +avoid all comment. He continued straightway: + +“Therefore it was Jean Daval who brought the three burglars to the +drawing room. While he was there with the one whom they call their +chief, a noise was heard in the boudoir. Daval opened the door. +Recognizing M. de Gesvres, he rushed at him, armed with the knife. M. +de Gesvres succeeded in snatching the knife from him, struck him with +it and himself fell, on receiving a blow from the man whom the two +girls were to see a few minutes after.” + +Once again, M. Filleul and the inspector exchanged glances. Ganimard +tossed his head in a disconcerted way. The magistrate said: + +“Monsieur le Comte, am I to believe that this version is correct?” + +M. de Gesvres made no answer. + +“Come, Monsieur le Comte, your silence would allow us to suppose—I beg +you to speak.” + +Replying in a very clear voice, M. de Gesvres said: + +“The version is correct in every particular.” + +The magistrate gave a start. + +“Then I cannot understand why you misled the police. Why conceal an act +which you were lawfully entitled to commit in defense of your life?” + +“For twenty years,” said M. de Gesvres, “Daval worked by my side. I +trusted him. If he betrayed me, as the result of some temptation or +other, I was, at least, unwilling, for the sake of the past, that his +treachery should become known.” + +“You were unwilling, I agree, but you had no right to be.” + +“I am not of your opinion, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. As long as +no innocent person was accused of the crime, I was absolutely entitled +to refrain from accusing the man who was at the same time the culprit +and the victim. He is dead. I consider death a sufficient punishment.” + +“But now, Monsieur le Comte, now that the truth is known, you can +speak.” + +“Yes. Here are two rough drafts of letters written by him to his +accomplices. I took them from his pocket-book, a few minutes after his +death.” + +“And the motive of his theft?” + +“Go to 18, Rue de la Barre, at Dieppe, which is the address of a +certain Mme. Verdier. It was for this woman, whom he got to know two +years ago, and to supply her constant need of money that Daval turned +thief.” + +So everything was cleared up. The tragedy rose out of the darkness and +gradually appeared in its true light. + +“Let us go on,” said M. Filluel after the count had withdrawn. + +“Upon my word,” said Beautrelet, gaily, “I have said almost all that I +had to say.” + +“But the runaway, the wounded man?” + +“As to that, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, you know as much as I do. +You have followed his tracks in the grass by the cloisters—you have—” + +“Yes, yes, I know. But, since then, his friends have removed him and +what I want is a clue or two as regards that inn—” + +Isidore Beautrelet burst out laughing: + +“The inn! The inn does not exist! It’s an invention, a trick to put the +police on the wrong scent, an ingenious trick, too, for it seems to +have succeeded.” + +“But Dr. Delattre declares—” + +“Ah, that’s just it!” cried Beautrelet, in a tone of conviction. “It is +just because Dr. Delattre declares that we mustn’t believe him. Why, +Dr. Delattre refused to give any but the vaguest details concerning his +adventure! He refused to say anything that might compromise his +patient’s safety!—And suddenly he calls attention to an inn!—You may be +sure that he talked about that inn because he was told to. You may be +sure that the whole story which he dished up to us was dictated to him +under the threat of terrible reprisals. The doctor has a wife. The +doctor has a daughter. He is too fond of them to disobey people of +whose formidable power he has seen proofs. And that is why he has +assisted your efforts by supplying the most precise clues.” + +“So precise that the inn is nowhere to be found.” + +“So precise that you have never ceased looking for it, in the face of +all probability, and that your eyes have been turned away from the only +spot where the man can be, the mysterious spot which he has not left, +which he has been unable to leave ever since the moment when, wounded +by Mlle. de Saint-Véran, he succeeded in dragging himself to it, like a +beast to its lair.” + +“But where, confound it all?—In what corner of Hades—?” + +“In the ruins of the old abbey.” + +“But there are no ruins left!—A few bits of wall!—A few broken +columns!” + +“That’s where he’s gone to earth. Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction!” +shouted Beautrelet. “That’s where you will have to look for him! It’s +there and nowhere else that you will find Arsène Lupin!” + +“Arsène Lupin!” yelled M. Filleul, springing to his feet. + +There was a rather solemn pause, amid which the syllables of the famous +name seemed to prolong their sound. Was it possible that the vanquished +and yet invisible adversary, whom they had been hunting in vain for +several days, could really be Arsène Lupin? Arsène Lupin, caught in a +trap, arrested, meant immediate promotion, fortune, glory to any +examining magistrate! + +Ganimard had not moved a limb. Isidore said to him: + +“You agree with me, do you not, M. Inspector?” + +“Of course I do!” + +“You have not doubted either, for a moment have you, that he managed +this business?” + +“Not for a second! The thing bears his signature. A move of Arsène +Lupin’s is as different from a move made by another man as one face is +from another. You have only to open your eyes.” + +“Do you think so? Do you think so?” said M. Filleul. + +“Think so!” cried the young man. “Look, here’s one little fact: what +are the initials under which those men correspond among themselves? ‘A. +L. N.,’ that is to say, the first letter of the name Arsène and the +first and last letters of the name Lupin.” + +“Ah,” said Ganimard, “nothing escapes you! Upon my word, you’re a fine +fellow and old Ganimard lays down his arms before you!” + +Beautrelet flushed with pleasure and pressed the hand which the +chief-inspector held out to him. The three men had drawn near the +balcony and their eyes now took in the extent of the ruins. M. Filleul +muttered: + +“So he ought to be there.” + +“_He is there_,” said Beautrelet, in a hollow voice. “He has been there +ever since the moment when he fell. Logically and practically, he could +not escape without being seen by Mlle. de Saint-Véran and the two +servants.” + +“What proof have you?” + +“His accomplices have furnished the proof. On the very morning, one of +them disguised himself as a flyman and drove you here—” + +“To recover the cap, which would serve to identify him.” + +“Very well, but also and more particularly to examine the spot, find +out and see for himself what had become of the ‘governor.’” + +“And did he find out?” + +“I presume so, as he knew the hiding-place. And I presume that he +became aware of the desperate condition of his chief, because, under +the impulse of his alarm, he committed the imprudence to write that +threat: ‘Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the governor!’” + +“But his friends were able to take him away afterward?” + +“When? Your men have never left the ruins. And where could they have +moved him to? At most, a few hundred yards away, for one doesn’t let a +dying man travel—and then you would have found him. No, I tell you, he +is there. His friends would never have removed him from the safest of +hiding-places. It was there that they brought the doctor, while the +gendarmes were running to the fire like children.” + +“But how is he living? How will he keep alive? To keep alive you need +food and drink.” + +“I can’t say. I don’t know. But he is there, I will swear it. He is +there, because he can’t help being there. I am as sure of it as if I +saw as if I touched him. He is there.” + +With his finger outstretched toward the ruins, he traced in the air a +little circle which became smaller and smaller until it was only a +point. And that point his two companions sought desperately, both +leaning into space, both moved by the same faith in Beautrelet and +quivering with the ardent conviction which he had forced upon them. +Yes, Arsène Lupin was there. In theory and in fact, he was there: +neither of them was now able to doubt it. + +And there was something impressive and tragic in knowing that the +famous adventurer was lying in some dark shelter, below the ground, +helpless, feverish and exhausted. + +“And if he dies?” asked M. Filleul, in a low voice. + +“If he dies,” said Beautrelet, “and if his accomplices are sure of it, +then see to the safety of Mlle. de Saint-Véran. Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction, for the vengeance will be terrible.” + +A few minutes later and in spite of the entreaties of M. Filleul, who +would gladly have made further use of this fascinating auxiliary, +Isidore Beautrelet, whose holidays ended that day, went off by the +Dieppe Road. He stepped from the train in Paris at five o’clock and, at +eight o’clock, returned to the Lycée Janson together with his +schoolfellows. + +Ganimard, after a minute, but utterly useless exploration of the ruins +of Ambrumésy, returned to Paris by the fast night-train. On reaching +his apartment in the Rue Pergolese, he found an express letter awaiting +him: + +_Monsieur l’Inspecteur Principal:_ + Finding that I had a little time to spare at the end of the day, I + have succeeded in collecting a few additional particulars which are + sure to interest you. + Arsène Lupin has been living in Paris for twelve months under the + name of Étienne de Vaudreix. It is a name which you will often come + across in the society notes or the sporting columns of the + newspapers. He is a great traveler and is absent for long periods, + during which, by his own account, he goes hunting tigers in Bengal + or blue foxes in Siberia. He is supposed to be in business of some + kind, although nobody is able to say for certain what his business + is. + His present address is 38, Rue Marbeuf; and I will call your + attention to the fact that the Rue Marbeuf is close to Post-office + Number 45. Since Thursday the twenty-third of April, the day before + the burglary at Ambrumésy, there has been no news at all of Étienne + de Vaudreix. + With very many thanks for the kindness which you have shown me, + believe me to be, + + +Monsieur l’Inspecteur Principal, +Yours sincerely, +ISIDORE BEAUTRELET. + + +P.S.—Please on no account think that it cost me any great trouble to +obtain this information. On the very morning of the crime, while M. +Filleul was pursuing his examination before a few privileged persons, I +had the fortunate inspiration to glance at the runaway’s cap, before +the sham flyman came to change it. The hatter’s name was enough, as you +may imagine, to enable me to find the clue that led to the +identification of the purchaser and his address. + + +The next morning, Ganimard called at 36, Rue Marbeuf. After questioning +the concierge, he made him open the door of the ground-floor flat on +the right, a very comfortable apartment, elegantly furnished, in which, +however, he discovered nothing beyond some cinders in the fireplace. +Two friends had come, four days earlier, to burn all compromising +papers. + +But, just as he was leaving, Ganimard passed the postman, who was +bringing a letter for M. de Vaudreix. That afternoon, the public +prosecutor was informed of the case and ordered the letter to be given +up. It bore an American postmark and contained the following lines, in +English: + +DEAR SIR: + I write to confirm the answer which I gave your representative. As + soon as you have M. de Gesvres’s four pictures in your possession, + you can forward them as arranged. + You may add the rest, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt. + An unexpected business requires my presence in Europe and I shall + reach Paris at the same time as this letter. You will find me at + the Grand Hôtel. + + +Yours faithfully, +EPHRAIM B. HARLINGTON. + + +That same day, Ganimard applied for a warrant and took Mr. E. B. +Harlington, an American citizen, to the police-station, on a charge of +receiving and conspiracy. + +Thus, within the space of twenty-four hours, all the threads of the +plot had been unraveled, thanks to the really unforeseen clues supplied +by a schoolboy of seventeen. In twenty-four hours, what had seemed +inexplicable became simple and clear. In twenty-four hours, the scheme +devised by the accomplices to save their leader was baffled; the +capture of Arsène Lupin, wounded and dying, was no longer in doubt, his +gang was disorganized, the address of his establishment in Paris and +the name which he assumed were known and, for the first time, one of +his cleverest and most carefully elaborated feats was seen through +before he had been able to ensure its complete execution. + +An immense clamor of astonishment, admiration and curiosity arose among +the public. Already, the Rouen journalist, in a very able article, had +described the first examination of the sixth-form pupil, laying stress +upon his personal charm, his simplicity of manner and his quiet +assurance. The indiscretions of Ganimard and M. Filleul, indiscretions +to which they yielded in spite of themselves, under an impulse that +proved stronger than their professional pride, suddenly enlightened the +public as to the part played by Isidore Beautrelet in recent events. He +alone had done everything. To him alone the merit of the victory was +due. + +The excitement was intense. Isidore Beautrelet awoke to find himself a +hero; and the crowd, suddenly infatuated, insisted upon the fullest +information regarding its new favorite. The reporters were there to +supply it. They rushed to the assault of the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly, +waited for the day-boarders to come out after schoolhours and picked up +all that related, however remotely, to Beautrelet. It was in this way +that they learned the reputation which he enjoyed among his +schoolfellows, who called him the rival of Holmlock Shears. Thanks to +his powers of logical reasoning, with no further data than those which +he was able to gather from the papers, he had, time after time, +proclaimed the solution of very complicated cases long before they were +cleared up by the police. + +It had become a game at the Lycée Janson to put difficult questions and +intricate problems to Beautrelet; and it was astonishing to see with +what unhesitating and analytical power and by means of what ingenious +deductions he made his way through the thickest darkness. Ten days +before the arrest of Jorisse, the grocer, he showed what could be done +with the famous umbrella. In the same way, he declared from the +beginning, in the matter of the Saint-Cloud mystery, that the concierge +was the only possible murderer. + +But most curious of all was the pamphlet which was found circulating +among the boys at the school, a typewritten pamphlet signed by +Beautrelet and manifolded to the number of ten copies. It was entitled, +_Arsène Lupin and his method, showing in how far the latter is based +upon tradition and in how far original. Followed by a comparison +between English humor and French irony._ + +It contained a profound study of each of the exploits of Arsène Lupin, +throwing the illustrious burglar’s operations into extraordinary +relief, showing the very mechanism of his way of setting to work, his +special tactics, his letters to the press, his threats, the +announcement of his thefts, in short, the whole bag of tricks which he +employed to bamboozle his selected victim and throw him into such a +state of mind that the victim almost offered himself to the plot +contrived against him and that everything took place, as it were, with +his own consent. + +And the work was so just, regarded as a piece of criticism, so +penetrating, so lively and marked by a wit so clever and, at the same +time, so cruel that the lawyers at once passed over to his side, that +the sympathy of the crowd was summarily transferred from Lupin to +Beautrelet and that, in the struggle engaged upon between the two, the +schoolboy’s victory was loudly proclaimed in advance. + +Be this as it may, both M. Filleul and the Paris public prosecutor +seemed jealously to reserve the possibility of this victory for him. On +the one hand, they failed to establish Mr. Harlington’s identity or to +furnish a definite proof of his connection with Lupin’s gang. +Confederate or not, he preserved an obstinate silence. Nay, more, after +examining his handwriting, it was impossible to declare that he was the +author of the intercepted letter. A Mr. Harlington, carrying a small +portmanteau and a pocket-book stuffed with bank-notes, had taken up his +abode at the Grand Hôtel: that was all that could be stated with +certainty. + +On the other hand, at Dieppe, M. Filleul lay down on the positions +which Beautrelet had won for him. He did not move a step forward. +Around the individual whom Mlle. de Saint-Véran had taken for +Beautrelet, on the eve of the crime, the same mystery reigned as +heretofore. The same obscurity also surrounded everything connected +with the removal of the four Rubens pictures. What had become of them? +And what road had been taken by the motor car in which they were +carried off during the night? + +Evidence of its passing was obtained at Luneray at Yerville, at Yvetot +and at Caudebec-en-Caux, where it must have crossed the Seine at +daybreak in the steam-ferry. But, when the matter came to be inquired +into more thoroughly, it was stated that the motor car was an uncovered +one and that it would have been impossible to pack four large pictures +into it unobserved by the ferryman. + +It was very probably the same car; but then the question cropped up +again: what had become of the four Rubenses? + +These were so many problems which M. Filleul unanswered. Every day, his +subordinates searched the quadrilateral of the ruins. Almost every day, +he came to direct the explorations. But between that and discovering +the refuge in which Lupin lay dying—if it were true that Beautrelet’s +opinion was correct—there was a gulf fixed which the worthy magistrate +did not seem likely to cross. + +And so it was natural that they should turn once more to Isidore +Beautrelet, as he alone had succeeded in dispelling shadows which, in +his absence, gathered thicker and more impenetrable than ever. Why did +he not go on with the case? Seeing how far he had carried it, he +required but an effort to succeed. + +The question was put to him by a member of the staff of the _Grand +Journal_, who had obtained admission to the Lycée Janson by assuming +the name of Bernod, the friend of Beautrelet’s father. And Isidore very +sensibly replied: + +“My dear sir, there are other things besides Lupin in this world, other +things besides stories about burglars and detectives. There is, for +instance, the thing which is known as taking one’s degree. Now I am +going up for my examination in July. This is May. And I don’t want to +be plucked. What would my worthy parent say?” + +“But what would he say if you delivered Arsène Lupin into the hands of +the police?” + +“Tut! There’s a time for everything. In the next holidays—” + +“Whitsuntide?” + +“Yes—I shall go down on Saturday the sixth of June by the first train.” + +“And, on the evening of that Saturday, Lupin will be taken.” + +“Will you give me until the Sunday?” asked Beautrelet, laughing. + +“Why delay?” replied the journalist, quite seriously. + +This inexplicable confidence, born of yesterday and already so strong, +was felt with regard to the young man by one and all, even though, in +reality, events had justified it only up to a certain point. No matter, +people believed in him! Nothing seemed difficult to him. They expected +from him what they were entitled to expect at most from some phenomenon +of penetration and intuition, of experience and skill. That day of the +sixth of June was made to sprawl over all the papers. On the sixth of +June, Isidore Beautrelet would take the fast train to Dieppe: and Lupin +would be arrested on the same evening. + +“Unless he escapes between this and then,” objected the last remaining +partisans of the adventurer. + +“Impossible! Every outlet is watched.” + +“Unless he has succumbed to his wounds, then,” said the partisans, who +would have preferred their hero’s death to his capture. + +And the retort was immediate: + +“Nonsense! If Lupin were dead, his confederates would know it by now, +and Lupin would be revenged. Beautrelet said so!” + +And the sixth of June came. Half a dozen journalists were looking out +for Isidore at the Gare Saint-Lazare. Two of them wanted to accompany +him on his journey. He begged them to refrain. + +He started alone, therefore, in a compartment to himself. He was tired, +thanks to a series of nights devoted to study, and soon fell asleep. He +slept heavily. In his dreams, he had an impression that the train +stopped at different stations and that people got in and out. When he +awoke, within sight of Rouen, he was still alone. But, on the back of +the opposite seat, was a large sheet of paper, fastened with a pin to +the gray cloth. It bore these words: + +“Every man should mind his own business. Do you mind yours. If not, you +must take the consequences.” + +“Capital!” he exclaimed, rubbing his hands with delight. “Things are +going badly in the adversary’s camp. That threat is as stupid and +vulgar as the sham flyman’s. What a style! One can see that it wasn’t +composed by Lupin.” + +The train threaded the tunnel that precedes the old Norman city. On +reaching the station, Isidore took a few turns on the platform to +stretch his legs. He was about to re-enter his compartment, when a cry +escaped him. As he passed the bookstall, he had read, in an +absent-minded way, the following lines on the front page of a special +edition of the _Journal de Rouen;_ and their alarming sense suddenly +burst upon him: + +STOP-PRESS NEWS + + +We hear by telephone from Dieppe that the Château d’Ambrumésy was +broken into last night by criminals, who bound and gagged Mlle. de +Gesvres and carried off Mlle. de Saint-Véran. Traces of blood have been +seen at a distance of five hundred yards from the house and a scarf has +been found close by, which is also stained with blood. There is every +reason to fear that the poor young girl has been murdered. + + +Isidore Beautrelet completed his journey to Dieppe without moving a +limb. Bent in two, with his elbows on his knees and his hands plastered +against his face, he sat thinking. + +At Dieppe, he took a fly. At the door of Ambrumésy, he met the +examining magistrate, who confirmed the horrible news. + +“You know nothing more?” asked Beautrelet. + +“Nothing. I have only just arrived.” + +At that moment, the sergeant of gendarmes came up to M. Filleul and +handed him a crumpled, torn and discolored piece of paper, which he had +picked up not far from the place where the scarf was found. M. Filleul +looked at it and gave it to Beautrelet, saying: + +“I don’t suppose this will help us much in our investigations.” + +Isidore turned the paper over and over. It was covered with figures, +dots and signs and presented the exact appearance reproduced below: + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER THREE +THE CORPSE + + +At six o’clock in the evening, having finished all he had to do, M. +Filluel, accompanied by M. Brédoux, his clerk, stood waiting for the +carriage which was to take him back to Dieppe. He seemed restless, +nervous. Twice over, he asked: + +“You haven’t seen anything of young Beautrelet, I suppose?” + +“No, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I can’t say I have.” + +“Where on earth can he be? I haven’t set eyes on him all day!” + +Suddenly, he had an idea, handed his portfolio to Brédoux, ran round +the château and made for the ruins. Isidore Beautrelet was lying near +the cloisters, flat on his face, with one arm folded under his head, on +the ground carpeted with pine-needles. He seemed drowsing. + +“Hullo, young man, what are you doing here? Are you asleep?” + +“I’m not asleep. I’ve been thinking.” + +“Ever since this morning?” + +“Ever since this morning.” + +“It’s not a question of thinking! One must see into things first, study +facts, look for clues, establish connecting links. The time for +thinking comes after, when one pieces all that together and discovers +the truth.” + +“Yes, I know.—That’s the usual way, the right one, I dare say.—Mine is +different.—I think first, I try, above all, to get the general hang of +the case, if I may so express myself. Then I imagine a reasonable and +logical hypothesis, which fits in with the general idea. And then, and +not before, I examine the facts to see if they agree with my +hypothesis.” + +“That’s a funny method and a terribly complicated one!” + +“It’s a sure method, M. Filleul, which is more than can be said of +yours.” + +“Come, come! Facts are facts.” + +“With your ordinary sort of adversary, yes. But, given an enemy endowed +with a certain amount of cunning, the facts are those which he happens +to have selected. Take the famous clues upon which you base your +inquiry: why, he was at liberty to arrange them as he liked. And you +see where that can lead you, into what mistakes and absurdities, when +you are dealing with a man like Arsène Lupin. Holmlock Shears himself +fell into the trap.” + +“Arsène Lupin is dead.” + +“No matter. His gang remains and the pupils of such a master are +masters themselves.” + +M. Filleul took Isidore by the arm and, leading him away: + +“Words, young man, words. Here is something of more importance. Listen +to me. Ganimard is otherwise engaged at this moment and will not be +here for a few days. On the other hand, the Comte de Gesvres has +telegraphed to Holmlock Shears, who has promised his assistance next +week. Now don’t you think, young man, that it would be a feather in our +cap if we were able to say to those two celebrities, on the day of +their arrival, ‘Awfully sorry, gentlemen, but we couldn’t wait. The +business is done’?” + +It was impossible for M. Filleul to confess helplessness with greater +candor. Beautrelet suppressed a smile and, pretending not to see +through the worthy magistrate, replied: + +“I confess. Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that, if I was not present +at your inquiry just now, it was because I hoped that you would consent +to tell me the results. May I ask what you have learned?” + +“Well, last night, at eleven o’clock, the three gendarmes whom Sergeant +Quevillon had left on guard at the château received a note from the +sergeant telling them to hasten with all speed to Ouville, where they +are stationed. They at once rode off, and when they arrived at +Ouville—” + +“They discovered that they had been tricked, that the order was a +forgery and that there was nothing for them to do but return to +Ambrumésy.” + +“This they did, accompanied by Sergeant Quevillon. But they were away +for an hour and a half and, during this time, the crime was committed.” + +“In what circumstances?” + +“Very simple circumstances, indeed. A ladder was removed from the farm +buildings and placed against the second story of the château. A pane of +glass was cut out and a window opened. Two men, carrying a dark +lantern, entered Mlle. de Gesvres’s room and gagged her before she +could cry out. Then, after binding her with cords, they softly opened +the door of the room in which Mlle. de Saint-Véran was sleeping. Mlle. +de Gesvres heard a stifled moan, followed by the sound of a person +struggling. A moment later, she saw two men carrying her cousin, who +was also bound and gagged. They passed in front of her and went out +through the window. Then Mlle. de Gesvres, terrified and exhausted, +fainted.” + +“But what about the dogs? I thought M. de Gesvres had bought two almost +wild sheep-dogs, which were let loose at night?” + +“They were found dead, poisoned.” + +“By whom? Nobody could get near them.” + +“It’s a mystery. The fact remains that the two men crossed the ruins +without let or hindrance and went out by the little door which we have +heard so much about. They passed through the copsewood, following the +line of the disused quarries. It was not until they were nearly half a +mile from the château, at the foot of the tree known as the Great Oak, +that they stopped—and executed their purpose.” + +“If they came with the intention of killing Mlle. de Saint-Véran, why +didn’t they murder her in her room?” + +“I don’t know. Perhaps the incident that settled their determination +only occurred after they had left the house. Perhaps the girl succeeded +in releasing herself from her bonds. In my opinion, the scarf which was +picked up was used to fasten her wrists. In any case, the blow was +struck at the foot of the Great Oak. I have collected indisputable +proofs—” + +“But the body?” + +“The body has not been found, but there is nothing excessively +surprising in that. As a matter of fact, the trail which I followed +brought me to the church at Varengeville and the old cemetery perched +on the top of the cliff. From there it is a sheer precipice, a fall of +over three hundred feet to the rocks and the sea below. In a day or +two, a stronger tide than usual will cast up the body on the beach.” + +“Obviously. This is all very simple.” + +“Yes, it is all very simple and doesn’t trouble me in the least. Lupin +is dead, his accomplices heard of it and, to revenge themselves, have +killed Mlle. de Saint-Véran. These are facts which did not even require +checking. But Lupin?” + +“What about him?” + +“What has become of him? In all probability, his confederates removed +his corpse at the same time that they carried away the girl; but what +proof have we? None at all. Any more than of his staying in the ruins, +or of his death, or of his life. And that is the real mystery, M. +Beautrelet. The murder of Mlle. Raymonde solves nothing. On the +contrary, it only complicates matters. What has been happening during +the past two months at the Château d’Ambrumésy? If we don’t clear up +the riddle, young man, others will give us the go-by.” + +“On what day are those others coming?” + +“Wednesday—Tuesday perhaps—” + +Beautrelet seemed to be making an inward calculation and then declared: + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, this is Saturday. I have to be back at +school on Monday evening. Well, if you will have the goodness to be +here at ten o’clock exactly on Monday morning, I will try to give you +the key to the riddle.” + +“Really, M. Beautrelet—do you think so? Are you sure?” + +“I hope so, at any rate.” + +“And where are you going now?” + +“I am going to see if the facts consent to fit in with the general +theory which I am beginning to perceive.” + +“And if they don’t fit in?” + +“Well, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction,” said Beautrelet, with a laugh, +“then it will be their fault and I must look for others which, will +prove more tractable. Till Monday, then?” + +“Till Monday.” + +A few minutes later, M. Filleul was driving toward Dieppe, while +Isidore mounted a bicycle which he had borrowed from the Comte de +Gesvres and rode off along the road to Yerville and Caudebec-en-Caux. + +There was one point in particular on which the young man was anxious to +form a clear opinion, because this just appeared to him to be the +enemy’s weakest point. Objects of the size of the four Rubens pictures +cannot be juggled away. They were bound to be somewhere. Granting that +it was impossible to find them for the moment, might one not discover +the road by which they had disappeared? + +What Beautrelet surmised was that the four pictures had undoubtedly +been carried off in the motor car, but that, before reaching Caudebec, +they were transferred to another car, which had crossed the Seine +either above Caudebec or below it. Now the first horse-boat down the +stream was at Quillebeuf, a greatly frequented ferry and, consequently, +dangerous. Up stream, there was the ferry-boat at La Mailleraie, a +large, but lonely market-town, lying well off the main road. + +By midnight, Isidore had covered the thirty-five or forty miles to La +Mailleraie and was knocking at the door of an inn by the waterside. He +slept there and, in the morning, questioned the ferrymen. + +They consulted the counterfoils in the traffic-book. No motor-car had +crossed on Thursday the 23rd of April. + +“A horse-drawn vehicle, then?” suggested Beautrelet. “A cart? A van?” + +“No, not either.” + +Isidore continued his inquiries all through the morning. He was on the +point of leaving for Quillebeuf, when the waiter of the inn at which he +had spent the night said: + +“I came back from my thirteen days’ training on the morning of which +you are speaking and I saw a cart, but it did not go across.” + +“Really?” + +“No, they unloaded it onto a flat boat, a barge of sorts, which was +moored to the wharf.” + +“And where did the cart come from?” + +“Oh, I knew it at once. It belonged to Master Vatinel, the carter.” + +“And where does he live?” + +“At Louvetot.” + +Beautrelet consulted his military map. The hamlet of Louvetot lay where +the highroad between Yvetot and Caudebec was crossed by a little +winding road that ran through the woods to La Mailleraie. + +Not until six o’clock in the evening did Isidore succeed in discovering +Master Vatinel, in a pothouse. Master Vatinel was one of those artful +old Normans who are always on their guard, who distrust strangers, but +who are unable to resist the lure of a gold coin or the influence of a +glass or two: + +“Well, yes, sir, the men in the motor car that morning had told me to +meet them at five o’clock at the crossroads. They gave me four great, +big things, as high as that. One of them went with me and we carted the +things to the barge.” + +“You speak of them as if you knew them before.” + +“I should think I did know them! It was the sixth time they were +employing me.” + +Isidore gave a start: + +“The sixth time, you say? And since when?” + +“Why every day before that one, to be sure! But it was other things +then—great blocks of stone—or else smaller, longish ones, wrapped up in +newspapers, which they carried as if they were worth I don’t know what. +Oh, I mustn’t touch those on any account!—But what’s the matter? You’ve +turned quite white.” + +“Nothing—the heat of the room—” + +Beautrelet staggered out into the air. The joy, the surprise of the +discovery made him feel giddy. He went back very quietly to +Varengeville, slept in the village, spent an hour at the mayor’s +offices with the school-master and returned to the château. There he +found a letter awaiting him “care of M. le Comte de Gesvres.” It +consisted of a single line: + +“Second warning. Hold your tongue. If not—” + +“Come,” he muttered. “I shall have to make up my mind and take a few +precautions for my personal safety. If not, as they say—” + +It was nine o’clock. He strolled about among the ruins and then lay +down near the cloisters and closed his eyes. + +“Well, young man, are you satisfied with the results of your campaign?” + +It was M. Filleul. + +“Delighted, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction.” + +“By which you mean to say—?” + +“By which I mean to say that I am prepared to keep my promise—in spite +of this very uninviting letter.” + +He showed the letter to M. Filleul. + +“Pooh! Stuff and nonsense!” cried the magistrate. “I hope you won’t let +that prevent you—” + +“From telling you what I know? No, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. I +have given my word and I shall keep it. In less than ten minutes, you +shall know—a part of the truth.” + +“A part?” + +“Yes, in my opinion, Lupin’s hiding-place does not constitute the whole +of the problem. Far from it. But we shall see later on.” + +“M. Beautrelet, nothing that you do could astonish me now. But how were +you able to discover—?” + +“Oh, in a very natural way! In the letter from old man Harlington to M. +Étienne de Vaudreix, or rather to Lupin—” + +“The intercepted letter?” + +“Yes. There is a phrase which always puzzled me. After saying that the +pictures are to be forwarded as arranged, he goes on to say, ‘You may +add _the rest_, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt.’” + +“Yes, I remember.” + +“What was this ‘rest’? A work of art, a curiosity? The château contains +nothing of any value besides the Rubenses and the tapestries. Jewelry? +There is very little and what there is of it is not worth much. In that +case, what could it be?—On the other hand, was it conceivable that +people so prodigiously clever as Lupin should not have succeeded in +adding ‘the rest,’ which they themselves had evidently suggested? A +difficult undertaking, very likely; exceptional, surprising, I dare +say; but possible and therefore certain, since Lupin wished it.” + +“And yet he failed: nothing has disappeared.” + +“He did not fail: something has disappeared.” + +“Yes, the Rubenses—but—” + +“The Rubenses and something besides—something which has been replaced +by a similar thing, as in the case of the Rubenses; something much more +uncommon, much rarer, much more valuable than the Rubenses.” + +“Well, what? You’re killing me with this procrastination!” + +While talking, the two men had crossed the ruins, turned toward the +little door and were now walking beside the chapel. Beautrelet stopped: + +“Do you really want to know, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction?” + +“Of course, I do.” + +Beautrelet was carrying a walking-stick, a strong, knotted stick. +Suddenly, with a back stroke of this stick, he smashed one of the +little statues that adorned the front of the chapel. + +“Why, you’re mad!” shouted M. Filleul, beside himself, rushing at the +broken pieces of the statue. “You’re mad! That old saint was an +admirable bit of work—” + +“An admirable bit of work!” echoed Isidore, giving a whirl which +brought down the Virgin Mary. + +M. Filleul took hold of him round the body: + +“Young man, I won’t allow you to commit—” + +A wise man of the East came toppling to the ground, followed by a +manger containing the Mother and Child. . . . + +“If you stir another limb, I fire!” + +The Comte de Gesvres had appeared upon the scene and was cocking his +revolver. Beautrelet burst out laughing: + +“That’s right, Monsieur le Comte, blaze away!—Take a shot at them, as +if you were at a fair!—Wait a bit—this chap carrying his head in his +hands—” + +St. John the Baptist fell, shattered to pieces. + +“Oh!” shouted the count, pointing his revolver. “You young +vandal!—Those masterpieces!” + +“Sham, Monsieur le Comte!” + +“What? What’s that?” roared M. Filleul, wresting the Comte de Gesvres’s +weapon from him. + +“Sham!” repeated Beautrelet. “Paper-pulp and plaster!” + +“Oh, nonsense! It can’t be true!” + +“Hollow plaster, I tell you! Nothing at all!” + +The count stooped and picked up a sliver of a statuette. + +“Look at it, Monsieur le Comte, and see for yourself: it’s plaster! +Rusty, musty, mildewed plaster, made to look like old stone—but plaster +for all that, plaster casts!—That’s all that remains of your perfect +masterpiece!—That’s what they’ve done in just a few days!-That’s what +the Sieur Charpenais who copied the Rubenses, prepared a year ago.” He +seized M. Filleul’s arm in his turn. “What do you think of it, Monsieur +le Juge d’Instruction? Isn’t it fine? Isn’t it grand? Isn’t it +gorgeous? The chapel has been removed! A whole Gothic chapel collected +stone by stone! A whole population of statues captured and replaced by +these chaps in stucco! One of the most magnificent specimens of an +incomparable artistic period confiscated! The chapel, in short, stolen! +Isn’t it immense? Ah, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, what a genius the +man is!” + +“You’re allowing yourself to be carried away, M. Beautrelet.” + +“One can’t be carried away too much, monsieur, when one has to do with +people like that. Everything above the average deserves our admiration. +And this man soars above everything. There is in his flight a wealth of +imagination, a force and power, a skill and freedom that send a thrill +through me!” + +“Pity he’s dead,” said M. Filleul, with a grin. “He’d have ended by +stealing the towers of Notre-Dame.” + +Isidore shrugged his shoulders: + +“Don’t laugh, monsieur. He upsets you, dead though he may be.” + +“I don’t say not, I don’t say not, M. Beautrelet, I confess that I feel +a certain excitement now that I am about to set eyes on him—unless, +indeed, his friends have taken away the body.” + +“And always admitting,” observed the Comte de Gesvres, “that it was +really he who was wounded by my poor niece.” + +“It was he, beyond a doubt, Monsieur le Comte,” declared Beautrelet; +“it was he, believe me, who fell in the ruins under the shot fired by +Mlle. de Saint-Véran; it was he whom she saw rise and who fell again +and dragged himself toward the cloisters to rise again for the last +time—this by a miracle which I will explain to you presently—to rise +again for the last time and reach this stone shelter—which was to be +his tomb.” + +And Beautrelet struck the threshold of the chapel with his stick. + +“Eh? What?” cried M. Filleul, taken aback. “His tomb?—Do you think that +that impenetrable hiding-place—” + +“It was here—there,” he repeated. + +“But we searched it.” + +“Badly.” + +“There is no hiding-place here,” protested M. de Gesvres. “I know the +chapel.” + +“Yes, there is, Monsieur le Comte. Go to the mayor’s office at +Varengeville, where they have collected all the papers that used to be +in the old parish of Ambrumésy, and you will learn from those papers, +which belong to the eighteenth century, that there is a crypt below the +chapel. This crypt doubtless dates back to the Roman chapel, upon the +site of which the present one was built.” + +“But how can Lupin have known this detail?” asked M. Filleul. + +“In a very simple manner: because of the works which he had to execute +to take away the chapel.” + +“Come, come, M. Beautrelet, you’re exaggerating. He has not taken away +the whole chapel. Look, not one of the stones of this top course has +been touched.” + +“Obviously, he cast and took away only what had a financial value: the +wrought stones, the sculptures, the statuettes, the whole treasure of +little columns and carved arches. He did not trouble about the +groundwork of the building itself. The foundations remain.” + +“Therefore, M. Beautrelet, Lupin was not able to make his way into the +crypt.” + +At that moment, M. de Gesvres, who had been to call a servant, returned +with the key of the chapel. He opened the door. The three men entered. +After a short examination Beautrelet said: + +“The flag-stones on the ground have been respected, as one might +expect. But it is easy to perceive that the high altar is nothing more +than a cast. Now, generally, the staircase leading to the crypt opens +in front of the high altar and passes under it.” + +“What do you conclude?” + +“I conclude that Lupin discovered the crypt when working at the altar.” + +The count sent for a pickaxe and Beautrelet attacked the altar. The +plaster flew to right and left. He pushed the pieces aside as he went +on. + +“By Jove!” muttered M. Filleul, “I am eager to know—” + +“So am I,” said Beautrelet, whose face was pale with anguish. + +He hurried his blows. And, suddenly, his pickaxe, which, until then, +had encountered no resistance, struck against a harder material and +rebounded. There was a sound of something falling in; and all that +remained of the altar went tumbling into the gap after the block of +stone which had been struck by the pickaxe. Beautrelet bent forward. A +puff of cold air rose to his face. He lit a match and moved it from +side to side over the gap: + +“The staircase begins farther forward than I expected, under the +entrance-flags, almost. I can see the last steps, there, right at the +bottom.” + +“Is it deep?” + +“Three or four yards. The steps are very high—and there are some +missing.” + +“It is hardly likely,” said M. Filleul, “that the accomplices can have +had time to remove the body from the cellar, when they were engaged in +carrying off Mlle. de Saint-Véran—during the short absence of the +gendarmes. Besides, why should they?—No, in my opinion, the body is +here.” + +A servant brought them a ladder. Beautrelet let it down through the +opening and fixed it, after groping among the fallen fragments. Holding +the two uprights firmly: + +“Will you go down, M. Filleul?” he asked. + +The magistrate, holding a candle in his hand, ventured down the ladder. +The Comte de Gesvres followed him and Beautrelet, in his turn, placed +his foot on the first rung. + +Mechanically, he counted eighteen rungs, while his eyes examined the +crypt, where the glimmer of the candle struggled against the heavy +darkness. But, at the bottom, his nostrils were assailed by one of +those foul and violent smells which linger in the memory for many a +long day. And, suddenly, a trembling hand seized him by the shoulder. + +“Well, what is it?” + +“B-beautrelet,” stammered M. Filleul. “B-beau-trelet—” + +He could not get a word out for terror. + +“Come, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, compose yourself!” + +“Beautrelet—he is there—” + +“Eh?” + +“Yes—there was something under the big stone that broke off the altar—I +pushed the stone—and I touched—I shall never—shall never forget.—” + +“Where is it?” + +“On this side.—Don’t you notice the smell?—And then look—see.” + +He took the candle and held it towards a motionless form stretched upon +the ground. + +“Oh!” exclaimed Beautrelet, in a horror-stricken tone. + +The three men bent down quickly. The corpse lay half-naked, lean, +frightful. The flesh, which had the greenish hue of soft wax, appeared +in places through the torn clothes. But the most hideous thing, the +thing that had drawn a cry of terror from the young man’s lips, was the +head, the head which had just been crushed by the block of stone, the +shapeless head, a repulsive mass in which not one feature could be +distinguished. + +Beautrelet took four strides up the ladder and fled into the daylight +and the open air. + +M. Filleul found him again lying flat on the around, with his hands +glued to his face: + +“I congratulate you, Beautrelet,” he said. “In addition to the +discovery of the hiding-place, there are two points on which I have +been able to verify the correctness of your assertions. First of all, +the man on whom Mlle. de Saint-Véran fired was indeed Arsène Lupin, as +you said from the start. Also, he lived in Paris under the name of +Étienne de Vaudreix. His linen is marked with the initials E. V. That +ought to be sufficient proof, I think: don’t you?” + +Isidore did not stir. + +“Monsieur le Comte has gone to have a horse put to. They’re sending for +Dr. Jouet, who will make the usual examination. In my opinion, death +must have taken place a week ago, at least. The state of decomposition +of the corpse—but you don’t seem to be listening—” + +“Yes, yes.” + +“What I say is based upon absolute reasons. Thus, for instance—” + +M. Filleul continued his demonstrations, without, however, obtaining +any more manifest marks of attention. But M. de Gesvres’s return +interrupted his monologue. The comte brought two letters. One was to +tell him that Holmlock Shears would arrive next morning. + +“Capital!” cried M. Filleul, joyfully. “Inspector Ganimard will be here +too. It will be delightful.” + +“The other letter is for you, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction,” said the +comte. + +“Better and better,” said M. Filleul, after reading it. “There will +certainly not be much for those two gentlemen to do. M. Beautrelet, I +hear from Dieppe that the body of a young woman was found by some +shrimpers, this morning, on the rocks.” + +Beautrelet gave a start: + +“What’s that? The body—” + +“Of a young woman.—The body is horribly mutilated, they say, and it +would be impossible to establish the identity, but for a very narrow +little gold curb-bracelet on the right arm which has become encrusted +in the swollen skin. Now Mlle. de Saint-Véran used to wear a gold +curb-bracelet on her right arm. Evidently, therefore, Monsieur le +Comte, this is the body of your poor niece, which the sea must have +washed to that distance. What do you think, Beautrelet?” + +“Nothing—nothing—or, rather, yes—everything is connected, as you +see—and there is no link missing in my argument. All the facts, one +after the other, however contradictory, however disconcerting they may +appear, end by supporting the supposition which I imagined from the +first.” + +“I don’t understand.” + +“You soon will. Remember, I promised you the whole truth.” + +“But it seems to me—” + +“A little patience, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. So far, you have +had no cause to complain of me. It is a fine day. Go for a walk, lunch +at the château, smoke your pipe. I shall be back by four o’clock. As +for my school, well, I don’t care: I shall take the night train.” + +They had reached the out-houses at the back of the château. Beautrelet +jumped on his bicycle and rode away. + +At Dieppe, he stopped at the office of the local paper, the _Vigie_, +and examined the file for the last fortnight. Then he went on to the +market-town of Envermeu, six or seven miles farther. At Envermeu, he +talked to the mayor, the rector and the local policeman. The +church-clock struck three. His inquiry was finished. + +He returned singing for joy. He pressed upon the two pedals turn by +turn, with an equal and powerful rhythm; his chest opened wide to take +in the keen air that blew from the sea. And, from time to time, he +forgot himself to the extent of uttering shouts of triumph to the sky, +when he thought of the aim which he was pursuing and of the success +that was crowning his efforts. + +Ambrumésy appeared in sight. He coasted at full speed down the slope +leading to the château. The top rows of venerable trees that line the +road seemed to run to meet him and to vanish behind him forthwith. And, +all at once, he uttered a cry. In a sudden vision, he had seen a rope +stretched from one tree to another, across the road. + +His machine gave a jolt and stopped short. Beautrelet was flung three +yards forward, with immense violence, and it seemed to him that only +chance, a miraculous chance, caused him to escape a heap of pebbles on +which, logically, he ought to have broken his head. + +He lay for a few seconds stunned. Then, all covered with bruises, with +the skin flayed from his knees, he examined the spot. On the right lay +a small wood, by which his aggressor had no doubt fled. Beautrelet +untied the rope. To the tree on the left around which it was fastened a +small piece of paper was fixed with string. Beautrelet unfolded it and +read: + +“The third and last warning.” + +He went on to the château, put a few questions to the servants and +joined the examining magistrate in a room on the ground floor, at the +end of the right wing, where M. Filleul used to sit in the course of +his operations. M. Filleul was writing, with his clerk seated opposite +to him. At a sign from him, the clerk left the room; and the magistrate +exclaimed: + +“Why, what have you been doing to yourself, M. Beautrelet? Your hands +are covered with blood.” + +“It’s nothing, it’s nothing,” said the young man. “Just a fall +occasioned by this rope, which was stretched in front of my bicycle. I +will only ask you to observe that the rope comes from the château. Not +longer than twenty minutes ago, it was being used to dry linen on, +outside the laundry.” + +“You don’t mean to say so!” + +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I am being watched here, by some one +in the very heart of the place, who can see me, who can hear me and +who, minute by minute, observes my actions and knows my intentions.” + +“Do you think so?” + +“I am sure of it. It is for you to discover him and you will have no +difficulty in that. As for myself, I want to have finished and to give +you the promised explanations. I have made faster progress than our +adversaries expected and I am convinced that they mean to take vigorous +measures on their side. The circle is closing around me. The danger is +approaching. I feel it.” + +“Nonsense, Beautrelet—” + +“You wait and see! For the moment, let us lose no time. And, first, a +question on a point which I want to have done with at once. Have you +spoken to anybody of that document which Sergeant Quevillon picked up +and handed you in my presence?” + +“No, indeed; not to a soul. But do you attach any value—?” + +“The greatest value. It’s an idea of mine, an idea, I confess, which +does not rest upon a proof of any kind—for, up to the present, I have +not succeeded in deciphering the document. And therefore I am +mentioning it—so that we need not come back to it.” + +Beautrelet pressed his hand on M. Filleul’s and whispered: + +“Don’t speak—there’s some one listening—outside—” + +The gravel creaked. Beautrelet ran to the window and leaned out: + +“There’s no one there—but the border has been trodden down—we can +easily identify the footprints—” + +He closed the window and sat down again: + +“You see, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, the enemy has even ceased to +take the most ordinary precautions—he has not time left—he too feels +that the hour is urgent. Let us be quick, therefore, and speak, since +they do not wish us to speak.” + +He laid the document on the table and held it in position, unfolded: + +“One observation, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, to begin with. The +paper consists almost entirely of dots and figures. And in the first +three lines and the fifth—the only ones with which we have to do at +present, for the fourth seems to present an entirely different +character—not one of those figures is higher than the figure 5. There +is, therefore, a great chance that each of these figures represents one +of the five vowels, taken in alphabetical order. Let us put down the +result.” + +He wrote on a separate piece of paper: + + e . a . a . . e . . e . a . . a . . + a . . . e . e . . e oi . e . . e . + . ou . . e . o . . . e . . e . o . . e + ai . ui . . e . . eu . e + + +Then he continued: + +“As you see, this does not give us much to go upon. The key is, at the +same time, very easy, because the inventor has contented himself with +replacing the vowels by figures and the consonants by dots, and very +difficult, if not impossible, because he has taken no further trouble +to complicate the problem.” + +“It is certainly pretty obscure.” + +“Let us try to throw some light upon it. The second line is divided +into two parts; and the second part appears in such a way that it +probably forms one word. If we now seek to replace the intermediary +dots by consonants, we arrive at the conclusion, after searching and +casting about, that the only consonants which are logically able to +support the vowels are also logically able to produce only one word, +the word _demoiselles_.” + +“That would refer to Mlle. de Gesvres and Mlle. de Saint-Véran.” + +“Undoubtedly.” + +“And do you see nothing more?” + +“Yes. I also note an hiatus in the middle of the last line; and, if I +apply a similar operation to the beginning of the line, I at once see +that the only consonant able to take the place of the dot between the +diphthongs _fai_ and _ui_ is the letter _g_ and that, when I have thus +formed the first five letters of the word, _aigui_, it is natural and +inevitable that, with the two next dots and the final _e_, I should +arrive at the word _aiguille_.” + +“Yes, the word _aiguille_ forces itself upon us.” + +“Finally, for the last word, I have three vowels and three consonants. +I cast about again, I try all the letters, one after the other, and, +starting with the principle that the two first letters are necessary +consonants, I find that three words apply: _fleuve_, _preuve_ and +_creuse_. I eliminate the words _fleuve_ and _preuve_, as possessing no +possible relation to a needle, and I keep the word _creuse_.” + +“Making ‘hollow needle’! By jove! I admit that your solution is +correct, because it needs must be; but how does it help us?” + +“Not at all,” said Beautrelet, in a thoughtful tone. “Not at all, for +the moment.—Later on, we shall see.—I have an idea that a number of +things are included in the puzzling conjunction of those two words, +_aiguille creuse_. What is troubling me at present is rather the +material on which the document is written, the paper employed.—Do they +still manufacture this sort of rather coarse-grained parchment? And +then this ivory color.—And those folds—the wear of those folds—and, +lastly, look, those marks of red sealing-wax, on the back—” + +At that moment Beautrelet, was interrupted by Brédoux, the magistrate’s +clerk, who opened the door and announced the unexpected arrival of the +chief public prosecutor. M. Filleul rose: + +“Anything new? Is Monsieur le Procureur Général downstairs?” + +“No, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. Monsieur le Procureur Général has +not left his carriage. He is only passing through Ambrumésy and begs +you to be good enough to go down to him at the gate. He only has a word +to say to you.” + +“That’s curious,” muttered M. Filleul. “However—we shall see. Excuse +me, Beautrelet, I shan’t be long.” + +He went away. His footsteps sounded outside. Then the clerk closed the +door, turned the key and put it in his pocket. + +“Hullo!” exclaimed Beautrelet, greatly surprised. “What are you locking +us in for?” + +“We shall be able to talk so much better,” retorted Brédoux. + +Beautrelet rushed toward another door, which led to the next room. He +had understood: the accomplice was Brédoux, the clerk of the examining +magistrate himself. Brédoux grinned: + +“Don’t hurt your fingers, my young friend. I have the key of that door, +too.” + +“There’s the window!” cried Beautrelet. + +“Too late,” said Brédoux, planting himself in front of the casement, +revolver in hand. + +Every chance of retreat was cut off. There was nothing more for Isidore +to do, nothing except to defend himself against the enemy who was +revealing himself with such brutal daring. He crossed his arms. + +“Good,” mumbled the clerk. “And now let us waste no time.” He took out +his watch. “Our worthy M. Filleul will walk down to the gate. At the +gate, he will find nobody, of course: no more public prosecutor than my +eye. Then he will come back. That gives us about four minutes. It will +take me one minute to escape by this window, clear through the little +door by the ruins and jump on the motor cycle waiting for me. That +leaves three minutes, which is just enough.” + +Brédoux was a queer sort of misshapen creature, who balanced on a pair +of very long spindle-legs a huge trunk, as round as the body of a +spider and furnished with immense arms. A bony face and a low, small +stubborn forehead pointed to the man’s narrow obstinacy. + +Beautrelet felt a weakness in the legs and staggered. He had to sit +down: + +“Speak,” he said. “What do you want?” + +“The paper. I’ve been looking for it for three days.” + +“I haven’t got it.” + +“You’re lying. I saw you put it back in your pocket-book when I came +in.” + +“Next?” + +“Next, you must undertake to keep quite quiet. You’re annoying us. +Leave us alone and mind your own business. Our patience is at an end.” + +He had come nearer, with the revolver still aimed at the young man’s +head, and spoke in a hollow voice, with a powerful stress on each +syllable that he uttered. His eyes were hard, his smile cruel. + +Beautrelet gave a shudder. It was the first time that he was +experiencing the sense of danger. And such danger! He felt himself in +the presence of an implacable enemy, endowed with blind and +irresistible strength. + +“And next?” he asked, with less assurance in his voice. + +“Next? Nothing.—You will be free.—We will forget—” + +There was a pause. Then Brédoux resumed: + +“There is only a minute left. You must make up your mind. Come, old +chap, don’t be a fool.—We are the stronger, you know, always and +everywhere.—Quick, the paper—” + +Isidore did not flinch. With a livid and terrified face, he remained +master of himself, nevertheless, and his brain remained clear amid the +breakdown of his nerves. The little black hole of the revolver was +pointing at six inches from his eyes. The finger was bent and obviously +pressing on the trigger. It only wanted a moment— + +“The paper,” repeated Brédoux. “If not—” + +“Here it is,” said Beautrelet. + +He took out his pocket-book and handed it to the clerk, who seized it +eagerly. + +“Capital! We’ve come to our senses. I’ve no doubt there’s something to +be done with you.—You’re troublesome, but full of common sense. I’ll +talk about it to my pals. And now I’m off. Good-bye!” + +He pocketed his revolver and turned back the fastening of the window. +There was a noise in the passage. + +“Good-bye,” he said again. “I’m only just in time.” + +But the idea stopped him. With a quick movement, he examined the +pocket-book: + +“Damn and blast it!” He grated through his teeth. “The paper’s not +there.—You’ve done me—” + +He leaped into the room. Two shots rang out. Isidore, in his turn, had +seized his pistol and fired. + +“Missed, old chap!” shouted Brédoux. “Your hand’s shaking.—You’re +afraid—” + +They caught each other round the body and came down to the floor +together. There was a violent and incessant knocking at the door. +Isidore’s strength gave way and he was at once over come by his +adversary. It was the end. A hand was lifted over him, armed with a +knife, and fell. A fierce pain burst into his shoulder. He let go. + +He had an impression of some one fumbling in the inside pocket of his +jacket and taking the paper from it. Then, through the lowered veil of +his eyelids, he half saw the man stepping over the window-sill. + +The same newspapers which, on the following morning, related the last +episodes that had occurred at the Château d’Ambrumésy—the trickery at +the chapel, the discovery of Arsène Lupin’s body and of Raymonde’s body +and, lastly, the murderous attempt made upon Beautrelet by the clerk to +the examining magistrate—also announced two further pieces of news: the +disappearance of Ganimard, and the kidnapping of Holmlock Shears, in +broad daylight, in the heart of London, at the moment when he was about +to take the train for Dover. + +Lupin’s gang, therefore, which had been disorganized for a moment by +the extraordinary ingenuity of a seventeen-year-old schoolboy, was now +resuming the offensive and was winning all along the line from the +first. Lupin’s two great adversaries, Shears and Ganimard, were put +away. Isidore Beautrelet was disabled. The police were powerless. For +the moment there was no one left capable of struggling against such +enemies. + + + + +CHAPTER FOUR +FACE TO FACE + + +One evening, five weeks later, I had given my man leave to go out. It +was the day before the 14th of July. The night was hot, a storm +threatened and I felt no inclination to leave the flat. I opened wide +the glass doors leading to my balcony, lit my reading lamp and sat down +in an easy-chair to look through the papers, which I had not yet seen. + +It goes without saying that there was something about Arsène Lupin in +all of them. Since the attempt at murder of which poor Isidore +Beautrelet had been the victim, not a day had passed without some +mention of the Ambrumésy mystery. It had a permanent headline devoted +to it. Never had public opinion been excited to that extent, thanks to +the extraordinary series of hurried events, of unexpected and +disconcerting surprises. M. Filleul, who was certainly accepting the +secondary part allotted to him with a good faith worthy of all praise, +had let the interviewers into the secret of his young advisor’s +exploits during the memorable three days, so that the public was able +to indulge in the rashest suppositions. And the public gave itself free +scope. Specialists and experts in crime, novelists and playwrights, +retired magistrates and chief-detectives, erstwhile Lecocqs and budding +Holmlock Shearses, each had his theory and expounded it in lengthy +contributions to the press. Everybody corrected and supplemented the +inquiry of the examining magistrate; and all on the word of a child, on +the word of Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form schoolboy at the Lycée +Janson-de-Sailly! + +For really, it had to be admitted, the complete elements of the truth +were now in everybody’s possession. What did the mystery consist of? +They knew the hiding-place where Arsène Lupin had taken refuge and lain +a-dying; there was no doubt about it: Dr. Delattre, who continued to +plead professional secrecy and refused to give evidence, nevertheless +confessed to his intimate friends—who lost no time in blabbing—that he +really had been taken to a crypt to attend a wounded man whom his +confederates introduced to him by the name of Arsène Lupin. And, as the +corpse of Étienne de Vaudreix was found in that same crypt and as the +said Étienne de Vaudreix was none other than Arsène Lupin—as the +official examination went to show—all this provided an additional +proof, if one were needed, of the identity of Arsène Lupin and the +wounded man. Therefore, with Lupin dead and Mlle. de Saint-Véran’s body +recognized by the curb-bracelet on her wrist, the tragedy was finished. + +It was not. Nobody thought that it was, because Beautrelet had said the +contrary. Nobody knew in what respect it was not finished, but, on the +word of the young man, the mystery remained complete. The evidence of +the senses did not prevail against the statement of a Beautrelet. There +was something which people did not know, and of that something they +were convinced that he was in position to supply a triumphant +explanation. + +It is easy, therefore, to imagine the anxiety with which, at first, +people awaited the bulletins issued by the two Dieppe doctors to whose +care the Comte de Gesvres entrusted his patient; the distress that +prevailed during the first few days, when his life was thought to be in +danger; and the enthusiasm of the morning when the newspapers announced +that there was no further cause for fear. The least details excited the +crowd. People wept at the thought of Beautrelet nursed by his old +father, who had been hurriedly summoned by telegram, and they also +admired the devotion of Mlle. Suzanne de Gesvres, who spent night after +night by the wounded lad’s bedside. + +Next came a swift and glad convalescence. At last, the public were +about to know! They would know what Beautrelet had promised to reveal +to M. Filleul and the decisive words which the knife of the would-be +assassin had prevented him from uttering! And they would also know +everything, outside the tragedy itself, that remained impenetrable or +inaccessible to the efforts of the police. + +With Beautrelet free and cured of his wound, one could hope for some +certainty regarding Harlington, Arsène Lupin’s mysterious accomplice, +who was still detained at the Santé prison. One would learn what had +become, after the crime, of Brédoux the clerk, that other accomplice, +whose daring was really terrifying. + +With Beautrelet free, one could also form a precise idea concerning the +disappearance of Ganimard and the kidnapping of Shears. How was it +possible for two attempts of this kind to take place? Neither the +English detectives nor their French colleagues possessed the slightest +clue on the subject. On Whit-Sunday, Ganimard did not come home, nor on +the Monday either, nor during the five weeks that followed. In London, +on Whit-Monday, Holmlock Shears took a cab at eight o’clock in the +evening to drive to the station. He had hardly stepped in, when he +tried to alight, probably feeling a presentiment of danger. But two men +jumped into the hansom, one on either side, flung him back on the seat +and kept him there between them, or rather under them. All this +happened in sight of nine or ten witnesses, who had no time to +interfere. The cab drove off at a gallop. And, after that, nothing. +Nobody knew anything. + +Perhaps, also, Beautrelet would be able to give the complete +explanation of the document, the mysterious paper to which. Brédoux, +the magistrate’s clerk, attached enough importance to recover it, with +blows of the knife, from the person in whose possession it was. The +problem of the Hollow Needle it was called, by the countless solvers of +riddles who, with their eyes bent upon the figures and dots, strove to +read a meaning into them. The Hollow Needle! What a bewildering +conjunction of two simple words! What an incomprehensible question was +set by that scrap of paper, whose very origin and manufacture were +unknown! The Hollow Needle! Was it a meaningless expression, the puzzle +of a schoolboy scribbling with pen and ink on the corner of a page? Or +were they two magic words which could compel the whole great adventure +of Lupin the great adventurer to assume its true significance? Nobody +knew. + +But the public soon would know. For some days, the papers had been +announcing the approaching arrival of Beautrelet. The struggle was on +the point of recommencing; and, this time, it would be implacable on +the part of the young man, who was burning to take his revenge. And, as +it happened, my attention, just then, was drawn to his name, printed in +capitals. The _Grand Journal_ headed its front page with the following +paragraph: + +_We have persuaded_ + + +M. ISIDORE BEAUTRELET + + +_to give us the first right of printing his revelations. To-morrow, +Tuesday, before the police themselves are informed, the_ Grand Journal +_will publish the whole truth of the Ambrumésy mystery_. + + +“That’s interesting, eh? What do you think of it, my dear chap?” + +I started from my chair. There was some one sitting beside me, some one +I did not know. I cast my eyes round for a weapon. But, as my visitor’s +attitude appeared quite inoffensive, I restrained myself and went up to +him. + +He was a young man with strongly-marked features, long, fair hair and a +short, tawny beard, divided into two points. His dress suggested the +dark clothes of an English clergyman; and his whole person, for that +matter, wore an air of austerity and gravity that inspired respect. + +“Who are you?” I asked. And, as he did not reply, I repeated, “Who are +you? How did you get in? What are you here for?” + +He looked at me and said: + +“Don’t you know me?” + +“No—no!” + +“Oh, that’s really curious! Just search your memory—one of your +friends—a friend of a rather special kind—however—” + +I caught him smartly by the arm: + +“You lie! You lie! No, you’re not the man you say you are—it’s not +true.” + +“Then why are you thinking of that man rather than another?” he asked, +with a laugh. + +Oh, that laugh! That bright and clear young laugh, whose amusing irony +had so often contributed to my diversion! I shivered. Could it be? + +“No, no,” I protested, with a sort of terror. “It cannot be.” + +“It can’t be I, because I’m dead, eh?” he retorted. “And because you +don’t believe in ghosts.” He laughed again. “Am I the sort of man who +dies? Do you think I would die like that, shot in the back by a girl? +Really, you misjudge me! As though I would ever consent to such a death +as that!” + +“So it is you!” I stammered, still incredulous and yet greatly excited. +“So it is you! I can’t manage to recognize you.” + +“In that case,” he said, gaily, “I am quite easy. If the only man to +whom I have shown myself in my real aspect fails to know me to-day, +then everybody who will see me henceforth as I am to-day is bound not +to know me either, when he sees me in my real aspect—if, indeed, I have +a real aspect—” + +I recognized his voice, now that he was no longer changing its tone, +and I recognized his eyes also and the expression of his face and his +whole attitude and his very being, through the counterfeit appearance +in which he had shrouded it: + +“Arsène Lupin!” I muttered. + +“Yes, Arsène Lupin!” he cried, rising from his chair. “The one and only +Arsène Lupin, returned from the realms of darkness, since it appears +that I expired and passed away in a crypt! Arsène Lupin, alive and +kicking, in the full exercise of his will, happy and free and more than +ever resolved to enjoy that happy freedom in a world where hitherto he +has received nothing but favors and privileges!” + +It was my turn to laugh: + +“Well, it’s certainly you, and livelier this time than on the day when +I had the pleasure of seeing you, last year—I congratulate you.” + +I was alluding to his last visit, the visit following on the famous +adventure of the diadem,[1] his interrupted marriage, his flight with +Sonia Kirchnoff and the Russian girl’s horrible death. On that day, I +had seen an Arsène Lupin whom I did not know, weak, down-hearted, with +eyes tired with weeping, seeking for a little sympathy and affection. + +[1] _Arsène Lupin_, play in three acts and four scenes, by Maurice +Leblanc and Francis de Croisset.] + + +“Be quiet,” he said. “The past is far away.” + +“It was a year ago,” I observed. + +“It was ten years ago,” he declared. “Arsène Lupin’s years count for +ten times as much as another man’s.” + +I did not insist and, changing the conversation: + +“How did you get in?” + +“Why, how do you think? Through the door, of course. Then, as I saw +nobody, I walked across the drawing room and out by the balcony, and +here I am.” + +“Yes, but the key of the door—?” + +“There are no doors for me, as you know. I wanted your flat and I came +in.” + +“It is at your disposal. Am I to leave you?” + +“Oh, not at all! You won’t be in the way. In fact, I can promise you an +interesting evening.” + +“Are you expecting some one?” + +“Yes. I have given him an appointment here at ten o’clock.” He took out +his watch. “It is ten now. If the telegram reached him, he ought to be +here soon.” + +The front-door bell rang. + +“What did I tell you? No, don’t trouble to get up: I’ll go.” + +With whom on earth could he have made an appointment? And what sort of +scene was I about to assist at: dramatic or comic? For Lupin himself to +consider it worthy of interest, the situation must be somewhat +exceptional. + +He returned in a moment and stood back to make way for a young man, +tall and thin and very pale in the face. + +Without a word and with a certain solemnity about his movements that +made me feel ill at ease. Lupin switched on all the electric lamps, one +after the other, till the room was flooded with light. Then the two men +looked at each other, exchanged profound and penetrating glances, as +if, with all the effort of their gleaming eyes, they were trying to +pierce into each other’s souls. + +It was an impressive sight to see them thus, grave and silent. But who +could the newcomer be? + +I was on the point of guessing the truth, through his resemblance to a +photograph which had recently appeared in the papers, when Lupin turned +to me: + +“My dear chap, let me introduce M. Isidore Beautrelet.” And, addressing +the young man, he continued, “I have to thank you, M. Beautrelet, +first, for being good enough, on receipt of a letter from me, to +postpone your revelations until after this interview and, secondly, for +granting me this interview with so good a grace.” + +Beautrelet smiled: + +“Allow me to remark that my good grace consists, above all, in obeying +your orders. The threat which you made to me in the letter in question +was the more peremptory in being aimed not at me, but at my father.” + +“My word,” said Lupin laughing, “we must do the best we can and make +use of the means of action vouchsafed to us. I knew by experience that +your own safety was indifferent to you, seeing that you resisted the +arguments of Master Brédoux. There remained your father—your father for +whom you have a great affection—I played on that string.” + +“And here I am,” said Beautrelet, approvingly. + +I motioned them to be seated. They consented and Lupin resumed, in that +tone of imperceptible banter which is all his own: + +“In any case, M. Beautrelet, if you will not accept my thanks, you will +at least not refuse my apologies.” + +“Apologies! Bless my soul, what for?” + +“For the brutality which Master Brédoux showed you.” + +“I confess that the act surprised me. It was not Lupin’s usual way of +behaving. A stab—” + +“I assure you I had no hand in it. Brédoux is a new recruit. My +friends, during the time that they had the management of our affairs, +thought that it might be useful to win over to our cause the clerk of +the magistrate himself who was conducting the inquiry.” + +“Your friends were right.” + +“Brédoux, who was specially attached to your person, was, in fact, most +valuable to us. But, with the ardor peculiar to any neophyte who wishes +to distinguish himself, he pushed his zeal too far and thwarted my +plans by permitting himself, on his own initiative, to strike you a +blow.” + +“Oh, it was a little accident!” + +“Not at all, not at all! And I have reprimanded him severely! I am +bound, however, to say in his favor that he was taken unawares by the +really unexpected rapidity of your investigation. If you had only left +us a few hours longer, you would have escaped that unpardonable +attempt.” + +“And I should doubtless have enjoyed the enormous advantage of +undergoing the same fate as M. Ganimard and Mr. Holmlock Shears?” + +“Exactly,” said Lupin, laughing heartily. “And I should not have known +the cruel terrors which your wound caused me. I have had an atrocious +time because of it, believe me, and, at this moment, your pallor fills +me with all the stings of remorse. Can you ever forgive me?” + +“The proof of confidence which you have shown me in delivering yourself +unconditionally into my hands—it would have been so easy for me to +bring a few of Ganimard’s friends with me—that proof of confidence +wipes out everything.” + +Was he speaking seriously? I confess frankly that I was greatly +perplexed. The struggle between the two men was beginning in a manner +which I was simply unable to understand. I had been present at the +first meeting between Lupin and Holmlock Shears, in the café near the +Gare Montparnesse,[2] and I could not help recalling the haughty +carriage of the two combatants, the terrific clash of their pride under +the politeness of their manners, the hard blows which they dealt each +other, their feints, their arrogance. + +[2] _Arsène Lupin versus Holmlock Shears_, by Maurice Leblanc. + + +Here, it was quite different. Lupin, it is true, had not changed; he +exhibited the same tactics, the same crafty affability. But what a +strange adversary he had come upon! Was it even an adversary? Really, +he had neither the tone of one nor the appearance. Very calm, but with +a real calmness, not one assumed to cloak the passion of a man +endeavoring to restrain himself; very polite, but without exaggeration; +smiling, but without chaff, he presented the most perfect contrast to +Arsène Lupin, a contrast so perfect even that, to my mind, Lupin +appeared as much perplexed as myself. + +No, there was no doubt about it: in the presence of that frail +stripling, with cheeks smooth as a girl’s and candid and charming eyes, +Lupin was losing his ordinary self-assurance. Several times over, I +observed traces of embarrassment in him. He hesitated, did not attack +frankly, wasted time in mawkish and affected phrases. + +It also looked as though he wanted something. He seemed to be seeking, +waiting. What for? Some aid? + +There was a fresh ring of the bell. He himself ran and opened the door. +He returned with a letter: + +“Will you allow me, gentlemen?” he asked. + +He opened the letter. It contained a telegram. He read it—and became as +though transformed. His face lit up, his figure righted itself and I +saw the veins on his forehead swell. It was the athlete who once more +stood before me, the ruler, sure of himself, master of events and +master of persons. He spread the telegram on the table and, striking it +with his fist, exclaimed: + +“Now, M. Beautrelet, it’s you and I!” + +Beautrelet adopted a listening attitude and Lupin began, in measured, +but harsh and masterful tones: + +“Let us throw off the mask—what say you?—and have done with +hypocritical compliments. We are two enemies, who know exactly what to +think of each other; we act toward each other as enemies; and therefore +we ought to treat with each other as enemies.” + +“To treat?” echoed Beautrelet, in a voice of surprise. + +“Yes, to treat. I did not use that word at random and I repeat it, in +spite of the effort, the great effort, which it costs me. This is the +first time I have employed it to an adversary. But also, I may as well +tell you at once, it is the last. Make the most of it. I shall not +leave this flat without a promise from you. If I do, it means war.” + +Beautrelet seemed more and more surprised. He said very prettily: + +“I was not prepared for this—you speak so funnily! It’s so different +from what I expected! Yes, I thought you were not a bit like that! Why +this display of anger? Why use threats? Are we enemies because +circumstances bring us into opposition? Enemies? Why?” + +Lupin appeared a little out of countenance, but he snarled and, leaning +over the boy: + +“Listen to me, youngster,” he said. “It’s not a question of picking +one’s words. It’s a question of a fact, a positive, indisputable fact; +and that fact is this: in all the past ten years, I have not yet +knocked up against an adversary of your capacity. With Ganimard and +Holmlock Shears I played as if they were children. With you, I am +obliged to defend myself, I will say more, to retreat. Yes, at this +moment, you and I well know that I must look upon myself as worsted in +the fight. Isidore Beautrelet has got the better of Arsène Lupin. My +plans are upset. What I tried to leave in the dark you have brought +into the full light of day. You annoy me, you stand in my way. Well, +I’ve had enough of it—Brédoux told you so to no purpose. I now tell you +so again; and I insist upon it, so that you may take it to heart: I’ve +had enough of it!” + +Beautrelet nodded his head: + +“Yes, but what do you want?” + +“Peace! Each of us minding his own business, keeping to his own side!” + +“That is to say, you free to continue your burglaries undisturbed, I +free to return to my studies.” + +“Your studies—anything you please—I don’t care. But you must leave me +in peace—I want peace.” + +“How can I trouble it now?” + +Lupin seized his hand violently: + +“You know quite well! Don’t pretend not to know. You are at this moment +in possession of a secret to which I attach the highest importance. +This secret you were free to guess, but you have no right to give it to +the public.” + +“Are you sure that I know it?” + +“You know it, I am certain: day by day, hour by hour, I have followed +your train of thought and the progress of your investigations. At the +very moment when Brédoux struck you, you were about to tell all. +Subsequently, you delayed your revelations, out of solicitude for your +father. But they are now promised to this paper here. The article is +written. It will be set up in an hour. It will appear to-morrow.” + +“Quite right.” + +Lupin rose, and slashing the air with his hand, + +“It shall not appear!” he cried. + +“It shall appear!” said Beautrelet, starting up in his turn. + +At last, the two men were standing up to each other. I received the +impression of a shock, as if they had seized each other round the body. +Beautrelet seemed to burn with a sudden energy. It was as though a +spark had kindled within him a group of new emotions: pluck, +self-respect, the passion of fighting, the intoxication of danger. As +for Lupin, I read in the radiance of his glance the joy of the duellist +who at length encounters the sword of his hated rival. + +“Is the article in the printer’s hands?” + +“Not yet.” + +“Have you it there—on you?” + +“No fear! I shouldn’t have it by now, in that case!” + +“Then—” + +“One of the assistant editors has it, in a sealed envelope. If I am not +at the office by midnight, he will have set it up.” + +“Oh, the scoundrel!” muttered Lupin. “He has provided for everything!” + +His anger was increasing, visibly and frightfully. Beautrelet chuckled, +jeering in his turn, carried away by his success. + +“Stop that, you brat!” roared Lupin. “You’re forgetting who I am—and +that, if I wished—upon my word, he’s daring to laugh!” + +A great silence fell between them. Then Lupin stepped forward and, in +muttered tones, with his eyes on Beautrelet’s: + +“You shall go straight to the _Grand Journal_.” + +“No.” + +“Tear up your article.” + +“No.” + +“See the editor.” + +“No.” + +“Tell him you made a mistake.” + +“No.” + +“And write him another article, in which you will give the official +version of the Ambrumésy mystery, the one which every one has +accepted.” + +“No.” + +Lupin took up a steel ruler that lay on my desk and broke it in two +without an effort. His pallor was terrible to see. He wiped away the +beads of perspiration that stood on his forehead. He, who had never +known his wishes resisted, was being maddened by the obstinacy of this +child. He pressed his two hands on Beautrelet’s shoulder and, +emphasizing every syllable, continued: + +“You shall do as I tell you, Beautrelet. You shall say that your latest +discoveries have convinced you of my death, that there is not the least +doubt about it. You shall say so because I wish it, because it has to +be believed that I am dead. You shall say so, above all, because, if +you do not say so—” + +“Because, if I do not say so—?” + +“Your father will be kidnapped to-night, as Ganimard and Holmlock +Shears were.” + +Beautrelet gave a smile. + +“Don’t laugh—answer!” + +“My answer is that I am very sorry to disappoint you, but I have +promised to speak and I shall speak.” + +“Speak in the sense which I have told you.” + +“I shall speak the truth,” cried Beautrelet, eagerly. “It is something +which you can’t understand, the pleasure, the need, rather, of saying +the thing that is and saying it aloud. The truth is here, in this brain +which has guessed it and discovered it; and it will come out, all naked +and quivering. The article, therefore, will be printed as I wrote it. +The world shall know that Lupin is alive and shall know the reason why +he wished to be considered dead. The world shall know all.” And he +added, calmly, “And my father shall not be kidnapped.” + +Once again, they were both silent, with their eyes still fixed upon +each other. They watched each other. Their swords were engaged up to +the hilt. And it was like the heavy silence that goes before the mortal +blow. Which of the two was to strike it? + +Lupin said, between his teeth: + +“Failing my instructions to the contrary, two of my friends have orders +to enter your father’s room to-night, at three o’clock in the morning, +to seize him and carry him off to join Ganimard and Holmlock Shears.” + +A burst of shrill laughter interrupted him: + +“Why, you highwayman, don’t you understand,” cried Beautrelet, “that I +have taken my precautions? So you think that I am innocent enough, ass +enough, to have sent my father home to his lonely little house in the +open country!” Oh, the gay, bantering laughter that lit up the boy’s +face! It was a new sort of laugh on his lips, a laugh that showed the +influence of Lupin himself. And the familiar form of address which he +adopted placed him at once on his adversary’s level. He continued: + +“You see, Lupin, your great fault is to believe your schemes +infallible. You proclaim yourself beaten, do you? What humbug! You are +convinced that you will always win the day in the end—and you forget +that others can have their little schemes, too. Mine is a very simple +one, my friend.” + +It was delightful to hear him talk. He walked up and down, with his +hands in his pockets and with the easy swagger of a boy teasing a caged +beast. Really, at this moment, he was revenging, with the most terrible +revenges, all the victims of the great adventurer. And he concluded: + +“Lupin, my father is not in Savoy. He is at the other end of France, in +the centre of a big town, guarded by twenty of our friends, who have +orders not to lose sight of him until our battle is over. Would you +like details? He is at Cherbourg, in the house of one of the keepers of +the arsenal. And remember that the arsenal is closed at night and that +no one is allowed to enter it by day, unless he carries an +authorization and is accompanied by a guide.” + +He stopped in front of Lupin and defied him, like a child making faces +at his playmate: + +“What do you say to that, master?” + +For some minutes, Lupin had stood motionless. Not a muscle of his face +had moved. What were his thoughts? Upon what action was he resolving? +To any one knowing the fierce violence of his pride the only possible +solution was the total, immediate, final collapse of his adversary. His +fingers twitched. For a second, I had a feeling that he was about to +throw himself upon the boy and wring his neck. + +“What do you say to that, master?” Beautrelet repeated. + +Lupin took up the telegram that lay on the table, held it out and said, +very calmly: + +“Here, baby, read that.” + +Beautrelet became serious, suddenly, impressed by the gentleness of the +movement. He unfolded the paper and, at once, raising his eyes, +murmured: + +“What does it mean? I don’t understand.” + +“At any rate, you understand the first word,” said Lupin, “the first +word of the telegram—that is to say, the name of the place from which +it was sent—look—‘Cherbourg.’” + +“Yes—yes,” stammered Beautrelet. “Yes—I understand—‘Cherbourg’-and +then?” + +“And then?—I should think the rest is quite plain: ‘Removal of luggage +finished. Friends left with it and will wait instructions till eight +morning. All well.’ Is there anything there that seems obscure? The +word ‘luggage’? Pooh, you wouldn’t have them write ‘M. Beautrelet, +senior’! What then? The way in which the operation was performed? The +miracle by which your father was taken out of Cherbourg Arsenal, in +spite of his twenty body-guards? Pooh, it’s as easy as A B C! And the +fact remains that the luggage has been dispatched. What do you say to +that, baby?” + +With all his tense being, with all his exasperated energy, Isidore +tried to preserve a good countenance. But I saw his lips quiver, his +jaw shrink, his eyes vainly strive to fix upon a point. He lisped a few +words, then was silent and, suddenly, gave way and, with his hands +before his face, burst into loud sobs: + +“Oh, father! Father!” + +An unexpected result, which was certainly the collapse which Lupin’s +pride demanded, but also something more, something infinitely touching +and infinitely artless. Lupin gave a movement of annoyance and took up +his hat, as though this unaccustomed display of sentiment were too much +for him. But, on reaching the door, he stopped, hesitated and then +returned, slowly, step by step. + +The soft sound of the sobs rose like the sad wailing of a little child +overcome with grief. The lad’s shoulders marked the heart-rending +rhythm. Tears appeared through the crossed fingers. Lupin leaned +forward and, without touching Beautrelet, said, in a voice that had not +the least tone of pleasantry, nor even of the offensive pity of the +victor: + +“Don’t cry, youngster. This is one of those blows which a man must +expect when he rushes headlong into the fray, as you did. The worst +disasters lie in wait for him. The destiny of fighters will have it so. +We must suffer it as bravely as we can.” Then, with a sort of +gentleness, he continued, “You were right, you see: we are not enemies. +I have known it for long. From the very first, I felt for you, for the +intelligent creature that you are, an involuntary sympathy—and +admiration. And that is why I wanted to say this to you—don’t be +offended, whatever you do: I should be extremely sorry to offend +you—but I must say it: well, give up struggling against me. I am not +saying this out of vanity—nor because I despise you—but, you see, the +struggle is too unequal. You do not know—nobody knows all the resources +which I have at my command. Look here, this secret of the Hollow Needle +which you are trying so vainly to unravel: suppose, for a moment, that +it is a formidable, inexhaustible treasure—or else an invisible, +prodigious, fantastic refuge—or both perhaps. Think of the superhuman +power which I must derive from it! And you do not know, either, all the +resources which I have within myself—all that my will and my +imagination enable me to undertake and to undertake successfully. Only +think that my whole life—ever since I was born, I might almost say—has +tended toward the same aim, that I worked like a convict before +becoming what I am and to realize, in its perfection, the type which I +wished to create—which I have succeeded in creating. That being so—what +can you do? At that very moment when you think that victory lies within +your grasp, it will escape you—there will be something of which you +have not thought—a trifle—a grain of sand which I shall have put in the +right place, unknown to you. I entreat you, give up—I should be obliged +to hurt you; and the thought distresses me.” And, placing his hand on +the boy’s forehead, he repeated, “Once more, youngster, give up. I +should only hurt you. Who knows if the trap into which you will +inevitably fall has not already opened under your footsteps?” + +Beautrelet uncovered his face. He was no longer crying. Had he heard +Lupin’s words? One might have doubted it, judging by his inattentive +air. + +For two or three minutes, he was silent. He seemed to weigh the +decision which he was about to take, to examine the reasons for and +against, to count up the favorable and unfavorable chances. At last, he +said to Lupin: + +“If I change the sense of the article, if I confirm the version of your +death and if I undertake never to contradict the false version which I +shall have sanctioned, do you swear that my father will be free?” + +“I swear it. My friends have taken your father by motor car to another +provincial town. At seven o’clock to-morrow morning, if the article in +the _Grand Journal_ is what I want it to be, I shall telephone to them +and they will restore your father to liberty.” + +“Very well,” said Beautrelet. “I submit to your conditions.” + +Quickly, as though he saw no object in prolonging the conversation +after accepting his defeat, he rose, took his hat, bowed to me, bowed +to Lupin and went out. Lupin watched him go, listened to the sound of +the door closing and muttered: + +“Poor little beggar!” + +At eight o’clock the next morning, I sent my man out to buy the _Grand +Journal_. It was twenty minutes before he brought me a copy, most of +the kiosks being already sold out. + +I unfolded the paper with feverish hands. Beautrelet’s article appeared +on the front page. I give it as it stood and as it was quoted in the +press of the whole world: + +THE AMBRUMÉSY MYSTERY + + +I do not intend in these few sentences to set out in detail the mental +processes and the investigations that have enabled me to reconstruct +the tragedy—I should say the twofold tragedy—of Ambrumésy. In my +opinion, this sort of work and the judgments which it entails, +deductions, inductions, analyses and so on, are only interesting in a +minor degree and, in any case, are highly commonplace. No, I shall +content myself with setting forth the two leading ideas which I +followed; and, if I do that, it will be seen that, in so setting them +forth and in solving the two problems which they raise, I shall have +told the story just as it happened, in the exact order of the different +incidents. + +It may be said that some of these incidents are not proved and that I +leave too large a field to conjecture. That is quite true. But, in my +view, my theory is founded upon a sufficiently large number of proved +facts to be able to say that even those facts which are not proved must +follow from the strict logic of events. The stream is so often lost +under the pebbly bed: it is nevertheless the same stream that reappears +at intervals and mirrors back the blue sky. + +The first riddle that confronted me, a riddle not in detail, but as a +whole, was how came it that Lupin, mortally wounded, one might say, +managed to live for five or six weeks without nursing, medicine or +food, at the bottom of a dark hole? + +Let us start at the beginning. On Thursday the sixteenth of April, at +four o’clock in the morning, Arsène Lupin, surprised in the middle of +one of his most daring burglaries, runs away by the path leading to the +ruins and drops down shot. He drags himself painfully along, falls +again and picks himself up in the desperate hope of reaching the +chapel. The chapel contains a crypt, the existence of which he has +discovered by accident. If he can burrow there, he may be saved. By +dint of an effort, he approaches it, he is but a few yards away, when a +sound of footsteps approaches. Harassed and lost, he lets himself go. +The enemy arrives. It is Mlle. Raymonde de Saint-Véran. + +This is the prologue or rather the first scene of the drama. + +What happened between them? This is the easier to guess inasmuch as the +sequel of the adventure gives us all the necessary clues. At the girl’s +feet lies a wounded man, exhausted by suffering, who will be captured +in two minutes. _This man has been wounded by herself_. Will she also +give him up? + +If he is Jean Daval’s murderer, yes, she will let destiny take its +course. But, in quick sentences, he tells her the truth about this +awful murder committed by her uncle, M. de Gesvres. She believes him. +What will she do? + +Nobody can see them. The footman Victor is watching the little door. +The other, Albert, posted at the drawing-room window, has lost sight of +both of them. _Will she give up the man she has wounded?_ + +The girl is carried away by a movement of irresistible pity, which any +woman will understand. Instructed by Lupin, with a few movements she +binds up the wound with his handkerchief, to avoid the marks which the +blood would leave. Then, with the aid of the key which he gives her, +she opens the door of the chapel. He enters, supported by the girl. She +locks the door again and walks away. Albert arrives. + +If the chapel had been visited at that moment or at least during the +next few minutes, before Lupin had had time to recover his strength, to +raise the flagstone and disappear by the stairs leading to the crypt, +he would have been taken. But this visit did not take place until six +hours later and then only in the most superficial way. As it is, Lupin +is saved; and saved by whom? By the girl who very nearly killed him. + +Thenceforth, whether she wishes it or no, Mlle. de Saint-Véran is his +accomplice. Not only is she no longer able to give him up, but she is +obliged to continue her work, else the wounded man will perish in the +shelter in which she has helped to conceal him. Therefore she +continues. + +For that matter, if her feminine instinct makes the task a compulsory +one, it also makes it easy. She is full of artifice, she foresees and +forestalls everything. It is she who gives the examining magistrate a +false description of Arsène Lupin (the reader will remember the +difference of opinion on this subject between the cousins). It is she, +obviously, who, thanks to certain signs which I do not know of, +suspects an accomplice of Lupin’s in the driver of the fly. She warns +him. She informs him of the urgent need of an operation. It is she, no +doubt, who substitutes one cap for the other. It is she who causes the +famous letter to be written in which she is personally threatened. How, +after that, is it possible to suspect her? + +It is she, who at that moment when I was about to confide my first +impressions to the examining magistrate, pretends to have seen me, the +day before, in the copsewood, alarms M. Filleul on my score and reduces +me to silence: a dangerous move, no doubt, because it arouses my +attention and directs it against the person who assails me with an +accusation which I know to be false; but an efficacious move, because +the most important thing of all is to gain time and close my lips. + +Lastly, it is she who, during forty days, feeds Lupin, brings him his +medicine (the chemist at Ouville will produce the prescriptions which +he made up for Mlle. de Saint-Véran), nurses him, dresses his wound, +watches over him _and cures him_. + +Here we have the first of our two problems solved, at the same time +that the Ambrumésy mystery is set forth. Arsène Lupin found, close at +hand, in the château itself, the assistance which was indispensable to +him in order, first, not to be discovered and, secondly, to live. + +He now lives. And we come to the second problem, corresponding with the +second Ambrumésy mystery, the study of which served me as a conducting +medium. Why does Lupin, alive, free, at the head of his gang, +omnipotent as before, why does Lupin make desperate efforts, efforts +with which I am constantly coming into collision, to force the idea of +his death upon the police and the public? + +We must remember that Mlle. de Saint-Véran was a very pretty girl. The +photographs reproduced in the papers after her disappearance give but +an imperfect notion of her beauty. That follows which was bound to +follow. Lupin, seeing this lovely girl daily for five or six weeks, +longing for her presence when she is not there, subjected to her charm +and grace when she is there, inhaling the cool perfume of her breath +when she bends over him, Lupin becomes enamored of his nurse. Gratitude +turns to love, admiration to passion. She is his salvation, but she is +also the joy of his eyes, the dream of his lonely hours, his light, his +hope, his very life. + +He respects her sufficiently not to take advantage of the girl’s +devotion and not to make use of her to direct his confederates. There +is, in fact, a certain lack of decision apparent in the acts of the +gang. But he loves her also, his scruples weaken and, as Mlle. de +Saint-Véran refuses to be touched by a love that offends her, as she +relaxes her visits when they become less necessary, as she ceases them +entirely on the day when he is cured—desperate, maddened by grief, he +takes a terrible resolve. He leaves his lair, prepares his stroke and, +on Saturday the sixth of June, assisted by his accomplices, he carries +off the girl. + +This is not all. The abduction must not be known. All search, all +surmises, all hope, even, must be cut short. Mlle. de Saint-Véran must +pass for dead. There is a mock murder: proofs are supplied for the +police inquiries. There is doubt about the crime, a crime, for that +matter, not unexpected, a crime foretold by the accomplices, a crime +perpetrated to revenge the chief’s death. And, through this very +fact—observe the marvelous ingenuity of the conception—through this +very fact, the belief in this death is, so to speak, stimulated. + +It is not enough to suggest a belief; it is necessary to compel a +certainty. Lupin foresees my interference. I am sure to guess the +trickery of the chapel. I am sure to discover the crypt. And, as the +crypt will be empty, the whole scaffolding will come to the ground. + +_The crypt shall not be empty._ + +In the same way, the death of Mlle. de Saint-Véran will not be +definite, unless the sea gives up her corpse. + +_The sea shall give up the corpse of Mlle. de Saint-Véran._ + +The difficulty is tremendous. The double obstacle seems insurmountable. +Yes, to any one but Lupin, but not to Lupin. + +As he had foreseen, I guess the trickery of the chapel, I discover the +crypt and I go down into the lair where Lupin has taken refuge. His +corpse is there! + +Any person who had admitted the death of Lupin as possible would have +been baffled. But I had not admitted this eventuality for an instant +(first, by intuition and, secondly, by reasoning). Pretense thereupon +became useless and every scheme vain. I said to myself at once that the +block of stone disturbed by the pickaxe had been placed there with a +very curious exactness, that the least knock was bound to make it fall +and that, in falling, it must inevitably reduce the head of the false +Arsène Lupin to pulp, in such a way as to make it utterly +irrecognizable. + +Another discovery: half an hour later, I hear that the body of Mlle. de +Saint-Véran has been found on the rocks at Dieppe—or rather a body +which is considered to be Mlle. de Saint-Véran’s, for the reason that +the arm has a bracelet similar to one of that young lady’s bracelets. +This, however, is the only mark of identity, for the corpse is +irrecognizable. + +Thereupon I remember and I understand. A few days earlier, I happened +to read in a number of the _Vigie de Dieppe_ that a young American +couple staying at Envermeu had committed suicide by taking poison and +that their bodies had disappeared on the very night of the death. I +hasten to Envermeu. The story is true, I am told, except in so far as +concerns the disappearance, because the brothers of the victims came to +claim the corpses and took them away after the usual formalities. The +name of these brothers, no doubt, was Arsène Lupin & Co. + +Consequently, the thing is proved. We know why Lupin shammed the murder +of the girl and spread the rumor of his own death. He is in love and +does not wish it known. And, to reach his ends, he shrinks from +nothing, he even undertakes that incredible theft of the two corpses +which he needs in order to impersonate himself and Mlle. de +Saint-Véran. In this way, he will be at ease. No one can disturb him. +No one will ever suspect the truth which he wishes to suppress. + +No one? Yes—three adversaries, at the most, might conceive doubts: +Ganimard, whose arrival is hourly expected; Holmlock Shears, who is +about to cross the Channel; and I, who am on the spot. This constitutes +a threefold danger. He removes it. He kidnaps Ganimard. He kidnaps +Holmlock Shears. He has me stabbed by Brédoux. + +One point alone remains obscure. Why was Lupin so fiercely bent upon +snatching the document about the Hollow Needle from me? He surely did +not imagine that, by taking it away, he could wipe out from my memory +the text of the five lines of which it consists! Then why? Did he fear +that the character of the paper itself, or some other clue, could give +me a hint? + +Be that as it may, this is the truth of the Ambrumésy mystery. I repeat +that conjecture plays a certain part in the explanation which I offer, +even as it played a great part in my personal investigation. But, if +one waited for proofs and facts to fight Lupin, one would run a great +risk either of waiting forever or else of discovering proofs and facts +carefully prepared by Lupin, which would lead in a direction +immediately opposite to the object in view. I feel confident that the +facts, when they are known, will confirm my surmise in every respect. + +So Isidore Beautrelet, mastered for a moment by Arsène Lupin, +distressed by the abduction of his father and resigned to defeat, +Isidore Beautrelet, in the end, was unable to persuade himself to keep +silence. The truth was too beautiful and too curious, the proofs which +he was able to produce were too logical and too conclusive for him to +consent to misrepresent it. The whole world was waiting for his +revelations. He spoke. + +On the evening of the day on which his article appeared, the newspapers +announced the kidnapping of M. Beautrelet, senior. Isidore was informed +of it by a telegram from Cherbourg, which reached him at three o’clock. + + + + +CHAPTER FIVE +ON THE TRACK + + +Young Beautrelet was stunned by the violence of the blow. As a matter +of fact, although, in publishing his article, he had obeyed one of +those irresistible impulses which make a man despise every +consideration of prudence, he had never really believed in the +possibility of an abduction. His precautions had been too thorough. The +friends at Cherbourg not only had instructions to guard and protect +Beautrelet the elder: they were also to watch his comings and goings, +never to let him walk out alone and not even to hand him a single +letter without first opening it. No, there was no danger. Lupin, +wishing to gain time, was trying to intimidate his adversary. + +The blow, therefore, was almost unexpected; and Isidore, because he was +powerless to act, felt the pain of the shock during the whole of the +remainder of the day. One idea alone supported him: that of leaving +Paris, going down there, seeing for himself what had happened and +resuming the offensive. + +He telegraphed to Cherbourg. He was at Saint-Lazare a little before +nine. A few minutes after, he was steaming out of the station in the +Normandy express. + +It was not until an hour later, when he mechanically unfolded a +newspaper which he had bought on the platform, that he became aware of +the letter by which Lupin indirectly replied to his article of that +morning: + +_To the Editor of the Grand Journal._ + + +SIR: I cannot pretend but that my modest personality, which would +certainly have passed unnoticed in more heroic times, has acquired a +certain prominence in the dull and feeble period in which we live. But +there is a limit beyond which the morbid curiosity of the crowd cannot +go without becoming indecently indiscreet. If the walls that surround +our private lives be not respected, what is to safeguard the rights of +the citizen? + +Will those who differ plead the higher interest of truth? An empty +pretext in so far as I am concerned, because the truth is known and I +raise no difficulty about making an official confession of the truth in +writing. Yes, Mlle. de Saint-Véran is alive. Yes, I love her. Yes, I +have the mortification not to be loved by her. Yes, the results of the +boy Beautrelet’s inquiry are wonderful in their precision and accuracy. +Yes, we agree on every point. There is no riddle left. There is no +mystery. Well, then, what? + +Injured to the very depths of my soul, bleeding still from cruel +wounds, I ask that my more intimate feelings and secret hopes may no +longer be delivered to the malevolence of the public. I ask for peace, +the peace which I need to conquer the affection of Mlle. de Saint-Véran +and to wipe out from her memory the thousand little injuries which she +has had to suffer at the hands of her uncle and cousin—this has not +been told—because of her position as a poor relation. Mlle. de +Saint-Véran will forget this hateful past. All that she can desire, +were it the fairest jewel in the world, were it the most unattainable +treasure, I shall lay at her feet. She will be happy. She will love me. + +But, if I am to succeed, once more, I require peace. That is why I lay +down my arms and hold out the olive-branch to my enemies—while warning +them, with every magnanimity on my part, that a refusal on theirs might +bring down upon them the gravest consequences. + +One word more on the subject of Mr. Harlington. This name conceals the +identity of an excellent fellow, who is secretary to Cooley, the +American millionaire, and instructed by him to lay hands upon every +object of ancient art in Europe which it is possible to discover. His +evil star brought him into touch with my friend Étienne de Vaudreix, +_alias_ Arsène Lupin, _alias_ myself. He learnt, in this way, that a +certain M. de Gesvres was willing to part with four pictures by Rubens, +ostensibly on the condition that they were replaced by copies and that +the bargain to which he was consenting remained unknown. My friend +Vaudreix also undertook to persuade M. de Gesvres to sell his chapel. +The negotiations were conducted with entire good faith on the side of +my friend Vaudreix and with charming ingenuousness on the side of Mr. +Harlington, until the day when the Rubenses and the carvings from the +chapel were in a safe place and Mr. Harlington in prison. There remains +nothing, therefore, to be done but to release the unfortunate American, +because he was content to play the modest part of a dupe; to brand the +millionaire Cooley, because, for fear of possible unpleasantness, he +did not protest against his secretary’s arrest; and to congratulate my +friend Étienne de Vaudreix, because he is revenging the outraged +morality of the public by keeping the hundred thousand francs which he +was paid on account by that singularly unattractive person, Cooley. + +Pray, pardon the length of this letter and permit me to be, Sir, + +Your obedient servant, +ARSÈNE LUPIN. + + +Isidore weighed the words of this communication as minutely, perhaps, +as he had studied the document concerning the Hollow Needle. He went on +the principle, the correctness of which was easily proved, that Lupin +had never taken the trouble to send one of his amusing letters to the +press without absolute necessity, without some motive which events were +sure, sooner or later, to bring to light. + +What was the motive for this particular letter? For what hidden reason +was Lupin confessing his love and the failure of that love? Was it +there that Beautrelet had to seek, or in the explanations regarding Mr. +Harlington, or further still, between the lines, behind all those words +whose apparent meaning had perhaps no other object than to suggest some +wicked, perfidious, misleading little idea? + +For hours, the young man, confined to his compartment, remained pensive +and anxious. The letter filled him with mistrust, as though it had been +written for his benefit and were destined to lead him, personally, into +error. For the first time and because he found himself confronted not +with a direct attack, but with an ambiguous, indefinable method of +fighting, he underwent a distinct sensation of fear. And, when he +thought of his good old, easy-going father, kidnapped through his +fault, he asked himself, with a pang, whether he was not mad to +continue so unequal a contest. Was the result not certain? Had Lupin +not won the game in advance? + +It was but a short moment of weakness. When he alighted from his +compartment, at six o’clock in the morning, refreshed by a few hours’ +sleep, he had recovered all his confidence. + +On the platform, Froberval, the dockyard clerk who had given +hospitality to M. Beautrelet, senior, was waiting for him, accompanied +by his daughter Charlotte, an imp of twelve or thirteen. + +“Well?” cried Isidore. + +The worthy man beginning to moan and groan, he interrupted him, dragged +him to a neighboring tavern, ordered coffee and began to put plain +questions, without permitting the other the slightest digression: + +“My father has not been carried off, has he? It was impossible.” + +“Impossible. Still, he has disappeared.” + +“Since when?” + +“We don’t know.” + +“What!” + +“No. Yesterday morning, at six o’clock, as I had not seen him come down +as usual, I opened his door. He was gone.” + +“But was he there on the day before, two days ago?” + +“Yes. On the day before yesterday, he did not leave his room. He was a +little tired; and Charlotte took his lunch up to him at twelve and his +dinner at seven in the evening.” + +“So it was between seven o’clock in the evening, on the day before +yesterday, and six o’clock on yesterday morning that he disappeared?” + +“Yes, during the night before last. Only—” + +“Only what?” + +“Well, it’s like this: you can’t leave the arsenal at night.” + +“Do you mean that he has not left it?” + +“That’s impossible! My friends and I have searched the whole naval +harbor.” + +“Then he has left it!” + +“Impossible, every outlet is guarded!” + +Beautrelet reflected and then said: + +“What next?” + +“Next, I hurried to the commandant’s and informed the officer in +charge.” + +“Did he come to your house?” + +“Yes; and a gentleman from the public prosecutor’s also. They searched +all through the morning; and, when I saw that they were making no +progress and that there was no hope left, I telegraphed to you.” + +“Was the bed disarranged in his room?” + +“No.” + +“Nor the room disturbed in any way?” + +“No. I found his pipe in its usual place, with his tobacco and the book +which he was reading. There was even this little photograph of yourself +in the middle of the book, marking the page.” + +“Let me see it.” + +Froberval passed him the photograph. Beautrelet gave a start of +surprise. He had recognized himself in the snapshot, standing, with his +two hands in his pockets, on a lawn from which rose trees and ruins. + +Froberval added: + +“It must be the last portrait of yourself which you sent him. Look, on +the back, you will see the date, 3 April, the name of the photographer, +R. de Val, and the name of the town, Lion—Lion-sur-Mer, perhaps.” + +Isidore turned the photograph over and read this little note, in his +own handwriting: + +“R. de Val.—3.4—Lion.” + +He was silent for a few minutes and resumed: + +“My father hadn’t shown you that snapshot yet?” + +“No—and that’s just what astonished me when I saw it yesterday—for your +father used so often to talk to us about you.” + +There was a fresh pause, greatly prolonged. Froberval muttered: + +“I have business at the workshop. We might as well go in—” + +He was silent. Isidore had not taken his eyes from the photograph, was +examining it from every point of view. At last, the boy asked: + +“Is there such a thing as an inn called the Lion d’Or at a short league +outside the town?” + +“Yes, about a league from here.” + +“On the Route de Valognes, is it?” + +“Yes, on the Route de Valognes.” + +“Well, I have every reason to believe that this inn was the +head-quarters of Lupin’s friends. It was from there that they entered +into communication with my father.” + +“What an idea! Your father spoke to nobody. He saw nobody.” + +“He saw nobody, but they made use of an intermediary.” + +“What proof have you?” + +“This photograph.” + +“But it’s your photograph!” + +“It’s my photograph, but it was not sent by me. I was not even aware of +its existence. It was taken, without my knowledge, in the ruins of +Ambrumésy, doubtless by the examining-magistrate’s clerk, who, as you +know, was an accomplice of Arsène Lupin’s.” + +“And then?” + +“Then this photograph became the passport, the talisman, by means of +which they obtained my father’s confidence.” + +“But who? Who was able to get into my house?” + +“I don’t know, but my father fell into the trap. They told him and he +believed that I was in the neighborhood, that I was asking to see him +and that I was giving him an appointment at the Golden Lion.” + +“But all this is nonsense! How can you assert—?” + +“Very simply. They imitated my writing on the back of the photograph +and specified the meeting-place: Valognes Road, 3 kilometres 400, Lion +Inn. My father came and they seized him, that’s all.” + +“Very well,” muttered Froberval, dumbfounded, “very well. I admit +it—things happened as you say—but that does not explain how he was able +to leave during the night.” + +“He left in broad daylight, though he waited until dark to go to the +meeting-place.” + +“But, confound it, he didn’t leave his room the whole of the day before +yesterday!” + +“There is one way of making sure: run down to the dockyard, Froberval, +and look for one of the men who were on guard in the afternoon, two +days ago.—Only, be quick, if you wish to find me here.” + +“Are you going?” + +“Yes, I shall take the next train back.” + +“What!—Why, you don’t know—your inquiry—” + +“My inquiry is finished. I know pretty well all that I wanted to know. +I shall have left Cherbourg in an hour.” + +Froberval rose to go. He looked at Beautrelet with an air of absolute +bewilderment, hesitated a moment and then took his cap: + +“Are you coming, Charlotte?” + +“No,” said Beautrelet, “I shall want a few more particulars. Leave her +with me. Besides, I want to talk to her. I knew her when she was quite +small.” + +Froberval went away. Beautrelet and the little girl remained alone in +the tavern smoking room. A few minutes passed, a waiter entered, +cleared away some cups and left the room again. The eyes of the young +man and the child met; and Beautrelet placed his hand very gently on +the little girl’s hand. She looked at him for two or three seconds, +distractedly, as though about to choke. Then, suddenly hiding her head +between her folded arms, she burst into sobs. + +He let her cry and, after a while, said: + +“It was you, wasn’t it, who did all the mischief, who acted as +go-between? It was you who took him the photograph? You admit it, don’t +you? And, when you said that my father was in his room, two days ago, +you knew that it was not true, did you not, because you yourself had +helped him to leave it—?” + +She made no reply. He asked: + +“Why did you do it? They offered you money, I suppose—to buy ribbons +with a frock—?” + +He uncrossed Charlotte’s arms and lifted up her head. He saw a poor +little face all streaked with tears, the attractive, disquieting, +mobile face of one of those little girls who seem marked out for +temptation and weakness. + +“Come,” said Beautrelet, “it’s over, we’ll say no more about it. I will +not even ask you how it happened. Only you must tell me everything that +can be of use to me.—Did you catch anything—any remark made by those +men? How did they carry him off?” + +She replied at once: + +“By motor car. I heard them talking about it—” + +“And what road did they take?” + +“Ah, I don’t know that!” + +“Didn’t they say anything before you—something that might help us?” + +“No—wait, though: there was one who said, ‘We shall have no time to +lose—the governor is to telephone to us at eight o’clock in the +morning—’” + +“Where to?” + +“I can’t say.—I’ve forgotten—” + +“Try—try and remember. It was the name of a town, wasn’t it?” + +“Yes—a name—like Château—” + +“Châteaubriant?—Château-Thierry?—” + +“No-no—” + +“Châteauroux?” + +“Yes, that was it—Châteauroux—” + +Beautrelet did not wait for her to complete her sentence. Already he +was on his feet and, without giving a thought to Froberval, without +even troubling about the child, who stood gazing at him in +stupefaction, he opened the door and ran to the station: + +“Châteauroux, madame—a ticket for Châteauroux—” + +“Over Mans and Tours?” asked the booking-clerk. + +“Of course—the shortest way. Shall I be there for lunch?” + +“Oh, no!” + +“For dinner? Bedtime—?” + +“Oh, no! For that, you would have to go over Paris. The Paris express +leaves at nine o’clock. You’re too late—” + +It was not too late. Beautrelet was just able to catch the train. + +“Well,” said Beautrelet, rubbing his hands, “I have spent only two +hours or so at Cherbourg, but they were well employed.” + +He did not for a moment think of accusing Charlotte of lying. Weak, +unstable, capable of the worst treacheries, those petty natures also +obey impulses of sincerity; and Beautrelet had read in her affrighted +eyes her shame for the harm which she had done and her delight at +repairing it in part. He had no doubt, therefore, that Châteauroux was +the other town to which Lupin had referred and where his confederates +were to telephone to him. + +On his arrival in Paris, Beautrelet took every necessary precaution to +avoid being followed. He felt that it was a serious moment. He was on +the right road that was leading him to his father: one act of +imprudence might ruin all. + +He went to the flat of one of his schoolfellows and came out, an hour +later, irrecognizable, rigged out as an Englishman of thirty, in a +brown check suit, with knickerbockers, woolen stockings and a cap, a +high-colored complexion and a red wig. He jumped on a bicycle laden +with a complete painter’s outfit and rode off to the Gare d’Austerlitz. + +He slept that night at Issoudun. The next morning, he mounted his +machine at break of day. At seven o’clock, he walked into the +Châteauroux post-office and asked to be put on to Paris. As he had to +wait, he entered into conversation with the clerk and learnt that, two +days before, at the same hour, a man dressed for motoring had also +asked for Paris. + +The proof was established. He waited no longer. + +By the afternoon, he had ascertained, from undeniable evidence, that a +limousine car, following the Tours road, had passed through the village +of Buzancais and the town of Châteauroux and had stopped beyond the +town, on the verge of the forest. At ten o’clock, a hired gig, driven +by a man unknown, had stopped beside the car and then gone off south, +through the valley of the Bouzanne. There was then another person +seated beside the driver. As for the car, it had turned in the opposite +direction and gone north, toward Issoudun. + +Beautrelet easily discovered the owner of the gig, who, however, had no +information to supply. He had hired out his horse and trap to a man who +brought them back himself next day. + +Lastly, that same evening, Isidore found out that the motor car had +only passed through Issoudun, continuing its road toward Orleans, that +is to say, toward Paris. + +From all this, it resulted, in the most absolute fashion, that M. +Beautrelet was somewhere in the neighborhood. If not, how was it +conceivable that people should travel nearly three hundred miles across +France in order to telephone from Châteauroux and next to return, at an +acute angle, by the Paris road? + +This immense circuit had a more definite object: to move M. Beautrelet +to the place assigned to him. + +“And this place is within reach of my hand,” said Isidore to himself, +quivering with hope and expectation. “My father is waiting for me to +rescue him at ten or fifteen leagues from here. He is close by. He is +breathing the same air as I.” + +He set to work at once. Taking a war-office map, he divided it into +small squares, which he visited one after the other, entering the +farmhouses making the peasants talk, calling on the schoolmasters, the +mayors, the parish priests, chatting to the women. It seemed to him +that he must attain his end without delay and his dreams grew until it +was no longer his father alone whom he hoped to deliver, but all those +whom Lupin was holding captive: Raymonde de Saint-Véran, Ganimard, +Holmlock Shears, perhaps, and others, many others; and, in reaching +them, he would, at the same time, reach Lupin’s stronghold, his lair, +the impenetrable retreat where he was piling up the treasures of which +he had robbed the wide world. + +But, after a fortnight’s useless searching, his enthusiasm ended by +slackening and he very soon lost confidence. Because success was slow +in appearing, from one day to the next, almost, he ceased to believe in +it; and, though he continued to pursue his plan of investigations, he +would have felt a real surprise if his efforts had led to the smallest +discovery. + +More days still passed by, monotonous days of discouragement. He read +in the newspapers that the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter had left +Ambrumésy and gone to stay near Nice. He also learnt that Harlington +had been released, that gentleman’s innocence having become +self-obvious, in accordance with the indications supplied by Arsène +Lupin. + +Isidore changed his head-quarters, established himself for two days at +the Châtre, for two days at Argenton. The result was the same. + +Just then, he was nearly throwing up the game. Evidently, the gig in +which his father had been carried off could only have furnished a +stage, which had been followed by another stage, furnished by some +other conveyance. And his father was far away. + +He was thinking of leaving, when, one Monday morning, he saw, on the +envelope of an unstamped letter, sent on to him from Paris, a +handwriting that set him trembling with emotion. So great was his +excitement that, for some minutes, he dared not open the letter, for +fear of a disappointment. His hand shook. Was it possible? Was this not +a trap laid for him by his infernal enemy? + +He tore open the envelope. It was indeed a letter from his father, +written by his father himself. The handwriting presented all the +peculiarities, all the oddities of the hand which he knew so well. + +He read: + +Will these lines ever reach you, my dear son? I dare not believe it. + +During the whole night of my abduction, we traveled by motor car; then, +in the morning, by carriage. I could see nothing. My eyes were +bandaged. The castle in which I am confined should be somewhere in the +midlands, to judge by its construction and the vegetation in the park. +The room which I occupy is on the second floor: it is a room with two +windows, one of which is almost blocked by a screen of climbing +glycines. In the afternoon, I am allowed to walk about the park, at +certain hours, but I am kept under unrelaxing observation. + +I am writing this letter, on the mere chance of its reaching you, and +fastening it to a stone. Perhaps, one day, I shall be able to throw it +over the wall and some peasant will pick it up. + +But do not be distressed about me. I am treated with every +consideration. + +Your old father, who is very fond of you and very sad to think of the +trouble he is giving you, + +BEAUTRELET. + + +Isidore at once looked at the postmarks. They read, “Cuzion, Indre.” + +The Indre! The department which he had been stubbornly searching for +weeks! + +He consulted a little pocket-guide which he always carried. Cuzion, in +the canton of Éguzon—he had been there too. + +For prudence’s sake, he discarded his personality as an Englishman, +which was becoming too well known in the district, disguised himself as +a workman and made for Cuzion. It was an unimportant village. He would +easily discover the sender of the letter. + +For that matter, chance served him without delay: + +“A letter posted on Wednesday last?” exclaimed the mayor, a respectable +tradesman in whom he confided and who placed himself at his disposal. +“Listen, I think I can give you a valuable clue: on Saturday morning, +Gaffer Charel, an old knife-grinder who visits all the fairs in the +department, met me at the end of the village and asked, ‘Monsieur le +maire, does a letter without a stamp on it go all the same?’ ‘Of +course,’ said I. ‘And does it get there?’ ‘Certainly. Only there’s +double postage to pay on it, that’s all the difference.’” + +“And where does he live?” + +“He lives over there, all alone—on the slope—the hovel that comes next +after the churchyard.—Shall I go with you?” + +It was a hovel standing by itself, in the middle of an orchard +surrounded by tall trees. As they entered the orchard, three magpies +flew away with a great splutter and they saw that the birds were flying +out of the very hole in which the watch-dog was fastened. And the dog +neither barked nor stirred as they approached. + +Beautrelet went up in great surprise. The brute was lying on its side, +with stiff paws, dead. + +They ran quickly to the cottage. The door stood open. They entered. At +the back of a low, damp room, on a wretched straw mattress, flung on +the floor itself, lay a man fully dressed. + +“Gaffer Charel!” cried the mayor. “Is he dead, too?” + +The old man’s hands were cold, his face terribly pale, but his heart +was still beating, with a faint, slow throb, and he seemed not to be +wounded in any way. + +They tried to resuscitate him and, as they failed in their efforts, +Beautrelet went to fetch a doctor. The doctor succeeded no better than +they had done. The old man did not seem to be suffering. He looked as +if he were just asleep, but with an artificial slumber, as though he +had been put to sleep by hypnotism or with the aid of a narcotic. + +In the middle of the night that followed, however, Isidore, who was +watching by his side, observed that the breathing became stronger and +that his whole being appeared to be throwing off the invisible bonds +that paralyzed it. + +At daybreak, he woke up and resumed his normal functions: ate, drank +and moved about. But, the whole day long, he was unable to reply to the +young man’s questions and his brain seemed as though still numbed by an +inexplicable torpor. + +The next day, he asked Beautrelet: + +“What are you doing here, eh?” + +It was the first time that he had shown surprise at the presence of a +stranger beside him. + +Gradually, in this way, he recovered all his faculties. He talked. He +made plans. But, when Beautrelet asked him about the events immediately +preceding his sleep, he seemed not to understand. + +And Beautrelet felt that he really did not understand. He had lost the +recollection of all that had happened since the Friday before. It was +like a sudden gap in the ordinary flow of his life. He described his +morning and afternoon on the Friday, the purchases he had made at the +fair, the meals he had taken at the inn. Then—nothing—nothing more. He +believed himself to be waking on the morrow of that day. + +It was horrible for Beautrelet. The truth lay there, in those eyes +which had seen the walls of the park behind which his father was +waiting for him, in those hands which had picked up the letter, in that +muddled brain which had recorded the whereabouts of that scene, the +setting, the little corner of the world in which the play had been +enacted. And from those hands, from that brain he was unable to extract +the faintest echo of the truth so near at hand! + +Oh, that impalpable and formidable obstacle, against which all his +efforts hurled themselves in vain, that obstacle built up of silence +and oblivion! How clearly it bore the mark of Arsène Lupin! He alone, +informed, no doubt, that M. Beautrelet had attempted to give a signal, +he alone could have struck with partial death the one man whose +evidence could injure him. It was not that Beautrelet felt himself to +be discovered or thought that Lupin, hearing of his stealthy attack and +knowing that a letter had reached him, was defending himself against +him personally. But what an amount of foresight and real intelligence +it displayed to suppress any possible accusation on the part of that +chance wayfarer! Nobody now knew that within the walls of a park there +lay a prisoner asking for help. + +Nobody? Yes, Beautrelet. Gaffer Charel was unable to speak. Very well. +But, at least, one could find out which fair the old man had visited +and which was the logical road that he had taken to return by. And, +along this road, perhaps it would at last be possible to find— + +Isidore, as it was, had been careful not to visit Gaffer Charel’s hovel +except with the greatest precautions and in such a way as not to give +an alarm. He now decided not to go back to it. He made inquiries and +learnt that Friday was market-day at Fresselines, a fair-sized town +situated a few leagues off, which could be reached either by the rather +winding highroad or by a series of short cuts. + +On the Friday, he chose the road and saw nothing that attracted his +attention, no high walled enclosure, no semblance of an old castle. + +He lunched at an inn at Fresselines and was on the point of leaving +when he saw Gaffer Charel arrive and cross the square, wheeling his +little knife-grinding barrow before him. He at once followed him at a +good distance. + +The old man made two interminable waits, during which he ground dozens +of knives. Then, at last, he went away by a quite different road, which +ran in the direction of Crozant and the market-town of Éguzon. + +Beautrelet followed him along this road. But he had not walked five +minutes before he received the impression that he was not alone in +shadowing the old fellow. A man was walking along between them, +stopping at the same time as Charel and starting off again when he did, +without, for that matter, taking any great precautions against being +seen. + +“He is being watched,” thought Beautrelet. “Perhaps they want to know +if he stops in front of the walls—” + +His heart beat violently. The event was at hand. + +The three of them, one behind the other, climbed up and down the steep +slopes of the country and arrived at Crozant, famed for the colossal +ruins of its castle. There Charel made a halt of an hour’s duration. +Next he went down to the riverside and crossed the bridge. + +But then a thing happened that took Beautrelet by surprise. The other +man did not cross the river. He watched the old fellow move away and, +when he had lost sight of him, turned down a path that took him right +across the fields. + +Beautrelet hesitated for a few seconds as to what course to take, and +then quietly decided. He set off in pursuit of the man. + +“He has made sure,” he thought, “that Gaffer Charel has gone straight +ahead. That is all he wanted to know and so he is going—where? To the +castle?” + +He was within touch of the goal. He felt it by a sort of agonizing +gladness that uplifted his whole being. + +The man plunged into a dark wood overhanging the river and then +appeared once more in the full light, where the path met the horizon. + +When Beautrelet, in his turn, emerged from the wood, he was greatly +surprised no longer to see the man. He was seeking him with his eyes +when, suddenly, he gave a stifled cry and, with a backward spring, made +for the line of trees which he had just left. On his right, he had seen +a rampart of high walls, flanked, at regular distances, by massive +buttresses. + +It was there! It was there! Those walls held his father captive! He had +found the secret place where Lupin confined his victim. + +He dared not quit the shelter which the thick foliage of the wood +afforded him. Slowly, almost on all fours, he bore to the right and in +this way reached the top of a hillock that rose to the level of the +neighboring trees. The walls were taller still. Nevertheless, he +perceived the roof of the castle which they surrounded, an old Louis +XIII. roof, surmounted by very slender bell-turrets arranged +corbel-wise around a higher steeple which ran to a point. + +Beautrelet did no more that day. He felt the need to reflect and to +prepare his plan of attack without leaving anything to chance. He held +Lupin safe; and it was for Beautrelet now to select the hour and the +manner of the combat. + +He walked away. + +Near the bridge, he met two country-girls carrying pails of milk. He +asked: + +“What is the name of the castle over there, behind the trees?” + +“That’s the Château de l’Aiguille, sir.” + +He had put his question without attaching any importance to it. The +answer took away his breath: + +“The Château de l’Aiguille?—Oh!—But in what department are we? The +Indre?” + +“Certainly not. The Indre is on the other side of the river. This side, +it’s the Creuse.” + +Isidore saw it all in a flash. The Château de l’Aiguille! The +department of the Creuse! _L’Aiguille Creuse!_ The Hollow Needle! The +very key to the document! Certain, decisive, absolute victory! + +Without another word, he turned his back on the two girls and went his +way, tottering like a drunken man. + + + + +CHAPTER SIX +AN HISTORIC SECRET + + +Beautrelet’s resolve was soon taken: he would act alone. To inform the +police was too dangerous. Apart from the fact that he could only offer +presumptions, he dreaded the slowness of the police, their inevitable +indiscretions, the whole preliminary inquiry, during which Lupin, who +was sure to be warned, would have time to effect a retreat in good +order. + +At eight o’clock the next morning, with his bundle under his arm, he +left the inn in which he was staying near Cuzion, made for the nearest +thicket, took off his workman’s clothes, became once more the young +English painter that he had been and went to call on the notary at +Éguzon, the largest place in the immediate neighborhood. + +He said that he liked the country and that he was thinking of taking up +his residence there, with his relations, if he could find a suitable +house. + +The notary mentioned a number of properties. Beautrelet took note of +them and let fall that some one had spoken to him of the Château de +l’Aiguille, on the bank of the Creuse. + +“Oh, yes, but the Château de l’Aiguille, which has belonged to one of +my clients for the last five years, is not for sale.” + +“He lives in it, then?” + +“He used to live in it, or rather his mother did. But she did not care +for it; found the castle rather gloomy. So they left it last year.” + +“And is no one living there at present?” + +“Yes, an Italian, to whom my client let it for the summer season: Baron +Anfredi.” + +“Oh, Baron Anfredi! A man still young, rather grave and +solemn-looking—?” + +“I’m sure I can’t say.—My client dealt with him direct. There was no +regular agreement, just a letter—” + +“But you know the baron?” + +“No, he never leaves the castle.—Sometimes, in his motor, at night, so +they say. The marketing is done by an old cook, who talks to nobody. +They are queer people—” + +“Do you think your client would consent to sell his castle?” + +“I don’t think so. It’s an historic castle, built in the purest Louis +XIII. style. My client was very fond of it; and, unless he has changed +his mind—” + +“Can you give me his name and address?” + +“Louis Valméras, 34, Rue du Mont-Thabor.” + +Beautrelet took the train for Paris at the nearest station. On the next +day but one, after three fruitless calls, he at last found Louis +Valméras at home. He was a man of about thirty, with a frank and +pleasing face. Beautrelet saw no need to beat about the bush, stated +who he was and described his efforts and the object of the step which +he was now taking: + +“I have good reason to believe,” he concluded, “that my father is +imprisoned in the Château de l’Aiguille, doubtless in the company of +other victims. And I have come to ask you what you know of your tenant, +Baron Anfredi.” + +“Not much. I met Baron Anfredi last winter at Monte Carlo. He had heard +by accident that I was the owner of the Château de l’Aiguille and, as +he wished to spend the summer in France, he made me an offer for it.” + +“He is still a young man—” + +“Yes, with very expressive eyes, fair hair—” + +“And a beard?” + +“Yes, ending in two points, which fall over a collar fastened at the +back, like a clergyman’s. In fact, he looks a little like an English +parson.” + +“It’s he,” murmured Beautrelet, “it’s he, as I have seen him: it’s his +exact description.” + +“What! Do you think—?” + +“I think, I am sure that your tenant is none other than Arsène Lupin.” + +The story amused Louis Valméras. He knew all the adventures of Arsène +Lupin and the varying fortunes of his struggle with Beautrelet. He +rubbed his hands: + +“Ha, the Château de l’Aiguille will become famous!—I’m sure I don’t +mind, for, as a matter of fact, now that my mother no longer lives in +it, I have always thought that I would get rid of it at the first +opportunity. After this, I shall soon find a purchaser. Only—” + +“Only what?” + +“I will ask you to act with the most extreme prudence and not to inform +the police until you are quite sure. Can you picture the situation, +supposing my tenant were not Arsène Lupin?” + +Beautrelet set forth his plan. He would go alone at night; he would +climb the walls; he would sleep in the park— Louis Valméras stopped him +at once: + +“You will not climb walls of that height so easily. If you do, you will +be received by two huge sheep-dogs which belonged to my mother and +which I left behind at the castle.” + +“Pooh! A dose of poison—” + +“Much obliged. But suppose you escaped them. What then? How would you +get into the castle? The doors are massive, the windows barred. And, +even then, once you were inside, who would guide you? There are eighty +rooms.” + +“Yes, but that room with two windows, on the second story—” + +“I know it, we call it the glycine room. But how will you find it? +There are three staircases and a labyrinth of passages. I can give you +the clue and explain the way to you, but you would get lost just the +same.” + +“Come with me,” said Beautrelet, laughing. + +“I can’t. I have promised to go to my mother in the South.” + +Beautrelet returned to the friend with whom he was staying and began to +make his preparations. But, late in the day, as he was getting ready to +go, he received a visit from Valméras. + +“Do you still want me?” + +“Rather!” + +“Well, I’m coming with you. Yes, the expedition fascinates me. I think +it will be very amusing and I like being mixed up in this sort of +thing.—Besides, my help will be of use to you. Look, here’s something +to start with.” + +He held up a big key, all covered with rust and looking very old. + +“What does the key open?” asked Beautrelet. + +“A little postern hidden between two buttresses and left unused since +centuries ago. I did not even think of pointing it out to my tenant. It +opens straight on the country, just at the verge of the wood.” + +Beautrelet interrupted him quickly: + +“They know all about that outlet. It was obviously by this way that the +man whom I followed entered the park. Come, it’s fine game and we shall +win it. But, by Jupiter, we must play our cards carefully!” + +Two days later, a half-famished horse dragged a gipsy caravan into +Crozant. Its driver obtained leave to stable it at the end of the +village, in an old deserted cart-shed. In addition to the driver, who +was none other than Valméras, there were three young men, who occupied +themselves in the manufacture of wicker-work chairs: Beautrelet and two +of his Janson friends. + +They stayed there for three days, waiting for a propitious, moonless +night and roaming singly round the outskirts of the park. Once +Beautrelet saw the postern. Contrived between two buttresses placed +very close together, it was almost merged, behind the screen of +brambles that concealed it, in the pattern formed by the stones of the +wall. + +At last, on the fourth evening, the sky was covered with heavy black +clouds and Valméras decided that they should go reconnoitring, at the +risk of having to return again, should circumstances prove unfavorable. + +All four crossed the little wood. Then Beautrelet crept through the +heather, scratched his hands at the bramble-hedge and, half raising +himself, slowly, with restrained movements, put the key into the lock. +He turned it gently. Would the door open without an effort? Was there +no bolt closing it on the other side? He pushed: the door opened, +without a creak or jolt. He was in the park. + +“Are you there, Beautrelet?” asked Valméras. “Wait for me. You two +chaps, watch the door and keep our line of retreat open. At the least +alarm, whistle.” + +He took Beautrelet’s hand and they plunged into the dense shadow of the +thickets. A clearer space was revealed to them when they reached the +edge of the central lawn. At the same moment a ray of moonlight pierced +the clouds; and they saw the castle, with its pointed turrets arranged +around the tapering spire to which, no doubt, it owed its name. There +was no light in the windows; not a sound. + +Valméras grasped his companion’s arm: + +“Keep still!” + +“What is it?” + +“The dogs, over there—look—” + +There was a growl. Valméras gave a low whistle. Two white forms leapt +forward and, in four bounds, came and crouched at their master’s feet. + +“Gently—lie down—that’s it—good dogs—stay there.” + +And he said to Beautrelet: + +“And now let us push on. I feel more comfortable.” + +“Are you sure of the way?” + +“Yes. We are near the terrace.” + +“And then?” + +“I remember that, on the left, at a place where the river terrace rises +to the level of the ground-floor windows, there is a shutter which +closes badly and which can be opened from the outside.” + +They found, when they came to it, that the shutter yielded to pressure. +Valméras removed a pane with a diamond which he carried. He turned the +window-latch. First one and then the other stepped over the balcony. +They were now in the castle, at the end of a passage which divided the +left wing into two. + +“This room,” said Valméras, “opens at the end of a passage. Then comes +an immense hall, lined with statues, and at the end of the hall a +staircase which ends near the room occupied by your father.” + +He took a step forward. + +“Are you coming, Beautrelet?” + +“Yes, yes.” + +“But no, you’re not coming—What’s the matter with you?” + +He seized him by the hand. It was icy cold and he perceived that the +young man was cowering on the floor. + +“What’s the matter with you?” he repeated. + +“Nothing—it’ll pass off—” + +“But what is it?” + +“I’m afraid—” + +“You’re afraid?” + +“Yes,” Beautrelet confessed, frankly, “it’s my nerves giving way—I +generally manage to control them—but, to-day, the silence—the +excitement—And then, since I was stabbed by that magistrate’s clerk—But +it will pass off—There, it’s passing now—” + +He succeeded in rising to his feet and Valméras dragged him out of the +room. They groped their way along the passage, so softly that neither +could hear a sound made by the other. + +A faint glimmer, however, seemed to light the hall for which they were +making. Valméras put his head round the corner. It was a night-light +placed at the foot of the stairs, on a little table which showed +through the frail branches of a palm tree. + +“Halt!” whispered Valméras. + +Near the night-light, a man stood sentry, carrying a gun. + +Had he seen them? Perhaps. At least, something must have alarmed him, +for he brought the gun to his shoulder. + +Beautrelet had fallen on his knees, against a tub containing a plant, +and he remained quite still, with his heart thumping against his chest. + +Meanwhile, the silence and the absence of all movement reassured the +man. He lowered his weapon. But his head was still turned in the +direction of the tub. + +Terrible minutes passed: ten minutes, fifteen. A moonbeam had glided +through a window on the staircase. And, suddenly, Beautrelet became +aware that the moonbeam was shifting imperceptibly, and that, before +fifteen, before ten more minutes had elapsed, it would be shining full +in his face. + +Great drops of perspiration fell from his forehead on his trembling +hands. His anguish was such that he was on the point of getting up and +running away—But, remembering that Valméras was there, he sought him +with his eyes and was astounded to see him, or rather to imagine him, +creeping in the dark, under cover of the statues and plants. He was +already at the foot of the stairs, within a few steps of the man. + +What was he going to do? To pass in spite of all? To go upstairs alone +and release the prisoner? But could he pass? + +Beautrelet no longer saw him and he had an impression that something +was about to take place, something that seemed foreboded also by the +silence, which hung heavier, more awful than before. + +And, suddenly, a shadow springing upon the man, the night-light +extinguished, the sound of a struggle—Beautrelet ran up. The two bodies +had rolled over on the flagstones. He tried to stoop and see. But he +heard a hoarse moan, a sigh; and one of the adversaries rose to his +feet and seized him by the arm: + +“Quick!—Come along!” + +It was Valméras. + +They went up two storys and came out at the entrance to a corridor, +covered by a hanging. + +“To the right,” whispered Valméras. “The fourth room on the left.” + +They soon found the door of the room. As they expected, the captive was +locked in. It took them half an hour, half an hour of stifled efforts, +of muffled attempts, to force open the lock. The door yielded at last. + +Beautrelet groped his way to the bed. His father was asleep. + +He woke him gently: + +“It’s I—Isidore—and a friend—don’t be afraid—get up—not a word.” + +The father dressed himself, but, as they were leaving the room, he +whispered: + +“I am not alone in the castle—” + +“Ah? Who else? Ganimard? Shears?” + +“No—at least, I have not seen them.” + +“Who then?” + +“A young girl.” + +“Mlle. de Saint-Véran, no doubt.” + +“I don’t know—I saw her several times at a distance, in the park—and, +when I lean out of my window, I can see hers. She has made signals to +me.” + +“Do you know which is her room?” + +“Yes, in this passage, the third on the right.” + +“The blue room,” murmured Valméras. “It has folding doors: they won’t +give us so much trouble.” + +One of the two leaves very soon gave way. Old Beautrelet undertook to +tell the girl. + +Ten minutes later, he left the room with her and said to his son: + +“You were right—Mlle. de Saint-Véran—;” + +They all four went down the stairs. When they reached the bottom, +Valméras stopped and bent over the man. Then, leading them to the +terrace-room: + +“He is not dead,” he said. “He will live.” + +“Ah!” said Beautrelet, with a sigh of relief. + +“No, fortunately, the blade of my knife bent: the blow is not fatal. +Besides, in any case, those rascals deserve no pity.” + +Outside, they were met by the dogs, which accompanied them to the +postern. Here, Beautrelet found his two friends and the little band +left the park. It was three o’clock in the morning. + +This first victory was not enough to satisfy Beautrelet. As soon as he +had comfortably settled his father and Mlle. de Saint-Véran, he asked +them about the people who lived at the castle, and, particularly, about +the habits of Arsène Lupin. He thus learnt that Lupin came only every +three or four days, arriving at night in his motor car and leaving +again in the morning. At each of his visits, he called separately upon +his two prisoners, both of whom agreed in praising his courtesy and his +extreme civility. For the moment, he was not at the castle. + +Apart from him, they had seen no one except an old woman, who ruled +over the kitchen and the house, and two men, who kept watch over them +by turns and never spoke to them: subordinates, obviously, to judge by +their manners and appearance. + +“Two accomplices, for all that,” said Beautrelet, in conclusion, “or +rather three, with the old woman. It is a bag worth having. And, if we +lose no time—” + +He jumped on his bicycle, rode to Éguzon, woke up the gendarmerie, set +them all going, made them sound the boot and saddle and returned to +Crozant at eight o’clock, accompanied by the sergeant and eight +gendarmes. Two of the men were posted beside the gipsy-van. Two others +took up their positions outside the postern-door. The last four, +commanded by their chief and accompanied by Beautrelet and Valméras, +marched to the main entrance of the castle. + +Too late. The door was wide open. A peasant told them that he had seen +a motor car drive out of the castle an hour before. + +Indeed, the search led to no result. In all probability, the gang had +installed themselves there picnic fashion. A few clothes were found, a +little linen, some household implements; and that was all. + +What astonished Beautrelet and Valméras more was the disappearance of +the wounded man. They could not see the faintest trace of a struggle, +not even a drop of blood on the flagstones of the hall. + +All said, there was no material evidence to prove the fleeting presence +of Lupin at the Château de l’Aiguille; and the authorities would have +been entitled to challenge the statements of Beautrelet and his father, +of Valméras and Mlle. de Saint-Véran, had they not ended by +discovering, in a room next to that occupied by the young girl, some +half-dozen exquisite bouquets with Arsène Lupin’s card pinned to them, +bouquets scorned by her, faded and forgotten—One of them, in addition +to the card, contained a letter which Raymonde had not seen. That +afternoon, when opened by the examining magistrate, it was found to +contain page upon page of prayers, entreaties, promises, threats, +despair, all the madness of a love that has encountered nothing but +contempt and repulsion. + +And the letter ended: + +I shall come on Tuesday evening, Raymonde. Reflect between now and +then. As for me, I will wait no longer. I am resolved on all. + + +Tuesday evening was the evening of the very day on which Beautrelet had +released Mlle. de Saint-Véran from her captivity. + +The reader will remember the extraordinary explosion of surprise and +enthusiasm that resounded throughout the world at the news of that +unexpected issue: Mlle. de Saint-Véran free! The pretty girl whom Lupin +coveted, to secure whom he had contrived his most Machiavellian +schemes, snatched from his claws! Free also Beautrelet’s father, whom +Lupin had chosen as a hostage in his extravagant longing for the +armistice demanded by the needs of his passion! They were both free, +the two prisoners! And the secret of the Hollow Needle was known, +published, flung to the four corners of the world! + +The crowd amused itself with a will. Ballads were sold and sung about +the defeated adventurer: _Lupin’s Little Love-Affairs!—Arsène’s Piteous +Sobs!—The Lovesick Burglar! The Pickpocket’s Lament!_—They were cried +on the boulevards and hummed in the artists’ studios. + +Raymonde, pressed with questions and pursued by interviewers, replied +with the most extreme reserve. But there was no denying the letter, or +the bouquets of flowers, or any part of the pitiful story! Then and +there, Lupin, scoffed and jeered at, toppled from his pedestal. + +And Beautrelet became the popular idol. He had foretold everything, +thrown light on everything. The evidence which Mlle. de Saint-Véran +gave before the examining magistrate confirmed, down to the smallest +detail, the hypothesis imagined by Isidore. Reality seemed to submit, +in every point, to what he had decreed beforehand. Lupin had found his +master.— + +Beautrelet insisted that his father, before returning to his mountains +in Savoy, should take a few months’ rest in the sunshine, and himself +escorted him and Mlle. de Saint-Véran to the outskirts of Nice, where +the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter Suzanne were already settled for +the winter. Two days later, Valméras brought his mother to see his new +friends and they thus composed a little colony grouped around the Villa +de Gesvres and watched over day and night by half a dozen men engaged +by the comte. + +Early in October, Beautrelet, once more the sixth-form pupil, returned +to Paris to resume the interrupted course of his studies and to prepare +for his examinations. And life began again, calmer, this time, and free +from incident. What could happen, for that matter. Was the war not +over? + +Lupin, on his side, must have felt this very clearly, must have felt +that there was nothing left for him but to resign himself to the +accomplished fact; for, one fine day, his two other victims, Ganimard +and Holmlock Shears, made their reappearance. Their return to the life +of this planet, however, was devoid of any sort of glamor or +fascination. An itinerant rag-man picked them up on the Quai des +Orfèvres, opposite the headquarters of police. Both of them were +gagged, bound and fast asleep. + +After a week of complete bewilderment, they succeeded in recovering the +control of their thought and told—or rather Ganimard told, for Shears +wrapped himself in a fierce and stubborn silence—how they had made a +voyage of circumnavigation round the coast of Africa on board the yacht +_Hirondelle_, a voyage combining amusement with instruction, during +which they could look upon themselves as free, save for a few hours +which they spent at the bottom of the hold, while the crew went on +shore at outlandish ports. + +As for their landing on the Quai des Orfèvres, they remembered nothing +about it and had probably been asleep for many days before. + +This liberation of the prisoners was the final confession of defeat. By +ceasing to fight, Lupin admitted it without reserve. + +One incident, moreover, made it still more glaring, which was the +engagement of Louis Valméras and Mlle. de Saint-Véran. In the intimacy +created between them by the new conditions under which they lived, the +two young people fell in love with each other. Valméras loved +Raymonde’s melancholy charm; and she, wounded by life, greedy for +protection, yielded before the strength and energy of the man who had +contributed so gallantly to her preservation. + +The wedding day was awaited with a certain amount of anxiety. Would +Lupin not try to resume the offensive? Would he accept with a good +grace the irretrievable loss of the woman he loved? Twice or three +times, suspicious-looking people were seen prowling round the villa; +and Valméras even had to defend himself one evening against a so-called +drunken man, who fired a pistol at him and sent a bullet through his +hat. But, in the end, the ceremony was performed at the appointed hour +and day and Raymonde de Saint-Véran became Mme. Louis Valméras. + +It was as though Fate herself had taken sides with Beautrelet and +countersigned the news of victory. This was so apparent to the crowd +that his admirers now conceived the notion of entertaining him at a +banquet to celebrate his triumph and Lupin’s overthrow. It was a great +idea and aroused general enthusiasm. Three hundred tickets were sold in +less than a fortnight. Invitations were issued to the public schools of +Paris, to send two sixth-form pupils apiece. The press sang pæans. The +banquet was what it could not fail to be, an apotheosis. + +But it was a charming and simple apotheosis, because Beautrelet was its +hero. His presence was enough to bring things back to their due +proportion. He showed himself modest, as usual, a little surprised at +the excessive cheering, a little embarrassed by the extravagant +panegyrics in which he was pronounced greater than the most illustrious +detectives—a little embarrassed, but also not a little touched. + +He said as much in a few words that pleased all his hearers and with +the shyness of a child that blushes when you look at it. He spoke of +his delight, of his pride. And really, reasonable and self-controlled +as he was, this was for him a moment of never-to-be-forgotten +exultation. He smiled to his friends, to his fellow-Jansonians, to +Valméras, who had come specially to give him a cheer, to M. de Gesvres, +to his father. + +When he had finished speaking; and while he still held his glass in his +hand, a sound of voices came from the other end of the room and some +one was gesticulating and waving a newspaper. Silence was restored and +the importunate person sat down again: but a thrill of curiosity ran +round the table, the newspaper was passed from hand to hand and, each +time that one of the guests cast his eyes upon the page at which it was +opened, exclamations followed: + +“Read it! Read it!” they cried from the opposite side. + +The people were leaving their seats at the principal table. M. +Beautrelet went and took the paper and handed it to his son. + +“Read it out! Read it out!” they cried, louder. + +And others said: + +“Listen! He’s going to read it! Listen!” + +Beautrelet stood facing his audience, looked in the evening paper which +his father had given him for the article that was causing all this +uproar and, suddenly, his eyes encountering a heading underlined in +blue pencil, he raised his hand to call for silence and began in a loud +voice to read a letter addressed to the editor by M. Massiban, of the +Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres. His voice broke and fell, +little by little, as he read those stupefying revelations, which +reduced all his efforts to nothing, upset his notions concerning the +Hollow Needle and proved the vanity of his struggle with Arsène Lupin: + +SIR: + + +On the 17th of March, 1679, there appeared a little book with the +following title: _The Mystery of the Hollow Needle. The Whole Truth now +first exhibited. One hundred copies printed by myself for the +instruction of the Court._ + +At nine o’clock on the morning of that day, the author, a very young +man, well-dressed, whose name has remained unknown, began to leave his +book on the principal persons at court. At ten o’clock, when he had +fulfilled four of these errands, he was arrested by a captain in the +guards, who took him to the king’s closet and forthwith set off in +search of the four copies distributed. + +When the hundred copies were got together, counted, carefully looked +through and verified, the king himself threw them into the fire and +burnt them, all but one, which he kept for his own purposes. + +Then he ordered the captain of the guards to take the author of the +book to M. de Saint-Mars, who confined his prisoner first at Pignerol +and then in the fortress of the Ile Sainte-Marguerite. This man was +obviously no other than the famous Man with the Iron Mask. + +The truth would never have been known, or at least a part of the truth, +if the captain in the guards had not been present at the interview and +if, when the king’s back was turned, he had not been tempted to +withdraw another of the copies from the chimney, before the fire got to +it. + +Six months later, the captain was found dead on the highroad between +Gaillon and Mantes. His murderers had stripped him of all his apparel, +forgetting, however, in his right boot a jewel which was discovered +there afterward, a diamond of the first water and of considerable +value. + +Among his papers was found a sheet in his handwriting, in which he did +not speak of the book snatched from the flames, but gave a summary of +the earlier chapters. It referred to a secret which was known to the +Kings of England, which was lost by them when the crown passed from the +poor fool, Henry VI., to the Duke of York, which was revealed to +Charles VII., King of France, by Joan of Arc and which, becoming a +State secret, was handed down from sovereign to sovereign by means of a +letter, sealed anew on each occasion, which was found in the deceased +monarch’s death-bed with this superscription: “For the King of France.” + +This secret concerned the existence and described the whereabouts of a +tremendous treasure, belonging to the kings, which increased in +dimensions from century to century. + +One hundred and fourteen years later, Louis XVI., then a prisoner in +the Temple, took aside one of the officers whose duty it was to guard +the royal family, and asked: + +“Monsieur, had you not an ancestor who served as a captain under my +predecessor, the Great King?” + +“Yes, sire.” + +“Well, could you be relied upon—could you be relied upon—” + +He hesitated. The officer completed the sentence: + +“Not to betray your Majesty! Oh, sire!—” + +“Then listen to me.” + +He took from his pocket a little book of which he tore out one of the +last pages. But, altering his mind: + +“No, I had better copy it—” + +He seized a large sheet of paper and tore it in such a way as to leave +only a small rectangular space, on which he copied five lines of dots, +letters and figures from the printed page. Then, after burning the +latter, he folded the manuscript sheet in four, sealed it with red wax, +and gave it to the officer. + +“Monsieur, after my death, you must hand this to the Queen and say to +her, ‘From the King, madame—for Your Majesty and for your son.’ If she +does not understand—” + +“If she does not understand, sire—” + +“You must add, ‘It concerns the secret, the secret of the Needle.’ The +Queen will understand.” + +When he had finished speaking, he flung the book into the embers +glowing on the hearth. + +He ascended the scaffold on the 21st of January. + +It took the officer several months, in consequence of the removal of +the Queen to the Conciergerie, before he could fulfil the mission with +which he was entrusted. At last, by dint of cunning intrigues, he +succeeded, one day, in finding himself in the presence of Marie +Antoinette. + +Speaking so that she could just hear him, he said: + +“Madame, from the late King, your husband, for Your Majesty and your +son.” + +And he gave her the sealed letter. + +She satisfied herself that the jailers could not see her, broke the +seals, appeared surprised at the sight of those undecipherable lines +and then, all at once, seemed to understand. + +She smiled bitterly and the officer caught the words: + +“Why so late?” + +She hesitated. Where should she hide this dangerous document? At last, +she opened her book of hours and slipped the paper into a sort of +secret pocket contrived between the leather of the binding and the +parchment that covered it. + +“Why so late?” she had asked. + +It is, in fact, probable that this document, if it could have saved +her, came too late, for, in the month of October next, Queen Marie +Antoinette ascended the scaffold in her turn. + +Now the officer, when going through his family papers, came upon his +ancestor’s manuscript. From that moment, he had but one idea, which was +to devote his leisure to elucidating this strange problem. He read all +the Latin authors, studied all the chronicles of France and those of +the neighboring countries, visited the monasteries, deciphered +account-books, cartularies, treaties; and, in this way, succeeded in +discovering certain references scattered over the ages. + +In Book III of Cæsar’s _Commentaries on the Gallic War_ (MS. edition, +Alexandria), it is stated that, after the defeat of Veridovix by G. +Titullius Sabinus, the chief of the Caleti was brought before Cæsar and +that, for his ransom, he revealed the secret of the Needle— + +The Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, between Charles the Simple and +Rollo, the chief of the Norse barbarians, gives Rollo’s name followed +by all his titles, among which we read that of Master of the Secret of +the Needle. + +The _Saxon Chronicle_ (Gibson’s edition, page 134), speaking of William +the Conqueror, says that the staff of his banner ended in a steel point +pierced with an eye, like a needle. + +In a rather ambiguous phrase in her examination, Joan of Arc admits +that she has still a great secret to tell the King of France. To which +her judges reply, “Yes, we know of what you speak; and that, Joan, is +why you shall die the death.” + +Philippe de Comines mentions it in connection with Louis XI., and, +later, Sully in connection with Henry IV.: “By the virtue of the +Needle!” the good king sometimes swears. + +Between these two, Francis I., in a speech addressed to the notables of +the Havre, in 1520, uttered this phrase, which has been handed down in +the diary of a Honfleur burgess; “The Kings of France carry secrets +that often decide the conduct of affairs and the fate of towns.” + +All these quotations, all the stories relating to the Iron Mask, the +captain of the guards and his descendant, I have found to-day in a +pamphlet written by this same descendant and published in the month of +June, 1815, just before or just after the battle of Waterloo, in a +period, therefore, of great upheavals, in which the revelations which +it contained were likely to pass unperceived. + +What is the value of this pamphlet? Nothing, you will tell me, and we +must attach no credit to it. And this is the impression which I myself +would have carried away, if it had not occurred to me to open Cæsar’s +_Commentaries_ at the chapter given. What was my astonishment when I +came upon the phrase quoted in the little book before me! And it was +the same thing with the Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, with the _Saxon +Chronicle_, with the examination of Joan of Arc, in short, with all +that I have been able to verify up to the present. + +Lastly, there is an even more precise fact related by the author of the +pamphlet of 1815. During the French campaign, he being then an officer +under Napoleon, his horse dropped dead, one evening, and he rang at the +door of a castle where he was received by an old knight of St. Louis. +And, in the course of conversation with the old man, he learnt that +this castle, standing on the bank of the Creuse, was called the Château +de l’Aiguille, that it had been built and christened by Louis XIV., and +that, by his express order, it was adorned with turrets and with a +spire which represented the Needle. As its date it bore, it must still +bear, the figure 1680. + +1680! One year after the publication of the book and the imprisonment +of the Iron Mask! Everything was now explained: Louis XIV., foreseeing +that the secret might be noised abroad, had built and named that castle +so as to offer the quidnuncs a natural explanation of the ancient +mystery. The Hollow Needle! A castle with pointed bell-turrets standing +on the bank of the Creuse and belonging to the King. People would at +once think that they had the key to the riddle and all enquiries would +cease. + +The calculation was just, seeing that, more than two centuries later, +M. Beautrelet fell into the trap. And this, Sir, is what I was leading +up to in writing this letter. If Lupin, under the name of Anfredi, +rented from M. Valméras the Château de l’Aiguille on the bank of the +Creuse; if, admitting the success of the inevitable investigations of +M. Beautrelet, he lodged his two prisoners there, it was because he +admitted the success of the inevitable researches made by M. Beautrelet +and because, with the object of obtaining the peace for which he had +asked, he laid for M. Beautrelet precisely what we may call the +historic trap of Louis XIV. + +And hence we come to this undeniable conclusion, that he, Lupin, by his +unaided lights, without possessing any other facts than those which we +possess, managed by means of the witchcraft of a really extraordinary +genius, to decipher the undecipherable document; and that he, Lupin, +the last heir of the Kings of France, knows the royal mystery of the +Hollow Needle! + +Here ended the letter. But, for some minutes, from the passage that +referred to the Château de l’Aiguille onward, it was not Beautrelet’s +but another voice that read it aloud. Realizing his defeat, crushed +under the weight of his humiliation, Isidore had dropped the newspaper +and sunk into his chair, with his face buried in his hands. + +Panting, shaken with excitement by this incredible story, the crowd had +come gradually nearer and was now pressing round. + +With a thrill of anguish, they waited for the words which he would say +in reply, the objections which he would raise. + +He did not stir. + +Valméras gently uncrossed his hands and raised his head. + +Isidore Beautrelet was weeping. + + + + +CHAPTER SEVEN +THE TREATISE OF THE NEEDLE + + +It is four o’clock in the morning. Isidore has not returned to the +Lycée Janson. He has no intention of returning before the end of the +war of extermination which he has declared against Lupin. This much he +swore to himself under his breath, while his friends drove off with +him, all faint and bruised, in a cab. + +A mad oath! An absurd and illogical war! What can he do, a single, +unarmed stripling, against that phenomenon of energy and strength? On +which side is he to attack him? He is unassailable. Where to wound him? +He is invulnerable. Where to get at him? He is inaccessible. + +Four o’clock in the morning. Isidore has again accepted his +schoolfellow’s hospitality. Standing before the chimney in his bedroom, +with his elbows flat on the mantel-shelf and his two fists under his +chin, he stares at his image in the looking-glass. He is not crying +now, he can shed no more tears, nor fling himself about on his bed, nor +give way to despair, as he has been doing for the last two hours and +more. He wants to think, to think and understand. + +And he does not remove his eyes from those same eyes reflected in the +glass, as though he hoped to double his powers of thought by +contemplating his pensive image, as though he hoped to find at the back +of that mirrored Beautrelet the unsolvable solution of what he does not +find within himself. + +He stands thus until six o’clock, and, little by little, the question +presents itself to his mind with the strictness of an equation, bare +and dry and cleared of all the details that complicate and obscure it. + +Yes, he has made a mistake. Yes, his reading of the document is all +wrong. The word _aiguille_ does not point to the castle on the Creuse. +Also, the word _demoiselles_ cannot be applied to Raymonde de +Saint-Véran and her cousin, because the text of the document dates back +for centuries. + +Therefore, all must be done over again, from the beginning. + +How? + +One piece of evidence alone would be incontestible: the book published +under Louis XIV. Now of those hundred copies printed by the person who +was presumed to be the Man with the Iron Mask only two escaped the +flames. One was purloined by the captain of the guards and lost. The +other was kept by Louis XIV., handed down to Louis XV., and burnt by +Louis XVI. But a copy of the essential page, the page containing the +solution of the problem, or at least a cryptographic solution, was +conveyed to Marie Antoinette, who slipped it into the binding of her +book of hours. What has become of this paper? Is it the one which +Beautrelet has held in his hands and which Lupin recovered from him +through Brédoux, the magistrate’s clerk? Or is it still in Marie +Antoinette’s book of hours? And the question resolves itself into this: +what has become of the Queen’s book of hours? + +After taking a short rest, Beautrelet consulted his friend’s father, an +old and experienced collector, who was often called upon officially to +give an expert opinion and who had quite lately been invited to advise +the director of one of our museums on the drawing up of the catalogue. + +“Marie Antoinette’s book of hours?” he exclaimed. “Why, the Queen left +it to her waiting-woman, with secret instructions to forward it to +Count Fersen. After being piously preserved in the count’s family, it +has been, for the last five years, in a glass case—” + +“A glass case?” + +“In the Musée Carnavalet, quite simply.” + +“When will the museum be open?” + +“At twenty minutes from now, as it is every morning.” + +Isidore and his friend jumped out of a cab at the moment when the doors +of Madame de Sévigné’s old mansion were opening. + +“Hullo! M. Beautrelet!” + +A dozen voices greeted his arrival. To his great surprise, he +recognized the whole crowd of reporters who were following up “the +mystery of the Hollow Needle.” And one of them exclaimed: + +“Funny, isn’t it, that we should all have had the same idea? Take care, +Arsène Lupin may be among us!” + +They entered the museum together. The director was at once informed, +placed himself entirely at their disposal, took them to the glass case +and showed them a poor little volume, devoid of all ornament, which +certainly had nothing royal about it. Nevertheless, they were overcome +by a certain emotion at the sight of this object which the Queen had +touched in those tragic days, which her eyes, red with tears, had +looked upon—And they dared not take it and hunt through it: it was as +though they feared lest they should be guilty of a sacrilege— + +“Come, M. Beautrelet, it’s your business!” + +He took the book with an anxious gesture. The description corresponded +with that given by the author of the pamphlet. Outside was a parchment +cover, dirty, stained and worn in places, and under it, the real +binding, in stiff leather. With what a thrill Beautrelet felt for the +hidden pocket! Was it a fairy tale? Or would he find the document +written by Louis XVI. and bequeathed by the queen to her fervent +admirer? + +At the first page, on the upper side of the book, there was no +receptacle. + +“Nothing,” he muttered. + +“Nothing,” they echoed, palpitating with excitement. + +But, at the last page, forcing back the book a little, he at once saw +that the parchment was not stuck to the binding. He slipped his fingers +in between—there was something—yes, he felt something—a paper— + +“Oh!” he gasped, in an accent almost of pain. “Here—is it possible?” + +“Quick, quick!” they cried. “What are you waiting for?” + +He drew out a sheet folded in two. + +“Well, read it!—There are words in red ink—Look!—it might be +blood—pale, faded blood—Read it!—” + +He read: + +To you, Fersen. For my son. +16 October, 1793. + + +MARIE ANTOINETTE. + + +And suddenly Beautrelet gave a cry of stupefaction. Under the queen’s +signature there were—there were two words, in black ink, underlined +with a flourish—two words: + +ARSÈNE LUPIN. + + +All, in turns, took the sheet of paper and the same cry escaped from +the lips of all of them: + +“Marie Antoinette!—Arsène Lupin!” + +A great silence followed. That double signature: those two names +coupled together, discovered hidden in the book of hours; that relic in +which the poor queen’s desperate appeal had slumbered for more than a +century: that horrible date of the 16th of October, 1793, the day on +which the Royal head fell: all of this was most dismally and +disconcertingly tragic. + +“Arsène Lupin!” stammered one of the voices, thus emphasizing the scare +that underlay the sight of that demoniacal name at the foot of the +hallowed page. + +“Yes, Arsène Lupin,” repeated Beautrelet. “The Queen’s friend was +unable to understand her desperate dying appeal. He lived with the +keepsake in his possession which the woman whom he loved had sent him +and he never guessed the reason of that keepsake. Lupin discovered +everything, on the other hand—and took it.” + +“Took what?” + +“The document, of course! The document written by Louis XVI.; and it is +that which I held in my hands. The same appearance, the same shape, the +same red seals. I understand why Lupin would not leave me a document +which I could turn to account by merely examining the paper, the seals +and so on.” + +“And then?” + +“Well, then, since the document is genuine, since I have, with my own +eyes, seen the marks of the red seals, since Marie Antoinette herself +assures me, by these few words in her hand, that the whole story of the +pamphlet, as printed by M. Massiban, is correct, because a problem of +the Hollow Needle really exists, I am now certain to succeed.” + +“But how? Whether genuine or not, the document is of no use to you if +you do not manage to decipher it, because Louis XVI. destroyed the book +that gave the explanation.” + +“Yes, but the other copy, which King Louis XVI.’s captain of the guards +snatched from the flames, was not destroyed.” + +“How do you know?” + +“Prove the contrary.” + +After uttering this defiance, Beautrelet was silent for a time and +then, slowly, with his eyes closed, as though trying to fix and sum up +his thoughts, he said: + +“Possessing the secret, the captain of the guards begins by revealing +it bit by bit in the journal found by his descendant. Then comes +silence. The answer to the riddle is withheld. Why? Because the +temptation to make use of the secret creeps over him little by little +and he gives way to it. A proof? His murder. A further proof? The +magnificent jewel found upon him, which he must undoubtedly have taken +from some royal treasure the hiding-place of which, unknown to all, +would just constitute the mystery of the Hollow Needle. Lupin conveyed +as much to me; Lupin was not lying.” + +“Then what conclusion do you draw, Beautrelet?” + +“I draw this conclusion, my friends, that it be a good thing to +advertise this story as much as possible, so that people may know, +through all the papers, that we are looking for a book entitled _The +Treatise of the Needle_. It may be fished out from the back shelves of +some provincial library.” + +The paragraph was drawn up forthwith; and Beautrelet set to work at +once, without even waiting for it to produce a result. A first scent +suggested itself: the murder was committed near Gaillon. He went there +that same day. Certainly, he did not hope to reconstruct a crime +perpetrated two hundred years ago. But, all the same, there are crimes +that leave traces in the memories, in the traditions of a countryside. +They are recorded in the local chronicles. One day, some provincial +archaeologist, some lover of old legends, some student of the minor +incidents of the life of the past makes them the subject of an article +in a newspaper or of a communication to the academy of his departmental +town. + +Beautrelet saw three or four of these archaeologists. With one of them +in particular, an old notary, he examined the prison records, the +ledgers of the old bailiwicks and the parish registers. There was no +entry referring to the murder of a captain of the guards in the +seventeenth century. + +He refused to be discouraged and continued his search in Paris, where +the magistrate’s examination might have taken place. His efforts came +to nothing. + +But the thought of another track sent him off in a fresh direction. Was +there no chance of finding out the name of that captain whose +descendant served in the armies of the Republic and was quartered in +the Temple during the imprisonment of the Royal family? By dint of +patient working, he ended by making out a list in which two names at +least presented an almost complete resemblance: M. de Larbeyrie, under +Louis XIV., and Citizen Larbrie, under the Terror. + +This already was an important point. He stated it with precision in a +note which he sent to the papers, asking for any information concerning +this Larbeyrie or his descendants. + +It was M. Massiban, the Massiban of the pamphlet, the member of the +Institute, who replied to him: + +SIR: + Allow me to call your attention to the following passage of + Voltaire, which I came upon in his manuscript of _Le Siècle de + Louis XIV_. (Chapter XXV: _Particularités et anecdotes du régne_). + The passage has been suppressed in all the printed editions: + + +“I have heard it said by the late M. de Caumartin, intendant of +finance, who was a friend of Chamillard the minister, that the King one +day left hurriedly in his carriage at the news that M. de Larbeyrie had +been murdered and robbed of some magnificent jewels. He seemed greatly +excited and repeated: + +“‘All is lost—all is lost—’ + +“In the following year, the son of this Larbeyrie and his daughter, who +had married the Marquis de Vélines, were banished to their estates in +Provence and Brittany. We cannot doubt that there is something peculiar +in this.” + +I, in my turn, will add that we can doubt it all the less inasmuch as +M. de Chamillard, according to Voltaire, _was the last minister who +possessed the strange secret of the Iron Mask_. + +You will see for yourself, Sir, the profit that can be derived from +this passage and the evident link established between the two +adventures. As for myself, I will not venture to imagine any very exact +surmise as regards the conduct, the suspicions, and the apprehensions +of Louis XIV. in these circumstances; but, on the other hand, seeing +that M. de Larbeyrie left a son, who was probably the grandfather of +Larbrie the citizen-officer, and also a daughter, is it not permissible +to suppose that a part of the papers left by Larbeyrie came to the +daughter and that among these papers was the famous copy which the +captain of the guards saved from the flames? + +I have consulted the Country-house Year-book. There is a Baron de +Vélines living not far from Rennes. Could he be a descendant of the +marquis? At any rate, I wrote to him yesterday, on chance, to ask if he +had not in his possession a little old book bearing on its title-page +the word _aiguille;_ and I am awaiting his reply. + +It would give me the greatest pleasure to talk of all these matters +with you. If you can spare the time, come and see me. + +I am, Sir, etc., etc. + + +P.S.—Of course, I shall not communicate these little discoveries to the +press. Now that you are near the goal, discretion is essential. + + +Beautrelet absolutely agreed. He even went further: to two journalists +who were worrying him that morning he gave the most fanciful +particulars as to his plans and his state of mind. + +In the afternoon, he hurried round to see Massiban, who lived at 17, +Quai Voltaire. To his great surprise, he was told that M. Massiban had +gone out of town unexpectedly, leaving a note for him in case he should +call. Isidore opened it and read: + +I have received a telegram which gives me some hope. So I am leaving +town and shall sleep at Rennes. You might take the evening train and, +without stopping at Rennes, go on to the little station of Vélines. We +would meet at the castle, which is two miles and a half from the +station. + + +The programme appealed to Beautrelet, and especially the idea that he +would reach the castle at almost the same time as Massiban, for he +feared some blunder on the part of that inexperienced man. He went back +to his friend and spent the rest of the day with him. In the evening, +he took the Brittany express and got out at Vélines as six o’clock in +the morning. + +He did the two and a half miles, between bushy woods, on foot. He could +see the castle, perched on a height, from a distance: it was a hybrid +edifice, a mixture of the Renascence and Louis Philippe styles, but it +bore a stately air, nevertheless, with its four turrets and its +ivy-mantled draw-bridge. + +Isidore felt his heart beat as he approached. Was he really nearing the +end of his race? Did the castle contain the key to the mystery? + +He was not without fear. It all seemed too good to be true; and he +asked himself if he was not once more acting in obedience to some +infernal plan contrived by Lupin, if Massiban was not for instance, a +tool in the hands of his enemy. He burst out laughing: + +“Tut, tut, I’m becoming absurd! One would really think that Lupin was +an infallible person who foresees everything, a sort of divine +omnipotence against whom nothing can prevail! Dash it all, Lupin makes +his mistakes; Lupin, too, is at the mercy of circumstances; Lupin has +an occasional slip! And it is just because of his slip in losing the +document that I am beginning to have the advantage of him. Everything +starts from that. And his efforts, when all is said, serve only to +repair the first blunder.” + +And blithely, full of confidence, Beautrelet rang the bell. + +“Yes, sir?” said the servant who opened the door. + +“Can I see the Baron de Vélines?” + +And he gave the man his card. + +“Monsieur le baron is not up yet, but, if monsieur will wait—” + +“Has not some one else been asking for him, a gentleman with a white +beard and a slight stoop?” asked Beautrelet, who knew Massiban’s +appearance from the photographs in the newspapers. + +“Yes, the gentleman came about ten minutes ago; I showed him into the +drawing room. If monsieur will come this way—” + +The interview between Massiban and Beautrelet was of the most cordial +character. Isidore thanked the old man for the first-rate information +which he owed to him and Massiban expressed his admiration for +Beautrelet in the warmest terms. Then they exchanged impressions on the +document, on their prospects of discovering the book; and Massiban +repeated what he had heard at Rennes regarding M. de Vélines. The baron +was a man of sixty, who had been left a widower many years ago and who +led a very retired life with his daughter, Gabrielle de Villemon. This +lady had just suffered a cruel blow through the loss of her husband and +her eldest son, both of whom had died as the result of a motor-car +accident. + +“Monsieur le baron begs the gentlemen to be good enough to come +upstairs.” + +The servant led the way to the first floor, to a large, bare-walled +room, very simply furnished with desks, pigeon-holes and tables covered +with papers and account-books. + +The baron received them very affably and with the volubility often +displayed by people who live too much alone. They had great difficulty +in explaining the object of their visit. + +“Oh, yes, I know, you wrote to me about it, M. Massiban. It has +something to do with a book about a needle, hasn’t it, a book which is +supposed to have come down to me from my ancestors?” + +“Just so.” + +“I may as well tell you that my ancestors and I have fallen out. They +had funny ideas in those days. I belong to my own time. I have broken +with the past.” + +“Yes,” said Beautrelet, impatiently, “but have you no recollection of +having seen the book?—” + +“Certainly, I said so in my telegram,” he exclaimed, addressing M. +Massiban, who, in his annoyance, was walking up and down the room and +looking out of the tall windows. “Certainly—or, at least, my daughter +thought she had seen the title among the thousands of books that lumber +up the library, upstairs—for I don’t care about reading myself—I don’t +even read the papers. My daughter does, sometimes, but only when there +is nothing the matter with Georges, her remaining son! As for me, as +long as my tenants pay their rents and my leases are kept up—! You see +my account-books: I live in them, gentlemen; and I confess that I know +absolutely nothing whatever about that story of which you wrote to me +in your letter, M. Massiban—” + +Isidore Beautrelet, nerve-shattered at all this talk, interrupted him +bluntly: + +“I beg your pardon, monsieur, but the book—” + +“My daughter has looked for it. She looked for it all day yesterday.” + +“Well?” + +“Well, she found it; she found it a few hours ago. When you arrived—” + +“And where is it?” + +“Where is it? Why, she put it on that table—there it is—over there—” + +Isidore gave a bound. At one end of the table, on a muddled heap of +papers, lay a little book bound in red morocco. He banged his fist down +upon it, as though he were forbidding anybody to touch it—and also a +little as though he himself dared not take it up. + +“Well!” cried Massiban, greatly excited. + +“I have it—here it is—we’re there at last!” + +“But the title—are you sure?—” + +“Why, of course: look!” + +“Are you convinced? Have we mastered the secret at last?” + +“The front page—what does the front page say?” + +“Read: _The Whole Truth now first exhibited. One hundred copies printed +by myself for the instruction of the Court_.” + +“That’s it, that’s it,” muttered Massiban, in a hoarse voice. “It’s the +copy snatched from the flames! It’s the very book which Louis XIV. +condemned.” + +They turned over the pages. The first part set forth the explanations +given by Captain de Larbeyrie in his journal. + +“Get on, get on!” said Beautrelet, who was in a hurry to come to the +solution. + +“Get on? What do you mean? Not at all! We know that the Man with the +Iron Mask was imprisoned because he knew and wished to divulge the +secret of the Royal house of France. But how did he know it? And why +did he wish to divulge it? Lastly, who was that strange personage? A +half-brother of Louis XIV., as Voltaire maintained, or Mattioli, the +Italian minister, as the modern critics declare? Hang it, those are +questions of the very first interest!” + +“Later, later,” protested Beautrelet, feverishly turning the pages, as +though he feared that the book would fly out of his hands before he had +solved the riddle. + +“But—” said Massiban, who doted on historical details. + +“We have plenty of time—afterward—let’s see the explanation first—” + +Suddenly Beautrelet stopped. The document! In the middle of a left-hand +page, his eyes saw the five mysterious lines of dots and figures! He +made sure, with a glance, that the text was identical with that which +he had studied so long; the same arrangement of the signs, the same +intervals that permitted of the isolation of the word _demoiselles_ and +the separation of the two words _aiguille_ and _creuse_. + +A short note preceded it: + +All the necessary indications, it appears, were reduced by King Louis +XIII. into a little table which I transcribe below. + + +Here followed the table of dots and figures. + +Then came the explanation of the document itself. Beautrelet read, in a +broken voice: + +As will be seen, this table, even after we have changed the figures +into vowels, affords no light. One might say that, in order to decipher +the puzzle, we must first know it. It is, at most, a clue given to +those who know the paths of the labyrinth. + Let us take this clue and proceed. I will guide you. + The fourth line first. The fourth line contains measurements and + indications. By complying with the indications and noting the + measurements set down, we inevitably attain our object, on + condition, be it understood, that we know where we are and whither + we are going, in a word, that we are enlightened as to the real + meaning of the Hollow Needle. This is what we may learn from the + first three lines. The first is so conceived to revenge myself on + the King; I had warned him, for that matter— + + +Beautrelet stopped, nonplussed. + +“What? What is it?” said Massiban. + +“The words don’t make sense.” + +“No more they do,” replied Massiban. “‘The first is so conceived to +revenge myself on the King—’ What can that mean?” + +“Damn!” yelled Beautrelet. + +“Well?” + +“Torn! Two pages! The next two pages! Look at the marks!” + +He trembled, shaking with rage and disappointment. Massiban bent +forward. + +“It is true—there are the ends of two pages left, like bookbinders’ +guards. The marks seem pretty fresh. They’ve not been cut, but torn +out—torn out with violence. Look, all the pages at the end of the book +have been rumpled.” + +“But who can have done it? Who?” moaned Isidore, wringing his hands. “A +servant? An accomplice?” + +“All the same, it may date back to a few months since,” observed +Massiban. + +“Even so—even so—some one must have hunted out and taken the book—Tell +me, monsieur,” cried Beautrelet, addressing the baron, “is there no one +whom you suspect?” + +“We might ask my daughter.” + +“Yes—yes—that’s it—perhaps she will know.” + +M. de Vélines rang for the footman. A few minutes later, Mme. de +Villemon entered. She was a young woman, with a sad and resigned face. +Beautrelet at once asked her: + +“You found this volume upstairs, madame, in the library?” + +“Yes, in a parcel of books that had not been uncorded.” + +“And you read it?” + +“Yes, last night.” + +“When you read it, were those two pages missing? Try and remember: the +two pages following this table of figures and dots?” + +“No, certainly not,” she said, greatly astonished. “There was no page +missing at all.” + +“Still, somebody has torn—” + +“But the book did not leave my room last night.” + +“And this morning?” + +“This morning, I brought it down here myself, when M. Massiban’s +arrival was announced.” + +“Then—?” + +“Well, I don’t understand—unless—but no.” + +“What?” + +“Georges—my son—this morning—Georges was playing with the book.” + +She ran out headlong, accompanied by Beautrelet, Massiban and the +baron. The child was not in his room. They hunted in every direction. +At last, they found him playing behind the castle. But those three +people seemed so excited and called him so peremptorily to account that +he began to yell aloud. + +Everybody ran about to right and left. The servants were questioned. It +was an indescribable tumult. And Beautrelet received the awful +impression that the truth was ebbing away from him, like water +trickling through his fingers. + +He made an effort to recover himself, took Mme. de Villemon’s arm, and, +followed by the baron and Massiban, led her back to the drawing room +and said: + +“The book is incomplete. Very well. There are two pages torn out; but +you read them, did you not, madame?” + +“Yes.” + +“You know what they contained?” + +“Yes.” + +“Could you repeat it to us?” + +“Certainly. I read the book with a great deal of curiosity, but those +two pages struck me in particular because the revelations were so very +interesting.” + +“Well, then, speak madame, speak, I implore you! Those revelations are +of exceptional importance. Speak, I beg of you: minutes lost are never +recovered. The Hollow Needle—” + +“Oh, it’s quite simple. The Hollow Needle means—” + +At that moment, a footman entered the room: + +“A letter for madame.” + +“Oh, but the postman has passed!” + +“A boy brought it.” + +Mme. de Villemon opened the letter, read it, and put her hand to her +heart, turning suddenly livid and terrified, ready to faint. + +The paper had slipped to the floor. Beautrelet picked it up and, +without troubling to apologize, read: + +Not a word! If you say a word, your son will never wake again. + + +“My son—my son!” she stammered, too weak even to go to the assistance +of the threatened child. + +Beautrelet reassured her: + +“It is not serious—it’s a joke. Come, who could be interested?” + +“Unless,” suggested Massiban, “it was Arsène Lupin.” + +Beautrelet made him a sign to hold his tongue. He knew quite well, of +course, that the enemy was there, once more, watchful and determined; +and that was just why he wanted to tear from Mme. de Villemon the +decisive words, so long awaited, and to tear them from her on the spot, +that very moment: + +“I beseech you, madame, compose yourself. We are all here. There is not +the least danger.” + +Would she speak? He thought so, he hoped so. She stammered out a few +syllables. But the door opened again. This time, the nurse entered. She +seemed distraught: + +“M. Georges—madame—M. Georges—!” + +Suddenly, the mother recovered all her strength. Quicker than any of +them, and urged by an unfailing instinct, she rushed down the +staircase, across the hall and on to the terrace. There lay little +Georges, motionless, on a wicker chair. + +“Well, what is it? He’s asleep!—” + +“He fell asleep suddenly, madame,” said the nurse. “I tried to prevent +him, to carry him to his room. But he was fast asleep and his hands—his +hands were cold.” + +“Cold!” gasped the mother. “Yes—it’s true. Oh dear, oh dear—_if he only +wakes up!_” + +Beautrelet put his hand in his trousers pocket, seized the butt of his +revolver, cocked it with his forefinger, then suddenly produced the +weapon and fired at Massiban. + +Massiban, as though he were watching the boy’s movements, had avoided +the shot, so to speak, in advance. But already Beautrelet had sprung +upon him, shouting to the servants: + +“Help! It’s Lupin!” + +Massiban, under the weight of the impact, fell back into one of the +wicker chairs. In a few seconds, he rose, leaving Beautrelet stunned, +choking; and, holding the young man’s revolver in his hands: + +“Good!—that’s all right!—don’t stir—you’ll be like that for two or +three minutes—no more. But, upon my word, you took your time to +recognize me! Was my make-up as old Massiban so good as all that?” + +He was now standing straight up on his legs, his body squared, in a +formidable attitude, and he grinned as he looked at the three petrified +footmen and the dumbfounded baron: + +“Isidore, you’ve missed the chance of a lifetime. If you hadn’t told +them I was Lupin, they’d have jumped on me. And, with fellows like +that, what would have become of me, by Jove, with four to one against +me?” + +He walked up to them: + +“Come, my lads, don’t be afraid—I shan’t hurt you. Wouldn’t you like a +sugar-stick apiece to screw your courage up? Oh, you, by the way, hand +me back my hundred-franc note, will you? Yes, yes, I know you! You’re +the one I bribed just now to give the letter to your mistress. Come +hurry, you faithless servant.” + +He took the blue bank-note which the servant handed him and tore it +into tiny shreds: + +“The price of treachery! It burns my fingers.” + +He took off his hat and, bowing very low before Mme. de Villemon: + +“Will you forgive me, madame? The accidents of life—of mine +especially—often drive one to acts of cruelty for which I am the first +to blush. But have no fear for your son: it’s a mere prick, a little +puncture in the arm which I gave him while we were questioning him. In +an hour, at the most, you won’t know that it happened. Once more, all +my apologies. But I had to make sure of your silence.” He bowed again, +thanked M. de Vélines for his kind hospitality, took his cane, lit a +cigarette, offered one to the baron, gave a circular sweep with his hat +and, in a patronizing tone, said to Beautrelet: + +“Good-bye, baby.” + +And he walked away quietly, puffing the smoke of his cigarette into the +servants’ faces. + +Beautrelet waited for a few minutes. Mme. de Villemon, now calmer, was +watching by her son. He went up to her, with the intention of making +one last appeal to her. Their eyes met. He said nothing. He had +understood that she would never speak now, whatever happened. There, +once more, in that mother’s brain, the secret of the Hollow Needle lay +buried as deeply as in the night of the past. + +Then he gave up and went away. + +It was half-past ten. There was a train at eleven-fifty. He slowly +followed the avenue in the park and turned into the road that led to +the station. + +“Well, what do you say to that?” + +It was Massiban, or rather Lupin, who appeared out of the wood +adjoining the road. + +“Was it pretty well contrived, or was it not? Is your old friend great +on the tight-rope, or is he not? I’m sure that you haven’t got over it, +eh, and that you’re asking yourself whether the so-called Massiban, +member of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, ever existed. +But, of course, he exists. I’ll even show him to you, if you’re good. +But, first, let me give you back your revolver. You’re looking to see +if it’s loaded? Certainly, my lad. There are five charges left, one of +which would be enough to send me _ad patres_.—Well, so you’re putting +it in your pocket? Quite right. I prefer that to what you did up +there.—A nasty little impulse, that, of yours!—Still, you’re young, you +suddenly see—in a flash!—that you’ve once more been done by that +confounded Lupin and that he is standing there in front of you, at +three steps from you—and bang! You fire!—I’m not angry with you, bless +your little heart! To prove it, I offer you a seat in my 100 h.p. car. +Will that suit you?” + +He put his fingers to his mouth and whistled. + +The contrast was delicious between the venerable appearance of this +elderly Massiban and the schoolboy ways and accent which Lupin was +putting on. Beautrelet could not help laughing. + +“He’s laughed! He’s laughed!” cried Lupin, jumping for joy. “You see, +baby, what you fall short in is the power of smiling; you’re a trifle +serious for your age. You’re a very likeable boy, you have a charming +candor and simplicity—but you have no sense of humor.” He placed +himself in front of him. “Look here, bet you I make you cry! Do you +know how I was able to follow up all your inquiry, how I knew of the +letter Massiban wrote you and his appointment to meet you this morning +at the Château de Vélines? Through the prattle of your friend, the one +you’re staying with. You confide in that idiot and he loses no time, +but goes and tells everything to his best girl. And his best girl has +no secrets for Lupin.—What did I tell you? I’ve made you feel, anyhow; +your eyes are quite wet!—Friendship betrayed: that upsets you, eh? Upon +my word, you’re wonderful! I could take you in my arms and hug you! You +always wear that look of astonishment which goes straight to my +heart.—I shall never forget the other evening at Gaillon, when you +consulted me.—Yes, I was the old notary!—But why don’t you laugh, +youngster? As I said, you have no sense of a joke. Look here, what you +want is—what shall I call it?—imagination, imaginative impulse. Now, +I’m full of imaginative impulse.” + +A motor was heard panting not far off. Lupin seized Beautrelet roughly +by the arm and in a cold voice, looking him straight in the eyes: + +“You’re going to keep quiet now, aren’t you? You can see there’s +nothing to be done. Then what’s the use of wasting your time and +energy? There are plenty of highway robbers in the world. Run after +them and let me be—if not!—It’s settled, isn’t it?” + +He shook him as though to enforce his will upon him. Then he grinned: + +“Fool that I am! You leave me alone? You’re not one of those who let +go! Oh, I don’t know what restrains me! In half a dozen turns of the +wrist, I could have you bound and gagged—and, in two hours, safe under +lock and key, for some months to come. And then I could twist my thumbs +in all security, withdraw to the peaceful retreat prepared for me by my +ancestors, the Kings of France, and enjoy the treasures which they have +been good enough to accumulate for me. But no, it is doomed that I must +go on blundering to the end. I can’t help it, we all have our +weaknesses—and I have one for you. Besides, it’s not done yet. From now +until you put your finger into the hollow of the Needle, a good deal of +water will flow under the bridges. Dash it all, it took me ten days! +Me! Lupin! You will want ten years, at least! There’s that much +distance between us, after all!” + +The motor arrived, an immense closed car. Lupin opened the door and +Beautrelet gave a cry. There was a man inside and that man was Lupin, +or rather Massiban. Suddenly understanding, he burst out laughing. +Lupin said: + +“Don’t be afraid, he’s sound asleep. I promised that you should see +him. Do you grasp the situation now? At midnight, I knew of your +appointment at the castle. At seven in the morning, I was there. When +Massiban passed, I had only to collect him—give him a tiny prick with a +needle—and the thing—was done. Sleep old chap, sleep away. We’ll set +you down on the slope. That’s it—there—capital—right in the sun, then +you won’t catch cold—good! And our hat in our hand.—Spare a copper, +kind gentleman!—Oh. my dear old Massiban, so you were after Arsène +Lupin!” + +It was really a huge joke to see the two Massibans face to face, one +asleep with his head on his chest, the other seriously occupied in +paying him every sort of attention and respect: + +“Pity a poor blind man! There, Massiban, here’s two sous and my +visiting-card. And now, my lads, off we go at the fourth speed. Do you +hear, driver? You’ve got to do seventy-five miles an hour. Jump in, +Isidore. There’s a full sitting of the Institute to-day, and Massiban +is to read a little paper, on I don’t know what, at half-past three. +Well, he’ll read them his little paper. I’ll dish them up a complete +Massiban, more real than the real one, with my own ideas, on the +lacustrine inscriptions. I don’t have an opportunity of lecturing at +the Institute ever day!—Faster, chauffeur: we’re only doing seventy-one +and a half!—Are you afraid? Remember you’re with Lupin!—Ah, Isidore, +and then people say that life is monotonous! Why, life’s an adorable +thing, my boy; only one has to know—and I know—. Wasn’t it enough to +make a man jump out of his skin for joy, just now, at the castle, when +you were chattering with old Vélines and I, up against the window, was +tearing out the pages of the historic book? And then, when you were +questioning the Dame de Villemon about the Hollow Needle! Would she +speak? Yes, she would—no, she wouldn’t—yes—no. It gave me gooseflesh, I +assure you.—If she spoke, I should have to build up my life anew, the +whole scaffolding was destroyed.—Would the footman come in time? +Yes—no—there he is.—But Beautrelet will unmask me! Never! He’s too much +of a flat! Yes, though—no—there, he’s done it—no, he hasn’t—yes—he’s +eyeing me—that’s it—he’s feeling for his revolver!—Oh, the delight of +it!—Isidore, you’re talking too much, you’ll hurt yourself!—Let’s have +a snooze, shall we?—I’m dying of sleep.—Good night.” + +Beautrelet looked at him. He seemed almost asleep already. He slept. + +The motor-car, darting through space, rushed toward a horizon that was +constantly reached and as constantly retreated. There was no impression +of towns, villages, fields or forests; simply space, space devoured, +swallowed up. + +Beautrelet looked at his traveling companion, for a long time, with +eager curiosity and also with a keen wish to fathom his real character +through the mask that covered it. And he thought of the circumstances +that confined them, like that, together, in the close contact of that +motor car. But, after the excitement and disappointment of the morning, +tired in his turn, he too fell asleep. + +When he woke, Lupin was reading. Beautrelet leant over to see the title +of the book. It was the _Epistolæ ad Lucilium_ of Seneca the +philosopher. + + + + +CHAPTER EIGHT +FROM CÆSAR TO LUPIN + + +Dash it all, it took me ten days! Me! Lupin! + +You will want ten years, at least!— + +These words, uttered by Lupin after leaving the Château de Vélines, had +no little influence on Beautrelet’s conduct. + +Though very calm in the main and invariably master of himself, Lupin, +nevertheless, was subject to moments of exaltation, of a more or less +romantic expansiveness, at once theatrical and good-humored, when he +allowed certain admissions to escape him, certain imprudent speeches +which a boy like Beautrelet could easily turn to profit. + +Rightly or wrongly, Beautrelet read one of these involuntary admissions +into that phrase. He was entitled to conclude that, if Lupin drew a +comparison between his own efforts and Beautrelet’s in pursuit of the +truth about the Hollow Needle, it was because the two of them possessed +identical means of attaining their object, because Lupin had no +elements of success different from those possessed by his adversary. +The chances were alike. Now, with the same chances, the same elements +of success, the same means, ten days had been enough for Lupin. + +What were those elements, those means, those chances? They were +reduced, when all was said, to a knowledge of the pamphlet published in +1815, a pamphlet which Lupin, no doubt, like Massiban, had found by +accident and thanks to which he had succeeded in discovering the +indispensable document in Marie Antoinette’s book of hours. + +Therefore, the pamphlet and the document were the only two fundamental +facts upon which Lupin had relied. With these he had built up the whole +edifice. He had had no extraneous aid. The study of the pamphlet and +the study of the document—full stop—that was all. + +Well, could not Beautrelet confine himself to the same ground? What was +the use of an impossible struggle? What was the use of those vain +investigations, in which, even supposing that he avoided the pitfalls +that were multiplied under his feet, he was sure, in the end, to +achieve the poorest of results? + +His decision was clear and immediate; and, in adopting it, he had the +happy instinct that he was on the right path. He began by leaving his +Janson-de-Sailly schoolfellow, without indulging in useless +recriminations, and, taking his portmanteau with him, went and +installed himself, after much hunting about, in a small hotel situated +in the very heart of Paris. This hotel he did not leave for days. At +most, he took his meals at the _table d’hôte_. The rest of the time, +locked in his room, with the window-curtains close-drawn, he spent in +thinking. + +“Ten days,” Arsène Lupin had said. + +Beautrelet, striving to forget all that he had done and to remember +only the elements of the pamphlet and the document, aspired eagerly to +keep within the limit of those ten days. However the tenth day passed +and the eleventh and the twelfth; but, on the thirteenth day, a gleam +lit up his brain and, very soon, with the bewildering rapidity of those +ideas which develop in us like miraculous plants, the truth emerged, +blossomed, gathered strength. On the evening of the thirteenth day, he +certainly did not know the answer to the problem, but he knew, to a +certainty, one of the methods which Lupin had, beyond a doubt, +employed. + +It was a very simple method, hinging on this one question: Is there a +link of any sort uniting all the more or less important historic events +with which the pamphlet connects the mystery of the Hollow Needle? + +The great diversity of these events made the question difficult to +answer. Still, the profound examination to which Beautrelet applied +himself ended by pointing to one essential characteristic which was +common to them all. Each one of them, without exception, had happened +within the boundaries of the old kingdom of Neustria, which correspond +very nearly with those of our present-day Normandy. All the heroes of +the fantastic adventure are Norman, or become Norman, or play their +part in the Norman country. + +What a fascinating procession through the ages! What a rousing +spectacle was that of all those barons, dukes and kings, starting from +such widely opposite points to meet in this particular corner of the +world! Beautrelet turned the pages of history at haphazard: it was +Rolf, or Rou, or Rollo, first Duke of _Normandy_, who was master of the +secret of the Needle, according to the treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte! + +It was William the Conqueror, Duke of _Normandy_ and King of England, +whose bannerstaff was pierced like a needle! + +It was at _Rouen_ that the English burnt Joan of Arc, mistress of the +secret! + +And right at the beginning of the adventure, who is that chief of the +Caleti who pays his ransom to Cæsar with the secret of the Needle but +the chief of the men of the Caux country, which lies in the very heart +of _Normandy?_ + +The supposition becomes more definite. The field narrows. Rouen, the +banks of the Seine, the Caux country: it really seems as though all +roads lead in that direction. Two kings of France are mentioned more +particularly, after the secret is lost by the Dukes of Normandy and +their heirs, the kings of England, and becomes the royal secret of +France; and these two are King Henry IV., who laid siege to Rouen and +won the battle of Arques, near Dieppe, and Francis I., who founded the +Havre and uttered that suggestive phrase: + +“The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of +towns!” + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: the three angles of the triangle, the three +large towns that occupy the three points. In the centre, the Caux +country. + +The seventeenth century arrives. Louis XIV. burns the book in which a +person unknown reveals the truth. Captain de Larbeyrie masters a copy, +profits by the secret thus obtained, steals a certain number of jewels +and dies by the hand of highway murderers. Now at which spot is the +ambush laid? At Gaillon! At Gaillon, a little town on the road leading +from Havre, Rouen or Dieppe to Paris! + +A year later, Louis XIV. buys a domain and builds the Château de +l’Aiguille. Where does he select his site? In the Midlands of France, +with the result that the curious are thrown off the scent and do not +hunt about in Normandy. + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre—the Cauchois triangle—everything lies there. +On one side, the sea; on another, the Seine: on the third, the two +valleys that lead from Rouen to Dieppe. + +A light flashed across Beautrelet’s mind. That extent of ground, that +country of the high tablelands which run from the cliffs of the Seine +to the cliffs of the Channel almost invariably constituted the field of +operations of Arsène Lupin. For ten years, it was just this district +which he parcelled out for his purposes, as though he had his haunt in +the very centre of the region with which, the legend of the Hollow +Needle was most closely connected. + +The affair of Baron Cahorn?[3] Or the banks of the Seine, between Rouen +and the Havre. + +[3] _The Seven of Hearts_, by Maurice Leblanc. II; _Arsène Lupin in +Prison._ + + +The Thibermenil case?[4] At the other end of the tableland, between +Rouen and Dieppe. + +[4] _The Seven of Hearts_. IX: _Holmlock Shears Arrives Too Late_. + + +The Gruchet, Montigny, Crasville burglaries? In the midst of the Caux +country. + +Where was Lupin going when he was attacked and bound hand and foot, in +his compartment by Pierre Onfrey, the Auteuil murderer?[5] To Rouen. + +[5] _The Seven of Hearts_. IV: _The Mysterious Railway-passenger_. + + +Where was Holmlock Shears, Lupin’s prisoner, put on board ship?[6] Near +the Havre. + +[6] _Arsène Lupin versus Holmlock Shears_, by Maurice Leblanc, Chapter +V: _Kidnapped_. + + +And what was the scene of the whole of the present tragedy? Ambrumésy, +on the road between the Havre and Dieppe. + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: always the Cauchois triangle. + +And so, a few years earlier, possessing the pamphlet and knowing the +hiding-place in which Marie Antoinette had concealed the document, +Arsène Lupin had ended by laying his hand on the famous book of hours. +Once in possession of the document, he took the field, “found” and +settled down as in a conquered country. + +Beautrelet took the field. + +He set out in genuine excitement, thinking of the same journey which +Lupin had taken, of the same hopes with which he must have throbbed +when he thus went in search of the tremendous secret which was to arm +him with so great a power. Would his, Beautrelet’s efforts have the +same victorious results? + +He left Rouen early in the morning, on foot, with his face very much +disguised and his bag at the end of a stick on his shoulder, like an +apprentice doing his round of France. He walked straight to Duclair, +where he lunched. On leaving this town, he followed the Seine and +practically did not lose sight of it again. His instinct, strengthened, +moreover, by numerous influences, always brought him back to the +sinuous banks of the stately river. When the Château du Malaquis was +robbed, the objects stolen from Baron Cahorn’s collection were sent by +way of the Seine. The old carvings removed from the chapel at Ambrumésy +were carried to the Seine bank. He pictured the whole fleet of pinnaces +performing a regular service between Rouen and the Havre and draining +the works of art and treasures from a countryside to dispatch them +thence to the land of millionaires. + +“I’m burning! I’m burning!” muttered the boy, gasping under the truth, +which came to him in a mighty series of shocks and took away his +breath. + +The checks encountered on the first few days, did not discourage him. +He had a firm and profound belief in the correctness of the supposition +that was guiding him. It was bold, perhaps, and extravagant; no matter: +it was worthy of the adversary pursued. The supposition was on a level +with the prodigious reality that bore the name of Lupin. With a man +like that, of what good could it be to look elsewhere than in the +domain of the enormous, the exaggerated, the superhuman? + +Jumièges, the Mailleraye, Saint-Wandrille, Caudebec, Tancarville, +Quillebeuf were places filled with his memories. How often he must have +contemplated the glory of their Gothic steeples or the splendor of +their immense ruins! + +But the Havre, the neighborhood of the Havre drew Isidore like a +beacon-fire. + +“The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of +towns!” + +Cryptic words which, suddenly, for Beautrelet, shone bright with +clearness! Was this not an exact statement of the reasons that +determined Francis I. to create a town on this spot and was not the +fate of the Havre-de-Grâce linked with the very secret of the Needle? + +“That’s it, that’s it,” stammered Beautrelet, excitedly. “The old +Norman estuary, one of the essential points, one of the original +centres around which our French nationality was formed, is completed by +those two forces, one in full view, alive, known to all, the new port +commanding the ocean and opening on the world; the other dim and +obscure, unknown and all the more alarming, inasmuch as it is invisible +and impalpable. A whole side of the history of France and of the royal +house is explained by the Needle, even as it explains the whole story +of Arsène Lupin. The same sources of energy and power supply and renew +the fortunes of kings and of the adventurer.” + +Beautrelet ferreted and snuffed from village to village, from the river +to the sea, with his nose in the wind, his ears pricked, trying to +compel the inanimate things to surrender their deep meaning. Ought this +hill-slope to be questioned? Or that forest? Or the houses of this +hamlet? Or was it among the insignificant phrases spoken by that +peasant yonder that he might hope to gather the one little illuminating +word? + +One morning, he was lunching at an inn, within sight of Honfleur, the +old city of the estuary. Opposite him was sitting one of those heavy, +red-haired Norman horse-dealers who do the fairs of the district, whip +in hand and clad in a long smock-frock. After a moment, it seemed to +Beautrelet that the man was looking at him with a certain amount of +attention, as though he knew him or, at least, was trying to recognize +him. + +“Pooh,” he thought, “there’s some mistake: I’ve never seen that +merchant before, nor he me.” + +As a matter of fact, the man appeared to take no further interest in +him. He lit his pipe, called for coffee and brandy, smoked and drank. + +When Beautrelet had finished his meal, he paid and rose to go. A group +of men entered just as he was about to leave and he had to stand for a +few seconds near the table at which the horse-dealer sat. He then heard +the man say in a low voice: + +“Good-afternoon, M. Beautrelet.” + +Without hesitation, Isidore sat down beside the man and said: + +“Yes, that is my name—but who are you? How did you know me?” + +“That’s not difficult—and yet I’ve only seen your portrait in the +papers. But you are so badly—what do you call it in French—so badly +made-up.” + +He had a pronounced foreign accent and Beautrelet seemed to perceive, +as he looked at him, that he too wore a facial disguise that entirely +altered his features. + +“Who are you?” he repeated. “Who are you?” + +The stranger smiled: + +“Don’t you recognize me?” + +“No, I never saw you before.” + +“Nor I you. But think. The papers print my portrait also—and pretty +often. Well, have you got it?” + +“No.” + +“Holmlock Shears.” + +It was an amusing and, at the same time, a significant meeting. The boy +at once saw the full bearing of it. After an exchange of compliments, +he said to Shears: + +“I suppose that you are here—because of ‘him’?” + +“Yes.” + +“So—so—you think we have a chance—in this direction.” + +“I’m sure of it.” + +Beautrelet’s delight at finding that Shears’s opinion agreed with his +own was not unmingled with other feelings. If the Englishman attained +his object, it meant that, at the very best, the two would share the +victory; and who could tell that Shears would not attain it first? + +“Have you any proofs? Any clues?” + +“Don’t be afraid,” grinned the Englishman, who understood his +uneasiness. “I am not treading on your heels. With you, it’s the +document, the pamphlet: things that do not inspire me with any great +confidence.” + +“And with you?” + +“With me, it’s something different.” + +“Should I be indiscreet, if—?” + +“Not at all. You remember the story of the coronet, the story of the +Duc de Charmerac?”[7] + +[7] _Arsène Lupin_, play in four acts, by Maurice Leblanc and Francis +de Croisset. + + +“Yes.” + +“You remember Victoire, Lupin’s old foster-mother, the one whom my good +friend Ganimard allowed to escape in a sham prison-van?” + +“Yes.” + +“I have found Victoire’s traces. She lives on a farm, not far from +National Road No. 25. National Road No. 25 is the road from the Havre +to Lille. Through Victoire I shall easily get at Lupin.” + +“It will take long.” + +“No matter! I have dropped all my cases. This is the only one I care +about. Between Lupin and me, it’s a fight—a fight to the death.” + +He spoke these words with a sort of ferocity that betrayed all his +bitterness at the humiliations which he had undergone, all his fierce +hatred of the great enemy who had tricked him so cruelly. + +“Go away, now,” he whispered, “we are observed. It’s dangerous. But +mark my words: on the day when Lupin and I meet face to face, it will +be—it will be tragic.” + +Beautrelet felt quite reassured on leaving Shears: he need not fear +that the Englishman would gain on him. And here was one more proof +which this chance interview had brought him: the road from the Havre to +Lille passes through Dieppe! It is the great seaside road of the Caux +country, the coast road commanding the Channel cliffs! And it was on a +farm near this road that Victoire was installed, Victoire, that is to +say, Lupin, for one did not move without the other, the master without +the blindly devoted servant. + +“I’m burning! I’m burning!” he repeated to himself. “Whenever +circumstances bring me a new element of information, it confirms my +supposition. On the one hand, I have the absolute certainty of the +banks of the Seine; on the other, the certainty of the National Road. +The two means of communication meet at the Havre, the town of Francis +I., the town of the secret. The boundaries are contracting. The Caux +country is not large; and, even so, I have only the western portion of +the Caux country to search.” + +He set to work with renewed stubbornness: + +“Anything that Lupin has found,” he kept on saying to himself, “there +is no reason for my not finding.” + +Certainly, Lupin had some great advantage over him, perhaps a thorough +acquaintance with the country, a precise knowledge of the local +legends, or less than that, a memory: invaluable advantages these, for +he, Beautrelet, knew nothing, was totally ignorant of the country, +which he had first visited at the time of the Ambrumésy burglary and +then only rapidly, without lingering. + +But what did it matter? Though he had to devote ten years of his life +to this investigation, he would carry it to a successful issue. Lupin +was there. He could see him, he could feel him there. He expected to +come upon him at the next turn of the road, on the skirt of the next +wood, outside the next village. And, though continually disappointed, +he seemed to find in each disappointment a fresh reason for persisting. + +Often, he would fling himself on the slope by the roadside and plunge +into wild examination of the copy of the document which he always +carried on him, a copy, that is to say, with vowels taking the place of +the figures: + +[Illustration] + +Often, also, according to his habit, he would lie down flat on his +stomach in the tall grass and think for hours. He had time enough. The +future belonged to him. + +With wonderful patience, he tramped from the Seine to the sea, and from +the sea to the Seine, going gradually farther, retracing his steps and +never quitting the ground until, theoretically speaking, there was not +a chance left of gathering the smallest particle upon it. + +He studied and explored Montivilliers and Saint-Romani and Octeville +and Gonneville and Criquetot. + +At night, he knocked at the peasants’ doors and asked for a lodging. +After dinner, they smoked together and chatted. He made them tell him +the stories which they told one another on the long winter nights. And +he never omitted to insinuate, slily: + +“What about the Needle? The legend of the Hollow Needle? Don’t you know +that?” + +“Upon my word, I don’t—never heard of it—” + +“Just think—an old wives’ tale—something that has to do with a needle. +An enchanted needle, perhaps.—I don’t know—” + +Nothing. No legend, no recollection. And the next morning he walked +blithely away again. + +One day, he passed through the pretty village of Saint-Jouin, which +overlooks the sea, and descending among the chaos of rocks that have +slipped from cliffs, he climbed up to the tableland and went in the +direction of the dry valley of Bruneval, Cap d’Antifer and the little +creek of Belle-Plage. He was walking gaily and lightly, feeling a +little tired, perhaps, but glad to be alive, so glad, even, that he +forgot Lupin and the mystery of the Hollow Needle and Victoire and +Shears, and interested himself in the sight of nature: the blue sky, +the great emerald sea, all glittering in the sunshine. + +Some straight slopes and remains of brick walls, in which he seemed to +recognize the vestiges of a Roman camp, interested him. Then his eyes +fell upon a sort of little castle, built in imitation of an ancient +fort, with cracked turrets and Gothic windows. It stood on a jagged, +rugged, rising promontory, almost detached from the cliff. A barred +gate, flanked by iron hand-rails and bristling spikes, guarded the +narrow passage. + +Beautrelet succeeded in climbing over, not without some difficulty. +Over the pointed door, which was closed with an old rusty lock, he read +the words: + +FORT DE FRÉFOSSÉ + + +He did not attempt to enter, but, turning to the right, after going +down a little slope, he embarked upon a path that ran along a ridge of +land furnished with a wooden handrail. Right at the end was a cave of +very small dimensions, forming a sort of watch-tower at the point of +the rock in which it was hollowed out, a rock falling abruptly into the +sea. + +There was just room to stand up in the middle of the cave. Multitudes +of inscriptions crossed one another on the walls. An almost square +hole, cut in the stone, opened like a dormer window on the land side, +exactly opposite Fort Fréfossé, the crenellated top of which appeared +at thirty or forty yards’ distance. + +Beautrelet threw off his knapsack and sat down. He had had a hard and +tiring day. He fell asleep for a little. Then the cool wind that blew +inside the cave woke him up. He sat for a few minutes without moving, +absent-minded, vague-eyed. He tried to reflect, to recapture his still +torpid thoughts. And, as he recovered his consciousness, he was on the +point of rising, when he received the impression that his eyes, +suddenly fixed, suddenly wide-open, saw— + +A thrill shook him from head to foot. His hands clutched convulsively +and he felt the beads of perspiration forming at the roots of his hair: + +“No, no,” he stammered. “It’s a dream, an hallucination. Let’s look: +it’s not possible!” + +He plunged down on his knees and stooped over. Two huge letters, each +perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief in the granite of the +floor. Those two letters, clumsily, but plainly carved, with their +corners rounded and their surface smoothed by the wear and tear of +centuries, were a D and an F. + +D and F! Oh, bewildering miracle! D and F: just two letters of the +document! Oh, Beautrelet had no need to consult it to bring before his +mind that group of letters in the fourth line, the line of the +measurements and indications! He knew them well! They were inscribed +for all time at the back of his pupils, encrusted for good and all in +the very substance of his brain! + +He rose to his feet, went down the steep road, climbed back along the +old fort, hung on to the spikes of the rail again, in order to pass, +and walked briskly toward a shepherd whose flock was grazing some way +off on a dip in the tableland: + +“That cave, over there—that cave—” + +His lips trembled and he tried to find the words that would not come. +The shepherd looked at him in amazement. At last, Isidore repeated: + +“Yes, that cave—over there—to the right of the fort. Has it a name?” + +“Yes, I should think so. All the Étretat folk like to call it the +Demoiselles.” + +“What?—What?—What’s that you say?” + +“Why, of course—it’s the Chambre des Demoiselles.” + +Isidore felt like flying at his throat, as though all the truth lived +in that man and he hoped to get it from him at one swoop, to tear it +from him. + +The Demoiselles! One of the words, one of the only three known words of +the document! + +A whirlwind of madness shook Beautrelet where he stood. And it rose all +around him, blew upon him like a tempestuous squall that came from the +sea, that came from the land, that came from every direction and +whipped him with great lashes of the truth. + +He understood. The document appeared to him in its real sense. The +Chambre des Demoiselles—Étretat— + +“That’s it,” he thought, his brain filled with light, “it must be that. +But why didn’t I guess earlier?” + +He said to the shepherd, in a low voice: + +“That will do—go away—you can go—thank you.” + +The man, not knowing what to think, whistled to his dog and went. + +Left alone, Beautrelet returned to the fort. He had almost passed it +when, suddenly, he dropped to the ground and lay cowering against a +piece of wall. And, wringing his hands, he thought: + +“I must be mad! If ‘he’ were to see me! Or his accomplices! I’ve been +moving about for an hour—!” + +He did not stir another limb. + +The sun went down. Little by little, the night mingled with the day, +blurring the outline of things. + +Then, with little imperceptible movements, flat on his stomach, +gliding, crawling, he crept along one of the points of the promontory +to the extreme edge of the cliff. + +He reached it. Stretching out his hands, he pushed aside some tufts of +grass and his head appeared over the precipice. + +Opposite him, almost level with the cliff, in the open sea rose an +enormous rock, over eighty yards high, a colossal obelisk, standing +straight on its granite base, which showed at the surface of the water, +and tapering toward the summit, like the giant tooth of a monster of +the deep. White with the dirty gray white of the cliff, the awful +monolith was streaked with horizontal lines marked by flint and +displaying the slow work of the centuries, which had heaped alternate +layers of lime and pebble-stone one atop of the other. + +Here and there, a fissure, a break; and, wherever these occurred, a +scrap of earth, with grass and leaves. + +And all this was mighty and solid and formidable, with the look of an +indestructible thing against which the furious assault of the waves and +storms could not prevail. And it was definite and permanent and grand, +despite the grandeur of the cliffy rampart that commanded it, despite +the immensity of the space in which it stood. + +Beautrelet’s nails dug into the soil like the claws of an animal ready +to leap upon its prey. His eyes penetrated the wrinkled texture of the +rock, penetrated its skin, so it seemed to him, its very flesh. He +touched it, felt it, took cognizance and possession of it, absorbed and +assimilated it. + +The horizon turned crimson with all the flames of the vanished sun; and +long, red clouds, set motionless in the sky, formed glorious +landscapes, fantastic lagoons, fiery plains, forests of gold, lakes of +blood, a whole glowing and peaceful phantasmagoria. + +The blue of the sky grew darker. Venus shone with a marvelous +brightness; then other stars lit up, timid as yet. + +And Beautrelet suddenly closed his eyes and convulsively pressed his +folded arms to his forehead. Over there—oh, he felt as though he would +die for joy, so great was the cruel emotion that wrung his heart!—over +there, almost at the top of the Needle of Étretat, a little below the +extreme point round which the sea-mews fluttered, a thread of smoke +came filtering through a crevice, as though from an invisible chimney, +a thread of smoke rose in slow spirals in the calm air of the twilight. + + + + +CHAPTER NINE +OPEN, SESAME! + + +The Étretat Needle was hollow! + +Was it a natural phenomenon, an excavation produced by internal +cataclysms or by the imperceptible action of the rushing sea and the +soaking rain? Or was it a superhuman work executed by human beings, +Gauls, Celts, prehistoric men? + +These, no doubt, were insoluble questions; and what did it matter? The +essence of the thing was contained in this fact: The Needle was hollow. +At forty or fifty yards from that imposing arch which is called the +Porte d’Aval and which shoots out from the top of the cliff, like the +colossal branch of a tree, to take root in the submerged rocks, stands +an immense limestone cone; and this cone is no more than the shell of a +pointed cap poised upon the empty waters! + +A prodigious revelation! After Lupin, here was Beautrelet discovering +the key to the great riddle that had loomed over more than twenty +centuries! A key of supreme importance to whoever possessed it in the +days of old, in those distant times when hordes of barbarians rode +through and overran the old world! A magic key that opens the cyclopean +cavern to whole tribes fleeing before the enemy! A mysterious key that +guards the door of the most inviolable shelter! An enchanted key that +gives power and ensures preponderance! + +Because he knows this key, Cæsar is able to subdue Gaul. Because they +know it, the Normans force their sway upon the country and, from there, +later, backed by that support, conquer the neighboring island, conquer +Sicily, conquer the East, conquer the new world! + +Masters of the secret, the Kings of England lord it over France, humble +her, dismember her, have themselves crowned at Paris. They lose the +secret; and the rout begins. + +Masters of the secret, the Kings of France push back and overstep the +narrow limits of their dominion, gradually founding a great nation and +radiating with glory and power. They forget it or know not how to use +it; and death, exile, ruin follow. + +An invisible kingdom, in mid-water and at ten fathoms from land! An +unknown fortress, taller than the towers of Notre Dame and built upon a +granite foundation larger than a public square! What strength and what +security! From Paris to the sea, by the Seine. There, the Havre, the +new town, the necessary town. And, sixteen miles thence, the Hollow +Needle, the impregnable sanctuary! + +It is a sanctuary and also a stupendous hiding-place. All the treasures +of the kings, increasing from century to century, all the gold of +France, all that they extort from the people, all that they snatch from +the clergy, all the booty gathered on the battle-fields of Europe lie +heaped up in the royal cave. Old Merovingian gold sous, glittering +crown-pieces, doubloons, ducats, florins, guineas; and the precious +stones and the diamonds; and all the jewels and all the ornaments: +everything is there. Who could discover it? Who could ever learn the +impenetrable secret of the Needle? Nobody. + +And Lupin becomes that sort of really disproportionate being whom we +know, that miracle incapable of explanation so long as the truth +remains in the shadow. Infinite though the resources of his genius be, +they cannot suffice for the mad struggle which he maintains against +society. He needs other, more material resources. He needs a sure place +of retreat, he needs the certainty of impunity, the peace that allows +of the execution of his plans. + +Without the Hollow Needle, Lupin is incomprehensible, a myth, a +character in a novel, having no connection with reality. + +Master of the secret—and of such a secret!—he becomes simply a man like +another, but gifted with the power of wielding in a superior manner the +extraordinary weapon with which destiny has endowed him. + +So the Needle was hollow. + +It remained to discover how one obtained access to it. + +From the sea, obviously. There must be, on the side of the offing, some +fissure where boats could land at certain hours of the tide. + +But on the side of the land? + +Beautrelet lay until ten o’clock at night hanging over the precipice, +with his eyes riveted on the shadowy mass formed by the pyramid, +thinking and pondering with all the concentrated effort of his mind. + +Then he went down to Étretat, selected the cheapest hotel, dined, went +up to his room and unfolded the document. + +It was the merest child’s play to him now to establish its exact +meaning. He at once saw that the three vowels of the word Étretat +occurred in the first line, in their proper order and at the necessary +intervals. This first line now read as follows: + +_e . a . a .. etretat . a .._ + + +What words could come before Étretat? Words, no doubt, that referred to +the position of the Needle with regard to the town. Now the Needle +stood on the left, on the west—He ransacked his memory and, +recollecting that westerly winds are called vents d’aval on the coast +and that the nearest porte was known as the Porte d’Aval, he wrote +down: + +_“En aval d’Étretat . a ..”_ + + +The second line was that containing the word _Demoiselles_ and, at once +seeing, in front of that word, the series of all the vowels that form +part of the words _la chambre des_, he noted the two phrases: + +_“En aval d’Étretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles.”_ + + +The third line gave him more trouble; and it was not until some groping +that, remembering the position, near the Chambre des Demoiselles, of +the Fort de Fréfossé, he ended by almost completely reconstructing the +document: + +_“En aval d’Étretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles. Sous le Fort de +Fréfossé. L’Aiguille creuse.”_ + + +These were the four great formulas, the essential and general formulas +which you had to know. By means of them, you turned _en aval_, that is +to say, below or west of Étretat, entered the Chambre des Demoiselles, +in all probability passed under Fort Fréfossé and thus arrived at the +Needle. + +How? By means of the indications and measurements that constituted the +fourth line: + +[Illustration] + +These were evidently the more special formulas to enable you to find +the outlet through which you made your way and the road that led to the +Needle. + +Beautrelet at once presumed—and his surmise was no more than the +logical consequence of the document—that, if there really was a direct +communication between the land and the obelisk of the Needle, the +underground passage must start from the Chambre des Demoiselles, pass +under Fort Fréfossé, descend perpendicularly the three hundred feet of +cliff and, by means of a tunnel contrived under the rocks of the sea, +end at the Hollow Needle. + +Which was the entrance to the underground passage? Did not the two +letters D and F, so plainly cut, point to it and admit to it, with the +aid, perhaps, of some ingenious piece of mechanism? + +The whole of the next morning, Isidore strolled about Étretat and +chatted with everybody he met, in order to try and pick up useful +information. At last, in the afternoon, he went up the cliff. Disguised +as a sailor, he had made himself still younger and, in a pair of +trousers too short for him and a fishing jersey, he looked a mere +scape-grace of twelve or thirteen. + +As soon as he entered the cave, he knelt down before the letters. Here +a disappointment awaited him. It was no use his striking them, pushing +them, manipulating them in every way: they refused to move. And it was +not long, in fact, before he became aware that they were really unable +to move and that, therefore, they controlled no mechanism. + +And yet—and yet they must mean something! Inquiries which he had made +in the village went to show that no one had ever been able to explain +their existence and that the Abbé Cochet, in his valuable little book +on Étretat,[8] had also tried in vain to solve this little puzzle. But +Isidore knew what the learned Norman archaeologist did not know, +namely, that the same two letters figured in the document, on the line +containing the indications. Was it a chance coincidence: Impossible. +Well, then—? + +[8] _Les Origines d’Étretat_. The Abbé Cochet seems to conclude, in the +end, that the two letters are the initials of a passer-by. The +revelations now made prove the fallacy of the theory. + + +An idea suddenly occurred to him, an idea so reasonable, so simple that +he did not doubt its correctness for a second. Were not that D and that +F the initials of the two most important words in the document, the +words that represented—together with the Needle—the essential stations +on the road to be followed: the Chambre des _Demoiselles_ and Fort +_Fréfossé:_ D for Demoiselles, F for Fréfossé: the connection was too +remarkable to be a mere accidental fact. + +In that case, the problem stood thus: the two letters D F represent the +relation that exists between the Chambre des Demoiselles and Fort +Fréfossé, the single letter D, which begins the line, represents the +Demoiselles, that is to say, the cave in which you have to begin by +taking up your position, and the single letter F, placed in the middle +of the line, represents Fréfossé, that is to say, the probable entrance +to the underground passage. + +Between these various signs, are two more: first, a sort of irregular +rectangle, marked with a stripe in the left bottom corner, and, next, +the figure 19, signs which obviously indicate to those inside the cave +the means of penetrating beneath the fort. + +The shape of this rectangle puzzled Isidore. Was there around him, on +the walls of the cave, or at any rate within reach of his eyes, an +inscription, anything whatever, affecting a rectangular shape? + +He looked for a long time and was on the point of abandoning that +particular scent when his eyes fell upon the little opening, pierced in +the rock, that acted as a window to the chamber. + +Now the edges of this opening just formed a rectangle: corrugated, +uneven, clumsy, but still a rectangle; and Beautrelet at once saw that, +by placing his two feet on the D and the F carved in the stone +floor—and this explained the stroke that surmounted the two letters in +the document—he found himself at the exact height of the window! + +He took up his position in this place and gazed out. The window looking +landward, as we know, he saw, first, the path that connected the cave +with the land, a path hung between two precipices; and, next, he caught +sight of the foot of the hillock on which the fort stood. To try and +see the fort, Beautrelet leaned over to the left and it was then that +he understood the meaning of the curved stripe, the comma that marked +the left bottom corner in the document: at the bottom on the left-hand +side of the window, a piece of flint projected and the end of it was +curved like a claw. It suggested a regular shooter’s mark. And, when a +man applied his eye to this mark, he saw cut out, on the slope of the +mound facing him, a restricted surface of land occupied almost entirely +by an old brick wall, a remnant of the original Fort Fréfossé or of the +old Roman _oppidum_ built on this spot. + +Beautrelet ran to this piece of wall, which was, perhaps, ten yards +long. It was covered with grass and plants. There was no indication of +any kind visible. And yet that figure 19? + +He returned to the cave, took from his pocket a ball of string and a +tape-measure, tied the string to the flint corner, fastened a pebble at +the nineteenth metre and flung it toward the land side. The pebble at +most reached the end of the path. + +“Idiot that I am!” thought Beautrelet. “Who reckoned by metres in those +days? The figure 19 means 19 fathoms[9] or nothing!” + +[9] The _toise_, or fathom, measured 1.949 metres.—_Translator’s Note_. + + +Having made the calculation, he ran out the twine, made a knot and felt +about on the piece of wall for the exact and necessarily one point at +which the knot, formed at 37 metres from the window of the Demoiselles, +should touch the Fréfossé wall. In a few moments, the point of contact +was established. With his free hand, he moved aside the leaves of +mullein that had grown in the interstices. A cry escaped him. The knot, +which he held pressed down with his fore-finger, was in the centre of a +little cross carved in relief on a brick. And the sign that followed on +the figure 19 in the document was a cross! + +It needed all his will-power to control the excitement with which he +was overcome. Hurriedly, with convulsive fingers, he clutched the cross +and, pressing upon it, turned it as he would have turned the spokes of +a wheel. The brick heaved. He redoubled his effort; it moved no +further. Then, without turning, he pressed harder. He at once felt the +brick give way. And, suddenly, there was the click of a bolt that is +released, the sound of a lock opening and, on the right of the brick, +to the width of about a yard, the wall swung round on a pivot and +revealed the orifice of an underground passage. + +Like a madman, Beautrelet seized the iron door in which the bricks were +sealed, pulled it back, violently and closed it. Astonishment, delight, +the fear of being surprised convulsed his face so as to render it +unrecognizable. He beheld the awful vision of all that had happened +there, in front of that door, during twenty centuries; of all those +people, initiated into the great secret, who had penetrated through +that issue: Celts, Gauls, Romans, Normans, Englishmen, Frenchmen, +barons, dukes, kings—and, after all of them, Arsène Lupin—and, after +Lupin, himself, Beautrelet. He felt that his brain was slipping away +from him. His eyelids fluttered. He fell fainting and rolled to the +bottom of the slope, to the very edge of the precipice. + +His task was done, at least the task which he was able to accomplish +alone, with his unaided resources. + +That evening, he wrote a long letter to the chief of the detective +service, giving a faithful account of the results of his investigations +and revealing the secret of the Hollow Needle. He asked for assistance +to complete his work and gave his address. + +While waiting for the reply, he spent two consecutive nights in the +Chambre des Demoiselles. He spent them overcome with fear, his nerves +shaken with a terror which was increased by the sounds of the night. At +every moment, he thought he saw shadows approach in his direction. +People knew of his presence in the cave—they were coming—they were +murdering him! + +His eyes, however, staring madly before them, sustained by all the +power of his will, clung to the piece of wall. + +On the first night, nothing stirred; but, on the second, by the light +of the stars and a slender crescent-moon, he saw the door open and +figures emerge from the darkness: he counted two, three, four, five of +them. + +It seemed to him that those five men were carrying fairly large loads. +He followed them for a little way. They cut straight across the fields +to the Havre road; and he heard the sound of a motor car driving away. + +He retraced his steps, skirting a big farm. But, at the turn of the +road that ran beside it, he had only just time to scramble up a slope +and hide behind some trees. More men passed—four, five men—all carrying +packages. And, two minutes later, another motor snorted. + +This time, he had not the strength to return to his post; and he went +back to bed. + +When he woke and had finished dressing, the hotel waiter brought him a +letter. He opened it. It contained Ganimard’s card. + +“At last!” cried Beautrelet, who, after so hard a campaign, was really +feeling the need of a comrade-in-arms. + +He ran downstairs with outstretched hands. Ganimard took them, looked +at him for a moment and said: + +“You’re a fine fellow, my lad!” + +“Pooh!” he said. “Luck has served me.” + +“There’s no such thing as luck with ‘him,’” declared the inspector, who +always spoke of Lupin in a solemn tone and without mentioning his name. + +He sat down: + +“So we’ve got him!” + +“Just as we’ve had him twenty times over,” said Beautrelet, laughing. + +“Yes, but to-day—” + +“To-day, of course, the case is different. We know his retreat, his +stronghold, which means, when all is said, that Lupin is Lupin. He can +escape. The Étretat Needle cannot.” + +“Why do you suppose that he will escape?” asked Ganimard, anxiously. + +“Why do you suppose that he requires to escape?” replied Beautrelet. +“There is nothing to prove that he is in the Needle at present. Last +night, eleven of his men left it. He may be one of the eleven.” + +Ganimard reflected: + +“You are right. The great thing is the Hollow Needle. For the rest, let +us hope that chance will favor us. And now, let us talk.” + +He resumed his serious voice, his self-important air and said: + +“My dear Beautrelet, I have orders to recommend you to observe the most +absolute discretion in regard to this matter.” + +“Orders from whom?” asked Beautrelet, jestingly. “The prefect of +police?” + +“Higher than that.” + +“The prime minister?” + +“Higher.” + +“Whew!” + +Ganimard lowered his voice: + +“Beautrelet, I was at the Élysée last night. They look upon this matter +as a state secret of the utmost gravity. There are serious reasons for +concealing the existence of this citadel—reasons of military strategy, +in particular. It might become a revictualling centre, a magazine for +new explosives, for lately-invented projectiles, for anything of that +sort: the secret arsenal of France, in fact.” + +“But how can they hope to keep a secret like this? In the old days, one +man alone held it: the king. To-day, already, there are a good few of +us who know it, without counting Lupin’s gang.” + +“Still, if we gained only ten years’, only five years’ silence! Those +five years may be—the saving of us.” + +“But, in order to capture this citadel, this future arsenal, it will +have to be attacked, Lupin must be dislodged. And all this cannot be +done without noise.” + +“Of course, people will guess something, but they won’t know. Besides, +we can but try.” + +“All right. What’s your plan?” + +“Here it is, in two words. To begin with, you are not Isidore +Beautrelet and there’s no question of Arsène Lupin either. You are and +you remain a small boy of Étretat, who, while strolling about the +place, caught some fellows coming out of an underground passage. This +makes you suspect the existence of a flight of steps which cuts through +the cliff from top to bottom.” + +“Yes, there are several of those flights of steps along the coast. For +instance, to the right of Étretat, opposite Bénouville, they showed me +the Devil’s Staircase, which every bather knows. And I say nothing of +the three or four tunnels used by the fishermen.” + +“So you will guide me and one-half of my men. I shall enter alone, or +accompanied, that remains to be seen. This much is certain, that the +attack must be delivered that way. If Lupin is not in the Needle, we +shall fix up a trap in which he will be caught sooner or later. If he +is there—” + +“If he is there, he will escape from the Needle by the other side, the +side overlooking the sea.” + +“In that case, he will at once be arrested by the other half of my +men.” + +“Yes, but if, as I presume, you choose a moment when the sea is at low +ebb, leaving the base of the Needle uncovered, the chase will be +public, because it will take place before all the men and women fishing +for mussels, shrimps and shell-fish who swarm on the rocks round +about.” + +“That is why I just mean to select the time when the sea is full.” + +“In that case, he will make off in a boat.” + +“Ah, but I shall have a dozen fishing-smacks, each of which will be +commanded by one of my men, and we shall collar him—” + +“If he doesn’t slip through your dozen smacks, like a fish through the +meshes.” + +“All right, then I’ll sink him.” + +“The devil you will! Shall you have guns?” + +“Why, of course! There’s a torpedo-boat at the Havre at this moment. A +telegram from me will bring her to the Needle at the appointed hour.” + +“How proud Lupin will be! A torpedo-boat! Well, M. Ganimard, I see that +you have provided for everything. We have only to go ahead. When do we +deliver the assault?” + +“To-morrow.” + +“At night?” + +“No, by daylight, at the flood-tide, as the clock strikes ten in the +morning.” + +“Capital.” + +Under his show of gaiety, Beautrelet concealed a real anguish of mind. +He did not sleep until the morning, but lay pondering over the most +impracticable schemes, one after the other. + +Ganimard had left him in order to go to Yport, six or seven miles from +Étretat, where, for prudence’s sake, he had told his men to meet him, +and where he chartered twelve fishing smacks, with the ostensible +object of taking soundings along the coast. + +At a quarter to ten, escorted by a body of twelve stalwart men, he met +Isidore at the foot of the road that goes up the cliff. + +At ten o’clock exactly, they reached the skirt of wall. It was the +decisive moment. + +At ten o’clock exactly. + +“Why, what’s the matter with you, Beautrelet?” jeered Ganimard. “You’re +quite green in the face!” + +“It’s as well you can’t see yourself, Ganimard,” the boy retorted. “One +would think your last hour had come!” + +They both had to sit down and Ganimard swallowed a few mouthfuls of +rum. + +“It’s not funk,” he said, “but, by Jove, this is an exciting business! +Each time that I’m on the point of catching him, it takes me like that +in the pit of the stomach. A dram of rum?” + +“No.” + +“And if you drop behind?” + +“That will mean that I’m dead.” + +“B-r-r-r-r! However, we’ll see. And now, open, sesame! No danger of our +being observed, I suppose?” + +“No. The Needle is not so high as the cliff, and, besides, there’s a +bend in the ground where we are.” + +Beautrelet went to the wall and pressed upon the brick. The bolt was +released and the underground passage came in sight. + +By the gleam of the lanterns which they lit, they saw that it was cut +in the shape of a vault and that both the vaulting and the floor itself +were entirely covered with bricks. + +They walked for a few seconds and, suddenly, a staircase appeared. +Beautrelet counted forty-five brick steps, which the slow action of +many footsteps had worn away in the middle. + +“Blow!” said Ganimard, holding his head and stopping suddenly, as +though he had knocked against something. + +“What is it?” + +“A door.” + +“Bother!” muttered Beautrelet, looking at it. “And not an easy one to +break down either. It’s just a solid block of iron.” + +“We are done,” said Ganimard. “There’s not even a lock to it.” + +“Exactly. That’s what gives me hope.” + +“Why?” + +“A door is made to open; and, as this one has no lock, that means that +there is a secret way of opening it.” + +“And, as we don’t know the secret—” + +“I shall know it in a minute.” + +“How?” + +“By means of the document. The fourth line has no other object but to +solve each difficulty as and when it crops up. And the solution is +comparatively easy, because it’s not written with a view to throwing +searchers off the scent, but to assisting them.” + +“Comparatively easy! I don’t agree with you,” cried Ganimard, who had +unfolded the document. “The number 44 and a triangle with a dot in it: +that doesn’t tell us much!” + +“Yes, yes, it does! Look at the door. You see it’s strengthened, at +each corner, with a triangular slab of iron; and the slabs are fixed +with big nails. Take the left-hand bottom slab and work the nail in the +corner: I’ll lay ten to one we’ve hit the mark.” + +“You’ve lost your bet,” said Ganimard, after trying. + +“Then the figure 44 must mean—” + +In a low voice, reflecting as he spoke, Beautrelet continued: + +“Let me see—Ganimard and I are both standing on the bottom step of the +staircase—there are 45. Why 45, when the figure in the document is 44? +A coincidence? No. In all this business, there is no such thing as a +coincidence, at least not an involuntary one. Ganimard, be so good as +to move one step higher up. That’s it, don’t leave this forty-fourth +step. And now I will work the iron nail. And the trick’s done, or I’ll +eat my boots!” + +The heavy door turned on its hinges. A fairly spacious cavern appeared +before their eyes. + +“We must be exactly under Fort Fréfossé,” said Beautrelet. “We have +passed through the different earthy layers by now. There will be no +more brick. We are in the heart of the solid limestone.” + +The room was dimly lit by a shaft of daylight that came from the other +end. Going up to it, they saw that it was a fissure in the cliff, +contrived in a projecting wall and forming a sort of observatory. In +front of them, at a distance of fifty yards, the impressive mass of the +Needle loomed from the waves. On the right, quite close, was the arched +buttress of the Porte d’Aval and, on the left, very far away, closing +the graceful curve of a large inlet, another rocky gateway, more +imposing still, was cut out of the cliff; the Manneporte,[10] which was +so wide and tall that a three-master could have passed through it with +all sail set. Behind and everywhere, the sea. + +[10] _Magna porta_. + + +“I don’t see our little fleet,” said Beautrelet. + +“I know,” said Ganimard. “The Porte d’Aval hides the whole of the coast +of Étretat and Yport. But look, over there, in the offing, that black +line, level with the water—” + +“Well?” + +“That’s our fleet of war, Torpedo-boat No. 25. With her there, Lupin is +welcome to break loose—if he wants to study the landscape at the bottom +of the sea.” + +A baluster marked the entrance to the staircase, near the fissure. They +started on their way down. From time to time, a little window pierced +the wall of the cliff; and, each time, they caught sight of the Needle, +whose mass seemed to them to grow more and more colossal. + +A little before reaching high-water level, the windows ceased and all +was dark. + +Isidore counted the steps aloud. At the three hundred and fifty-eight, +they emerged into a wider passage, which was barred by another iron +door strengthened with slabs and nails. + +“We know all about this,” said Beautrelet. “The document gives us 357 +and a triangle dotted on the right. We have only to repeat the +performance.” + +The second door obeyed like the first. A long, a very long tunnel +appeared, lit up at intervals by the gleam of a lantern swung from the +vault. The walls oozed moisture and drops of water fell to the ground, +so that, to make walking easier a regular pavement of planks had been +laid from end to end. + +“We are passing under the sea,” said Beautrelet. “Are you coming, +Ganimard?” + +Without replying, the inspector ventured into the tunnel, followed the +wooden foot-plank and stopped before a lantern, which he took down. + +“The utensils may date back to the Middle Ages, but the lighting is +modern,” he said. “Our friends use incandescent mantles.” + +He continued his way. The tunnel ended in another and a larger cave, +with, on the opposite side, the first steps of a staircase that led +upward. + +“It’s the ascent of the Needle beginning,” said Ganimard. “This is more +serious.” + +But one of his men called him: + +“There’s another flight here, sir, on the left.” + +And, immediately afterward, they discovered a third, on the right. + +“The deuce!” muttered the inspector. “This complicates matters. If we +go by this way, they’ll make tracks by that.” + +“Shall we separate?” asked Beautrelet. + +“No, no—that would mean weakening ourselves. It would be better for one +of us to go ahead and scout.” + +“I will, if you like—” + +“Very well, Beautrelet, you go. I will remain with my men—then there +will be no fear of anything. There may be other roads through the cliff +than that by which we came and several roads also through the Needle. +But it is certain that, between the cliff and the Needle, there is no +communication except the tunnel. Therefore they must pass through this +cave. And so I shall stay here till you come back. Go ahead, +Beautrelet, and be prudent: at the least alarm, scoot back again.” + +Isidore disappeared briskly up the middle staircase. At the thirtieth +step, a door, an ordinary wooden door, stopped him. He seized the +handle turned it. The door was not locked. + +He entered a room that seemed to him very low owing to its immense +size. Lit by powerful lamps and supported by squat pillars, with long +vistas showing between them, it had nearly the same dimensions as the +Needle itself. It was crammed with packing cases and miscellaneous +objects—pieces of furniture, oak settees, chests, credence-tables, +strong-boxes—a whole confused heap of the kind which one sees in the +basement of an old curiosity shop. + +On his right and left, Beautrelet perceived the wells of two +staircases, the same, no doubt, that started from the cave below. He +could easily have gone down, therefore, and told Ganimard. But a new +flight of stairs led upward in front of him and he had the curiosity to +pursue his investigations alone. + +Thirty more steps. A door and then a room, not quite so large as the +last, Beautrelet thought. And again, opposite him, an ascending flight +of stairs. + +Thirty steps more. A door. A smaller room. + +Beautrelet grasped the plan of the works executed inside the Needle. It +was a series or rooms placed one above the other and, therefore, +gradually decreasing in size. They all served as store-rooms. + +In the fourth, there was no lamp. A little light filtered in through +clefts in the walls and Beautrelet saw the sea some thirty feet below +him. + +At that moment, he felt himself so far from Ganimard that a certain +anguish began to take hold of him and he had to master his nerves lest +he should take to his heels. No danger threatened him, however, and the +silence around him was even so great that he asked himself whether the +whole Needle had not been abandoned by Lupin and his confederates. + +“I shall not go beyond the next floor,” he said to himself. + +Thirty stairs again and a door. This door was lighter in construction +and modern in appearance. He pushed it open gently, quite prepared for +flight. There was no one there. But the room differed from the others +in its purpose. There were hangings on the walls, rugs on the floor. +Two magnificent sideboards, laden with gold and silver plate, stood +facing each other. The little windows contrived in the deep, narrow +cleft were furnished with glass panes. + +In the middle of the room was a richly-decked table, with a lace-edged +cloth, dishes of fruits and cakes, champagne in decanters and flowers, +heaps of flowers. + +Three places were laid around the table. + +Beautrelet walked up. On the napkins were cards with the names of the +party. He read first: + +“Arsène Lupin.” + +“Mme. Arsène Lupin.” + +He took up the third card and started back with surprise. It bore his +own name: + +“Isidore Beautrelet!” + + + + +CHAPTER TEN +THE TREASURES OF THE KINGS OF FRANCE + + +A curtain was drawn back. + +“Good morning, my dear Beautrelet, you’re a little late. Lunch was +fixed for twelve. However, it’s only a few minutes—but what’s the +matter? Don’t you know me? Have I changed so much?” + +In the course of his fight with Lupin, Beautrelet had met with many +surprises and he was still prepared, at the moment of the final +catastrophe, to experience any number of further emotions; but the +shock which he received this time was utterly unexpected. It was not +astonishment, but stupefaction, terror. The man who stood before him, +the man whom the brutal force of events compelled him to look upon as +Arsène Lupin, was—Valméras! Valméras, the owner of the Château de +l’Aiguille! Valméras, the very man to whom he had applied for +assistance against Arsène Lupin! Valméras, his companion on the +expedition to Crozant! Valméras, the plucky friend who had made +Raymonde’s escape possible by felling one of Lupin’s accomplices, or +pretending to fell him, in the dusk of the great hall! And Valméras was +Lupin! + +“You—you—So it’s you!” he stammered. + +“Why not?” exclaimed Lupin. “Did you think that you knew me for good +and all because you had seen me in the guise of a clergyman or under +the features of M. Massiban? Alas, when a man selects the position in +society which I occupy, he must needs make use of his little social +gifts! If Lupin were not able to change himself, at will, into a +minister of the Church of England or a member of the Academy of +Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, it would be a bad lookout for Lupin! +Now Lupin, the real Lupin, is here before you, Beautrelet! Take a good +look at him.” + +“But then—if it’s you—then—Mademoiselle—” + +“Yes, Beautrelet, as you say—” + +He again drew back the hanging, beckoned and announced: + +“Mme. Arsène Lupin.” + +“Ah,” murmured the lad, confounded in spite of everything, “Mlle. de +Saint-Véran!” + +“No, no,” protested Lupin. “Mme. Arsène Lupin, or rather, if you +prefer, Mme. Louis Valméras, my wedded wife, married to me in +accordance with the strictest forms of law; and all thanks to you, my +dear Beautrelet.” + +He held out his hand to him. + +“All my acknowledgements—and no ill will on your side, I trust?” + +Strange to say, Beautrelet felt no ill will at all, no sense of +humiliation, no bitterness. He realized so strongly the immense +superiority of his adversary that he did not blush at being beaten by +him. He pressed the offered hand. + +“Luncheon is served, ma’am.” + +A butler had placed a tray of dishes on the table. + +“You must excuse us, Beautrelet: my chef is away and we can only give +you a cold lunch.” + +Beautrelet felt very little inclined to eat. He sat down, however, and +was enormously interested in Lupin’s attitude. How much exactly did he +know? Was he aware of the danger he was running? Was he ignorant of the +presence of Ganimard and his men? + +And Lupin continued: + +“Yes, thanks to you, my dear friend. Certainly, Raymonde and I loved +each other from the first. Just so, my boy—Raymonde’s abduction, her +imprisonment, were mere humbug: we loved each other. But neither she +nor I, when we were free to love, would allow a casual bond at the +mercy of chance, to be formed between us. The position, therefore, was +hopeless for Lupin. Fortunately, it ceased to be so if I resumed my +identity as the Louis Valméras that I had been from a child. It was +then that I conceived the idea, as you refused to relinquish your quest +and had found the Château de l’Aiguille, of profiting by your +obstinacy.” + +“And my silliness.” + +“Pooh! Any one would have been caught as you were!” + +“So you were really able to succeed because I screened you and assisted +you?” + +“Of course! How could any one suspect Valméras of being Lupin, when +Valméras was Beautrelet’s friend and after Valméras had snatched from +Lupin’s clutches the girl whom Lupin loved? And how charming it was! +Such delightful memories! The expedition to Crozant! The bouquets we +found! My pretended love letter to Raymonde! And, later, the +precautions which I, Valméras, had to take against myself, Lupin, +before my marriage! And the night of your great banquet, Beautrelet, +when you fainted in my arms! Oh, what memories!” + +There was a pause. Beautrelet watched Raymonde. She had listened to +Lupin without saying a word and looked at him with eyes in which he +read love, passion and something else besides, something which the lad +could not define, a sort of anxious embarrassment and a vague sadness. +But Lupin turned his eyes upon her and she gave him an affectionate +smile. Their hands met over the table. + +“What do you say to the way I have arranged my little home, +Beautrelet?” cried Lupin. “There’s a style about it, isn’t there? I +don’t pretend that it’s as comfortable as it might be. And yet, some +have been quite satisfied with it; and not the least of mankind, +either!—Look at the list of distinguished people who have owned the +Needle in their time and who thought it an honor to leave a mark of +their sojourn.” + +On the walls, one below the other, were carved the following names: + +JULIUS CÆSAR +CHARLEMAGNE ROLLO +WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR +RICHARD CŒUR-DE-LEON +LOUIS XI. +FRANCIS I. +HENRY IV. +LOUIS XIV. +ARSÈNE LUPIN + + +“Whose name will figure after ours?” he continued. “Alas, the list is +closed! From Cæsar to Lupin—and there it ends. Soon the nameless mob +will come to visit the strange citadel. And to think that, but for +Lupin, all this would have remained for ever unknown to men! Ah +Beautrelet, what a feeling of pride was mine on the day when I first +set foot on this abandoned soil. To have found the lost secret and +become its master, its sole master! To inherit such an inheritance! To +live in the Needle, after all those kings!—” + +He was interrupted by a gesture of his wife’s. She seemed greatly +agitated. + +“There is a noise,” she said. “Underneath us.—You can hear it.” + +“It’s the lapping of the water,” said Lupin. + +“No, indeed it’s not. I know the sound of the waves. This is something +different.” + +“What would you have it be, darling?” said Lupin, smiling. “I invited +no one to lunch except Beautrelet.” And, addressing the servant, +“Charolais, did you lock the staircase doors behind the gentleman?” + +“Yes, sir, and fastened the bolts.” + +Lupin rose: + +“Come, Raymonde, don’t shake like that. Why, you’re quite pale!” + +He spoke a few words to her in an undertone, as also to the servant, +drew back the curtain and sent them both out of the room. + +The noise below grew more distinct. It was a series of dull blows, +repeated at intervals. Beautrelet thought: + +“Ganimard has lost patience and is breaking down the doors.” + +Lupin resumed the thread of his conversation, speaking very calmly and +as though he had really not heard: + +“By Jove, the Needle was badly damaged when I succeeded in discovering +it! One could see that no one had possessed the secret for more than a +century, since Louis XVI. and the Revolution. The tunnel was +threatening to fall in. The stairs were in a shocking state. The water +was trickling in from the sea. I had to prop up and strengthen and +rebuild the whole thing.” + +Beautrelet could not help asking: + +“When you arrived, was it empty?” + +“Very nearly. The kings did not use the Needle, as I have done, as a +warehouse.” + +“As a place of refuge, then?” + +“Yes, no doubt, in times of invasion and during the civil wars. But its +real destination was to be—how shall I put it?—the strong-room or the +bank of the kings of France.” + +The sound of blows increased, more distinctly now. Ganimard must have +broken down the first door and was attacking the second. There was a +short silence and then more blows, nearer still. It was the third door. +Two remained. + +Through one of the windows, Beautrelet saw a number of fishing-smacks +sailing round the Needle and, not far away, floating on the waters like +a great black fish, the torpedo-boat. + +“What a row!” exclaimed Lupin. “One can’t hear one’s self speak! Let’s +go upstairs, shall we? It may interest you to look over the Needle.” + +They climbed to the floor above, which was protected, like the others, +by a door which Lupin locked behind him. + +“My picture gallery,” he said. + +The walls were covered with canvases on which Beautrelet recognized the +most famous signatures. There were Raphael’s _Madonna of the Agnus +Dei_, Andrea del Sarto’s _Portrait of Lucrezia Fede_, Titian’s +_Salome_, Botticelli’s _Madonna and Angels_ and numbers of Tintorettos, +Carpaccios, Rembrandts, Velasquez. + +“What fine copies!” said Beautrelet, approvingly. + +Lupin looked at him with an air of stupefaction: + +“What! Copies! You must be mad! The copies are in Madrid, my dear +fellow, in Florence, Venice, Munich, Amsterdam.” + +“Then these—” + +“Are the original pictures, my lad, patiently collected in all the +museums of Europe, where I have replaced them, like an honest man, with +first-rate copies.” + +“But some day or other—” + +“Some day or other, the fraud will be discovered? Well, they will find +my signature on each canvas—at the back—and they will know that it was +I who have endowed my country with the original masterpieces. After +all, I have only done what Napoleon did in Italy.—Oh, look, Beautrelet: +here are M. de Gesvres’s four Rubenses!—” + +The knocking continued within the hollow of the Needle without ceasing. + +“I can’t stand this!” said Lupin. “Let’s go higher.” + +A fresh staircase. A fresh door. + +“The tapestry-room,” Lupin announced. + +The tapestries were not hung on the walls, but rolled, tied up with +cord, ticketed; and, in addition, there were parcels of old fabrics +which Lupin unfolded: wonderful brocades, admirable velvets, soft, +faded silks, church vestments woven with silver and gold— + +They went higher still and Beautrelet saw the room containing the +clocks and other time-pieces, the book-room—oh, the splendid bindings, +the precious, undiscoverable volumes, the unique copies stolen from the +great public libraries—the lace-room, the knicknack-room. + +And each time the circumference of the room grew smaller. + +And each time, now, the sound of knocking was more distant. Ganimard +was losing ground. + +“This is the last room,” said Lupin. “The treasury.” + +This one was quite different. It was round also, but very high and +conical in shape. It occupied the top of the edifice and its floor must +have been fifteen or twenty yards below the extreme point of the +Needle. + +On the cliff side there was no window. But on the side of the sea, +whence there were no indiscreet eyes to fear, two glazed openings +admitted plenty of light. + +The ground was covered with a parqueted flooring of rare wood, forming +concentric patterns. Against the walls stood glass cases and a few +pictures. + +“The pearls of my collection,” said Lupin. “All that you have seen so +far is for sale. Things come and things go. That’s business. But here, +in this sanctuary, everything is sacred. There is nothing here but +choice, essential pieces, the best of the best, priceless things. Look +at these jewels, Beautrelet: Chaldean amulets, Egyptian necklaces, +Celtic bracelets, Arab chains. Look at these statuettes, Beautrelet, at +this Greek Venus, this Corinthian Apollo. Look at these Tanagras, +Beautrelet: all the real Tanagras are here. Outside this glass case, +there is not a single genuine Tanagra statuette in the whole wide +world. What a delicious thing to be able to say!—Beautrelet, do you +remember Thomas and his gang of church-pillagers in the South—agents of +mine, by the way? Well, here is the Ambazac reliquary, the real one, +Beautrelet! Do you remember the Louvre scandal, the tiara which was +admitted to be false, invented and manufactured by a modern artist? +Here is the tiara of Saitapharnes, the real one, Beautrelet! Look, +Beautrelet, look with all your eyes: here is the marvel of marvels, the +supreme masterpiece, the work of no mortal brain; here is Leonardo’s +_Gioconda_, the real one! Kneel, Beautrelet, kneel; all womankind +stands before you in this picture.” + +There was a long silence between them. Below, the sound of blows drew +nearer. Two or three doors, no more, separated them from Ganimard. In +the offing, they saw the black back of the torpedo-boat and the +fishing-smacks cruising to and fro. + +The boy asked: + +“And the treasure?” + +“Ah, my little man, that’s what interests you most! None of those +masterpieces of human art can compete with the contemplation of the +treasure as a matter of curiosity, eh?—And the whole crowd will be like +you!—Come, you shall be satisfied.” + +He stamped his foot, and, in so doing, made one of the discs composing +the floor-pattern turn right over. Then, lifting it as though it were +the lid of a box, he uncovered a sort of large round bowl, dug in the +thickness of the rock. It was empty. + +A little farther, he went through the same performance. Another large +bowl appeared. It was also empty. + +He did this three times over again. The three other bowls were empty. + +“Eh,” grinned Lupin. “What a disappointment! Under Louis XI., under +Henry IV., under Richelieu, the five bowls were full. But think of +Louis XIV., the folly of Versailles, the wars, the great disasters of +the reign! And think of Louis XV., the spendthrift king, with his +Pompadour and his Du Barry! How they must have drawn on the treasure in +those days! With what thieving claws they must have scratched at the +stone. You see, there’s nothing left.” + +He stopped. + +“Yes, Beautrelet, there is something—the sixth hiding-place! This one +was intangible. Not one of them dared touch it. It was the very last +resource, the nest-egg, the something put by for a rainy day. Look, +Beautrelet!” + +He stooped and lifted up the lid. An iron box filled the bowl. Lupin +took from his pocket a key with a complicated bit and wards and opened +the box. + +A dazzling sight presented itself. Every sort of precious stone +sparkled there, every color gleamed, the blue of the sapphires, the red +of the rubies, the green of the emeralds, the yellow of the topazes. + +“Look, look, little Beautrelet! They have squandered all the cash, all +the gold, all the silver, all the crown pieces and all the ducats and +all the doubloons; but the chest with the jewels has remained intact. +Look at the settings. They belong to every period, to every century, to +every country. The dowries of the queens are here. Each brought her +share: Margaret of Scotland and Charlotte of Savoy; duchesses of +Austria: Éléonore, Elisabeth, Marie-Thérèse, Mary of England and +Catherine de Médicis; and all the arch—Marie Antoinette. Look at those +pearls, Beautrelet! And those diamonds: look at the size of the +diamonds! Not one of them but is worthy of an empress! The Pitt Diamond +is no finer!” + +He rose to his feet and held up his hand as one taking an oath: + +“Beautrelet, you shall tell the world that Lupin has not taken a single +one of the stones that were in the royal chest, not a single one, I +swear it on my honor! I had no right to. They are the fortune of +France.” + +Below them, Ganimard was making all speed. It was easy to judge by the +reverberation of the blows that his men were attacking the last door +but one, the door that gave access to the knicknack-room. + +“Let us leave the chest open,” said Lupin, “and all the cavities, too, +all those little empty graves.” + +He went round the room, examined some of the glass cases, gazed at some +of the pictures and, as he walked, said, pensively: + +“How sad it is to leave all this! What a wrench! The happiest hours of +my life have been spent here, alone, in the presence of these objects +which I loved. And my eyes will never behold them again and my hands +will never touch them again—” + +His drawn face bore such an expression of lassitude upon it that +Beautrelet felt a vague sort of pity for him. Sorrow in that man must +assume larger proportions than in another, even as joy did, or pride, +or humiliation. He was now standing by the window, and, with his finger +pointing to the horizon, said: + +“What is sadder still is that I must abandon that, all that! How +beautiful it is! The boundless sea—the sky.—On either side, the cliffs +of Étretat with their three natural archways: the Porte d’Armont, the +Porte d’Aval, the Manneporte—so many triumphal arches for the master. +And the master was I! I was the king of the story, the king of +fairyland, the king of the Hollow Needle! A strange and supernatural +kingdom! From Cæsar to Lupin: what a destiny!” He burst out laughing. +“King of fairyland! Why not say King of Yvetot at once? What nonsense! +King of the world, yes, that’s more like it! From this topmost point of +the Needle, I ruled the globe! I held it in my claws like a prey! Lift +the tiara of Saitapharnes, Beautrelet.—You see those two telephones? +The one on the right communicates with Paris: a private line; the one +on the left with London: a private line. Through London, I am in touch +with America, Asia, Australia, South Africa. In all those continents, I +have my offices, my agents, my jackals, my scouts! I drive an +international trade. I hold the great market in art and antiquities, +the world’s fair! Ah, Beautrelet, there are moments when my power turns +my head! I feel intoxicated with strength and authority.” + +The door gave way below. They heard Ganimard and his men running about +and searching. + +After a moment, Lupin continued, in a low voice: + +“And now it’s over. A little girl crossed my path, a girl with soft +hair and wistful eyes and an honest, yes, an honest soul—and it’s over. +I myself am demolishing the mighty edifice.—All the rest seems absurd +and childish to me—nothing counts but her hair—and her wistful eyes—and +her honest little soul—” + +The men came up the staircase. A blow shook the door, the last door— + +Lupin seized the boy sharply by the arm: + +“Do you understand, Beautrelet, why I let you have things your own way +when I could have crushed you, time after time, weeks ago? Do you +understand how you succeeded in getting as far as this? Do you +understand that I had given each of my men his share of the plunder +when you met them the other night on the cliff? You do understand, +don’t you? The Hollow Needle is the great adventure. As long as it +belongs to me, I remain the great adventurer. Once the Needle is +recaptured, it means that the past and I are parted and that the future +begins, a future of peace and happiness, in which I shall have no +occasion to blush when Raymonde’s eyes are turned upon me, a future—” + +He turned furiously toward the door: + +“Stop that noise, Ganimard, will you? I haven’t finished my speech!” + +The blows came faster. It was like the sound of a beam that was being +hurled against the door. Beautrelet, mad with curiosity, stood in front +of Lupin and awaited events, without understanding what Lupin was doing +or contemplating. To give up the Needle was all very well; but why was +he giving up himself? What was his plan? Did he hope to escape from +Ganimard? And, on the other hand, where was Raymonde? + +Lupin, meantime, was murmuring, dreamily: + +“An honest man.—Arsène Lupin an honest man—no more robbery—leading the +life of everybody else.—And why not? There is no reason why I should +not meet with the same success.—But do stop that now, Ganimard! Don’t +you know, you ass, that I’m uttering historic words and that Beautrelet +is taking them in for the benefit of posterity?” He laughed. “I am +wasting my time. Ganimard will never grasp the use of my historic +words.” + +He took a piece of red chalk, put a pair of steps to the wall and +wrote, in large letters: + +Arsène Lupin gives and bequeaths to France all the treasures contained +in the Hollow Needle, on the sole condition that these treasures be +housed at the Musée du Louvre in rooms which shall be known as the +Arsène Lupin Rooms. + + +“Now,” he said, “my conscience is at ease. France and I are quits.” + +The attackers were striking with all their might. One of the panels +burst in two. A hand was put through and fumbled for the lock. + +“Thunder!” said Lupin. “That idiot of a Ganimard is capable of +effecting his purpose for once in his life.” + +He rushed to the lock and removed the key. + +“Sold, old chap!—The door’s tough.—I have plenty of time—Beautrelet, I +must say good-bye. And thank you!—For really you could have complicated +the attack—but you’re so tactful!” + +While speaking, he moved toward a large triptych by Van der Weyden, +representing the Wise Men of the East. He shut the right-hand panel +and, in so doing, exposed a little door concealed behind it and seized +the handle. + +“Good luck to your hunting, Ganimard! And kind regards at home!” + +A pistol-shot resounded. Lupin jumped back: “Ah, you rascal, full in +the heart! Have you been taking lessons? You’ve done for the Wise Man! +Full in the heart! Smashed to smithereens, like a pipe at the fair!—” + +“Lupin, surrender!” roared Ganimard, with his eyes glittering and his +revolver showing through the broken panel of the door. “Surrender, I +say!” + +“Did the old guard surrender?” + +“If you stir a limb, I’ll blow your brains out!” + +“Nonsense! You can’t get me here!” + +As a matter of fact, Lupin had moved away; and, though Ganimard was +able to fire straight in front of him through the breach in the door, +he could not fire, still less take aim, on the side where Lupin stood. +Lupin’s position was a terrible one for all that, because the outlet on +which he was relying, the little door behind the triptych, opened right +in front of Ganimard. To try to escape meant to expose himself to the +detective’s fire; and there were five bullets left in the revolver. + +“By Jove,” he said, laughing, “there’s a slump in my shares this +afternoon! You’ve done a nice thing. Lupin, old fellow: you wanted a +last sensation and you’ve gone a bit too far. You shouldn’t have talked +so much.” + +He flattened himself against the wall. A further portion of the panel +had given way under the men’s pressure and Ganimard was less hampered +in his movements. Three yards, no more, separated the two antagonists. +But Lupin was protected by a glass case with a gilt-wood framework. + +“Why don’t you help, Beautrelet?” cried the old detective, gnashing his +teeth with rage. “Why don’t you shoot him, instead of staring at him +like that?” + +Isidore, in fact, had not budged, had remained, till that moment, an +eager, but passive spectator. He would have liked to fling himself into +the contest with all his strength and to bring down the prey which he +held at his mercy. He was prevented by some inexplicable sentiment. + +But Ganimard’s appeal for assistance shook him. His hand closed on the +butt of his revolver: + +“If I take part in it,” he thought, “Lupin is lost. And I have the +right—it’s my duty.” + +Their eyes met. Lupin’s were calm, watchful, almost inquisitive, as +though, in the awful danger that threatened him, he were interested +only in the moral problem that held the young man in its clutches. +Would Isidore decide to give the finishing stroke to the defeated +enemy? + +The door cracked from top to bottom. + +“Help, Beautrelet, we’ve got him!” Ganimard bellowed. + +Isidore raised his revolver. + +What happened was so quick that he knew of it, so to speak, only by the +result. He saw Lupin bob down and run along the wall, skimming the door +right under the weapon which Ganimard was vainly brandishing; and he +felt himself suddenly flung to the ground, picked up the next moment +and lifted by an invincible force. + +Lupin held him in the air, like a living shield, behind which he hid +himself. + +“Ten to one that I escape, Ganimard! Lupin, you see, has never quite +exhausted his resources—” + +He had taken a couple of brisk steps backward to the triptych. Holding +Beautrelet with one hand flat against his chest, with the other he +cleared the passage and closed the little door behind them. + +A steep staircase appeared before their eyes. + +“Come along,” said Lupin, pushing Beautrelet before him. “The land +forces are beaten—let us turn our attention to the French fleet.—After +Waterloo, Trafalgar.—You’re having some fun for your money, eh, my +lad?—Oh, how good: listen to them knocking at the triptych now!—It’s +too late, my children.—But hurry along, Beautrelet!” + +The staircase, dug out in the wall of the Needle, dug in its very +crust, turned round and round the pyramid, encircling it like the +spiral of a tobogganslide. Each hurrying the other, they clattered down +the treads, taking two or three at a bound. Here and there, a ray of +light trickled through a fissure; and Beautrelet carried away the +vision of the fishing-smacks hovering a few dozen fathoms off, and of +the black torpedo-boat. + +They went down and down, Isidore in silence, Lupin still bubbling over +with merriment: + +“I should like to know what Ganimard is doing? Is he tumbling down the +other staircases to bar the entrance to the tunnel against me? No, he’s +not such a fool as that. He must have left four men there—and four men +are sufficient—” He stopped. “Listen—they’re shouting up above. That’s +it, they’ve opened the window and are calling to their fleet.—Why, +look, the men are busy on board the smacks—they’re exchanging +signals.—The torpedo-boat is moving.—Dear old torpedo-boat! I know you, +you’re from the Havre.—Guns’ crews to the guns!—Hullo, there’s the +commander!—How are you, Duguay-Trouin?” + +He put his arm through a cleft and waved his handkerchief. Then he +continued his way downstairs: + +“The enemy’s fleet have set all sail,” he said. “We shall be boarded +before we know where we are. Heavens, what fun!” + +They heard the sound of voices below them. They were just then +approaching the level of the sea and they emerged, almost at once, into +a large cave into which two lanterns were moving about in the dark. + +A woman’s figure appeared and threw itself on Lupin’s neck: + +“Quick, quick, I was so nervous about you. What have you been +doing?—But you’re not alone!—” + +Lupin reassured her: + +“It’s our friend Beautrelet.—Just think, Beautrelet had the tact—but +I’ll talk about that later—there’s no time now.—Charolais are you +there? That’s right!—And the boat?” + +“The boat’s ready, sir,” Charolais replied, + +“Fire away,” said Lupin. + +In a moment, the noise of a motor crackled and Beautrelet, whose eyes +were gradually becoming used to the gloom, ended by perceiving that +they were on a sort of quay, at the edge of the water, and that a boat +was floating before them. + +“A motor boat,” said Lupin, completing Beautrelet’s observations. “This +knocks you all of a heap, eh, Isidore, old chap?—You don’t +understand.—Still, you have only to think.—As the water before your +eyes is no other than the water of the sea, which filters into this +excavation each high tide, the result is that I have a safe little +private roadstead all to myself.” + +“But it’s closed,” Beautrelet protested. “No one can get in or out.” + +“Yes, I can,” said Lupin; “and I’m going to prove it to you.” + +He began by handing Raymonde in. Then he came back to fetch Beautrelet. +The lad hesitated. + +“Are you afraid?” asked Lupin. + +“What of?” + +“Of being sunk by the torpedo-boat.” + +“No.” + +“Then you’re considering whether it’s not your duty to stay with +Ganimard, law and order, society and morality, instead of going off +with Lupin, shame, infamy and disgrace.” + +“Exactly.” + +“Unfortunately, my boy, you have no choice. For the moment, they must +believe the two of us dead—and leave me the peace to which a +prospective honest man is entitled. Later on, when I have given you +your liberty, you can talk as much as you please—I shall have nothing +more to fear.” + +By the way in which Lupin clutched his arm, Beautrelet felt that all +resistance was useless. Besides, why resist? Had he not discovered and +handed over the Hollow Needle? What did he care about the rest? Had he +not the right to humor the irresistible sympathy with which, in spite +of everything, this man inspired him? + +The feeling was so clear in him that he was half inclined to say to +Lupin: + +“Look here, you’re running another, a more serious danger; Holmlock +Shears is on your track.” + +“Come along!” said Lupin, before Isidore had made up his mind to speak. + +He obeyed and let Lupin lead him to the boat, the shape of which struck +him as peculiar and its appearance quite unexpected. + +Once on deck, they went down a little steep staircase, or rather a +ladder hooked on to a trap door, which closed above their heads. At the +foot of the ladder, brightly lit by a lamp, was a very small saloon, +where Raymonde was waiting for them and where the three had just room +to sit down. + +Lupin took the mouthpiece of a speaking tube from a hook and gave the +order: + +“Let her go, Charolais!” + +Isidore had the unpleasant sensation which one feels when going down in +a lift: the sensation of the ground vanishing beneath you, the +impression of emptiness, space. This time, it was the water retreating; +and space opened out, slowly. + +“We’re sinking, eh?” grinned Lupin. “Don’t be afraid—we’ve only to pass +from the upper cave where we were to another little cave, situated +right at the bottom and half open to the sea, which can be entered at +low tide. All the shellfish-catchers know it. Ah, ten seconds’ wait! +We’re going through the passage and it’s very narrow, just the size of +the submarine.” + +“But,” asked Beautrelet, “how is it that the fishermen who enter the +lower cave don’t know that it’s open at the top and that it +communicates with another from which a staircase starts and runs +through the Needle? The facts are at the disposal of the first-comer.” + +“Wrong, Beautrelet! The top of the little public cave is closed, at low +tide, by a movable platform, painted the color of the rock, which the +sea, when it rises, shifts and carries up with it and, when it goes +down, fastens firmly over the little cave. That is why I am able to +pass at high tide. A clever notion, what? It’s an idea of my own. True, +neither Cæsar nor Louis XIV., nor, in short, any of my distinguished +predecessors could have had it, because they did not possess +submarines. They were satisfied with the staircase, which then ran all +the way down to the little bottom cave. I did away with the last treads +of the staircase and invented the trick of the movable ceiling: it’s a +present I’m making to France—Raymonde, my love, put out the lamp beside +you—we shan’t want it now—on the contrary—” + +A pale light, which seemed to be of the same color as the water, met +them as they left the cave and made its way into the cabin through the +two portholes and through a thick glass skylight that projected above +the planking of the deck and allowed the passengers to inspect the +upper layers of the sea. And, suddenly, a shadow glided over their +heads. + +“The attack is about to take place. The fleet is investing the Needle. +But, hollow as the Needle is, I don’t see how they propose to enter +it.” + +He took up the speaking tube: + +“Don’t leave the bottom, Charolais. Where are we going? Why, I told +you: to Port-Lupin. And at full speed, do you hear? We want water to +land by—there’s a lady with us.” + +They skimmed over the rocky bed. The seaweed stood up on end like a +heavy, dark vegetation and the deep currents made it wave gracefully, +stretching and billowing like floating hair. + +Another shadow, a longer one. + +“That’s the torpedo-boat,” said Lupin. “We shall hear the roar of the +guns presently. What will Duguay-Trouin do? Bombard the Needle? Think +of what we’re missing, Beautrelet, by not being present at the meeting +of Duguay-Trouin and Ganimard! The juncture of the land and naval +forces! Hi, Charolais, don’t go to sleep, my man!” + +They were moving very fast, for all that. The rocks had been succeeded +by sand-fields and then, almost at once, they saw more rocks, which +marked the eastern extremity of Étretat, the Porte d’Amont. Fish fled +at their approach. One of them, bolder than the rest, fastened on to a +porthole and looked at the occupants of the saloon with its great, +fixed, staring eyes. + +“That’s better,” cried Lupin. “We’re going now. What do you think of my +cockle-shell, Beautrelet? Not so bad, is she? Do you remember the story +of the Seven of Hearts,[11] the wretched end of Lacombe, the engineer, +and how, after punishing his murderers, I presented the State with his +papers and his plans for the construction of a new submarine: one more +gift to France? Well, among the plans, I kept those of a submersible +motor boat and that is how you come to have the honor of sailing in my +company.” + +[11] _The Exploits of Arsène Lupin_. By Maurice Leblanc. VI: _The Seven +of Hearts_. + + +He called to Charolais: + +“Take us up, Charolais—there’s no danger now—” + +They shot up to the surface and the glass skylight emerged above the +water. + +They were a mile from the coast, out of sight, therefore, and +Beautrelet was now able to realize more fully at what a headlong pace +they were traveling. First Fécamp passed before them, then all the +Norman seaside places: Saint-Pierre, the Petits—Dalles, Veulettes, +Saint-Valery, Veules, Quiberville. Lupin kept on jesting and Isidore +never wearied of watching and listening to him, amazed as he was at the +man’s spirits, at his gaiety, his mischievous ways, his careless chaff, +his delight in life. + +He also noticed Raymonde. The young woman sat silent, nestling up +against the man she loved. She had taken his hands between her own and +kept on raising her eyes to him; and Beautrelet constantly observed +that her hands were twitching and that the wistful sadness of her eyes +increased. And, each time, it was like a dumb and sorrowful reply to +Lupin’s sallies. One would have thought that his frivolous words, his +sarcastic outlook on life, caused her physical pain. + +“Hush!” she whispered. “It’s defying destiny to laugh—so many +misfortunes can reach us still!” + +Opposite Dieppe, they had to dive lest they should be seen by the +fishing-craft. And twenty minutes later, they shot at an angle toward +the coast and the boat entered a little submarine harbor formed by a +regular gap between the rocks, drew up beside a jetty and rose gently +to the surface. + +Lupin announced: + +“Port-Lupin!” + +The spot, situated at sixteen miles from Dieppe and twelve from the +Tréport and protected, moreover, by the two landslips of cliff, was +absolutely deserted. A fine sand carpeted the rounded slope of the tiny +beach. + +“Jump on shore, Beautrelet—Raymonde, give me your hand. You, Charolais, +go back to the Needle, see what happens between Ganimard and +Duguay-Trouin and come back and tell me at the end of the day. The +thing interests me tremendously.” + +Beautrelet asked himself with a certain curiosity how they were going +to get out of this hemmed-in creek which was called Port-Lupin, when, +at the foot of the cliff, he saw the uprights of an iron ladder. + +“Isidore,” said Lupin, “if you knew your geography and your history, +you would know that we are at the bottom of the gorge of Parfonval, in +the parish of Biville. More than a century ago, on the night of the +twenty-third of August, 1803, Georges Cadoudal and six accomplices, who +had landed in France with the intention of kidnapping the first consul, +Bonaparte, scrambled up to the top by the road which I will show you. +Since then, this road has been demolished by landslips. But Louis +Valméras, better known by the name of Arsène Lupin, had it restored at +his own expense and bought the farm of the Neuvillette, where the +conspirators spent the first night and where, retired from business and +withdrawing from the affairs of this world, he means to lead the life +of a respectable country squire with his wife and his mother by his +side. The gentleman-burglar is dead! Long live the gentleman-farmer!” + +After the ladder came a sort of gully, an abrupt ravine hollowed out, +apparently, by the rains, at the end of which they laid hold of a +makeshift staircase furnished with a hand-rail. As Lupin explained, +this hand-rail had been placed where it was in the stead of the +_estamperche_, a long rope fastened to stakes, by which the people of +the country, in the old days, used to help themselves down when going +to the beach. + +After a painful climb of half an hour, they emerged on the tableland, +not far from one of those little cabins, dug out of the soil itself, +which serve as shelters for the excisemen. And, as it happened, two +minutes later, at a turn in the path, one of these custom-house +officials appeared. + +He drew himself up and saluted. + +Lupin asked: + +“Any news, Gomel?” + +“No, governor.” + +“You’ve met no one at all suspicious-looking?” + +“No, governor—only—” + +“What?” + +“My wife—who does dressmaking at the Neuvillette—” + +“Yes, I know—Césarine—my mother spoke of her. Well?” + +“It seems a sailor was prowling about the village this morning.” + +“What sort of face had he?” + +“Not a natural face—a sort of Englishman’s face.” + +“Ah!” said Lupin, in a tone preoccupied. “And you have given Césarine +orders—” + +“To keep her eyes open. Yes, governor.” + +“Very well. Keep a lookout for Charolais’s return in two or three hours +from now. If there’s anything, I shall be at the farm.” + +He walked on and said to Beautrelet: + +“This makes me uneasy—is it Shears? Ah, if it’s he, in his present +state of exasperation, I have everything to fear!” + +He hesitated a moment: “I wonder if we hadn’t better turn back. Yes, I +have a nasty presentiment of evil.” + +Gently undulating plains stretched before them as far as the eye could +see. A little to the left, a series of handsome avenues of trees led to +the farm of the Neuvillette, the buildings of which were now in view. +It was the retreat which he had prepared, the haven of rest which he +had promised Raymonde. Was he, for the sake of an absurd idea, to +renounce happiness at the very moment when it seemed within his reach? + +He took Isidore by the arm and, calling his attention to Raymonde, who +was walking in front of them: + +“Look at her. When she walks, her figure has a little swing at the +waist which I cannot see without quivering. But everything in her gives +me that thrill of emotion and love: her movements and her repose, her +silence and the sound of her voice. I tell you, the mere fact that I am +walking in the track of her footsteps makes me feel in the seventh +heaven. Ah, Beautrelet, will she ever forget that I was once Lupin? +Shall I ever be able to wipe out from her memory the past which she +loathes and detests?” He mastered himself and, with obstinate +assurance. “She will forget!” he declared. “She will forget, because I +have made every sacrifice for her sake. I have sacrificed the +inviolable sanctuary of the Hollow Needle, I have sacrificed my +treasures, my power, my pride—I will sacrifice everything—I don’t want +to be anything more—but just a man in love—and an honest man, because +she can only love an honest man. After all, why should I not be honest? +It is no more degrading than anything else!” + +The quip escaped him, so to speak, unawares. His voice remained serious +and free of all chaff. And he muttered, with restrained violence: + +“Ah, Beautrelet, you see, of all the unbridled joys which I have tasted +in my adventurous life, there is not one that equals the joy with which +her look fills me when she is pleased with me. I feel quite weak then, +and I should like to cry—” Was he crying? Beautrelet had an intuition +that his eyes were wet with tears. Tears in Lupin’s eyes!—Tears of +love! + +They were nearing an old gate that served as an entrance to the farm. +Lupin stopped for a moment and stammered: + +“Why am I afraid?—I feel a sort of weight on my chest. Is the adventure +of the Hollow Needle not over? Has destiny not accepted the issue which +I selected?” + +Raymonde turned round, looking very anxious. + +“Here comes Césarine. She’s running.” + +The exciseman’s wife was hurrying from the farm as fast as she could. +Lupin rushed up to her: + +“What is it? What has happened? Speak!” + +Choking, quite out of breath, Césarine stuttered: + +“A man—I saw a man this morning! + +“A man—I saw a man in the sitting-room.” + +“The Englishman of this morning?” + +“Yes—but in a different disguise.” + +“Did he see you?” + +“No. He saw your mother. Mme. Valméras caught him as he was just going +away.” + +“Well?” + +“He told her that he was looking for Louis Valméras, that he was a +friend of yours.” + +“Then?” + +“The madame said that her son had gone abroad—for years.” + +“And he went away?” + +“No, he made signs through the window that overlooks the plain—as if he +were calling to some one.” + +Lupin seemed to hesitate. A loud cry tore the air. Raymonde moaned: + +“It’s your mother—I recognize—” + +He flung himself upon her and, dragging her away, in a burst of fierce +passion: + +“Come—let us fly—you first.” + +But, suddenly, he stopped, distraught, overcome: + +“No, I can’t do it—it’s too awful. Forgive me—Raymonde—that poor woman +down there—Stay here. Beautrelet, don’t leave her.” + +He darted along the slope that surrounds the farm, turned and followed +it, at a run, till he came to the gate that opens on the plain. + +Raymonde, whom Beautrelet had been unable to hold back, arrived almost +as soon as he did; and Beautrelet, hiding behind the trees, saw, in the +lonely walk that led from the farm to the gate, three men, of whom one, +the tallest, went ahead, while the two others were holding by the arms +a woman who tried to resist and who uttered moans of pain. + +The daylight was beginning to fade. Nevertheless, Beautrelet recognized +Holmlock Shears. The woman seemed of a certain age. Her livid features +were set in a frame of white hair. + +They all four came up. + +They reached the gate. Shears opened one of the folding leaves. + +Then Lupin strode forward and stood in front of him. + +The encounter appeared all the more terrible inasmuch as it was silent, +almost solemn. + +For long moments, the two enemies took each other’s measure with their +eyes. An equal hatred distorted the features of both of them. Neither +moved. + +Then Lupin spoke, in a voice of terrifying calmness: + +“Tell your men to leave that woman alone.” + +“No.” + +It was as though both of them feared to engage in the supreme struggle, +as though both were collecting all their strength. And there were no +words wasted this time, no insults, no bantering challenges. Silence, a +deathlike silence. + +Mad with anguish, Raymonde awaited the issue of the duel. Beautrelet +had caught her arms and was holding her motionless. + +After a second, Lupin repeated: + +“Order your men to leave that woman alone.” + +“No.” + +Lupin said: + +“Listen, Shears—” + +But he interrupted himself, realizing the silliness of the words. In +the face of that colossus of pride and will-power which called itself +Holmlock Shears, of what use were threats? + +Resolved upon the worst, suddenly he put his hand to his jacket pocket. +The Englishman anticipated his movement and, leaping upon his prisoner, +thrust the barrel of his revolver within two inches of her temple: + +“If you stir a limb, I fire!” + +At the same time his two satellites drew their weapons and aimed them +at Lupin. + +Lupin drew himself up, stifled the rage within him and, coolly, with +his hands in his pockets and his breast exposed to the enemy, began +once more: + +“Shears, for the third time, let that woman be—” + +The Englishman sneered: + +“I have no right to touch her, I suppose? Come, come, enough of this +humbug! Your name isn’t Valméras any more than it’s Lupin: you stole +the name just as you stole the name of Charmerace. And the woman whom +you pass off as your mother is Victoire, your old accomplice, the one +who brought you up—”[12] + +[12] _Arsène Lupin_, play in four acts, by Maurice Leblanc and Francis +de Croisset. + + +Shears made a mistake. Carried away by his longing for revenge, he +glanced across at Raymonde, whom these revelations filled with horror. +Lupin took advantage of his imprudence. With a sudden movement, he +fired. + +“Damnation!” bellowed Shears, whose arm, pierced by a bullet, fell to +his side. And, addressing his men, “Shoot, you two! Shoot him down!” + +But already Lupin was upon them: and not two seconds had elapsed before +the one on the right was sprawling on the ground, with his chest +smashed, while the other, with his jaw broken, fell back against the +gate. + +“Hurry up, Victoire. Tie them down. And now, Mr. Englishman, it’s you +and I.” + +He ducked with an oath: + +“Ah, you scoundrel!” + +Shears had picked up his revolver with his left hand and was taking aim +at him. + +A shot—a cry of distress—Raymonde had flung herself between the two +men, facing the Englishman. She staggered back, brought her hand to her +neck, drew herself up, spun round on her heels and fell at Lupin’s +feet. + +“Raymonde!—Raymonde!” + +He threw himself upon her, took her in his arms and pressed her to him. + +“Dead—” he said. + +There was a moment of stupefaction. Shears seemed confounded by his own +act. Victoire stammered: + +“My poor boy—my poor boy—” + +Beautrelet went up to the young woman and stooped to examine her. Lupin +repeated: + +“Dead—dead—” + +He said it in a reflective tone, as though he did not yet understand. +But his face became hollow, suddenly transformed, ravaged by grief. And +then he was seized with a sort of madness, made senseless gestures, +wrung his hands, stamped his feet, like a child that suffers more than +it is able to bear. + +“You villain!” he cried, suddenly, in an access of hatred. + +And, flinging Shears back with a formidable blow, he took him by the +throat and dug his twitching fingers into his flesh. + +The Englishman gasped, without even struggling. + +“My boy—my boy—” said Victoire, in a voice of entreaty. + +Beautrelet ran up. But Lupin had already let go and stood sobbing +beside his enemy stretched upon the ground. + +O pitiful sight! Beautrelet never forgot its tragic horror, he who knew +all Lupin’s love for Raymonde and all that the great adventurer had +sacrificed of his own being to bring a smile to the face of his +well-beloved. + +Night began to cover the field of battle with a shroud of darkness. The +three Englishmen lay bound and gagged in the tall grass. Distant songs +broke the vast silence of the plain. It was the farm-hands returning +from their work. + +Lupin drew himself up. He listened to the monotonous voices. Then he +glanced at the happy homestead of the Neuvillette, where he had hoped +to live peacefully with Raymonde. Then he looked at her, the poor, +loving victim, whom love had killed and who, all white, was sleeping +her last, eternal sleep. + +The men were coming nearer, however. + +Then Lupin bent down, took the dead woman in his powerful arms, lifted +the corpse with a single effort and, bent in two, stretched it across +his back: + +“Let us go, Victoire.” + +“Let us go, dear.” + +“Good-bye, Beautrelet,” he said. + +And, bearing his precious and awful burden followed by his old servant, +silent and fierce he turned toward the sea and plunged into the +darkness of the night. + +THE END + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLLOW NEEDLE *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/4017-0.zip b/4017-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2632f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-0.zip diff --git a/4017-h.zip b/4017-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f942da --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-h.zip diff --git a/4017-h/4017-h.htm b/4017-h/4017-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2a1c25 --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-h/4017-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,13645 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} + +p.letter {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.center {text-align: center; + text-indent: 0em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.right {text-align: right; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.footnote {font-size: 90%; + text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +div.fig { display:block; + margin:0 auto; + text-align:center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em;} + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Hollow Needle</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Maurice Leblanc</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: October 11, 2001 [eBook #4017]<br /> +[Last updated: July 18, 2022]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Charles Franks, Greg Weeks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLLOW NEEDLE ***</div> + +<h1>The Hollow Needle</h1> + +<h3>FURTHER ADVENTURES OF ARSÈNE LUPIN</h3> + +<h2 class="no-break">by Maurice Leblanc</h2> + +<h5>AUTHOR OF<br/> +“ARSÈNE LUPIN,” “THE BLONDE LADY,” ETC.</h5> + +<h4>TRANSLATED BY ALEXANDER TEIXEIRA DE MATTOS</h4> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">Chapter I. The Shot</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">Chapter II. Isidore Beautrelet, Sixth-form Schoolboy</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">Chapter III. The Corpse</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">Chapter IV. Face to Face</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">Chapter V. On the Track</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">Chapter VI. An Historic Secret</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">Chapter VII. The Treatise of the Needle</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">Chapter VIII. From Cæsar to Lupin</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">Chapter IX. Open, Sesame!</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap10">Chapter X. The Treasures of the Kings of France</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + +<p> +Valméras loved Raymonde’s melancholy charm +</p> + +<p> +She put the gun to her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired +</p> + +<p> +Two huge letters, each perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief in the +granite of the floor +</p> + +<p> +“We’re going now. What do you think of my cockle-shell, +Beautrelet?” +</p> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2>THE HOLLOW NEEDLE</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>CHAPTER ONE<br/> +THE SHOT</h2> + +<p> +Raymonde listened. The noise was repeated twice over, clearly enough to be +distinguished from the medley of vague sounds that formed the great silence of +the night and yet too faintly to enable her to tell whether it was near or far, +within the walls of the big country-house, or outside, among the murky recesses +of the park. +</p> + +<p> +She rose softly. Her window was half open: she flung it back wide. The +moonlight lay over a peaceful landscape of lawns and thickets, against which +the straggling ruins of the old abbey stood out in tragic outlines, truncated +columns, mutilated arches, fragments of porches and shreds of flying +buttresses. A light breeze hovered over the face of things, gliding noiselessly +through the bare motionless branches of the trees, but shaking the tiny budding +leaves of the shrubs. +</p> + +<p> +And, suddenly, she heard the same sound again. It was on the left and on the +floor below her, in the living rooms, therefore, that occupied the left wing of +the house. Brave and plucky though she was, the girl felt afraid. She slipped +on her dressing gown and took the matches. +</p> + +<p> +“Raymonde—Raymonde!” +</p> + +<p> +A voice as low as a breath was calling to her from the next room, the door of +which had not been closed. She was feeling her way there, when Suzanne, her +cousin, came out of the room and fell into her arms: +</p> + +<p> +“Raymonde—is that you? Did you hear—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. So you’re not asleep?” +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose the dog woke me—some time ago. But he’s not +barking now. What time is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“About four.” +</p> + +<p> +“Listen! Surely, some one’s walking in the drawing room!” +</p> + +<p> +“There’s no danger, your father is down there, Suzanne.” +</p> + +<p> +“But there is danger for him. His room is next to the boudoir.” +</p> + +<p> +“M. Daval is there too—” +</p> + +<p> +“At the other end of the house. He could never hear.” +</p> + +<p> +They hesitated, not knowing what course to decide upon. Should they call out? +Cry for help? They dared not; they were frightened of the sound of their own +voices. But Suzanne, who had gone to the window, suppressed a scream: +</p> + +<p> +“Look!—A man!—Near the fountain!” +</p> + +<p> +A man was walking away at a rapid pace. He carried under his arm a fairly large +load, the nature of which they were unable to distinguish: it knocked against +his leg and impeded his progress. They saw him pass near the old chapel and +turn toward a little door in the wall. The door must have been open, for the +man disappeared suddenly from view and they failed to hear the usual grating of +the hinges. +</p> + +<p> +“He came from the drawing room,” whispered Suzanne. +</p> + +<p> +“No, the stairs and the hall would have brought him out more to the +left—Unless—” +</p> + +<p> +The same idea struck them both. They leant out. Below them, a ladder stood +against the front of the house, resting on the first floor. A glimmer lit up +the stone balcony. And another man, who was also carrying something, bestrode +the baluster, slid down the ladder and ran away by the same road as the first. +</p> + +<p> +Suzanne, scared to the verge of swooning, fell on her knees, stammering: +</p> + +<p> +“Let us call out—let us call for help—” +</p> + +<p> +“Who would come? Your father—and if there are more of them +left—and they throw themselves upon him—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Then—then—we might call the servants—Your bell rings +on their floor.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—yes—perhaps, that’s better. If only they come in +time!” +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde felt for the electric push near her bed and pressed it with her +finger. They heard the bell ring upstairs and had an impression that its shrill +sound must also reach any one below. +</p> + +<p> +They waited. The silence became terrifying and the very breeze no longer shook +the leaves of the shrubs. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m frightened—frightened,” said Suzanne. +</p> + +<p> +And, suddenly, from the profound darkness below them, came the sound of a +struggle, a crash of furniture overturned, words, exclamations and then, +horrible and ominous, a hoarse groan, the gurgle of a man who is being +murdered— +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde leapt toward the door. Suzanne clung desperately to her arm: +</p> + +<p> +“No—no—don’t leave me—I’m +frightened—” +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde pushed her aside and darted down the corridor, followed by Suzanne, +who staggered from wall to wall, screaming as she went. Raymonde reached the +staircase, flew down the stairs, flung herself upon the door of the big drawing +room and stopped short, rooted to the threshold, while Suzanne sank in a heap +by her side. Facing them, at three steps’ distance, stood a man, with a +lantern in his hand. He turned it upon the two girls, blinding them with the +light, stared long at their pale faces, and then, without hurrying, with the +calmest movements in the world, took his cap, picked up a scrap of paper and +two bits of straw, removed some footmarks from the carpet, went to the balcony, +turned to the girls, made them a deep bow and disappeared. +</p> + +<p> +Suzanne was the first to run to the little boudoir which separated the big +drawing-room from her father’s bedroom. But, at the entrance, a hideous +sight appalled her. By the slanting rays of the moon, she saw two apparently +lifeless bodies lying close to each other on the floor. She leaned over one of +them: +</p> + +<p> +“Father!—Father!—Is it you? What has happened to you?” +she cried, distractedly. +</p> + +<p> +After a moment, the Comte de Gesvres moved. In a broken voice, he said: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t be afraid—I am not wounded—Daval?—Is he +alive?—The knife?—The knife?—” +</p> + +<p> +Two men-servants now arrived with candles. Raymonde flung herself down before +the other body and recognized Jean Daval, the count’s private secretary. +A little stream of blood trickled from his neck. His face already wore the +pallor of death. +</p> + +<p> +Then she rose, returned to the drawing room, took a gun that hung in a trophy +of arms on the wall and went out on the balcony. Not more than fifty or sixty +seconds had elapsed since the man had set his foot on the top rung of the +ladder. He could not, therefore, be very far away, the more so as he had taken +the precaution to remove the ladder, in order to prevent the inmates of the +house from using it. And soon she saw him skirting the remains of the old +cloister. She put the gun to her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired. The man +fell. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s done it! That’s done it!” said one of the +servants. “We’ve got this one. I’ll run down.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, Victor, he’s getting up.... You had better go down by the +staircase and make straight for the little door in the wall. That’s the +only way he can escape.” +</p> + +<p> +Victor hurried off, but, before he reached the park, the man fell down again. +Raymonde called the other servant: +</p> + +<p> +“Albert, do you see him down there? Near the main cloister?—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, he’s crawling in the grass. He’s done for—” +</p> + +<p> +“Watch him from here.” +</p> + +<p> +“There’s no way of escape for him. On the right of the ruins is the +open lawn—” +</p> + +<p> +“And, Victor, do you guard the door, on the left,” she said, taking +up her gun. +</p> + +<p> +“But, surely, you are not going down, miss?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes,” she said, with a resolute accent and abrupt movements; +“let me be—I have a cartridge left—If he stirs—” +</p> + +<p> +She went out. A moment later, Albert saw her going toward the ruins. He called +to her from the window: +</p> + +<p> +“He’s dragged himself behind the cloister. I can’t see him. +Be careful, miss—” +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde went round the old cloisters, to cut off the man’s retreat, and +Albert soon lost sight of her. After a few minutes, as he did not see her +return, he became uneasy and, keeping his eye on the ruins, instead of going +down by the stairs he made an effort to reach the ladder. When he had +succeeded, he scrambled down and ran straight to the cloisters near which he +had seen the man last. Thirty paces farther, he found Raymonde, who was +searching with Victor. +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +“There’s no laying one’s hands on him,” replied Victor. +</p> + +<p> +“The little door?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’ve been there; here’s the key.” +</p> + +<p> +“Still—he must—” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, we’ve got him safe enough, the scoundrel—He’ll be +ours in ten minutes.” +</p> + +<p> +The farmer and his son, awakened by the shot, now came from the farm buildings, +which were at some distance on the right, but within the circuit of the walls. +They had met no one. +</p> + +<p> +“Of course not,” said Albert. “The ruffian can’t have +left the ruins—We’ll dig him out of some hole or other.” +</p> + +<p> +They organized a methodical search, beating every bush, pulling aside the heavy +masses of ivy rolled round the shafts of the columns. They made sure that the +chapel was properly locked and that none of the panes were broken. They went +round the cloisters and examined every nook and corner. The search was +fruitless. +</p> + +<p> +There was but one discovery: at the place where the man had fallen under +Raymonde’s gun, they picked up a chauffeur’s cap, in very soft buff +leather; besides that, nothing. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +The gendarmerie of Ouville-la-Rivière were informed at six o’clock in the +morning and at once proceeded to the spot, after sending an express to the +authorities at Dieppe with a note describing the circumstances of the crime, +the imminent capture of the chief criminal and “the discovery of his +headgear and of the dagger with which the crime had been committed.” +</p> + +<p> +At ten o’clock, two hired conveyances came down the gentle slope that led +to the house. One of them, an old-fashioned calash, contained the deputy public +prosecutor and the examining magistrate, accompanied by his clerk. In the +other, a humble fly, were seated two reporters, representing the <i>Journal de +Rouen</i> and a great Paris paper. +</p> + +<p> +The old château came into view—once the abbey residence of the priors of +Ambrumésy, mutilated under the Revolution, both restored by the Comte de +Gesvres, who had now owned it for some twenty years. It consists of a main +building, surmounted by a pinnacled clock-tower, and two wings, each of which +is surrounded by a flight of steps with a stone balustrade. Looking across the +walls of the park and beyond the upland supported by the high Norman cliffs, +you catch a glimpse of the blue line of the Channel between the villages of +Sainte-Marguerite and Varengeville. +</p> + +<p> +Here the Comte de Gesvres lived with his daughter Suzanne, a delicate, +fair-haired, pretty creature, and his niece Raymonde de Saint-Véran, whom he +had taken to live with him two years before, when the simultaneous death of her +father and mother left Raymonde an orphan. Life at the château was peaceful and +regular. A few neighbors paid an occasional visit. In the summer, the count +took the two girls almost every day to Dieppe. He was a tall man, with a +handsome, serious face and hair that was turning gray. He was very rich, +managed his fortune himself and looked after his extensive estates with the +assistance of his secretary, Jean Daval. +</p> + +<p> +Immediately upon his arrival, the examining magistrate took down the first +observations of Sergeant Quevillon of the gendarmes. The capture of the +criminal, imminent though it might be, had not yet been effected, but every +outlet of the park was held. Escape was impossible. +</p> + +<p> +The little company next crossed the chapter-hall and the refectory, both of +which are on the ground floor, and went up to the first story. They at once +remarked the perfect order that prevailed in the drawing room. Not a piece of +furniture, not an ornament but appeared to occupy its usual place; nor was +there any gap among the ornaments or furniture. On the right and left walls +hung magnificent Flemish tapestries with figures. On the panels of the wall +facing the windows were four fine canvases, in contemporary frames, +representing mythological scenes. These were the famous pictures by Rubens +which had been left to the Comte de Gesvres, together with the Flemish +tapestries, by his maternal uncle, the Marqués de Bobadilla, a Spanish grandee. +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul remarked: +</p> + +<p> +“If the motive of the crime was theft, this drawing room, at any rate, +was not the object of it.” +</p> + +<p> +“You can’t tell!” said the deputy, who spoke little, but who, +when he did, invariably opposed the magistrate’s views. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, my dear sir, the first thought of a burglar would be to carry off +those pictures and tapestries, which are universally renowned.” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps there was no time.” +</p> + +<p> +“We shall see.” +</p> + +<p> +At that moment, the Comte de Gesvres entered, accompanied by the doctor. The +count, who did not seem to feel the effects of the attack to which he had been +subjected, welcomed the two officials. Then he opened the door of the boudoir. +</p> + +<p> +This room, which no one had been allowed to enter since the discovery of the +crime, differed from the drawing room inasmuch as it presented a scene of the +greatest disorder. Two chairs were overturned, one of the tables smashed to +pieces and several objects—a traveling-clock, a portfolio, a box of +stationery—lay on the floor. And there was blood on some of the scattered +pieces of note-paper. +</p> + +<p> +The doctor turned back the sheet that covered the corpse. Jean Daval, dressed +in his usual velvet suit, with a pair of nailed boots on his feet, lay +stretched on his back, with one arm folded beneath him. His collar and tie had +been removed and his shirt opened, revealing a large wound in the chest. +</p> + +<p> +“Death must have been instantaneous,” declared the doctor. +“One blow of the knife was enough.” +</p> + +<p> +“It was, no doubt, the knife which I saw on the drawing-room mantelpiece, +next to a leather cap?” said the examining magistrate. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said the Comte de Gesvres, “the knife was picked up +here. It comes from the same trophy in the drawing room from which my niece, +Mlle. de Saint-Véran, snatched the gun. As for the chauffeur’s cap, that +evidently belongs to the murderer.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul examined certain further details in the room, put a few questions to +the doctor and then asked M. de Gesvres to tell him what he had seen and heard. +The count worded his story as follows: +</p> + +<p> +“Jean Daval woke me up. I had been sleeping badly, for that matter, with +gleams of consciousness in which I seemed to hear noises, when, suddenly +opening my eyes, I saw Daval standing at the foot of my bed, with his candle in +his hand and fully dressed—as he is now, for he often worked late into +the night. He seemed greatly excited and said, in a low voice: +‘There’s some one in the drawing room.’ I heard a noise +myself. I got up and softly pushed the door leading to this boudoir. At the +same moment, the door over there, which opens into the big drawing room, was +thrown back and a man appeared who leaped at me and stunned me with a blow on +the temple. I am telling you this without any details, Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction, for the simple reason that I remember only the principal +facts, and that these facts followed upon one another with extraordinary +swiftness.” +</p> + +<p> +“And after that?—” +</p> + +<p> +“After that, I don’t know—I fainted. When I came to, Daval +lay stretched by my side, mortally wounded.” +</p> + +<p> +“At first sight, do you suspect no one?” +</p> + +<p> +“No one.” +</p> + +<p> +“You have no enemy?” +</p> + +<p> +“I know of none.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nor M. Daval either?” +</p> + +<p> +“Daval! An enemy? He was the best creature that ever lived. M. Daval was +my secretary for twenty years and, I may say, my confidant; and I have never +seen him surrounded with anything but love and friendship.” +</p> + +<p> +“Still, there has been a burglary and there has been a murder: there must +be a motive for all that.” +</p> + +<p> +“The motive? Why, it was robbery pure and simple.” +</p> + +<p> +“Robbery? Have you been robbed of something, then?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case—?” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case, if they have stolen nothing and if nothing is missing, +they at least took something away.” +</p> + +<p> +“What?” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t know. But my daughter and my niece will tell you, with +absolute certainty, that they saw two men in succession cross the park and that +those two men were carrying fairly heavy loads.” +</p> + +<p> +“The young ladies—” +</p> + +<p> +“The young ladies may have been dreaming, you think? I should be tempted +to believe it, for I have been exhausting myself in inquiries and suppositions +ever since this morning. However, it is easy enough to question them.” +</p> + +<p> +The two cousins were sent for to the big drawing room. Suzanne, still quite +pale and trembling, could hardly speak. Raymonde, who was more energetic, more +of a man, better looking, too, with the golden glint in her brown eyes, +described the events of the night and the part which she had played in them. +</p> + +<p> +“So I may take it, mademoiselle, that your evidence is positive?” +</p> + +<p> +“Absolutely. The men who went across the park were carrying things away +with them.” +</p> + +<p> +“And the third man?” +</p> + +<p> +“He went from here empty-handed.” +</p> + +<p> +“Could you describe him to us?” +</p> + +<p> +“He kept on dazzling us with the light of his lantern. All that I could +say is that he is tall and heavily built.” +</p> + +<p> +“Is that how he appeared to you, mademoiselle?” asked the +magistrate, turning to Suzanne de Gesvres. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—or, rather, no,” said Suzanne, reflecting. “I +thought he was about the middle height and slender.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul smiled; he was accustomed to differences of opinion and sight in +witnesses to one and the same fact: +</p> + +<p> +“So we have to do, on the one hand, with a man, the one in the drawing +room, who is, at the same time, tall and short, stout and thin, and, on the +other, with two men, those in the park, who are accused of removing from that +drawing room objects—which are still here!” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul was a magistrate of the ironic school, as he himself would say. He +was also a very ambitious magistrate and one who did not object to an audience +nor to an occasion to display his tactful resource in public, as was shown by +the increasing number of persons who now crowded into the room. The journalists +had been joined by the farmer and his son, the gardener and his wife, the +indoor servants of the château and the two cabmen who had driven the flies from +Dieppe. +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul continued: +</p> + +<p> +“There is also the question of agreeing upon the way in which the third +person disappeared. Was this the gun you fired, mademoiselle, and from this +window?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. The man reached the tombstone which is almost buried under the +brambles, to the left of the cloisters.” +</p> + +<p> +“But he got up again?” +</p> + +<p> +“Only half. Victor ran down at once to guard the little door and I +followed him, leaving the second footman, Albert, to keep watch here.” +</p> + +<p> +Albert now gave his evidence and the magistrate concluded: +</p> + +<p> +“So, according to you, the wounded man was not able to escape on the +left, because your fellow-servant was watching the door, nor on the right, +because you would have seen him cross the lawn. Logically, therefore, he is, at +the present moment, in the comparatively restricted space that lies before our +eyes.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am sure of it.” +</p> + +<p> +“And you, mademoiselle?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“And I, too,” said Victor. +</p> + +<p> +The deputy prosecutor exclaimed, with a leer: +</p> + +<p> +“The field of inquiry is quite narrow. We have only to continue the +search commenced four hours ago.” +</p> + +<p> +“We may be more fortunate.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul took the leather cap from the mantel, examined it and, beckoning to +the sergeant of gendarmes, whispered: +</p> + +<p> +“Sergeant, send one of your men to Dieppe at once. Tell him to go to +Maigret, the hatter, in the Rue de la Barre, and ask M. Maigret to tell him, if +possible, to whom this cap was sold.” +</p> + +<p> +The “field of inquiry,” in the deputy’s phrase, was limited +to the space contained between the house, the lawn on the right and the angle +formed by the left wall and the wall opposite the house, that is to say, a +quadrilateral of about a hundred yards each way, in which the ruins of +Ambrumésy, the famous mediæval monastery, stood out at intervals. +</p> + +<p> +They at once noticed the traces left by the fugitive in the trampled grass. In +two places, marks of blackened blood, now almost dried up, were observed. After +the turn at the end of the cloisters, there was nothing more to be seen, as the +nature of the ground, here covered with pine-needles, did not lend itself to +the imprint of a body. But, in that case, how had the wounded man succeeded in +escaping the eyes of Raymonde, Victor and Albert? There was nothing but a few +brakes, which the servants and the gendarmes had beaten over and over again, +and a number of tombstones, under which they had explored. The examining +magistrate made the gardener, who had the key, open the chapel, a real gem of +carving, a shrine in stone which had been respected by time and the +revolutionaries, and which, with the delicate sculpture work of its porch and +its miniature population of statuettes, was always looked upon as a marvelous +specimen of the Norman-Gothic style. The chapel, which was very simple in the +interior, with no other ornament than its marble altar, offered no +hiding-place. Besides, the fugitive would have had to obtain admission. And by +what means? +</p> + +<p> +The inspection brought them to the little door in the wall that served as an +entrance for the visitors to the ruins. It opened on a sunk road running +between the park wall and a copsewood containing some abandoned quarries. M. +Filleul stooped forward: the dust of the road bore marks of anti-skid pneumatic +tires. Raymonde and Victor remembered that, after the shot, they had seemed to +hear the throb of a motor-car. +</p> + +<p> +The magistrate suggested: +</p> + +<p> +“The man must have joined his confederates.” +</p> + +<p> +“Impossible!” cried Victor. “I was here while mademoiselle +and Albert still had him in view.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense, he must be somewhere! Outside or inside: we have no +choice!” +</p> + +<p> +“He is here,” the servants insisted, obstinately. +</p> + +<p> +The magistrate shrugged his shoulders and went back to the house in a more or +less sullen mood. There was no doubt that it was an unpromising case. A theft +in which nothing had been stolen; an invisible prisoner: what could be less +satisfactory? +</p> + +<p> +It was late. M. de Gesvres asked the officials and the two journalists to stay +to lunch. They ate in silence and then M. Filleul returned to the drawing room, +where he questioned the servants. But the sound of a horse’s hoofs came +from the courtyard and, a moment after, the gendarme who had been sent to +Dieppe entered. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, did you see the hatter?” exclaimed the magistrate, eager at +last to obtain some positive information. +</p> + +<p> +“I saw M. Maigret. The cap was sold to a cab-driver.” +</p> + +<p> +“A cab-driver!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, a driver who stopped his fly before the shop and asked to be +supplied with a yellow-leather chauffeur’s cap for one of his customers. +This was the only one left. He paid for it, without troubling about the size, +and drove off. He was in a great hurry.” +</p> + +<p> +“What sort of fly was it?” +</p> + +<p> +“A calash.” +</p> + +<p> +“And on what day did this happen?” +</p> + +<p> +“On what day? Why, to-day, at eight o’clock this morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“This morning? What are you talking about?” +</p> + +<p> +“The cap was bought this morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“But that’s impossible, because it was found last night in the +park. If it was found there, it must have been there; and, consequently, it +must have been bought before.” +</p> + +<p> +“The hatter told me it was bought this morning.” +</p> + +<p> +There was a moment of general bewilderment. The nonplussed magistrate strove to +understand. Suddenly, he started, as though struck with a gleam of light: +</p> + +<p> +“Fetch the cabman who brought us here this morning! The man who drove the +calash! Fetch him at once!” +</p> + +<p> +The sergeant of gendarmes and his subordinate ran off to the stables. In a few +minutes, the sergeant returned alone. +</p> + +<p> +“Where’s the cabman?” +</p> + +<p> +“He asked for food in the kitchen, ate his lunch and then—” +</p> + +<p> +“And then—?” +</p> + +<p> +“He went off.” +</p> + +<p> +“With his fly?” +</p> + +<p> +“No. Pretending that he wanted to go and see a relation at Ouville, he +borrowed the groom’s bicycle. Here are his hat and greatcoat.” +</p> + +<p> +“But did he leave bare-headed?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, he took a cap from his pocket and put it on.” +</p> + +<p> +“A cap?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, a yellow leather cap, it seems.” +</p> + +<p> +“A yellow leather cap? Why, no, we’ve got it here!” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s true, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, but his is just +like it.” +</p> + +<p> +The deputy sniggered: +</p> + +<p> +“Very funny! Most amusing! There are two caps—One, the real one, +which constituted our only piece of evidence, has gone off on the head of the +sham flyman! The other, the false one, is in your hands. Oh, the fellow has had +us nicely!” +</p> + +<p> +“Catch him! Fetch him back!” cried M. Filleul. “Two of your +men on horseback, Sergeant Quevillon, and at full speed!” +</p> + +<p> +“He is far away by this time,” said the deputy. +</p> + +<p> +“He can be as far as he pleases, but still we must lay hold of +him.” +</p> + +<p> +“I hope so; but I think, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that your +efforts should be concentrated here above all. Would you mind reading this +scrap of paper, which I have just found in the pocket of the coat?” +</p> + +<p> +“Which coat?” +</p> + +<p> +“The driver’s.” +</p> + +<p> +And the deputy prosecutor handed M. Filleul a piece of paper, folded in four, +containing these few words written in pencil, in a more or less common hand: +</p> + +<p> +“Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the governor!” +</p> + +<p> +The incident caused a certain stir. +</p> + +<p> +“A word to the wise!” muttered the deputy. “We are now +forewarned.” +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Comte,” said the examining magistrate, “I beg +you not to be alarmed. Nor you either, mademoiselle. This threat is of no +importance, as the police are on the spot. We shall take every precaution and I +will answer for your safety. As for you, gentlemen. I rely on your discretion. +You have been present at this inquiry, thanks to my excessive kindness toward +the Press, and it would be making me an ill return—” +</p> + +<p> +He interrupted himself, as though an idea had struck him, looked at the two +young men, one after the other, and, going up to the first, asked: +</p> + +<p> +“What paper do you represent, sir?” +</p> + +<p> +“The <i>Journal de Rouen</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“Have you your credentials?” +</p> + +<p> +“Here.” +</p> + +<p> +The card was in order. There was no more to be said. M. Filleul turned to the +other reporter: +</p> + +<p> +“And you, sir?” +</p> + +<p> +“I?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, you: what paper do you belong to?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I write for a number of +papers—all over the place—” +</p> + +<p> +“Your credentials?” +</p> + +<p> +“I haven’t any.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh! How is that?” +</p> + +<p> +“For a newspaper to give you a card, you have to be on its regular +staff.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I am only an occasional contributor, a free-lance. I send articles +to this newspaper and that. They are published or declined according to +circumstances.” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case, what is your name? Where are your papers?” +</p> + +<p> +“My name would tell you nothing. As for papers, I have none.” +</p> + +<p> +“You have no paper of any kind to prove your profession!” +</p> + +<p> +“I have no profession.” +</p> + +<p> +“But look here, sir,” cried the magistrate, with a certain +asperity, “you can’t expect to preserve your incognito after +introducing yourself here by a trick and surprising the secrets of the +police!” +</p> + +<p> +“I beg to remark, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that you asked me +nothing when I came in, and that therefore I had nothing to say. Besides, it +never struck me that your inquiry was secret, when everybody was +admitted—including even one of the criminals!” +</p> + +<p> +He spoke softly, in a tone of infinite politeness. He was quite a young man, +very tall, very slender and dressed without the least attempt at fashion, in a +jacket and trousers both too small for him. He had a pink face like a +girl’s, a broad forehead topped with close-cropped hair, and a scrubby +and ill-trimmed fair beard. His bright eyes gleamed with intelligence. He +seemed not in the least embarrassed and wore a pleasant smile, free from any +shade of banter. +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul looked at him with an aggressive air of distrust. The two gendarmes +came forward. The young man exclaimed, gaily: +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, you clearly suspect me of being an +accomplice. But, if that were so, would I not have slipped away at the right +moment, following the example of my fellow-criminal?” +</p> + +<p> +“You might have hoped—” +</p> + +<p> +“Any hope would have been absurd. A moment’s reflection, Monsieur +le Juge d’Instruction, will make you agree with me that, logically +speaking—” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul looked him straight in the eyes and said, sharply: +</p> + +<p> +“No more jokes! Your name?” +</p> + +<p> +“Isidore Beautrelet.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your occupation?” +</p> + +<p> +“Sixth-form pupil at the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul opened a pair of startled eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you talking about? Sixth-form pupil—” +</p> + +<p> +“At the Lycée Janson, Rue de la Pompe, number—” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, look here,” exclaimed M. Filleul, “you’re trying +to take me in! This won’t do, you know; a joke can go too far!” +</p> + +<p> +“I must say, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that your astonishment +surprises me. What is there to prevent my being a sixth-form pupil at the Lycée +Janson? My beard, perhaps? Set your mind at ease: my beard is false!” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet pulled off the few curls that adorned his chin, and his +beardless face appeared still younger and pinker, a genuine schoolboy’s +face. And, with a laugh like a child’s, revealing his white teeth: +</p> + +<p> +“Are you convinced now?” he asked. “Do you want more proofs? +Here, you can read the address on these letters from my father: ‘<i>To +Monsieur Isidore Beautrelet, Indoor Pupil, Lycée +Janson-de-Sailly</i>.’” +</p> + +<p> +Convinced or not, M. Filleul did not look as if he liked the story. He asked, +gruffly: +</p> + +<p> +“What are you doing here?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why—I’m—I’m improving my mind.” +</p> + +<p> +“There are schools for that: yours, for instance.” +</p> + +<p> +“You forget, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that this is the +twenty-third of April and that we are in the middle of the Easter +holidays.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I have every right to spend my holidays as I please.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your father—” +</p> + +<p> +“My father lives at the other end of the country, in Savoy, and he +himself advised me to take a little trip on the North Coast.” +</p> + +<p> +“With a false beard?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no! That’s my own idea. At school, we talk a great deal about +mysterious adventures; we read detective stories, in which people disguise +themselves; we imagine any amount of terrible and intricate cases. So I thought +I would amuse myself; and I put on this false beard. Besides, I enjoyed the +advantage of being taken seriously and I pretended to be a Paris reporter. That +is how, last night, after an uneventful period of more than a week, I had the +pleasure of making the acquaintance of my Rouen colleague; and, this morning, +when he heard of the Ambrumésy murder, he very kindly suggested that I should +come with him and that we should share the cost of a fly.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet said all this with a frank and artless simplicity of which +it was impossible not to feel the charm. M. Filleul himself, though maintaining +a distrustful reserve, took a certain pleasure in listening to him. He asked +him, in a less peevish tone: +</p> + +<p> +“And are you satisfied with your expedition?” +</p> + +<p> +“Delighted! All the more as I had never been present at a case of the +sort and I find that this one is not lacking in interest.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nor in that mysterious intricacy which you prize so highly—” +</p> + +<p> +“And which is so stimulating, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction! I +know nothing more exciting than to see all the facts coming up out of the +shadow, clustering together, so to speak, and gradually forming the probable +truth.” +</p> + +<p> +“The probable truth! You go pretty fast, young man! Do you suggest that +you have your little solution of the riddle ready?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no!” replied Beautrelet, with a laugh. +</p> + +<p> +“Only—it seems to me that there are certain points on which it is +not impossible to form an opinion; and others, even, are so precise as to +warrant—a conclusion.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, but this is becoming very curious and I shall get to know something +at last! For I confess, to my great confusion, that I know nothing.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is because you have not had time to reflect, Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction. The great thing is to reflect. Facts very seldom fail to +carry their own explanation!” +</p> + +<p> +“And, according to you, the facts which we have just ascertained carry +their own explanation?” +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t you think so yourself? In any case, I have ascertained none +besides those which are set down in the official report.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good! So that, if I were to ask you which were the objects stolen from +this room—” +</p> + +<p> +“I should answer that I know.” +</p> + +<p> +“Bravo! My gentleman knows more about it than the owner himself. M. de +Gesvres has everything accounted for: M. Isidore Beautrelet has not. He misses +a bookcase in three sections and a life-size statue which nobody ever noticed. +And, if I asked you the name of the murderer?” +</p> + +<p> +“I should again answer that I know it.” +</p> + +<p> +All present gave a start. The deputy and the journalist drew nearer. M. de +Gesvres and the two girls, impressed by Beautrelet’s tranquil assurance, +listened attentively. +</p> + +<p> +“You know the murderer’s name?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“And the place where he is concealed, perhaps?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul rubbed his hands. +</p> + +<p> +“What a piece of luck! This capture will do honor to my career. And can +you make me these startling revelations now?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, now—or rather, if you do not mind, in an hour or two, when I +shall have assisted at your inquiry to the end.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, no, young man, here and now, please.” At that moment Raymonde +de Saint-Véran, who had not taken her eyes from Isidore Beautrelet since the +beginning of this scene, came up to M. Filleul: +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, mademoiselle?” +</p> + +<p> +She hesitated for two or three seconds, with her eyes fixed on Beautrelet, and +then, addressing M. Filleul: +</p> + +<p> +“I should like you to ask monsieur the reason why he was walking +yesterday in the sunk road which leads up to the little door.” +</p> + +<p> +It was an unexpected and dramatic stroke. Isidore Beautrelet appeared +nonplussed: +</p> + +<p> +“I, mademoiselle? I? You saw me yesterday?” +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde remained thoughtful, with her eyes upon Beautrelet, as though she were +trying to settle her own conviction, and then said, in a steady voice: +</p> + +<p> +“At four o’clock in the afternoon, as I was crossing the wood, I +met in the sunk road a young man of monsieur’s height, dressed like him +and wearing a beard cut in the same way—and I received a very clear +impression that he was trying to hide.” +</p> + +<p> +“And it was I?” +</p> + +<p> +“I could not say that as an absolute certainty, for my recollection is a +little vague. Still—still, I think so—if not, it would be an +unusual resemblance—” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul was perplexed. Already taken in by one of the confederates, was he +now going to let himself be tricked by this self-styled schoolboy? Certainly, +the young man’s manner spoke in his favor; but one can never tell! +</p> + +<p> +“What have you to say, sir?” +</p> + +<p> +“That mademoiselle is mistaken, as I can easily show you with one word. +Yesterday, at the time stated, I was at Veules.” +</p> + +<p> +“You will have to prove it, you will have to. In any case, the position +is not what it was. Sergeant, one of your men will keep monsieur +company.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet’s face denoted a keen vexation. +</p> + +<p> +“Will it be for long?” +</p> + +<p> +“Long enough to collect the necessary information.” +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I beseech you to collect it with +all possible speed and discretion.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why?” +</p> + +<p> +“My father is an old man. We are very much attached to each +other—and I would not have him suffer on my account.” +</p> + +<p> +The more or less pathetic note in his voice made a bad impression on M. +Filleul. It suggested a scene in a melodrama. Nevertheless, he promised: +</p> + +<p> +“This evening—or to-morrow at latest, I shall know what to +think.” +</p> + +<p> +The afternoon was wearing on. The examining magistrate returned to the ruins of +the cloisters, after giving orders that no unauthorized persons were to be +admitted, and patiently, methodically, dividing the ground into lots which were +successively explored, himself directed the search. But at the end of the day +he was no farther than at the start; and he declared, before an army of +reporters who, during that time, had invaded the château: +</p> + +<p> +“Gentlemen, everything leads us to suppose that the wounded man is here, +within our reach; everything, that is, except the reality, the fact. Therefore, +in our humble opinion, he must have escaped and we shall find him +outside.” +</p> + +<p> +By way of precaution, however, he arranged, with the sergeant of gendarmes, for +a complete watch to be kept over the park and, after making a fresh examination +of the two drawing rooms, visiting the whole of the château and surrounding +himself with all the necessary information, he took the road back to Dieppe, +accompanied by the deputy prosecutor. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Night fell. As the boudoir was to remain locked, Jean Daval’s body had +been moved to another room. Two women from the neighborhood sat up with it, +assisted by Suzanne and Raymonde. Downstairs, young Isidore Beautrelet slept on +the bench in the old oratory, under the watchful eye of the village policeman, +who had been attached to his person. Outside, the gendarmes, the farmer and a +dozen peasants had taken up their position among the ruins and along the walls. +</p> + +<p> +All was still until eleven o’clock; but, at ten minutes past eleven, a +shot echoed from the other side of the house. +</p> + +<p> +“Attention!” roared the sergeant. “Two men remain here: you, +Fossier—and you, Lecanu—The others at the double!” +</p> + +<p> +They all rushed forward and ran round the house on the left. A figure was seen +to make away in the dark. Then, suddenly, a second shot drew them farther on, +almost to the borders of the farm. And, all at once, as they arrived, in a +band, at the hedge which lines the orchard, a flame burst out, to the right of +the farmhouse, and other flames also rose in a thick column. It was a barn +burning, stuffed to the ridge with straw. +</p> + +<p> +“The scoundrels!” shouted the sergeant. “They’ve set +fire to it. Have at them, lads! They can’t be far away!” +</p> + +<p> +But the wind was turning the flames toward the main building; and it became +necessary, before all things, to ward off the danger. They all exerted +themselves with the greater ardor inasmuch as M. de Gesvres, hurrying to the +scene of the disaster, encouraged them with the promise of a reward. By the +time that they had mastered the flames, it was two o’clock in the +morning. All pursuit would have been vain. +</p> + +<p> +“We’ll look into it by daylight,” said the sergeant. +“They are sure to have left traces: we shall find them.” +</p> + +<p> +“And I shall not be sorry,” added M. de Gesvres, “to learn +the reason of this attack. To set fire to trusses of straw strikes me as a very +useless proceeding.” +</p> + +<p> +“Come with me, Monsieur le Comte: I may be able to tell you the +reason.” +</p> + +<p> +Together they reached the ruins of the cloisters. The sergeant called out: +</p> + +<p> +“Lecanu!—Fossier!” +</p> + +<p> +The other gendarmes were already hunting for their comrades whom they had left +standing sentry. They ended by finding them at a few paces from the little +door. The two men were lying full length on the ground, bound and gagged, with +bandages over their eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Comte,” muttered the sergeant, while his men were +being released; “Monsieur le Comte, we have been tricked like +children.” +</p> + +<p> +“How so?” +</p> + +<p> +“The shots—the attack on the barn—the fire—all so much +humbug to get us down there—a diversion. During that time they were tying +up our two men and the business was done.” +</p> + +<p> +“What business?” +</p> + +<p> +“Carrying off the wounded man, of course!” +</p> + +<p> +“You don’t mean to say you think—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Think? Why, it’s as plain as a pikestaff! The idea came to me ten +minutes ago—but I’m a fool not to have thought of it earlier. We +should have nabbed them all.” Quevillon stamped his foot on the ground, +with a sudden attack of rage. “But where, confound it, where did they go +through? Which way did they carry him off? For, dash it all, we beat the ground +all day; and a man can’t hide in a tuft of grass, especially when +he’s wounded! It’s witchcraft, that’s what it +is!—” +</p> + +<p> +Nor was this the last surprise awaiting Sergeant Quevillon. At dawn, when they +entered the oratory which had been used as a cell for young Isidore Beautrelet, +they realized that young Isidore Beautrelet had vanished. +</p> + +<p> +On a chair slept the village policeman, bent in two. By his side stood a +water-bottle and two tumblers. At the bottom of one of those tumblers a few +grains of white powder. +</p> + +<p> +On examination, it was proved, first, that young Isidore Beautrelet had +administered a sleeping draught to the village policeman; secondly, that he +could only have escaped by a window situated at a height of seven or eight feet +in the wall; and lastly—a charming detail, this—that he could only +have reached this window by using the back of his warder as a footstool. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>CHAPTER TWO<br/> +ISIDORE BEAUTRELET, SIXTH-FORM SCHOOLBOY</h2> + +<p> +From the <i>Grand Journal</i>. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +LATEST NEWS +</p> + +<p class="center"> +DOCTOR DELATTRE KIDNAPPED<br/> +A MAD PIECE OF CRIMINAL DARING +</p> + +<p> +At the moment of going to press, we have received an item of news which we dare +not guarantee as authentic, because of its very improbable character. We print +it, therefore, with all reserve. +</p> + +<p> +Yesterday evening, Dr. Delattre, the well-known surgeon, was present, with his +wife and daughter, at the performance of <i>Hernani</i> at the Comédie +Française. At the commencement of the third act, that is to say, at about ten +o’clock, the door of his box opened and a gentleman, accompanied by two +others, leaned over to the doctor and said to him, in a low voice, but loud +enough for Mme. Delattre to hear: +</p> + +<p> +“Doctor, I have a very painful task to fulfil and I shall be very +grateful to you if you will make it as easy for me as you can.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you, sir?” +</p> + +<p> +“M. Thézard, commissary of police of the first district; and my +instructions are to take you to M. Dudouis, at the prefecture.” +</p> + +<p> +“But—” +</p> + +<p> +“Not a word, doctor, I entreat you, not a movement—There is some +regrettable mistake; and that is why we must act in silence and not attract +anybody’s attention. You will be back, I have no doubt, before the end of +the performance.” +</p> + +<p> +The doctor rose and went with the commissary. At the end of the performance, he +had not returned. Mme. Delattre, greatly alarmed, drove to the office of the +commissary of police. There she found the real M. Thézard and discovered, to +her great terror, that the individual who had carried off her husband was an +impostor. +</p> + +<p> +Inquiries made so far have revealed the fact that the doctor stepped into a +motor car and that the car drove off in the direction of the Concorde. +</p> + +<p> +Readers will find further details of this incredible adventure in our second +edition. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Incredible though it might be, the adventure was perfectly true. Besides, the +issue was not long delayed and the <i>Grand Journal</i>, while confirming the +story in its midday edition, described in a few lines the dramatic ending with +which it concluded: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +THE STORY ENDS<br/> +AND<br/> +GUESS-WORK BEGINS +</p> + +<p> +Dr. Delattre was brought back to 78, Rue Duret, at nine o’clock this +morning, in a motor car which drove away immediately at full speed. +</p> + +<p> +No. 78, Rue Duret, is the address of Dr. Delattre’s clinical surgery, at +which he arrives every morning at the same hour. When we sent in our card, the +doctor, though closeted with the chief of the detective service, was good +enough to consent to receive us. +</p> + +<p> +“All that I can tell you,” he said, in reply to our questions, +“is that I was treated with the greatest consideration. My three +companions were the most charming people I have ever met, exquisitely +well-mannered and bright and witty talkers: a quality not to be despised, in +view of the length of the journey.” +</p> + +<p> +“How long did it take?” +</p> + +<p> +“About four hours and as long returning.” +</p> + +<p> +“And what was the object of the journey?” +</p> + +<p> +“I was taken to see a patient whose condition rendered an immediate +operation necessary.” +</p> + +<p> +“And was the operation successful?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but the consequences may be dangerous. I would answer for the +patient here. Down there—under his present conditions—” +</p> + +<p> +“Bad conditions?” +</p> + +<p> +“Execrable!—A room in an inn—and the practically absolute +impossibility of being attended to.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then what can save him?” +</p> + +<p> +“A miracle—and his constitution, which is an exceptionally strong +one.” +</p> + +<p> +“And can you say nothing more about this strange patient?” +</p> + +<p> +“No. In the first place, I have taken an oath; and, secondly, I have +received a present of ten thousand francs for my free surgery. If I do not keep +silence, this sum will be taken from me.” +</p> + +<p> +“You are joking! Do you believe that?” +</p> + +<p> +“Indeed I do. The men all struck me as being very much in earnest.” +</p> + +<p> +This is the statement made to us by Dr. Delattre. And we know, on the other +hand, that the head of the detective service, in spite of all his insisting, +has not yet succeeded in extracting any more precise particulars from him as to +the operation which he performed, the patient whom he attended or the district +traversed by the car. It is difficult, therefore, to arrive at the truth. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +This truth, which the writer of the interview confessed himself unable to +discover, was guessed by the more or less clear-sighted minds that perceived a +connection with the facts which had occurred the day before at the Château +d’Ambrumésy, and which were reported, down to the smallest detail, in all +the newspapers of that day. There was evidently a coincidence to be reckoned +with in the disappearance of a wounded burglar and the kidnapping of a famous +surgeon. +</p> + +<p> +The judicial inquiry, moreover, proved the correctness of the hypothesis. By +following the track of the sham flyman, who had fled on a bicycle, they were +able to show that he had reached the forest of Arques, at some ten miles’ +distance, and that from there, after throwing his bicycle into a ditch, he had +gone to the village of Saint-Nicolas, whence he had dispatched the following +telegram: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +A. L. N., <i>Post-office</i> 45, Paris.<br/> + Situation desperate. Operation urgently necessary. Send celebrity by +national road fourteen. +</p> + +<p> +The evidence was undeniable. Once apprised the accomplices in Paris hastened to +make their arrangements. At ten o’clock in the evening they sent their +celebrity by National Road No. 14, which skirts the forest of Arques and ends +at Dieppe. During this time, under cover of the fire which they themselves had +caused, the gang of burglars carried off their leader and moved him to an inn, +where the operation took place on the arrival of the surgeon, at two +o’clock in the morning. +</p> + +<p> +About that there was no doubt. At Pontoise, at Gournay, at Forges, +Chief-inspector Ganimard, who was sent specially from Paris, with Inspector +Folenfant, as his assistant, ascertained that a motor car had passed in the +course of the previous night. The same on the road from Dieppe to Ambrumésy. +And, though the traces of the car were lost at about a mile and a half from the +château, at least a number of footmarks were seen between the little door in +the park wall and the abbey ruins. Besides, Ganimard remarked that the lock of +the little door had been forced. +</p> + +<p> +So all was explained. It remained to decide which inn the doctor had spoken of: +an easy piece of work for a Ganimard, a professional ferret, a patient old +stager of the police. The number of inns is limited and this one, given the +condition of the wounded man, could only be one quite close to Ambrumésy. +Ganimard and Sergeant Quevillon set to work. Within a circle of five hundred +yards, of a thousand yards, of fifteen hundred yards, they visited and +ransacked everything that could pass for an inn. But, against all expectation, +the dying man persisted in remaining invisible. +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard became more resolved than ever. He came back to sleep at the château, +on the Saturday night, with the intention of making his personal inquiry on the +Sunday. On Sunday morning, he learned that, during the night, a posse of +gendarmes had seen a figure gliding along the sunk road, outside the wall. Was +it an accomplice who had come back to investigate? Were they to suppose that +the leader of the gang had not left the cloisters or the neighborhood of the +cloisters? +</p> + +<p> +That night, Ganimard openly sent the squad of gendarmes to the farm and posted +himself and Folenfant outside the walls, near the little door. +</p> + +<p> +A little before midnight, a person passed out of the wood, slipped between +them, went through the door and entered the park. For three hours, they saw him +wander from side to side across the ruins, stooping, climbing up the old +pillars, sometimes remaining for long minutes without moving. Then he went back +to the door and again passed between the two inspectors. +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard caught him by the collar, while Folenfant seized him round the body. +He made no resistance of any kind and, with the greatest docility, allowed them +to bind his wrists and take him to the house. But, when they attempted to +question him, he replied simply that he owed them no account of his doings and +that he would wait for the arrival of the examining magistrate. Thereupon, they +fastened him firmly to the foot of a bed, in one of the two adjoining rooms +which they occupied. +</p> + +<p> +At nine o’clock on Monday morning, as soon as M. Filleul had arrived, +Ganimard announced the capture which he had made. The prisoner was brought +downstairs. It was Isidore Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“M. Isidore Beautrelet!” exclaimed M. Filleul with an air of +rapture, holding out both his hands to the newcomer. “What a delightful +surprise! Our excellent amateur detective here! And at our disposal too! Why, +it’s a windfall!—M. Chief-inspector, allow me to introduce to you +M. Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form pupil at the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly.” +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard seemed a little nonplussed. Isidore made him a very low bow, as though +he were greeting a colleague whom he knew how to esteem at his true value, and, +turning to M. Filleul: +</p> + +<p> +“It appears, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that you have received +a satisfactory account of me?” +</p> + +<p> +“Perfectly satisfactory! To begin with, you were really at +Veules-les-Roses at the time when Mlle. de Saint-Véran thought she saw you in +the sunk road. I dare say we shall discover the identity of your double. In the +second place, you are in very deed Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form pupil and, +what is more, an excellent pupil, industrious at your work and of exemplary +behavior. As your father lives in the country, you go out once a month to his +correspondent, M. Bernod, who is lavish in his praises of you.” +</p> + +<p> +“So that—” +</p> + +<p> +“So that you are free, M. Isidore Beautrelet.” +</p> + +<p> +“Absolutely free?” +</p> + +<p> +“Absolutely. Oh, I must make just one little condition, all the same. You +can understand that I can’t release a gentleman who administers +sleeping-draughts, who escapes by the window and who is afterward caught in the +act of trespassing upon private property. I can’t release him without a +compensation of some kind.” +</p> + +<p> +“I await your pleasure.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, we will resume our interrupted conversation and you shall tell me +how far you have advanced with your investigations. In two days of liberty, you +must have carried them pretty far?” And, as Ganimard was preparing to go, +with an affectation of contempt for that sort of practice, the magistrate +cried, “Not at all, M. Inspector, your place is here—I assure you +that M. Isidore Beautrelet is worth listening to. M. Isidore Beautrelet, +according to my information, has made a great reputation at the Lycée +Janson-de-Sailly as an observer whom nothing escapes; and his schoolfellows, I +hear, look upon him as your competitor and a rival of Holmlock Shears!” +</p> + +<p> +“Indeed!” said Ganimard, ironically. +</p> + +<p> +“Just so. One of them wrote to me, ‘If Beautrelet declares that he +knows, you must believe him; and, whatever he says, you may be sure that it is +the exact expression of the truth.’ M. Isidore Beautrelet, now or never +is the time to vindicate the confidence of your friends. I beseech you, give us +the exact expression of the truth.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore listened with a smile and replied: +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, you are very cruel. You make fun +of poor schoolboys who amuse themselves as best they can. You are quite right, +however, and I will give you no further reason to laugh at me.” +</p> + +<p> +“The fact is that you know nothing, M. Isidore Beautrelet.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I confess in all humility that I know nothing. For I do not call it +‘knowing anything’ that I happen to have hit upon two or three more +precise points which, I am sure, cannot have escaped you.” +</p> + +<p> +“For instance?” +</p> + +<p> +“For instance, the object of the theft.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, of course, you know the object of the theft?” +</p> + +<p> +“As you do, I have no doubt. In fact, it was the first thing I studied, +because the task struck me as easier.” +</p> + +<p> +“Easier, really?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, of course. At the most, it’s a question of reasoning.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing more than that?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing more.” +</p> + +<p> +“And what is your reasoning?” +</p> + +<p> +“It is just this, stripped of all extraneous comment: on the one hand, +<i>there has been a theft</i>, because the two young ladies are agreed and +because they really saw two men running away and carrying things with +them.” +</p> + +<p> +“There has been a theft.” +</p> + +<p> +“On the other hand, <i>nothing has disappeared</i>, because M. de Gesvres +says so and he is in a better position than anybody to know.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing has disappeared.” +</p> + +<p> +“From those two premises I arrive at this inevitable result: granted that +there has been a theft and that nothing has disappeared, it is because the +object carried off has been replaced by an exactly similar object. Let me +hasten to add that possibly my argument may not be confirmed by the facts. But +I maintain that it is the first argument that ought to occur to us and that we +are not entitled to waive it until we have made a serious examination.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s true—that’s true,” muttered the +magistrate, who was obviously interested. +</p> + +<p> +“Now,” continued Isidore, “what was there in this room that +could arouse the covetousness of the burglars? Two things. The tapestry first. +It can’t have been that. Old tapestry cannot be imitated: the fraud would +have been palpable at once. There remain the four Rubens pictures.” +</p> + +<p> +“What’s that you say?” +</p> + +<p> +“I say that the four Rubenses on that wall are false.” +</p> + +<p> +“Impossible!” +</p> + +<p> +“They are false <i>a priori</i>, inevitably and without a doubt.” +</p> + +<p> +“I tell you, it’s impossible.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is very nearly a year ago, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, +since a young man, who gave his name as Charpenais, came to the Château +d’Ambrumésy and asked permission to copy the Rubens pictures. M. de +Gesvres gave him permission. Every day for five months Charpenais worked in +this room from morning till dusk. The copies which he made, canvases and +frames, have taken the place of the four original pictures bequeathed to M. de +Gesvres by his uncle, the Marqués de Bobadilla.” +</p> + +<p> +“Prove it!” +</p> + +<p> +“I have no proof to give. A picture is false because it is false; and I +consider that it is not even necessary to examine these four.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul and Ganimard exchanged glances of unconcealed astonishment. The +inspector no longer thought of withdrawing. At last, the magistrate muttered: +</p> + +<p> +“We must have M. de Gesvres’s opinion.” +</p> + +<p> +And Ganimard agreed: +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, we must have his opinion.” +</p> + +<p> +And they sent to beg the count to come to the drawing room. +</p> + +<p> +The young sixth-form pupil had won a real victory. To compel two experts, two +professionals like M. Filleul and Ganimard to take account of his surmises +implied a testimony of respect of which any other would have been proud. But +Beautrelet seemed not to feel those little satisfactions of self-conceit and, +still smiling without the least trace of irony, he placidly waited. +</p> + +<p> +M. de Gesvres entered the room. +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Comte,” said the magistrate, “the result of our +inquiry has brought us face to face with an utterly unexpected contingency, +which we submit to you with all reserve. It is possible—I say that it is +possible—that the burglars, when breaking into the house, had it as their +object to steal your four pictures by Rubens—or, at least, to replace +them by four copies—copies which are said to have been made last year by +a painter called Charpenais. Would you be so good as to examine the pictures +and to tell us if you recognize them as genuine?” +</p> + +<p> +The count appeared to suppress a movement of annoyance, looked at Isidore +Beautrelet and at M. Filleul and replied, without even troubling to go near the +pictures: +</p> + +<p> +“I hoped, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that the truth might have +remained unknown. As this is not so, I have no hesitation in declaring that the +four pictures are false.” +</p> + +<p> +“You knew it, then?” +</p> + +<p> +“From the beginning.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why didn’t you say so?” +</p> + +<p> +“The owner of a work is never in a hurry to declare that that work is +not—or, rather, is no longer genuine.” +</p> + +<p> +“Still, it was the only means of recovering them.” +</p> + +<p> +“I consider that there was another and a better.” +</p> + +<p> +“Which was that?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not to make the secret known, not to frighten my burglars and to offer +to buy back the pictures, which they must find more or less difficult to +dispose of.” +</p> + +<p> +“How would you communicate with them?” +</p> + +<p> +As the count did not reply, Isidore answered for him: +</p> + +<p> +“By means of an advertisement in the papers. The paragraph inserted in +the agony column of the <i>Journal</i>, the <i>Écho de Paris</i> and the +<i>Matin</i> runs, ‘Am prepared to buy back the pictures.’” +</p> + +<p> +The count agreed with a nod. Once again, the young man was teaching his elders. +M. Filleul showed himself a good sportsman. +</p> + +<p> +“There’s no doubt about it, my dear sir,” he exclaimed. +“I’m beginning to think your school-fellows were not quite wrong. +By Jove, what an eye! What intuition! If this goes on, there will be nothing +left for M. Ganimard and me to do.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, none of this part was so very complicated!” +</p> + +<p> +“You mean to say that the rest was more so I remember, in fact, that, +when we first met you seemed to know all about it. Let me see, a far as I +recollect, you said that you knew the name of the murderer.” +</p> + +<p> +“So I do.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, then, who killed Jean Daval? Is the man alive? Where is he +hiding?” +</p> + +<p> +“There is a misunderstanding between us, Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction, or, rather, you have misunderstood the facts from the +beginning The murderer and the runaway are two distinct persons.” +</p> + +<p> +“What’s that?” exclaimed M. Filleul. “The man whom M. +de Gesvres saw in the boudoir and struggled with, the man whom the young ladies +saw in the drawing-room and whom Mlle. de Saint-Véran shot at, the man who fell +in the park and whom we are looking for: do you suggest that he is not the man +who killed Jean Daval?” +</p> + +<p> +“I do.” +</p> + +<p> +“Have you discovered the traces of a third accomplice who disappeared +before the arrival of the young ladies?” +</p> + +<p> +“I have not.” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case, I don’t understand.—Well, who is the murderer +of Jean Daval?” +</p> + +<p> +“Jean Daval was killed by—” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet interrupted himself, thought for a moment and continued: +</p> + +<p> +“But I must first show you the road which I followed to arrive at the +certainty and the very reasons of the murder—without which my accusation +would seem monstrous to you.—And it is not—no, it is not monstrous +at all.—There is one detail which has passed unobserved and which, +nevertheless, is of the greatest importance; and that is that Jean Daval, at +the moment when he was stabbed, had all his clothes on, including his walking +boots, was dressed, in short, as a man is dressed in the middle of the day, +with a waistcoat, collar, tie and braces. Now the crime was committed at four +o’clock in the morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“I reflected on that strange fact,” said the magistrate, “and +M. de Gesvres replied that Jean Daval spent a part of his nights in +working.” +</p> + +<p> +“The servants say, on the contrary, that he went to bed regularly at a +very early hour. But, admitting that he was up, why did he disarrange his +bedclothes, to make believe that he had gone to bed? And, if he was in bed, +why, when he heard a noise, did he take the trouble to dress himself from head +to foot, instead of slipping on anything that came to hand? I went to his room +on the first day, while you were at lunch: his slippers were at the foot of the +bed. What prevented him from putting them on rather than his heavy nailed +boots?” +</p> + +<p> +“So far, I do not see—” +</p> + +<p> +“So far, in fact, you cannot see anything, except anomalies. They +appeared much more suspicious to me, however, when I learned that Charpenais +the painter, the man who copied the Rubens pictures, had been introduced and +recommended to the Comte de Gesvres by Jean Daval himself.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, from that to the conclusion that Jean Daval and Charpenais were +accomplices required but a step. I took that step at the time of our +conversation.” +</p> + +<p> +“A little quickly, I think.” +</p> + +<p> +“As a matter of fact, a material proof was wanted. Now I had discovered +in Daval’s room, on one of the sheets of the blotting-pad on which he +used to write, this address: ‘Monsieur <i>A.L.N., Post-office</i> 45, +<i>Paris</i>.’ You will find it there still, traced the reverse way on +the blotting-paper. The next day, it was discovered that the telegram sent by +the sham flyman from Saint-Nicolas bore the same address: ‘<i>A.L.N., +Post-office</i> 45.’ The material proof existed: Jean Daval was in +correspondence with the gang which arranged the robbery of the pictures.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul raised no objection. +</p> + +<p> +“Agreed. The complicity is established. And what conclusion do you +draw?” +</p> + +<p> +“This, first of all, that it was not the runaway who killed Jean Daval, +because Jean Daval was his accomplice.” +</p> + +<p> +“And after that?” +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I will ask you to remember the +first sentence uttered by Monsieur le Comte when he recovered from fainting. +The sentence forms part of Mlle. de Gesvres’ evidence and is in the +official report: ‘I am not wounded.—Daval?—Is he +alive?—The knife?’ And I will ask you to compare it with that part +of his story, also in the report, in which Monsieur le Comte describes the +assault: ‘The man leaped at me and felled me with a blow on the +temple!’ How could M. de Gesvres, who had fainted, know, on waking, that +Daval had been stabbed with a knife?” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet did not wait for an answer to his question. It seemed as +though he were in a hurry to give the answer himself and to avoid all comment. +He continued straightway: +</p> + +<p> +“Therefore it was Jean Daval who brought the three burglars to the +drawing room. While he was there with the one whom they call their chief, a +noise was heard in the boudoir. Daval opened the door. Recognizing M. de +Gesvres, he rushed at him, armed with the knife. M. de Gesvres succeeded in +snatching the knife from him, struck him with it and himself fell, on receiving +a blow from the man whom the two girls were to see a few minutes after.” +</p> + +<p> +Once again, M. Filleul and the inspector exchanged glances. Ganimard tossed his +head in a disconcerted way. The magistrate said: +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Comte, am I to believe that this version is correct?” +</p> + +<p> +M. de Gesvres made no answer. +</p> + +<p> +“Come, Monsieur le Comte, your silence would allow us to suppose—I +beg you to speak.” +</p> + +<p> +Replying in a very clear voice, M. de Gesvres said: +</p> + +<p> +“The version is correct in every particular.” +</p> + +<p> +The magistrate gave a start. +</p> + +<p> +“Then I cannot understand why you misled the police. Why conceal an act +which you were lawfully entitled to commit in defense of your life?” +</p> + +<p> +“For twenty years,” said M. de Gesvres, “Daval worked by my +side. I trusted him. If he betrayed me, as the result of some temptation or +other, I was, at least, unwilling, for the sake of the past, that his treachery +should become known.” +</p> + +<p> +“You were unwilling, I agree, but you had no right to be.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am not of your opinion, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. As long +as no innocent person was accused of the crime, I was absolutely entitled to +refrain from accusing the man who was at the same time the culprit and the +victim. He is dead. I consider death a sufficient punishment.” +</p> + +<p> +“But now, Monsieur le Comte, now that the truth is known, you can +speak.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. Here are two rough drafts of letters written by him to his +accomplices. I took them from his pocket-book, a few minutes after his +death.” +</p> + +<p> +“And the motive of his theft?” +</p> + +<p> +“Go to 18, Rue de la Barre, at Dieppe, which is the address of a certain +Mme. Verdier. It was for this woman, whom he got to know two years ago, and to +supply her constant need of money that Daval turned thief.” +</p> + +<p> +So everything was cleared up. The tragedy rose out of the darkness and +gradually appeared in its true light. +</p> + +<p> +“Let us go on,” said M. Filluel after the count had withdrawn. +</p> + +<p> +“Upon my word,” said Beautrelet, gaily, “I have said almost +all that I had to say.” +</p> + +<p> +“But the runaway, the wounded man?” +</p> + +<p> +“As to that, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, you know as much as I +do. You have followed his tracks in the grass by the cloisters—you +have—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes, I know. But, since then, his friends have removed him and what +I want is a clue or two as regards that inn—” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet burst out laughing: +</p> + +<p> +“The inn! The inn does not exist! It’s an invention, a trick to put +the police on the wrong scent, an ingenious trick, too, for it seems to have +succeeded.” +</p> + +<p> +“But Dr. Delattre declares—” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, that’s just it!” cried Beautrelet, in a tone of +conviction. “It is just because Dr. Delattre declares that we +mustn’t believe him. Why, Dr. Delattre refused to give any but the +vaguest details concerning his adventure! He refused to say anything that might +compromise his patient’s safety!—And suddenly he calls attention to +an inn!—You may be sure that he talked about that inn because he was told +to. You may be sure that the whole story which he dished up to us was dictated +to him under the threat of terrible reprisals. The doctor has a wife. The +doctor has a daughter. He is too fond of them to disobey people of whose +formidable power he has seen proofs. And that is why he has assisted your +efforts by supplying the most precise clues.” +</p> + +<p> +“So precise that the inn is nowhere to be found.” +</p> + +<p> +“So precise that you have never ceased looking for it, in the face of all +probability, and that your eyes have been turned away from the only spot where +the man can be, the mysterious spot which he has not left, which he has been +unable to leave ever since the moment when, wounded by Mlle. de Saint-Véran, he +succeeded in dragging himself to it, like a beast to its lair.” +</p> + +<p> +“But where, confound it all?—In what corner of Hades—?” +</p> + +<p> +“In the ruins of the old abbey.” +</p> + +<p> +“But there are no ruins left!—A few bits of wall!—A few +broken columns!” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s where he’s gone to earth. Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction!” shouted Beautrelet. “That’s where you +will have to look for him! It’s there and nowhere else that you will find +Arsène Lupin!” +</p> + +<p> +“Arsène Lupin!” yelled M. Filleul, springing to his feet. +</p> + +<p> +There was a rather solemn pause, amid which the syllables of the famous name +seemed to prolong their sound. Was it possible that the vanquished and yet +invisible adversary, whom they had been hunting in vain for several days, could +really be Arsène Lupin? Arsène Lupin, caught in a trap, arrested, meant +immediate promotion, fortune, glory to any examining magistrate! +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard had not moved a limb. Isidore said to him: +</p> + +<p> +“You agree with me, do you not, M. Inspector?” +</p> + +<p> +“Of course I do!” +</p> + +<p> +“You have not doubted either, for a moment have you, that he managed this +business?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not for a second! The thing bears his signature. A move of Arsène +Lupin’s is as different from a move made by another man as one face is +from another. You have only to open your eyes.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you think so? Do you think so?” said M. Filleul. +</p> + +<p> +“Think so!” cried the young man. “Look, here’s one +little fact: what are the initials under which those men correspond among +themselves? ‘A. L. N.,’ that is to say, the first letter of the +name Arsène and the first and last letters of the name Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah,” said Ganimard, “nothing escapes you! Upon my word, +you’re a fine fellow and old Ganimard lays down his arms before +you!” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet flushed with pleasure and pressed the hand which the chief-inspector +held out to him. The three men had drawn near the balcony and their eyes now +took in the extent of the ruins. M. Filleul muttered: +</p> + +<p> +“So he ought to be there.” +</p> + +<p> +“<i>He is there</i>,” said Beautrelet, in a hollow voice. “He +has been there ever since the moment when he fell. Logically and practically, +he could not escape without being seen by Mlle. de Saint-Véran and the two +servants.” +</p> + +<p> +“What proof have you?” +</p> + +<p> +“His accomplices have furnished the proof. On the very morning, one of +them disguised himself as a flyman and drove you here—” +</p> + +<p> +“To recover the cap, which would serve to identify him.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, but also and more particularly to examine the spot, find out +and see for himself what had become of the ‘governor.’” +</p> + +<p> +“And did he find out?” +</p> + +<p> +“I presume so, as he knew the hiding-place. And I presume that he became +aware of the desperate condition of his chief, because, under the impulse of +his alarm, he committed the imprudence to write that threat: ‘Woe betide +the young lady, if she has killed the governor!’” +</p> + +<p> +“But his friends were able to take him away afterward?” +</p> + +<p> +“When? Your men have never left the ruins. And where could they have +moved him to? At most, a few hundred yards away, for one doesn’t let a +dying man travel—and then you would have found him. No, I tell you, he is +there. His friends would never have removed him from the safest of +hiding-places. It was there that they brought the doctor, while the gendarmes +were running to the fire like children.” +</p> + +<p> +“But how is he living? How will he keep alive? To keep alive you need +food and drink.” +</p> + +<p> +“I can’t say. I don’t know. But he is there, I will swear it. +He is there, because he can’t help being there. I am as sure of it as if +I saw as if I touched him. He is there.” +</p> + +<p> +With his finger outstretched toward the ruins, he traced in the air a little +circle which became smaller and smaller until it was only a point. And that +point his two companions sought desperately, both leaning into space, both +moved by the same faith in Beautrelet and quivering with the ardent conviction +which he had forced upon them. Yes, Arsène Lupin was there. In theory and in +fact, he was there: neither of them was now able to doubt it. +</p> + +<p> +And there was something impressive and tragic in knowing that the famous +adventurer was lying in some dark shelter, below the ground, helpless, feverish +and exhausted. +</p> + +<p> +“And if he dies?” asked M. Filleul, in a low voice. +</p> + +<p> +“If he dies,” said Beautrelet, “and if his accomplices are +sure of it, then see to the safety of Mlle. de Saint-Véran. Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction, for the vengeance will be terrible.” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +A few minutes later and in spite of the entreaties of M. Filleul, who would +gladly have made further use of this fascinating auxiliary, Isidore Beautrelet, +whose holidays ended that day, went off by the Dieppe Road. He stepped from the +train in Paris at five o’clock and, at eight o’clock, returned to +the Lycée Janson together with his schoolfellows. +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard, after a minute, but utterly useless exploration of the ruins of +Ambrumésy, returned to Paris by the fast night-train. On reaching his apartment +in the Rue Pergolese, he found an express letter awaiting him: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>Monsieur l’Inspecteur Principal:</i><br/> + Finding that I had a little time to spare at the end of the day, I have +succeeded in collecting a few additional particulars which are sure to interest +you.<br/> + Arsène Lupin has been living in Paris for twelve months under the name of +Étienne de Vaudreix. It is a name which you will often come across in the +society notes or the sporting columns of the newspapers. He is a great traveler +and is absent for long periods, during which, by his own account, he goes +hunting tigers in Bengal or blue foxes in Siberia. He is supposed to be in +business of some kind, although nobody is able to say for certain what his +business is.<br/> + His present address is 38, Rue Marbeuf; and I will call your attention to +the fact that the Rue Marbeuf is close to Post-office Number 45. Since Thursday +the twenty-third of April, the day before the burglary at Ambrumésy, there has +been no news at all of Étienne de Vaudreix.<br/> + With very many thanks for the kindness which you have shown me, believe me +to be, +</p> + +<p class="right"> +Monsieur l’Inspecteur Principal,<br/> +Yours sincerely,<br/> +I<small>SIDORE</small> B<small>EAUTRELET</small>. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +P.S.—Please on no account think that it cost me any great trouble to +obtain this information. On the very morning of the crime, while M. Filleul was +pursuing his examination before a few privileged persons, I had the fortunate +inspiration to glance at the runaway’s cap, before the sham flyman came +to change it. The hatter’s name was enough, as you may imagine, to enable +me to find the clue that led to the identification of the purchaser and his +address. +</p> + +<p> +The next morning, Ganimard called at 36, Rue Marbeuf. After questioning the +concierge, he made him open the door of the ground-floor flat on the right, a +very comfortable apartment, elegantly furnished, in which, however, he +discovered nothing beyond some cinders in the fireplace. Two friends had come, +four days earlier, to burn all compromising papers. +</p> + +<p> +But, just as he was leaving, Ganimard passed the postman, who was bringing a +letter for M. de Vaudreix. That afternoon, the public prosecutor was informed +of the case and ordered the letter to be given up. It bore an American postmark +and contained the following lines, in English: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +D<small>EAR</small> S<small>IR</small>:<br/> + I write to confirm the answer which I gave your representative. As soon as +you have M. de Gesvres’s four pictures in your possession, you can +forward them as arranged.<br/> + You may add the rest, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt.<br/> + An unexpected business requires my presence in Europe and I shall reach +Paris at the same time as this letter. You will find me at the Grand Hôtel. +</p> + +<p class="right"> +Yours faithfully,<br/> +E<small>PHRAIM</small> B. H<small>ARLINGTON</small>. +</p> + +<p> +That same day, Ganimard applied for a warrant and took Mr. E. B. Harlington, an +American citizen, to the police-station, on a charge of receiving and +conspiracy. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Thus, within the space of twenty-four hours, all the threads of the plot had +been unraveled, thanks to the really unforeseen clues supplied by a schoolboy +of seventeen. In twenty-four hours, what had seemed inexplicable became simple +and clear. In twenty-four hours, the scheme devised by the accomplices to save +their leader was baffled; the capture of Arsène Lupin, wounded and dying, was +no longer in doubt, his gang was disorganized, the address of his establishment +in Paris and the name which he assumed were known and, for the first time, one +of his cleverest and most carefully elaborated feats was seen through before he +had been able to ensure its complete execution. +</p> + +<p> +An immense clamor of astonishment, admiration and curiosity arose among the +public. Already, the Rouen journalist, in a very able article, had described +the first examination of the sixth-form pupil, laying stress upon his personal +charm, his simplicity of manner and his quiet assurance. The indiscretions of +Ganimard and M. Filleul, indiscretions to which they yielded in spite of +themselves, under an impulse that proved stronger than their professional +pride, suddenly enlightened the public as to the part played by Isidore +Beautrelet in recent events. He alone had done everything. To him alone the +merit of the victory was due. +</p> + +<p> +The excitement was intense. Isidore Beautrelet awoke to find himself a hero; +and the crowd, suddenly infatuated, insisted upon the fullest information +regarding its new favorite. The reporters were there to supply it. They rushed +to the assault of the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly, waited for the day-boarders to +come out after schoolhours and picked up all that related, however remotely, to +Beautrelet. It was in this way that they learned the reputation which he +enjoyed among his schoolfellows, who called him the rival of Holmlock Shears. +Thanks to his powers of logical reasoning, with no further data than those +which he was able to gather from the papers, he had, time after time, +proclaimed the solution of very complicated cases long before they were cleared +up by the police. +</p> + +<p> +It had become a game at the Lycée Janson to put difficult questions and +intricate problems to Beautrelet; and it was astonishing to see with what +unhesitating and analytical power and by means of what ingenious deductions he +made his way through the thickest darkness. Ten days before the arrest of +Jorisse, the grocer, he showed what could be done with the famous umbrella. In +the same way, he declared from the beginning, in the matter of the Saint-Cloud +mystery, that the concierge was the only possible murderer. +</p> + +<p> +But most curious of all was the pamphlet which was found circulating among the +boys at the school, a typewritten pamphlet signed by Beautrelet and manifolded +to the number of ten copies. It was entitled, <i>Arsène Lupin and his method, +showing in how far the latter is based upon tradition and in how far original. +Followed by a comparison between English humor and French irony.</i> +</p> + +<p> +It contained a profound study of each of the exploits of Arsène Lupin, throwing +the illustrious burglar’s operations into extraordinary relief, showing +the very mechanism of his way of setting to work, his special tactics, his +letters to the press, his threats, the announcement of his thefts, in short, +the whole bag of tricks which he employed to bamboozle his selected victim and +throw him into such a state of mind that the victim almost offered himself to +the plot contrived against him and that everything took place, as it were, with +his own consent. +</p> + +<p> +And the work was so just, regarded as a piece of criticism, so penetrating, so +lively and marked by a wit so clever and, at the same time, so cruel that the +lawyers at once passed over to his side, that the sympathy of the crowd was +summarily transferred from Lupin to Beautrelet and that, in the struggle +engaged upon between the two, the schoolboy’s victory was loudly +proclaimed in advance. +</p> + +<p> +Be this as it may, both M. Filleul and the Paris public prosecutor seemed +jealously to reserve the possibility of this victory for him. On the one hand, +they failed to establish Mr. Harlington’s identity or to furnish a +definite proof of his connection with Lupin’s gang. Confederate or not, +he preserved an obstinate silence. Nay, more, after examining his handwriting, +it was impossible to declare that he was the author of the intercepted letter. +A Mr. Harlington, carrying a small portmanteau and a pocket-book stuffed with +bank-notes, had taken up his abode at the Grand Hôtel: that was all that could +be stated with certainty. +</p> + +<p> +On the other hand, at Dieppe, M. Filleul lay down on the positions which +Beautrelet had won for him. He did not move a step forward. Around the +individual whom Mlle. de Saint-Véran had taken for Beautrelet, on the eve of +the crime, the same mystery reigned as heretofore. The same obscurity also +surrounded everything connected with the removal of the four Rubens pictures. +What had become of them? And what road had been taken by the motor car in which +they were carried off during the night? +</p> + +<p> +Evidence of its passing was obtained at Luneray at Yerville, at Yvetot and at +Caudebec-en-Caux, where it must have crossed the Seine at daybreak in the +steam-ferry. But, when the matter came to be inquired into more thoroughly, it +was stated that the motor car was an uncovered one and that it would have been +impossible to pack four large pictures into it unobserved by the ferryman. +</p> + +<p> +It was very probably the same car; but then the question cropped up again: what +had become of the four Rubenses? +</p> + +<p> +These were so many problems which M. Filleul unanswered. Every day, his +subordinates searched the quadrilateral of the ruins. Almost every day, he came +to direct the explorations. But between that and discovering the refuge in +which Lupin lay dying—if it were true that Beautrelet’s opinion was +correct—there was a gulf fixed which the worthy magistrate did not seem +likely to cross. +</p> + +<p> +And so it was natural that they should turn once more to Isidore Beautrelet, as +he alone had succeeded in dispelling shadows which, in his absence, gathered +thicker and more impenetrable than ever. Why did he not go on with the case? +Seeing how far he had carried it, he required but an effort to succeed. +</p> + +<p> +The question was put to him by a member of the staff of the <i>Grand +Journal</i>, who had obtained admission to the Lycée Janson by assuming the +name of Bernod, the friend of Beautrelet’s father. And Isidore very +sensibly replied: +</p> + +<p> +“My dear sir, there are other things besides Lupin in this world, other +things besides stories about burglars and detectives. There is, for instance, +the thing which is known as taking one’s degree. Now I am going up for my +examination in July. This is May. And I don’t want to be plucked. What +would my worthy parent say?” +</p> + +<p> +“But what would he say if you delivered Arsène Lupin into the hands of +the police?” +</p> + +<p> +“Tut! There’s a time for everything. In the next +holidays—” +</p> + +<p> +“Whitsuntide?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—I shall go down on Saturday the sixth of June by the first +train.” +</p> + +<p> +“And, on the evening of that Saturday, Lupin will be taken.” +</p> + +<p> +“Will you give me until the Sunday?” asked Beautrelet, laughing. +</p> + +<p> +“Why delay?” replied the journalist, quite seriously. +</p> + +<p> +This inexplicable confidence, born of yesterday and already so strong, was felt +with regard to the young man by one and all, even though, in reality, events +had justified it only up to a certain point. No matter, people believed in him! +Nothing seemed difficult to him. They expected from him what they were entitled +to expect at most from some phenomenon of penetration and intuition, of +experience and skill. That day of the sixth of June was made to sprawl over all +the papers. On the sixth of June, Isidore Beautrelet would take the fast train +to Dieppe: and Lupin would be arrested on the same evening. +</p> + +<p> +“Unless he escapes between this and then,” objected the last +remaining partisans of the adventurer. +</p> + +<p> +“Impossible! Every outlet is watched.” +</p> + +<p> +“Unless he has succumbed to his wounds, then,” said the partisans, +who would have preferred their hero’s death to his capture. +</p> + +<p> +And the retort was immediate: +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense! If Lupin were dead, his confederates would know it by now, and +Lupin would be revenged. Beautrelet said so!” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +And the sixth of June came. Half a dozen journalists were looking out for +Isidore at the Gare Saint-Lazare. Two of them wanted to accompany him on his +journey. He begged them to refrain. +</p> + +<p> +He started alone, therefore, in a compartment to himself. He was tired, thanks +to a series of nights devoted to study, and soon fell asleep. He slept heavily. +In his dreams, he had an impression that the train stopped at different +stations and that people got in and out. When he awoke, within sight of Rouen, +he was still alone. But, on the back of the opposite seat, was a large sheet of +paper, fastened with a pin to the gray cloth. It bore these words: +</p> + +<p> +“Every man should mind his own business. Do you mind yours. If not, you +must take the consequences.” +</p> + +<p> +“Capital!” he exclaimed, rubbing his hands with delight. +“Things are going badly in the adversary’s camp. That threat is as +stupid and vulgar as the sham flyman’s. What a style! One can see that it +wasn’t composed by Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +The train threaded the tunnel that precedes the old Norman city. On reaching +the station, Isidore took a few turns on the platform to stretch his legs. He +was about to re-enter his compartment, when a cry escaped him. As he passed the +bookstall, he had read, in an absent-minded way, the following lines on the +front page of a special edition of the <i>Journal de Rouen;</i> and their +alarming sense suddenly burst upon him: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +STOP-PRESS NEWS +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +We hear by telephone from Dieppe that the Château d’Ambrumésy was broken +into last night by criminals, who bound and gagged Mlle. de Gesvres and carried +off Mlle. de Saint-Véran. Traces of blood have been seen at a distance of five +hundred yards from the house and a scarf has been found close by, which is also +stained with blood. There is every reason to fear that the poor young girl has +been murdered. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet completed his journey to Dieppe without moving a limb. Bent +in two, with his elbows on his knees and his hands plastered against his face, +he sat thinking. +</p> + +<p> +At Dieppe, he took a fly. At the door of Ambrumésy, he met the examining +magistrate, who confirmed the horrible news. +</p> + +<p> +“You know nothing more?” asked Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing. I have only just arrived.” +</p> + +<p> +At that moment, the sergeant of gendarmes came up to M. Filleul and handed him +a crumpled, torn and discolored piece of paper, which he had picked up not far +from the place where the scarf was found. M. Filleul looked at it and gave it +to Beautrelet, saying: +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t suppose this will help us much in our +investigations.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore turned the paper over and over. It was covered with figures, dots and +signs and presented the exact appearance reproduced below: +</p> + +<div class="fig" style="width:100%;"> +<img src="images/img01.jpg" width="500" height="273" alt="[Illustration]" /> +</div> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>CHAPTER THREE<br/> +THE CORPSE</h2> + +<p> +At six o’clock in the evening, having finished all he had to do, M. +Filluel, accompanied by M. Brédoux, his clerk, stood waiting for the carriage +which was to take him back to Dieppe. He seemed restless, nervous. Twice over, +he asked: +</p> + +<p> +“You haven’t seen anything of young Beautrelet, I suppose?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I can’t say I +have.” +</p> + +<p> +“Where on earth can he be? I haven’t set eyes on him all +day!” +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly, he had an idea, handed his portfolio to Brédoux, ran round the +château and made for the ruins. Isidore Beautrelet was lying near the +cloisters, flat on his face, with one arm folded under his head, on the ground +carpeted with pine-needles. He seemed drowsing. +</p> + +<p> +“Hullo, young man, what are you doing here? Are you asleep?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m not asleep. I’ve been thinking.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ever since this morning?” +</p> + +<p> +“Ever since this morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s not a question of thinking! One must see into things first, +study facts, look for clues, establish connecting links. The time for thinking +comes after, when one pieces all that together and discovers the truth.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I know.—That’s the usual way, the right one, I dare +say.—Mine is different.—I think first, I try, above all, to get the +general hang of the case, if I may so express myself. Then I imagine a +reasonable and logical hypothesis, which fits in with the general idea. And +then, and not before, I examine the facts to see if they agree with my +hypothesis.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s a funny method and a terribly complicated one!” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s a sure method, M. Filleul, which is more than can be said of +yours.” +</p> + +<p> +“Come, come! Facts are facts.” +</p> + +<p> +“With your ordinary sort of adversary, yes. But, given an enemy endowed +with a certain amount of cunning, the facts are those which he happens to have +selected. Take the famous clues upon which you base your inquiry: why, he was +at liberty to arrange them as he liked. And you see where that can lead you, +into what mistakes and absurdities, when you are dealing with a man like Arsène +Lupin. Holmlock Shears himself fell into the trap.” +</p> + +<p> +“Arsène Lupin is dead.” +</p> + +<p> +“No matter. His gang remains and the pupils of such a master are masters +themselves.” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul took Isidore by the arm and, leading him away: +</p> + +<p> +“Words, young man, words. Here is something of more importance. Listen to +me. Ganimard is otherwise engaged at this moment and will not be here for a few +days. On the other hand, the Comte de Gesvres has telegraphed to Holmlock +Shears, who has promised his assistance next week. Now don’t you think, +young man, that it would be a feather in our cap if we were able to say to +those two celebrities, on the day of their arrival, ‘Awfully sorry, +gentlemen, but we couldn’t wait. The business is done’?” +</p> + +<p> +It was impossible for M. Filleul to confess helplessness with greater candor. +Beautrelet suppressed a smile and, pretending not to see through the worthy +magistrate, replied: +</p> + +<p> +“I confess. Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, that, if I was not +present at your inquiry just now, it was because I hoped that you would consent +to tell me the results. May I ask what you have learned?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, last night, at eleven o’clock, the three gendarmes whom +Sergeant Quevillon had left on guard at the château received a note from the +sergeant telling them to hasten with all speed to Ouville, where they are +stationed. They at once rode off, and when they arrived at +Ouville—” +</p> + +<p> +“They discovered that they had been tricked, that the order was a forgery +and that there was nothing for them to do but return to Ambrumésy.” +</p> + +<p> +“This they did, accompanied by Sergeant Quevillon. But they were away for +an hour and a half and, during this time, the crime was committed.” +</p> + +<p> +“In what circumstances?” +</p> + +<p> +“Very simple circumstances, indeed. A ladder was removed from the farm +buildings and placed against the second story of the château. A pane of glass +was cut out and a window opened. Two men, carrying a dark lantern, entered +Mlle. de Gesvres’s room and gagged her before she could cry out. Then, +after binding her with cords, they softly opened the door of the room in which +Mlle. de Saint-Véran was sleeping. Mlle. de Gesvres heard a stifled moan, +followed by the sound of a person struggling. A moment later, she saw two men +carrying her cousin, who was also bound and gagged. They passed in front of her +and went out through the window. Then Mlle. de Gesvres, terrified and +exhausted, fainted.” +</p> + +<p> +“But what about the dogs? I thought M. de Gesvres had bought two almost +wild sheep-dogs, which were let loose at night?” +</p> + +<p> +“They were found dead, poisoned.” +</p> + +<p> +“By whom? Nobody could get near them.” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s a mystery. The fact remains that the two men crossed the +ruins without let or hindrance and went out by the little door which we have +heard so much about. They passed through the copsewood, following the line of +the disused quarries. It was not until they were nearly half a mile from the +château, at the foot of the tree known as the Great Oak, that they +stopped—and executed their purpose.” +</p> + +<p> +“If they came with the intention of killing Mlle. de Saint-Véran, why +didn’t they murder her in her room?” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t know. Perhaps the incident that settled their +determination only occurred after they had left the house. Perhaps the girl +succeeded in releasing herself from her bonds. In my opinion, the scarf which +was picked up was used to fasten her wrists. In any case, the blow was struck +at the foot of the Great Oak. I have collected indisputable +proofs—” +</p> + +<p> +“But the body?” +</p> + +<p> +“The body has not been found, but there is nothing excessively surprising +in that. As a matter of fact, the trail which I followed brought me to the +church at Varengeville and the old cemetery perched on the top of the cliff. +From there it is a sheer precipice, a fall of over three hundred feet to the +rocks and the sea below. In a day or two, a stronger tide than usual will cast +up the body on the beach.” +</p> + +<p> +“Obviously. This is all very simple.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, it is all very simple and doesn’t trouble me in the least. +Lupin is dead, his accomplices heard of it and, to revenge themselves, have +killed Mlle. de Saint-Véran. These are facts which did not even require +checking. But Lupin?” +</p> + +<p> +“What about him?” +</p> + +<p> +“What has become of him? In all probability, his confederates removed his +corpse at the same time that they carried away the girl; but what proof have +we? None at all. Any more than of his staying in the ruins, or of his death, or +of his life. And that is the real mystery, M. Beautrelet. The murder of Mlle. +Raymonde solves nothing. On the contrary, it only complicates matters. What has +been happening during the past two months at the Château d’Ambrumésy? If +we don’t clear up the riddle, young man, others will give us the +go-by.” +</p> + +<p> +“On what day are those others coming?” +</p> + +<p> +“Wednesday—Tuesday perhaps—” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet seemed to be making an inward calculation and then declared: +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, this is Saturday. I have to be +back at school on Monday evening. Well, if you will have the goodness to be +here at ten o’clock exactly on Monday morning, I will try to give you the +key to the riddle.” +</p> + +<p> +“Really, M. Beautrelet—do you think so? Are you sure?” +</p> + +<p> +“I hope so, at any rate.” +</p> + +<p> +“And where are you going now?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am going to see if the facts consent to fit in with the general theory +which I am beginning to perceive.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if they don’t fit in?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction,” said Beautrelet, with +a laugh, “then it will be their fault and I must look for others which, +will prove more tractable. Till Monday, then?” +</p> + +<p> +“Till Monday.” +</p> + +<p> +A few minutes later, M. Filleul was driving toward Dieppe, while Isidore +mounted a bicycle which he had borrowed from the Comte de Gesvres and rode off +along the road to Yerville and Caudebec-en-Caux. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +There was one point in particular on which the young man was anxious to form a +clear opinion, because this just appeared to him to be the enemy’s +weakest point. Objects of the size of the four Rubens pictures cannot be +juggled away. They were bound to be somewhere. Granting that it was impossible +to find them for the moment, might one not discover the road by which they had +disappeared? +</p> + +<p> +What Beautrelet surmised was that the four pictures had undoubtedly been +carried off in the motor car, but that, before reaching Caudebec, they were +transferred to another car, which had crossed the Seine either above Caudebec +or below it. Now the first horse-boat down the stream was at Quillebeuf, a +greatly frequented ferry and, consequently, dangerous. Up stream, there was the +ferry-boat at La Mailleraie, a large, but lonely market-town, lying well off +the main road. +</p> + +<p> +By midnight, Isidore had covered the thirty-five or forty miles to La +Mailleraie and was knocking at the door of an inn by the waterside. He slept +there and, in the morning, questioned the ferrymen. +</p> + +<p> +They consulted the counterfoils in the traffic-book. No motor-car had crossed +on Thursday the 23rd of April. +</p> + +<p> +“A horse-drawn vehicle, then?” suggested Beautrelet. “A cart? +A van?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, not either.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore continued his inquiries all through the morning. He was on the point of +leaving for Quillebeuf, when the waiter of the inn at which he had spent the +night said: +</p> + +<p> +“I came back from my thirteen days’ training on the morning of +which you are speaking and I saw a cart, but it did not go across.” +</p> + +<p> +“Really?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, they unloaded it onto a flat boat, a barge of sorts, which was +moored to the wharf.” +</p> + +<p> +“And where did the cart come from?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, I knew it at once. It belonged to Master Vatinel, the carter.” +</p> + +<p> +“And where does he live?” +</p> + +<p> +“At Louvetot.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet consulted his military map. The hamlet of Louvetot lay where the +highroad between Yvetot and Caudebec was crossed by a little winding road that +ran through the woods to La Mailleraie. +</p> + +<p> +Not until six o’clock in the evening did Isidore succeed in discovering +Master Vatinel, in a pothouse. Master Vatinel was one of those artful old +Normans who are always on their guard, who distrust strangers, but who are +unable to resist the lure of a gold coin or the influence of a glass or two: +</p> + +<p> +“Well, yes, sir, the men in the motor car that morning had told me to +meet them at five o’clock at the crossroads. They gave me four great, big +things, as high as that. One of them went with me and we carted the things to +the barge.” +</p> + +<p> +“You speak of them as if you knew them before.” +</p> + +<p> +“I should think I did know them! It was the sixth time they were +employing me.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore gave a start: +</p> + +<p> +“The sixth time, you say? And since when?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why every day before that one, to be sure! But it was other things +then—great blocks of stone—or else smaller, longish ones, wrapped +up in newspapers, which they carried as if they were worth I don’t know +what. Oh, I mustn’t touch those on any account!—But what’s +the matter? You’ve turned quite white.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing—the heat of the room—” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet staggered out into the air. The joy, the surprise of the discovery +made him feel giddy. He went back very quietly to Varengeville, slept in the +village, spent an hour at the mayor’s offices with the school-master and +returned to the château. There he found a letter awaiting him “care of M. +le Comte de Gesvres.” It consisted of a single line: +</p> + +<p> +“Second warning. Hold your tongue. If not—” +</p> + +<p> +“Come,” he muttered. “I shall have to make up my mind and +take a few precautions for my personal safety. If not, as they +say—” +</p> + +<p> +It was nine o’clock. He strolled about among the ruins and then lay down +near the cloisters and closed his eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, young man, are you satisfied with the results of your +campaign?” +</p> + +<p> +It was M. Filleul. +</p> + +<p> +“Delighted, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction.” +</p> + +<p> +“By which you mean to say—?” +</p> + +<p> +“By which I mean to say that I am prepared to keep my promise—in +spite of this very uninviting letter.” +</p> + +<p> +He showed the letter to M. Filleul. +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh! Stuff and nonsense!” cried the magistrate. “I hope you +won’t let that prevent you—” +</p> + +<p> +“From telling you what I know? No, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. +I have given my word and I shall keep it. In less than ten minutes, you shall +know—a part of the truth.” +</p> + +<p> +“A part?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, in my opinion, Lupin’s hiding-place does not constitute the +whole of the problem. Far from it. But we shall see later on.” +</p> + +<p> +“M. Beautrelet, nothing that you do could astonish me now. But how were +you able to discover—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, in a very natural way! In the letter from old man Harlington to M. +Étienne de Vaudreix, or rather to Lupin—” +</p> + +<p> +“The intercepted letter?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. There is a phrase which always puzzled me. After saying that the +pictures are to be forwarded as arranged, he goes on to say, ‘You may add +<i>the rest</i>, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt.’” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I remember.” +</p> + +<p> +“What was this ‘rest’? A work of art, a curiosity? The +château contains nothing of any value besides the Rubenses and the tapestries. +Jewelry? There is very little and what there is of it is not worth much. In +that case, what could it be?—On the other hand, was it conceivable that +people so prodigiously clever as Lupin should not have succeeded in adding +‘the rest,’ which they themselves had evidently suggested? A +difficult undertaking, very likely; exceptional, surprising, I dare say; but +possible and therefore certain, since Lupin wished it.” +</p> + +<p> +“And yet he failed: nothing has disappeared.” +</p> + +<p> +“He did not fail: something has disappeared.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, the Rubenses—but—” +</p> + +<p> +“The Rubenses and something besides—something which has been +replaced by a similar thing, as in the case of the Rubenses; something much +more uncommon, much rarer, much more valuable than the Rubenses.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, what? You’re killing me with this procrastination!” +</p> + +<p> +While talking, the two men had crossed the ruins, turned toward the little door +and were now walking beside the chapel. Beautrelet stopped: +</p> + +<p> +“Do you really want to know, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction?” +</p> + +<p> +“Of course, I do.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet was carrying a walking-stick, a strong, knotted stick. Suddenly, +with a back stroke of this stick, he smashed one of the little statues that +adorned the front of the chapel. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, you’re mad!” shouted M. Filleul, beside himself, +rushing at the broken pieces of the statue. “You’re mad! That old +saint was an admirable bit of work—” +</p> + +<p> +“An admirable bit of work!” echoed Isidore, giving a whirl which +brought down the Virgin Mary. +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul took hold of him round the body: +</p> + +<p> +“Young man, I won’t allow you to commit—” +</p> + +<p> +A wise man of the East came toppling to the ground, followed by a manger +containing the Mother and Child. . . . +</p> + +<p> +“If you stir another limb, I fire!” +</p> + +<p> +The Comte de Gesvres had appeared upon the scene and was cocking his revolver. +Beautrelet burst out laughing: +</p> + +<p> +“That’s right, Monsieur le Comte, blaze away!—Take a shot at +them, as if you were at a fair!—Wait a bit—this chap carrying his +head in his hands—” +</p> + +<p> +St. John the Baptist fell, shattered to pieces. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh!” shouted the count, pointing his revolver. “You young +vandal!—Those masterpieces!” +</p> + +<p> +“Sham, Monsieur le Comte!” +</p> + +<p> +“What? What’s that?” roared M. Filleul, wresting the Comte de +Gesvres’s weapon from him. +</p> + +<p> +“Sham!” repeated Beautrelet. “Paper-pulp and plaster!” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, nonsense! It can’t be true!” +</p> + +<p> +“Hollow plaster, I tell you! Nothing at all!” +</p> + +<p> +The count stooped and picked up a sliver of a statuette. +</p> + +<p> +“Look at it, Monsieur le Comte, and see for yourself: it’s plaster! +Rusty, musty, mildewed plaster, made to look like old stone—but plaster +for all that, plaster casts!—That’s all that remains of your +perfect masterpiece!—That’s what they’ve done in just a few +days!-That’s what the Sieur Charpenais who copied the Rubenses, prepared +a year ago.” He seized M. Filleul’s arm in his turn. “What do +you think of it, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction? Isn’t it fine? +Isn’t it grand? Isn’t it gorgeous? The chapel has been removed! A +whole Gothic chapel collected stone by stone! A whole population of statues +captured and replaced by these chaps in stucco! One of the most magnificent +specimens of an incomparable artistic period confiscated! The chapel, in short, +stolen! Isn’t it immense? Ah, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, what +a genius the man is!” +</p> + +<p> +“You’re allowing yourself to be carried away, M. Beautrelet.” +</p> + +<p> +“One can’t be carried away too much, monsieur, when one has to do +with people like that. Everything above the average deserves our admiration. +And this man soars above everything. There is in his flight a wealth of +imagination, a force and power, a skill and freedom that send a thrill through +me!” +</p> + +<p> +“Pity he’s dead,” said M. Filleul, with a grin. +“He’d have ended by stealing the towers of Notre-Dame.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore shrugged his shoulders: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t laugh, monsieur. He upsets you, dead though he may +be.” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t say not, I don’t say not, M. Beautrelet, I confess +that I feel a certain excitement now that I am about to set eyes on +him—unless, indeed, his friends have taken away the body.” +</p> + +<p> +“And always admitting,” observed the Comte de Gesvres, “that +it was really he who was wounded by my poor niece.” +</p> + +<p> +“It was he, beyond a doubt, Monsieur le Comte,” declared +Beautrelet; “it was he, believe me, who fell in the ruins under the shot +fired by Mlle. de Saint-Véran; it was he whom she saw rise and who fell again +and dragged himself toward the cloisters to rise again for the last +time—this by a miracle which I will explain to you presently—to +rise again for the last time and reach this stone shelter—which was to be +his tomb.” +</p> + +<p> +And Beautrelet struck the threshold of the chapel with his stick. +</p> + +<p> +“Eh? What?” cried M. Filleul, taken aback. “His +tomb?—Do you think that that impenetrable hiding-place—” +</p> + +<p> +“It was here—there,” he repeated. +</p> + +<p> +“But we searched it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Badly.” +</p> + +<p> +“There is no hiding-place here,” protested M. de Gesvres. “I +know the chapel.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, there is, Monsieur le Comte. Go to the mayor’s office at +Varengeville, where they have collected all the papers that used to be in the +old parish of Ambrumésy, and you will learn from those papers, which belong to +the eighteenth century, that there is a crypt below the chapel. This crypt +doubtless dates back to the Roman chapel, upon the site of which the present +one was built.” +</p> + +<p> +“But how can Lupin have known this detail?” asked M. Filleul. +</p> + +<p> +“In a very simple manner: because of the works which he had to execute to +take away the chapel.” +</p> + +<p> +“Come, come, M. Beautrelet, you’re exaggerating. He has not taken +away the whole chapel. Look, not one of the stones of this top course has been +touched.” +</p> + +<p> +“Obviously, he cast and took away only what had a financial value: the +wrought stones, the sculptures, the statuettes, the whole treasure of little +columns and carved arches. He did not trouble about the groundwork of the +building itself. The foundations remain.” +</p> + +<p> +“Therefore, M. Beautrelet, Lupin was not able to make his way into the +crypt.” +</p> + +<p> +At that moment, M. de Gesvres, who had been to call a servant, returned with +the key of the chapel. He opened the door. The three men entered. After a short +examination Beautrelet said: +</p> + +<p> +“The flag-stones on the ground have been respected, as one might expect. +But it is easy to perceive that the high altar is nothing more than a cast. +Now, generally, the staircase leading to the crypt opens in front of the high +altar and passes under it.” +</p> + +<p> +“What do you conclude?” +</p> + +<p> +“I conclude that Lupin discovered the crypt when working at the +altar.” +</p> + +<p> +The count sent for a pickaxe and Beautrelet attacked the altar. The plaster +flew to right and left. He pushed the pieces aside as he went on. +</p> + +<p> +“By Jove!” muttered M. Filleul, “I am eager to +know—” +</p> + +<p> +“So am I,” said Beautrelet, whose face was pale with anguish. +</p> + +<p> +He hurried his blows. And, suddenly, his pickaxe, which, until then, had +encountered no resistance, struck against a harder material and rebounded. +There was a sound of something falling in; and all that remained of the altar +went tumbling into the gap after the block of stone which had been struck by +the pickaxe. Beautrelet bent forward. A puff of cold air rose to his face. He +lit a match and moved it from side to side over the gap: +</p> + +<p> +“The staircase begins farther forward than I expected, under the +entrance-flags, almost. I can see the last steps, there, right at the +bottom.” +</p> + +<p> +“Is it deep?” +</p> + +<p> +“Three or four yards. The steps are very high—and there are some +missing.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is hardly likely,” said M. Filleul, “that the accomplices +can have had time to remove the body from the cellar, when they were engaged in +carrying off Mlle. de Saint-Véran—during the short absence of the +gendarmes. Besides, why should they?—No, in my opinion, the body is +here.” +</p> + +<p> +A servant brought them a ladder. Beautrelet let it down through the opening and +fixed it, after groping among the fallen fragments. Holding the two uprights +firmly: +</p> + +<p> +“Will you go down, M. Filleul?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +The magistrate, holding a candle in his hand, ventured down the ladder. The +Comte de Gesvres followed him and Beautrelet, in his turn, placed his foot on +the first rung. +</p> + +<p> +Mechanically, he counted eighteen rungs, while his eyes examined the crypt, +where the glimmer of the candle struggled against the heavy darkness. But, at +the bottom, his nostrils were assailed by one of those foul and violent smells +which linger in the memory for many a long day. And, suddenly, a trembling hand +seized him by the shoulder. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, what is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“B-beautrelet,” stammered M. Filleul. +“B-beau-trelet—” +</p> + +<p> +He could not get a word out for terror. +</p> + +<p> +“Come, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, compose yourself!” +</p> + +<p> +“Beautrelet—he is there—” +</p> + +<p> +“Eh?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—there was something under the big stone that broke off the +altar—I pushed the stone—and I touched—I shall +never—shall never forget.—” +</p> + +<p> +“Where is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“On this side.—Don’t you notice the smell?—And then +look—see.” +</p> + +<p> +He took the candle and held it towards a motionless form stretched upon the +ground. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh!” exclaimed Beautrelet, in a horror-stricken tone. +</p> + +<p> +The three men bent down quickly. The corpse lay half-naked, lean, frightful. +The flesh, which had the greenish hue of soft wax, appeared in places through +the torn clothes. But the most hideous thing, the thing that had drawn a cry of +terror from the young man’s lips, was the head, the head which had just +been crushed by the block of stone, the shapeless head, a repulsive mass in +which not one feature could be distinguished. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet took four strides up the ladder and fled into the daylight and the +open air. +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul found him again lying flat on the around, with his hands glued to +his face: +</p> + +<p> +“I congratulate you, Beautrelet,” he said. “In addition to +the discovery of the hiding-place, there are two points on which I have been +able to verify the correctness of your assertions. First of all, the man on +whom Mlle. de Saint-Véran fired was indeed Arsène Lupin, as you said from the +start. Also, he lived in Paris under the name of Étienne de Vaudreix. His linen +is marked with the initials E. V. That ought to be sufficient proof, I think: +don’t you?” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore did not stir. +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Comte has gone to have a horse put to. They’re sending +for Dr. Jouet, who will make the usual examination. In my opinion, death must +have taken place a week ago, at least. The state of decomposition of the +corpse—but you don’t seem to be listening—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“What I say is based upon absolute reasons. Thus, for +instance—” +</p> + +<p> +M. Filleul continued his demonstrations, without, however, obtaining any more +manifest marks of attention. But M. de Gesvres’s return interrupted his +monologue. The comte brought two letters. One was to tell him that Holmlock +Shears would arrive next morning. +</p> + +<p> +“Capital!” cried M. Filleul, joyfully. “Inspector Ganimard +will be here too. It will be delightful.” +</p> + +<p> +“The other letter is for you, Monsieur le Juge +d’Instruction,” said the comte. +</p> + +<p> +“Better and better,” said M. Filleul, after reading it. +“There will certainly not be much for those two gentlemen to do. M. +Beautrelet, I hear from Dieppe that the body of a young woman was found by some +shrimpers, this morning, on the rocks.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet gave a start: +</p> + +<p> +“What’s that? The body—” +</p> + +<p> +“Of a young woman.—The body is horribly mutilated, they say, and it +would be impossible to establish the identity, but for a very narrow little +gold curb-bracelet on the right arm which has become encrusted in the swollen +skin. Now Mlle. de Saint-Véran used to wear a gold curb-bracelet on her right +arm. Evidently, therefore, Monsieur le Comte, this is the body of your poor +niece, which the sea must have washed to that distance. What do you think, +Beautrelet?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing—nothing—or, rather, yes—everything is +connected, as you see—and there is no link missing in my argument. All +the facts, one after the other, however contradictory, however disconcerting +they may appear, end by supporting the supposition which I imagined from the +first.” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t understand.” +</p> + +<p> +“You soon will. Remember, I promised you the whole truth.” +</p> + +<p> +“But it seems to me—” +</p> + +<p> +“A little patience, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. So far, you +have had no cause to complain of me. It is a fine day. Go for a walk, lunch at +the château, smoke your pipe. I shall be back by four o’clock. As for my +school, well, I don’t care: I shall take the night train.” +</p> + +<p> +They had reached the out-houses at the back of the château. Beautrelet jumped +on his bicycle and rode away. +</p> + +<p> +At Dieppe, he stopped at the office of the local paper, the <i>Vigie</i>, and +examined the file for the last fortnight. Then he went on to the market-town of +Envermeu, six or seven miles farther. At Envermeu, he talked to the mayor, the +rector and the local policeman. The church-clock struck three. His inquiry was +finished. +</p> + +<p> +He returned singing for joy. He pressed upon the two pedals turn by turn, with +an equal and powerful rhythm; his chest opened wide to take in the keen air +that blew from the sea. And, from time to time, he forgot himself to the extent +of uttering shouts of triumph to the sky, when he thought of the aim which he +was pursuing and of the success that was crowning his efforts. +</p> + +<p> +Ambrumésy appeared in sight. He coasted at full speed down the slope leading to +the château. The top rows of venerable trees that line the road seemed to run +to meet him and to vanish behind him forthwith. And, all at once, he uttered a +cry. In a sudden vision, he had seen a rope stretched from one tree to another, +across the road. +</p> + +<p> +His machine gave a jolt and stopped short. Beautrelet was flung three yards +forward, with immense violence, and it seemed to him that only chance, a +miraculous chance, caused him to escape a heap of pebbles on which, logically, +he ought to have broken his head. +</p> + +<p> +He lay for a few seconds stunned. Then, all covered with bruises, with the skin +flayed from his knees, he examined the spot. On the right lay a small wood, by +which his aggressor had no doubt fled. Beautrelet untied the rope. To the tree +on the left around which it was fastened a small piece of paper was fixed with +string. Beautrelet unfolded it and read: +</p> + +<p> +“The third and last warning.” +</p> + +<p> +He went on to the château, put a few questions to the servants and joined the +examining magistrate in a room on the ground floor, at the end of the right +wing, where M. Filleul used to sit in the course of his operations. M. Filleul +was writing, with his clerk seated opposite to him. At a sign from him, the +clerk left the room; and the magistrate exclaimed: +</p> + +<p> +“Why, what have you been doing to yourself, M. Beautrelet? Your hands are +covered with blood.” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s nothing, it’s nothing,” said the young man. +“Just a fall occasioned by this rope, which was stretched in front of my +bicycle. I will only ask you to observe that the rope comes from the château. +Not longer than twenty minutes ago, it was being used to dry linen on, outside +the laundry.” +</p> + +<p> +“You don’t mean to say so!” +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, I am being watched here, by some +one in the very heart of the place, who can see me, who can hear me and who, +minute by minute, observes my actions and knows my intentions.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you think so?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am sure of it. It is for you to discover him and you will have no +difficulty in that. As for myself, I want to have finished and to give you the +promised explanations. I have made faster progress than our adversaries +expected and I am convinced that they mean to take vigorous measures on their +side. The circle is closing around me. The danger is approaching. I feel +it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense, Beautrelet—” +</p> + +<p> +“You wait and see! For the moment, let us lose no time. And, first, a +question on a point which I want to have done with at once. Have you spoken to +anybody of that document which Sergeant Quevillon picked up and handed you in +my presence?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, indeed; not to a soul. But do you attach any value—?” +</p> + +<p> +“The greatest value. It’s an idea of mine, an idea, I confess, +which does not rest upon a proof of any kind—for, up to the present, I +have not succeeded in deciphering the document. And therefore I am mentioning +it—so that we need not come back to it.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet pressed his hand on M. Filleul’s and whispered: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t speak—there’s some one +listening—outside—” +</p> + +<p> +The gravel creaked. Beautrelet ran to the window and leaned out: +</p> + +<p> +“There’s no one there—but the border has been trodden +down—we can easily identify the footprints—” +</p> + +<p> +He closed the window and sat down again: +</p> + +<p> +“You see, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, the enemy has even ceased +to take the most ordinary precautions—he has not time left—he too +feels that the hour is urgent. Let us be quick, therefore, and speak, since +they do not wish us to speak.” +</p> + +<p> +He laid the document on the table and held it in position, unfolded: +</p> + +<p> +“One observation, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction, to begin with. +The paper consists almost entirely of dots and figures. And in the first three +lines and the fifth—the only ones with which we have to do at present, +for the fourth seems to present an entirely different character—not one +of those figures is higher than the figure 5. There is, therefore, a great +chance that each of these figures represents one of the five vowels, taken in +alphabetical order. Let us put down the result.” +</p> + +<p> +He wrote on a separate piece of paper: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> + e . a . a . . e . . e . a . . a . .<br/> + a . . . e . e . . e oi . e . . e .<br/> + . ou . . e . o . . . e . . e . o . . e<br/> + ai . ui . . e . . eu . e +</p> + +<p> +Then he continued: +</p> + +<p> +“As you see, this does not give us much to go upon. The key is, at the +same time, very easy, because the inventor has contented himself with replacing +the vowels by figures and the consonants by dots, and very difficult, if not +impossible, because he has taken no further trouble to complicate the +problem.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is certainly pretty obscure.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let us try to throw some light upon it. The second line is divided into +two parts; and the second part appears in such a way that it probably forms one +word. If we now seek to replace the intermediary dots by consonants, we arrive +at the conclusion, after searching and casting about, that the only consonants +which are logically able to support the vowels are also logically able to +produce only one word, the word <i>demoiselles</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“That would refer to Mlle. de Gesvres and Mlle. de Saint-Véran.” +</p> + +<p> +“Undoubtedly.” +</p> + +<p> +“And do you see nothing more?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. I also note an hiatus in the middle of the last line; and, if I +apply a similar operation to the beginning of the line, I at once see that the +only consonant able to take the place of the dot between the diphthongs +<i>fai</i> and <i>ui</i> is the letter <i>g</i> and that, when I have thus +formed the first five letters of the word, <i>aigui</i>, it is natural and +inevitable that, with the two next dots and the final <i>e</i>, I should arrive +at the word <i>aiguille</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, the word <i>aiguille</i> forces itself upon us.” +</p> + +<p> +“Finally, for the last word, I have three vowels and three consonants. I +cast about again, I try all the letters, one after the other, and, starting +with the principle that the two first letters are necessary consonants, I find +that three words apply: <i>fleuve</i>, <i>preuve</i> and <i>creuse</i>. I +eliminate the words <i>fleuve</i> and <i>preuve</i>, as possessing no possible +relation to a needle, and I keep the word <i>creuse</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“Making ‘hollow needle’! By jove! I admit that your solution +is correct, because it needs must be; but how does it help us?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not at all,” said Beautrelet, in a thoughtful tone. “Not at +all, for the moment.—Later on, we shall see.—I have an idea that a +number of things are included in the puzzling conjunction of those two words, +<i>aiguille creuse</i>. What is troubling me at present is rather the material +on which the document is written, the paper employed.—Do they still +manufacture this sort of rather coarse-grained parchment? And then this ivory +color.—And those folds—the wear of those folds—and, lastly, +look, those marks of red sealing-wax, on the back—” +</p> + +<p> +At that moment Beautrelet, was interrupted by Brédoux, the magistrate’s +clerk, who opened the door and announced the unexpected arrival of the chief +public prosecutor. M. Filleul rose: +</p> + +<p> +“Anything new? Is Monsieur le Procureur Général downstairs?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, Monsieur le Juge d’Instruction. Monsieur le Procureur Général +has not left his carriage. He is only passing through Ambrumésy and begs you to +be good enough to go down to him at the gate. He only has a word to say to +you.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s curious,” muttered M. Filleul. +“However—we shall see. Excuse me, Beautrelet, I shan’t be +long.” +</p> + +<p> +He went away. His footsteps sounded outside. Then the clerk closed the door, +turned the key and put it in his pocket. +</p> + +<p> +“Hullo!” exclaimed Beautrelet, greatly surprised. “What are +you locking us in for?” +</p> + +<p> +“We shall be able to talk so much better,” retorted Brédoux. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet rushed toward another door, which led to the next room. He had +understood: the accomplice was Brédoux, the clerk of the examining magistrate +himself. Brédoux grinned: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t hurt your fingers, my young friend. I have the key of that +door, too.” +</p> + +<p> +“There’s the window!” cried Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“Too late,” said Brédoux, planting himself in front of the +casement, revolver in hand. +</p> + +<p> +Every chance of retreat was cut off. There was nothing more for Isidore to do, +nothing except to defend himself against the enemy who was revealing himself +with such brutal daring. He crossed his arms. +</p> + +<p> +“Good,” mumbled the clerk. “And now let us waste no +time.” He took out his watch. “Our worthy M. Filleul will walk down +to the gate. At the gate, he will find nobody, of course: no more public +prosecutor than my eye. Then he will come back. That gives us about four +minutes. It will take me one minute to escape by this window, clear through the +little door by the ruins and jump on the motor cycle waiting for me. That +leaves three minutes, which is just enough.” +</p> + +<p> +Brédoux was a queer sort of misshapen creature, who balanced on a pair of very +long spindle-legs a huge trunk, as round as the body of a spider and furnished +with immense arms. A bony face and a low, small stubborn forehead pointed to +the man’s narrow obstinacy. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet felt a weakness in the legs and staggered. He had to sit down: +</p> + +<p> +“Speak,” he said. “What do you want?” +</p> + +<p> +“The paper. I’ve been looking for it for three days.” +</p> + +<p> +“I haven’t got it.” +</p> + +<p> +“You’re lying. I saw you put it back in your pocket-book when I +came in.” +</p> + +<p> +“Next?” +</p> + +<p> +“Next, you must undertake to keep quite quiet. You’re annoying us. +Leave us alone and mind your own business. Our patience is at an end.” +</p> + +<p> +He had come nearer, with the revolver still aimed at the young man’s +head, and spoke in a hollow voice, with a powerful stress on each syllable that +he uttered. His eyes were hard, his smile cruel. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet gave a shudder. It was the first time that he was experiencing the +sense of danger. And such danger! He felt himself in the presence of an +implacable enemy, endowed with blind and irresistible strength. +</p> + +<p> +“And next?” he asked, with less assurance in his voice. +</p> + +<p> +“Next? Nothing.—You will be free.—We will +forget—” +</p> + +<p> +There was a pause. Then Brédoux resumed: +</p> + +<p> +“There is only a minute left. You must make up your mind. Come, old chap, +don’t be a fool.—We are the stronger, you know, always and +everywhere.—Quick, the paper—” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore did not flinch. With a livid and terrified face, he remained master of +himself, nevertheless, and his brain remained clear amid the breakdown of his +nerves. The little black hole of the revolver was pointing at six inches from +his eyes. The finger was bent and obviously pressing on the trigger. It only +wanted a moment— +</p> + +<p> +“The paper,” repeated Brédoux. “If not—” +</p> + +<p> +“Here it is,” said Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +He took out his pocket-book and handed it to the clerk, who seized it eagerly. +</p> + +<p> +“Capital! We’ve come to our senses. I’ve no doubt +there’s something to be done with you.—You’re troublesome, +but full of common sense. I’ll talk about it to my pals. And now +I’m off. Good-bye!” +</p> + +<p> +He pocketed his revolver and turned back the fastening of the window. There was +a noise in the passage. +</p> + +<p> +“Good-bye,” he said again. “I’m only just in +time.” +</p> + +<p> +But the idea stopped him. With a quick movement, he examined the pocket-book: +</p> + +<p> +“Damn and blast it!” He grated through his teeth. “The +paper’s not there.—You’ve done me—” +</p> + +<p> +He leaped into the room. Two shots rang out. Isidore, in his turn, had seized +his pistol and fired. +</p> + +<p> +“Missed, old chap!” shouted Brédoux. “Your hand’s +shaking.—You’re afraid—” +</p> + +<p> +They caught each other round the body and came down to the floor together. +There was a violent and incessant knocking at the door. Isidore’s +strength gave way and he was at once over come by his adversary. It was the +end. A hand was lifted over him, armed with a knife, and fell. A fierce pain +burst into his shoulder. He let go. +</p> + +<p> +He had an impression of some one fumbling in the inside pocket of his jacket +and taking the paper from it. Then, through the lowered veil of his eyelids, he +half saw the man stepping over the window-sill. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +The same newspapers which, on the following morning, related the last episodes +that had occurred at the Château d’Ambrumésy—the trickery at the +chapel, the discovery of Arsène Lupin’s body and of Raymonde’s body +and, lastly, the murderous attempt made upon Beautrelet by the clerk to the +examining magistrate—also announced two further pieces of news: the +disappearance of Ganimard, and the kidnapping of Holmlock Shears, in broad +daylight, in the heart of London, at the moment when he was about to take the +train for Dover. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin’s gang, therefore, which had been disorganized for a moment by the +extraordinary ingenuity of a seventeen-year-old schoolboy, was now resuming the +offensive and was winning all along the line from the first. Lupin’s two +great adversaries, Shears and Ganimard, were put away. Isidore Beautrelet was +disabled. The police were powerless. For the moment there was no one left +capable of struggling against such enemies. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>CHAPTER FOUR<br/> +FACE TO FACE</h2> + +<p> +One evening, five weeks later, I had given my man leave to go out. It was the +day before the 14th of July. The night was hot, a storm threatened and I felt +no inclination to leave the flat. I opened wide the glass doors leading to my +balcony, lit my reading lamp and sat down in an easy-chair to look through the +papers, which I had not yet seen. +</p> + +<p> +It goes without saying that there was something about Arsène Lupin in all of +them. Since the attempt at murder of which poor Isidore Beautrelet had been the +victim, not a day had passed without some mention of the Ambrumésy mystery. It +had a permanent headline devoted to it. Never had public opinion been excited +to that extent, thanks to the extraordinary series of hurried events, of +unexpected and disconcerting surprises. M. Filleul, who was certainly accepting +the secondary part allotted to him with a good faith worthy of all praise, had +let the interviewers into the secret of his young advisor’s exploits +during the memorable three days, so that the public was able to indulge in the +rashest suppositions. And the public gave itself free scope. Specialists and +experts in crime, novelists and playwrights, retired magistrates and +chief-detectives, erstwhile Lecocqs and budding Holmlock Shearses, each had his +theory and expounded it in lengthy contributions to the press. Everybody +corrected and supplemented the inquiry of the examining magistrate; and all on +the word of a child, on the word of Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form schoolboy +at the Lycée Janson-de-Sailly! +</p> + +<p> +For really, it had to be admitted, the complete elements of the truth were now +in everybody’s possession. What did the mystery consist of? They knew the +hiding-place where Arsène Lupin had taken refuge and lain a-dying; there was no +doubt about it: Dr. Delattre, who continued to plead professional secrecy and +refused to give evidence, nevertheless confessed to his intimate +friends—who lost no time in blabbing—that he really had been taken +to a crypt to attend a wounded man whom his confederates introduced to him by +the name of Arsène Lupin. And, as the corpse of Étienne de Vaudreix was found +in that same crypt and as the said Étienne de Vaudreix was none other than +Arsène Lupin—as the official examination went to show—all this +provided an additional proof, if one were needed, of the identity of Arsène +Lupin and the wounded man. Therefore, with Lupin dead and Mlle. de +Saint-Véran’s body recognized by the curb-bracelet on her wrist, the +tragedy was finished. +</p> + +<p> +It was not. Nobody thought that it was, because Beautrelet had said the +contrary. Nobody knew in what respect it was not finished, but, on the word of +the young man, the mystery remained complete. The evidence of the senses did +not prevail against the statement of a Beautrelet. There was something which +people did not know, and of that something they were convinced that he was in +position to supply a triumphant explanation. +</p> + +<p> +It is easy, therefore, to imagine the anxiety with which, at first, people +awaited the bulletins issued by the two Dieppe doctors to whose care the Comte +de Gesvres entrusted his patient; the distress that prevailed during the first +few days, when his life was thought to be in danger; and the enthusiasm of the +morning when the newspapers announced that there was no further cause for fear. +The least details excited the crowd. People wept at the thought of Beautrelet +nursed by his old father, who had been hurriedly summoned by telegram, and they +also admired the devotion of Mlle. Suzanne de Gesvres, who spent night after +night by the wounded lad’s bedside. +</p> + +<p> +Next came a swift and glad convalescence. At last, the public were about to +know! They would know what Beautrelet had promised to reveal to M. Filleul and +the decisive words which the knife of the would-be assassin had prevented him +from uttering! And they would also know everything, outside the tragedy itself, +that remained impenetrable or inaccessible to the efforts of the police. +</p> + +<p> +With Beautrelet free and cured of his wound, one could hope for some certainty +regarding Harlington, Arsène Lupin’s mysterious accomplice, who was still +detained at the Santé prison. One would learn what had become, after the crime, +of Brédoux the clerk, that other accomplice, whose daring was really +terrifying. +</p> + +<p> +With Beautrelet free, one could also form a precise idea concerning the +disappearance of Ganimard and the kidnapping of Shears. How was it possible for +two attempts of this kind to take place? Neither the English detectives nor +their French colleagues possessed the slightest clue on the subject. On +Whit-Sunday, Ganimard did not come home, nor on the Monday either, nor during +the five weeks that followed. In London, on Whit-Monday, Holmlock Shears took a +cab at eight o’clock in the evening to drive to the station. He had +hardly stepped in, when he tried to alight, probably feeling a presentiment of +danger. But two men jumped into the hansom, one on either side, flung him back +on the seat and kept him there between them, or rather under them. All this +happened in sight of nine or ten witnesses, who had no time to interfere. The +cab drove off at a gallop. And, after that, nothing. Nobody knew anything. +</p> + +<p> +Perhaps, also, Beautrelet would be able to give the complete explanation of the +document, the mysterious paper to which. Brédoux, the magistrate’s clerk, +attached enough importance to recover it, with blows of the knife, from the +person in whose possession it was. The problem of the Hollow Needle it was +called, by the countless solvers of riddles who, with their eyes bent upon the +figures and dots, strove to read a meaning into them. The Hollow Needle! What a +bewildering conjunction of two simple words! What an incomprehensible question +was set by that scrap of paper, whose very origin and manufacture were unknown! +The Hollow Needle! Was it a meaningless expression, the puzzle of a schoolboy +scribbling with pen and ink on the corner of a page? Or were they two magic +words which could compel the whole great adventure of Lupin the great +adventurer to assume its true significance? Nobody knew. +</p> + +<p> +But the public soon would know. For some days, the papers had been announcing +the approaching arrival of Beautrelet. The struggle was on the point of +recommencing; and, this time, it would be implacable on the part of the young +man, who was burning to take his revenge. And, as it happened, my attention, +just then, was drawn to his name, printed in capitals. The <i>Grand Journal</i> +headed its front page with the following paragraph: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>We have persuaded</i> +</p> + +<p class="center"> +M. ISIDORE BEAUTRELET +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>to give us the first right of printing his revelations. To-morrow, Tuesday, +before the police themselves are informed, the</i> Grand Journal <i>will +publish the whole truth of the Ambrumésy mystery</i>. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s interesting, eh? What do you think of it, my dear +chap?” +</p> + +<p> +I started from my chair. There was some one sitting beside me, some one I did +not know. I cast my eyes round for a weapon. But, as my visitor’s +attitude appeared quite inoffensive, I restrained myself and went up to him. +</p> + +<p> +He was a young man with strongly-marked features, long, fair hair and a short, +tawny beard, divided into two points. His dress suggested the dark clothes of +an English clergyman; and his whole person, for that matter, wore an air of +austerity and gravity that inspired respect. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” I asked. And, as he did not reply, I repeated, +“Who are you? How did you get in? What are you here for?” +</p> + +<p> +He looked at me and said: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t you know me?” +</p> + +<p> +“No—no!” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, that’s really curious! Just search your memory—one of +your friends—a friend of a rather special +kind—however—” +</p> + +<p> +I caught him smartly by the arm: +</p> + +<p> +“You lie! You lie! No, you’re not the man you say you +are—it’s not true.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then why are you thinking of that man rather than another?” he +asked, with a laugh. +</p> + +<p> +Oh, that laugh! That bright and clear young laugh, whose amusing irony had so +often contributed to my diversion! I shivered. Could it be? +</p> + +<p> +“No, no,” I protested, with a sort of terror. “It cannot +be.” +</p> + +<p> +“It can’t be I, because I’m dead, eh?” he retorted. +“And because you don’t believe in ghosts.” He laughed again. +“Am I the sort of man who dies? Do you think I would die like that, shot +in the back by a girl? Really, you misjudge me! As though I would ever consent +to such a death as that!” +</p> + +<p> +“So it is you!” I stammered, still incredulous and yet greatly +excited. “So it is you! I can’t manage to recognize you.” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case,” he said, gaily, “I am quite easy. If the only +man to whom I have shown myself in my real aspect fails to know me to-day, then +everybody who will see me henceforth as I am to-day is bound not to know me +either, when he sees me in my real aspect—if, indeed, I have a real +aspect—” +</p> + +<p> +I recognized his voice, now that he was no longer changing its tone, and I +recognized his eyes also and the expression of his face and his whole attitude +and his very being, through the counterfeit appearance in which he had shrouded +it: +</p> + +<p> +“Arsène Lupin!” I muttered. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Arsène Lupin!” he cried, rising from his chair. “The +one and only Arsène Lupin, returned from the realms of darkness, since it +appears that I expired and passed away in a crypt! Arsène Lupin, alive and +kicking, in the full exercise of his will, happy and free and more than ever +resolved to enjoy that happy freedom in a world where hitherto he has received +nothing but favors and privileges!” +</p> + +<p> +It was my turn to laugh: +</p> + +<p> +“Well, it’s certainly you, and livelier this time than on the day +when I had the pleasure of seeing you, last year—I congratulate +you.” +</p> + +<p> +I was alluding to his last visit, the visit following on the famous adventure +of the diadem,[1] his interrupted marriage, his flight with Sonia Kirchnoff and +the Russian girl’s horrible death. On that day, I had seen an Arsène +Lupin whom I did not know, weak, down-hearted, with eyes tired with weeping, +seeking for a little sympathy and affection. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[1] <i>Arsène Lupin</i>, play in three acts and four scenes, by Maurice Leblanc +and Francis de Croisset.] +</p> + +<p> +“Be quiet,” he said. “The past is far away.” +</p> + +<p> +“It was a year ago,” I observed. +</p> + +<p> +“It was ten years ago,” he declared. “Arsène Lupin’s +years count for ten times as much as another man’s.” +</p> + +<p> +I did not insist and, changing the conversation: +</p> + +<p> +“How did you get in?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, how do you think? Through the door, of course. Then, as I saw +nobody, I walked across the drawing room and out by the balcony, and here I +am.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but the key of the door—?” +</p> + +<p> +“There are no doors for me, as you know. I wanted your flat and I came +in.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is at your disposal. Am I to leave you?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, not at all! You won’t be in the way. In fact, I can promise +you an interesting evening.” +</p> + +<p> +“Are you expecting some one?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. I have given him an appointment here at ten o’clock.” +He took out his watch. “It is ten now. If the telegram reached him, he +ought to be here soon.” +</p> + +<p> +The front-door bell rang. +</p> + +<p> +“What did I tell you? No, don’t trouble to get up: I’ll +go.” +</p> + +<p> +With whom on earth could he have made an appointment? And what sort of scene +was I about to assist at: dramatic or comic? For Lupin himself to consider it +worthy of interest, the situation must be somewhat exceptional. +</p> + +<p> +He returned in a moment and stood back to make way for a young man, tall and +thin and very pale in the face. +</p> + +<p> +Without a word and with a certain solemnity about his movements that made me +feel ill at ease. Lupin switched on all the electric lamps, one after the +other, till the room was flooded with light. Then the two men looked at each +other, exchanged profound and penetrating glances, as if, with all the effort +of their gleaming eyes, they were trying to pierce into each other’s +souls. +</p> + +<p> +It was an impressive sight to see them thus, grave and silent. But who could +the newcomer be? +</p> + +<p> +I was on the point of guessing the truth, through his resemblance to a +photograph which had recently appeared in the papers, when Lupin turned to me: +</p> + +<p> +“My dear chap, let me introduce M. Isidore Beautrelet.” And, +addressing the young man, he continued, “I have to thank you, M. +Beautrelet, first, for being good enough, on receipt of a letter from me, to +postpone your revelations until after this interview and, secondly, for +granting me this interview with so good a grace.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet smiled: +</p> + +<p> +“Allow me to remark that my good grace consists, above all, in obeying +your orders. The threat which you made to me in the letter in question was the +more peremptory in being aimed not at me, but at my father.” +</p> + +<p> +“My word,” said Lupin laughing, “we must do the best we can +and make use of the means of action vouchsafed to us. I knew by experience that +your own safety was indifferent to you, seeing that you resisted the arguments +of Master Brédoux. There remained your father—your father for whom you +have a great affection—I played on that string.” +</p> + +<p> +“And here I am,” said Beautrelet, approvingly. +</p> + +<p> +I motioned them to be seated. They consented and Lupin resumed, in that tone of +imperceptible banter which is all his own: +</p> + +<p> +“In any case, M. Beautrelet, if you will not accept my thanks, you will +at least not refuse my apologies.” +</p> + +<p> +“Apologies! Bless my soul, what for?” +</p> + +<p> +“For the brutality which Master Brédoux showed you.” +</p> + +<p> +“I confess that the act surprised me. It was not Lupin’s usual way +of behaving. A stab—” +</p> + +<p> +“I assure you I had no hand in it. Brédoux is a new recruit. My friends, +during the time that they had the management of our affairs, thought that it +might be useful to win over to our cause the clerk of the magistrate himself +who was conducting the inquiry.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your friends were right.” +</p> + +<p> +“Brédoux, who was specially attached to your person, was, in fact, most +valuable to us. But, with the ardor peculiar to any neophyte who wishes to +distinguish himself, he pushed his zeal too far and thwarted my plans by +permitting himself, on his own initiative, to strike you a blow.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, it was a little accident!” +</p> + +<p> +“Not at all, not at all! And I have reprimanded him severely! I am bound, +however, to say in his favor that he was taken unawares by the really +unexpected rapidity of your investigation. If you had only left us a few hours +longer, you would have escaped that unpardonable attempt.” +</p> + +<p> +“And I should doubtless have enjoyed the enormous advantage of undergoing +the same fate as M. Ganimard and Mr. Holmlock Shears?” +</p> + +<p> +“Exactly,” said Lupin, laughing heartily. “And I should not +have known the cruel terrors which your wound caused me. I have had an +atrocious time because of it, believe me, and, at this moment, your pallor +fills me with all the stings of remorse. Can you ever forgive me?” +</p> + +<p> +“The proof of confidence which you have shown me in delivering yourself +unconditionally into my hands—it would have been so easy for me to bring +a few of Ganimard’s friends with me—that proof of confidence wipes +out everything.” +</p> + +<p> +Was he speaking seriously? I confess frankly that I was greatly perplexed. The +struggle between the two men was beginning in a manner which I was simply +unable to understand. I had been present at the first meeting between Lupin and +Holmlock Shears, in the café near the Gare Montparnesse,[2] and I could not +help recalling the haughty carriage of the two combatants, the terrific clash +of their pride under the politeness of their manners, the hard blows which they +dealt each other, their feints, their arrogance. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[2] <i>Arsène Lupin versus Holmlock Shears</i>, by Maurice Leblanc. +</p> + +<p> +Here, it was quite different. Lupin, it is true, had not changed; he exhibited +the same tactics, the same crafty affability. But what a strange adversary he +had come upon! Was it even an adversary? Really, he had neither the tone of one +nor the appearance. Very calm, but with a real calmness, not one assumed to +cloak the passion of a man endeavoring to restrain himself; very polite, but +without exaggeration; smiling, but without chaff, he presented the most perfect +contrast to Arsène Lupin, a contrast so perfect even that, to my mind, Lupin +appeared as much perplexed as myself. +</p> + +<p> +No, there was no doubt about it: in the presence of that frail stripling, with +cheeks smooth as a girl’s and candid and charming eyes, Lupin was losing +his ordinary self-assurance. Several times over, I observed traces of +embarrassment in him. He hesitated, did not attack frankly, wasted time in +mawkish and affected phrases. +</p> + +<p> +It also looked as though he wanted something. He seemed to be seeking, waiting. +What for? Some aid? +</p> + +<p> +There was a fresh ring of the bell. He himself ran and opened the door. He +returned with a letter: +</p> + +<p> +“Will you allow me, gentlemen?” he asked. +</p> + +<p> +He opened the letter. It contained a telegram. He read it—and became as +though transformed. His face lit up, his figure righted itself and I saw the +veins on his forehead swell. It was the athlete who once more stood before me, +the ruler, sure of himself, master of events and master of persons. He spread +the telegram on the table and, striking it with his fist, exclaimed: +</p> + +<p> +“Now, M. Beautrelet, it’s you and I!” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet adopted a listening attitude and Lupin began, in measured, but harsh +and masterful tones: +</p> + +<p> +“Let us throw off the mask—what say you?—and have done with +hypocritical compliments. We are two enemies, who know exactly what to think of +each other; we act toward each other as enemies; and therefore we ought to +treat with each other as enemies.” +</p> + +<p> +“To treat?” echoed Beautrelet, in a voice of surprise. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, to treat. I did not use that word at random and I repeat it, in +spite of the effort, the great effort, which it costs me. This is the first +time I have employed it to an adversary. But also, I may as well tell you at +once, it is the last. Make the most of it. I shall not leave this flat without +a promise from you. If I do, it means war.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet seemed more and more surprised. He said very prettily: +</p> + +<p> +“I was not prepared for this—you speak so funnily! It’s so +different from what I expected! Yes, I thought you were not a bit like that! +Why this display of anger? Why use threats? Are we enemies because +circumstances bring us into opposition? Enemies? Why?” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin appeared a little out of countenance, but he snarled and, leaning over +the boy: +</p> + +<p> +“Listen to me, youngster,” he said. “It’s not a +question of picking one’s words. It’s a question of a fact, a +positive, indisputable fact; and that fact is this: in all the past ten years, +I have not yet knocked up against an adversary of your capacity. With Ganimard +and Holmlock Shears I played as if they were children. With you, I am obliged +to defend myself, I will say more, to retreat. Yes, at this moment, you and I +well know that I must look upon myself as worsted in the fight. Isidore +Beautrelet has got the better of Arsène Lupin. My plans are upset. What I tried +to leave in the dark you have brought into the full light of day. You annoy me, +you stand in my way. Well, I’ve had enough of it—Brédoux told you +so to no purpose. I now tell you so again; and I insist upon it, so that you +may take it to heart: I’ve had enough of it!” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet nodded his head: +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but what do you want?” +</p> + +<p> +“Peace! Each of us minding his own business, keeping to his own +side!” +</p> + +<p> +“That is to say, you free to continue your burglaries undisturbed, I free +to return to my studies.” +</p> + +<p> +“Your studies—anything you please—I don’t care. But you +must leave me in peace—I want peace.” +</p> + +<p> +“How can I trouble it now?” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin seized his hand violently: +</p> + +<p> +“You know quite well! Don’t pretend not to know. You are at this +moment in possession of a secret to which I attach the highest importance. This +secret you were free to guess, but you have no right to give it to the +public.” +</p> + +<p> +“Are you sure that I know it?” +</p> + +<p> +“You know it, I am certain: day by day, hour by hour, I have followed +your train of thought and the progress of your investigations. At the very +moment when Brédoux struck you, you were about to tell all. Subsequently, you +delayed your revelations, out of solicitude for your father. But they are now +promised to this paper here. The article is written. It will be set up in an +hour. It will appear to-morrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“Quite right.” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin rose, and slashing the air with his hand, +</p> + +<p> +“It shall not appear!” he cried. +</p> + +<p> +“It shall appear!” said Beautrelet, starting up in his turn. +</p> + +<p> +At last, the two men were standing up to each other. I received the impression +of a shock, as if they had seized each other round the body. Beautrelet seemed +to burn with a sudden energy. It was as though a spark had kindled within him a +group of new emotions: pluck, self-respect, the passion of fighting, the +intoxication of danger. As for Lupin, I read in the radiance of his glance the +joy of the duellist who at length encounters the sword of his hated rival. +</p> + +<p> +“Is the article in the printer’s hands?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not yet.” +</p> + +<p> +“Have you it there—on you?” +</p> + +<p> +“No fear! I shouldn’t have it by now, in that case!” +</p> + +<p> +“Then—” +</p> + +<p> +“One of the assistant editors has it, in a sealed envelope. If I am not +at the office by midnight, he will have set it up.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, the scoundrel!” muttered Lupin. “He has provided for +everything!” +</p> + +<p> +His anger was increasing, visibly and frightfully. Beautrelet chuckled, jeering +in his turn, carried away by his success. +</p> + +<p> +“Stop that, you brat!” roared Lupin. “You’re forgetting +who I am—and that, if I wished—upon my word, he’s daring to +laugh!” +</p> + +<p> +A great silence fell between them. Then Lupin stepped forward and, in muttered +tones, with his eyes on Beautrelet’s: +</p> + +<p> +“You shall go straight to the <i>Grand Journal</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tear up your article.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“See the editor.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tell him you made a mistake.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“And write him another article, in which you will give the official +version of the Ambrumésy mystery, the one which every one has accepted.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin took up a steel ruler that lay on my desk and broke it in two without an +effort. His pallor was terrible to see. He wiped away the beads of perspiration +that stood on his forehead. He, who had never known his wishes resisted, was +being maddened by the obstinacy of this child. He pressed his two hands on +Beautrelet’s shoulder and, emphasizing every syllable, continued: +</p> + +<p> +“You shall do as I tell you, Beautrelet. You shall say that your latest +discoveries have convinced you of my death, that there is not the least doubt +about it. You shall say so because I wish it, because it has to be believed +that I am dead. You shall say so, above all, because, if you do not say +so—” +</p> + +<p> +“Because, if I do not say so—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Your father will be kidnapped to-night, as Ganimard and Holmlock Shears +were.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet gave a smile. +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t laugh—answer!” +</p> + +<p> +“My answer is that I am very sorry to disappoint you, but I have promised +to speak and I shall speak.” +</p> + +<p> +“Speak in the sense which I have told you.” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall speak the truth,” cried Beautrelet, eagerly. “It is +something which you can’t understand, the pleasure, the need, rather, of +saying the thing that is and saying it aloud. The truth is here, in this brain +which has guessed it and discovered it; and it will come out, all naked and +quivering. The article, therefore, will be printed as I wrote it. The world +shall know that Lupin is alive and shall know the reason why he wished to be +considered dead. The world shall know all.” And he added, calmly, +“And my father shall not be kidnapped.” +</p> + +<p> +Once again, they were both silent, with their eyes still fixed upon each other. +They watched each other. Their swords were engaged up to the hilt. And it was +like the heavy silence that goes before the mortal blow. Which of the two was +to strike it? +</p> + +<p> +Lupin said, between his teeth: +</p> + +<p> +“Failing my instructions to the contrary, two of my friends have orders +to enter your father’s room to-night, at three o’clock in the +morning, to seize him and carry him off to join Ganimard and Holmlock +Shears.” +</p> + +<p> +A burst of shrill laughter interrupted him: +</p> + +<p> +“Why, you highwayman, don’t you understand,” cried +Beautrelet, “that I have taken my precautions? So you think that I am +innocent enough, ass enough, to have sent my father home to his lonely little +house in the open country!” Oh, the gay, bantering laughter that lit up +the boy’s face! It was a new sort of laugh on his lips, a laugh that +showed the influence of Lupin himself. And the familiar form of address which +he adopted placed him at once on his adversary’s level. He continued: +</p> + +<p> +“You see, Lupin, your great fault is to believe your schemes infallible. +You proclaim yourself beaten, do you? What humbug! You are convinced that you +will always win the day in the end—and you forget that others can have +their little schemes, too. Mine is a very simple one, my friend.” +</p> + +<p> +It was delightful to hear him talk. He walked up and down, with his hands in +his pockets and with the easy swagger of a boy teasing a caged beast. Really, +at this moment, he was revenging, with the most terrible revenges, all the +victims of the great adventurer. And he concluded: +</p> + +<p> +“Lupin, my father is not in Savoy. He is at the other end of France, in +the centre of a big town, guarded by twenty of our friends, who have orders not +to lose sight of him until our battle is over. Would you like details? He is at +Cherbourg, in the house of one of the keepers of the arsenal. And remember that +the arsenal is closed at night and that no one is allowed to enter it by day, +unless he carries an authorization and is accompanied by a guide.” +</p> + +<p> +He stopped in front of Lupin and defied him, like a child making faces at his +playmate: +</p> + +<p> +“What do you say to that, master?” +</p> + +<p> +For some minutes, Lupin had stood motionless. Not a muscle of his face had +moved. What were his thoughts? Upon what action was he resolving? To any one +knowing the fierce violence of his pride the only possible solution was the +total, immediate, final collapse of his adversary. His fingers twitched. For a +second, I had a feeling that he was about to throw himself upon the boy and +wring his neck. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you say to that, master?” Beautrelet repeated. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin took up the telegram that lay on the table, held it out and said, very +calmly: +</p> + +<p> +“Here, baby, read that.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet became serious, suddenly, impressed by the gentleness of the +movement. He unfolded the paper and, at once, raising his eyes, murmured: +</p> + +<p> +“What does it mean? I don’t understand.” +</p> + +<p> +“At any rate, you understand the first word,” said Lupin, +“the first word of the telegram—that is to say, the name of the +place from which it was sent—look—‘Cherbourg.’” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—yes,” stammered Beautrelet. “Yes—I +understand—‘Cherbourg’-and then?” +</p> + +<p> +“And then?—I should think the rest is quite plain: ‘Removal +of luggage finished. Friends left with it and will wait instructions till eight +morning. All well.’ Is there anything there that seems obscure? The word +‘luggage’? Pooh, you wouldn’t have them write ‘M. +Beautrelet, senior’! What then? The way in which the operation was +performed? The miracle by which your father was taken out of Cherbourg Arsenal, +in spite of his twenty body-guards? Pooh, it’s as easy as A B C! And the +fact remains that the luggage has been dispatched. What do you say to that, +baby?” +</p> + +<p> +With all his tense being, with all his exasperated energy, Isidore tried to +preserve a good countenance. But I saw his lips quiver, his jaw shrink, his +eyes vainly strive to fix upon a point. He lisped a few words, then was silent +and, suddenly, gave way and, with his hands before his face, burst into loud +sobs: +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, father! Father!” +</p> + +<p> +An unexpected result, which was certainly the collapse which Lupin’s +pride demanded, but also something more, something infinitely touching and +infinitely artless. Lupin gave a movement of annoyance and took up his hat, as +though this unaccustomed display of sentiment were too much for him. But, on +reaching the door, he stopped, hesitated and then returned, slowly, step by +step. +</p> + +<p> +The soft sound of the sobs rose like the sad wailing of a little child overcome +with grief. The lad’s shoulders marked the heart-rending rhythm. Tears +appeared through the crossed fingers. Lupin leaned forward and, without +touching Beautrelet, said, in a voice that had not the least tone of +pleasantry, nor even of the offensive pity of the victor: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t cry, youngster. This is one of those blows which a man must +expect when he rushes headlong into the fray, as you did. The worst disasters +lie in wait for him. The destiny of fighters will have it so. We must suffer it +as bravely as we can.” Then, with a sort of gentleness, he continued, +“You were right, you see: we are not enemies. I have known it for long. +From the very first, I felt for you, for the intelligent creature that you are, +an involuntary sympathy—and admiration. And that is why I wanted to say +this to you—don’t be offended, whatever you do: I should be +extremely sorry to offend you—but I must say it: well, give up struggling +against me. I am not saying this out of vanity—nor because I despise +you—but, you see, the struggle is too unequal. You do not +know—nobody knows all the resources which I have at my command. Look +here, this secret of the Hollow Needle which you are trying so vainly to +unravel: suppose, for a moment, that it is a formidable, inexhaustible +treasure—or else an invisible, prodigious, fantastic refuge—or both +perhaps. Think of the superhuman power which I must derive from it! And you do +not know, either, all the resources which I have within myself—all that +my will and my imagination enable me to undertake and to undertake +successfully. Only think that my whole life—ever since I was born, I +might almost say—has tended toward the same aim, that I worked like a +convict before becoming what I am and to realize, in its perfection, the type +which I wished to create—which I have succeeded in creating. That being +so—what can you do? At that very moment when you think that victory lies +within your grasp, it will escape you—there will be something of which +you have not thought—a trifle—a grain of sand which I shall have +put in the right place, unknown to you. I entreat you, give up—I should +be obliged to hurt you; and the thought distresses me.” And, placing his +hand on the boy’s forehead, he repeated, “Once more, youngster, +give up. I should only hurt you. Who knows if the trap into which you will +inevitably fall has not already opened under your footsteps?” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet uncovered his face. He was no longer crying. Had he heard +Lupin’s words? One might have doubted it, judging by his inattentive air. +</p> + +<p> +For two or three minutes, he was silent. He seemed to weigh the decision which +he was about to take, to examine the reasons for and against, to count up the +favorable and unfavorable chances. At last, he said to Lupin: +</p> + +<p> +“If I change the sense of the article, if I confirm the version of your +death and if I undertake never to contradict the false version which I shall +have sanctioned, do you swear that my father will be free?” +</p> + +<p> +“I swear it. My friends have taken your father by motor car to another +provincial town. At seven o’clock to-morrow morning, if the article in +the <i>Grand Journal</i> is what I want it to be, I shall telephone to them and +they will restore your father to liberty.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” said Beautrelet. “I submit to your +conditions.” +</p> + +<p> +Quickly, as though he saw no object in prolonging the conversation after +accepting his defeat, he rose, took his hat, bowed to me, bowed to Lupin and +went out. Lupin watched him go, listened to the sound of the door closing and +muttered: +</p> + +<p> +“Poor little beggar!” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +At eight o’clock the next morning, I sent my man out to buy the <i>Grand +Journal</i>. It was twenty minutes before he brought me a copy, most of the +kiosks being already sold out. +</p> + +<p> +I unfolded the paper with feverish hands. Beautrelet’s article appeared +on the front page. I give it as it stood and as it was quoted in the press of +the whole world: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +THE AMBRUMÉSY MYSTERY +</p> + +<p> +I do not intend in these few sentences to set out in detail the mental +processes and the investigations that have enabled me to reconstruct the +tragedy—I should say the twofold tragedy—of Ambrumésy. In my +opinion, this sort of work and the judgments which it entails, deductions, +inductions, analyses and so on, are only interesting in a minor degree and, in +any case, are highly commonplace. No, I shall content myself with setting forth +the two leading ideas which I followed; and, if I do that, it will be seen +that, in so setting them forth and in solving the two problems which they +raise, I shall have told the story just as it happened, in the exact order of +the different incidents. +</p> + +<p> +It may be said that some of these incidents are not proved and that I leave too +large a field to conjecture. That is quite true. But, in my view, my theory is +founded upon a sufficiently large number of proved facts to be able to say that +even those facts which are not proved must follow from the strict logic of +events. The stream is so often lost under the pebbly bed: it is nevertheless +the same stream that reappears at intervals and mirrors back the blue sky. +</p> + +<p> +The first riddle that confronted me, a riddle not in detail, but as a whole, +was how came it that Lupin, mortally wounded, one might say, managed to live +for five or six weeks without nursing, medicine or food, at the bottom of a +dark hole? +</p> + +<p> +Let us start at the beginning. On Thursday the sixteenth of April, at four +o’clock in the morning, Arsène Lupin, surprised in the middle of one of +his most daring burglaries, runs away by the path leading to the ruins and +drops down shot. He drags himself painfully along, falls again and picks +himself up in the desperate hope of reaching the chapel. The chapel contains a +crypt, the existence of which he has discovered by accident. If he can burrow +there, he may be saved. By dint of an effort, he approaches it, he is but a few +yards away, when a sound of footsteps approaches. Harassed and lost, he lets +himself go. The enemy arrives. It is Mlle. Raymonde de Saint-Véran. +</p> + +<p> +This is the prologue or rather the first scene of the drama. +</p> + +<p> +What happened between them? This is the easier to guess inasmuch as the sequel +of the adventure gives us all the necessary clues. At the girl’s feet +lies a wounded man, exhausted by suffering, who will be captured in two +minutes. <i>This man has been wounded by herself</i>. Will she also give him +up? +</p> + +<p> +If he is Jean Daval’s murderer, yes, she will let destiny take its +course. But, in quick sentences, he tells her the truth about this awful murder +committed by her uncle, M. de Gesvres. She believes him. What will she do? +</p> + +<p> +Nobody can see them. The footman Victor is watching the little door. The other, +Albert, posted at the drawing-room window, has lost sight of both of them. +<i>Will she give up the man she has wounded?</i> +</p> + +<p> +The girl is carried away by a movement of irresistible pity, which any woman +will understand. Instructed by Lupin, with a few movements she binds up the +wound with his handkerchief, to avoid the marks which the blood would leave. +Then, with the aid of the key which he gives her, she opens the door of the +chapel. He enters, supported by the girl. She locks the door again and walks +away. Albert arrives. +</p> + +<p> +If the chapel had been visited at that moment or at least during the next few +minutes, before Lupin had had time to recover his strength, to raise the +flagstone and disappear by the stairs leading to the crypt, he would have been +taken. But this visit did not take place until six hours later and then only in +the most superficial way. As it is, Lupin is saved; and saved by whom? By the +girl who very nearly killed him. +</p> + +<p> +Thenceforth, whether she wishes it or no, Mlle. de Saint-Véran is his +accomplice. Not only is she no longer able to give him up, but she is obliged +to continue her work, else the wounded man will perish in the shelter in which +she has helped to conceal him. Therefore she continues. +</p> + +<p> +For that matter, if her feminine instinct makes the task a compulsory one, it +also makes it easy. She is full of artifice, she foresees and forestalls +everything. It is she who gives the examining magistrate a false description of +Arsène Lupin (the reader will remember the difference of opinion on this +subject between the cousins). It is she, obviously, who, thanks to certain +signs which I do not know of, suspects an accomplice of Lupin’s in the +driver of the fly. She warns him. She informs him of the urgent need of an +operation. It is she, no doubt, who substitutes one cap for the other. It is +she who causes the famous letter to be written in which she is personally +threatened. How, after that, is it possible to suspect her? +</p> + +<p> +It is she, who at that moment when I was about to confide my first impressions +to the examining magistrate, pretends to have seen me, the day before, in the +copsewood, alarms M. Filleul on my score and reduces me to silence: a dangerous +move, no doubt, because it arouses my attention and directs it against the +person who assails me with an accusation which I know to be false; but an +efficacious move, because the most important thing of all is to gain time and +close my lips. +</p> + +<p> +Lastly, it is she who, during forty days, feeds Lupin, brings him his medicine +(the chemist at Ouville will produce the prescriptions which he made up for +Mlle. de Saint-Véran), nurses him, dresses his wound, watches over him <i>and +cures him</i>. +</p> + +<p> +Here we have the first of our two problems solved, at the same time that the +Ambrumésy mystery is set forth. Arsène Lupin found, close at hand, in the +château itself, the assistance which was indispensable to him in order, first, +not to be discovered and, secondly, to live. +</p> + +<p> +He now lives. And we come to the second problem, corresponding with the second +Ambrumésy mystery, the study of which served me as a conducting medium. Why +does Lupin, alive, free, at the head of his gang, omnipotent as before, why +does Lupin make desperate efforts, efforts with which I am constantly coming +into collision, to force the idea of his death upon the police and the public? +</p> + +<p> +We must remember that Mlle. de Saint-Véran was a very pretty girl. The +photographs reproduced in the papers after her disappearance give but an +imperfect notion of her beauty. That follows which was bound to follow. Lupin, +seeing this lovely girl daily for five or six weeks, longing for her presence +when she is not there, subjected to her charm and grace when she is there, +inhaling the cool perfume of her breath when she bends over him, Lupin becomes +enamored of his nurse. Gratitude turns to love, admiration to passion. She is +his salvation, but she is also the joy of his eyes, the dream of his lonely +hours, his light, his hope, his very life. +</p> + +<p> +He respects her sufficiently not to take advantage of the girl’s devotion +and not to make use of her to direct his confederates. There is, in fact, a +certain lack of decision apparent in the acts of the gang. But he loves her +also, his scruples weaken and, as Mlle. de Saint-Véran refuses to be touched by +a love that offends her, as she relaxes her visits when they become less +necessary, as she ceases them entirely on the day when he is +cured—desperate, maddened by grief, he takes a terrible resolve. He +leaves his lair, prepares his stroke and, on Saturday the sixth of June, +assisted by his accomplices, he carries off the girl. +</p> + +<p> +This is not all. The abduction must not be known. All search, all surmises, all +hope, even, must be cut short. Mlle. de Saint-Véran must pass for dead. There +is a mock murder: proofs are supplied for the police inquiries. There is doubt +about the crime, a crime, for that matter, not unexpected, a crime foretold by +the accomplices, a crime perpetrated to revenge the chief’s death. And, +through this very fact—observe the marvelous ingenuity of the +conception—through this very fact, the belief in this death is, so to +speak, stimulated. +</p> + +<p> +It is not enough to suggest a belief; it is necessary to compel a certainty. +Lupin foresees my interference. I am sure to guess the trickery of the chapel. +I am sure to discover the crypt. And, as the crypt will be empty, the whole +scaffolding will come to the ground. +</p> + +<p> +<i>The crypt shall not be empty.</i> +</p> + +<p> +In the same way, the death of Mlle. de Saint-Véran will not be definite, unless +the sea gives up her corpse. +</p> + +<p> +<i>The sea shall give up the corpse of Mlle. de Saint-Véran.</i> +</p> + +<p> +The difficulty is tremendous. The double obstacle seems insurmountable. Yes, to +any one but Lupin, but not to Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +As he had foreseen, I guess the trickery of the chapel, I discover the crypt +and I go down into the lair where Lupin has taken refuge. His corpse is there! +</p> + +<p> +Any person who had admitted the death of Lupin as possible would have been +baffled. But I had not admitted this eventuality for an instant (first, by +intuition and, secondly, by reasoning). Pretense thereupon became useless and +every scheme vain. I said to myself at once that the block of stone disturbed +by the pickaxe had been placed there with a very curious exactness, that the +least knock was bound to make it fall and that, in falling, it must inevitably +reduce the head of the false Arsène Lupin to pulp, in such a way as to make it +utterly irrecognizable. +</p> + +<p> +Another discovery: half an hour later, I hear that the body of Mlle. de +Saint-Véran has been found on the rocks at Dieppe—or rather a body which +is considered to be Mlle. de Saint-Véran’s, for the reason that the arm +has a bracelet similar to one of that young lady’s bracelets. This, +however, is the only mark of identity, for the corpse is irrecognizable. +</p> + +<p> +Thereupon I remember and I understand. A few days earlier, I happened to read +in a number of the <i>Vigie de Dieppe</i> that a young American couple staying +at Envermeu had committed suicide by taking poison and that their bodies had +disappeared on the very night of the death. I hasten to Envermeu. The story is +true, I am told, except in so far as concerns the disappearance, because the +brothers of the victims came to claim the corpses and took them away after the +usual formalities. The name of these brothers, no doubt, was Arsène Lupin & +Co. +</p> + +<p> +Consequently, the thing is proved. We know why Lupin shammed the murder of the +girl and spread the rumor of his own death. He is in love and does not wish it +known. And, to reach his ends, he shrinks from nothing, he even undertakes that +incredible theft of the two corpses which he needs in order to impersonate +himself and Mlle. de Saint-Véran. In this way, he will be at ease. No one can +disturb him. No one will ever suspect the truth which he wishes to suppress. +</p> + +<p> +No one? Yes—three adversaries, at the most, might conceive doubts: +Ganimard, whose arrival is hourly expected; Holmlock Shears, who is about to +cross the Channel; and I, who am on the spot. This constitutes a threefold +danger. He removes it. He kidnaps Ganimard. He kidnaps Holmlock Shears. He has +me stabbed by Brédoux. +</p> + +<p> +One point alone remains obscure. Why was Lupin so fiercely bent upon snatching +the document about the Hollow Needle from me? He surely did not imagine that, +by taking it away, he could wipe out from my memory the text of the five lines +of which it consists! Then why? Did he fear that the character of the paper +itself, or some other clue, could give me a hint? +</p> + +<p> +Be that as it may, this is the truth of the Ambrumésy mystery. I repeat that +conjecture plays a certain part in the explanation which I offer, even as it +played a great part in my personal investigation. But, if one waited for proofs +and facts to fight Lupin, one would run a great risk either of waiting forever +or else of discovering proofs and facts carefully prepared by Lupin, which +would lead in a direction immediately opposite to the object in view. I feel +confident that the facts, when they are known, will confirm my surmise in every +respect. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +So Isidore Beautrelet, mastered for a moment by Arsène Lupin, distressed by the +abduction of his father and resigned to defeat, Isidore Beautrelet, in the end, +was unable to persuade himself to keep silence. The truth was too beautiful and +too curious, the proofs which he was able to produce were too logical and too +conclusive for him to consent to misrepresent it. The whole world was waiting +for his revelations. He spoke. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +On the evening of the day on which his article appeared, the newspapers +announced the kidnapping of M. Beautrelet, senior. Isidore was informed of it +by a telegram from Cherbourg, which reached him at three o’clock. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>CHAPTER FIVE<br/> +ON THE TRACK</h2> + +<p> +Young Beautrelet was stunned by the violence of the blow. As a matter of fact, +although, in publishing his article, he had obeyed one of those irresistible +impulses which make a man despise every consideration of prudence, he had never +really believed in the possibility of an abduction. His precautions had been +too thorough. The friends at Cherbourg not only had instructions to guard and +protect Beautrelet the elder: they were also to watch his comings and goings, +never to let him walk out alone and not even to hand him a single letter +without first opening it. No, there was no danger. Lupin, wishing to gain time, +was trying to intimidate his adversary. +</p> + +<p> +The blow, therefore, was almost unexpected; and Isidore, because he was +powerless to act, felt the pain of the shock during the whole of the remainder +of the day. One idea alone supported him: that of leaving Paris, going down +there, seeing for himself what had happened and resuming the offensive. +</p> + +<p> +He telegraphed to Cherbourg. He was at Saint-Lazare a little before nine. A few +minutes after, he was steaming out of the station in the Normandy express. +</p> + +<p> +It was not until an hour later, when he mechanically unfolded a newspaper which +he had bought on the platform, that he became aware of the letter by which +Lupin indirectly replied to his article of that morning: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>To the Editor of the Grand Journal.</i> +</p> + +<p> +S<small>IR</small>: I cannot pretend but that my modest personality, which +would certainly have passed unnoticed in more heroic times, has acquired a +certain prominence in the dull and feeble period in which we live. But there is +a limit beyond which the morbid curiosity of the crowd cannot go without +becoming indecently indiscreet. If the walls that surround our private lives be +not respected, what is to safeguard the rights of the citizen? +</p> + +<p> +Will those who differ plead the higher interest of truth? An empty pretext in +so far as I am concerned, because the truth is known and I raise no difficulty +about making an official confession of the truth in writing. Yes, Mlle. de +Saint-Véran is alive. Yes, I love her. Yes, I have the mortification not to be +loved by her. Yes, the results of the boy Beautrelet’s inquiry are +wonderful in their precision and accuracy. Yes, we agree on every point. There +is no riddle left. There is no mystery. Well, then, what? +</p> + +<p> +Injured to the very depths of my soul, bleeding still from cruel wounds, I ask +that my more intimate feelings and secret hopes may no longer be delivered to +the malevolence of the public. I ask for peace, the peace which I need to +conquer the affection of Mlle. de Saint-Véran and to wipe out from her memory +the thousand little injuries which she has had to suffer at the hands of her +uncle and cousin—this has not been told—because of her position as +a poor relation. Mlle. de Saint-Véran will forget this hateful past. All that +she can desire, were it the fairest jewel in the world, were it the most +unattainable treasure, I shall lay at her feet. She will be happy. She will +love me. +</p> + +<p> +But, if I am to succeed, once more, I require peace. That is why I lay down my +arms and hold out the olive-branch to my enemies—while warning them, with +every magnanimity on my part, that a refusal on theirs might bring down upon +them the gravest consequences. +</p> + +<p> +One word more on the subject of Mr. Harlington. This name conceals the identity +of an excellent fellow, who is secretary to Cooley, the American millionaire, +and instructed by him to lay hands upon every object of ancient art in Europe +which it is possible to discover. His evil star brought him into touch with my +friend Étienne de Vaudreix, <i>alias</i> Arsène Lupin, <i>alias</i> myself. He +learnt, in this way, that a certain M. de Gesvres was willing to part with four +pictures by Rubens, ostensibly on the condition that they were replaced by +copies and that the bargain to which he was consenting remained unknown. My +friend Vaudreix also undertook to persuade M. de Gesvres to sell his chapel. +The negotiations were conducted with entire good faith on the side of my friend +Vaudreix and with charming ingenuousness on the side of Mr. Harlington, until +the day when the Rubenses and the carvings from the chapel were in a safe place +and Mr. Harlington in prison. There remains nothing, therefore, to be done but +to release the unfortunate American, because he was content to play the modest +part of a dupe; to brand the millionaire Cooley, because, for fear of possible +unpleasantness, he did not protest against his secretary’s arrest; and to +congratulate my friend Étienne de Vaudreix, because he is revenging the +outraged morality of the public by keeping the hundred thousand francs which he +was paid on account by that singularly unattractive person, Cooley. +</p> + +<p> +Pray, pardon the length of this letter and permit me to be, Sir, +</p> + +<p class="right"> +Your obedient servant,<br/> +A<small>RSÈNE</small> L<small>UPIN</small>. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore weighed the words of this communication as minutely, perhaps, as he had +studied the document concerning the Hollow Needle. He went on the principle, +the correctness of which was easily proved, that Lupin had never taken the +trouble to send one of his amusing letters to the press without absolute +necessity, without some motive which events were sure, sooner or later, to +bring to light. +</p> + +<p> +What was the motive for this particular letter? For what hidden reason was +Lupin confessing his love and the failure of that love? Was it there that +Beautrelet had to seek, or in the explanations regarding Mr. Harlington, or +further still, between the lines, behind all those words whose apparent meaning +had perhaps no other object than to suggest some wicked, perfidious, misleading +little idea? +</p> + +<p> +For hours, the young man, confined to his compartment, remained pensive and +anxious. The letter filled him with mistrust, as though it had been written for +his benefit and were destined to lead him, personally, into error. For the +first time and because he found himself confronted not with a direct attack, +but with an ambiguous, indefinable method of fighting, he underwent a distinct +sensation of fear. And, when he thought of his good old, easy-going father, +kidnapped through his fault, he asked himself, with a pang, whether he was not +mad to continue so unequal a contest. Was the result not certain? Had Lupin not +won the game in advance? +</p> + +<p> +It was but a short moment of weakness. When he alighted from his compartment, +at six o’clock in the morning, refreshed by a few hours’ sleep, he +had recovered all his confidence. +</p> + +<p> +On the platform, Froberval, the dockyard clerk who had given hospitality to M. +Beautrelet, senior, was waiting for him, accompanied by his daughter Charlotte, +an imp of twelve or thirteen. +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” cried Isidore. +</p> + +<p> +The worthy man beginning to moan and groan, he interrupted him, dragged him to +a neighboring tavern, ordered coffee and began to put plain questions, without +permitting the other the slightest digression: +</p> + +<p> +“My father has not been carried off, has he? It was impossible.” +</p> + +<p> +“Impossible. Still, he has disappeared.” +</p> + +<p> +“Since when?” +</p> + +<p> +“We don’t know.” +</p> + +<p> +“What!” +</p> + +<p> +“No. Yesterday morning, at six o’clock, as I had not seen him come +down as usual, I opened his door. He was gone.” +</p> + +<p> +“But was he there on the day before, two days ago?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. On the day before yesterday, he did not leave his room. He was a +little tired; and Charlotte took his lunch up to him at twelve and his dinner +at seven in the evening.” +</p> + +<p> +“So it was between seven o’clock in the evening, on the day before +yesterday, and six o’clock on yesterday morning that he +disappeared?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, during the night before last. Only—” +</p> + +<p> +“Only what?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, it’s like this: you can’t leave the arsenal at +night.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you mean that he has not left it?” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s impossible! My friends and I have searched the whole naval +harbor.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then he has left it!” +</p> + +<p> +“Impossible, every outlet is guarded!” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet reflected and then said: +</p> + +<p> +“What next?” +</p> + +<p> +“Next, I hurried to the commandant’s and informed the officer in +charge.” +</p> + +<p> +“Did he come to your house?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes; and a gentleman from the public prosecutor’s also. They +searched all through the morning; and, when I saw that they were making no +progress and that there was no hope left, I telegraphed to you.” +</p> + +<p> +“Was the bed disarranged in his room?” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nor the room disturbed in any way?” +</p> + +<p> +“No. I found his pipe in its usual place, with his tobacco and the book +which he was reading. There was even this little photograph of yourself in the +middle of the book, marking the page.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let me see it.” +</p> + +<p> +Froberval passed him the photograph. Beautrelet gave a start of surprise. He +had recognized himself in the snapshot, standing, with his two hands in his +pockets, on a lawn from which rose trees and ruins. +</p> + +<p> +Froberval added: +</p> + +<p> +“It must be the last portrait of yourself which you sent him. Look, on +the back, you will see the date, 3 April, the name of the photographer, R. de +Val, and the name of the town, Lion—Lion-sur-Mer, perhaps.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore turned the photograph over and read this little note, in his own +handwriting: +</p> + +<p> +“R. de Val.—3.4—Lion.” +</p> + +<p> +He was silent for a few minutes and resumed: +</p> + +<p> +“My father hadn’t shown you that snapshot yet?” +</p> + +<p> +“No—and that’s just what astonished me when I saw it +yesterday—for your father used so often to talk to us about you.” +</p> + +<p> +There was a fresh pause, greatly prolonged. Froberval muttered: +</p> + +<p> +“I have business at the workshop. We might as well go in—” +</p> + +<p> +He was silent. Isidore had not taken his eyes from the photograph, was +examining it from every point of view. At last, the boy asked: +</p> + +<p> +“Is there such a thing as an inn called the Lion d’Or at a short +league outside the town?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, about a league from here.” +</p> + +<p> +“On the Route de Valognes, is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, on the Route de Valognes.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I have every reason to believe that this inn was the head-quarters +of Lupin’s friends. It was from there that they entered into +communication with my father.” +</p> + +<p> +“What an idea! Your father spoke to nobody. He saw nobody.” +</p> + +<p> +“He saw nobody, but they made use of an intermediary.” +</p> + +<p> +“What proof have you?” +</p> + +<p> +“This photograph.” +</p> + +<p> +“But it’s your photograph!” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s my photograph, but it was not sent by me. I was not even +aware of its existence. It was taken, without my knowledge, in the ruins of +Ambrumésy, doubtless by the examining-magistrate’s clerk, who, as you +know, was an accomplice of Arsène Lupin’s.” +</p> + +<p> +“And then?” +</p> + +<p> +“Then this photograph became the passport, the talisman, by means of +which they obtained my father’s confidence.” +</p> + +<p> +“But who? Who was able to get into my house?” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t know, but my father fell into the trap. They told him and +he believed that I was in the neighborhood, that I was asking to see him and +that I was giving him an appointment at the Golden Lion.” +</p> + +<p> +“But all this is nonsense! How can you assert—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Very simply. They imitated my writing on the back of the photograph and +specified the meeting-place: Valognes Road, 3 kilometres 400, Lion Inn. My +father came and they seized him, that’s all.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well,” muttered Froberval, dumbfounded, “very well. I +admit it—things happened as you say—but that does not explain how +he was able to leave during the night.” +</p> + +<p> +“He left in broad daylight, though he waited until dark to go to the +meeting-place.” +</p> + +<p> +“But, confound it, he didn’t leave his room the whole of the day +before yesterday!” +</p> + +<p> +“There is one way of making sure: run down to the dockyard, Froberval, +and look for one of the men who were on guard in the afternoon, two days +ago.—Only, be quick, if you wish to find me here.” +</p> + +<p> +“Are you going?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I shall take the next train back.” +</p> + +<p> +“What!—Why, you don’t know—your inquiry—” +</p> + +<p> +“My inquiry is finished. I know pretty well all that I wanted to know. I +shall have left Cherbourg in an hour.” +</p> + +<p> +Froberval rose to go. He looked at Beautrelet with an air of absolute +bewilderment, hesitated a moment and then took his cap: +</p> + +<p> +“Are you coming, Charlotte?” +</p> + +<p> +“No,” said Beautrelet, “I shall want a few more particulars. +Leave her with me. Besides, I want to talk to her. I knew her when she was +quite small.” +</p> + +<p> +Froberval went away. Beautrelet and the little girl remained alone in the +tavern smoking room. A few minutes passed, a waiter entered, cleared away some +cups and left the room again. The eyes of the young man and the child met; and +Beautrelet placed his hand very gently on the little girl’s hand. She +looked at him for two or three seconds, distractedly, as though about to choke. +Then, suddenly hiding her head between her folded arms, she burst into sobs. +</p> + +<p> +He let her cry and, after a while, said: +</p> + +<p> +“It was you, wasn’t it, who did all the mischief, who acted as +go-between? It was you who took him the photograph? You admit it, don’t +you? And, when you said that my father was in his room, two days ago, you knew +that it was not true, did you not, because you yourself had helped him to leave +it—?” +</p> + +<p> +She made no reply. He asked: +</p> + +<p> +“Why did you do it? They offered you money, I suppose—to buy +ribbons with a frock—?” +</p> + +<p> +He uncrossed Charlotte’s arms and lifted up her head. He saw a poor +little face all streaked with tears, the attractive, disquieting, mobile face +of one of those little girls who seem marked out for temptation and weakness. +</p> + +<p> +“Come,” said Beautrelet, “it’s over, we’ll say no +more about it. I will not even ask you how it happened. Only you must tell me +everything that can be of use to me.—Did you catch anything—any +remark made by those men? How did they carry him off?” +</p> + +<p> +She replied at once: +</p> + +<p> +“By motor car. I heard them talking about it—” +</p> + +<p> +“And what road did they take?” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, I don’t know that!” +</p> + +<p> +“Didn’t they say anything before you—something that might +help us?” +</p> + +<p> +“No—wait, though: there was one who said, ‘We shall have no +time to lose—the governor is to telephone to us at eight o’clock in +the morning—’” +</p> + +<p> +“Where to?” +</p> + +<p> +“I can’t say.—I’ve forgotten—” +</p> + +<p> +“Try—try and remember. It was the name of a town, wasn’t +it?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—a name—like Château—” +</p> + +<p> +“Châteaubriant?—Château-Thierry?—” +</p> + +<p> +“No-no—” +</p> + +<p> +“Châteauroux?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, that was it—Châteauroux—” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet did not wait for her to complete her sentence. Already he was on his +feet and, without giving a thought to Froberval, without even troubling about +the child, who stood gazing at him in stupefaction, he opened the door and ran +to the station: +</p> + +<p> +“Châteauroux, madame—a ticket for Châteauroux—” +</p> + +<p> +“Over Mans and Tours?” asked the booking-clerk. +</p> + +<p> +“Of course—the shortest way. Shall I be there for lunch?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no!” +</p> + +<p> +“For dinner? Bedtime—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, no! For that, you would have to go over Paris. The Paris express +leaves at nine o’clock. You’re too late—” +</p> + +<p> +It was not too late. Beautrelet was just able to catch the train. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” said Beautrelet, rubbing his hands, “I have spent +only two hours or so at Cherbourg, but they were well employed.” +</p> + +<p> +He did not for a moment think of accusing Charlotte of lying. Weak, unstable, +capable of the worst treacheries, those petty natures also obey impulses of +sincerity; and Beautrelet had read in her affrighted eyes her shame for the +harm which she had done and her delight at repairing it in part. He had no +doubt, therefore, that Châteauroux was the other town to which Lupin had +referred and where his confederates were to telephone to him. +</p> + +<p> +On his arrival in Paris, Beautrelet took every necessary precaution to avoid +being followed. He felt that it was a serious moment. He was on the right road +that was leading him to his father: one act of imprudence might ruin all. +</p> + +<p> +He went to the flat of one of his schoolfellows and came out, an hour later, +irrecognizable, rigged out as an Englishman of thirty, in a brown check suit, +with knickerbockers, woolen stockings and a cap, a high-colored complexion and +a red wig. He jumped on a bicycle laden with a complete painter’s outfit +and rode off to the Gare d’Austerlitz. +</p> + +<p> +He slept that night at Issoudun. The next morning, he mounted his machine at +break of day. At seven o’clock, he walked into the Châteauroux +post-office and asked to be put on to Paris. As he had to wait, he entered into +conversation with the clerk and learnt that, two days before, at the same hour, +a man dressed for motoring had also asked for Paris. +</p> + +<p> +The proof was established. He waited no longer. +</p> + +<p> +By the afternoon, he had ascertained, from undeniable evidence, that a +limousine car, following the Tours road, had passed through the village of +Buzancais and the town of Châteauroux and had stopped beyond the town, on the +verge of the forest. At ten o’clock, a hired gig, driven by a man +unknown, had stopped beside the car and then gone off south, through the valley +of the Bouzanne. There was then another person seated beside the driver. As for +the car, it had turned in the opposite direction and gone north, toward +Issoudun. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet easily discovered the owner of the gig, who, however, had no +information to supply. He had hired out his horse and trap to a man who brought +them back himself next day. +</p> + +<p> +Lastly, that same evening, Isidore found out that the motor car had only passed +through Issoudun, continuing its road toward Orleans, that is to say, toward +Paris. +</p> + +<p> +From all this, it resulted, in the most absolute fashion, that M. Beautrelet +was somewhere in the neighborhood. If not, how was it conceivable that people +should travel nearly three hundred miles across France in order to telephone +from Châteauroux and next to return, at an acute angle, by the Paris road? +</p> + +<p> +This immense circuit had a more definite object: to move M. Beautrelet to the +place assigned to him. +</p> + +<p> +“And this place is within reach of my hand,” said Isidore to +himself, quivering with hope and expectation. “My father is waiting for +me to rescue him at ten or fifteen leagues from here. He is close by. He is +breathing the same air as I.” +</p> + +<p> +He set to work at once. Taking a war-office map, he divided it into small +squares, which he visited one after the other, entering the farmhouses making +the peasants talk, calling on the schoolmasters, the mayors, the parish +priests, chatting to the women. It seemed to him that he must attain his end +without delay and his dreams grew until it was no longer his father alone whom +he hoped to deliver, but all those whom Lupin was holding captive: Raymonde de +Saint-Véran, Ganimard, Holmlock Shears, perhaps, and others, many others; and, +in reaching them, he would, at the same time, reach Lupin’s stronghold, +his lair, the impenetrable retreat where he was piling up the treasures of +which he had robbed the wide world. +</p> + +<p> +But, after a fortnight’s useless searching, his enthusiasm ended by +slackening and he very soon lost confidence. Because success was slow in +appearing, from one day to the next, almost, he ceased to believe in it; and, +though he continued to pursue his plan of investigations, he would have felt a +real surprise if his efforts had led to the smallest discovery. +</p> + +<p> +More days still passed by, monotonous days of discouragement. He read in the +newspapers that the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter had left Ambrumésy and +gone to stay near Nice. He also learnt that Harlington had been released, that +gentleman’s innocence having become self-obvious, in accordance with the +indications supplied by Arsène Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore changed his head-quarters, established himself for two days at the +Châtre, for two days at Argenton. The result was the same. +</p> + +<p> +Just then, he was nearly throwing up the game. Evidently, the gig in which his +father had been carried off could only have furnished a stage, which had been +followed by another stage, furnished by some other conveyance. And his father +was far away. +</p> + +<p> +He was thinking of leaving, when, one Monday morning, he saw, on the envelope +of an unstamped letter, sent on to him from Paris, a handwriting that set him +trembling with emotion. So great was his excitement that, for some minutes, he +dared not open the letter, for fear of a disappointment. His hand shook. Was it +possible? Was this not a trap laid for him by his infernal enemy? +</p> + +<p> +He tore open the envelope. It was indeed a letter from his father, written by +his father himself. The handwriting presented all the peculiarities, all the +oddities of the hand which he knew so well. +</p> + +<p> +He read: +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Will these lines ever reach you, my dear son? I dare not believe it. +</p> + +<p> +During the whole night of my abduction, we traveled by motor car; then, in the +morning, by carriage. I could see nothing. My eyes were bandaged. The castle in +which I am confined should be somewhere in the midlands, to judge by its +construction and the vegetation in the park. The room which I occupy is on the +second floor: it is a room with two windows, one of which is almost blocked by +a screen of climbing glycines. In the afternoon, I am allowed to walk about the +park, at certain hours, but I am kept under unrelaxing observation. +</p> + +<p> +I am writing this letter, on the mere chance of its reaching you, and fastening +it to a stone. Perhaps, one day, I shall be able to throw it over the wall and +some peasant will pick it up. +</p> + +<p> +But do not be distressed about me. I am treated with every consideration. +</p> + +<p> +Your old father, who is very fond of you and very sad to think of the trouble +he is giving you, +</p> + +<p class="right"> +B<small>EAUTRELET</small>. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore at once looked at the postmarks. They read, “Cuzion, +Indre.” +</p> + +<p> +The Indre! The department which he had been stubbornly searching for weeks! +</p> + +<p> +He consulted a little pocket-guide which he always carried. Cuzion, in the +canton of Éguzon—he had been there too. +</p> + +<p> +For prudence’s sake, he discarded his personality as an Englishman, which +was becoming too well known in the district, disguised himself as a workman and +made for Cuzion. It was an unimportant village. He would easily discover the +sender of the letter. +</p> + +<p> +For that matter, chance served him without delay: +</p> + +<p> +“A letter posted on Wednesday last?” exclaimed the mayor, a +respectable tradesman in whom he confided and who placed himself at his +disposal. “Listen, I think I can give you a valuable clue: on Saturday +morning, Gaffer Charel, an old knife-grinder who visits all the fairs in the +department, met me at the end of the village and asked, ‘Monsieur le +maire, does a letter without a stamp on it go all the same?’ ‘Of +course,’ said I. ‘And does it get there?’ ‘Certainly. +Only there’s double postage to pay on it, that’s all the +difference.’” +</p> + +<p> +“And where does he live?” +</p> + +<p> +“He lives over there, all alone—on the slope—the hovel that +comes next after the churchyard.—Shall I go with you?” +</p> + +<p> +It was a hovel standing by itself, in the middle of an orchard surrounded by +tall trees. As they entered the orchard, three magpies flew away with a great +splutter and they saw that the birds were flying out of the very hole in which +the watch-dog was fastened. And the dog neither barked nor stirred as they +approached. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet went up in great surprise. The brute was lying on its side, with +stiff paws, dead. +</p> + +<p> +They ran quickly to the cottage. The door stood open. They entered. At the back +of a low, damp room, on a wretched straw mattress, flung on the floor itself, +lay a man fully dressed. +</p> + +<p> +“Gaffer Charel!” cried the mayor. “Is he dead, too?” +</p> + +<p> +The old man’s hands were cold, his face terribly pale, but his heart was +still beating, with a faint, slow throb, and he seemed not to be wounded in any +way. +</p> + +<p> +They tried to resuscitate him and, as they failed in their efforts, Beautrelet +went to fetch a doctor. The doctor succeeded no better than they had done. The +old man did not seem to be suffering. He looked as if he were just asleep, but +with an artificial slumber, as though he had been put to sleep by hypnotism or +with the aid of a narcotic. +</p> + +<p> +In the middle of the night that followed, however, Isidore, who was watching by +his side, observed that the breathing became stronger and that his whole being +appeared to be throwing off the invisible bonds that paralyzed it. +</p> + +<p> +At daybreak, he woke up and resumed his normal functions: ate, drank and moved +about. But, the whole day long, he was unable to reply to the young man’s +questions and his brain seemed as though still numbed by an inexplicable +torpor. +</p> + +<p> +The next day, he asked Beautrelet: +</p> + +<p> +“What are you doing here, eh?” +</p> + +<p> +It was the first time that he had shown surprise at the presence of a stranger +beside him. +</p> + +<p> +Gradually, in this way, he recovered all his faculties. He talked. He made +plans. But, when Beautrelet asked him about the events immediately preceding +his sleep, he seemed not to understand. +</p> + +<p> +And Beautrelet felt that he really did not understand. He had lost the +recollection of all that had happened since the Friday before. It was like a +sudden gap in the ordinary flow of his life. He described his morning and +afternoon on the Friday, the purchases he had made at the fair, the meals he +had taken at the inn. Then—nothing—nothing more. He believed +himself to be waking on the morrow of that day. +</p> + +<p> +It was horrible for Beautrelet. The truth lay there, in those eyes which had +seen the walls of the park behind which his father was waiting for him, in +those hands which had picked up the letter, in that muddled brain which had +recorded the whereabouts of that scene, the setting, the little corner of the +world in which the play had been enacted. And from those hands, from that brain +he was unable to extract the faintest echo of the truth so near at hand! +</p> + +<p> +Oh, that impalpable and formidable obstacle, against which all his efforts +hurled themselves in vain, that obstacle built up of silence and oblivion! How +clearly it bore the mark of Arsène Lupin! He alone, informed, no doubt, that M. +Beautrelet had attempted to give a signal, he alone could have struck with +partial death the one man whose evidence could injure him. It was not that +Beautrelet felt himself to be discovered or thought that Lupin, hearing of his +stealthy attack and knowing that a letter had reached him, was defending +himself against him personally. But what an amount of foresight and real +intelligence it displayed to suppress any possible accusation on the part of +that chance wayfarer! Nobody now knew that within the walls of a park there lay +a prisoner asking for help. +</p> + +<p> +Nobody? Yes, Beautrelet. Gaffer Charel was unable to speak. Very well. But, at +least, one could find out which fair the old man had visited and which was the +logical road that he had taken to return by. And, along this road, perhaps it +would at last be possible to find— +</p> + +<p> +Isidore, as it was, had been careful not to visit Gaffer Charel’s hovel +except with the greatest precautions and in such a way as not to give an alarm. +He now decided not to go back to it. He made inquiries and learnt that Friday +was market-day at Fresselines, a fair-sized town situated a few leagues off, +which could be reached either by the rather winding highroad or by a series of +short cuts. +</p> + +<p> +On the Friday, he chose the road and saw nothing that attracted his attention, +no high walled enclosure, no semblance of an old castle. +</p> + +<p> +He lunched at an inn at Fresselines and was on the point of leaving when he saw +Gaffer Charel arrive and cross the square, wheeling his little knife-grinding +barrow before him. He at once followed him at a good distance. +</p> + +<p> +The old man made two interminable waits, during which he ground dozens of +knives. Then, at last, he went away by a quite different road, which ran in the +direction of Crozant and the market-town of Éguzon. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet followed him along this road. But he had not walked five minutes +before he received the impression that he was not alone in shadowing the old +fellow. A man was walking along between them, stopping at the same time as +Charel and starting off again when he did, without, for that matter, taking any +great precautions against being seen. +</p> + +<p> +“He is being watched,” thought Beautrelet. “Perhaps they want +to know if he stops in front of the walls—” +</p> + +<p> +His heart beat violently. The event was at hand. +</p> + +<p> +The three of them, one behind the other, climbed up and down the steep slopes +of the country and arrived at Crozant, famed for the colossal ruins of its +castle. There Charel made a halt of an hour’s duration. Next he went down +to the riverside and crossed the bridge. +</p> + +<p> +But then a thing happened that took Beautrelet by surprise. The other man did +not cross the river. He watched the old fellow move away and, when he had lost +sight of him, turned down a path that took him right across the fields. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet hesitated for a few seconds as to what course to take, and then +quietly decided. He set off in pursuit of the man. +</p> + +<p> +“He has made sure,” he thought, “that Gaffer Charel has gone +straight ahead. That is all he wanted to know and so he is going—where? +To the castle?” +</p> + +<p> +He was within touch of the goal. He felt it by a sort of agonizing gladness +that uplifted his whole being. +</p> + +<p> +The man plunged into a dark wood overhanging the river and then appeared once +more in the full light, where the path met the horizon. +</p> + +<p> +When Beautrelet, in his turn, emerged from the wood, he was greatly surprised +no longer to see the man. He was seeking him with his eyes when, suddenly, he +gave a stifled cry and, with a backward spring, made for the line of trees +which he had just left. On his right, he had seen a rampart of high walls, +flanked, at regular distances, by massive buttresses. +</p> + +<p> +It was there! It was there! Those walls held his father captive! He had found +the secret place where Lupin confined his victim. +</p> + +<p> +He dared not quit the shelter which the thick foliage of the wood afforded him. +Slowly, almost on all fours, he bore to the right and in this way reached the +top of a hillock that rose to the level of the neighboring trees. The walls +were taller still. Nevertheless, he perceived the roof of the castle which they +surrounded, an old Louis XIII. roof, surmounted by very slender bell-turrets +arranged corbel-wise around a higher steeple which ran to a point. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet did no more that day. He felt the need to reflect and to prepare his +plan of attack without leaving anything to chance. He held Lupin safe; and it +was for Beautrelet now to select the hour and the manner of the combat. +</p> + +<p> +He walked away. +</p> + +<p> +Near the bridge, he met two country-girls carrying pails of milk. He asked: +</p> + +<p> +“What is the name of the castle over there, behind the trees?” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s the Château de l’Aiguille, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +He had put his question without attaching any importance to it. The answer took +away his breath: +</p> + +<p> +“The Château de l’Aiguille?—Oh!—But in what department +are we? The Indre?” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly not. The Indre is on the other side of the river. This side, +it’s the Creuse.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore saw it all in a flash. The Château de l’Aiguille! The department +of the Creuse! <i>L’Aiguille Creuse!</i> The Hollow Needle! The very key +to the document! Certain, decisive, absolute victory! +</p> + +<p> +Without another word, he turned his back on the two girls and went his way, +tottering like a drunken man. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>CHAPTER SIX<br/> +AN HISTORIC SECRET</h2> + +<p> +Beautrelet’s resolve was soon taken: he would act alone. To inform the +police was too dangerous. Apart from the fact that he could only offer +presumptions, he dreaded the slowness of the police, their inevitable +indiscretions, the whole preliminary inquiry, during which Lupin, who was sure +to be warned, would have time to effect a retreat in good order. +</p> + +<p> +At eight o’clock the next morning, with his bundle under his arm, he left +the inn in which he was staying near Cuzion, made for the nearest thicket, took +off his workman’s clothes, became once more the young English painter +that he had been and went to call on the notary at Éguzon, the largest place in +the immediate neighborhood. +</p> + +<p> +He said that he liked the country and that he was thinking of taking up his +residence there, with his relations, if he could find a suitable house. +</p> + +<p> +The notary mentioned a number of properties. Beautrelet took note of them and +let fall that some one had spoken to him of the Château de l’Aiguille, on +the bank of the Creuse. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, yes, but the Château de l’Aiguille, which has belonged to one +of my clients for the last five years, is not for sale.” +</p> + +<p> +“He lives in it, then?” +</p> + +<p> +“He used to live in it, or rather his mother did. But she did not care +for it; found the castle rather gloomy. So they left it last year.” +</p> + +<p> +“And is no one living there at present?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, an Italian, to whom my client let it for the summer season: Baron +Anfredi.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, Baron Anfredi! A man still young, rather grave and +solemn-looking—?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m sure I can’t say.—My client dealt with him direct. +There was no regular agreement, just a letter—” +</p> + +<p> +“But you know the baron?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, he never leaves the castle.—Sometimes, in his motor, at night, +so they say. The marketing is done by an old cook, who talks to nobody. They +are queer people—” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you think your client would consent to sell his castle?” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t think so. It’s an historic castle, built in the +purest Louis XIII. style. My client was very fond of it; and, unless he has +changed his mind—” +</p> + +<p> +“Can you give me his name and address?” +</p> + +<p> +“Louis Valméras, 34, Rue du Mont-Thabor.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet took the train for Paris at the nearest station. On the next day but +one, after three fruitless calls, he at last found Louis Valméras at home. He +was a man of about thirty, with a frank and pleasing face. Beautrelet saw no +need to beat about the bush, stated who he was and described his efforts and +the object of the step which he was now taking: +</p> + +<p> +“I have good reason to believe,” he concluded, “that my +father is imprisoned in the Château de l’Aiguille, doubtless in the +company of other victims. And I have come to ask you what you know of your +tenant, Baron Anfredi.” +</p> + +<p> +“Not much. I met Baron Anfredi last winter at Monte Carlo. He had heard +by accident that I was the owner of the Château de l’Aiguille and, as he +wished to spend the summer in France, he made me an offer for it.” +</p> + +<p> +“He is still a young man—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, with very expressive eyes, fair hair—” +</p> + +<p> +“And a beard?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, ending in two points, which fall over a collar fastened at the +back, like a clergyman’s. In fact, he looks a little like an English +parson.” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s he,” murmured Beautrelet, “it’s he, as I +have seen him: it’s his exact description.” +</p> + +<p> +“What! Do you think—?” +</p> + +<p> +“I think, I am sure that your tenant is none other than Arsène +Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +The story amused Louis Valméras. He knew all the adventures of Arsène Lupin and +the varying fortunes of his struggle with Beautrelet. He rubbed his hands: +</p> + +<p> +“Ha, the Château de l’Aiguille will become famous!—I’m +sure I don’t mind, for, as a matter of fact, now that my mother no longer +lives in it, I have always thought that I would get rid of it at the first +opportunity. After this, I shall soon find a purchaser. Only—” +</p> + +<p> +“Only what?” +</p> + +<p> +“I will ask you to act with the most extreme prudence and not to inform +the police until you are quite sure. Can you picture the situation, supposing +my tenant were not Arsène Lupin?” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet set forth his plan. He would go alone at night; he would climb the +walls; he would sleep in the park— Louis Valméras stopped him at once: +</p> + +<p> +“You will not climb walls of that height so easily. If you do, you will +be received by two huge sheep-dogs which belonged to my mother and which I left +behind at the castle.” +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh! A dose of poison—” +</p> + +<p> +“Much obliged. But suppose you escaped them. What then? How would you get +into the castle? The doors are massive, the windows barred. And, even then, +once you were inside, who would guide you? There are eighty rooms.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but that room with two windows, on the second story—” +</p> + +<p> +“I know it, we call it the glycine room. But how will you find it? There +are three staircases and a labyrinth of passages. I can give you the clue and +explain the way to you, but you would get lost just the same.” +</p> + +<p> +“Come with me,” said Beautrelet, laughing. +</p> + +<p> +“I can’t. I have promised to go to my mother in the South.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet returned to the friend with whom he was staying and began to make +his preparations. But, late in the day, as he was getting ready to go, he +received a visit from Valméras. +</p> + +<p> +“Do you still want me?” +</p> + +<p> +“Rather!” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I’m coming with you. Yes, the expedition fascinates me. I +think it will be very amusing and I like being mixed up in this sort of +thing.—Besides, my help will be of use to you. Look, here’s +something to start with.” +</p> + +<p> +He held up a big key, all covered with rust and looking very old. +</p> + +<p> +“What does the key open?” asked Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“A little postern hidden between two buttresses and left unused since +centuries ago. I did not even think of pointing it out to my tenant. It opens +straight on the country, just at the verge of the wood.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet interrupted him quickly: +</p> + +<p> +“They know all about that outlet. It was obviously by this way that the +man whom I followed entered the park. Come, it’s fine game and we shall +win it. But, by Jupiter, we must play our cards carefully!” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Two days later, a half-famished horse dragged a gipsy caravan into Crozant. Its +driver obtained leave to stable it at the end of the village, in an old +deserted cart-shed. In addition to the driver, who was none other than +Valméras, there were three young men, who occupied themselves in the +manufacture of wicker-work chairs: Beautrelet and two of his Janson friends. +</p> + +<p> +They stayed there for three days, waiting for a propitious, moonless night and +roaming singly round the outskirts of the park. Once Beautrelet saw the +postern. Contrived between two buttresses placed very close together, it was +almost merged, behind the screen of brambles that concealed it, in the pattern +formed by the stones of the wall. +</p> + +<p> +At last, on the fourth evening, the sky was covered with heavy black clouds and +Valméras decided that they should go reconnoitring, at the risk of having to +return again, should circumstances prove unfavorable. +</p> + +<p> +All four crossed the little wood. Then Beautrelet crept through the heather, +scratched his hands at the bramble-hedge and, half raising himself, slowly, +with restrained movements, put the key into the lock. He turned it gently. +Would the door open without an effort? Was there no bolt closing it on the +other side? He pushed: the door opened, without a creak or jolt. He was in the +park. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you there, Beautrelet?” asked Valméras. “Wait for me. +You two chaps, watch the door and keep our line of retreat open. At the least +alarm, whistle.” +</p> + +<p> +He took Beautrelet’s hand and they plunged into the dense shadow of the +thickets. A clearer space was revealed to them when they reached the edge of +the central lawn. At the same moment a ray of moonlight pierced the clouds; and +they saw the castle, with its pointed turrets arranged around the tapering +spire to which, no doubt, it owed its name. There was no light in the windows; +not a sound. +</p> + +<p> +Valméras grasped his companion’s arm: +</p> + +<p> +“Keep still!” +</p> + +<p> +“What is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“The dogs, over there—look—” +</p> + +<p> +There was a growl. Valméras gave a low whistle. Two white forms leapt forward +and, in four bounds, came and crouched at their master’s feet. +</p> + +<p> +“Gently—lie down—that’s it—good dogs—stay +there.” +</p> + +<p> +And he said to Beautrelet: +</p> + +<p> +“And now let us push on. I feel more comfortable.” +</p> + +<p> +“Are you sure of the way?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. We are near the terrace.” +</p> + +<p> +“And then?” +</p> + +<p> +“I remember that, on the left, at a place where the river terrace rises +to the level of the ground-floor windows, there is a shutter which closes badly +and which can be opened from the outside.” +</p> + +<p> +They found, when they came to it, that the shutter yielded to pressure. +Valméras removed a pane with a diamond which he carried. He turned the +window-latch. First one and then the other stepped over the balcony. They were +now in the castle, at the end of a passage which divided the left wing into +two. +</p> + +<p> +“This room,” said Valméras, “opens at the end of a passage. +Then comes an immense hall, lined with statues, and at the end of the hall a +staircase which ends near the room occupied by your father.” +</p> + +<p> +He took a step forward. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you coming, Beautrelet?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“But no, you’re not coming—What’s the matter with +you?” +</p> + +<p> +He seized him by the hand. It was icy cold and he perceived that the young man +was cowering on the floor. +</p> + +<p> +“What’s the matter with you?” he repeated. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing—it’ll pass off—” +</p> + +<p> +“But what is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m afraid—” +</p> + +<p> +“You’re afraid?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” Beautrelet confessed, frankly, “it’s my nerves +giving way—I generally manage to control them—but, to-day, the +silence—the excitement—And then, since I was stabbed by that +magistrate’s clerk—But it will pass off—There, it’s +passing now—” +</p> + +<p> +He succeeded in rising to his feet and Valméras dragged him out of the room. +They groped their way along the passage, so softly that neither could hear a +sound made by the other. +</p> + +<p> +A faint glimmer, however, seemed to light the hall for which they were making. +Valméras put his head round the corner. It was a night-light placed at the foot +of the stairs, on a little table which showed through the frail branches of a +palm tree. +</p> + +<p> +“Halt!” whispered Valméras. +</p> + +<p> +Near the night-light, a man stood sentry, carrying a gun. +</p> + +<p> +Had he seen them? Perhaps. At least, something must have alarmed him, for he +brought the gun to his shoulder. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet had fallen on his knees, against a tub containing a plant, and he +remained quite still, with his heart thumping against his chest. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile, the silence and the absence of all movement reassured the man. He +lowered his weapon. But his head was still turned in the direction of the tub. +</p> + +<p> +Terrible minutes passed: ten minutes, fifteen. A moonbeam had glided through a +window on the staircase. And, suddenly, Beautrelet became aware that the +moonbeam was shifting imperceptibly, and that, before fifteen, before ten more +minutes had elapsed, it would be shining full in his face. +</p> + +<p> +Great drops of perspiration fell from his forehead on his trembling hands. His +anguish was such that he was on the point of getting up and running +away—But, remembering that Valméras was there, he sought him with his +eyes and was astounded to see him, or rather to imagine him, creeping in the +dark, under cover of the statues and plants. He was already at the foot of the +stairs, within a few steps of the man. +</p> + +<p> +What was he going to do? To pass in spite of all? To go upstairs alone and +release the prisoner? But could he pass? +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet no longer saw him and he had an impression that something was about +to take place, something that seemed foreboded also by the silence, which hung +heavier, more awful than before. +</p> + +<p> +And, suddenly, a shadow springing upon the man, the night-light extinguished, +the sound of a struggle—Beautrelet ran up. The two bodies had rolled over +on the flagstones. He tried to stoop and see. But he heard a hoarse moan, a +sigh; and one of the adversaries rose to his feet and seized him by the arm: +</p> + +<p> +“Quick!—Come along!” +</p> + +<p> +It was Valméras. +</p> + +<p> +They went up two storys and came out at the entrance to a corridor, covered by +a hanging. +</p> + +<p> +“To the right,” whispered Valméras. “The fourth room on the +left.” +</p> + +<p> +They soon found the door of the room. As they expected, the captive was locked +in. It took them half an hour, half an hour of stifled efforts, of muffled +attempts, to force open the lock. The door yielded at last. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet groped his way to the bed. His father was asleep. +</p> + +<p> +He woke him gently: +</p> + +<p> +“It’s I—Isidore—and a friend—don’t be +afraid—get up—not a word.” +</p> + +<p> +The father dressed himself, but, as they were leaving the room, he whispered: +</p> + +<p> +“I am not alone in the castle—” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah? Who else? Ganimard? Shears?” +</p> + +<p> +“No—at least, I have not seen them.” +</p> + +<p> +“Who then?” +</p> + +<p> +“A young girl.” +</p> + +<p> +“Mlle. de Saint-Véran, no doubt.” +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t know—I saw her several times at a distance, in the +park—and, when I lean out of my window, I can see hers. She has made +signals to me.” +</p> + +<p> +“Do you know which is her room?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, in this passage, the third on the right.” +</p> + +<p> +“The blue room,” murmured Valméras. “It has folding doors: +they won’t give us so much trouble.” +</p> + +<p> +One of the two leaves very soon gave way. Old Beautrelet undertook to tell the +girl. +</p> + +<p> +Ten minutes later, he left the room with her and said to his son: +</p> + +<p> +“You were right—Mlle. de Saint-Véran—;” +</p> + +<p> +They all four went down the stairs. When they reached the bottom, Valméras +stopped and bent over the man. Then, leading them to the terrace-room: +</p> + +<p> +“He is not dead,” he said. “He will live.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” said Beautrelet, with a sigh of relief. +</p> + +<p> +“No, fortunately, the blade of my knife bent: the blow is not fatal. +Besides, in any case, those rascals deserve no pity.” +</p> + +<p> +Outside, they were met by the dogs, which accompanied them to the postern. +Here, Beautrelet found his two friends and the little band left the park. It +was three o’clock in the morning. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +This first victory was not enough to satisfy Beautrelet. As soon as he had +comfortably settled his father and Mlle. de Saint-Véran, he asked them about +the people who lived at the castle, and, particularly, about the habits of +Arsène Lupin. He thus learnt that Lupin came only every three or four days, +arriving at night in his motor car and leaving again in the morning. At each of +his visits, he called separately upon his two prisoners, both of whom agreed in +praising his courtesy and his extreme civility. For the moment, he was not at +the castle. +</p> + +<p> +Apart from him, they had seen no one except an old woman, who ruled over the +kitchen and the house, and two men, who kept watch over them by turns and never +spoke to them: subordinates, obviously, to judge by their manners and +appearance. +</p> + +<p> +“Two accomplices, for all that,” said Beautrelet, in conclusion, +“or rather three, with the old woman. It is a bag worth having. And, if +we lose no time—” +</p> + +<p> +He jumped on his bicycle, rode to Éguzon, woke up the gendarmerie, set them all +going, made them sound the boot and saddle and returned to Crozant at eight +o’clock, accompanied by the sergeant and eight gendarmes. Two of the men +were posted beside the gipsy-van. Two others took up their positions outside +the postern-door. The last four, commanded by their chief and accompanied by +Beautrelet and Valméras, marched to the main entrance of the castle. +</p> + +<p> +Too late. The door was wide open. A peasant told them that he had seen a motor +car drive out of the castle an hour before. +</p> + +<p> +Indeed, the search led to no result. In all probability, the gang had installed +themselves there picnic fashion. A few clothes were found, a little linen, some +household implements; and that was all. +</p> + +<p> +What astonished Beautrelet and Valméras more was the disappearance of the +wounded man. They could not see the faintest trace of a struggle, not even a +drop of blood on the flagstones of the hall. +</p> + +<p> +All said, there was no material evidence to prove the fleeting presence of +Lupin at the Château de l’Aiguille; and the authorities would have been +entitled to challenge the statements of Beautrelet and his father, of Valméras +and Mlle. de Saint-Véran, had they not ended by discovering, in a room next to +that occupied by the young girl, some half-dozen exquisite bouquets with Arsène +Lupin’s card pinned to them, bouquets scorned by her, faded and +forgotten—One of them, in addition to the card, contained a letter which +Raymonde had not seen. That afternoon, when opened by the examining magistrate, +it was found to contain page upon page of prayers, entreaties, promises, +threats, despair, all the madness of a love that has encountered nothing but +contempt and repulsion. +</p> + +<p> +And the letter ended: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +I shall come on Tuesday evening, Raymonde. Reflect between now and then. As for +me, I will wait no longer. I am resolved on all. +</p> + +<p> +Tuesday evening was the evening of the very day on which Beautrelet had +released Mlle. de Saint-Véran from her captivity. +</p> + +<p> +The reader will remember the extraordinary explosion of surprise and enthusiasm +that resounded throughout the world at the news of that unexpected issue: Mlle. +de Saint-Véran free! The pretty girl whom Lupin coveted, to secure whom he had +contrived his most Machiavellian schemes, snatched from his claws! Free also +Beautrelet’s father, whom Lupin had chosen as a hostage in his +extravagant longing for the armistice demanded by the needs of his passion! +They were both free, the two prisoners! And the secret of the Hollow Needle was +known, published, flung to the four corners of the world! +</p> + +<p> +The crowd amused itself with a will. Ballads were sold and sung about the +defeated adventurer: <i>Lupin’s Little Love-Affairs!—Arsène’s +Piteous Sobs!—The Lovesick Burglar! The Pickpocket’s +Lament!</i>—They were cried on the boulevards and hummed in the +artists’ studios. +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde, pressed with questions and pursued by interviewers, replied with the +most extreme reserve. But there was no denying the letter, or the bouquets of +flowers, or any part of the pitiful story! Then and there, Lupin, scoffed and +jeered at, toppled from his pedestal. +</p> + +<p> +And Beautrelet became the popular idol. He had foretold everything, thrown +light on everything. The evidence which Mlle. de Saint-Véran gave before the +examining magistrate confirmed, down to the smallest detail, the hypothesis +imagined by Isidore. Reality seemed to submit, in every point, to what he had +decreed beforehand. Lupin had found his master.— +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Beautrelet insisted that his father, before returning to his mountains in +Savoy, should take a few months’ rest in the sunshine, and himself +escorted him and Mlle. de Saint-Véran to the outskirts of Nice, where the Comte +de Gesvres and his daughter Suzanne were already settled for the winter. Two +days later, Valméras brought his mother to see his new friends and they thus +composed a little colony grouped around the Villa de Gesvres and watched over +day and night by half a dozen men engaged by the comte. +</p> + +<p> +Early in October, Beautrelet, once more the sixth-form pupil, returned to Paris +to resume the interrupted course of his studies and to prepare for his +examinations. And life began again, calmer, this time, and free from incident. +What could happen, for that matter. Was the war not over? +</p> + +<p> +Lupin, on his side, must have felt this very clearly, must have felt that there +was nothing left for him but to resign himself to the accomplished fact; for, +one fine day, his two other victims, Ganimard and Holmlock Shears, made their +reappearance. Their return to the life of this planet, however, was devoid of +any sort of glamor or fascination. An itinerant rag-man picked them up on the +Quai des Orfèvres, opposite the headquarters of police. Both of them were +gagged, bound and fast asleep. +</p> + +<p> +After a week of complete bewilderment, they succeeded in recovering the control +of their thought and told—or rather Ganimard told, for Shears wrapped +himself in a fierce and stubborn silence—how they had made a voyage of +circumnavigation round the coast of Africa on board the yacht +<i>Hirondelle</i>, a voyage combining amusement with instruction, during which +they could look upon themselves as free, save for a few hours which they spent +at the bottom of the hold, while the crew went on shore at outlandish ports. +</p> + +<p> +As for their landing on the Quai des Orfèvres, they remembered nothing about it +and had probably been asleep for many days before. +</p> + +<p> +This liberation of the prisoners was the final confession of defeat. By ceasing +to fight, Lupin admitted it without reserve. +</p> + +<p> +One incident, moreover, made it still more glaring, which was the engagement of +Louis Valméras and Mlle. de Saint-Véran. In the intimacy created between them +by the new conditions under which they lived, the two young people fell in love +with each other. Valméras loved Raymonde’s melancholy charm; and she, +wounded by life, greedy for protection, yielded before the strength and energy +of the man who had contributed so gallantly to her preservation. +</p> + +<p> +The wedding day was awaited with a certain amount of anxiety. Would Lupin not +try to resume the offensive? Would he accept with a good grace the +irretrievable loss of the woman he loved? Twice or three times, +suspicious-looking people were seen prowling round the villa; and Valméras even +had to defend himself one evening against a so-called drunken man, who fired a +pistol at him and sent a bullet through his hat. But, in the end, the ceremony +was performed at the appointed hour and day and Raymonde de Saint-Véran became +Mme. Louis Valméras. +</p> + +<p> +It was as though Fate herself had taken sides with Beautrelet and countersigned +the news of victory. This was so apparent to the crowd that his admirers now +conceived the notion of entertaining him at a banquet to celebrate his triumph +and Lupin’s overthrow. It was a great idea and aroused general +enthusiasm. Three hundred tickets were sold in less than a fortnight. +Invitations were issued to the public schools of Paris, to send two sixth-form +pupils apiece. The press sang pæans. The banquet was what it could not fail to +be, an apotheosis. +</p> + +<p> +But it was a charming and simple apotheosis, because Beautrelet was its hero. +His presence was enough to bring things back to their due proportion. He showed +himself modest, as usual, a little surprised at the excessive cheering, a +little embarrassed by the extravagant panegyrics in which he was pronounced +greater than the most illustrious detectives—a little embarrassed, but +also not a little touched. +</p> + +<p> +He said as much in a few words that pleased all his hearers and with the +shyness of a child that blushes when you look at it. He spoke of his delight, +of his pride. And really, reasonable and self-controlled as he was, this was +for him a moment of never-to-be-forgotten exultation. He smiled to his friends, +to his fellow-Jansonians, to Valméras, who had come specially to give him a +cheer, to M. de Gesvres, to his father. +</p> + +<p> +When he had finished speaking; and while he still held his glass in his hand, a +sound of voices came from the other end of the room and some one was +gesticulating and waving a newspaper. Silence was restored and the importunate +person sat down again: but a thrill of curiosity ran round the table, the +newspaper was passed from hand to hand and, each time that one of the guests +cast his eyes upon the page at which it was opened, exclamations followed: +</p> + +<p> +“Read it! Read it!” they cried from the opposite side. +</p> + +<p> +The people were leaving their seats at the principal table. M. Beautrelet went +and took the paper and handed it to his son. +</p> + +<p> +“Read it out! Read it out!” they cried, louder. +</p> + +<p> +And others said: +</p> + +<p> +“Listen! He’s going to read it! Listen!” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet stood facing his audience, looked in the evening paper which his +father had given him for the article that was causing all this uproar and, +suddenly, his eyes encountering a heading underlined in blue pencil, he raised +his hand to call for silence and began in a loud voice to read a letter +addressed to the editor by M. Massiban, of the Academy of Inscriptions and +Belles-Lettres. His voice broke and fell, little by little, as he read those +stupefying revelations, which reduced all his efforts to nothing, upset his +notions concerning the Hollow Needle and proved the vanity of his struggle with +Arsène Lupin: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +S<small>IR</small>: +</p> + +<p> +On the 17th of March, 1679, there appeared a little book with the following +title: <i>The Mystery of the Hollow Needle. The Whole Truth now first +exhibited. One hundred copies printed by myself for the instruction of the +Court.</i> +</p> + +<p> +At nine o’clock on the morning of that day, the author, a very young man, +well-dressed, whose name has remained unknown, began to leave his book on the +principal persons at court. At ten o’clock, when he had fulfilled four of +these errands, he was arrested by a captain in the guards, who took him to the +king’s closet and forthwith set off in search of the four copies +distributed. +</p> + +<p> +When the hundred copies were got together, counted, carefully looked through +and verified, the king himself threw them into the fire and burnt them, all but +one, which he kept for his own purposes. +</p> + +<p> +Then he ordered the captain of the guards to take the author of the book to M. +de Saint-Mars, who confined his prisoner first at Pignerol and then in the +fortress of the Ile Sainte-Marguerite. This man was obviously no other than the +famous Man with the Iron Mask. +</p> + +<p> +The truth would never have been known, or at least a part of the truth, if the +captain in the guards had not been present at the interview and if, when the +king’s back was turned, he had not been tempted to withdraw another of +the copies from the chimney, before the fire got to it. +</p> + +<p> +Six months later, the captain was found dead on the highroad between Gaillon +and Mantes. His murderers had stripped him of all his apparel, forgetting, +however, in his right boot a jewel which was discovered there afterward, a +diamond of the first water and of considerable value. +</p> + +<p> +Among his papers was found a sheet in his handwriting, in which he did not +speak of the book snatched from the flames, but gave a summary of the earlier +chapters. It referred to a secret which was known to the Kings of England, +which was lost by them when the crown passed from the poor fool, Henry VI., to +the Duke of York, which was revealed to Charles VII., King of France, by Joan +of Arc and which, becoming a State secret, was handed down from sovereign to +sovereign by means of a letter, sealed anew on each occasion, which was found +in the deceased monarch’s death-bed with this superscription: “For +the King of France.” +</p> + +<p> +This secret concerned the existence and described the whereabouts of a +tremendous treasure, belonging to the kings, which increased in dimensions from +century to century. +</p> + +<p> +One hundred and fourteen years later, Louis XVI., then a prisoner in the +Temple, took aside one of the officers whose duty it was to guard the royal +family, and asked: +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur, had you not an ancestor who served as a captain under my +predecessor, the Great King?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, sire.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, could you be relied upon—could you be relied +upon—” +</p> + +<p> +He hesitated. The officer completed the sentence: +</p> + +<p> +“Not to betray your Majesty! Oh, sire!—” +</p> + +<p> +“Then listen to me.” +</p> + +<p> +He took from his pocket a little book of which he tore out one of the last +pages. But, altering his mind: +</p> + +<p> +“No, I had better copy it—” +</p> + +<p> +He seized a large sheet of paper and tore it in such a way as to leave only a +small rectangular space, on which he copied five lines of dots, letters and +figures from the printed page. Then, after burning the latter, he folded the +manuscript sheet in four, sealed it with red wax, and gave it to the officer. +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur, after my death, you must hand this to the Queen and say to +her, ‘From the King, madame—for Your Majesty and for your +son.’ If she does not understand—” +</p> + +<p> +“If she does not understand, sire—” +</p> + +<p> +“You must add, ‘It concerns the secret, the secret of the +Needle.’ The Queen will understand.” +</p> + +<p> +When he had finished speaking, he flung the book into the embers glowing on the +hearth. +</p> + +<p> +He ascended the scaffold on the 21st of January. +</p> + +<p> +It took the officer several months, in consequence of the removal of the Queen +to the Conciergerie, before he could fulfil the mission with which he was +entrusted. At last, by dint of cunning intrigues, he succeeded, one day, in +finding himself in the presence of Marie Antoinette. +</p> + +<p> +Speaking so that she could just hear him, he said: +</p> + +<p> +“Madame, from the late King, your husband, for Your Majesty and your +son.” +</p> + +<p> +And he gave her the sealed letter. +</p> + +<p> +She satisfied herself that the jailers could not see her, broke the seals, +appeared surprised at the sight of those undecipherable lines and then, all at +once, seemed to understand. +</p> + +<p> +She smiled bitterly and the officer caught the words: +</p> + +<p> +“Why so late?” +</p> + +<p> +She hesitated. Where should she hide this dangerous document? At last, she +opened her book of hours and slipped the paper into a sort of secret pocket +contrived between the leather of the binding and the parchment that covered it. +</p> + +<p> +“Why so late?” she had asked. +</p> + +<p> +It is, in fact, probable that this document, if it could have saved her, came +too late, for, in the month of October next, Queen Marie Antoinette ascended +the scaffold in her turn. +</p> + +<p> +Now the officer, when going through his family papers, came upon his +ancestor’s manuscript. From that moment, he had but one idea, which was +to devote his leisure to elucidating this strange problem. He read all the +Latin authors, studied all the chronicles of France and those of the +neighboring countries, visited the monasteries, deciphered account-books, +cartularies, treaties; and, in this way, succeeded in discovering certain +references scattered over the ages. +</p> + +<p> +In Book III of Cæsar’s <i>Commentaries on the Gallic War</i> (MS. +edition, Alexandria), it is stated that, after the defeat of Veridovix by G. +Titullius Sabinus, the chief of the Caleti was brought before Cæsar and that, +for his ransom, he revealed the secret of the Needle— +</p> + +<p> +The Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, between Charles the Simple and Rollo, the +chief of the Norse barbarians, gives Rollo’s name followed by all his +titles, among which we read that of Master of the Secret of the Needle. +</p> + +<p> +The <i>Saxon Chronicle</i> (Gibson’s edition, page 134), speaking of +William the Conqueror, says that the staff of his banner ended in a steel point +pierced with an eye, like a needle. +</p> + +<p> +In a rather ambiguous phrase in her examination, Joan of Arc admits that she +has still a great secret to tell the King of France. To which her judges reply, +“Yes, we know of what you speak; and that, Joan, is why you shall die the +death.” +</p> + +<p> +Philippe de Comines mentions it in connection with Louis XI., and, later, Sully +in connection with Henry IV.: “By the virtue of the Needle!” the +good king sometimes swears. +</p> + +<p> +Between these two, Francis I., in a speech addressed to the notables of the +Havre, in 1520, uttered this phrase, which has been handed down in the diary of +a Honfleur burgess; “The Kings of France carry secrets that often decide +the conduct of affairs and the fate of towns.” +</p> + +<p> +All these quotations, all the stories relating to the Iron Mask, the captain of +the guards and his descendant, I have found to-day in a pamphlet written by +this same descendant and published in the month of June, 1815, just before or +just after the battle of Waterloo, in a period, therefore, of great upheavals, +in which the revelations which it contained were likely to pass unperceived. +</p> + +<p> +What is the value of this pamphlet? Nothing, you will tell me, and we must +attach no credit to it. And this is the impression which I myself would have +carried away, if it had not occurred to me to open Cæsar’s +<i>Commentaries</i> at the chapter given. What was my astonishment when I came +upon the phrase quoted in the little book before me! And it was the same thing +with the Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, with the <i>Saxon Chronicle</i>, with +the examination of Joan of Arc, in short, with all that I have been able to +verify up to the present. +</p> + +<p> +Lastly, there is an even more precise fact related by the author of the +pamphlet of 1815. During the French campaign, he being then an officer under +Napoleon, his horse dropped dead, one evening, and he rang at the door of a +castle where he was received by an old knight of St. Louis. And, in the course +of conversation with the old man, he learnt that this castle, standing on the +bank of the Creuse, was called the Château de l’Aiguille, that it had +been built and christened by Louis XIV., and that, by his express order, it was +adorned with turrets and with a spire which represented the Needle. As its date +it bore, it must still bear, the figure 1680. +</p> + +<p> +1680! One year after the publication of the book and the imprisonment of the +Iron Mask! Everything was now explained: Louis XIV., foreseeing that the secret +might be noised abroad, had built and named that castle so as to offer the +quidnuncs a natural explanation of the ancient mystery. The Hollow Needle! A +castle with pointed bell-turrets standing on the bank of the Creuse and +belonging to the King. People would at once think that they had the key to the +riddle and all enquiries would cease. +</p> + +<p> +The calculation was just, seeing that, more than two centuries later, M. +Beautrelet fell into the trap. And this, Sir, is what I was leading up to in +writing this letter. If Lupin, under the name of Anfredi, rented from M. +Valméras the Château de l’Aiguille on the bank of the Creuse; if, +admitting the success of the inevitable investigations of M. Beautrelet, he +lodged his two prisoners there, it was because he admitted the success of the +inevitable researches made by M. Beautrelet and because, with the object of +obtaining the peace for which he had asked, he laid for M. Beautrelet precisely +what we may call the historic trap of Louis XIV. +</p> + +<p> +And hence we come to this undeniable conclusion, that he, Lupin, by his unaided +lights, without possessing any other facts than those which we possess, managed +by means of the witchcraft of a really extraordinary genius, to decipher the +undecipherable document; and that he, Lupin, the last heir of the Kings of +France, knows the royal mystery of the Hollow Needle! +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Here ended the letter. But, for some minutes, from the passage that referred to +the Château de l’Aiguille onward, it was not Beautrelet’s but +another voice that read it aloud. Realizing his defeat, crushed under the +weight of his humiliation, Isidore had dropped the newspaper and sunk into his +chair, with his face buried in his hands. +</p> + +<p> +Panting, shaken with excitement by this incredible story, the crowd had come +gradually nearer and was now pressing round. +</p> + +<p> +With a thrill of anguish, they waited for the words which he would say in +reply, the objections which he would raise. +</p> + +<p> +He did not stir. +</p> + +<p> +Valméras gently uncrossed his hands and raised his head. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet was weeping. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>CHAPTER SEVEN<br/> +THE TREATISE OF THE NEEDLE</h2> + +<p> +It is four o’clock in the morning. Isidore has not returned to the Lycée +Janson. He has no intention of returning before the end of the war of +extermination which he has declared against Lupin. This much he swore to +himself under his breath, while his friends drove off with him, all faint and +bruised, in a cab. +</p> + +<p> +A mad oath! An absurd and illogical war! What can he do, a single, unarmed +stripling, against that phenomenon of energy and strength? On which side is he +to attack him? He is unassailable. Where to wound him? He is invulnerable. +Where to get at him? He is inaccessible. +</p> + +<p> +Four o’clock in the morning. Isidore has again accepted his +schoolfellow’s hospitality. Standing before the chimney in his bedroom, +with his elbows flat on the mantel-shelf and his two fists under his chin, he +stares at his image in the looking-glass. He is not crying now, he can shed no +more tears, nor fling himself about on his bed, nor give way to despair, as he +has been doing for the last two hours and more. He wants to think, to think and +understand. +</p> + +<p> +And he does not remove his eyes from those same eyes reflected in the glass, as +though he hoped to double his powers of thought by contemplating his pensive +image, as though he hoped to find at the back of that mirrored Beautrelet the +unsolvable solution of what he does not find within himself. +</p> + +<p> +He stands thus until six o’clock, and, little by little, the question +presents itself to his mind with the strictness of an equation, bare and dry +and cleared of all the details that complicate and obscure it. +</p> + +<p> +Yes, he has made a mistake. Yes, his reading of the document is all wrong. The +word <i>aiguille</i> does not point to the castle on the Creuse. Also, the word +<i>demoiselles</i> cannot be applied to Raymonde de Saint-Véran and her cousin, +because the text of the document dates back for centuries. +</p> + +<p> +Therefore, all must be done over again, from the beginning. +</p> + +<p> +How? +</p> + +<p> +One piece of evidence alone would be incontestible: the book published under +Louis XIV. Now of those hundred copies printed by the person who was presumed +to be the Man with the Iron Mask only two escaped the flames. One was purloined +by the captain of the guards and lost. The other was kept by Louis XIV., handed +down to Louis XV., and burnt by Louis XVI. But a copy of the essential page, +the page containing the solution of the problem, or at least a cryptographic +solution, was conveyed to Marie Antoinette, who slipped it into the binding of +her book of hours. What has become of this paper? Is it the one which +Beautrelet has held in his hands and which Lupin recovered from him through +Brédoux, the magistrate’s clerk? Or is it still in Marie +Antoinette’s book of hours? And the question resolves itself into this: +what has become of the Queen’s book of hours? +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +After taking a short rest, Beautrelet consulted his friend’s father, an +old and experienced collector, who was often called upon officially to give an +expert opinion and who had quite lately been invited to advise the director of +one of our museums on the drawing up of the catalogue. +</p> + +<p> +“Marie Antoinette’s book of hours?” he exclaimed. “Why, +the Queen left it to her waiting-woman, with secret instructions to forward it +to Count Fersen. After being piously preserved in the count’s family, it +has been, for the last five years, in a glass case—” +</p> + +<p> +“A glass case?” +</p> + +<p> +“In the Musée Carnavalet, quite simply.” +</p> + +<p> +“When will the museum be open?” +</p> + +<p> +“At twenty minutes from now, as it is every morning.” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Isidore and his friend jumped out of a cab at the moment when the doors of +Madame de Sévigné’s old mansion were opening. +</p> + +<p> +“Hullo! M. Beautrelet!” +</p> + +<p> +A dozen voices greeted his arrival. To his great surprise, he recognized the +whole crowd of reporters who were following up “the mystery of the Hollow +Needle.” And one of them exclaimed: +</p> + +<p> +“Funny, isn’t it, that we should all have had the same idea? Take +care, Arsène Lupin may be among us!” +</p> + +<p> +They entered the museum together. The director was at once informed, placed +himself entirely at their disposal, took them to the glass case and showed them +a poor little volume, devoid of all ornament, which certainly had nothing royal +about it. Nevertheless, they were overcome by a certain emotion at the sight of +this object which the Queen had touched in those tragic days, which her eyes, +red with tears, had looked upon—And they dared not take it and hunt +through it: it was as though they feared lest they should be guilty of a +sacrilege— +</p> + +<p> +“Come, M. Beautrelet, it’s your business!” +</p> + +<p> +He took the book with an anxious gesture. The description corresponded with +that given by the author of the pamphlet. Outside was a parchment cover, dirty, +stained and worn in places, and under it, the real binding, in stiff leather. +With what a thrill Beautrelet felt for the hidden pocket! Was it a fairy tale? +Or would he find the document written by Louis XVI. and bequeathed by the queen +to her fervent admirer? +</p> + +<p> +At the first page, on the upper side of the book, there was no receptacle. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing,” he muttered. +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing,” they echoed, palpitating with excitement. +</p> + +<p> +But, at the last page, forcing back the book a little, he at once saw that the +parchment was not stuck to the binding. He slipped his fingers in +between—there was something—yes, he felt something—a +paper— +</p> + +<p> +“Oh!” he gasped, in an accent almost of pain. “Here—is +it possible?” +</p> + +<p> +“Quick, quick!” they cried. “What are you waiting for?” +</p> + +<p> +He drew out a sheet folded in two. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, read it!—There are words in red ink—Look!—it +might be blood—pale, faded blood—Read it!—” +</p> + +<p> +He read: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +To you, Fersen. For my son.<br/> +16 October, 1793. +</p> + +<p class="right"> +M<small>ARIE</small> A<small>NTOINETTE</small>. +</p> + +<p> +And suddenly Beautrelet gave a cry of stupefaction. Under the queen’s +signature there were—there were two words, in black ink, underlined with +a flourish—two words: +</p> + +<p class="right"> +A<small>RSÈNE</small> L<small>UPIN</small>. +</p> + +<p> +All, in turns, took the sheet of paper and the same cry escaped from the lips +of all of them: +</p> + +<p> +“Marie Antoinette!—Arsène Lupin!” +</p> + +<p> +A great silence followed. That double signature: those two names coupled +together, discovered hidden in the book of hours; that relic in which the poor +queen’s desperate appeal had slumbered for more than a century: that +horrible date of the 16th of October, 1793, the day on which the Royal head +fell: all of this was most dismally and disconcertingly tragic. +</p> + +<p> +“Arsène Lupin!” stammered one of the voices, thus emphasizing the +scare that underlay the sight of that demoniacal name at the foot of the +hallowed page. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Arsène Lupin,” repeated Beautrelet. “The Queen’s +friend was unable to understand her desperate dying appeal. He lived with the +keepsake in his possession which the woman whom he loved had sent him and he +never guessed the reason of that keepsake. Lupin discovered everything, on the +other hand—and took it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Took what?” +</p> + +<p> +“The document, of course! The document written by Louis XVI.; and it is +that which I held in my hands. The same appearance, the same shape, the same +red seals. I understand why Lupin would not leave me a document which I could +turn to account by merely examining the paper, the seals and so on.” +</p> + +<p> +“And then?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, then, since the document is genuine, since I have, with my own +eyes, seen the marks of the red seals, since Marie Antoinette herself assures +me, by these few words in her hand, that the whole story of the pamphlet, as +printed by M. Massiban, is correct, because a problem of the Hollow Needle +really exists, I am now certain to succeed.” +</p> + +<p> +“But how? Whether genuine or not, the document is of no use to you if you +do not manage to decipher it, because Louis XVI. destroyed the book that gave +the explanation.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but the other copy, which King Louis XVI.’s captain of the +guards snatched from the flames, was not destroyed.” +</p> + +<p> +“How do you know?” +</p> + +<p> +“Prove the contrary.” +</p> + +<p> +After uttering this defiance, Beautrelet was silent for a time and then, +slowly, with his eyes closed, as though trying to fix and sum up his thoughts, +he said: +</p> + +<p> +“Possessing the secret, the captain of the guards begins by revealing it +bit by bit in the journal found by his descendant. Then comes silence. The +answer to the riddle is withheld. Why? Because the temptation to make use of +the secret creeps over him little by little and he gives way to it. A proof? +His murder. A further proof? The magnificent jewel found upon him, which he +must undoubtedly have taken from some royal treasure the hiding-place of which, +unknown to all, would just constitute the mystery of the Hollow Needle. Lupin +conveyed as much to me; Lupin was not lying.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then what conclusion do you draw, Beautrelet?” +</p> + +<p> +“I draw this conclusion, my friends, that it be a good thing to advertise +this story as much as possible, so that people may know, through all the +papers, that we are looking for a book entitled <i>The Treatise of the +Needle</i>. It may be fished out from the back shelves of some provincial +library.” +</p> + +<p> +The paragraph was drawn up forthwith; and Beautrelet set to work at once, +without even waiting for it to produce a result. A first scent suggested +itself: the murder was committed near Gaillon. He went there that same day. +Certainly, he did not hope to reconstruct a crime perpetrated two hundred years +ago. But, all the same, there are crimes that leave traces in the memories, in +the traditions of a countryside. They are recorded in the local chronicles. One +day, some provincial archaeologist, some lover of old legends, some student of +the minor incidents of the life of the past makes them the subject of an +article in a newspaper or of a communication to the academy of his departmental +town. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet saw three or four of these archaeologists. With one of them in +particular, an old notary, he examined the prison records, the ledgers of the +old bailiwicks and the parish registers. There was no entry referring to the +murder of a captain of the guards in the seventeenth century. +</p> + +<p> +He refused to be discouraged and continued his search in Paris, where the +magistrate’s examination might have taken place. His efforts came to +nothing. +</p> + +<p> +But the thought of another track sent him off in a fresh direction. Was there +no chance of finding out the name of that captain whose descendant served in +the armies of the Republic and was quartered in the Temple during the +imprisonment of the Royal family? By dint of patient working, he ended by +making out a list in which two names at least presented an almost complete +resemblance: M. de Larbeyrie, under Louis XIV., and Citizen Larbrie, under the +Terror. +</p> + +<p> +This already was an important point. He stated it with precision in a note +which he sent to the papers, asking for any information concerning this +Larbeyrie or his descendants. +</p> + +<p> +It was M. Massiban, the Massiban of the pamphlet, the member of the Institute, +who replied to him: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +S<small>IR</small>:<br/> + Allow me to call your attention to the following passage of Voltaire, which +I came upon in his manuscript of <i>Le Siècle de Louis XIV</i>. (Chapter XXV: +<i>Particularités et anecdotes du régne</i>). The passage has been suppressed +in all the printed editions: +</p> + +<p> +“I have heard it said by the late M. de Caumartin, intendant of finance, +who was a friend of Chamillard the minister, that the King one day left +hurriedly in his carriage at the news that M. de Larbeyrie had been murdered +and robbed of some magnificent jewels. He seemed greatly excited and repeated: +</p> + +<p> +“‘All is lost—all is lost—’ +</p> + +<p> +“In the following year, the son of this Larbeyrie and his daughter, who +had married the Marquis de Vélines, were banished to their estates in Provence +and Brittany. We cannot doubt that there is something peculiar in this.” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +I, in my turn, will add that we can doubt it all the less inasmuch as M. de +Chamillard, according to Voltaire, <i>was the last minister who possessed the +strange secret of the Iron Mask</i>. +</p> + +<p> +You will see for yourself, Sir, the profit that can be derived from this +passage and the evident link established between the two adventures. As for +myself, I will not venture to imagine any very exact surmise as regards the +conduct, the suspicions, and the apprehensions of Louis XIV. in these +circumstances; but, on the other hand, seeing that M. de Larbeyrie left a son, +who was probably the grandfather of Larbrie the citizen-officer, and also a +daughter, is it not permissible to suppose that a part of the papers left by +Larbeyrie came to the daughter and that among these papers was the famous copy +which the captain of the guards saved from the flames? +</p> + +<p> +I have consulted the Country-house Year-book. There is a Baron de Vélines +living not far from Rennes. Could he be a descendant of the marquis? At any +rate, I wrote to him yesterday, on chance, to ask if he had not in his +possession a little old book bearing on its title-page the word +<i>aiguille;</i> and I am awaiting his reply. +</p> + +<p> +It would give me the greatest pleasure to talk of all these matters with you. +If you can spare the time, come and see me. +</p> + +<p class="right"> +I am, Sir, etc., etc. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +P.S.—Of course, I shall not communicate these little discoveries to the +press. Now that you are near the goal, discretion is essential. +</p> + + +<p> +Beautrelet absolutely agreed. He even went further: to two journalists who were +worrying him that morning he gave the most fanciful particulars as to his plans +and his state of mind. +</p> + +<p> +In the afternoon, he hurried round to see Massiban, who lived at 17, Quai +Voltaire. To his great surprise, he was told that M. Massiban had gone out of +town unexpectedly, leaving a note for him in case he should call. Isidore +opened it and read: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +I have received a telegram which gives me some hope. So I am leaving town and +shall sleep at Rennes. You might take the evening train and, without stopping +at Rennes, go on to the little station of Vélines. We would meet at the castle, +which is two miles and a half from the station. +</p> + +<p> +The programme appealed to Beautrelet, and especially the idea that he would +reach the castle at almost the same time as Massiban, for he feared some +blunder on the part of that inexperienced man. He went back to his friend and +spent the rest of the day with him. In the evening, he took the Brittany +express and got out at Vélines as six o’clock in the morning. +</p> + +<p> +He did the two and a half miles, between bushy woods, on foot. He could see the +castle, perched on a height, from a distance: it was a hybrid edifice, a +mixture of the Renascence and Louis Philippe styles, but it bore a stately air, +nevertheless, with its four turrets and its ivy-mantled draw-bridge. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore felt his heart beat as he approached. Was he really nearing the end of +his race? Did the castle contain the key to the mystery? +</p> + +<p> +He was not without fear. It all seemed too good to be true; and he asked +himself if he was not once more acting in obedience to some infernal plan +contrived by Lupin, if Massiban was not for instance, a tool in the hands of +his enemy. He burst out laughing: +</p> + +<p> +“Tut, tut, I’m becoming absurd! One would really think that Lupin +was an infallible person who foresees everything, a sort of divine omnipotence +against whom nothing can prevail! Dash it all, Lupin makes his mistakes; Lupin, +too, is at the mercy of circumstances; Lupin has an occasional slip! And it is +just because of his slip in losing the document that I am beginning to have the +advantage of him. Everything starts from that. And his efforts, when all is +said, serve only to repair the first blunder.” +</p> + +<p> +And blithely, full of confidence, Beautrelet rang the bell. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, sir?” said the servant who opened the door. +</p> + +<p> +“Can I see the Baron de Vélines?” +</p> + +<p> +And he gave the man his card. +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le baron is not up yet, but, if monsieur will +wait—” +</p> + +<p> +“Has not some one else been asking for him, a gentleman with a white +beard and a slight stoop?” asked Beautrelet, who knew Massiban’s +appearance from the photographs in the newspapers. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, the gentleman came about ten minutes ago; I showed him into the +drawing room. If monsieur will come this way—” +</p> + +<p> +The interview between Massiban and Beautrelet was of the most cordial +character. Isidore thanked the old man for the first-rate information which he +owed to him and Massiban expressed his admiration for Beautrelet in the warmest +terms. Then they exchanged impressions on the document, on their prospects of +discovering the book; and Massiban repeated what he had heard at Rennes +regarding M. de Vélines. The baron was a man of sixty, who had been left a +widower many years ago and who led a very retired life with his daughter, +Gabrielle de Villemon. This lady had just suffered a cruel blow through the +loss of her husband and her eldest son, both of whom had died as the result of +a motor-car accident. +</p> + +<p> +“Monsieur le baron begs the gentlemen to be good enough to come +upstairs.” +</p> + +<p> +The servant led the way to the first floor, to a large, bare-walled room, very +simply furnished with desks, pigeon-holes and tables covered with papers and +account-books. +</p> + +<p> +The baron received them very affably and with the volubility often displayed by +people who live too much alone. They had great difficulty in explaining the +object of their visit. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, yes, I know, you wrote to me about it, M. Massiban. It has something +to do with a book about a needle, hasn’t it, a book which is supposed to +have come down to me from my ancestors?” +</p> + +<p> +“Just so.” +</p> + +<p> +“I may as well tell you that my ancestors and I have fallen out. They had +funny ideas in those days. I belong to my own time. I have broken with the +past.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said Beautrelet, impatiently, “but have you no +recollection of having seen the book?—” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly, I said so in my telegram,” he exclaimed, addressing M. +Massiban, who, in his annoyance, was walking up and down the room and looking +out of the tall windows. “Certainly—or, at least, my daughter +thought she had seen the title among the thousands of books that lumber up the +library, upstairs—for I don’t care about reading myself—I +don’t even read the papers. My daughter does, sometimes, but only when +there is nothing the matter with Georges, her remaining son! As for me, as long +as my tenants pay their rents and my leases are kept up—! You see my +account-books: I live in them, gentlemen; and I confess that I know absolutely +nothing whatever about that story of which you wrote to me in your letter, M. +Massiban—” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore Beautrelet, nerve-shattered at all this talk, interrupted him bluntly: +</p> + +<p> +“I beg your pardon, monsieur, but the book—” +</p> + +<p> +“My daughter has looked for it. She looked for it all day +yesterday.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, she found it; she found it a few hours ago. When you +arrived—” +</p> + +<p> +“And where is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“Where is it? Why, she put it on that table—there it is—over +there—” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore gave a bound. At one end of the table, on a muddled heap of papers, lay +a little book bound in red morocco. He banged his fist down upon it, as though +he were forbidding anybody to touch it—and also a little as though he +himself dared not take it up. +</p> + +<p> +“Well!” cried Massiban, greatly excited. +</p> + +<p> +“I have it—here it is—we’re there at last!” +</p> + +<p> +“But the title—are you sure?—” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, of course: look!” +</p> + +<p> +“Are you convinced? Have we mastered the secret at last?” +</p> + +<p> +“The front page—what does the front page say?” +</p> + +<p> +“Read: <i>The Whole Truth now first exhibited. One hundred copies printed +by myself for the instruction of the Court</i>.” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s it, that’s it,” muttered Massiban, in a hoarse +voice. “It’s the copy snatched from the flames! It’s the very +book which Louis XIV. condemned.” +</p> + +<p> +They turned over the pages. The first part set forth the explanations given by +Captain de Larbeyrie in his journal. +</p> + +<p> +“Get on, get on!” said Beautrelet, who was in a hurry to come to +the solution. +</p> + +<p> +“Get on? What do you mean? Not at all! We know that the Man with the Iron +Mask was imprisoned because he knew and wished to divulge the secret of the +Royal house of France. But how did he know it? And why did he wish to divulge +it? Lastly, who was that strange personage? A half-brother of Louis XIV., as +Voltaire maintained, or Mattioli, the Italian minister, as the modern critics +declare? Hang it, those are questions of the very first interest!” +</p> + +<p> +“Later, later,” protested Beautrelet, feverishly turning the pages, +as though he feared that the book would fly out of his hands before he had +solved the riddle. +</p> + +<p> +“But—” said Massiban, who doted on historical details. +</p> + +<p> +“We have plenty of time—afterward—let’s see the +explanation first—” +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly Beautrelet stopped. The document! In the middle of a left-hand page, +his eyes saw the five mysterious lines of dots and figures! He made sure, with +a glance, that the text was identical with that which he had studied so long; +the same arrangement of the signs, the same intervals that permitted of the +isolation of the word <i>demoiselles</i> and the separation of the two words +<i>aiguille</i> and <i>creuse</i>. +</p> + +<p> +A short note preceded it: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +All the necessary indications, it appears, were reduced by King Louis XIII. +into a little table which I transcribe below. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Here followed the table of dots and figures. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Then came the explanation of the document itself. Beautrelet read, in a broken +voice: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +As will be seen, this table, even after we have changed the figures into +vowels, affords no light. One might say that, in order to decipher the puzzle, +we must first know it. It is, at most, a clue given to those who know the paths +of the labyrinth.<br/> + Let us take this clue and proceed. I will guide you.<br/> + The fourth line first. The fourth line contains measurements and +indications. By complying with the indications and noting the measurements set +down, we inevitably attain our object, on condition, be it understood, that we +know where we are and whither we are going, in a word, that we are enlightened +as to the real meaning of the Hollow Needle. This is what we may learn from the +first three lines. The first is so conceived to revenge myself on the King; I +had warned him, for that matter— +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet stopped, nonplussed. +</p> + +<p> +“What? What is it?” said Massiban. +</p> + +<p> +“The words don’t make sense.” +</p> + +<p> +“No more they do,” replied Massiban. “‘The first is so +conceived to revenge myself on the King—’ What can that +mean?” +</p> + +<p> +“Damn!” yelled Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“Torn! Two pages! The next two pages! Look at the marks!” +</p> + +<p> +He trembled, shaking with rage and disappointment. Massiban bent forward. +</p> + +<p> +“It is true—there are the ends of two pages left, like +bookbinders’ guards. The marks seem pretty fresh. They’ve not been +cut, but torn out—torn out with violence. Look, all the pages at the end +of the book have been rumpled.” +</p> + +<p> +“But who can have done it? Who?” moaned Isidore, wringing his +hands. “A servant? An accomplice?” +</p> + +<p> +“All the same, it may date back to a few months since,” observed +Massiban. +</p> + +<p> +“Even so—even so—some one must have hunted out and taken the +book—Tell me, monsieur,” cried Beautrelet, addressing the baron, +“is there no one whom you suspect?” +</p> + +<p> +“We might ask my daughter.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—yes—that’s it—perhaps she will know.” +</p> + +<p> +M. de Vélines rang for the footman. A few minutes later, Mme. de Villemon +entered. She was a young woman, with a sad and resigned face. Beautrelet at +once asked her: +</p> + +<p> +“You found this volume upstairs, madame, in the library?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, in a parcel of books that had not been uncorded.” +</p> + +<p> +“And you read it?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, last night.” +</p> + +<p> +“When you read it, were those two pages missing? Try and remember: the +two pages following this table of figures and dots?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, certainly not,” she said, greatly astonished. “There was +no page missing at all.” +</p> + +<p> +“Still, somebody has torn—” +</p> + +<p> +“But the book did not leave my room last night.” +</p> + +<p> +“And this morning?” +</p> + +<p> +“This morning, I brought it down here myself, when M. Massiban’s +arrival was announced.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, I don’t understand—unless—but no.” +</p> + +<p> +“What?” +</p> + +<p> +“Georges—my son—this morning—Georges was playing with +the book.” +</p> + +<p> +She ran out headlong, accompanied by Beautrelet, Massiban and the baron. The +child was not in his room. They hunted in every direction. At last, they found +him playing behind the castle. But those three people seemed so excited and +called him so peremptorily to account that he began to yell aloud. +</p> + +<p> +Everybody ran about to right and left. The servants were questioned. It was an +indescribable tumult. And Beautrelet received the awful impression that the +truth was ebbing away from him, like water trickling through his fingers. +</p> + +<p> +He made an effort to recover himself, took Mme. de Villemon’s arm, and, +followed by the baron and Massiban, led her back to the drawing room and said: +</p> + +<p> +“The book is incomplete. Very well. There are two pages torn out; but you +read them, did you not, madame?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“You know what they contained?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“Could you repeat it to us?” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly. I read the book with a great deal of curiosity, but those two +pages struck me in particular because the revelations were so very +interesting.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, then, speak madame, speak, I implore you! Those revelations are of +exceptional importance. Speak, I beg of you: minutes lost are never recovered. +The Hollow Needle—” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, it’s quite simple. The Hollow Needle means—” +</p> + +<p> +At that moment, a footman entered the room: +</p> + +<p> +“A letter for madame.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, but the postman has passed!” +</p> + +<p> +“A boy brought it.” +</p> + +<p> +Mme. de Villemon opened the letter, read it, and put her hand to her heart, +turning suddenly livid and terrified, ready to faint. +</p> + +<p> +The paper had slipped to the floor. Beautrelet picked it up and, without +troubling to apologize, read: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +Not a word! If you say a word, your son will never wake again. +</p> + +<p> +“My son—my son!” she stammered, too weak even to go to the +assistance of the threatened child. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet reassured her: +</p> + +<p> +“It is not serious—it’s a joke. Come, who could be +interested?” +</p> + +<p> +“Unless,” suggested Massiban, “it was Arsène Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet made him a sign to hold his tongue. He knew quite well, of course, +that the enemy was there, once more, watchful and determined; and that was just +why he wanted to tear from Mme. de Villemon the decisive words, so long +awaited, and to tear them from her on the spot, that very moment: +</p> + +<p> +“I beseech you, madame, compose yourself. We are all here. There is not +the least danger.” +</p> + +<p> +Would she speak? He thought so, he hoped so. She stammered out a few syllables. +But the door opened again. This time, the nurse entered. She seemed distraught: +</p> + +<p> +“M. Georges—madame—M. Georges—!” +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly, the mother recovered all her strength. Quicker than any of them, and +urged by an unfailing instinct, she rushed down the staircase, across the hall +and on to the terrace. There lay little Georges, motionless, on a wicker chair. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, what is it? He’s asleep!—” +</p> + +<p> +“He fell asleep suddenly, madame,” said the nurse. “I tried +to prevent him, to carry him to his room. But he was fast asleep and his +hands—his hands were cold.” +</p> + +<p> +“Cold!” gasped the mother. “Yes—it’s true. Oh +dear, oh dear—<i>if he only wakes up!</i>” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet put his hand in his trousers pocket, seized the butt of his +revolver, cocked it with his forefinger, then suddenly produced the weapon and +fired at Massiban. +</p> + +<p> +Massiban, as though he were watching the boy’s movements, had avoided the +shot, so to speak, in advance. But already Beautrelet had sprung upon him, +shouting to the servants: +</p> + +<p> +“Help! It’s Lupin!” +</p> + +<p> +Massiban, under the weight of the impact, fell back into one of the wicker +chairs. In a few seconds, he rose, leaving Beautrelet stunned, choking; and, +holding the young man’s revolver in his hands: +</p> + +<p> +“Good!—that’s all right!—don’t +stir—you’ll be like that for two or three minutes—no more. +But, upon my word, you took your time to recognize me! Was my make-up as old +Massiban so good as all that?” +</p> + +<p> +He was now standing straight up on his legs, his body squared, in a formidable +attitude, and he grinned as he looked at the three petrified footmen and the +dumbfounded baron: +</p> + +<p> +“Isidore, you’ve missed the chance of a lifetime. If you +hadn’t told them I was Lupin, they’d have jumped on me. And, with +fellows like that, what would have become of me, by Jove, with four to one +against me?” +</p> + +<p> +He walked up to them: +</p> + +<p> +“Come, my lads, don’t be afraid—I shan’t hurt you. +Wouldn’t you like a sugar-stick apiece to screw your courage up? Oh, you, +by the way, hand me back my hundred-franc note, will you? Yes, yes, I know you! +You’re the one I bribed just now to give the letter to your mistress. +Come hurry, you faithless servant.” +</p> + +<p> +He took the blue bank-note which the servant handed him and tore it into tiny +shreds: +</p> + +<p> +“The price of treachery! It burns my fingers.” +</p> + +<p> +He took off his hat and, bowing very low before Mme. de Villemon: +</p> + +<p> +“Will you forgive me, madame? The accidents of life—of mine +especially—often drive one to acts of cruelty for which I am the first to +blush. But have no fear for your son: it’s a mere prick, a little +puncture in the arm which I gave him while we were questioning him. In an hour, +at the most, you won’t know that it happened. Once more, all my +apologies. But I had to make sure of your silence.” He bowed again, +thanked M. de Vélines for his kind hospitality, took his cane, lit a cigarette, +offered one to the baron, gave a circular sweep with his hat and, in a +patronizing tone, said to Beautrelet: +</p> + +<p> +“Good-bye, baby.” +</p> + +<p> +And he walked away quietly, puffing the smoke of his cigarette into the +servants’ faces. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet waited for a few minutes. Mme. de Villemon, now calmer, was watching +by her son. He went up to her, with the intention of making one last appeal to +her. Their eyes met. He said nothing. He had understood that she would never +speak now, whatever happened. There, once more, in that mother’s brain, +the secret of the Hollow Needle lay buried as deeply as in the night of the +past. +</p> + +<p> +Then he gave up and went away. +</p> + +<p> +It was half-past ten. There was a train at eleven-fifty. He slowly followed the +avenue in the park and turned into the road that led to the station. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, what do you say to that?” +</p> + +<p> +It was Massiban, or rather Lupin, who appeared out of the wood adjoining the +road. +</p> + +<p> +“Was it pretty well contrived, or was it not? Is your old friend great on +the tight-rope, or is he not? I’m sure that you haven’t got over +it, eh, and that you’re asking yourself whether the so-called Massiban, +member of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, ever existed. But, of +course, he exists. I’ll even show him to you, if you’re good. But, +first, let me give you back your revolver. You’re looking to see if +it’s loaded? Certainly, my lad. There are five charges left, one of which +would be enough to send me <i>ad patres</i>.—Well, so you’re +putting it in your pocket? Quite right. I prefer that to what you did up +there.—A nasty little impulse, that, of yours!—Still, you’re +young, you suddenly see—in a flash!—that you’ve once more +been done by that confounded Lupin and that he is standing there in front of +you, at three steps from you—and bang! You fire!—I’m not +angry with you, bless your little heart! To prove it, I offer you a seat in my +100 h.p. car. Will that suit you?” +</p> + +<p> +He put his fingers to his mouth and whistled. +</p> + +<p> +The contrast was delicious between the venerable appearance of this elderly +Massiban and the schoolboy ways and accent which Lupin was putting on. +Beautrelet could not help laughing. +</p> + +<p> +“He’s laughed! He’s laughed!” cried Lupin, jumping for +joy. “You see, baby, what you fall short in is the power of smiling; +you’re a trifle serious for your age. You’re a very likeable boy, +you have a charming candor and simplicity—but you have no sense of +humor.” He placed himself in front of him. “Look here, bet you I +make you cry! Do you know how I was able to follow up all your inquiry, how I +knew of the letter Massiban wrote you and his appointment to meet you this +morning at the Château de Vélines? Through the prattle of your friend, the one +you’re staying with. You confide in that idiot and he loses no time, but +goes and tells everything to his best girl. And his best girl has no secrets +for Lupin.—What did I tell you? I’ve made you feel, anyhow; your +eyes are quite wet!—Friendship betrayed: that upsets you, eh? Upon my +word, you’re wonderful! I could take you in my arms and hug you! You +always wear that look of astonishment which goes straight to my heart.—I +shall never forget the other evening at Gaillon, when you consulted +me.—Yes, I was the old notary!—But why don’t you laugh, +youngster? As I said, you have no sense of a joke. Look here, what you want +is—what shall I call it?—imagination, imaginative impulse. Now, +I’m full of imaginative impulse.” +</p> + +<p> +A motor was heard panting not far off. Lupin seized Beautrelet roughly by the +arm and in a cold voice, looking him straight in the eyes: +</p> + +<p> +“You’re going to keep quiet now, aren’t you? You can see +there’s nothing to be done. Then what’s the use of wasting your +time and energy? There are plenty of highway robbers in the world. Run after +them and let me be—if not!—It’s settled, isn’t +it?” +</p> + +<p> +He shook him as though to enforce his will upon him. Then he grinned: +</p> + +<p> +“Fool that I am! You leave me alone? You’re not one of those who +let go! Oh, I don’t know what restrains me! In half a dozen turns of the +wrist, I could have you bound and gagged—and, in two hours, safe under +lock and key, for some months to come. And then I could twist my thumbs in all +security, withdraw to the peaceful retreat prepared for me by my ancestors, the +Kings of France, and enjoy the treasures which they have been good enough to +accumulate for me. But no, it is doomed that I must go on blundering to the +end. I can’t help it, we all have our weaknesses—and I have one for +you. Besides, it’s not done yet. From now until you put your finger into +the hollow of the Needle, a good deal of water will flow under the bridges. +Dash it all, it took me ten days! Me! Lupin! You will want ten years, at least! +There’s that much distance between us, after all!” +</p> + +<p> +The motor arrived, an immense closed car. Lupin opened the door and Beautrelet +gave a cry. There was a man inside and that man was Lupin, or rather Massiban. +Suddenly understanding, he burst out laughing. Lupin said: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t be afraid, he’s sound asleep. I promised that you +should see him. Do you grasp the situation now? At midnight, I knew of your +appointment at the castle. At seven in the morning, I was there. When Massiban +passed, I had only to collect him—give him a tiny prick with a +needle—and the thing—was done. Sleep old chap, sleep away. +We’ll set you down on the slope. That’s +it—there—capital—right in the sun, then you won’t catch +cold—good! And our hat in our hand.—Spare a copper, kind +gentleman!—Oh. my dear old Massiban, so you were after Arsène +Lupin!” +</p> + +<p> +It was really a huge joke to see the two Massibans face to face, one asleep +with his head on his chest, the other seriously occupied in paying him every +sort of attention and respect: +</p> + +<p> +“Pity a poor blind man! There, Massiban, here’s two sous and my +visiting-card. And now, my lads, off we go at the fourth speed. Do you hear, +driver? You’ve got to do seventy-five miles an hour. Jump in, Isidore. +There’s a full sitting of the Institute to-day, and Massiban is to read a +little paper, on I don’t know what, at half-past three. Well, he’ll +read them his little paper. I’ll dish them up a complete Massiban, more +real than the real one, with my own ideas, on the lacustrine inscriptions. I +don’t have an opportunity of lecturing at the Institute ever +day!—Faster, chauffeur: we’re only doing seventy-one and a +half!—Are you afraid? Remember you’re with Lupin!—Ah, +Isidore, and then people say that life is monotonous! Why, life’s an +adorable thing, my boy; only one has to know—and I know—. +Wasn’t it enough to make a man jump out of his skin for joy, just now, at +the castle, when you were chattering with old Vélines and I, up against the +window, was tearing out the pages of the historic book? And then, when you were +questioning the Dame de Villemon about the Hollow Needle! Would she speak? Yes, +she would—no, she wouldn’t—yes—no. It gave me +gooseflesh, I assure you.—If she spoke, I should have to build up my life +anew, the whole scaffolding was destroyed.—Would the footman come in +time? Yes—no—there he is.—But Beautrelet will unmask me! +Never! He’s too much of a flat! Yes, though—no—there, +he’s done it—no, he hasn’t—yes—he’s eyeing +me—that’s it—he’s feeling for his revolver!—Oh, +the delight of it!—Isidore, you’re talking too much, you’ll +hurt yourself!—Let’s have a snooze, shall we?—I’m dying +of sleep.—Good night.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet looked at him. He seemed almost asleep already. He slept. +</p> + +<p> +The motor-car, darting through space, rushed toward a horizon that was +constantly reached and as constantly retreated. There was no impression of +towns, villages, fields or forests; simply space, space devoured, swallowed up. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet looked at his traveling companion, for a long time, with eager +curiosity and also with a keen wish to fathom his real character through the +mask that covered it. And he thought of the circumstances that confined them, +like that, together, in the close contact of that motor car. But, after the +excitement and disappointment of the morning, tired in his turn, he too fell +asleep. +</p> + +<p> +When he woke, Lupin was reading. Beautrelet leant over to see the title of the +book. It was the <i>Epistolæ ad Lucilium</i> of Seneca the philosopher. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>CHAPTER EIGHT<br/> +FROM CÆSAR TO LUPIN</h2> + +<p> +Dash it all, it took me ten days! Me! Lupin! +</p> + +<p> +You will want ten years, at least!— +</p> + +<p> +These words, uttered by Lupin after leaving the Château de Vélines, had no +little influence on Beautrelet’s conduct. +</p> + +<p> +Though very calm in the main and invariably master of himself, Lupin, +nevertheless, was subject to moments of exaltation, of a more or less romantic +expansiveness, at once theatrical and good-humored, when he allowed certain +admissions to escape him, certain imprudent speeches which a boy like +Beautrelet could easily turn to profit. +</p> + +<p> +Rightly or wrongly, Beautrelet read one of these involuntary admissions into +that phrase. He was entitled to conclude that, if Lupin drew a comparison +between his own efforts and Beautrelet’s in pursuit of the truth about +the Hollow Needle, it was because the two of them possessed identical means of +attaining their object, because Lupin had no elements of success different from +those possessed by his adversary. The chances were alike. Now, with the same +chances, the same elements of success, the same means, ten days had been enough +for Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +What were those elements, those means, those chances? They were reduced, when +all was said, to a knowledge of the pamphlet published in 1815, a pamphlet +which Lupin, no doubt, like Massiban, had found by accident and thanks to which +he had succeeded in discovering the indispensable document in Marie +Antoinette’s book of hours. +</p> + +<p> +Therefore, the pamphlet and the document were the only two fundamental facts +upon which Lupin had relied. With these he had built up the whole edifice. He +had had no extraneous aid. The study of the pamphlet and the study of the +document—full stop—that was all. +</p> + +<p> +Well, could not Beautrelet confine himself to the same ground? What was the use +of an impossible struggle? What was the use of those vain investigations, in +which, even supposing that he avoided the pitfalls that were multiplied under +his feet, he was sure, in the end, to achieve the poorest of results? +</p> + +<p> +His decision was clear and immediate; and, in adopting it, he had the happy +instinct that he was on the right path. He began by leaving his +Janson-de-Sailly schoolfellow, without indulging in useless recriminations, +and, taking his portmanteau with him, went and installed himself, after much +hunting about, in a small hotel situated in the very heart of Paris. This hotel +he did not leave for days. At most, he took his meals at the <i>table +d’hôte</i>. The rest of the time, locked in his room, with the +window-curtains close-drawn, he spent in thinking. +</p> + +<p> +“Ten days,” Arsène Lupin had said. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet, striving to forget all that he had done and to remember only the +elements of the pamphlet and the document, aspired eagerly to keep within the +limit of those ten days. However the tenth day passed and the eleventh and the +twelfth; but, on the thirteenth day, a gleam lit up his brain and, very soon, +with the bewildering rapidity of those ideas which develop in us like +miraculous plants, the truth emerged, blossomed, gathered strength. On the +evening of the thirteenth day, he certainly did not know the answer to the +problem, but he knew, to a certainty, one of the methods which Lupin had, +beyond a doubt, employed. +</p> + +<p> +It was a very simple method, hinging on this one question: Is there a link of +any sort uniting all the more or less important historic events with which the +pamphlet connects the mystery of the Hollow Needle? +</p> + +<p> +The great diversity of these events made the question difficult to answer. +Still, the profound examination to which Beautrelet applied himself ended by +pointing to one essential characteristic which was common to them all. Each one +of them, without exception, had happened within the boundaries of the old +kingdom of Neustria, which correspond very nearly with those of our present-day +Normandy. All the heroes of the fantastic adventure are Norman, or become +Norman, or play their part in the Norman country. +</p> + +<p> +What a fascinating procession through the ages! What a rousing spectacle was +that of all those barons, dukes and kings, starting from such widely opposite +points to meet in this particular corner of the world! Beautrelet turned the +pages of history at haphazard: it was Rolf, or Rou, or Rollo, first Duke of +<i>Normandy</i>, who was master of the secret of the Needle, according to the +treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte! +</p> + +<p> +It was William the Conqueror, Duke of <i>Normandy</i> and King of England, +whose bannerstaff was pierced like a needle! +</p> + +<p> +It was at <i>Rouen</i> that the English burnt Joan of Arc, mistress of the +secret! +</p> + +<p> +And right at the beginning of the adventure, who is that chief of the Caleti +who pays his ransom to Cæsar with the secret of the Needle but the chief of the +men of the Caux country, which lies in the very heart of <i>Normandy?</i> +</p> + +<p> +The supposition becomes more definite. The field narrows. Rouen, the banks of +the Seine, the Caux country: it really seems as though all roads lead in that +direction. Two kings of France are mentioned more particularly, after the +secret is lost by the Dukes of Normandy and their heirs, the kings of England, +and becomes the royal secret of France; and these two are King Henry IV., who +laid siege to Rouen and won the battle of Arques, near Dieppe, and Francis I., +who founded the Havre and uttered that suggestive phrase: +</p> + +<p> +“The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of +towns!” +</p> + +<p> +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: the three angles of the triangle, the three large +towns that occupy the three points. In the centre, the Caux country. +</p> + +<p> +The seventeenth century arrives. Louis XIV. burns the book in which a person +unknown reveals the truth. Captain de Larbeyrie masters a copy, profits by the +secret thus obtained, steals a certain number of jewels and dies by the hand of +highway murderers. Now at which spot is the ambush laid? At Gaillon! At +Gaillon, a little town on the road leading from Havre, Rouen or Dieppe to +Paris! +</p> + +<p> +A year later, Louis XIV. buys a domain and builds the Château de +l’Aiguille. Where does he select his site? In the Midlands of France, +with the result that the curious are thrown off the scent and do not hunt about +in Normandy. +</p> + +<p> +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre—the Cauchois triangle—everything lies +there. On one side, the sea; on another, the Seine: on the third, the two +valleys that lead from Rouen to Dieppe. +</p> + +<p> +A light flashed across Beautrelet’s mind. That extent of ground, that +country of the high tablelands which run from the cliffs of the Seine to the +cliffs of the Channel almost invariably constituted the field of operations of +Arsène Lupin. For ten years, it was just this district which he parcelled out +for his purposes, as though he had his haunt in the very centre of the region +with which, the legend of the Hollow Needle was most closely connected. +</p> + +<p> +The affair of Baron Cahorn?[3] Or the banks of the Seine, between Rouen and the +Havre. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[3] <i>The Seven of Hearts</i>, by Maurice Leblanc. II; <i>Arsène Lupin in +Prison.</i> +</p> + +<p> +The Thibermenil case?[4] At the other end of the tableland, between Rouen and +Dieppe. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[4] <i>The Seven of Hearts</i>. IX: <i>Holmlock Shears Arrives Too Late</i>. +</p> + +<p> +The Gruchet, Montigny, Crasville burglaries? In the midst of the Caux country. +</p> + +<p> +Where was Lupin going when he was attacked and bound hand and foot, in his +compartment by Pierre Onfrey, the Auteuil murderer?[5] To Rouen. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[5] <i>The Seven of Hearts</i>. IV: <i>The Mysterious Railway-passenger</i>. +</p> + +<p> +Where was Holmlock Shears, Lupin’s prisoner, put on board ship?[6] Near +the Havre. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[6] <i>Arsène Lupin versus Holmlock Shears</i>, by Maurice Leblanc, Chapter V: +<i>Kidnapped</i>. +</p> + +<p> +And what was the scene of the whole of the present tragedy? Ambrumésy, on the +road between the Havre and Dieppe. +</p> + +<p> +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: always the Cauchois triangle. +</p> + +<p> +And so, a few years earlier, possessing the pamphlet and knowing the +hiding-place in which Marie Antoinette had concealed the document, Arsène Lupin +had ended by laying his hand on the famous book of hours. Once in possession of +the document, he took the field, “found” and settled down as in a +conquered country. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet took the field. +</p> + +<p> +He set out in genuine excitement, thinking of the same journey which Lupin had +taken, of the same hopes with which he must have throbbed when he thus went in +search of the tremendous secret which was to arm him with so great a power. +Would his, Beautrelet’s efforts have the same victorious results? +</p> + +<p> +He left Rouen early in the morning, on foot, with his face very much disguised +and his bag at the end of a stick on his shoulder, like an apprentice doing his +round of France. He walked straight to Duclair, where he lunched. On leaving +this town, he followed the Seine and practically did not lose sight of it +again. His instinct, strengthened, moreover, by numerous influences, always +brought him back to the sinuous banks of the stately river. When the Château du +Malaquis was robbed, the objects stolen from Baron Cahorn’s collection +were sent by way of the Seine. The old carvings removed from the chapel at +Ambrumésy were carried to the Seine bank. He pictured the whole fleet of +pinnaces performing a regular service between Rouen and the Havre and draining +the works of art and treasures from a countryside to dispatch them thence to +the land of millionaires. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m burning! I’m burning!” muttered the boy, gasping +under the truth, which came to him in a mighty series of shocks and took away +his breath. +</p> + +<p> +The checks encountered on the first few days, did not discourage him. He had a +firm and profound belief in the correctness of the supposition that was guiding +him. It was bold, perhaps, and extravagant; no matter: it was worthy of the +adversary pursued. The supposition was on a level with the prodigious reality +that bore the name of Lupin. With a man like that, of what good could it be to +look elsewhere than in the domain of the enormous, the exaggerated, the +superhuman? +</p> + +<p> +Jumièges, the Mailleraye, Saint-Wandrille, Caudebec, Tancarville, Quillebeuf +were places filled with his memories. How often he must have contemplated the +glory of their Gothic steeples or the splendor of their immense ruins! +</p> + +<p> +But the Havre, the neighborhood of the Havre drew Isidore like a beacon-fire. +</p> + +<p> +“The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of +towns!” +</p> + +<p> +Cryptic words which, suddenly, for Beautrelet, shone bright with clearness! Was +this not an exact statement of the reasons that determined Francis I. to create +a town on this spot and was not the fate of the Havre-de-Grâce linked with the +very secret of the Needle? +</p> + +<p> +“That’s it, that’s it,” stammered Beautrelet, +excitedly. “The old Norman estuary, one of the essential points, one of +the original centres around which our French nationality was formed, is +completed by those two forces, one in full view, alive, known to all, the new +port commanding the ocean and opening on the world; the other dim and obscure, +unknown and all the more alarming, inasmuch as it is invisible and impalpable. +A whole side of the history of France and of the royal house is explained by +the Needle, even as it explains the whole story of Arsène Lupin. The same +sources of energy and power supply and renew the fortunes of kings and of the +adventurer.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet ferreted and snuffed from village to village, from the river to the +sea, with his nose in the wind, his ears pricked, trying to compel the +inanimate things to surrender their deep meaning. Ought this hill-slope to be +questioned? Or that forest? Or the houses of this hamlet? Or was it among the +insignificant phrases spoken by that peasant yonder that he might hope to +gather the one little illuminating word? +</p> + +<p> +One morning, he was lunching at an inn, within sight of Honfleur, the old city +of the estuary. Opposite him was sitting one of those heavy, red-haired Norman +horse-dealers who do the fairs of the district, whip in hand and clad in a long +smock-frock. After a moment, it seemed to Beautrelet that the man was looking +at him with a certain amount of attention, as though he knew him or, at least, +was trying to recognize him. +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh,” he thought, “there’s some mistake: I’ve +never seen that merchant before, nor he me.” +</p> + +<p> +As a matter of fact, the man appeared to take no further interest in him. He +lit his pipe, called for coffee and brandy, smoked and drank. +</p> + +<p> +When Beautrelet had finished his meal, he paid and rose to go. A group of men +entered just as he was about to leave and he had to stand for a few seconds +near the table at which the horse-dealer sat. He then heard the man say in a +low voice: +</p> + +<p> +“Good-afternoon, M. Beautrelet.” +</p> + +<p> +Without hesitation, Isidore sat down beside the man and said: +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, that is my name—but who are you? How did you know me?” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s not difficult—and yet I’ve only seen your +portrait in the papers. But you are so badly—what do you call it in +French—so badly made-up.” +</p> + +<p> +He had a pronounced foreign accent and Beautrelet seemed to perceive, as he +looked at him, that he too wore a facial disguise that entirely altered his +features. +</p> + +<p> +“Who are you?” he repeated. “Who are you?” +</p> + +<p> +The stranger smiled: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t you recognize me?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, I never saw you before.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nor I you. But think. The papers print my portrait also—and pretty +often. Well, have you got it?” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Holmlock Shears.” +</p> + +<p> +It was an amusing and, at the same time, a significant meeting. The boy at once +saw the full bearing of it. After an exchange of compliments, he said to +Shears: +</p> + +<p> +“I suppose that you are here—because of ‘him’?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“So—so—you think we have a chance—in this +direction.” +</p> + +<p> +“I’m sure of it.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet’s delight at finding that Shears’s opinion agreed with +his own was not unmingled with other feelings. If the Englishman attained his +object, it meant that, at the very best, the two would share the victory; and +who could tell that Shears would not attain it first? +</p> + +<p> +“Have you any proofs? Any clues?” +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t be afraid,” grinned the Englishman, who understood his +uneasiness. “I am not treading on your heels. With you, it’s the +document, the pamphlet: things that do not inspire me with any great +confidence.” +</p> + +<p> +“And with you?” +</p> + +<p> +“With me, it’s something different.” +</p> + +<p> +“Should I be indiscreet, if—?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not at all. You remember the story of the coronet, the story of the Duc +de Charmerac?”[7] +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[7] <i>Arsène Lupin</i>, play in four acts, by Maurice Leblanc and Francis de +Croisset. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“You remember Victoire, Lupin’s old foster-mother, the one whom my +good friend Ganimard allowed to escape in a sham prison-van?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“I have found Victoire’s traces. She lives on a farm, not far from +National Road No. 25. National Road No. 25 is the road from the Havre to Lille. +Through Victoire I shall easily get at Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +“It will take long.” +</p> + +<p> +“No matter! I have dropped all my cases. This is the only one I care +about. Between Lupin and me, it’s a fight—a fight to the +death.” +</p> + +<p> +He spoke these words with a sort of ferocity that betrayed all his bitterness +at the humiliations which he had undergone, all his fierce hatred of the great +enemy who had tricked him so cruelly. +</p> + +<p> +“Go away, now,” he whispered, “we are observed. It’s +dangerous. But mark my words: on the day when Lupin and I meet face to face, it +will be—it will be tragic.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet felt quite reassured on leaving Shears: he need not fear that the +Englishman would gain on him. And here was one more proof which this chance +interview had brought him: the road from the Havre to Lille passes through +Dieppe! It is the great seaside road of the Caux country, the coast road +commanding the Channel cliffs! And it was on a farm near this road that +Victoire was installed, Victoire, that is to say, Lupin, for one did not move +without the other, the master without the blindly devoted servant. +</p> + +<p> +“I’m burning! I’m burning!” he repeated to himself. +“Whenever circumstances bring me a new element of information, it +confirms my supposition. On the one hand, I have the absolute certainty of the +banks of the Seine; on the other, the certainty of the National Road. The two +means of communication meet at the Havre, the town of Francis I., the town of +the secret. The boundaries are contracting. The Caux country is not large; and, +even so, I have only the western portion of the Caux country to search.” +</p> + +<p> +He set to work with renewed stubbornness: +</p> + +<p> +“Anything that Lupin has found,” he kept on saying to himself, +“there is no reason for my not finding.” +</p> + +<p> +Certainly, Lupin had some great advantage over him, perhaps a thorough +acquaintance with the country, a precise knowledge of the local legends, or +less than that, a memory: invaluable advantages these, for he, Beautrelet, knew +nothing, was totally ignorant of the country, which he had first visited at the +time of the Ambrumésy burglary and then only rapidly, without lingering. +</p> + +<p> +But what did it matter? Though he had to devote ten years of his life to this +investigation, he would carry it to a successful issue. Lupin was there. He +could see him, he could feel him there. He expected to come upon him at the +next turn of the road, on the skirt of the next wood, outside the next village. +And, though continually disappointed, he seemed to find in each disappointment +a fresh reason for persisting. +</p> + +<p> +Often, he would fling himself on the slope by the roadside and plunge into wild +examination of the copy of the document which he always carried on him, a copy, +that is to say, with vowels taking the place of the figures: +</p> + +<div class="fig" style="width:100%;"> +<img src="images/img02.jpg" width="500" height="202" alt="[Illustration]" /> +</div> + +<p> +Often, also, according to his habit, he would lie down flat on his stomach in +the tall grass and think for hours. He had time enough. The future belonged to +him. +</p> + +<p> +With wonderful patience, he tramped from the Seine to the sea, and from the sea +to the Seine, going gradually farther, retracing his steps and never quitting +the ground until, theoretically speaking, there was not a chance left of +gathering the smallest particle upon it. +</p> + +<p> +He studied and explored Montivilliers and Saint-Romani and Octeville and +Gonneville and Criquetot. +</p> + +<p> +At night, he knocked at the peasants’ doors and asked for a lodging. +After dinner, they smoked together and chatted. He made them tell him the +stories which they told one another on the long winter nights. And he never +omitted to insinuate, slily: +</p> + +<p> +“What about the Needle? The legend of the Hollow Needle? Don’t you +know that?” +</p> + +<p> +“Upon my word, I don’t—never heard of it—” +</p> + +<p> +“Just think—an old wives’ tale—something that has to do +with a needle. An enchanted needle, perhaps.—I don’t +know—” +</p> + +<p> +Nothing. No legend, no recollection. And the next morning he walked blithely +away again. +</p> + +<p> +One day, he passed through the pretty village of Saint-Jouin, which overlooks +the sea, and descending among the chaos of rocks that have slipped from cliffs, +he climbed up to the tableland and went in the direction of the dry valley of +Bruneval, Cap d’Antifer and the little creek of Belle-Plage. He was +walking gaily and lightly, feeling a little tired, perhaps, but glad to be +alive, so glad, even, that he forgot Lupin and the mystery of the Hollow Needle +and Victoire and Shears, and interested himself in the sight of nature: the +blue sky, the great emerald sea, all glittering in the sunshine. +</p> + +<p> +Some straight slopes and remains of brick walls, in which he seemed to +recognize the vestiges of a Roman camp, interested him. Then his eyes fell upon +a sort of little castle, built in imitation of an ancient fort, with cracked +turrets and Gothic windows. It stood on a jagged, rugged, rising promontory, +almost detached from the cliff. A barred gate, flanked by iron hand-rails and +bristling spikes, guarded the narrow passage. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet succeeded in climbing over, not without some difficulty. Over the +pointed door, which was closed with an old rusty lock, he read the words: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +FORT DE FRÉFOSSÉ +</p> + +<p> +He did not attempt to enter, but, turning to the right, after going down a +little slope, he embarked upon a path that ran along a ridge of land furnished +with a wooden handrail. Right at the end was a cave of very small dimensions, +forming a sort of watch-tower at the point of the rock in which it was hollowed +out, a rock falling abruptly into the sea. +</p> + +<p> +There was just room to stand up in the middle of the cave. Multitudes of +inscriptions crossed one another on the walls. An almost square hole, cut in +the stone, opened like a dormer window on the land side, exactly opposite Fort +Fréfossé, the crenellated top of which appeared at thirty or forty yards’ +distance. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet threw off his knapsack and sat down. He had had a hard and tiring +day. He fell asleep for a little. Then the cool wind that blew inside the cave +woke him up. He sat for a few minutes without moving, absent-minded, +vague-eyed. He tried to reflect, to recapture his still torpid thoughts. And, +as he recovered his consciousness, he was on the point of rising, when he +received the impression that his eyes, suddenly fixed, suddenly wide-open, +saw— +</p> + +<p> +A thrill shook him from head to foot. His hands clutched convulsively and he +felt the beads of perspiration forming at the roots of his hair: +</p> + +<p> +“No, no,” he stammered. “It’s a dream, an +hallucination. Let’s look: it’s not possible!” +</p> + +<p> +He plunged down on his knees and stooped over. Two huge letters, each perhaps a +foot long, appeared cut in relief in the granite of the floor. Those two +letters, clumsily, but plainly carved, with their corners rounded and their +surface smoothed by the wear and tear of centuries, were a D and an F. +</p> + +<p> +D and F! Oh, bewildering miracle! D and F: just two letters of the document! +Oh, Beautrelet had no need to consult it to bring before his mind that group of +letters in the fourth line, the line of the measurements and indications! He +knew them well! They were inscribed for all time at the back of his pupils, +encrusted for good and all in the very substance of his brain! +</p> + +<p> +He rose to his feet, went down the steep road, climbed back along the old fort, +hung on to the spikes of the rail again, in order to pass, and walked briskly +toward a shepherd whose flock was grazing some way off on a dip in the +tableland: +</p> + +<p> +“That cave, over there—that cave—” +</p> + +<p> +His lips trembled and he tried to find the words that would not come. The +shepherd looked at him in amazement. At last, Isidore repeated: +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, that cave—over there—to the right of the fort. Has it a +name?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I should think so. All the Étretat folk like to call it the +Demoiselles.” +</p> + +<p> +“What?—What?—What’s that you say?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, of course—it’s the Chambre des Demoiselles.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore felt like flying at his throat, as though all the truth lived in that +man and he hoped to get it from him at one swoop, to tear it from him. +</p> + +<p> +The Demoiselles! One of the words, one of the only three known words of the +document! +</p> + +<p> +A whirlwind of madness shook Beautrelet where he stood. And it rose all around +him, blew upon him like a tempestuous squall that came from the sea, that came +from the land, that came from every direction and whipped him with great lashes +of the truth. +</p> + +<p> +He understood. The document appeared to him in its real sense. The Chambre des +Demoiselles—Étretat— +</p> + +<p> +“That’s it,” he thought, his brain filled with light, +“it must be that. But why didn’t I guess earlier?” +</p> + +<p> +He said to the shepherd, in a low voice: +</p> + +<p> +“That will do—go away—you can go—thank you.” +</p> + +<p> +The man, not knowing what to think, whistled to his dog and went. +</p> + +<p> +Left alone, Beautrelet returned to the fort. He had almost passed it when, +suddenly, he dropped to the ground and lay cowering against a piece of wall. +And, wringing his hands, he thought: +</p> + +<p> +“I must be mad! If ‘he’ were to see me! Or his accomplices! +I’ve been moving about for an hour—!” +</p> + +<p> +He did not stir another limb. +</p> + +<p> +The sun went down. Little by little, the night mingled with the day, blurring +the outline of things. +</p> + +<p> +Then, with little imperceptible movements, flat on his stomach, gliding, +crawling, he crept along one of the points of the promontory to the extreme +edge of the cliff. +</p> + +<p> +He reached it. Stretching out his hands, he pushed aside some tufts of grass +and his head appeared over the precipice. +</p> + +<p> +Opposite him, almost level with the cliff, in the open sea rose an enormous +rock, over eighty yards high, a colossal obelisk, standing straight on its +granite base, which showed at the surface of the water, and tapering toward the +summit, like the giant tooth of a monster of the deep. White with the dirty +gray white of the cliff, the awful monolith was streaked with horizontal lines +marked by flint and displaying the slow work of the centuries, which had heaped +alternate layers of lime and pebble-stone one atop of the other. +</p> + +<p> +Here and there, a fissure, a break; and, wherever these occurred, a scrap of +earth, with grass and leaves. +</p> + +<p> +And all this was mighty and solid and formidable, with the look of an +indestructible thing against which the furious assault of the waves and storms +could not prevail. And it was definite and permanent and grand, despite the +grandeur of the cliffy rampart that commanded it, despite the immensity of the +space in which it stood. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet’s nails dug into the soil like the claws of an animal ready to +leap upon its prey. His eyes penetrated the wrinkled texture of the rock, +penetrated its skin, so it seemed to him, its very flesh. He touched it, felt +it, took cognizance and possession of it, absorbed and assimilated it. +</p> + +<p> +The horizon turned crimson with all the flames of the vanished sun; and long, +red clouds, set motionless in the sky, formed glorious landscapes, fantastic +lagoons, fiery plains, forests of gold, lakes of blood, a whole glowing and +peaceful phantasmagoria. +</p> + +<p> +The blue of the sky grew darker. Venus shone with a marvelous brightness; then +other stars lit up, timid as yet. +</p> + +<p> +And Beautrelet suddenly closed his eyes and convulsively pressed his folded +arms to his forehead. Over there—oh, he felt as though he would die for +joy, so great was the cruel emotion that wrung his heart!—over there, +almost at the top of the Needle of Étretat, a little below the extreme point +round which the sea-mews fluttered, a thread of smoke came filtering through a +crevice, as though from an invisible chimney, a thread of smoke rose in slow +spirals in the calm air of the twilight. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>CHAPTER NINE<br/> +OPEN, SESAME!</h2> + +<p> +The Étretat Needle was hollow! +</p> + +<p> +Was it a natural phenomenon, an excavation produced by internal cataclysms or +by the imperceptible action of the rushing sea and the soaking rain? Or was it +a superhuman work executed by human beings, Gauls, Celts, prehistoric men? +</p> + +<p> +These, no doubt, were insoluble questions; and what did it matter? The essence +of the thing was contained in this fact: The Needle was hollow. At forty or +fifty yards from that imposing arch which is called the Porte d’Aval and +which shoots out from the top of the cliff, like the colossal branch of a tree, +to take root in the submerged rocks, stands an immense limestone cone; and this +cone is no more than the shell of a pointed cap poised upon the empty waters! +</p> + +<p> +A prodigious revelation! After Lupin, here was Beautrelet discovering the key +to the great riddle that had loomed over more than twenty centuries! A key of +supreme importance to whoever possessed it in the days of old, in those distant +times when hordes of barbarians rode through and overran the old world! A magic +key that opens the cyclopean cavern to whole tribes fleeing before the enemy! A +mysterious key that guards the door of the most inviolable shelter! An +enchanted key that gives power and ensures preponderance! +</p> + +<p> +Because he knows this key, Cæsar is able to subdue Gaul. Because they know it, +the Normans force their sway upon the country and, from there, later, backed by +that support, conquer the neighboring island, conquer Sicily, conquer the East, +conquer the new world! +</p> + +<p> +Masters of the secret, the Kings of England lord it over France, humble her, +dismember her, have themselves crowned at Paris. They lose the secret; and the +rout begins. +</p> + +<p> +Masters of the secret, the Kings of France push back and overstep the narrow +limits of their dominion, gradually founding a great nation and radiating with +glory and power. They forget it or know not how to use it; and death, exile, +ruin follow. +</p> + +<p> +An invisible kingdom, in mid-water and at ten fathoms from land! An unknown +fortress, taller than the towers of Notre Dame and built upon a granite +foundation larger than a public square! What strength and what security! From +Paris to the sea, by the Seine. There, the Havre, the new town, the necessary +town. And, sixteen miles thence, the Hollow Needle, the impregnable sanctuary! +</p> + +<p> +It is a sanctuary and also a stupendous hiding-place. All the treasures of the +kings, increasing from century to century, all the gold of France, all that +they extort from the people, all that they snatch from the clergy, all the +booty gathered on the battle-fields of Europe lie heaped up in the royal cave. +Old Merovingian gold sous, glittering crown-pieces, doubloons, ducats, florins, +guineas; and the precious stones and the diamonds; and all the jewels and all +the ornaments: everything is there. Who could discover it? Who could ever learn +the impenetrable secret of the Needle? Nobody. +</p> + +<p> +And Lupin becomes that sort of really disproportionate being whom we know, that +miracle incapable of explanation so long as the truth remains in the shadow. +Infinite though the resources of his genius be, they cannot suffice for the mad +struggle which he maintains against society. He needs other, more material +resources. He needs a sure place of retreat, he needs the certainty of +impunity, the peace that allows of the execution of his plans. +</p> + +<p> +Without the Hollow Needle, Lupin is incomprehensible, a myth, a character in a +novel, having no connection with reality. +</p> + +<p> +Master of the secret—and of such a secret!—he becomes simply a man +like another, but gifted with the power of wielding in a superior manner the +extraordinary weapon with which destiny has endowed him. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +So the Needle was hollow. +</p> + +<p> +It remained to discover how one obtained access to it. +</p> + +<p> +From the sea, obviously. There must be, on the side of the offing, some fissure +where boats could land at certain hours of the tide. +</p> + +<p> +But on the side of the land? +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet lay until ten o’clock at night hanging over the precipice, +with his eyes riveted on the shadowy mass formed by the pyramid, thinking and +pondering with all the concentrated effort of his mind. +</p> + +<p> +Then he went down to Étretat, selected the cheapest hotel, dined, went up to +his room and unfolded the document. +</p> + +<p> +It was the merest child’s play to him now to establish its exact meaning. +He at once saw that the three vowels of the word Étretat occurred in the first +line, in their proper order and at the necessary intervals. This first line now +read as follows: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>e . a . a .. etretat . a ..</i> +</p> + +<p> +What words could come before Étretat? Words, no doubt, that referred to the +position of the Needle with regard to the town. Now the Needle stood on the +left, on the west—He ransacked his memory and, recollecting that westerly +winds are called vents d’aval on the coast and that the nearest porte was +known as the Porte d’Aval, he wrote down: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>“En aval d’Étretat . a ..”</i> +</p> + +<p> +The second line was that containing the word <i>Demoiselles</i> and, at once +seeing, in front of that word, the series of all the vowels that form part of +the words <i>la chambre des</i>, he noted the two phrases: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>“En aval d’Étretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles.”</i> +</p> + +<p> +The third line gave him more trouble; and it was not until some groping that, +remembering the position, near the Chambre des Demoiselles, of the Fort de +Fréfossé, he ended by almost completely reconstructing the document: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +<i>“En aval d’Étretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles. Sous le Fort de +Fréfossé. L’Aiguille creuse.”</i> +</p> + +<p> +These were the four great formulas, the essential and general formulas which +you had to know. By means of them, you turned <i>en aval</i>, that is to say, +below or west of Étretat, entered the Chambre des Demoiselles, in all +probability passed under Fort Fréfossé and thus arrived at the Needle. +</p> + +<p> +How? By means of the indications and measurements that constituted the fourth +line: +</p> + +<div class="fig" style="width:100%;"> +<img src="images/img03.jpg" width="500" height="78" alt="[Illustration]" /> +</div> + +<p> +These were evidently the more special formulas to enable you to find the outlet +through which you made your way and the road that led to the Needle. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet at once presumed—and his surmise was no more than the logical +consequence of the document—that, if there really was a direct +communication between the land and the obelisk of the Needle, the underground +passage must start from the Chambre des Demoiselles, pass under Fort Fréfossé, +descend perpendicularly the three hundred feet of cliff and, by means of a +tunnel contrived under the rocks of the sea, end at the Hollow Needle. +</p> + +<p> +Which was the entrance to the underground passage? Did not the two letters D +and F, so plainly cut, point to it and admit to it, with the aid, perhaps, of +some ingenious piece of mechanism? +</p> + +<p> +The whole of the next morning, Isidore strolled about Étretat and chatted with +everybody he met, in order to try and pick up useful information. At last, in +the afternoon, he went up the cliff. Disguised as a sailor, he had made himself +still younger and, in a pair of trousers too short for him and a fishing +jersey, he looked a mere scape-grace of twelve or thirteen. +</p> + +<p> +As soon as he entered the cave, he knelt down before the letters. Here a +disappointment awaited him. It was no use his striking them, pushing them, +manipulating them in every way: they refused to move. And it was not long, in +fact, before he became aware that they were really unable to move and that, +therefore, they controlled no mechanism. +</p> + +<p> +And yet—and yet they must mean something! Inquiries which he had made in +the village went to show that no one had ever been able to explain their +existence and that the Abbé Cochet, in his valuable little book on Étretat,[8] +had also tried in vain to solve this little puzzle. But Isidore knew what the +learned Norman archaeologist did not know, namely, that the same two letters +figured in the document, on the line containing the indications. Was it a +chance coincidence: Impossible. Well, then—? +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[8] <i>Les Origines d’Étretat</i>. The Abbé Cochet seems to conclude, in +the end, that the two letters are the initials of a passer-by. The revelations +now made prove the fallacy of the theory. +</p> + +<p> +An idea suddenly occurred to him, an idea so reasonable, so simple that he did +not doubt its correctness for a second. Were not that D and that F the initials +of the two most important words in the document, the words that +represented—together with the Needle—the essential stations on the +road to be followed: the Chambre des <i>Demoiselles</i> and Fort +<i>Fréfossé:</i> D for Demoiselles, F for Fréfossé: the connection was too +remarkable to be a mere accidental fact. +</p> + +<p> +In that case, the problem stood thus: the two letters D F represent the +relation that exists between the Chambre des Demoiselles and Fort Fréfossé, the +single letter D, which begins the line, represents the Demoiselles, that is to +say, the cave in which you have to begin by taking up your position, and the +single letter F, placed in the middle of the line, represents Fréfossé, that is +to say, the probable entrance to the underground passage. +</p> + +<p> +Between these various signs, are two more: first, a sort of irregular +rectangle, marked with a stripe in the left bottom corner, and, next, the +figure 19, signs which obviously indicate to those inside the cave the means of +penetrating beneath the fort. +</p> + +<p> +The shape of this rectangle puzzled Isidore. Was there around him, on the walls +of the cave, or at any rate within reach of his eyes, an inscription, anything +whatever, affecting a rectangular shape? +</p> + +<p> +He looked for a long time and was on the point of abandoning that particular +scent when his eyes fell upon the little opening, pierced in the rock, that +acted as a window to the chamber. +</p> + +<p> +Now the edges of this opening just formed a rectangle: corrugated, uneven, +clumsy, but still a rectangle; and Beautrelet at once saw that, by placing his +two feet on the D and the F carved in the stone floor—and this explained +the stroke that surmounted the two letters in the document—he found +himself at the exact height of the window! +</p> + +<p> +He took up his position in this place and gazed out. The window looking +landward, as we know, he saw, first, the path that connected the cave with the +land, a path hung between two precipices; and, next, he caught sight of the +foot of the hillock on which the fort stood. To try and see the fort, +Beautrelet leaned over to the left and it was then that he understood the +meaning of the curved stripe, the comma that marked the left bottom corner in +the document: at the bottom on the left-hand side of the window, a piece of +flint projected and the end of it was curved like a claw. It suggested a +regular shooter’s mark. And, when a man applied his eye to this mark, he +saw cut out, on the slope of the mound facing him, a restricted surface of land +occupied almost entirely by an old brick wall, a remnant of the original Fort +Fréfossé or of the old Roman <i>oppidum</i> built on this spot. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet ran to this piece of wall, which was, perhaps, ten yards long. It +was covered with grass and plants. There was no indication of any kind visible. +And yet that figure 19? +</p> + +<p> +He returned to the cave, took from his pocket a ball of string and a +tape-measure, tied the string to the flint corner, fastened a pebble at the +nineteenth metre and flung it toward the land side. The pebble at most reached +the end of the path. +</p> + +<p> +“Idiot that I am!” thought Beautrelet. “Who reckoned by +metres in those days? The figure 19 means 19 fathoms[9] or nothing!” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[9] The <i>toise</i>, or fathom, measured 1.949 +metres.—<i>Translator’s Note</i>. +</p> + +<p> +Having made the calculation, he ran out the twine, made a knot and felt about +on the piece of wall for the exact and necessarily one point at which the knot, +formed at 37 metres from the window of the Demoiselles, should touch the +Fréfossé wall. In a few moments, the point of contact was established. With his +free hand, he moved aside the leaves of mullein that had grown in the +interstices. A cry escaped him. The knot, which he held pressed down with his +fore-finger, was in the centre of a little cross carved in relief on a brick. +And the sign that followed on the figure 19 in the document was a cross! +</p> + +<p> +It needed all his will-power to control the excitement with which he was +overcome. Hurriedly, with convulsive fingers, he clutched the cross and, +pressing upon it, turned it as he would have turned the spokes of a wheel. The +brick heaved. He redoubled his effort; it moved no further. Then, without +turning, he pressed harder. He at once felt the brick give way. And, suddenly, +there was the click of a bolt that is released, the sound of a lock opening +and, on the right of the brick, to the width of about a yard, the wall swung +round on a pivot and revealed the orifice of an underground passage. +</p> + +<p> +Like a madman, Beautrelet seized the iron door in which the bricks were sealed, +pulled it back, violently and closed it. Astonishment, delight, the fear of +being surprised convulsed his face so as to render it unrecognizable. He beheld +the awful vision of all that had happened there, in front of that door, during +twenty centuries; of all those people, initiated into the great secret, who had +penetrated through that issue: Celts, Gauls, Romans, Normans, Englishmen, +Frenchmen, barons, dukes, kings—and, after all of them, Arsène +Lupin—and, after Lupin, himself, Beautrelet. He felt that his brain was +slipping away from him. His eyelids fluttered. He fell fainting and rolled to +the bottom of the slope, to the very edge of the precipice. +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +His task was done, at least the task which he was able to accomplish alone, +with his unaided resources. +</p> + +<p> +That evening, he wrote a long letter to the chief of the detective service, +giving a faithful account of the results of his investigations and revealing +the secret of the Hollow Needle. He asked for assistance to complete his work +and gave his address. +</p> + +<p> +While waiting for the reply, he spent two consecutive nights in the Chambre des +Demoiselles. He spent them overcome with fear, his nerves shaken with a terror +which was increased by the sounds of the night. At every moment, he thought he +saw shadows approach in his direction. People knew of his presence in the +cave—they were coming—they were murdering him! +</p> + +<p> +His eyes, however, staring madly before them, sustained by all the power of his +will, clung to the piece of wall. +</p> + +<p> +On the first night, nothing stirred; but, on the second, by the light of the +stars and a slender crescent-moon, he saw the door open and figures emerge from +the darkness: he counted two, three, four, five of them. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed to him that those five men were carrying fairly large loads. He +followed them for a little way. They cut straight across the fields to the +Havre road; and he heard the sound of a motor car driving away. +</p> + +<p> +He retraced his steps, skirting a big farm. But, at the turn of the road that +ran beside it, he had only just time to scramble up a slope and hide behind +some trees. More men passed—four, five men—all carrying packages. +And, two minutes later, another motor snorted. +</p> + +<p> +This time, he had not the strength to return to his post; and he went back to +bed. +</p> + +<p> +When he woke and had finished dressing, the hotel waiter brought him a letter. +He opened it. It contained Ganimard’s card. +</p> + +<p> +“At last!” cried Beautrelet, who, after so hard a campaign, was +really feeling the need of a comrade-in-arms. +</p> + +<p> +He ran downstairs with outstretched hands. Ganimard took them, looked at him +for a moment and said: +</p> + +<p> +“You’re a fine fellow, my lad!” +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh!” he said. “Luck has served me.” +</p> + +<p> +“There’s no such thing as luck with ‘him,’” +declared the inspector, who always spoke of Lupin in a solemn tone and without +mentioning his name. +</p> + +<p> +He sat down: +</p> + +<p> +“So we’ve got him!” +</p> + +<p> +“Just as we’ve had him twenty times over,” said Beautrelet, +laughing. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but to-day—” +</p> + +<p> +“To-day, of course, the case is different. We know his retreat, his +stronghold, which means, when all is said, that Lupin is Lupin. He can escape. +The Étretat Needle cannot.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you suppose that he will escape?” asked Ganimard, +anxiously. +</p> + +<p> +“Why do you suppose that he requires to escape?” replied +Beautrelet. “There is nothing to prove that he is in the Needle at +present. Last night, eleven of his men left it. He may be one of the +eleven.” +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard reflected: +</p> + +<p> +“You are right. The great thing is the Hollow Needle. For the rest, let +us hope that chance will favor us. And now, let us talk.” +</p> + +<p> +He resumed his serious voice, his self-important air and said: +</p> + +<p> +“My dear Beautrelet, I have orders to recommend you to observe the most +absolute discretion in regard to this matter.” +</p> + +<p> +“Orders from whom?” asked Beautrelet, jestingly. “The prefect +of police?” +</p> + +<p> +“Higher than that.” +</p> + +<p> +“The prime minister?” +</p> + +<p> +“Higher.” +</p> + +<p> +“Whew!” +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard lowered his voice: +</p> + +<p> +“Beautrelet, I was at the Élysée last night. They look upon this matter +as a state secret of the utmost gravity. There are serious reasons for +concealing the existence of this citadel—reasons of military strategy, in +particular. It might become a revictualling centre, a magazine for new +explosives, for lately-invented projectiles, for anything of that sort: the +secret arsenal of France, in fact.” +</p> + +<p> +“But how can they hope to keep a secret like this? In the old days, one +man alone held it: the king. To-day, already, there are a good few of us who +know it, without counting Lupin’s gang.” +</p> + +<p> +“Still, if we gained only ten years’, only five years’ +silence! Those five years may be—the saving of us.” +</p> + +<p> +“But, in order to capture this citadel, this future arsenal, it will have +to be attacked, Lupin must be dislodged. And all this cannot be done without +noise.” +</p> + +<p> +“Of course, people will guess something, but they won’t know. +Besides, we can but try.” +</p> + +<p> +“All right. What’s your plan?” +</p> + +<p> +“Here it is, in two words. To begin with, you are not Isidore Beautrelet +and there’s no question of Arsène Lupin either. You are and you remain a +small boy of Étretat, who, while strolling about the place, caught some fellows +coming out of an underground passage. This makes you suspect the existence of a +flight of steps which cuts through the cliff from top to bottom.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, there are several of those flights of steps along the coast. For +instance, to the right of Étretat, opposite Bénouville, they showed me the +Devil’s Staircase, which every bather knows. And I say nothing of the +three or four tunnels used by the fishermen.” +</p> + +<p> +“So you will guide me and one-half of my men. I shall enter alone, or +accompanied, that remains to be seen. This much is certain, that the attack +must be delivered that way. If Lupin is not in the Needle, we shall fix up a +trap in which he will be caught sooner or later. If he is there—” +</p> + +<p> +“If he is there, he will escape from the Needle by the other side, the +side overlooking the sea.” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case, he will at once be arrested by the other half of my +men.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, but if, as I presume, you choose a moment when the sea is at low +ebb, leaving the base of the Needle uncovered, the chase will be public, +because it will take place before all the men and women fishing for mussels, +shrimps and shell-fish who swarm on the rocks round about.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is why I just mean to select the time when the sea is full.” +</p> + +<p> +“In that case, he will make off in a boat.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, but I shall have a dozen fishing-smacks, each of which will be +commanded by one of my men, and we shall collar him—” +</p> + +<p> +“If he doesn’t slip through your dozen smacks, like a fish through +the meshes.” +</p> + +<p> +“All right, then I’ll sink him.” +</p> + +<p> +“The devil you will! Shall you have guns?” +</p> + +<p> +“Why, of course! There’s a torpedo-boat at the Havre at this +moment. A telegram from me will bring her to the Needle at the appointed +hour.” +</p> + +<p> +“How proud Lupin will be! A torpedo-boat! Well, M. Ganimard, I see that +you have provided for everything. We have only to go ahead. When do we deliver +the assault?” +</p> + +<p> +“To-morrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“At night?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, by daylight, at the flood-tide, as the clock strikes ten in the +morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“Capital.” +</p> + +<p class="p2"> +Under his show of gaiety, Beautrelet concealed a real anguish of mind. He did +not sleep until the morning, but lay pondering over the most impracticable +schemes, one after the other. +</p> + +<p> +Ganimard had left him in order to go to Yport, six or seven miles from Étretat, +where, for prudence’s sake, he had told his men to meet him, and where he +chartered twelve fishing smacks, with the ostensible object of taking soundings +along the coast. +</p> + +<p> +At a quarter to ten, escorted by a body of twelve stalwart men, he met Isidore +at the foot of the road that goes up the cliff. +</p> + +<p> +At ten o’clock exactly, they reached the skirt of wall. It was the +decisive moment. +</p> + +<p> +At ten o’clock exactly. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, what’s the matter with you, Beautrelet?” jeered +Ganimard. “You’re quite green in the face!” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s as well you can’t see yourself, Ganimard,” the +boy retorted. “One would think your last hour had come!” +</p> + +<p> +They both had to sit down and Ganimard swallowed a few mouthfuls of rum. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s not funk,” he said, “but, by Jove, this is an +exciting business! Each time that I’m on the point of catching him, it +takes me like that in the pit of the stomach. A dram of rum?” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if you drop behind?” +</p> + +<p> +“That will mean that I’m dead.” +</p> + +<p> +“B-r-r-r-r! However, we’ll see. And now, open, sesame! No danger of +our being observed, I suppose?” +</p> + +<p> +“No. The Needle is not so high as the cliff, and, besides, there’s +a bend in the ground where we are.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet went to the wall and pressed upon the brick. The bolt was released +and the underground passage came in sight. +</p> + +<p> +By the gleam of the lanterns which they lit, they saw that it was cut in the +shape of a vault and that both the vaulting and the floor itself were entirely +covered with bricks. +</p> + +<p> +They walked for a few seconds and, suddenly, a staircase appeared. Beautrelet +counted forty-five brick steps, which the slow action of many footsteps had +worn away in the middle. +</p> + +<p> +“Blow!” said Ganimard, holding his head and stopping suddenly, as +though he had knocked against something. +</p> + +<p> +“What is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“A door.” +</p> + +<p> +“Bother!” muttered Beautrelet, looking at it. “And not an +easy one to break down either. It’s just a solid block of iron.” +</p> + +<p> +“We are done,” said Ganimard. “There’s not even a lock +to it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Exactly. That’s what gives me hope.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why?” +</p> + +<p> +“A door is made to open; and, as this one has no lock, that means that +there is a secret way of opening it.” +</p> + +<p> +“And, as we don’t know the secret—” +</p> + +<p> +“I shall know it in a minute.” +</p> + +<p> +“How?” +</p> + +<p> +“By means of the document. The fourth line has no other object but to +solve each difficulty as and when it crops up. And the solution is +comparatively easy, because it’s not written with a view to throwing +searchers off the scent, but to assisting them.” +</p> + +<p> +“Comparatively easy! I don’t agree with you,” cried Ganimard, +who had unfolded the document. “The number 44 and a triangle with a dot +in it: that doesn’t tell us much!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, yes, it does! Look at the door. You see it’s strengthened, at +each corner, with a triangular slab of iron; and the slabs are fixed with big +nails. Take the left-hand bottom slab and work the nail in the corner: +I’ll lay ten to one we’ve hit the mark.” +</p> + +<p> +“You’ve lost your bet,” said Ganimard, after trying. +</p> + +<p> +“Then the figure 44 must mean—” +</p> + +<p> +In a low voice, reflecting as he spoke, Beautrelet continued: +</p> + +<p> +“Let me see—Ganimard and I are both standing on the bottom step of +the staircase—there are 45. Why 45, when the figure in the document is +44? A coincidence? No. In all this business, there is no such thing as a +coincidence, at least not an involuntary one. Ganimard, be so good as to move +one step higher up. That’s it, don’t leave this forty-fourth step. +And now I will work the iron nail. And the trick’s done, or I’ll +eat my boots!” +</p> + +<p> +The heavy door turned on its hinges. A fairly spacious cavern appeared before +their eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“We must be exactly under Fort Fréfossé,” said Beautrelet. +“We have passed through the different earthy layers by now. There will be +no more brick. We are in the heart of the solid limestone.” +</p> + +<p> +The room was dimly lit by a shaft of daylight that came from the other end. +Going up to it, they saw that it was a fissure in the cliff, contrived in a +projecting wall and forming a sort of observatory. In front of them, at a +distance of fifty yards, the impressive mass of the Needle loomed from the +waves. On the right, quite close, was the arched buttress of the Porte +d’Aval and, on the left, very far away, closing the graceful curve of a +large inlet, another rocky gateway, more imposing still, was cut out of the +cliff; the Manneporte,[10] which was so wide and tall that a three-master could +have passed through it with all sail set. Behind and everywhere, the sea. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[10] <i>Magna porta</i>. +</p> + +<p> +“I don’t see our little fleet,” said Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“I know,” said Ganimard. “The Porte d’Aval hides the +whole of the coast of Étretat and Yport. But look, over there, in the offing, +that black line, level with the water—” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“That’s our fleet of war, Torpedo-boat No. 25. With her there, +Lupin is welcome to break loose—if he wants to study the landscape at the +bottom of the sea.” +</p> + +<p> +A baluster marked the entrance to the staircase, near the fissure. They started +on their way down. From time to time, a little window pierced the wall of the +cliff; and, each time, they caught sight of the Needle, whose mass seemed to +them to grow more and more colossal. +</p> + +<p> +A little before reaching high-water level, the windows ceased and all was dark. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore counted the steps aloud. At the three hundred and fifty-eight, they +emerged into a wider passage, which was barred by another iron door +strengthened with slabs and nails. +</p> + +<p> +“We know all about this,” said Beautrelet. “The document +gives us 357 and a triangle dotted on the right. We have only to repeat the +performance.” +</p> + +<p> +The second door obeyed like the first. A long, a very long tunnel appeared, lit +up at intervals by the gleam of a lantern swung from the vault. The walls oozed +moisture and drops of water fell to the ground, so that, to make walking easier +a regular pavement of planks had been laid from end to end. +</p> + +<p> +“We are passing under the sea,” said Beautrelet. “Are you +coming, Ganimard?” +</p> + +<p> +Without replying, the inspector ventured into the tunnel, followed the wooden +foot-plank and stopped before a lantern, which he took down. +</p> + +<p> +“The utensils may date back to the Middle Ages, but the lighting is +modern,” he said. “Our friends use incandescent mantles.” +</p> + +<p> +He continued his way. The tunnel ended in another and a larger cave, with, on +the opposite side, the first steps of a staircase that led upward. +</p> + +<p> +“It’s the ascent of the Needle beginning,” said Ganimard. +“This is more serious.” +</p> + +<p> +But one of his men called him: +</p> + +<p> +“There’s another flight here, sir, on the left.” +</p> + +<p> +And, immediately afterward, they discovered a third, on the right. +</p> + +<p> +“The deuce!” muttered the inspector. “This complicates +matters. If we go by this way, they’ll make tracks by that.” +</p> + +<p> +“Shall we separate?” asked Beautrelet. +</p> + +<p> +“No, no—that would mean weakening ourselves. It would be better for +one of us to go ahead and scout.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will, if you like—” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well, Beautrelet, you go. I will remain with my men—then +there will be no fear of anything. There may be other roads through the cliff +than that by which we came and several roads also through the Needle. But it is +certain that, between the cliff and the Needle, there is no communication +except the tunnel. Therefore they must pass through this cave. And so I shall +stay here till you come back. Go ahead, Beautrelet, and be prudent: at the +least alarm, scoot back again.” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore disappeared briskly up the middle staircase. At the thirtieth step, a +door, an ordinary wooden door, stopped him. He seized the handle turned it. The +door was not locked. +</p> + +<p> +He entered a room that seemed to him very low owing to its immense size. Lit by +powerful lamps and supported by squat pillars, with long vistas showing between +them, it had nearly the same dimensions as the Needle itself. It was crammed +with packing cases and miscellaneous objects—pieces of furniture, oak +settees, chests, credence-tables, strong-boxes—a whole confused heap of +the kind which one sees in the basement of an old curiosity shop. +</p> + +<p> +On his right and left, Beautrelet perceived the wells of two staircases, the +same, no doubt, that started from the cave below. He could easily have gone +down, therefore, and told Ganimard. But a new flight of stairs led upward in +front of him and he had the curiosity to pursue his investigations alone. +</p> + +<p> +Thirty more steps. A door and then a room, not quite so large as the last, +Beautrelet thought. And again, opposite him, an ascending flight of stairs. +</p> + +<p> +Thirty steps more. A door. A smaller room. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet grasped the plan of the works executed inside the Needle. It was a +series or rooms placed one above the other and, therefore, gradually decreasing +in size. They all served as store-rooms. +</p> + +<p> +In the fourth, there was no lamp. A little light filtered in through clefts in +the walls and Beautrelet saw the sea some thirty feet below him. +</p> + +<p> +At that moment, he felt himself so far from Ganimard that a certain anguish +began to take hold of him and he had to master his nerves lest he should take +to his heels. No danger threatened him, however, and the silence around him was +even so great that he asked himself whether the whole Needle had not been +abandoned by Lupin and his confederates. +</p> + +<p> +“I shall not go beyond the next floor,” he said to himself. +</p> + +<p> +Thirty stairs again and a door. This door was lighter in construction and +modern in appearance. He pushed it open gently, quite prepared for flight. +There was no one there. But the room differed from the others in its purpose. +There were hangings on the walls, rugs on the floor. Two magnificent +sideboards, laden with gold and silver plate, stood facing each other. The +little windows contrived in the deep, narrow cleft were furnished with glass +panes. +</p> + +<p> +In the middle of the room was a richly-decked table, with a lace-edged cloth, +dishes of fruits and cakes, champagne in decanters and flowers, heaps of +flowers. +</p> + +<p> +Three places were laid around the table. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet walked up. On the napkins were cards with the names of the party. He +read first: +</p> + +<p> +“Arsène Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +“Mme. Arsène Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +He took up the third card and started back with surprise. It bore his own name: +</p> + +<p> +“Isidore Beautrelet!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap10"></a>CHAPTER TEN<br/> +THE TREASURES OF THE KINGS OF FRANCE</h2> + +<p> +A curtain was drawn back. +</p> + +<p> +“Good morning, my dear Beautrelet, you’re a little late. Lunch was +fixed for twelve. However, it’s only a few minutes—but what’s +the matter? Don’t you know me? Have I changed so much?” +</p> + +<p> +In the course of his fight with Lupin, Beautrelet had met with many surprises +and he was still prepared, at the moment of the final catastrophe, to +experience any number of further emotions; but the shock which he received this +time was utterly unexpected. It was not astonishment, but stupefaction, terror. +The man who stood before him, the man whom the brutal force of events compelled +him to look upon as Arsène Lupin, was—Valméras! Valméras, the owner of +the Château de l’Aiguille! Valméras, the very man to whom he had applied +for assistance against Arsène Lupin! Valméras, his companion on the expedition +to Crozant! Valméras, the plucky friend who had made Raymonde’s escape +possible by felling one of Lupin’s accomplices, or pretending to fell +him, in the dusk of the great hall! And Valméras was Lupin! +</p> + +<p> +“You—you—So it’s you!” he stammered. +</p> + +<p> +“Why not?” exclaimed Lupin. “Did you think that you knew me +for good and all because you had seen me in the guise of a clergyman or under +the features of M. Massiban? Alas, when a man selects the position in society +which I occupy, he must needs make use of his little social gifts! If Lupin +were not able to change himself, at will, into a minister of the Church of +England or a member of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, it would +be a bad lookout for Lupin! Now Lupin, the real Lupin, is here before you, +Beautrelet! Take a good look at him.” +</p> + +<p> +“But then—if it’s +you—then—Mademoiselle—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Beautrelet, as you say—” +</p> + +<p> +He again drew back the hanging, beckoned and announced: +</p> + +<p> +“Mme. Arsène Lupin.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah,” murmured the lad, confounded in spite of everything, +“Mlle. de Saint-Véran!” +</p> + +<p> +“No, no,” protested Lupin. “Mme. Arsène Lupin, or rather, if +you prefer, Mme. Louis Valméras, my wedded wife, married to me in accordance +with the strictest forms of law; and all thanks to you, my dear +Beautrelet.” +</p> + +<p> +He held out his hand to him. +</p> + +<p> +“All my acknowledgements—and no ill will on your side, I +trust?” +</p> + +<p> +Strange to say, Beautrelet felt no ill will at all, no sense of humiliation, no +bitterness. He realized so strongly the immense superiority of his adversary +that he did not blush at being beaten by him. He pressed the offered hand. +</p> + +<p> +“Luncheon is served, ma’am.” +</p> + +<p> +A butler had placed a tray of dishes on the table. +</p> + +<p> +“You must excuse us, Beautrelet: my chef is away and we can only give you +a cold lunch.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet felt very little inclined to eat. He sat down, however, and was +enormously interested in Lupin’s attitude. How much exactly did he know? +Was he aware of the danger he was running? Was he ignorant of the presence of +Ganimard and his men? +</p> + +<p> +And Lupin continued: +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, thanks to you, my dear friend. Certainly, Raymonde and I loved each +other from the first. Just so, my boy—Raymonde’s abduction, her +imprisonment, were mere humbug: we loved each other. But neither she nor I, +when we were free to love, would allow a casual bond at the mercy of chance, to +be formed between us. The position, therefore, was hopeless for Lupin. +Fortunately, it ceased to be so if I resumed my identity as the Louis Valméras +that I had been from a child. It was then that I conceived the idea, as you +refused to relinquish your quest and had found the Château de l’Aiguille, +of profiting by your obstinacy.” +</p> + +<p> +“And my silliness.” +</p> + +<p> +“Pooh! Any one would have been caught as you were!” +</p> + +<p> +“So you were really able to succeed because I screened you and assisted +you?” +</p> + +<p> +“Of course! How could any one suspect Valméras of being Lupin, when +Valméras was Beautrelet’s friend and after Valméras had snatched from +Lupin’s clutches the girl whom Lupin loved? And how charming it was! Such +delightful memories! The expedition to Crozant! The bouquets we found! My +pretended love letter to Raymonde! And, later, the precautions which I, +Valméras, had to take against myself, Lupin, before my marriage! And the night +of your great banquet, Beautrelet, when you fainted in my arms! Oh, what +memories!” +</p> + +<p> +There was a pause. Beautrelet watched Raymonde. She had listened to Lupin +without saying a word and looked at him with eyes in which he read love, +passion and something else besides, something which the lad could not define, a +sort of anxious embarrassment and a vague sadness. But Lupin turned his eyes +upon her and she gave him an affectionate smile. Their hands met over the +table. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you say to the way I have arranged my little home, +Beautrelet?” cried Lupin. “There’s a style about it, +isn’t there? I don’t pretend that it’s as comfortable as it +might be. And yet, some have been quite satisfied with it; and not the least of +mankind, either!—Look at the list of distinguished people who have owned +the Needle in their time and who thought it an honor to leave a mark of their +sojourn.” +</p> + +<p> +On the walls, one below the other, were carved the following names: +</p> + +<p class="center"> +JULIUS CÆSAR<br/> +CHARLEMAGNE ROLLO<br/> +WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR<br/> +RICHARD CŒUR-DE-LEON<br/> +LOUIS XI.<br/> +FRANCIS I.<br/> +HENRY IV.<br/> +LOUIS XIV.<br/> +ARSÈNE LUPIN +</p> + +<p> +“Whose name will figure after ours?” he continued. “Alas, the +list is closed! From Cæsar to Lupin—and there it ends. Soon the nameless +mob will come to visit the strange citadel. And to think that, but for Lupin, +all this would have remained for ever unknown to men! Ah Beautrelet, what a +feeling of pride was mine on the day when I first set foot on this abandoned +soil. To have found the lost secret and become its master, its sole master! To +inherit such an inheritance! To live in the Needle, after all those +kings!—” +</p> + +<p> +He was interrupted by a gesture of his wife’s. She seemed greatly +agitated. +</p> + +<p> +“There is a noise,” she said. “Underneath us.—You can +hear it.” +</p> + +<p> +“It’s the lapping of the water,” said Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +“No, indeed it’s not. I know the sound of the waves. This is +something different.” +</p> + +<p> +“What would you have it be, darling?” said Lupin, smiling. “I +invited no one to lunch except Beautrelet.” And, addressing the servant, +“Charolais, did you lock the staircase doors behind the gentleman?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, sir, and fastened the bolts.” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin rose: +</p> + +<p> +“Come, Raymonde, don’t shake like that. Why, you’re quite +pale!” +</p> + +<p> +He spoke a few words to her in an undertone, as also to the servant, drew back +the curtain and sent them both out of the room. +</p> + +<p> +The noise below grew more distinct. It was a series of dull blows, repeated at +intervals. Beautrelet thought: +</p> + +<p> +“Ganimard has lost patience and is breaking down the doors.” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin resumed the thread of his conversation, speaking very calmly and as +though he had really not heard: +</p> + +<p> +“By Jove, the Needle was badly damaged when I succeeded in discovering +it! One could see that no one had possessed the secret for more than a century, +since Louis XVI. and the Revolution. The tunnel was threatening to fall in. The +stairs were in a shocking state. The water was trickling in from the sea. I had +to prop up and strengthen and rebuild the whole thing.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet could not help asking: +</p> + +<p> +“When you arrived, was it empty?” +</p> + +<p> +“Very nearly. The kings did not use the Needle, as I have done, as a +warehouse.” +</p> + +<p> +“As a place of refuge, then?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, no doubt, in times of invasion and during the civil wars. But its +real destination was to be—how shall I put it?—the strong-room or +the bank of the kings of France.” +</p> + +<p> +The sound of blows increased, more distinctly now. Ganimard must have broken +down the first door and was attacking the second. There was a short silence and +then more blows, nearer still. It was the third door. Two remained. +</p> + +<p> +Through one of the windows, Beautrelet saw a number of fishing-smacks sailing +round the Needle and, not far away, floating on the waters like a great black +fish, the torpedo-boat. +</p> + +<p> +“What a row!” exclaimed Lupin. “One can’t hear +one’s self speak! Let’s go upstairs, shall we? It may interest you +to look over the Needle.” +</p> + +<p> +They climbed to the floor above, which was protected, like the others, by a +door which Lupin locked behind him. +</p> + +<p> +“My picture gallery,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +The walls were covered with canvases on which Beautrelet recognized the most +famous signatures. There were Raphael’s <i>Madonna of the Agnus Dei</i>, +Andrea del Sarto’s <i>Portrait of Lucrezia Fede</i>, Titian’s +<i>Salome</i>, Botticelli’s <i>Madonna and Angels</i> and numbers of +Tintorettos, Carpaccios, Rembrandts, Velasquez. +</p> + +<p> +“What fine copies!” said Beautrelet, approvingly. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin looked at him with an air of stupefaction: +</p> + +<p> +“What! Copies! You must be mad! The copies are in Madrid, my dear fellow, +in Florence, Venice, Munich, Amsterdam.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then these—” +</p> + +<p> +“Are the original pictures, my lad, patiently collected in all the +museums of Europe, where I have replaced them, like an honest man, with +first-rate copies.” +</p> + +<p> +“But some day or other—” +</p> + +<p> +“Some day or other, the fraud will be discovered? Well, they will find my +signature on each canvas—at the back—and they will know that it was +I who have endowed my country with the original masterpieces. After all, I have +only done what Napoleon did in Italy.—Oh, look, Beautrelet: here are M. +de Gesvres’s four Rubenses!—” +</p> + +<p> +The knocking continued within the hollow of the Needle without ceasing. +</p> + +<p> +“I can’t stand this!” said Lupin. “Let’s go +higher.” +</p> + +<p> +A fresh staircase. A fresh door. +</p> + +<p> +“The tapestry-room,” Lupin announced. +</p> + +<p> +The tapestries were not hung on the walls, but rolled, tied up with cord, +ticketed; and, in addition, there were parcels of old fabrics which Lupin +unfolded: wonderful brocades, admirable velvets, soft, faded silks, church +vestments woven with silver and gold— +</p> + +<p> +They went higher still and Beautrelet saw the room containing the clocks and +other time-pieces, the book-room—oh, the splendid bindings, the precious, +undiscoverable volumes, the unique copies stolen from the great public +libraries—the lace-room, the knicknack-room. +</p> + +<p> +And each time the circumference of the room grew smaller. +</p> + +<p> +And each time, now, the sound of knocking was more distant. Ganimard was losing +ground. +</p> + +<p> +“This is the last room,” said Lupin. “The treasury.” +</p> + +<p> +This one was quite different. It was round also, but very high and conical in +shape. It occupied the top of the edifice and its floor must have been fifteen +or twenty yards below the extreme point of the Needle. +</p> + +<p> +On the cliff side there was no window. But on the side of the sea, whence there +were no indiscreet eyes to fear, two glazed openings admitted plenty of light. +</p> + +<p> +The ground was covered with a parqueted flooring of rare wood, forming +concentric patterns. Against the walls stood glass cases and a few pictures. +</p> + +<p> +“The pearls of my collection,” said Lupin. “All that you have +seen so far is for sale. Things come and things go. That’s business. But +here, in this sanctuary, everything is sacred. There is nothing here but +choice, essential pieces, the best of the best, priceless things. Look at these +jewels, Beautrelet: Chaldean amulets, Egyptian necklaces, Celtic bracelets, +Arab chains. Look at these statuettes, Beautrelet, at this Greek Venus, this +Corinthian Apollo. Look at these Tanagras, Beautrelet: all the real Tanagras +are here. Outside this glass case, there is not a single genuine Tanagra +statuette in the whole wide world. What a delicious thing to be able to +say!—Beautrelet, do you remember Thomas and his gang of church-pillagers +in the South—agents of mine, by the way? Well, here is the Ambazac +reliquary, the real one, Beautrelet! Do you remember the Louvre scandal, the +tiara which was admitted to be false, invented and manufactured by a modern +artist? Here is the tiara of Saitapharnes, the real one, Beautrelet! Look, +Beautrelet, look with all your eyes: here is the marvel of marvels, the supreme +masterpiece, the work of no mortal brain; here is Leonardo’s +<i>Gioconda</i>, the real one! Kneel, Beautrelet, kneel; all womankind stands +before you in this picture.” +</p> + +<p> +There was a long silence between them. Below, the sound of blows drew nearer. +Two or three doors, no more, separated them from Ganimard. In the offing, they +saw the black back of the torpedo-boat and the fishing-smacks cruising to and +fro. +</p> + +<p> +The boy asked: +</p> + +<p> +“And the treasure?” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, my little man, that’s what interests you most! None of those +masterpieces of human art can compete with the contemplation of the treasure as +a matter of curiosity, eh?—And the whole crowd will be like +you!—Come, you shall be satisfied.” +</p> + +<p> +He stamped his foot, and, in so doing, made one of the discs composing the +floor-pattern turn right over. Then, lifting it as though it were the lid of a +box, he uncovered a sort of large round bowl, dug in the thickness of the rock. +It was empty. +</p> + +<p> +A little farther, he went through the same performance. Another large bowl +appeared. It was also empty. +</p> + +<p> +He did this three times over again. The three other bowls were empty. +</p> + +<p> +“Eh,” grinned Lupin. “What a disappointment! Under Louis XI., +under Henry IV., under Richelieu, the five bowls were full. But think of Louis +XIV., the folly of Versailles, the wars, the great disasters of the reign! And +think of Louis XV., the spendthrift king, with his Pompadour and his Du Barry! +How they must have drawn on the treasure in those days! With what thieving +claws they must have scratched at the stone. You see, there’s nothing +left.” +</p> + +<p> +He stopped. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Beautrelet, there is something—the sixth hiding-place! This +one was intangible. Not one of them dared touch it. It was the very last +resource, the nest-egg, the something put by for a rainy day. Look, +Beautrelet!” +</p> + +<p> +He stooped and lifted up the lid. An iron box filled the bowl. Lupin took from +his pocket a key with a complicated bit and wards and opened the box. +</p> + +<p> +A dazzling sight presented itself. Every sort of precious stone sparkled there, +every color gleamed, the blue of the sapphires, the red of the rubies, the +green of the emeralds, the yellow of the topazes. +</p> + +<p> +“Look, look, little Beautrelet! They have squandered all the cash, all +the gold, all the silver, all the crown pieces and all the ducats and all the +doubloons; but the chest with the jewels has remained intact. Look at the +settings. They belong to every period, to every century, to every country. The +dowries of the queens are here. Each brought her share: Margaret of Scotland +and Charlotte of Savoy; duchesses of Austria: Éléonore, Elisabeth, +Marie-Thérèse, Mary of England and Catherine de Médicis; and all the +arch—Marie Antoinette. Look at those pearls, Beautrelet! And those +diamonds: look at the size of the diamonds! Not one of them but is worthy of an +empress! The Pitt Diamond is no finer!” +</p> + +<p> +He rose to his feet and held up his hand as one taking an oath: +</p> + +<p> +“Beautrelet, you shall tell the world that Lupin has not taken a single +one of the stones that were in the royal chest, not a single one, I swear it on +my honor! I had no right to. They are the fortune of France.” +</p> + +<p> +Below them, Ganimard was making all speed. It was easy to judge by the +reverberation of the blows that his men were attacking the last door but one, +the door that gave access to the knicknack-room. +</p> + +<p> +“Let us leave the chest open,” said Lupin, “and all the +cavities, too, all those little empty graves.” +</p> + +<p> +He went round the room, examined some of the glass cases, gazed at some of the +pictures and, as he walked, said, pensively: +</p> + +<p> +“How sad it is to leave all this! What a wrench! The happiest hours of my +life have been spent here, alone, in the presence of these objects which I +loved. And my eyes will never behold them again and my hands will never touch +them again—” +</p> + +<p> +His drawn face bore such an expression of lassitude upon it that Beautrelet +felt a vague sort of pity for him. Sorrow in that man must assume larger +proportions than in another, even as joy did, or pride, or humiliation. He was +now standing by the window, and, with his finger pointing to the horizon, said: +</p> + +<p> +“What is sadder still is that I must abandon that, all that! How +beautiful it is! The boundless sea—the sky.—On either side, the +cliffs of Étretat with their three natural archways: the Porte d’Armont, +the Porte d’Aval, the Manneporte—so many triumphal arches for the +master. And the master was I! I was the king of the story, the king of +fairyland, the king of the Hollow Needle! A strange and supernatural kingdom! +From Cæsar to Lupin: what a destiny!” He burst out laughing. “King +of fairyland! Why not say King of Yvetot at once? What nonsense! King of the +world, yes, that’s more like it! From this topmost point of the Needle, I +ruled the globe! I held it in my claws like a prey! Lift the tiara of +Saitapharnes, Beautrelet.—You see those two telephones? The one on the +right communicates with Paris: a private line; the one on the left with London: +a private line. Through London, I am in touch with America, Asia, Australia, +South Africa. In all those continents, I have my offices, my agents, my +jackals, my scouts! I drive an international trade. I hold the great market in +art and antiquities, the world’s fair! Ah, Beautrelet, there are moments +when my power turns my head! I feel intoxicated with strength and +authority.” +</p> + +<p> +The door gave way below. They heard Ganimard and his men running about and +searching. +</p> + +<p> +After a moment, Lupin continued, in a low voice: +</p> + +<p> +“And now it’s over. A little girl crossed my path, a girl with soft +hair and wistful eyes and an honest, yes, an honest soul—and it’s +over. I myself am demolishing the mighty edifice.—All the rest seems +absurd and childish to me—nothing counts but her hair—and her +wistful eyes—and her honest little soul—” +</p> + +<p> +The men came up the staircase. A blow shook the door, the last door— +</p> + +<p> +Lupin seized the boy sharply by the arm: +</p> + +<p> +“Do you understand, Beautrelet, why I let you have things your own way +when I could have crushed you, time after time, weeks ago? Do you understand +how you succeeded in getting as far as this? Do you understand that I had given +each of my men his share of the plunder when you met them the other night on +the cliff? You do understand, don’t you? The Hollow Needle is the great +adventure. As long as it belongs to me, I remain the great adventurer. Once the +Needle is recaptured, it means that the past and I are parted and that the +future begins, a future of peace and happiness, in which I shall have no +occasion to blush when Raymonde’s eyes are turned upon me, a +future—” +</p> + +<p> +He turned furiously toward the door: +</p> + +<p> +“Stop that noise, Ganimard, will you? I haven’t finished my +speech!” +</p> + +<p> +The blows came faster. It was like the sound of a beam that was being hurled +against the door. Beautrelet, mad with curiosity, stood in front of Lupin and +awaited events, without understanding what Lupin was doing or contemplating. To +give up the Needle was all very well; but why was he giving up himself? What +was his plan? Did he hope to escape from Ganimard? And, on the other hand, +where was Raymonde? +</p> + +<p> +Lupin, meantime, was murmuring, dreamily: +</p> + +<p> +“An honest man.—Arsène Lupin an honest man—no more +robbery—leading the life of everybody else.—And why not? There is +no reason why I should not meet with the same success.—But do stop that +now, Ganimard! Don’t you know, you ass, that I’m uttering historic +words and that Beautrelet is taking them in for the benefit of +posterity?” He laughed. “I am wasting my time. Ganimard will never +grasp the use of my historic words.” +</p> + +<p> +He took a piece of red chalk, put a pair of steps to the wall and wrote, in +large letters: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +Arsène Lupin gives and bequeaths to France all the treasures contained in the +Hollow Needle, on the sole condition that these treasures be housed at the +Musée du Louvre in rooms which shall be known as the Arsène Lupin Rooms. +</p> + +<p> +“Now,” he said, “my conscience is at ease. France and I are +quits.” +</p> + +<p> +The attackers were striking with all their might. One of the panels burst in +two. A hand was put through and fumbled for the lock. +</p> + +<p> +“Thunder!” said Lupin. “That idiot of a Ganimard is capable +of effecting his purpose for once in his life.” +</p> + +<p> +He rushed to the lock and removed the key. +</p> + +<p> +“Sold, old chap!—The door’s tough.—I have plenty of +time—Beautrelet, I must say good-bye. And thank you!—For really you +could have complicated the attack—but you’re so tactful!” +</p> + +<p> +While speaking, he moved toward a large triptych by Van der Weyden, +representing the Wise Men of the East. He shut the right-hand panel and, in so +doing, exposed a little door concealed behind it and seized the handle. +</p> + +<p> +“Good luck to your hunting, Ganimard! And kind regards at home!” +</p> + +<p> +A pistol-shot resounded. Lupin jumped back: “Ah, you rascal, full in the +heart! Have you been taking lessons? You’ve done for the Wise Man! Full +in the heart! Smashed to smithereens, like a pipe at the fair!—” +</p> + +<p> +“Lupin, surrender!” roared Ganimard, with his eyes glittering and +his revolver showing through the broken panel of the door. “Surrender, I +say!” +</p> + +<p> +“Did the old guard surrender?” +</p> + +<p> +“If you stir a limb, I’ll blow your brains out!” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense! You can’t get me here!” +</p> + +<p> +As a matter of fact, Lupin had moved away; and, though Ganimard was able to +fire straight in front of him through the breach in the door, he could not +fire, still less take aim, on the side where Lupin stood. Lupin’s +position was a terrible one for all that, because the outlet on which he was +relying, the little door behind the triptych, opened right in front of +Ganimard. To try to escape meant to expose himself to the detective’s +fire; and there were five bullets left in the revolver. +</p> + +<p> +“By Jove,” he said, laughing, “there’s a slump in my +shares this afternoon! You’ve done a nice thing. Lupin, old fellow: you +wanted a last sensation and you’ve gone a bit too far. You +shouldn’t have talked so much.” +</p> + +<p> +He flattened himself against the wall. A further portion of the panel had given +way under the men’s pressure and Ganimard was less hampered in his +movements. Three yards, no more, separated the two antagonists. But Lupin was +protected by a glass case with a gilt-wood framework. +</p> + +<p> +“Why don’t you help, Beautrelet?” cried the old detective, +gnashing his teeth with rage. “Why don’t you shoot him, instead of +staring at him like that?” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore, in fact, had not budged, had remained, till that moment, an eager, but +passive spectator. He would have liked to fling himself into the contest with +all his strength and to bring down the prey which he held at his mercy. He was +prevented by some inexplicable sentiment. +</p> + +<p> +But Ganimard’s appeal for assistance shook him. His hand closed on the +butt of his revolver: +</p> + +<p> +“If I take part in it,” he thought, “Lupin is lost. And I +have the right—it’s my duty.” +</p> + +<p> +Their eyes met. Lupin’s were calm, watchful, almost inquisitive, as +though, in the awful danger that threatened him, he were interested only in the +moral problem that held the young man in its clutches. Would Isidore decide to +give the finishing stroke to the defeated enemy? +</p> + +<p> +The door cracked from top to bottom. +</p> + +<p> +“Help, Beautrelet, we’ve got him!” Ganimard bellowed. +</p> + +<p> +Isidore raised his revolver. +</p> + +<p> +What happened was so quick that he knew of it, so to speak, only by the result. +He saw Lupin bob down and run along the wall, skimming the door right under the +weapon which Ganimard was vainly brandishing; and he felt himself suddenly +flung to the ground, picked up the next moment and lifted by an invincible +force. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin held him in the air, like a living shield, behind which he hid himself. +</p> + +<p> +“Ten to one that I escape, Ganimard! Lupin, you see, has never quite +exhausted his resources—” +</p> + +<p> +He had taken a couple of brisk steps backward to the triptych. Holding +Beautrelet with one hand flat against his chest, with the other he cleared the +passage and closed the little door behind them. +</p> + +<p> +A steep staircase appeared before their eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“Come along,” said Lupin, pushing Beautrelet before him. “The +land forces are beaten—let us turn our attention to the French +fleet.—After Waterloo, Trafalgar.—You’re having some fun for +your money, eh, my lad?—Oh, how good: listen to them knocking at the +triptych now!—It’s too late, my children.—But hurry along, +Beautrelet!” +</p> + +<p> +The staircase, dug out in the wall of the Needle, dug in its very crust, turned +round and round the pyramid, encircling it like the spiral of a tobogganslide. +Each hurrying the other, they clattered down the treads, taking two or three at +a bound. Here and there, a ray of light trickled through a fissure; and +Beautrelet carried away the vision of the fishing-smacks hovering a few dozen +fathoms off, and of the black torpedo-boat. +</p> + +<p> +They went down and down, Isidore in silence, Lupin still bubbling over with +merriment: +</p> + +<p> +“I should like to know what Ganimard is doing? Is he tumbling down the +other staircases to bar the entrance to the tunnel against me? No, he’s +not such a fool as that. He must have left four men there—and four men +are sufficient—” He stopped. “Listen—they’re +shouting up above. That’s it, they’ve opened the window and are +calling to their fleet.—Why, look, the men are busy on board the +smacks—they’re exchanging signals.—The torpedo-boat is +moving.—Dear old torpedo-boat! I know you, you’re from the +Havre.—Guns’ crews to the guns!—Hullo, there’s the +commander!—How are you, Duguay-Trouin?” +</p> + +<p> +He put his arm through a cleft and waved his handkerchief. Then he continued +his way downstairs: +</p> + +<p> +“The enemy’s fleet have set all sail,” he said. “We +shall be boarded before we know where we are. Heavens, what fun!” +</p> + +<p> +They heard the sound of voices below them. They were just then approaching the +level of the sea and they emerged, almost at once, into a large cave into which +two lanterns were moving about in the dark. +</p> + +<p> +A woman’s figure appeared and threw itself on Lupin’s neck: +</p> + +<p> +“Quick, quick, I was so nervous about you. What have you been +doing?—But you’re not alone!—” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin reassured her: +</p> + +<p> +“It’s our friend Beautrelet.—Just think, Beautrelet had the +tact—but I’ll talk about that later—there’s no time +now.—Charolais are you there? That’s right!—And the +boat?” +</p> + +<p> +“The boat’s ready, sir,” Charolais replied, +</p> + +<p> +“Fire away,” said Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +In a moment, the noise of a motor crackled and Beautrelet, whose eyes were +gradually becoming used to the gloom, ended by perceiving that they were on a +sort of quay, at the edge of the water, and that a boat was floating before +them. +</p> + +<p> +“A motor boat,” said Lupin, completing Beautrelet’s +observations. “This knocks you all of a heap, eh, Isidore, old +chap?—You don’t understand.—Still, you have only to +think.—As the water before your eyes is no other than the water of the +sea, which filters into this excavation each high tide, the result is that I +have a safe little private roadstead all to myself.” +</p> + +<p> +“But it’s closed,” Beautrelet protested. “No one can +get in or out.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I can,” said Lupin; “and I’m going to prove it to +you.” +</p> + +<p> +He began by handing Raymonde in. Then he came back to fetch Beautrelet. The lad +hesitated. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you afraid?” asked Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +“What of?” +</p> + +<p> +“Of being sunk by the torpedo-boat.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then you’re considering whether it’s not your duty to stay +with Ganimard, law and order, society and morality, instead of going off with +Lupin, shame, infamy and disgrace.” +</p> + +<p> +“Exactly.” +</p> + +<p> +“Unfortunately, my boy, you have no choice. For the moment, they must +believe the two of us dead—and leave me the peace to which a prospective +honest man is entitled. Later on, when I have given you your liberty, you can +talk as much as you please—I shall have nothing more to fear.” +</p> + +<p> +By the way in which Lupin clutched his arm, Beautrelet felt that all resistance +was useless. Besides, why resist? Had he not discovered and handed over the +Hollow Needle? What did he care about the rest? Had he not the right to humor +the irresistible sympathy with which, in spite of everything, this man inspired +him? +</p> + +<p> +The feeling was so clear in him that he was half inclined to say to Lupin: +</p> + +<p> +“Look here, you’re running another, a more serious danger; Holmlock +Shears is on your track.” +</p> + +<p> +“Come along!” said Lupin, before Isidore had made up his mind to +speak. +</p> + +<p> +He obeyed and let Lupin lead him to the boat, the shape of which struck him as +peculiar and its appearance quite unexpected. +</p> + +<p> +Once on deck, they went down a little steep staircase, or rather a ladder +hooked on to a trap door, which closed above their heads. At the foot of the +ladder, brightly lit by a lamp, was a very small saloon, where Raymonde was +waiting for them and where the three had just room to sit down. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin took the mouthpiece of a speaking tube from a hook and gave the order: +</p> + +<p> +“Let her go, Charolais!” +</p> + +<p> +Isidore had the unpleasant sensation which one feels when going down in a lift: +the sensation of the ground vanishing beneath you, the impression of emptiness, +space. This time, it was the water retreating; and space opened out, slowly. +</p> + +<p> +“We’re sinking, eh?” grinned Lupin. “Don’t be +afraid—we’ve only to pass from the upper cave where we were to +another little cave, situated right at the bottom and half open to the sea, +which can be entered at low tide. All the shellfish-catchers know it. Ah, ten +seconds’ wait! We’re going through the passage and it’s very +narrow, just the size of the submarine.” +</p> + +<p> +“But,” asked Beautrelet, “how is it that the fishermen who +enter the lower cave don’t know that it’s open at the top and that +it communicates with another from which a staircase starts and runs through the +Needle? The facts are at the disposal of the first-comer.” +</p> + +<p> +“Wrong, Beautrelet! The top of the little public cave is closed, at low +tide, by a movable platform, painted the color of the rock, which the sea, when +it rises, shifts and carries up with it and, when it goes down, fastens firmly +over the little cave. That is why I am able to pass at high tide. A clever +notion, what? It’s an idea of my own. True, neither Cæsar nor Louis XIV., +nor, in short, any of my distinguished predecessors could have had it, because +they did not possess submarines. They were satisfied with the staircase, which +then ran all the way down to the little bottom cave. I did away with the last +treads of the staircase and invented the trick of the movable ceiling: +it’s a present I’m making to France—Raymonde, my love, put +out the lamp beside you—we shan’t want it now—on the +contrary—” +</p> + +<p> +A pale light, which seemed to be of the same color as the water, met them as +they left the cave and made its way into the cabin through the two portholes +and through a thick glass skylight that projected above the planking of the +deck and allowed the passengers to inspect the upper layers of the sea. And, +suddenly, a shadow glided over their heads. +</p> + +<p> +“The attack is about to take place. The fleet is investing the Needle. +But, hollow as the Needle is, I don’t see how they propose to enter +it.” +</p> + +<p> +He took up the speaking tube: +</p> + +<p> +“Don’t leave the bottom, Charolais. Where are we going? Why, I told +you: to Port-Lupin. And at full speed, do you hear? We want water to land +by—there’s a lady with us.” +</p> + +<p> +They skimmed over the rocky bed. The seaweed stood up on end like a heavy, dark +vegetation and the deep currents made it wave gracefully, stretching and +billowing like floating hair. +</p> + +<p> +Another shadow, a longer one. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s the torpedo-boat,” said Lupin. “We shall hear +the roar of the guns presently. What will Duguay-Trouin do? Bombard the Needle? +Think of what we’re missing, Beautrelet, by not being present at the +meeting of Duguay-Trouin and Ganimard! The juncture of the land and naval +forces! Hi, Charolais, don’t go to sleep, my man!” +</p> + +<p> +They were moving very fast, for all that. The rocks had been succeeded by +sand-fields and then, almost at once, they saw more rocks, which marked the +eastern extremity of Étretat, the Porte d’Amont. Fish fled at their +approach. One of them, bolder than the rest, fastened on to a porthole and +looked at the occupants of the saloon with its great, fixed, staring eyes. +</p> + +<p> +“That’s better,” cried Lupin. “We’re going now. +What do you think of my cockle-shell, Beautrelet? Not so bad, is she? Do you +remember the story of the Seven of Hearts,[11] the wretched end of Lacombe, the +engineer, and how, after punishing his murderers, I presented the State with +his papers and his plans for the construction of a new submarine: one more gift +to France? Well, among the plans, I kept those of a submersible motor boat and +that is how you come to have the honor of sailing in my company.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[11] <i>The Exploits of Arsène Lupin</i>. By Maurice Leblanc. VI: <i>The Seven +of Hearts</i>. +</p> + +<p> +He called to Charolais: +</p> + +<p> +“Take us up, Charolais—there’s no danger now—” +</p> + +<p> +They shot up to the surface and the glass skylight emerged above the water. +</p> + +<p> +They were a mile from the coast, out of sight, therefore, and Beautrelet was +now able to realize more fully at what a headlong pace they were traveling. +First Fécamp passed before them, then all the Norman seaside places: +Saint-Pierre, the Petits—Dalles, Veulettes, Saint-Valery, Veules, +Quiberville. Lupin kept on jesting and Isidore never wearied of watching and +listening to him, amazed as he was at the man’s spirits, at his gaiety, +his mischievous ways, his careless chaff, his delight in life. +</p> + +<p> +He also noticed Raymonde. The young woman sat silent, nestling up against the +man she loved. She had taken his hands between her own and kept on raising her +eyes to him; and Beautrelet constantly observed that her hands were twitching +and that the wistful sadness of her eyes increased. And, each time, it was like +a dumb and sorrowful reply to Lupin’s sallies. One would have thought +that his frivolous words, his sarcastic outlook on life, caused her physical +pain. +</p> + +<p> +“Hush!” she whispered. “It’s defying destiny to +laugh—so many misfortunes can reach us still!” +</p> + +<p> +Opposite Dieppe, they had to dive lest they should be seen by the +fishing-craft. And twenty minutes later, they shot at an angle toward the coast +and the boat entered a little submarine harbor formed by a regular gap between +the rocks, drew up beside a jetty and rose gently to the surface. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin announced: +</p> + +<p> +“Port-Lupin!” +</p> + +<p> +The spot, situated at sixteen miles from Dieppe and twelve from the Tréport and +protected, moreover, by the two landslips of cliff, was absolutely deserted. A +fine sand carpeted the rounded slope of the tiny beach. +</p> + +<p> +“Jump on shore, Beautrelet—Raymonde, give me your hand. You, +Charolais, go back to the Needle, see what happens between Ganimard and +Duguay-Trouin and come back and tell me at the end of the day. The thing +interests me tremendously.” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet asked himself with a certain curiosity how they were going to get +out of this hemmed-in creek which was called Port-Lupin, when, at the foot of +the cliff, he saw the uprights of an iron ladder. +</p> + +<p> +“Isidore,” said Lupin, “if you knew your geography and your +history, you would know that we are at the bottom of the gorge of Parfonval, in +the parish of Biville. More than a century ago, on the night of the +twenty-third of August, 1803, Georges Cadoudal and six accomplices, who had +landed in France with the intention of kidnapping the first consul, Bonaparte, +scrambled up to the top by the road which I will show you. Since then, this +road has been demolished by landslips. But Louis Valméras, better known by the +name of Arsène Lupin, had it restored at his own expense and bought the farm of +the Neuvillette, where the conspirators spent the first night and where, +retired from business and withdrawing from the affairs of this world, he means +to lead the life of a respectable country squire with his wife and his mother +by his side. The gentleman-burglar is dead! Long live the +gentleman-farmer!” +</p> + +<p> +After the ladder came a sort of gully, an abrupt ravine hollowed out, +apparently, by the rains, at the end of which they laid hold of a makeshift +staircase furnished with a hand-rail. As Lupin explained, this hand-rail had +been placed where it was in the stead of the <i>estamperche</i>, a long rope +fastened to stakes, by which the people of the country, in the old days, used +to help themselves down when going to the beach. +</p> + +<p> +After a painful climb of half an hour, they emerged on the tableland, not far +from one of those little cabins, dug out of the soil itself, which serve as +shelters for the excisemen. And, as it happened, two minutes later, at a turn +in the path, one of these custom-house officials appeared. +</p> + +<p> +He drew himself up and saluted. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin asked: +</p> + +<p> +“Any news, Gomel?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, governor.” +</p> + +<p> +“You’ve met no one at all suspicious-looking?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, governor—only—” +</p> + +<p> +“What?” +</p> + +<p> +“My wife—who does dressmaking at the Neuvillette—” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, I know—Césarine—my mother spoke of her. Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“It seems a sailor was prowling about the village this morning.” +</p> + +<p> +“What sort of face had he?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not a natural face—a sort of Englishman’s face.” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” said Lupin, in a tone preoccupied. “And you have given +Césarine orders—” +</p> + +<p> +“To keep her eyes open. Yes, governor.” +</p> + +<p> +“Very well. Keep a lookout for Charolais’s return in two or three +hours from now. If there’s anything, I shall be at the farm.” +</p> + +<p> +He walked on and said to Beautrelet: +</p> + +<p> +“This makes me uneasy—is it Shears? Ah, if it’s he, in his +present state of exasperation, I have everything to fear!” +</p> + +<p> +He hesitated a moment: “I wonder if we hadn’t better turn back. +Yes, I have a nasty presentiment of evil.” +</p> + +<p> +Gently undulating plains stretched before them as far as the eye could see. A +little to the left, a series of handsome avenues of trees led to the farm of +the Neuvillette, the buildings of which were now in view. It was the retreat +which he had prepared, the haven of rest which he had promised Raymonde. Was +he, for the sake of an absurd idea, to renounce happiness at the very moment +when it seemed within his reach? +</p> + +<p> +He took Isidore by the arm and, calling his attention to Raymonde, who was +walking in front of them: +</p> + +<p> +“Look at her. When she walks, her figure has a little swing at the waist +which I cannot see without quivering. But everything in her gives me that +thrill of emotion and love: her movements and her repose, her silence and the +sound of her voice. I tell you, the mere fact that I am walking in the track of +her footsteps makes me feel in the seventh heaven. Ah, Beautrelet, will she +ever forget that I was once Lupin? Shall I ever be able to wipe out from her +memory the past which she loathes and detests?” He mastered himself and, +with obstinate assurance. “She will forget!” he declared. +“She will forget, because I have made every sacrifice for her sake. I +have sacrificed the inviolable sanctuary of the Hollow Needle, I have +sacrificed my treasures, my power, my pride—I will sacrifice +everything—I don’t want to be anything more—but just a man in +love—and an honest man, because she can only love an honest man. After +all, why should I not be honest? It is no more degrading than anything +else!” +</p> + +<p> +The quip escaped him, so to speak, unawares. His voice remained serious and +free of all chaff. And he muttered, with restrained violence: +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, Beautrelet, you see, of all the unbridled joys which I have tasted +in my adventurous life, there is not one that equals the joy with which her +look fills me when she is pleased with me. I feel quite weak then, and I should +like to cry—” Was he crying? Beautrelet had an intuition that his +eyes were wet with tears. Tears in Lupin’s eyes!—Tears of love! +</p> + +<p> +They were nearing an old gate that served as an entrance to the farm. Lupin +stopped for a moment and stammered: +</p> + +<p> +“Why am I afraid?—I feel a sort of weight on my chest. Is the +adventure of the Hollow Needle not over? Has destiny not accepted the issue +which I selected?” +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde turned round, looking very anxious. +</p> + +<p> +“Here comes Césarine. She’s running.” +</p> + +<p> +The exciseman’s wife was hurrying from the farm as fast as she could. +Lupin rushed up to her: +</p> + +<p> +“What is it? What has happened? Speak!” +</p> + +<p> +Choking, quite out of breath, Césarine stuttered: +</p> + +<p> +“A man—I saw a man this morning! +</p> + +<p> +“A man—I saw a man in the sitting-room.” +</p> + +<p> +“The Englishman of this morning?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes—but in a different disguise.” +</p> + +<p> +“Did he see you?” +</p> + +<p> +“No. He saw your mother. Mme. Valméras caught him as he was just going +away.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well?” +</p> + +<p> +“He told her that he was looking for Louis Valméras, that he was a friend +of yours.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then?” +</p> + +<p> +“The madame said that her son had gone abroad—for years.” +</p> + +<p> +“And he went away?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, he made signs through the window that overlooks the plain—as +if he were calling to some one.” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin seemed to hesitate. A loud cry tore the air. Raymonde moaned: +</p> + +<p> +“It’s your mother—I recognize—” +</p> + +<p> +He flung himself upon her and, dragging her away, in a burst of fierce passion: +</p> + +<p> +“Come—let us fly—you first.” +</p> + +<p> +But, suddenly, he stopped, distraught, overcome: +</p> + +<p> +“No, I can’t do it—it’s too awful. Forgive +me—Raymonde—that poor woman down there—Stay here. Beautrelet, +don’t leave her.” +</p> + +<p> +He darted along the slope that surrounds the farm, turned and followed it, at a +run, till he came to the gate that opens on the plain. +</p> + +<p> +Raymonde, whom Beautrelet had been unable to hold back, arrived almost as soon +as he did; and Beautrelet, hiding behind the trees, saw, in the lonely walk +that led from the farm to the gate, three men, of whom one, the tallest, went +ahead, while the two others were holding by the arms a woman who tried to +resist and who uttered moans of pain. +</p> + +<p> +The daylight was beginning to fade. Nevertheless, Beautrelet recognized +Holmlock Shears. The woman seemed of a certain age. Her livid features were set +in a frame of white hair. +</p> + +<p> +They all four came up. +</p> + +<p> +They reached the gate. Shears opened one of the folding leaves. +</p> + +<p> +Then Lupin strode forward and stood in front of him. +</p> + +<p> +The encounter appeared all the more terrible inasmuch as it was silent, almost +solemn. +</p> + +<p> +For long moments, the two enemies took each other’s measure with their +eyes. An equal hatred distorted the features of both of them. Neither moved. +</p> + +<p> +Then Lupin spoke, in a voice of terrifying calmness: +</p> + +<p> +“Tell your men to leave that woman alone.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +It was as though both of them feared to engage in the supreme struggle, as +though both were collecting all their strength. And there were no words wasted +this time, no insults, no bantering challenges. Silence, a deathlike silence. +</p> + +<p> +Mad with anguish, Raymonde awaited the issue of the duel. Beautrelet had caught +her arms and was holding her motionless. +</p> + +<p> +After a second, Lupin repeated: +</p> + +<p> +“Order your men to leave that woman alone.” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +Lupin said: +</p> + +<p> +“Listen, Shears—” +</p> + +<p> +But he interrupted himself, realizing the silliness of the words. In the face +of that colossus of pride and will-power which called itself Holmlock Shears, +of what use were threats? +</p> + +<p> +Resolved upon the worst, suddenly he put his hand to his jacket pocket. The +Englishman anticipated his movement and, leaping upon his prisoner, thrust the +barrel of his revolver within two inches of her temple: +</p> + +<p> +“If you stir a limb, I fire!” +</p> + +<p> +At the same time his two satellites drew their weapons and aimed them at Lupin. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin drew himself up, stifled the rage within him and, coolly, with his hands +in his pockets and his breast exposed to the enemy, began once more: +</p> + +<p> +“Shears, for the third time, let that woman be—” +</p> + +<p> +The Englishman sneered: +</p> + +<p> +“I have no right to touch her, I suppose? Come, come, enough of this +humbug! Your name isn’t Valméras any more than it’s Lupin: you +stole the name just as you stole the name of Charmerace. And the woman whom you +pass off as your mother is Victoire, your old accomplice, the one who brought +you up—”[12] +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +[12] <i>Arsène Lupin</i>, play in four acts, by Maurice Leblanc and Francis de +Croisset. +</p> + +<p> +Shears made a mistake. Carried away by his longing for revenge, he glanced +across at Raymonde, whom these revelations filled with horror. Lupin took +advantage of his imprudence. With a sudden movement, he fired. +</p> + +<p> +“Damnation!” bellowed Shears, whose arm, pierced by a bullet, fell +to his side. And, addressing his men, “Shoot, you two! Shoot him +down!” +</p> + +<p> +But already Lupin was upon them: and not two seconds had elapsed before the one +on the right was sprawling on the ground, with his chest smashed, while the +other, with his jaw broken, fell back against the gate. +</p> + +<p> +“Hurry up, Victoire. Tie them down. And now, Mr. Englishman, it’s +you and I.” +</p> + +<p> +He ducked with an oath: +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, you scoundrel!” +</p> + +<p> +Shears had picked up his revolver with his left hand and was taking aim at him. +</p> + +<p> +A shot—a cry of distress—Raymonde had flung herself between the two +men, facing the Englishman. She staggered back, brought her hand to her neck, +drew herself up, spun round on her heels and fell at Lupin’s feet. +</p> + +<p> +“Raymonde!—Raymonde!” +</p> + +<p> +He threw himself upon her, took her in his arms and pressed her to him. +</p> + +<p> +“Dead—” he said. +</p> + +<p> +There was a moment of stupefaction. Shears seemed confounded by his own act. +Victoire stammered: +</p> + +<p> +“My poor boy—my poor boy—” +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet went up to the young woman and stooped to examine her. Lupin +repeated: +</p> + +<p> +“Dead—dead—” +</p> + +<p> +He said it in a reflective tone, as though he did not yet understand. But his +face became hollow, suddenly transformed, ravaged by grief. And then he was +seized with a sort of madness, made senseless gestures, wrung his hands, +stamped his feet, like a child that suffers more than it is able to bear. +</p> + +<p> +“You villain!” he cried, suddenly, in an access of hatred. +</p> + +<p> +And, flinging Shears back with a formidable blow, he took him by the throat and +dug his twitching fingers into his flesh. +</p> + +<p> +The Englishman gasped, without even struggling. +</p> + +<p> +“My boy—my boy—” said Victoire, in a voice of entreaty. +</p> + +<p> +Beautrelet ran up. But Lupin had already let go and stood sobbing beside his +enemy stretched upon the ground. +</p> + +<p> +O pitiful sight! Beautrelet never forgot its tragic horror, he who knew all +Lupin’s love for Raymonde and all that the great adventurer had +sacrificed of his own being to bring a smile to the face of his well-beloved. +</p> + +<p> +Night began to cover the field of battle with a shroud of darkness. The three +Englishmen lay bound and gagged in the tall grass. Distant songs broke the vast +silence of the plain. It was the farm-hands returning from their work. +</p> + +<p> +Lupin drew himself up. He listened to the monotonous voices. Then he glanced at +the happy homestead of the Neuvillette, where he had hoped to live peacefully +with Raymonde. Then he looked at her, the poor, loving victim, whom love had +killed and who, all white, was sleeping her last, eternal sleep. +</p> + +<p> +The men were coming nearer, however. +</p> + +<p> +Then Lupin bent down, took the dead woman in his powerful arms, lifted the +corpse with a single effort and, bent in two, stretched it across his back: +</p> + +<p> +“Let us go, Victoire.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let us go, dear.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good-bye, Beautrelet,” he said. +</p> + +<p> +And, bearing his precious and awful burden followed by his old servant, silent +and fierce he turned toward the sea and plunged into the darkness of the night. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +THE END +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLLOW NEEDLE ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/4017-h/images/img01.jpg b/4017-h/images/img01.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e138a5b --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-h/images/img01.jpg diff --git a/4017-h/images/img02.jpg b/4017-h/images/img02.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..83fdc8d --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-h/images/img02.jpg diff --git a/4017-h/images/img03.jpg b/4017-h/images/img03.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfede65 --- /dev/null +++ b/4017-h/images/img03.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59de61c --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #4017 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4017) diff --git a/old/4017.txt b/old/4017.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16703f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4017.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9368 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Hollow Needle + +Author: Maurice Leblanc + +Posting Date: June 4, 2009 [EBook #4017] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: October 11, 2001 +Last Updated: January, 2009 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLLOW NEEDLE *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Franks, Greg Weeks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + + + +THE HOLLOW NEEDLE + +FURTHER ADVENTURES OF ARSENE LUPIN + + +BY + +MAURICE LEBLANC + + + +AUTHOR OF + +"ARSENE LUPIN," "THE BLONDE LADY," ETC. + + + +TRANSLATED BY ALEXANDER TEIXEIRA DE MATTOS + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + I. The Shot + II. Isidore Beautrelet, Sixth-form Schoolboy + III. The Corpse + IV. Face to Face + V. On the Track + VI. An Historic Secret + VII. The Treatise of the Needle + VIII. From Caesar to Lupin + IX. Open, Sesame! + X. The Treasures of the Kings of France + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + +Valmeras loved Raymonde's melancholy charm + +She put the gun to her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired + +Two huge letters, each perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief in +the granite of the floor + +"We're going now. What do you think of my cockle-shell, Beautrelet?" + + + + + + +THE HOLLOW NEEDLE + + + + +CHAPTER ONE + +THE SHOT + + +Raymonde listened. The noise was repeated twice over, clearly enough to +be distinguished from the medley of vague sounds that formed the great +silence of the night and yet too faintly to enable her to tell whether +it was near or far, within the walls of the big country-house, or +outside, among the murky recesses of the park. + +She rose softly. Her window was half open: she flung it back wide. The +moonlight lay over a peaceful landscape of lawns and thickets, against +which the straggling ruins of the old abbey stood out in tragic +outlines, truncated columns, mutilated arches, fragments of porches and +shreds of flying buttresses. A light breeze hovered over the face of +things, gliding noiselessly through the bare motionless branches of the +trees, but shaking the tiny budding leaves of the shrubs. + +And, suddenly, she heard the same sound again. It was on the left and +on the floor below her, in the living rooms, therefore, that occupied +the left wing of the house. Brave and plucky though she was, the girl +felt afraid. She slipped on her dressing gown and took the matches. + +"Raymonde--Raymonde!" + +A voice as low as a breath was calling to her from the next room, the +door of which had not been closed. She was feeling her way there, when +Suzanne, her cousin, came out of the room and fell into her arms: + +"Raymonde--is that you? Did you hear--?" + +"Yes. So you're not asleep?" + +"I suppose the dog woke me--some time ago. But he's not barking now. +What time is it?" + +"About four." + +"Listen! Surely, some one's walking in the drawing room!" + +"There's no danger, your father is down there, Suzanne." + +"But there is danger for him. His room is next to the boudoir." + +"M. Daval is there too--" + +"At the other end of the house. He could never hear." + +They hesitated, not knowing what course to decide upon. Should they +call out? Cry for help? They dared not; they were frightened of the +sound of their own voices. But Suzanne, who had gone to the window, +suppressed a scream: + +"Look!--A man!--Near the fountain!" + +A man was walking away at a rapid pace. He carried under his arm a +fairly large load, the nature of which they were unable to distinguish: +it knocked against his leg and impeded his progress. They saw him pass +near the old chapel and turn toward a little door in the wall. The door +must have been open, for the man disappeared suddenly from view and +they failed to hear the usual grating of the hinges. + +"He came from the drawing room," whispered Suzanne. + +"No, the stairs and the hall would have brought him out more to the +left--Unless--" + +The same idea struck them both. They leant out. Below them, a ladder +stood against the front of the house, resting on the first floor. A +glimmer lit up the stone balcony. And another man, who was also +carrying something, bestrode the baluster, slid down the ladder and ran +away by the same road as the first. + +Suzanne, scared to the verge of swooning, fell on her knees, stammering: + +"Let us call out--let us call for help--" + +"Who would come? Your father--and if there are more of them left--and +they throw themselves upon him--?" + +"Then--then--we might call the servants--Your bell rings on their +floor." + +"Yes--yes--perhaps, that's better. If only they come in time!" + +Raymonde felt for the electric push near her bed and pressed it with +her finger. They heard the bell ring upstairs and had an impression +that its shrill sound must also reach any one below. + +They waited. The silence became terrifying and the very breeze no +longer shook the leaves of the shrubs. + +"I'm frightened--frightened," said Suzanne. + +And, suddenly, from the profound darkness below them, came the sound of +a struggle, a crash of furniture overturned, words, exclamations and +then, horrible and ominous, a hoarse groan, the gurgle of a man who is +being murdered-- + +Raymonde leapt toward the door. Suzanne clung desperately to her arm: + +"No--no--don't leave me--I'm frightened--" + +Raymonde pushed her aside and darted down the corridor, followed by +Suzanne, who staggered from wall to wall, screaming as she went. +Raymonde reached the staircase, flew down the stairs, flung herself +upon the door of the big drawing room and stopped short, rooted to the +threshold, while Suzanne sank in a heap by her side. Facing them, at +three steps' distance, stood a man, with a lantern in his hand. He +turned it upon the two girls, blinding them with the light, stared long +at their pale faces, and then, without hurrying, with the calmest +movements in the world, took his cap, picked up a scrap of paper and +two bits of straw, removed some footmarks from the carpet, went to the +balcony, turned to the girls, made them a deep bow and disappeared. + +Suzanne was the first to run to the little boudoir which separated the +big drawing-room from her father's bedroom. But, at the entrance, a +hideous sight appalled her. By the slanting rays of the moon, she saw +two apparently lifeless bodies lying close to each other on the floor. +She leaned over one of them: + +"Father!--Father!--Is it you? What has happened to you?" she cried, +distractedly. + +After a moment, the Comte de Gesvres moved. In a broken voice, he said: + +"Don't be afraid--I am not wounded--Daval?--Is he alive?--The +knife?--The knife?--" + +Two men-servants now arrived with candles. Raymonde flung herself down +before the other body and recognized Jean Daval, the count's private +secretary. A little stream of blood trickled from his neck. His face +already wore the pallor of death. + +Then she rose, returned to the drawing room, took a gun that hung in a +trophy of arms on the wall and went out on the balcony. Not more than +fifty or sixty seconds had elapsed since the man had set his foot on +the top rung of the ladder. He could not, therefore, be very far away, +the more so as he had taken the precaution to remove the ladder, in +order to prevent the inmates of the house from using it. And soon she +saw him skirting the remains of the old cloister. She put the gun to +her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired. The man fell. + +"That's done it! That's done it!" said one of the servants. "We've got +this one. I'll run down." + +"No, Victor, he's getting up.... You had better go down by the +staircase and make straight for the little door in the wall. That's the +only way he can escape." + +Victor hurried off, but, before he reached the park, the man fell down +again. Raymonde called the other servant: + +"Albert, do you see him down there? Near the main cloister?--" + +"Yes, he's crawling in the grass. He's done for--" + +"Watch him from here." + +"There's no way of escape for him. On the right of the ruins is the +open lawn--" + +"And, Victor, do you guard the door, on the left," she said, taking up +her gun. + +"But, surely, you are not going down, miss?" + +"Yes, yes," she said, with a resolute accent and abrupt movements; "let +me be--I have a cartridge left--If he stirs--" + +She went out. A moment later, Albert saw her going toward the ruins. He +called to her from the window: + +"He's dragged himself behind the cloister. I can't see him. Be careful, +miss--" + +Raymonde went round the old cloisters, to cut off the man's retreat, +and Albert soon lost sight of her. After a few minutes, as he did not +see her return, he became uneasy and, keeping his eye on the ruins, +instead of going down by the stairs he made an effort to reach the +ladder. When he had succeeded, he scrambled down and ran straight to +the cloisters near which he had seen the man last. Thirty paces +farther, he found Raymonde, who was searching with Victor. + +"Well?" he asked. + +"There's no laying one's hands on him," replied Victor. + +"The little door?" + +"I've been there; here's the key." + +"Still--he must--" + +"Oh, we've got him safe enough, the scoundrel--He'll be ours in ten +minutes." + +The farmer and his son, awakened by the shot, now came from the farm +buildings, which were at some distance on the right, but within the +circuit of the walls. They had met no one. + +"Of course not," said Albert. "The ruffian can't have left the +ruins--We'll dig him out of some hole or other." + +They organized a methodical search, beating every bush, pulling aside +the heavy masses of ivy rolled round the shafts of the columns. They +made sure that the chapel was properly locked and that none of the +panes were broken. They went round the cloisters and examined every +nook and corner. The search was fruitless. + +There was but one discovery: at the place where the man had fallen +under Raymonde's gun, they picked up a chauffeur's cap, in very soft +buff leather; besides that, nothing. + + * * * * * + +The gendarmerie of Ouville-la-Riviere were informed at six o'clock in +the morning and at once proceeded to the spot, after sending an express +to the authorities at Dieppe with a note describing the circumstances +of the crime, the imminent capture of the chief criminal and "the +discovery of his headgear and of the dagger with which the crime had +been committed." + +At ten o'clock, two hired conveyances came down the gentle slope that +led to the house. One of them, an old-fashioned calash, contained the +deputy public prosecutor and the examining magistrate, accompanied by +his clerk. In the other, a humble fly, were seated two reporters, +representing the Journal de Rouen and a great Paris paper. + +The old chateau came into view--once the abbey residence of the priors +of Ambrumesy, mutilated under the Revolution, both restored by the +Comte de Gesvres, who had now owned it for some twenty years. It +consists of a main building, surmounted by a pinnacled clock-tower, and +two wings, each of which is surrounded by a flight of steps with a +stone balustrade. Looking across the walls of the park and beyond the +upland supported by the high Norman cliffs, you catch a glimpse of the +blue line of the Channel between the villages of Sainte-Marguerite and +Varengeville. + +Here the Comte de Gesvres lived with his daughter Suzanne, a delicate, +fair-haired, pretty creature, and his niece Raymonde de Saint-Veran, +whom he had taken to live with him two years before, when the +simultaneous death of her father and mother left Raymonde an orphan. +Life at the chateau was peaceful and regular. A few neighbors paid an +occasional visit. In the summer, the count took the two girls almost +every day to Dieppe. He was a tall man, with a handsome, serious face +and hair that was turning gray. He was very rich, managed his fortune +himself and looked after his extensive estates with the assistance of +his secretary, Jean Daval. + +Immediately upon his arrival, the examining magistrate took down the +first observations of Sergeant Quevillon of the gendarmes. The capture +of the criminal, imminent though it might be, had not yet been +effected, but every outlet of the park was held. Escape was impossible. + +The little company next crossed the chapter-hall and the refectory, +both of which are on the ground floor, and went up to the first story. +They at once remarked the perfect order that prevailed in the drawing +room. Not a piece of furniture, not an ornament but appeared to occupy +its usual place; nor was there any gap among the ornaments or +furniture. On the right and left walls hung magnificent Flemish +tapestries with figures. On the panels of the wall facing the windows +were four fine canvases, in contemporary frames, representing +mythological scenes. These were the famous pictures by Rubens which had +been left to the Comte de Gesvres, together with the Flemish +tapestries, by his maternal uncle, the Marques de Bobadilla, a Spanish +grandee. + +M. Filleul remarked: + +"If the motive of the crime was theft, this drawing room, at any rate, +was not the object of it." + +"You can't tell!" said the deputy, who spoke little, but who, when he +did, invariably opposed the magistrate's views. + +"Why, my dear sir, the first thought of a burglar would be to carry off +those pictures and tapestries, which are universally renowned." + +"Perhaps there was no time." + +"We shall see." + +At that moment, the Comte de Gesvres entered, accompanied by the +doctor. The count, who did not seem to feel the effects of the attack +to which he had been subjected, welcomed the two officials. Then he +opened the door of the boudoir. + +This room, which no one had been allowed to enter since the discovery +of the crime, differed from the drawing room inasmuch as it presented a +scene of the greatest disorder. Two chairs were overturned, one of the +tables smashed to pieces and several objects--a traveling-clock, a +portfolio, a box of stationery--lay on the floor. And there was blood +on some of the scattered pieces of note-paper. + +The doctor turned back the sheet that covered the corpse. Jean Daval, +dressed in his usual velvet suit, with a pair of nailed boots on his +feet, lay stretched on his back, with one arm folded beneath him. His +collar and tie had been removed and his shirt opened, revealing a large +wound in the chest. + +"Death must have been instantaneous," declared the doctor. "One blow of +the knife was enough." + +"It was, no doubt, the knife which I saw on the drawing-room +mantelpiece, next to a leather cap?" said the examining magistrate. + +"Yes," said the Comte de Gesvres, "the knife was picked up here. It +comes from the same trophy in the drawing room from which my niece, +Mlle. de Saint-Veran, snatched the gun. As for the chauffeur's cap, +that evidently belongs to the murderer." + +M. Filleul examined certain further details in the room, put a few +questions to the doctor and then asked M. de Gesvres to tell him what +he had seen and heard. The count worded his story as follows: + +"Jean Daval woke me up. I had been sleeping badly, for that matter, +with gleams of consciousness in which I seemed to hear noises, when, +suddenly opening my eyes, I saw Daval standing at the foot of my bed, +with his candle in his hand and fully dressed--as he is now, for he +often worked late into the night. He seemed greatly excited and said, +in a low voice: 'There's some one in the drawing room.' I heard a noise +myself. I got up and softly pushed the door leading to this boudoir. At +the same moment, the door over there, which opens into the big drawing +room, was thrown back and a man appeared who leaped at me and stunned +me with a blow on the temple. I am telling you this without any +details, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, for the simple reason that I +remember only the principal facts, and that these facts followed upon +one another with extraordinary swiftness." + +"And after that?--" + +"After that, I don't know--I fainted. When I came to, Daval lay +stretched by my side, mortally wounded." + +"At first sight, do you suspect no one?" + +"No one." + +"You have no enemy?" + +"I know of none." + +"Nor M. Daval either?" + +"Daval! An enemy? He was the best creature that ever lived. M. Daval +was my secretary for twenty years and, I may say, my confidant; and I +have never seen him surrounded with anything but love and friendship." + +"Still, there has been a burglary and there has been a murder: there +must be a motive for all that." + +"The motive? Why, it was robbery pure and simple." + +"Robbery? Have you been robbed of something, then?" + +"No, nothing." + +"In that case--?" + +"In that case, if they have stolen nothing and if nothing is missing, +they at least took something away." + +"What?" + +"I don't know. But my daughter and my niece will tell you, with +absolute certainty, that they saw two men in succession cross the park +and that those two men were carrying fairly heavy loads." + +"The young ladies--" + +"The young ladies may have been dreaming, you think? I should be +tempted to believe it, for I have been exhausting myself in inquiries +and suppositions ever since this morning. However, it is easy enough to +question them." + +The two cousins were sent for to the big drawing room. Suzanne, still +quite pale and trembling, could hardly speak. Raymonde, who was more +energetic, more of a man, better looking, too, with the golden glint in +her brown eyes, described the events of the night and the part which +she had played in them. + +"So I may take it, mademoiselle, that your evidence is positive?" + +"Absolutely. The men who went across the park were carrying things away +with them." + +"And the third man?" + +"He went from here empty-handed." + +"Could you describe him to us?" + +"He kept on dazzling us with the light of his lantern. All that I could +say is that he is tall and heavily built." + +"Is that how he appeared to you, mademoiselle?" asked the magistrate, +turning to Suzanne de Gesvres. + +"Yes--or, rather, no," said Suzanne, reflecting. "I thought he was +about the middle height and slender." + +M. Filleul smiled; he was accustomed to differences of opinion and +sight in witnesses to one and the same fact: + +"So we have to do, on the one hand, with a man, the one in the drawing +room, who is, at the same time, tall and short, stout and thin, and, on +the other, with two men, those in the park, who are accused of removing +from that drawing room objects--which are still here!" + +M. Filleul was a magistrate of the ironic school, as he himself would +say. He was also a very ambitious magistrate and one who did not object +to an audience nor to an occasion to display his tactful resource in +public, as was shown by the increasing number of persons who now +crowded into the room. The journalists had been joined by the farmer +and his son, the gardener and his wife, the indoor servants of the +chateau and the two cabmen who had driven the flies from Dieppe. + +M. Filleul continued: + +"There is also the question of agreeing upon the way in which the third +person disappeared. Was this the gun you fired, mademoiselle, and from +this window?" + +"Yes. The man reached the tombstone which is almost buried under the +brambles, to the left of the cloisters." + +"But he got up again?" + +"Only half. Victor ran down at once to guard the little door and I +followed him, leaving the second footman, Albert, to keep watch here." + +Albert now gave his evidence and the magistrate concluded: + +"So, according to you, the wounded man was not able to escape on the +left, because your fellow-servant was watching the door, nor on the +right, because you would have seen him cross the lawn. Logically, +therefore, he is, at the present moment, in the comparatively +restricted space that lies before our eyes." + +"I am sure of it." + +"And you, mademoiselle?" + +"Yes." + +"And I, too," said Victor. + +The deputy prosecutor exclaimed, with a leer: + +"The field of inquiry is quite narrow. We have only to continue the +search commenced four hours ago." + +"We may be more fortunate." + +M. Filleul took the leather cap from the mantel, examined it and, +beckoning to the sergeant of gendarmes, whispered: + +"Sergeant, send one of your men to Dieppe at once. Tell him to go to +Maigret, the hatter, in the Rue de la Barre, and ask M. Maigret to tell +him, if possible, to whom this cap was sold." + +The "field of inquiry," in the deputy's phrase, was limited to the +space contained between the house, the lawn on the right and the angle +formed by the left wall and the wall opposite the house, that is to +say, a quadrilateral of about a hundred yards each way, in which the +ruins of Ambrumesy, the famous mediaeval monastery, stood out at +intervals. + +They at once noticed the traces left by the fugitive in the trampled +grass. In two places, marks of blackened blood, now almost dried up, +were observed. After the turn at the end of the cloisters, there was +nothing more to be seen, as the nature of the ground, here covered with +pine-needles, did not lend itself to the imprint of a body. But, in +that case, how had the wounded man succeeded in escaping the eyes of +Raymonde, Victor and Albert? There was nothing but a few brakes, which +the servants and the gendarmes had beaten over and over again, and a +number of tombstones, under which they had explored. The examining +magistrate made the gardener, who had the key, open the chapel, a real +gem of carving, a shrine in stone which had been respected by time and +the revolutionaries, and which, with the delicate sculpture work of its +porch and its miniature population of statuettes, was always looked +upon as a marvelous specimen of the Norman-Gothic style. The chapel, +which was very simple in the interior, with no other ornament than its +marble altar, offered no hiding-place. Besides, the fugitive would have +had to obtain admission. And by what means? + +The inspection brought them to the little door in the wall that served +as an entrance for the visitors to the ruins. It opened on a sunk road +running between the park wall and a copsewood containing some abandoned +quarries. M. Filleul stooped forward: the dust of the road bore marks +of anti-skid pneumatic tires. Raymonde and Victor remembered that, +after the shot, they had seemed to hear the throb of a motor-car. + +The magistrate suggested: + +"The man must have joined his confederates." + +"Impossible!" cried Victor. "I was here while mademoiselle and Albert +still had him in view." + +"Nonsense, he must be somewhere! Outside or inside: we have no choice!" + +"He is here," the servants insisted, obstinately. + +The magistrate shrugged his shoulders and went back to the house in a +more or less sullen mood. There was no doubt that it was an unpromising +case. A theft in which nothing had been stolen; an invisible prisoner: +what could be less satisfactory? + +It was late. M. de Gesvres asked the officials and the two journalists +to stay to lunch. They ate in silence and then M. Filleul returned to +the drawing room, where he questioned the servants. But the sound of a +horse's hoofs came from the courtyard and, a moment after, the gendarme +who had been sent to Dieppe entered. + +"Well, did you see the hatter?" exclaimed the magistrate, eager at last +to obtain some positive information. + +"I saw M. Maigret. The cap was sold to a cab-driver." + +"A cab-driver!" + +"Yes, a driver who stopped his fly before the shop and asked to be +supplied with a yellow-leather chauffeur's cap for one of his +customers. This was the only one left. He paid for it, without +troubling about the size, and drove off. He was in a great hurry." + +"What sort of fly was it?" + +"A calash." + +"And on what day did this happen?" + +"On what day? Why, to-day, at eight o'clock this morning." + +"This morning? What are you talking about?" + +"The cap was bought this morning." + +"But that's impossible, because it was found last night in the park. If +it was found there, it must have been there; and, consequently, it must +have been bought before." + +"The hatter told me it was bought this morning." + +There was a moment of general bewilderment. The nonplussed magistrate +strove to understand. Suddenly, he started, as though struck with a +gleam of light: + +"Fetch the cabman who brought us here this morning! The man who drove +the calash! Fetch him at once!" + +The sergeant of gendarmes and his subordinate ran off to the stables. +In a few minutes, the sergeant returned alone. + +"Where's the cabman?" + +"He asked for food in the kitchen, ate his lunch and then--" + +"And then--?" + +"He went off." + +"With his fly?" + +"No. Pretending that he wanted to go and see a relation at Ouville, he +borrowed the groom's bicycle. Here are his hat and greatcoat." + +"But did he leave bare-headed?" + +"No, he took a cap from his pocket and put it on." + +"A cap?" + +"Yes, a yellow leather cap, it seems." + +"A yellow leather cap? Why, no, we've got it here!" + +"That's true, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, but his is just like it." + +The deputy sniggered: + +"Very funny! Most amusing! There are two caps--One, the real one, which +constituted our only piece of evidence, has gone off on the head of the +sham flyman! The other, the false one, is in your hands. Oh, the fellow +has had us nicely!" + +"Catch him! Fetch him back!" cried M. Filleul. "Two of your men on +horseback, Sergeant Quevillon, and at full speed!" + +"He is far away by this time," said the deputy. + +"He can be as far as he pleases, but still we must lay hold of him." + +"I hope so; but I think, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that your +efforts should be concentrated here above all. Would you mind reading +this scrap of paper, which I have just found in the pocket of the coat?" + +"Which coat?" + +"The driver's." + +And the deputy prosecutor handed M. Filleul a piece of paper, folded in +four, containing these few words written in pencil, in a more or less +common hand: + +"Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the governor!" + +The incident caused a certain stir. + +"A word to the wise!" muttered the deputy. "We are now forewarned." + +"Monsieur le Comte," said the examining magistrate, "I beg you not to +be alarmed. Nor you either, mademoiselle. This threat is of no +importance, as the police are on the spot. We shall take every +precaution and I will answer for your safety. As for you, gentlemen. I +rely on your discretion. You have been present at this inquiry, thanks +to my excessive kindness toward the Press, and it would be making me an +ill return--" + +He interrupted himself, as though an idea had struck him, looked at the +two young men, one after the other, and, going up to the first, asked: + +"What paper do you represent, sir?" + +"The Journal de Rouen." + +"Have you your credentials?" + +"Here." + +The card was in order. There was no more to be said. M. Filleul turned +to the other reporter: + +"And you, sir?" + +"I?" + +"Yes, you: what paper do you belong to?" + +"Why, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I write for a number of +papers--all over the place--" + +"Your credentials?" + +"I haven't any." + +"Oh! How is that?" + +"For a newspaper to give you a card, you have to be on its regular +staff." + +"Well?" + +"Well, I am only an occasional contributor, a free-lance. I send +articles to this newspaper and that. They are published or declined +according to circumstances." + +"In that case, what is your name? Where are your papers?" + +"My name would tell you nothing. As for papers, I have none." + +"You have no paper of any kind to prove your profession!" + +"I have no profession." + +"But look here, sir," cried the magistrate, with a certain asperity, +"you can't expect to preserve your incognito after introducing yourself +here by a trick and surprising the secrets of the police!" + +"I beg to remark, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that you asked me +nothing when I came in, and that therefore I had nothing to say. +Besides, it never struck me that your inquiry was secret, when +everybody was admitted--including even one of the criminals!" + +He spoke softly, in a tone of infinite politeness. He was quite a young +man, very tall, very slender and dressed without the least attempt at +fashion, in a jacket and trousers both too small for him. He had a pink +face like a girl's, a broad forehead topped with close-cropped hair, +and a scrubby and ill-trimmed fair beard. His bright eyes gleamed with +intelligence. He seemed not in the least embarrassed and wore a +pleasant smile, free from any shade of banter. + +M. Filleul looked at him with an aggressive air of distrust. The two +gendarmes came forward. The young man exclaimed, gaily: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, you clearly suspect me of being an +accomplice. But, if that were so, would I not have slipped away at the +right moment, following the example of my fellow-criminal?" + +"You might have hoped--" + +"Any hope would have been absurd. A moment's reflection, Monsieur le +Juge d'Instruction, will make you agree with me that, logically +speaking--" + +M. Filleul looked him straight in the eyes and said, sharply: + +"No more jokes! Your name?" + +"Isidore Beautrelet." + +"Your occupation?" + +"Sixth-form pupil at the Lycee Janson-de-Sailly." + +M. Filleul opened a pair of startled eyes. + +"What are you talking about? Sixth-form pupil--" + +"At the Lycee Janson, Rue de la Pompe, number--" + +"Oh, look here," exclaimed M. Filleul, "you're trying to take me in! +This won't do, you know; a joke can go too far!" + +"I must say, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that your astonishment +surprises me. What is there to prevent my being a sixth-form pupil at +the Lycee Janson? My beard, perhaps? Set your mind at ease: my beard is +false!" + +Isidore Beautrelet pulled off the few curls that adorned his chin, and +his beardless face appeared still younger and pinker, a genuine +schoolboy's face. And, with a laugh like a child's, revealing his white +teeth: + +"Are you convinced now?" he asked. "Do you want more proofs? Here, you +can read the address on these letters from my father: 'To Monsieur +Isidore Beautrelet, Indoor Pupil, Lycee Janson-de-Sailly.'" + +Convinced or not, M. Filleul did not look as if he liked the story. He +asked, gruffly: + +"What are you doing here?" + +"Why--I'm--I'm improving my mind." + +"There are schools for that: yours, for instance." + +"You forget, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that this is the +twenty-third of April and that we are in the middle of the Easter +holidays." + +"Well?" + +"Well, I have every right to spend my holidays as I please." + +"Your father--" + +"My father lives at the other end of the country, in Savoy, and he +himself advised me to take a little trip on the North Coast." + +"With a false beard?" + +"Oh, no! That's my own idea. At school, we talk a great deal about +mysterious adventures; we read detective stories, in which people +disguise themselves; we imagine any amount of terrible and intricate +cases. So I thought I would amuse myself; and I put on this false +beard. Besides, I enjoyed the advantage of being taken seriously and I +pretended to be a Paris reporter. That is how, last night, after an +uneventful period of more than a week, I had the pleasure of making the +acquaintance of my Rouen colleague; and, this morning, when he heard of +the Ambrumesy murder, he very kindly suggested that I should come with +him and that we should share the cost of a fly." + +Isidore Beautrelet said all this with a frank and artless simplicity of +which it was impossible not to feel the charm. M. Filleul himself, +though maintaining a distrustful reserve, took a certain pleasure in +listening to him. He asked him, in a less peevish tone: + +"And are you satisfied with your expedition?" + +"Delighted! All the more as I had never been present at a case of the +sort and I find that this one is not lacking in interest." + +"Nor in that mysterious intricacy which you prize so highly--" + +"And which is so stimulating, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction! I know +nothing more exciting than to see all the facts coming up out of the +shadow, clustering together, so to speak, and gradually forming the +probable truth." + +"The probable truth! You go pretty fast, young man! Do you suggest that +you have your little solution of the riddle ready?" + +"Oh, no!" replied Beautrelet, with a laugh. + +"Only--it seems to me that there are certain points on which it is not +impossible to form an opinion; and others, even, are so precise as to +warrant--a conclusion." + +"Oh, but this is becoming very curious and I shall get to know +something at last! For I confess, to my great confusion, that I know +nothing." + +"That is because you have not had time to reflect, Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction. The great thing is to reflect. Facts very seldom fail to +carry their own explanation!" + +"And, according to you, the facts which we have just ascertained carry +their own explanation?" + +"Don't you think so yourself? In any case, I have ascertained none +besides those which are set down in the official report." + +"Good! So that, if I were to ask you which were the objects stolen from +this room--" + +"I should answer that I know." + +"Bravo! My gentleman knows more about it than the owner himself. M. de +Gesvres has everything accounted for: M. Isidore Beautrelet has not. He +misses a bookcase in three sections and a life-size statue which nobody +ever noticed. And, if I asked you the name of the murderer?" + +"I should again answer that I know it." + +All present gave a start. The deputy and the journalist drew nearer. M. +de Gesvres and the two girls, impressed by Beautrelet's tranquil +assurance, listened attentively. + +"You know the murderer's name?" + +"Yes." + +"And the place where he is concealed, perhaps?" + +"Yes." + +M. Filleul rubbed his hands. + +"What a piece of luck! This capture will do honor to my career. And can +you make me these startling revelations now?" + +"Yes, now--or rather, if you do not mind, in an hour or two, when I +shall have assisted at your inquiry to the end." + +"No, no, young man, here and now, please." At that moment Raymonde de +Saint-Veran, who had not taken her eyes from Isidore Beautrelet since +the beginning of this scene, came up to M. Filleul: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction--" + +"Yes, mademoiselle?" + +She hesitated for two or three seconds, with her eyes fixed on +Beautrelet, and then, addressing M. Filleul: + +"I should like you to ask monsieur the reason why he was walking +yesterday in the sunk road which leads up to the little door." + +It was an unexpected and dramatic stroke. Isidore Beautrelet appeared +nonplussed: + +"I, mademoiselle? I? You saw me yesterday?" + +Raymonde remained thoughtful, with her eyes upon Beautrelet, as though +she were trying to settle her own conviction, and then said, in a +steady voice: + +"At four o'clock in the afternoon, as I was crossing the wood, I met in +the sunk road a young man of monsieur's height, dressed like him and +wearing a beard cut in the same way--and I received a very clear +impression that he was trying to hide." + +"And it was I?" + +"I could not say that as an absolute certainty, for my recollection is +a little vague. Still--still, I think so--if not, it would be an +unusual resemblance--" + +M. Filleul was perplexed. Already taken in by one of the confederates, +was he now going to let himself be tricked by this self-styled +schoolboy? Certainly, the young man's manner spoke in his favor; but +one can never tell! + +"What have you to say, sir?" + +"That mademoiselle is mistaken, as I can easily show you with one word. +Yesterday, at the time stated, I was at Veules." + +"You will have to prove it, you will have to. In any case, the position +is not what it was. Sergeant, one of your men will keep monsieur +company." + +Isidore Beautrelet's face denoted a keen vexation. + +"Will it be for long?" + +"Long enough to collect the necessary information." + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I beseech you to collect it with all +possible speed and discretion." + +"Why?" + +"My father is an old man. We are very much attached to each other--and +I would not have him suffer on my account." + +The more or less pathetic note in his voice made a bad impression on M. +Filleul. It suggested a scene in a melodrama. Nevertheless, he promised: + +"This evening--or to-morrow at latest, I shall know what to think." + +The afternoon was wearing on. The examining magistrate returned to the +ruins of the cloisters, after giving orders that no unauthorized +persons were to be admitted, and patiently, methodically, dividing the +ground into lots which were successively explored, himself directed the +search. But at the end of the day he was no farther than at the start; +and he declared, before an army of reporters who, during that time, had +invaded the chateau: + +"Gentlemen, everything leads us to suppose that the wounded man is +here, within our reach; everything, that is, except the reality, the +fact. Therefore, in our humble opinion, he must have escaped and we +shall find him outside." + +By way of precaution, however, he arranged, with the sergeant of +gendarmes, for a complete watch to be kept over the park and, after +making a fresh examination of the two drawing rooms, visiting the whole +of the chateau and surrounding himself with all the necessary +information, he took the road back to Dieppe, accompanied by the deputy +prosecutor. + + * * * * * + +Night fell. As the boudoir was to remain locked, Jean Daval's body had +been moved to another room. Two women from the neighborhood sat up with +it, assisted by Suzanne and Raymonde. Downstairs, young Isidore +Beautrelet slept on the bench in the old oratory, under the watchful +eye of the village policeman, who had been attached to his person. +Outside, the gendarmes, the farmer and a dozen peasants had taken up +their position among the ruins and along the walls. + +All was still until eleven o'clock; but, at ten minutes past eleven, a +shot echoed from the other side of the house. + +"Attention!" roared the sergeant. "Two men remain here: you, +Fossier--and you, Lecanu--The others at the double!" + +They all rushed forward and ran round the house on the left. A figure +was seen to make away in the dark. Then, suddenly, a second shot drew +them farther on, almost to the borders of the farm. And, all at once, +as they arrived, in a band, at the hedge which lines the orchard, a +flame burst out, to the right of the farmhouse, and other names also +rose in a thick column. It was a barn burning, stuffed to the ridge +with straw. + +"The scoundrels!" shouted the sergeant. "They've set fire to it. Have +at them, lads! They can't be far away!" + +But the wind was turning the flames toward the main building; and it +became necessary, before all things, to ward off the danger. They all +exerted themselves with the greater ardor inasmuch as M. de Gesvres, +hurrying to the scene of the disaster, encouraged them with the promise +of a reward. By the time that they had mastered the flames, it was two +o'clock in the morning. All pursuit would have been vain. + +"We'll look into it by daylight," said the sergeant. "They are sure to +have left traces: we shall find them." + +"And I shall not be sorry," added M. de Gesvres, "to learn the reason +of this attack. To set fire to trusses of straw strikes me as a very +useless proceeding." + +"Come with me, Monsieur le Comte: I may be able to tell you the reason." + +Together they reached the ruins of the cloisters. The sergeant called +out: + +"Lecanu!--Fossier!" + +The other gendarmes were already hunting for their comrades whom they +had left standing sentry. They ended by finding them at a few paces +from the little door. The two men were lying full length on the ground, +bound and gagged, with bandages over their eyes. + +"Monsieur le Comte," muttered the sergeant, while his men were being +released; "Monsieur le Comte, we have been tricked like children." + +"How so?" + +"The shots--the attack on the barn--the fire--all so much humbug to get +us down there--a diversion. During that time they were tying up our two +men and the business was done." + +"What business?" + +"Carrying off the wounded man, of course!" + +"You don't mean to say you think--?" + +"Think? Why, it's as plain as a pikestaff! The idea came to me ten +minutes ago--but I'm a fool not to have thought of it earlier. We +should have nabbed them all." Quevillon stamped his foot on the ground, +with a sudden attack of rage. "But where, confound it, where did they +go through? Which way did they carry him off? For, dash it all, we beat +the ground all day; and a man can't hide in a tuft of grass, especially +when he's wounded! It's witchcraft, that's what it is!--" + +Nor was this the last surprise awaiting Sergeant Quevillon. At dawn, +when they entered the oratory which had been used as a cell for young +Isidore Beautrelet, they realized that young Isidore Beautrelet had +vanished. + +On a chair slept the village policeman, bent in two. By his side stood +a water-bottle and two tumblers. At the bottom of one of those tumblers +a few grains of white powder. + +On examination, it was proved, first, that young Isidore Beautrelet had +administered a sleeping draught to the village policeman; secondly, +that he could only have escaped by a window situated at a height of +seven or eight feet in the wall; and lastly--a charming detail, +this--that he could only have reached this window by using the back of +his warder as a footstool. + + + + +CHAPTER TWO + +ISIDORE BEAUTRELET, SIXTH-FORM SCHOOLBOY + + +From the Grand Journal. + +LATEST NEWS + +DOCTOR DELATTRE KIDNAPPED A MAD PIECE OF CRIMINAL DARING + +At the moment of going to press, we have received an item of news which +we dare not guarantee as authentic, because of its very improbable +character. We print it, therefore, with all reserve. + +Yesterday evening, Dr. Delattre, the well-known surgeon, was present, +with his wife and daughter, at the performance of Hernani at the +Comedie Francaise. At the commencement of the third act, that is to +say, at about ten o'clock, the door of his box opened and a gentleman, +accompanied by two others, leaned over to the doctor and said to him, +in a low voice, but loud enough for Mme. Delattre to hear: + +"Doctor, I have a very painful task to fulfil and I shall be very +grateful to you if you will make it as easy for me as you can." + +"Who are you, sir?" + +"M. Thezard, commissary of police of the first district; and my +instructions are to take you to M. Dudouis, at the prefecture." + +"But--" + +"Not a word, doctor, I entreat you, not a movement--There is some +regrettable mistake; and that is why we must act in silence and not +attract anybody's attention. You will be back, I have no doubt, before +the end of the performance." + +The doctor rose and went with the commissary. At the end of the +performance, he had not returned. Mme. Delattre, greatly alarmed, drove +to the office of the commissary of police. There she found the real M. +Thezard and discovered, to her great terror, that the individual who +had carried off her husband was an impostor. + +Inquiries made so far have revealed the fact that the doctor stepped +into a motor car and that the car drove off in the direction of the +Concorde. + +Readers will find further details of this incredible adventure in our +second edition. + + * * * * * + +Incredible though it might be, the adventure was perfectly true. +Besides, the issue was not long delayed and the Grand Journal, while +confirming the story in its midday edition, described in a few lines +the dramatic ending with which it concluded: + +THE STORY ENDS + +AND + +GUESS-WORK BEGINS + +Dr. Delattre was brought back to 78, Rue Duret, at nine o'clock this +morning, in a motor car which drove away immediately at full speed. + +No. 78, Rue Duret, is the address of Dr. Delattre's clinical surgery, +at which he arrives every morning at the same hour. When we sent in our +card, the doctor, though closeted with the chief of the detective +service, was good enough to consent to receive us. + +"All that I can tell you," he said, in reply to our questions, "is that +I was treated with the greatest consideration. My three companions were +the most charming people I have ever met, exquisitely well-mannered and +bright and witty talkers: a quality not to be despised, in view of the +length of the journey." + +"How long did it take?" + +"About four hours and as long returning." + +"And what was the object of the journey?" + +"I was taken to see a patient whose condition rendered an immediate +operation necessary." + +"And was the operation successful?" + +"Yes, but the consequences may be dangerous. I would answer for the +patient here. Down there--under his present conditions--" + +"Bad conditions?" + +"Execrable!--A room in an inn--and the practically absolute +impossibility of being attended to." + +"Then what can save him?" + +"A miracle--and his constitution, which is an exceptionally strong one." + +"And can you say nothing more about this strange patient?" + +"No. In the first place, I have taken an oath; and, secondly, I have +received a present of ten thousand francs for my free surgery. If I do +not keep silence, this sum will be taken from me." + +"You are joking! Do you believe that?" + +"Indeed I do. The men all struck me as being very much in earnest." + +This is the statement made to us by Dr. Delattre. And we know, on the +other hand, that the head of the detective service, in spite of all his +insisting, has not yet succeeded in extracting any more precise +particulars from him as to the operation which he performed, the +patient whom he attended or the district traversed by the car. It is +difficult, therefore, to arrive at the truth. + + * * * * * + +This truth, which the writer of the interview confessed himself unable +to discover, was guessed by the more or less clear-sighted minds that +perceived a connection with the facts which had occurred the day before +at the Chateau d'Ambrumesy, and which were reported, down to the +smallest detail, in all the newspapers of that day. There was evidently +a coincidence to be reckoned with in the disappearance of a wounded +burglar and the kidnapping of a famous surgeon. + +The judicial inquiry, moreover, proved the correctness of the +hypothesis. By following the track of the sham flyman, who had fled on +a bicycle, they were able to show that he had reached the forest of +Arques, at some ten miles' distance, and that from there, after +throwing his bicycle into a ditch, he had gone to the village of +Saint-Nicolas, whence he had dispatched the following telegram: + + + A. L. N., Post-office 45, Paris. + + Situation desperate. Operation urgently necessary. + Send celebrity by national road fourteen. + + +The evidence was undeniable. Once apprised the accomplices in Paris +hastened to make their arrangements. At ten o'clock in the evening they +sent their celebrity by National Road No. 14, which skirts the forest +of Arques and ends at Dieppe. During this time, under cover of the fire +which they themselves had caused, the gang of burglars carried off +their leader and moved him to an inn, where the operation took place on +the arrival of the surgeon, at two o'clock in the morning. + +About that there was no doubt. At Pontoise, at Gournay, at Forges, +Chief-inspector Ganimard, who was sent specially from Paris, with +Inspector Folenfant, as his assistant, ascertained that a motor car had +passed in the course of the previous night. The same on the road from +Dieppe to Ambrumesy. And, though the traces of the car were lost at +about a mile and a half from the chateau, at least a number of +footmarks were seen between the little door in the park wall and the +abbey ruins. Besides, Ganimard remarked that the lock of the little +door had been forced. + +So all was explained. It remained to decide which inn the doctor had +spoken of: an easy piece of work for a Ganimard, a professional ferret, +a patient old stager of the police. The number of inns is limited and +this one, given the condition of the wounded man, could only be one +quite close to Ambrumesy. Ganimard and Sergeant Quevillon set to work. +Within a circle of five hundred yards, of a thousand yards, of fifteen +hundred yards, they visited and ransacked everything that could pass +for an inn. But, against all expectation, the dying man persisted in +remaining invisible. + +Ganimard became more resolved than ever. He came back to sleep at the +chateau, on the Saturday night, with the intention of making his +personal inquiry on the Sunday. On Sunday morning, he learned that, +during the night, a posse of gendarmes had seen a figure gliding along +the sunk road, outside the wall. Was it an accomplice who had come back +to investigate? Were they to suppose that the leader of the gang had +not left the cloisters or the neighborhood of the cloisters? + +That night, Ganimard openly sent the squad of gendarmes to the farm and +posted himself and Folenfant outside the walls, near the little door. + +A little before midnight, a person passed out of the wood, slipped +between them, went through the door and entered the park. For three +hours, they saw him wander from side to side across the ruins, +stooping, climbing up the old pillars, sometimes remaining for long +minutes without moving. Then he went back to the door and again passed +between the two inspectors. + +Ganimard caught him by the collar, while Folenfant seized him round the +body. He made no resistance of any kind and, with the greatest +docility, allowed them to bind his wrists and take him to the house. +But, when they attempted to question him, he replied simply that he +owed them no account of his doings and that he would wait for the +arrival of the examining magistrate. Thereupon, they fastened him +firmly to the foot of a bed, in one of the two adjoining rooms which +they occupied. + +At nine o'clock on Monday morning, as soon as M. Filleul had arrived, +Ganimard announced the capture which he had made. The prisoner was +brought downstairs. It was Isidore Beautrelet. + +"M. Isidore Beautrelet!" exclaimed M. Filleul with an air of rapture, +holding out both his hands to the newcomer. "What a delightful +surprise! Our excellent amateur detective here! And at our disposal +too! Why, it's a windfall!--M. Chief-inspector, allow me to introduce +to you M. Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form pupil at the Lycee +Janson-de-Sailly." + +Ganimard seemed a little nonplussed. Isidore made him a very low bow, +as though he were greeting a colleague whom he knew how to esteem at +his true value, and, turning to M. Filleul: + +"It appears, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that you have received a +satisfactory account of me?" + +"Perfectly satisfactory! To begin with, you were really at +Veules-les-Roses at the time when Mlle. de Saint-Veran thought she saw +you in the sunk road. I dare say we shall discover the identity of your +double. In the second place, you are in very deed Isidore Beautrelet, a +sixth-form pupil and, what is more, an excellent pupil, industrious at +your work and of exemplary behavior. As your father lives in the +country, you go out once a month to his correspondent, M. Bernod, who +is lavish in his praises of you." + +"So that--" + +"So that you are free, M. Isidore Beautrelet." + +"Absolutely free?" + +"Absolutely. Oh, I must make just one little condition, all the same. +You can understand that I can't release a gentleman who administers +sleeping-draughts, who escapes by the window and who is afterward +caught in the act of trespassing upon private property. I can't release +him without a compensation of some kind." + +"I await your pleasure." + +"Well, we will resume our interrupted conversation and you shall tell +me how far you have advanced with your investigations. In two days of +liberty, you must have carried them pretty far?" And, as Ganimard was +preparing to go, with an affectation of contempt for that sort of +practice, the magistrate cried, "Not at all, M. Inspector, your place +is here--I assure you that M. Isidore Beautrelet is worth listening to. +M. Isidore Beautrelet, according to my information, has made a great +reputation at the Lycee Janson-de-Sailly as an observer whom nothing +escapes; and his schoolfellows, I hear, look upon him as your +competitor and a rival of Holmlock Shears!" + +"Indeed!" said Ganimard, ironically. + +"Just so. One of them wrote to me, 'If Beautrelet declares that he +knows, you must believe him; and, whatever he says, you may be sure +that it is the exact expression of the truth.' M. Isidore Beautrelet, +now or never is the time to vindicate the confidence of your friends. I +beseech you, give us the exact expression of the truth." + +Isidore listened with a smile and replied: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, you are very cruel. You make fun of +poor schoolboys who amuse themselves as best they can. You are quite +right, however, and I will give you no further reason to laugh at me." + +"The fact is that you know nothing, M. Isidore Beautrelet." + +"Yes, I confess in all humility that I know nothing. For I do not call +it 'knowing anything' that I happen to have hit upon two or three more +precise points which, I am sure, cannot have escaped you." + +"For instance?" + +"For instance, the object of the theft." + +"Ah, of course, you know the object of the theft?" + +"As you do, I have no doubt. In fact, it was the first thing I studied, +because the task struck me as easier." + +"Easier, really?" + +"Why, of course. At the most, it's a question of reasoning." + +"Nothing more than that?" + +"Nothing more." + +"And what is your reasoning?" + +"It is just this, stripped of all extraneous comment: on the one hand, +THERE HAS BEEN A THEFT, because the two young ladies are agreed and +because they really saw two men running away and carrying things with +them." + +"There has been a theft." + +"On the other hand, NOTHING HAS DISAPPEARED, because M. de Gesvres says +so and he is in a better position than anybody to know." + +"Nothing has disappeared." + +"From those two premises I arrive at this inevitable result: granted +that there has been a theft and that nothing has disappeared, it is +because the object carried off has been replaced by an exactly similar +object. Let me hasten to add that possibly my argument may not be +confirmed by the facts. But I maintain that it is the first argument +that ought to occur to us and that we are not entitled to waive it +until we have made a serious examination." + +"That's true--that's true," muttered the magistrate, who was obviously +interested. + +"Now," continued Isidore, "what was there in this room that could +arouse the covetousness of the burglars? Two things. The tapestry +first. It can't have been that. Old tapestry cannot be imitated: the +fraud would have been palpable at once. There remain the four Rubens +pictures." + +"What's that you say?" + +"I say that the four Rubenses on that wall are false." + +"Impossible!" + +"They are false a priori, inevitably and without a doubt." + +"I tell you, it's impossible." + +"It is very nearly a year ago, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, since a +young man, who gave his name as Charpenais, came to the Chateau +d'Ambrumesy and asked permission to copy the Rubens pictures. M. de +Gesvres gave him permission. Every day for five months Charpenais +worked in this room from morning till dusk. The copies which he made, +canvases and frames, have taken the place of the four original pictures +bequeathed to M. de Gesvres by his uncle, the Marques de Bobadilla." + +"Prove it!" + +"I have no proof to give. A picture is false because it is false; and I +consider that it is not even necessary to examine these four." + +M. Filleul and Ganimard exchanged glances of unconcealed astonishment. +The inspector no longer thought of withdrawing. At last, the magistrate +muttered: + +"We must have M. de Gesvres's opinion." + +And Ganimard agreed: + +"Yes, we must have his opinion." + +And they sent to beg the count to come to the drawing room. + +The young sixth-form pupil had won a real victory. To compel two +experts, two professionals like M. Filleul and Ganimard to take account +of his surmises implied a testimony of respect of which any other would +have been proud. But Beautrelet seemed not to feel those little +satisfactions of self-conceit and, still smiling without the least +trace of irony, he placidly waited. + +M. de Gesvres entered the room. + +"Monsieur le Comte," said the magistrate, "the result of our inquiry +has brought us face to face with an utterly unexpected contingency, +which we submit to you with all reserve. It is possible--I say that it +is possible--that the burglars, when breaking into the house, had it as +their object to steal your four pictures by Rubens--or, at least, to +replace them by four copies--copies which are said to have been made +last year by a painter called Charpenais. Would you be so good as to +examine the pictures and to tell us if you recognize them as genuine?" + +The count appeared to suppress a movement of annoyance, looked at +Isidore Beautrelet and at M. Filleul and replied, without even +troubling to go near the pictures: + +"I hoped, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that the truth might have +remained unknown. As this is not so, I have no hesitation in declaring +that the four pictures are false." + +"You knew it, then?" + +"From the beginning." + +"Why didn't you say so?" + +"The owner of a work is never in a hurry to declare that that work is +not--or, rather, is no longer genuine." + +"Still, it was the only means of recovering them." + +"I consider that there was another and a better." + +"Which was that?" + +"Not to make the secret known, not to frighten my burglars and to offer +to buy back the pictures, which they must find more or less difficult +to dispose of." + +"How would you communicate with them?" + +As the count did not reply, Isidore answered for him: + +"By means of an advertisement in the papers. The paragraph inserted in +the agony column of the Journal, the Echo de Paris and the Matin runs, +'Am prepared to buy back the pictures.'" + +The count agreed with a nod. Once again, the young man was teaching his +elders. M. Filleul showed himself a good sportsman. + +"There's no doubt about it, my dear sir," he exclaimed. "I'm beginning +to think your school-fellows were not quite wrong. By Jove, what an +eye! What intuition! If this goes on, there will be nothing left for M. +Ganimard and me to do." + +"Oh, none of this part was so very complicated!" + +"You mean to say that the rest was more so I remember, in fact, that, +when we first met you seemed to know all about it. Let me see, a far as +I recollect, you said that you knew the name of the murderer." + +"So I do." + +"Well, then, who killed Jean Daval? Is the man alive? Where is he +hiding?" + +"There is a misunderstanding between us, Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction, or, rather, you have misunderstood the facts from the +beginning The murderer and the runaway are two distinct persons." + +"What's that?" exclaimed M. Filleul. "The man whom M. de Gesvres saw in +the boudoir and struggled with, the man whom the young ladies saw in +the drawing-room and whom Mlle. de Saint-Veran shot at, the man who +fell in the park and whom we are looking for: do you suggest that he is +not the man who killed Jean Daval?" + +"I do." + +"Have you discovered the traces of a third accomplice who disappeared +before the arrival of the young ladies?" + +"I have not." + +"In that case, I don't understand.--Well, who is the murderer of Jean +Daval?" + +"Jean Daval was killed by--" + +Beautrelet interrupted himself, thought for a moment and continued: + +"But I must first show you the road which I followed to arrive at the +certainty and the very reasons of the murder--without which my +accusation would seem monstrous to you.--And it is not--no, it is not +monstrous at all.--There is one detail which has passed unobserved and +which, nevertheless, is of the greatest importance; and that is that +Jean Daval, at the moment when he was stabbed, had all his clothes on, +including his walking boots, was dressed, in short, as a man is dressed +in the middle of the day, with a waistcoat, collar, tie and braces. Now +the crime was committed at four o'clock in the morning." + +"I reflected on that strange fact," said the magistrate, "and M. de +Gesvres replied that Jean Daval spent a part of his nights in working." + +"The servants say, on the contrary, that he went to bed regularly at a +very early hour. But, admitting that he was up, why did he disarrange +his bedclothes, to make believe that he had gone to bed? And, if he was +in bed, why, when he heard a noise, did he take the trouble to dress +himself from head to foot, instead of slipping on anything that came to +hand? I went to his room on the first day, while you were at lunch: his +slippers were at the foot of the bed. What prevented him from putting +them on rather than his heavy nailed boots?" + +"So far, I do not see--" + +"So far, in fact, you cannot see anything, except anomalies. They +appeared much more suspicious to me, however, when I learned that +Charpenais the painter, the man who copied the Rubens pictures, had +been introduced and recommended to the Comte de Gesvres by Jean Daval +himself." + +"Well?" + +"Well, from that to the conclusion that Jean Daval and Charpenais were +accomplices required but a step. I took that step at the time of our +conversation." + +"A little quickly, I think." + +"As a matter of fact, a material proof was wanted. Now I had discovered +in Daval's room, on one of the sheets of the blotting-pad on which he +used to write, this address: 'Monsieur A.L.N., Post-office 45, Paris.' +You will find it there still, traced the reverse way on the +blotting-paper. The next day, it was discovered that the telegram sent +by the sham flyman from Saint-Nicolas bore the same address: 'A.L.N., +Post-office 45.' The material proof existed: Jean Daval was in +correspondence with the gang which arranged the robbery of the +pictures." + +M. Filleul raised no objection. + +"Agreed. The complicity is established. And what conclusion do you +draw?" + +"This, first of all, that it was not the runaway who killed Jean Daval, +because Jean Daval was his accomplice." + +"And after that?" + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I will ask you to remember the first +sentence uttered by Monsieur le Comte when he recovered from fainting. +The sentence forms part of Mlle. de Gesvres' evidence and is in the +official report: 'I am not wounded.--Daval?--Is he alive?--The knife?' +And I will ask you to compare it with that part of his story, also in +the report, in which Monsieur le Comte describes the assault: 'The man +leaped at me and felled me with a blow on the temple!' How could M. de +Gesvres, who had fainted, know, on waking, that Daval had been stabbed +with a knife?" + +Isidore Beautrelet did not wait for an answer to his question. It +seemed as though he were in a hurry to give the answer himself and to +avoid all comment. He continued straightway: + +"Therefore it was Jean Daval who brought the three burglars to the +drawing room. While he was there with the one whom they call their +chief, a noise was heard in the boudoir. Daval opened the door. +Recognizing M. de Gesvres, he rushed at him, armed with the knife. M. +de Gesvres succeeded in snatching the knife from him, struck him with +it and himself fell, on receiving a blow from the man whom the two +girls were to see a few minutes after." + +Once again, M. Filleul and the inspector exchanged glances. Ganimard +tossed his head in a disconcerted way. The magistrate said: + +"Monsieur le Comte, am I to believe that this version is correct?" + +M. de Gesvres made no answer. + +"Come, Monsieur le Comte, your silence would allow us to suppose--I beg you +to speak." + +Replying in a very clear voice, M. de Gesvres said: + +"The version is correct in every particular." + +The magistrate gave a start. + +"Then I cannot understand why you misled the police. Why conceal an act +which you were lawfully entitled to commit in defense of your life?" + +"For twenty years," said M. de Gesvres, "Daval worked by my side. I +trusted him. If he betrayed me, as the result of some temptation or +other, I was, at least, unwilling, for the sake of the past, that his +treachery should become known." + +"You were unwilling, I agree, but you had no right to be." + +"I am not of your opinion, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. As long as +no innocent person was accused of the crime, I was absolutely entitled +to refrain from accusing the man who was at the same time the culprit +and the victim. He is dead. I consider death a sufficient punishment." + +"But now, Monsieur le Comte, now that the truth is known, you can +speak." + +"Yes. Here are two rough drafts of letters written by him to his +accomplices. I took them from his pocket-book, a few minutes after his +death." + +"And the motive of his theft?" + +"Go to 18, Rue de la Barre, at Dieppe, which is the address of a +certain Mme. Verdier. It was for this woman, whom he got to know two +years ago, and to supply her constant need of money that Daval turned +thief." + +So everything was cleared up. The tragedy rose out of the darkness and +gradually appeared in its true light. + +"Let us go on," said M. Filluel after the count had withdrawn. + +"Upon my word," said Beautrelet, gaily, "I have said almost all that I +had to say." + +"But the runaway, the wounded man?" + +"As to that, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, you know as much as I do. +You have followed his tracks in the grass by the cloisters--you have--" + +"Yes, yes, I know. But, since then, his friends have removed him and +what I want is a clue or two as regards that inn--" + +Isidore Beautrelet burst out laughing: + +"The inn! The inn does not exist! It's an invention, a trick to put the +police on the wrong scent, an ingenious trick, too, for it seems to +have succeeded." + +"But Dr. Delattre declares--" + +"Ah, that's just it!" cried Beautrelet, in a tone of conviction. "It is +just because Dr. Delattre declares that we mustn't believe him. Why, +Dr. Delattre refused to give any but the vaguest details concerning his +adventure! He refused to say anything that might compromise his +patient's safety!--And suddenly he calls attention to an inn!--You may +be sure that he talked about that inn because he was told to. You may +be sure that the whole story which he dished up to us was dictated to +him under the threat of terrible reprisals. The doctor has a wife. The +doctor has a daughter. He is too fond of them to disobey people of +whose formidable power he has seen proofs. And that is why he has +assisted your efforts by supplying the most precise clues." + +"So precise that the inn is nowhere to be found." + +"So precise that you have never ceased looking for it, in the face of +all probability, and that your eyes have been turned away from the only +spot where the man can be, the mysterious spot which he has not left, +which he has been unable to leave ever since the moment when, wounded +by Mlle. de Saint-Veran, he succeeded in dragging himself to it, like a +beast to its lair." + +"But where, confound it all?--In what corner of Hades--?" + +"In the ruins of the old abbey." + +"But there are no ruins left!--A few bits of wall!--A few broken +columns!" + +"That's where he's gone to earth. Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction!" +shouted Beautrelet. "That's where you will have to look for him! It's +there and nowhere else that you will find Arsene Lupin!" + +"Arsene Lupin!" yelled M. Filleul, springing to his feet. + +There was a rather solemn pause, amid which the syllables of the famous +name seemed to prolong their sound. Was it possible that the vanquished +and yet invisible adversary, whom they had been hunting in vain for +several days, could really be Arsene Lupin? Arsene Lupin, caught in a +trap, arrested, meant immediate promotion, fortune, glory to any +examining magistrate! + +Ganimard had not moved a limb. Isidore said to him: + +"You agree with me, do you not, M. Inspector?" + +"Of course I do!" + +"You have not doubted either, for a moment have you, that he managed +this business?" + +"Not for a second! The thing bears his signature. A move of Arsene +Lupin's is as different from a move made by another man as one face is +from another. You have only to open your eyes." + +"Do you think so? Do you think so?" said M. Filleul. + +"Think so!" cried the young man. "Look, here's one little fact: what +are the initials under which those men correspond among themselves? 'A. +L. N.,' that is to say, the first letter of the name Arsene and the +first and last letters of the name Lupin." + +"Ah," said Ganimard, "nothing escapes you! Upon my word, you're a fine +fellow and old Ganimard lays down his arms before you!" + +Beautrelet flushed with pleasure and pressed the hand which the +chief-inspector held out to him. The three men had drawn near the +balcony and their eyes now took in the extent of the ruins. M. Filleul +muttered: + +"So he ought to be there." + +"HE IS THERE," said Beautrelet, in a hollow voice. "He has been there +ever since the moment when he fell. Logically and practically, he could +not escape without being seen by Mlle. de Saint-Veran and the two +servants." + +"What proof have you?" + +"His accomplices have furnished the proof. On the very morning, one of +them disguised himself as a flyman and drove you here--" + +"To recover the cap, which would serve to identify him." + +"Very well, but also and more particularly to examine the spot, find +out and see for himself what had become of the 'governor.'" + +"And did he find out?" + +"I presume so, as he knew the hiding-place. And I presume that he +became aware of the desperate condition of his chief, because, under +the impulse of his alarm, he committed the imprudence to write that +threat: 'Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the governor!'" + +"But his friends were able to take him away afterward?" + +"When? Your men have never left the ruins. And where could they have +moved him to? At most, a few hundred yards away, for one doesn't let a +dying man travel--and then you would have found him. No, I tell you, he +is there. His friends would never have removed him from the safest of +hiding-places. It was there that they brought the doctor, while the +gendarmes were running to the fire like children." + +"But how is he living? How will he keep alive? To keep alive you need +food and drink." + +"I can't say. I don't know. But he is there, I will swear it. He is +there, because he can't help being there. I am as sure of it as if I +saw as if I touched him. He is there." + +With his finger outstretched toward the ruins, he traced in the air a +little circle which became smaller and smaller until it was only a +point. And that point his two companions sought desperately, both +leaning into space, both moved by the same faith in Beautrelet and +quivering with the ardent conviction which he had forced upon them. +Yes, Arsene Lupin was there. In theory and in fact, he was there: +neither of them was now able to doubt it. + +And there was something impressive and tragic in knowing that the +famous adventurer was lying in some dark shelter, below the ground, +helpless, feverish and exhausted. + +"And if he dies?" asked M. Filleul, in a low voice. + +"If he dies," said Beautrelet, "and if his accomplices are sure of it, +then see to the safety of Mlle. de Saint-Veran. Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction, for the vengeance will be terrible." + + * * * * * + +A few minutes later and in spite of the entreaties of M. Filleul, who +would gladly have made further use of this fascinating auxiliary, +Isidore Beautrelet, whose holidays ended that day, went off by the +Dieppe Road. He stepped from the train in Paris at five o'clock and, at +eight o'clock, returned to the Lycee Janson together with his +schoolfellows. + +Ganimard, after a minute, but utterly useless exploration of the ruins +of Ambrumesy, returned to Paris by the fast night-train. On reaching +his apartment in the Rue Pergolese, he found an express letter awaiting +him: + + * * * * * + +Monsieur l'Inspecteur Principal: + +Finding that I had a little time to spare at the end of the day, I have +succeeded in collecting a few additional particulars which are sure to +interest you. + +Arsene Lupin has been living in Paris for twelve months under the name +of Etienne de Vaudreix. It is a name which you will often come across +in the society notes or the sporting columns of the newspapers. He is a +great traveler and is absent for long periods, during which, by his own +account, he goes hunting tigers in Bengal or blue foxes in Siberia. He +is supposed to be in business of some kind, although nobody is able to +say for certain what his business is. + +His present address is 38, Rue Marbeuf; and I will call your attention +to the fact that the Rue Marbeuf is close to Post-office Number 45. +Since Thursday the twenty-third of April, the day before the burglary +at Ambrumesy, there has been no news at all of Etienne de Vaudreix. + +With very many thanks for the kindness which you have shown me, believe +me to be, + Monsieur l'Inspecteur Principal, + Yours sincerely, + ISIDORE BEAUTRELET. + +P.S.--Please on no account think that it cost me any great trouble to +obtain this information. On the very morning of the crime, while M. +Filleul was pursuing his examination before a few privileged persons, I +had the fortunate inspiration to glance at the runaway's cap, before +the sham flyman came to change it. The hatter's name was enough, as you +may imagine, to enable me to find the clue that led to the +identification of the purchaser and his address. + + * * * * * + +The next morning, Ganimard called at 36, Rue Marbeuf. After questioning +the concierge, he made him open the door of the ground-floor flat on +the right, a very comfortable apartment, elegantly furnished, in which, +however, he discovered nothing beyond some cinders in the fireplace. +Two friends had come, four days earlier, to burn all compromising +papers. + +But, just as he was leaving, Ganimard passed the postman, who was +bringing a letter for M. de Vaudreix. That afternoon, the public +prosecutor was informed of the case and ordered the letter to be given +up. It bore an American postmark and contained the following lines, in +English: + + * * * * * + +DEAR SIR: + +I write to confirm the answer which I gave your representative. As soon +as you have M. de Gesvres's four pictures in your possession, you can +forward them as arranged. + +You may add the rest, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt. + +An unexpected business requires my presence in Europe and I shall reach +Paris at the same time as this letter. You will find me at the Grand +Hotel. + +Yours faithfully, + +EPHRAIM B. HARLINGTON. + + * * * * * + +That same day, Ganimard applied for a warrant and took Mr. E. B. +Harlington, an American citizen, to the police-station, on a charge of +receiving and conspiracy. + + * * * * * + +Thus, within the space of twenty-four hours, all the threads of the +plot had been unraveled, thanks to the really unforeseen clues supplied +by a schoolboy of seventeen. In twenty-four hours, what had seemed +inexplicable became simple and clear. In twenty-four hours, the scheme +devised by the accomplices to save their leader was baffled; the +capture of Arsene Lupin, wounded and dying, was no longer in doubt, his +gang was disorganized, the address of his establishment in Paris and +the name which he assumed were known and, for the first time, one of +his cleverest and most carefully elaborated feats was seen through +before he had been able to ensure its complete execution. + +An immense clamor of astonishment, admiration and curiosity arose among +the public. Already, the Rouen journalist, in a very able article, had +described the first examination of the sixth-form pupil, laying stress +upon his personal charm, his simplicity of manner and his quiet +assurance. The indiscretions of Ganimard and M. Filleul, indiscretions +to which they yielded in spite of themselves, under an impulse that +proved stronger than their professional pride, suddenly enlightened the +public as to the part played by Isidore Beautrelet in recent events. He +alone had done everything. To him alone the merit of the victory was +due. + +The excitement was intense. Isidore Beautrelet awoke to find himself a +hero; and the crowd, suddenly infatuated, insisted upon the fullest +information regarding its new favorite. The reporters were there to +supply it. They rushed to the assault of the Lycee Janson-de-Sailly, +waited for the day-boarders to come out after schoolhours and picked up +all that related, however remotely, to Beautrelet. It was in this way +that they learned the reputation which he enjoyed among his +schoolfellows, who called him the rival of Holmlock Shears. Thanks to +his powers of logical reasoning, with no further data than those which +he was able to gather from the papers, he had, time after time, +proclaimed the solution of very complicated cases long before they were +cleared up by the police. + +It had become a game at the Lycee Janson to put difficult questions and +intricate problems to Beautrelet; and it was astonishing to see with +what unhesitating and analytical power and by means of what ingenious +deductions he made his way through the thickest darkness. Ten days +before the arrest of Jorisse, the grocer, he showed what could be done +with the famous umbrella. In the same way, he declared from the +beginning, in the matter of the Saint-Cloud mystery, that the concierge +was the only possible murderer. + +But most curious of all was the pamphlet which was found circulating +among the boys at the school, a typewritten pamphlet signed by +Beautrelet and manifolded to the number of ten copies. It was entitled, +ARSENE LUPIN AND HIS METHOD, SHOWING IN HOW FAR THE LATTER IS BASED +UPON TRADITION AND IN HOW FAR ORIGINAL. FOLLOWED BY A COMPARISON +BETWEEN ENGLISH HUMOR AND FRENCH IRONY. + +It contained a profound study of each of the exploits of Arsene Lupin, +throwing the illustrious burglar's operations into extraordinary +relief, showing the very mechanism of his way of setting to work, his +special tactics, his letters to the press, his threats, the +announcement of his thefts, in short, the whole bag of tricks which he +employed to bamboozle his selected victim and throw him into such a +state of mind that the victim almost offered himself to the plot +contrived against him and that everything took place, as it were, with +his own consent. + +And the work was so just, regarded as a piece of criticism, so +penetrating, so lively and marked by a wit so clever and, at the same +time, so cruel that the lawyers at once passed over to his side, that +the sympathy of the crowd was summarily transferred from Lupin to +Beautrelet and that, in the struggle engaged upon between the two, the +schoolboy's victory was loudly proclaimed in advance. + +Be this as it may, both M. Filleul and the Paris public prosecutor +seemed jealously to reserve the possibility of this victory for him. On +the one hand, they failed to establish Mr. Harlington's identity or to +furnish a definite proof of his connection with Lupin's gang. +Confederate or not, he preserved an obstinate silence. Nay, more, after +examining his handwriting, it was impossible to declare that he was the +author of the intercepted letter. A Mr. Harlington, carrying a small +portmanteau and a pocket-book stuffed with bank-notes, had taken up his +abode at the Grand Hotel: that was all that could be stated with +certainty. + +On the other hand, at Dieppe, M. Filleul lay down on the positions +which Beautrelet had won for him. He did not move a step forward. +Around the individual whom Mlle. de Saint-Veran had taken for +Beautrelet, on the eve of the crime, the same mystery reigned as +heretofore. The same obscurity also surrounded everything connected +with the removal of the four Rubens pictures. What had become of them? +And what road had been taken by the motor car in which they were +carried off during the night? + +Evidence of its passing was obtained at Luneray at Yerville, at Yvetot +and at Caudebec-en-Caux, where it must have crossed the Seine at +daybreak in the steam-ferry. But, when the matter came to be inquired +into more thoroughly, it was stated that the motor car was an uncovered +one and that it would have been impossible to pack four large pictures +into it unobserved by the ferryman. + +It was very probably the same car; but then the question cropped up +again: what had become of the four Rubenses? + +These were so many problems which M. Filleul unanswered. Every day, his +subordinates searched the quadrilateral of the ruins. Almost every day, +he came to direct the explorations. But between that and discovering +the refuge in which Lupin lay dying--if it were true that Beautrelet's +opinion was correct--there was a gulf fixed which the worthy magistrate +did not seem likely to cross. + +And so it was natural that they should turn once more to Isidore +Beautrelet, as he alone had succeeded in dispelling shadows which, in +his absence, gathered thicker and more impenetrable than ever. Why did +he not go on with the case? Seeing how far he had carried it, he +required but an effort to succeed. + +The question was put to him by a member of the staff of the Grand +Journal, who had obtained admission to the Lycee Janson by assuming the +name of Bernod, the friend of Beautrelet's father. And Isidore very +sensibly replied: + +"My dear sir, there are other things besides Lupin in this world, other +things besides stories about burglars and detectives. There is, for +instance, the thing which is known as taking one's degree. Now I am +going up for my examination in July. This is May. And I don't want to +be plucked. What would my worthy parent say?" + +"But what would he say if you delivered Arsene Lupin into the hands of +the police?" + +"Tut! There's a time for everything. In the next holidays--" + +"Whitsuntide?" + +"Yes--I shall go down on Saturday the sixth of June by the first train." + +"And, on the evening of that Saturday, Lupin will be taken." + +"Will you give me until the Sunday?" asked Beautrelet, laughing. + +"Why delay?" replied the journalist, quite seriously. + +This inexplicable confidence, born of yesterday and already so strong, +was felt with regard to the young man by one and all, even though, in +reality, events had justified it only up to a certain point. No matter, +people believed in him! Nothing seemed difficult to him. They expected +from him what they were entitled to expect at most from some phenomenon +of penetration and intuition, of experience and skill. That day of the +sixth of June was made to sprawl over all the papers. On the sixth of +June, Isidore Beautrelet would take the fast train to Dieppe: and Lupin +would be arrested on the same evening. + +"Unless he escapes between this and then," objected the last remaining +partisans of the adventurer. + +"Impossible! Every outlet is watched." + +"Unless he has succumbed to his wounds, then," said the partisans, who +would have preferred their hero's death to his capture. + +And the retort was immediate: + +"Nonsense! If Lupin were dead, his confederates would know it by now, +and Lupin would be revenged. Beautrelet said so!" + + * * * * * + +And the sixth of June came. Half a dozen journalists were looking out +for Isidore at the Gare Saint-Lazare. Two of them wanted to accompany +him on his journey. He begged them to refrain. + +He started alone, therefore, in a compartment to himself. He was tired, +thanks to a series of nights devoted to study, and soon fell asleep. He +slept heavily. In his dreams, he had an impression that the train +stopped at different stations and that people got in and out. When he +awoke, within sight of Rouen, he was still alone. But, on the back of +the opposite seat, was a large sheet of paper, fastened with a pin to +the gray cloth. It bore these words: + + "Every man should mind his own business. Do you mind yours. + If not, you must take the consequences." + +"Capital!" he exclaimed, rubbing his hands with delight. "Things are +going badly in the adversary's camp. That threat is as stupid and +vulgar as the sham flyman's. What a style! One can see that it wasn't +composed by Lupin." + +The train threaded the tunnel that precedes the old Norman city. On +reaching the station, Isidore took a few turns on the platform to +stretch his legs. He was about to re-enter his compartment, when a cry +escaped him. As he passed the bookstall, he had read, in an +absent-minded way, the following lines on the front page of a special +edition of the Journal de Rouen; and their alarming sense suddenly +burst upon him: + + * * * * * + +STOP-PRESS NEWS + +We hear by telephone from Dieppe that the Chateau d'Ambrumesy was +broken into last night by criminals, who bound and gagged Mlle. de +Gesvres and carried off Mlle. de Saint-Veran. Traces of blood have been +seen at a distance of five hundred yards from the house and a scarf has +been found close by, which is also stained with blood. There is every +reason to fear that the poor young girl has been murdered. + + * * * * * + +Isidore Beautrelet completed his journey to Dieppe without moving a +limb. Bent in two, with his elbows on his knees and his hands plastered +against his face, he sat thinking. + +At Dieppe, he took a fly. At the door of Ambrumesy, he met the +examining magistrate, who confirmed the horrible news. + +"You know nothing more?" asked Beautrelet. + +"Nothing. I have only just arrived." + +At that moment, the sergeant of gendarmes came up to M. Filleul and +handed him a crumpled, torn and discolored piece of paper, which he had +picked up not far from the place where the scarf was found. M. Filleul +looked at it and gave it to Beautrelet, saying: + +"I don't suppose this will help us much in our investigations." + +Isidore turned the paper over and over. It was covered with figures, +dots and signs and presented the exact appearance reproduced below: + +[Illustration: drawing of an outline of paper with writing and drawing +on it--numbers, dots, some letters, signs and symbols, something like... + + 2.1.1..2..2.1..1.. + 1...2.2. 2.43.2..2. + .45..2.4...2..2.4..2 + D DF square 19F+44triangle357triangle + 13.53..2 ..25.2 + +] + + + + +CHAPTER THREE + +THE CORPSE + + +At six o'clock in the evening, having finished all he had to do, M. +Filluel, accompanied by M. Bredoux, his clerk, stood waiting for the +carriage which was to take him back to Dieppe. He seemed restless, +nervous. Twice over, he asked: + +"You haven't seen anything of young Beautrelet, I suppose?" + +"No, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I can't say I have." + +"Where on earth can he be? I haven't set eyes on him all day!" + +Suddenly, he had an idea, handed his portfolio to Bredoux, ran round +the chateau and made for the ruins. Isidore Beautrelet was lying near +the cloisters, flat on his face, with one arm folded under his head, on +the ground carpeted with pine-needles. He seemed drowsing. + +"Hullo, young man, what are you doing here? Are you asleep?" + +"I'm not asleep. I've been thinking." + +"Ever since this morning?" + +"Ever since this morning." + +"It's not a question of thinking! One must see into things first, study +facts, look for clues, establish connecting links. The time for +thinking comes after, when one pieces all that together and discovers +the truth." + +"Yes, I know.--That's the usual way, the right one, I dare say.--Mine +is different.--I think first, I try, above all, to get the general hang +of the case, if I may so express myself. Then I imagine a reasonable +and logical hypothesis, which fits in with the general idea. And then, +and not before, I examine the facts to see if they agree with my +hypothesis." + +"That's a funny method and a terribly complicated one!" + +"It's a sure method, M. Filleul, which is more than can be said of +yours." + +"Come, come! Facts are facts." + +"With your ordinary sort of adversary, yes. But, given an enemy endowed +with a certain amount of cunning, the facts are those which he happens +to have selected. Take the famous clues upon which you base your +inquiry: why, he was at liberty to arrange them as he liked. And you +see where that can lead you, into what mistakes and absurdities, when +you are dealing with a man like Arsene Lupin. Holmlock Shears himself +fell into the trap." + +"Arsene Lupin is dead." + +"No matter. His gang remains and the pupils of such a master are +masters themselves." + +M. Filleul took Isidore by the arm and, leading him away: + +"Words, young man, words. Here is something of more importance. Listen +to me. Ganimard is otherwise engaged at this moment and will not be +here for a few days. On the other hand, the Comte de Gesvres has +telegraphed to Holmlock Shears, who has promised his assistance next +week. Now don't you think, young man, that it would be a feather in our +cap if we were able to say to those two celebrities, on the day of +their arrival, 'Awfully sorry, gentlemen, but we couldn't wait. The +business is done'?" + +It was impossible for M. Filleul to confess helplessness with greater +candor. Beautrelet suppressed a smile and, pretending not to see +through the worthy magistrate, replied: + +"I confess. Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that, if I was not present +at your inquiry just now, it was because I hoped that you would consent +to tell me the results. May I ask what you have learned?" + +"Well, last night, at eleven o'clock, the three gendarmes whom Sergeant +Quevillon had left on guard at the chateau received a note from the +sergeant telling them to hasten with all speed to Ouville, where they +are stationed. They at once rode off, and when they arrived at +Ouville--" + +"They discovered that they had been tricked, that the order was a +forgery and that there was nothing for them to do but return to +Ambrumesy." + +"This they did, accompanied by Sergeant Quevillon. But they were away +for an hour and a half and, during this time, the crime was committed." + +"In what circumstances?" + +"Very simple circumstances, indeed. A ladder was removed from the farm +buildings and placed against the second story of the chateau. A pane of +glass was cut out and a window opened. Two men, carrying a dark +lantern, entered Mlle. de Gesvres's room and gagged her before she +could cry out. Then, after binding her with cords, they softly opened +the door of the room in which Mlle. de Saint-Veran was sleeping. Mlle. +de Gesvres heard a stifled moan, followed by the sound of a person +struggling. A moment later, she saw two men carrying her cousin, who +was also bound and gagged. They passed in front of her and went out +through the window. Then Mlle. de Gesvres, terrified and exhausted, +fainted." + +"But what about the dogs? I thought M. de Gesvres had bought two almost +wild sheep-dogs, which were let loose at night?" + +"They were found dead, poisoned." + +"By whom? Nobody could get near them." + +"It's a mystery. The fact remains that the two men crossed the ruins +without let or hindrance and went out by the little door which we have +heard so much about. They passed through the copsewood, following the +line of the disused quarries. It was not until they were nearly half a +mile from the chateau, at the foot of the tree known as the Great Oak, +that they stopped--and executed their purpose." + +"If they came with the intention of killing Mlle. de Saint-Veran, why +didn't they murder her in her room?" + +"I don't know. Perhaps the incident that settled their determination +only occurred after they had left the house. Perhaps the girl succeeded +in releasing herself from her bonds. In my opinion, the scarf which was +picked up was used to fasten her wrists. In any case, the blow was +struck at the foot of the Great Oak. I have collected indisputable +proofs--" + +"But the body?" + +"The body has not been found, but there is nothing excessively +surprising in that. As a matter of fact, the trail which I followed +brought me to the church at Varengeville and the old cemetery perched +on the top of the cliff. From there it is a sheer precipice, a fall of +over three hundred feet to the rocks and the sea below. In a day or +two, a stronger tide than usual will cast up the body on the beach." + +"Obviously. This is all very simple." + +"Yes, it is all very simple and doesn't trouble me in the least. Lupin +is dead, his accomplices heard of it and, to revenge themselves, have +killed Mlle. de Saint-Veran. These are facts which did not even require +checking. But Lupin?" + +"What about him?" + +"What has become of him? In all probability, his confederates removed +his corpse at the same time that they carried away the girl; but what +proof have we? None at all. Any more than of his staying in the ruins, +or of his death, or of his life. And that is the real mystery, M. +Beautrelet. The murder of Mlle. Raymonde solves nothing. On the +contrary, it only complicates matters. What has been happening during +the past two months at the Chateau d'Ambrumesy? If we don't clear up +the riddle, young man, others will give us the go-by." + +"On what day are those others coming?" + +"Wednesday--Tuesday perhaps--" + +Beautrelet seemed to be making an inward calculation and then declared: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, this is Saturday. I have to be back at +school on Monday evening. Well, if you will have the goodness to be +here at ten o'clock exactly on Monday morning, I will try to give you +the key to the riddle." + +"Really, M. Beautrelet--do you think so? Are you sure?" + +"I hope so, at any rate." + +"And where are you going now?" + +"I am going to see if the facts consent to fit in with the general +theory which I am beginning to perceive." + +"And if they don't fit in?" + +"Well, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction," said Beautrelet, with a laugh, +"then it will be their fault and I must look for others which, will +prove more tractable. Till Monday, then?" + +"Till Monday." + +A few minutes later, M. Filleul was driving toward Dieppe, while +Isidore mounted a bicycle which he had borrowed from the Comte de +Gesvres and rode off along the road to Yerville and Caudebec-en-Caux. + +There was one point in particular on which the young man was anxious to +form a clear opinion, because this just appeared to him to be the +enemy's weakest point. Objects of the size of the four Rubens pictures +cannot be juggled away. They were bound to be somewhere. Granting that +it was impossible to find them for the moment, might one not discover +the road by which they had disappeared? + +What Beautrelet surmised was that the four pictures had undoubtedly +been carried off in the motor car, but that, before reaching Caudebec, +they were transferred to another car, which had crossed the Seine +either above Caudebec or below it. Now the first horse-boat down the +stream was at Quillebeuf, a greatly frequented ferry and, consequently, +dangerous. Up stream, there was the ferry-boat at La Mailleraie, a +large, but lonely market-town, lying well off the main road. + +By midnight, Isidore had covered the thirty-five or forty miles to La +Mailleraie and was knocking at the door of an inn by the waterside. He +slept there and, in the morning, questioned the ferrymen. + +They consulted the counterfoils in the traffic-book. No motor-car had +crossed on Thursday the 23rd of April. + +"A horse-drawn vehicle, then?" suggested Beautrelet. "A cart? A van?" + +"No, not either." + +Isidore continued his inquiries all through the morning. He was on the +point of leaving for Quillebeuf, when the waiter of the inn at which he +had spent the night said: + +"I came back from my thirteen days' training on the morning of which +you are speaking and I saw a cart, but it did not go across." + +"Really?" + +"No, they unloaded it onto a flat boat, a barge of sorts, which was +moored to the wharf." + +"And where did the cart come from?" + +"Oh, I knew it at once. It belonged to Master Vatinel, the carter." + +"And where does he live?" + +"At Louvetot." + +Beautrelet consulted his military map. The hamlet of Louvetot lay where +the highroad between Yvetot and Caudebec was crossed by a little +winding road that ran through the woods to La Mailleraie. + +Not until six o'clock in the evening did Isidore succeed in discovering +Master Vatinel, in a pothouse. Master Vatinel was one of those artful +old Normans who are always on their guard, who distrust strangers, but +who are unable to resist the lure of a gold coin or the influence of a +glass or two: + +"Well, yes, sir, the men in the motor car that morning had told me to +meet them at five o'clock at the crossroads. They gave me four great, +big things, as high as that. One of them went with me and we carted the +things to the barge." + +"You speak of them as if you knew them before." + +"I should think I did know them! It was the sixth time they were +employing me." + +Isidore gave a start: + +"The sixth time, you say? And since when?" + +"Why every day before that one, to be sure! But it was other things +then--great blocks of stone--or else smaller, longish ones, wrapped up +in newspapers, which they carried as if they were worth I don't know +what. Oh, I mustn't touch those on any account!--But what's the matter? +You've turned quite white." + +"Nothing--the heat of the room--" + +Beautrelet staggered out into the air. The joy, the surprise of the +discovery made him feel giddy. He went back very quietly to +Varengeville, slept in the village, spent an hour at the mayor's +offices with the school-master and returned to the chateau. There he +found a letter awaiting him "care of M. le Comte de Gesvres." It +consisted of a single line: + +"Second warning. Hold your tongue. If not--" + +"Come," he muttered. "I shall have to make up my mind and take a few +precautions for my personal safety. If not, as they say--" + +It was nine o'clock. He strolled about among the ruins and then lay +down near the cloisters and closed his eyes. + +"Well, young man, are you satisfied with the results of your campaign?" + +It was M. Filleul. + +"Delighted, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction." + +"By which you mean to say--?" + +"By which I mean to say that I am prepared to keep my promise--in spite +of this very uninviting letter." + +He showed the letter to M. Filleul. + +"Pooh! Stuff and nonsense!" cried the magistrate. "I hope you won't let +that prevent you--" + +"From telling you what I know? No, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. I +have given my word and I shall keep it. In less than ten minutes, you +shall know--a part of the truth." + +"A part?" + +"Yes, in my opinion, Lupin's hiding-place does not constitute the whole +of the problem. Far from it. But we shall see later on." + +"M. Beautrelet, nothing that you do could astonish me now. But how were +you able to discover--?" + +"Oh, in a very natural way! In the letter from old man Harlington to M. +Etienne de Vaudreix, or rather to Lupin--" + +"The intercepted letter?" + +"Yes. There is a phrase which always puzzled me. After saying that the +pictures are to be forwarded as arranged, he goes on to say, 'You may +add THE REST, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt.'" + +"Yes, I remember." + +"What was this 'rest'? A work of art, a curiosity? The chateau contains +nothing of any value besides the Rubenses and the tapestries. Jewelry? +There is very little and what there is of it is not worth much. In that +case, what could it be?--On the other hand, was it conceivable that +people so prodigiously clever as Lupin should not have succeeded in +adding 'the rest,' which they themselves had evidently suggested? A +difficult undertaking, very likely; exceptional, surprising, I dare +say; but possible and therefore certain, since Lupin wished it." + +"And yet he failed: nothing has disappeared." + +"He did not fail: something has disappeared." + +"Yes, the Rubenses--but--" + +"The Rubenses and something besides--something which has been replaced +by a similar thing, as in the case of the Rubenses; something much more +uncommon, much rarer, much more valuable than the Rubenses." + +"Well, what? You're killing me with this procrastination!" + +While talking, the two men had crossed the ruins, turned toward the +little door and were now walking beside the chapel. Beautrelet stopped: + +"Do you really want to know, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction?" + +"Of course, I do." + +Beautrelet was carrying a walking-stick, a strong, knotted stick. +Suddenly, with a back stroke of this stick, he smashed one of the +little statues that adorned the front of the chapel. + +"Why, you're mad!" shouted M. Filleul, beside himself, rushing at the +broken pieces of the statue. "You're mad! That old saint was an +admirable bit of work--" + +"An admirable bit of work!" echoed Isidore, giving a whirl which +brought down the Virgin Mary. + +M. Filleul took hold of him round the body: + +"Young man, I won't allow you to commit--" + +A wise man of the East came toppling to the ground, followed by a +manger containing the Mother and Child. . . . + +"If you stir another limb, I fire!" + +The Comte de Gesvres had appeared upon the scene and was cocking his +revolver. Beautrelet burst out laughing: + +"That's right, Monsieur le Comte, blaze away!--Take a shot at them, as +if you were at a fair!--Wait a bit--this chap carrying his head in his +hands--" + +St. John the Baptist fell, shattered to pieces. + +"Oh!" shouted the count, pointing his revolver. "You young +vandal!--Those masterpieces!" + +"Sham, Monsieur le Comte!" + +"What? What's that?" roared M. Filleul, wresting the Comte de Gesvres's +weapon from him. + +"Sham!" repeated Beautrelet. "Paper-pulp and plaster!" + +"Oh, nonsense! It can't be true!" + +"Hollow plaster, I tell you! Nothing at all!" + +The count stooped and picked up a sliver of a statuette. + +"Look at it, Monsieur le Comte, and see for yourself: it's plaster! +Rusty, musty, mildewed plaster, made to look like old stone--but +plaster for all that, plaster casts!--That's all that remains of your +perfect masterpiece!--That's what they've done in just a few +days!-That's what the Sieur Charpenais who copied the Rubenses, +prepared a year ago." He seized M. Filleul's arm in his turn. "What do +you think of it, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction? Isn't it fine? Isn't +it grand? Isn't it gorgeous? The chapel has been removed! A whole +Gothic chapel collected stone by stone! A whole population of statues +captured and replaced by these chaps in stucco! One of the most +magnificent specimens of an incomparable artistic period confiscated! +The chapel, in short, stolen! Isn't it immense? Ah, Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction, what a genius the man is!" + +"You're allowing yourself to be carried away, M. Beautrelet." + +"One can't be carried away too much, monsieur, when one has to do with +people like that. Everything above the average deserves our admiration. +And this man soars above everything. There is in his flight a wealth of +imagination, a force and power, a skill and freedom that send a thrill +through me!" + +"Pity he's dead," said M. Filleul, with a grin. "He'd have ended by +stealing the towers of Notre-Dame." + +Isidore shrugged his shoulders: + +"Don't laugh, monsieur. He upsets you, dead though he may be." + +"I don't say not, I don't say not, M. Beautrelet, I confess that I feel +a certain excitement now that I am about to set eyes on him--unless, +indeed, his friends have taken away the body." + +"And always admitting," observed the Comte de Gesvres, "that it was +really he who was wounded by my poor niece." + +"It was he, beyond a doubt, Monsieur le Comte," declared Beautrelet; +"it was he, believe me, who fell in the ruins under the shot fired by +Mlle. de Saint-Veran; it was he whom she saw rise and who fell again +and dragged himself toward the cloisters to rise again for the last +time--this by a miracle which I will explain to you presently--to rise +again for the last time and reach this stone shelter--which was to be +his tomb." + +And Beautrelet struck the threshold of the chapel with his stick. + +"Eh? What?" cried M. Filleul, taken aback. "His tomb?--Do you think +that that impenetrable hiding-place--" + +"It was here--there," he repeated. + +"But we searched it." + +"Badly." + +"There is no hiding-place here," protested M. de Gesvres. "I know the +chapel." + +"Yes, there is, Monsieur le Comte. Go to the mayor's office at +Varengeville, where they have collected all the papers that used to be +in the old parish of Ambrumesy, and you will learn from those papers, +which belong to the eighteenth century, that there is a crypt below the +chapel. This crypt doubtless dates back to the Roman chapel, upon the +site of which the present one was built." + +"But how can Lupin have known this detail?" asked M. Filleul. + +"In a very simple manner: because of the works which he had to execute +to take away the chapel." + +"Come, come, M. Beautrelet, you're exaggerating. He has not taken away +the whole chapel. Look, not one of the stones of this top course has +been touched." + +"Obviously, he cast and took away only what had a financial value: the +wrought stones, the sculptures, the statuettes, the whole treasure of +little columns and carved arches. He did not trouble about the +groundwork of the building itself. The foundations remain." + +"Therefore, M. Beautrelet, Lupin was not able to make his way into the +crypt." + +At that moment, M. de Gesvres, who had been to call a servant, returned +with the key of the chapel. He opened the door. The three men entered. +After a short examination Beautrelet said: + +"The flag-stones on the ground have been respected, as one might +expect. But it is easy to perceive that the high altar is nothing more +than a cast. Now, generally, the staircase leading to the crypt opens +in front of the high altar and passes under it." + +"What do you conclude?" + +"I conclude that Lupin discovered the crypt when working at the altar." + +The count sent for a pickaxe and Beautrelet attacked the altar. The +plaster flew to right and left. He pushed the pieces aside as he went +on. + +"By Jove!" muttered M. Filleul, "I am eager to know--" + +"So am I," said Beautrelet, whose face was pale with anguish. + +He hurried his blows. And, suddenly, his pickaxe, which, until then, +had encountered no resistance, struck against a harder material and +rebounded. There was a sound of something falling in; and all that +remained of the altar went tumbling into the gap after the block of +stone which had been struck by the pickaxe. Beautrelet bent forward. A +puff of cold air rose to his face. He lit a match and moved it from +side to side over the gap: + +"The staircase begins farther forward than I expected, under the +entrance-flags, almost. I can see the last steps, there, right at the +bottom." + +"Is it deep?" + +"Three or four yards. The steps are very high--and there are some +missing." + +"It is hardly likely," said M. Filleul, "that the accomplices can have +had time to remove the body from the cellar, when they were engaged in +carrying off Mlle. de Saint-Veran--during the short absence of the +gendarmes. Besides, why should they?--No, in my opinion, the body is +here." + +A servant brought them a ladder. Beautrelet let it down through the +opening and fixed it, after groping among the fallen fragments. Holding +the two uprights firmly: + +"Will you go down, M. Filleul?" he asked. + +The magistrate, holding a candle in his hand, ventured down the ladder. +The Comte de Gesvres followed him and Beautrelet, in his turn, placed +his foot on the first rung. + +Mechanically, he counted eighteen rungs, while his eyes examined the +crypt, where the glimmer of the candle struggled against the heavy +darkness. But, at the bottom, his nostrils were assailed by one of +those foul and violent smells which linger in the memory for many a +long day. And, suddenly, a trembling hand seized him by the shoulder. + +"Well, what is it?" + +"B-beautrelet," stammered M. Filleul. "B-beau-trelet--" + +He could not get a word out for terror. + +"Come, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, compose yourself!" + +"Beautrelet--he is there--" + +"Eh?" + +"Yes--there was something under the big stone that broke off the +altar--I pushed the stone--and I touched--I shall never--shall never +forget.--" + +"Where is it?" + +"On this side.--Don't you notice the smell?--And then look--see." + +He took the candle and held it towards a motionless form stretched upon +the ground. + +"Oh!" exclaimed Beautrelet, in a horror-stricken tone. + +The three men bent down quickly. The corpse lay half-naked, lean, +frightful. The flesh, which had the greenish hue of soft wax, appeared +in places through the torn clothes. But the most hideous thing, the +thing that had drawn a cry of terror from the young man's lips, was the +head, the head which had just been crushed by the block of stone, the +shapeless head, a repulsive mass in which not one feature could be +distinguished. + +Beautrelet took four strides up the ladder and fled into the daylight +and the open air. + +M. Filleul found him again lying flat on the around, with his hands +glued to his face: + +"I congratulate you, Beautrelet," he said. "In addition to the +discovery of the hiding-place, there are two points on which I have +been able to verify the correctness of your assertions. First of all, +the man on whom Mlle. de Saint-Veran fired was indeed Arsene Lupin, as +you said from the start. Also, he lived in Paris under the name of +Etienne de Vaudreix. His linen is marked with the initials E. V. That +ought to be sufficient proof, I think: don't you?" + +Isidore did not stir. + +"Monsieur le Comte has gone to have a horse put to. They're sending for +Dr. Jouet, who will make the usual examination. In my opinion, death +must have taken place a week ago, at least. The state of decomposition +of the corpse--but you don't seem to be listening--" + +"Yes, yes." + +"What I say is based upon absolute reasons. Thus, for instance--" + +M. Filleul continued his demonstrations, without, however, obtaining +any more manifest marks of attention. But M. de Gesvres's return +interrupted his monologue. The comte brought two letters. One was to +tell him that Holmlock Shears would arrive next morning. + +"Capital!" cried M. Filleul, joyfully. "Inspector Ganimard will be here +too. It will be delightful." + +"The other letter is for you, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction," said the +comte. + +"Better and better," said M. Filleul, after reading it. "There will +certainly not be much for those two gentlemen to do. M. Beautrelet, I +hear from Dieppe that the body of a young woman was found by some +shrimpers, this morning, on the rocks." + +Beautrelet gave a start: + +"What's that? The body--" + +"Of a young woman.--The body is horribly mutilated, they say, and it +would be impossible to establish the identity, but for a very narrow +little gold curb-bracelet on the right arm which has become encrusted +in the swollen skin. Now Mlle. de Saint-Veran used to wear a gold +curb-bracelet on her right arm. Evidently, therefore, Monsieur le +Comte, this is the body of your poor niece, which the sea must have +washed to that distance. What do you think, Beautrelet?" + +"Nothing--nothing--or, rather, yes--everything is connected, as you +see--and there is no link missing in my argument. All the facts, one +after the other, however contradictory, however disconcerting they may +appear, end by supporting the supposition which I imagined from the +first." + +"I don't understand." + +"You soon will. Remember, I promised you the whole truth." + +"But it seems to me--" + +"A little patience, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. So far, you have +had no cause to complain of me. It is a fine day. Go for a walk, lunch +at the chateau, smoke your pipe. I shall be back by four o'clock. As +for my school, well, I don't care: I shall take the night train." + +They had reached the out-houses at the back of the chateau. Beautrelet +jumped on his bicycle and rode away. + +At Dieppe, he stopped at the office of the local paper, the Vigie, and +examined the file for the last fortnight. Then he went on to the +market-town of Envermeu, six or seven miles farther. At Envermeu, he +talked to the mayor, the rector and the local policeman. The +church-clock struck three. His inquiry was finished. + +He returned singing for joy. He pressed upon the two pedals turn by +turn, with an equal and powerful rhythm; his chest opened wide to take +in the keen air that blew from the sea. And, from time to time, he +forgot himself to the extent of uttering shouts of triumph to the sky, +when he thought of the aim which he was pursuing and of the success +that was crowning his efforts. + +Ambrumesy appeared in sight. He coasted at full speed down the slope +leading to the chateau. The top rows of venerable trees that line the +road seemed to run to meet him and to vanish behind him forthwith. And, +all at once, he uttered a cry. In a sudden vision, he had seen a rope +stretched from one tree to another, across the road. + +His machine gave a jolt and stopped short. Beautrelet was flung three +yards forward, with immense violence, and it seemed to him that only +chance, a miraculous chance, caused him to escape a heap of pebbles on +which, logically, he ought to have broken his head. + +He lay for a few seconds stunned. Then, all covered with bruises, with +the skin flayed from his knees, he examined the spot. On the right lay +a small wood, by which his aggressor had no doubt fled. Beautrelet +untied the rope. To the tree on the left around which it was fastened a +small piece of paper was fixed with string. Beautrelet unfolded it and +read: + +"The third and last warning." + +He went on to the chateau, put a few questions to the servants and +joined the examining magistrate in a room on the ground floor, at the +end of the right wing, where M. Filleul used to sit in the course of +his operations. M. Filleul was writing, with his clerk seated opposite +to him. At a sign from him, the clerk left the room; and the magistrate +exclaimed: + +"Why, what have you been doing to yourself, M. Beautrelet? Your hands +are covered with blood." + +"It's nothing, it's nothing," said the young man. "Just a fall +occasioned by this rope, which was stretched in front of my bicycle. I +will only ask you to observe that the rope comes from the chateau. Not +longer than twenty minutes ago, it was being used to dry linen on, +outside the laundry." + +"You don't mean to say so!" + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I am being watched here, by some one +in the very heart of the place, who can see me, who can hear me and +who, minute by minute, observes my actions and knows my intentions." + +"Do you think so?" + +"I am sure of it. It is for you to discover him and you will have no +difficulty in that. As for myself, I want to have finished and to give +you the promised explanations. I have made faster progress than our +adversaries expected and I am convinced that they mean to take vigorous +measures on their side. The circle is closing around me. The danger is +approaching. I feel it." + +"Nonsense, Beautrelet--" + +"You wait and see! For the moment, let us lose no time. And, first, a +question on a point which I want to have done with at once. Have you +spoken to anybody of that document which Sergeant Quevillon picked up +and handed you in my presence?" + +"No, indeed; not to a soul. But do you attach any value--?" + +"The greatest value. It's an idea of mine, an idea, I confess, which +does not rest upon a proof of any kind--for, up to the present, I have +not succeeded in deciphering the document. And therefore I am +mentioning it--so that we need not come back to it." + +Beautrelet pressed his hand on M. Filleul's and whispered: + +"Don't speak--there's some one listening--outside--" + +The gravel creaked. Beautrelet ran to the window and leaned out: + +"There's no one there--but the border has been trodden down--we can +easily identify the footprints--" + +He closed the window and sat down again: + +"You see, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, the enemy has even ceased to +take the most ordinary precautions--he has not time left--he too feels +that the hour is urgent. Let us be quick, therefore, and speak, since +they do not wish us to speak." + +He laid the document on the table and held it in position, unfolded: + +"One observation, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, to begin with. The +paper consists almost entirely of dots and figures. And in the first +three lines and the fifth--the only ones with which we have to do at +present, for the fourth seems to present an entirely different +character--not one of those figures is higher than the figure 5. There +is, therefore, a great chance that each of these figures represents one +of the five vowels, taken in alphabetical order. Let us put down the +result." + +He wrote on a separate piece of paper: + + E . A . A . . E . . E . A . . A . . + A . . . E . E . . E OI . E . . E . + . OU . . E . O . . . E . . E . O . . E + AI . UI . . E . . EU . E + + +Then he continued: + +"As you see, this does not give us much to go upon. The key is, at the +same time, very easy, because the inventor has contented himself with +replacing the vowels by figures and the consonants by dots, and very +difficult, if not impossible, because he has taken no further trouble +to complicate the problem." + +"It is certainly pretty obscure." + +"Let us try to throw some light upon it. The second line is divided +into two parts; and the second part appears in such a way that it +probably forms one word. If we now seek to replace the intermediary +dots by consonants, we arrive at the conclusion, after searching and +casting about, that the only consonants which are logically able to +support the vowels are also logically able to produce only one word, +the word DEMOISELLES." + +"That would refer to Mlle. de Gesvres and Mlle. de Saint-Veran." + +"Undoubtedly." + +"And do you see nothing more?" + +"Yes. I also note an hiatus in the middle of the last line; and, if I +apply a similar operation to the beginning of the line, I at once see +that the only consonant able to take the place of the dot between the +diphthongs FAI and UI is the letter G and that, when I have thus formed +the first five letters of the word, AIGUI, it is natural and inevitable +that, with the two next dots and the final E, I should arrive at the +word AIGUILLE." + +"Yes, the word AIGUILLE forces itself upon us." + +"Finally, for the last word, I have three vowels and three consonants. +I cast about again, I try all the letters, one after the other, and, +starting with the principle that the two first letters are necessary +consonants, I find that three words apply: F*EUVE, PREUVE and CREUSE. I +eliminate the words F*EUVE and PREUVE, as possessing no possible +relation to a needle, and I keep the word CREUSE." + +"Making 'hollow needle'! By jove! I admit that your solution is +correct, because it needs must be; but how does it help us?" + +"Not at all," said Beautrelet, in a thoughtful tone. "Not at all, for +the moment.--Later on, we shall see.--I have an idea that a number of +things are included in the puzzling conjunction of those two words, +AIGUILLE CREUSE. What is troubling me at present is rather the material +on which the document is written, the paper employed.--Do they still +manufacture this sort of rather coarse-grained parchment? And then this +ivory color.--And those folds--the wear of those folds--and, lastly, +look, those marks of red sealing-wax, on the back--" + +At that moment Beautrelet, was interrupted by Bredoux, the magistrate's +clerk, who opened the door and announced the unexpected arrival of the +chief public prosecutor. M. Filleul rose: + +"Anything new? Is Monsieur le Procureur General downstairs?" + +"No, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. Monsieur le Procureur General has +not left his carriage. He is only passing through Ambrumesy and begs +you to be good enough to go down to him at the gate. He only has a word +to say to you." + +"That's curious," muttered M. Filleul. "However--we shall see. Excuse +me, Beautrelet, I shan't be long." + +He went away. His footsteps sounded outside. Then the clerk closed the +door, turned the key and put it in his pocket. + +"Hullo!" exclaimed Beautrelet, greatly surprised. "What are you locking +us in for?" + +"We shall be able to talk so much better," retorted Bredoux. + +Beautrelet rushed toward another door, which led to the next room. He +had understood: the accomplice was Bredoux, the clerk of the examining +magistrate himself. Bredoux grinned: + +"Don't hurt your fingers, my young friend. I have the key of that door, +too." + +"There's the window!" cried Beautrelet. + +"Too late," said Bredoux, planting himself in front of the casement, +revolver in hand. + +Every chance of retreat was cut off. There was nothing more for Isidore +to do, nothing except to defend himself against the enemy who was +revealing himself with such brutal daring. He crossed his arms. + +"Good," mumbled the clerk. "And now let us waste no time." He took out +his watch. "Our worthy M. Filleul will walk down to the gate. At the +gate, he will find nobody, of course: no more public prosecutor than my +eye. Then he will come back. That gives us about four minutes. It will +take me one minute to escape by this window, clear through the little +door by the ruins and jump on the motor cycle waiting for me. That +leaves three minutes, which is just enough." + +Bredoux was a queer sort of misshapen creature, who balanced on a pair +of very long spindle-legs a huge trunk, as round as the body of a +spider and furnished with immense arms. A bony face and a low, small +stubborn forehead pointed to the man's narrow obstinacy. + +Beautrelet felt a weakness in the legs and staggered. He had to sit +down: + +"Speak," he said. "What do you want?" + +"The paper. I've been looking for it for three days." + +"I haven't got it." + +"You're lying. I saw you put it back in your pocket-book when I came +in." + +"Next?" + +"Next, you must undertake to keep quite quiet. You're annoying us. +Leave us alone and mind your own business. Our patience is at an end." + +He had come nearer, with the revolver still aimed at the young man's +head, and spoke in a hollow voice, with a powerful stress on each +syllable that he uttered. His eyes were hard, his smile cruel. + +Beautrelet gave a shudder. It was the first time that he was +experiencing the sense of danger. And such danger! He felt himself in +the presence of an implacable enemy, endowed with blind and +irresistible strength. + +"And next?" he asked, with less assurance in his voice. + +"Next? Nothing.--You will be free.--We will forget--" + +There was a pause. Then Bredoux resumed: + +"There is only a minute left. You must make up your mind. Come, old +chap, don't be a fool.--We are the stronger, you know, always and +everywhere.--Quick, the paper--" + +Isidore did not flinch. With a livid and terrified face, he remained +master of himself, nevertheless, and his brain remained clear amid the +breakdown of his nerves. The little black hole of the revolver was +pointing at six inches from his eyes. The finger was bent and obviously +pressing on the trigger. It only wanted a moment-- + +"The paper," repeated Bredoux. "If not--" + +"Here it is," said Beautrelet. + +He took out his pocket-book and handed it to the clerk, who seized it +eagerly. + +"Capital! We've come to our senses. I've no doubt there's something to +be done with you.--You're troublesome, but full of common sense. I'll +talk about it to my pals. And now I'm off. Good-bye!" + +He pocketed his revolver and turned back the fastening of the window. +There was a noise in the passage. + +"Good-bye," he said again. "I'm only just in time." + +But the idea stopped him. With a quick movement, he examined the +pocket-book: + +"Damn and blast it!" He grated through his teeth. "The paper's not +there.--You've done me--" + +He leaped into the room. Two shots rang out. Isidore, in his turn, had +seized his pistol and fired. + +"Missed, old chap!" shouted Bredoux. "Your hand's shaking.--You're +afraid--" + +They caught each other round the body and came down to the floor +together. There was a violent and incessant knocking at the door. +Isidore's strength gave way and he was at once over come by his +adversary. It was the end. A hand was lifted over him, armed with a +knife, and fell. A fierce pain burst into his shoulder. He let go. + +He had an impression of some one fumbling in the inside pocket of his +jacket and taking the paper from it. Then, through the lowered veil of +his eyelids, he half saw the man stepping over the window-sill. + + * * * * * + +The same newspapers which, on the following morning, related the last +episodes that had occurred at the Chateau d'Ambrumesy--the trickery at +the chapel, the discovery of Arsene Lupin's body and of Raymonde's body +and, lastly, the murderous attempt made upon Beautrelet by the clerk to +the examining magistrate--also announced two further pieces of news: +the disappearance of Ganimard, and the kidnapping of Holmlock Shears, +in broad daylight, in the heart of London, at the moment when he was +about to take the train for Dover. + +Lupin's gang, therefore, which had been disorganized for a moment by +the extraordinary ingenuity of a seventeen-year-old schoolboy, was now +resuming the offensive and was winning all along the line from the +first. Lupin's two great adversaries, Shears and Ganimard, were put +away. Isidore Beautrelet was disabled. The police were powerless. For +the moment there was no one left capable of struggling against such +enemies. + + + + +CHAPTER FOUR + +FACE TO FACE + + +One evening, five weeks later, I had given my man leave to go out. It +was the day before the 14th of July. The night was hot, a storm +threatened and I felt no inclination to leave the flat. I opened wide +the glass doors leading to my balcony, lit my reading lamp and sat down +in an easy-chair to look through the papers, which I had not yet seen. + +It goes without saying that there was something about Arsene Lupin in +all of them. Since the attempt at murder of which poor Isidore +Beautrelet had been the victim, not a day had passed without some +mention of the Ambrumesy mystery. It had a permanent headline devoted +to it. Never had public opinion been excited to that extent, thanks to +the extraordinary series of hurried events, of unexpected and +disconcerting surprises. M. Filleul, who was certainly accepting the +secondary part allotted to him with a good faith worthy of all praise, +had let the interviewers into the secret of his young advisor's +exploits during the memorable three days, so that the public was able +to indulge in the rashest suppositions. And the public gave itself free +scope. Specialists and experts in crime, novelists and playwrights, +retired magistrates and chief-detectives, erstwhile Lecocqs and budding +Holmlock Shearses, each had his theory and expounded it in lengthy +contributions to the press. Everybody corrected and supplemented the +inquiry of the examining magistrate; and all on the word of a child, on +the word of Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form schoolboy at the Lycee +Janson-de-Sailly! + +For really, it had to be admitted, the complete elements of the truth +were now in everybody's possession. What did the mystery consist of? +They knew the hiding-place where Arsene Lupin had taken refuge and lain +a-dying; there was no doubt about it: Dr. Delattre, who continued to +plead professional secrecy and refused to give evidence, nevertheless +confessed to his intimate friends--who lost no time in blabbing--that +he really had been taken to a crypt to attend a wounded man whom his +confederates introduced to him by the name of Arsene Lupin. And, as the +corpse of Etienne de Vaudreix was found in that same crypt and as the +said Etienne de Vaudreix was none other than Arsene Lupin--as the +official examination went to show--all this provided an additional +proof, if one were needed, of the identity of Arsene Lupin and the +wounded man. Therefore, with Lupin dead and Mlle. de Saint-Veran's body +recognized by the curb-bracelet on her wrist, the tragedy was finished. + +It was not. Nobody thought that it was, because Beautrelet had said the +contrary. Nobody knew in what respect it was not finished, but, on the +word of the young man, the mystery remained complete. The evidence of +the senses did not prevail against the statement of a Beautrelet. There +was something which people did not know, and of that something they +were convinced that he was in position to supply a triumphant +explanation. + +It is easy, therefore, to imagine the anxiety with which, at first, +people awaited the bulletins issued by the two Dieppe doctors to whose +care the Comte de Gesvres entrusted his patient; the distress that +prevailed during the first few days, when his life was thought to be in +danger; and the enthusiasm of the morning when the newspapers announced +that there was no further cause for fear. The least details excited the +crowd. People wept at the thought of Beautrelet nursed by his old +father, who had been hurriedly summoned by telegram, and they also +admired the devotion of Mlle. Suzanne de Gesvres, who spent night after +night by the wounded lad's bedside. + +Next came a swift and glad convalescence. At last, the public were +about to know! They would know what Beautrelet had promised to reveal +to M. Filleul and the decisive words which the knife of the would-be +assassin had prevented him from uttering! And they would also know +everything, outside the tragedy itself, that remained impenetrable or +inaccessible to the efforts of the police. + +With Beautrelet free and cured of his wound, one could hope for some +certainty regarding Harlington, Arsene Lupin's mysterious accomplice, +who was still detained at the Sante prison. One would learn what had +become, after the crime, of Bredoux the clerk, that other accomplice, +whose daring was really terrifying. + +With Beautrelet free, one could also form a precise idea concerning the +disappearance of Ganimard and the kidnapping of Shears. How was it +possible for two attempts of this kind to take place? Neither the +English detectives nor their French colleagues possessed the slightest +clue on the subject. On Whit-Sunday, Ganimard did not come home, nor on +the Monday either, nor during the five weeks that followed. In London, +on Whit-Monday, Holmlock Shears took a cab at eight o'clock in the +evening to drive to the station. He had hardly stepped in, when he +tried to alight, probably feeling a presentiment of danger. But two men +jumped into the hansom, one on either side, flung him back on the seat +and kept him there between them, or rather under them. All this +happened in sight of nine or ten witnesses, who had no time to +interfere. The cab drove off at a gallop. And, after that, nothing. +Nobody knew anything. + +Perhaps, also, Beautrelet would be able to give the complete +explanation of the document, the mysterious paper to which. Bredoux, +the magistrate's clerk, attached enough importance to recover it, with +blows of the knife, from the person in whose possession it was. The +problem of the Hollow Needle it was called, by the countless solvers of +riddles who, with their eyes bent upon the figures and dots, strove to +read a meaning into them. The Hollow Needle! What a bewildering +conjunction of two simple words! What an incomprehensible question was +set by that scrap of paper, whose very origin and manufacture were +unknown! The Hollow Needle! Was it a meaningless expression, the puzzle +of a schoolboy scribbling with pen and ink on the corner of a page? Or +were they two magic words which could compel the whole great adventure +of Lupin the great adventurer to assume its true significance? Nobody +knew. + +But the public soon would know. For some days, the papers had been +announcing the approaching arrival of Beautrelet. The struggle was on +the point of recommencing; and, this time, it would be implacable on +the part of the young man, who was burning to take his revenge. And, as +it happened, my attention, just then, was drawn to his name, printed in +capitals. The Grand Journal headed its front page with the following +paragraph: + + * * * * * + +WE HAVE PERSUADED + +M. ISIDORE BEAUTRELET + +TO GIVE US THE FIRST RIGHT OF PRINTING HIS REVELATIONS. TO-MORROW, +TUESDAY, BEFORE THE POLICE THEMSELVES ARE INFORMED, THE Grand Journal +WILL PUBLISH THE WHOLE TRUTH OF THE AMBRUMESY MYSTERY. + + * * * * * + +"That's interesting, eh? What do you think of it, my dear chap?" + +I started from my chair. There was some one sitting beside me, some one +I did not know. I cast my eyes round for a weapon. But, as my visitor's +attitude appeared quite inoffensive, I restrained myself and went up to +him. + +He was a young man with strongly-marked features, long, fair hair and a +short, tawny beard, divided into two points. His dress suggested the +dark clothes of an English clergyman; and his whole person, for that +matter, wore an air of austerity and gravity that inspired respect. + +"Who are you?" I asked. And, as he did not reply, I repeated, "Who are +you? How did you get in? What are you here for?" + +He looked at me and said: + +"Don't you know me?" + +"No--no!" + +"Oh, that's really curious! Just search your memory--one of your +friends--a friend of a rather special kind--however--" + +I caught him smartly by the arm: + +"You lie! You lie! No, you're not the man you say you are--it's not +true." + +"Then why are you thinking of that man rather than another?" he asked, +with a laugh. + +Oh, that laugh! That bright and clear young laugh, whose amusing irony +had so often contributed to my diversion! I shivered. Could it be? + +"No, no," I protested, with a sort of terror. "It cannot be." + +"It can't be I, because I'm dead, eh?" he retorted. "And because you +don't believe in ghosts." He laughed again. "Am I the sort of man who +dies? Do you think I would die like that, shot in the back by a girl? +Really, you misjudge me! As though I would ever consent to such a death +as that!" + +"So it is you!" I stammered, still incredulous and yet greatly excited. +"So it is you! I can't manage to recognize you." + +"In that case," he said, gaily, "I am quite easy. If the only man to +whom I have shown myself in my real aspect fails to know me to-day, +then everybody who will see me henceforth as I am to-day is bound not +to know me either, when he sees me in my real aspect--if, indeed, I +have a real aspect--" + +I recognized his voice, now that he was no longer changing its tone, +and I recognized his eyes also and the expression of his face and his +whole attitude and his very being, through the counterfeit appearance +in which he had shrouded it: + +"Arsene Lupin!" I muttered. + +"Yes, Arsene Lupin!" he cried, rising from his chair. "The one and only +Arsene Lupin, returned from the realms of darkness, since it appears +that I expired and passed away in a crypt! Arsene Lupin, alive and +kicking, in the full exercise of his will, happy and free and more than +ever resolved to enjoy that happy freedom in a world where hitherto he +has received nothing but favors and privileges!" + +It was my turn to laugh: + +"Well, it's certainly you, and livelier this time than on the day when +I had the pleasure of seeing you, last year--I congratulate you." + +I was alluding to his last visit, the visit following on the famous +adventure of the diadem,[1] his interrupted marriage, his flight with +Sonia Kirchnoff and the Russian girl's horrible death. On that day, I +had seen an Arsene Lupin whom I did not know, weak, down-hearted, with +eyes tired with weeping, seeking for a little sympathy and affection. + + +[1] Arsene Lupin, play in three acts and four scenes, by Maurice +Leblanc and Francis de Croisset. + + +"Be quiet," he said. "The past is far away." + +"It was a year ago," I observed. + +"It was ten years ago," he declared. "Arsene Lupin's years count for +ten times as much as another man's." + +I did not insist and, changing the conversation: + +"How did you get in?" + +"Why, how do you think? Through the door, of course. Then, as I saw +nobody, I walked across the drawing room and out by the balcony, and +here I am." + +"Yes, but the key of the door--?" + +"There are no doors for me, as you know. I wanted your flat and I came +in." + +"It is at your disposal. Am I to leave you?" + +"Oh, not at all! You won't be in the way. In fact, I can promise you an +interesting evening." + +"Are you expecting some one?" + +"Yes. I have given him an appointment here at ten o'clock." He took out +his watch. "It is ten now. If the telegram reached him, he ought to be +here soon." + +The front-door bell rang. + +"What did I tell you? No, don't trouble to get up: I'll go." + +With whom on earth could he have made an appointment? And what sort of +scene was I about to assist at: dramatic or comic? For Lupin himself to +consider it worthy of interest, the situation must be somewhat +exceptional. + +He returned in a moment and stood back to make way for a young man, +tall and thin and very pale in the face. + +Without a word and with a certain solemnity about his movements that +made me feel ill at ease. Lupin switched on all the electric lamps, one +after the other, till the room was flooded with light. Then the two men +looked at each other, exchanged profound and penetrating glances, as +if, with all the effort of their gleaming eyes, they were trying to +pierce into each other's souls. + +It was an impressive sight to see them thus, grave and silent. But who +could the newcomer be? + +I was on the point of guessing the truth, through his resemblance to a +photograph which had recently appeared in the papers, when Lupin turned +to me: + +"My dear chap, let me introduce M. Isidore Beautrelet." And, addressing +the young man, he continued, "I have to thank you, M. Beautrelet, +first, for being good enough, on receipt of a letter from me, to +postpone your revelations until after this interview and, secondly, for +granting me this interview with so good a grace." + +Beautrelet smiled: + +"Allow me to remark that my good grace consists, above all, in obeying +your orders. The threat which you made to me in the letter in question +was the more peremptory in being aimed not at me, but at my father." + +"My word," said Lupin laughing, "we must do the best we can and make +use of the means of action vouchsafed to us. I knew by experience that +your own safety was indifferent to you, seeing that you resisted the +arguments of Master Bredoux. There remained your father--your father +for whom you have a great affection--I played on that string." + +"And here I am," said Beautrelet, approvingly. + +I motioned them to be seated. They consented and Lupin resumed, in that +tone of imperceptible banter which is all his own: + +"In any case, M. Beautrelet, if you will not accept my thanks, you will +at least not refuse my apologies." + +"Apologies! Bless my soul, what for?" + +"For the brutality which Master Bredoux showed you." + +"I confess that the act surprised me. It was not Lupin's usual way of +behaving. A stab--" + +"I assure you I had no hand in it. Bredoux is a new recruit. My +friends, during the time that they had the management of our affairs, +thought that it might be useful to win over to our cause the clerk of +the magistrate himself who was conducting the inquiry." + +"Your friends were right." + +"Bredoux, who was specially attached to your person, was, in fact, most +valuable to us. But, with the ardor peculiar to any neophyte who wishes +to distinguish himself, he pushed his zeal too far and thwarted my +plans by permitting himself, on his own initiative, to strike you a +blow." + +"Oh, it was a little accident!" + +"Not at all, not at all! And I have reprimanded him severely! I am +bound, however, to say in his favor that he was taken unawares by the +really unexpected rapidity of your investigation. If you had only left +us a few hours longer, you would have escaped that unpardonable +attempt." + +"And I should doubtless have enjoyed the enormous advantage of +undergoing the same fate as M. Ganimard and Mr. Holmlock Shears?" + +"Exactly," said Lupin, laughing heartily. "And I should not have known +the cruel terrors which your wound caused me. I have had an atrocious +time because of it, believe me, and, at this moment, your pallor fills +me with all the stings of remorse. Can you ever forgive me?" + +"The proof of confidence which you have shown me in delivering yourself +unconditionally into my hands--it would have been so easy for me to +bring a few of Ganimard's friends with me--that proof of confidence +wipes out everything." + +Was he speaking seriously? I confess frankly that I was greatly +perplexed. The struggle between the two men was beginning in a manner +which I was simply unable to understand. I had been present at the +first meeting between Lupin and Holmlock Shears, in the cafe near the +Gare Montparnesse,[2] and I could not help recalling the haughty +carriage of the two combatants, the terrific clash of their pride under +the politeness of their manners, the hard blows which they dealt each +other, their feints, their arrogance. + + +[2] Arsene Lupin versus Holmlock Shears, by Maurice Leblanc. + + +Here, it was quite different. Lupin, it is true, had not changed; he +exhibited the same tactics, the same crafty affability. But what a +strange adversary he had come upon! Was it even an adversary? Really, +he had neither the tone of one nor the appearance. Very calm, but with +a real calmness, not one assumed to cloak the passion of a man +endeavoring to restrain himself; very polite, but without exaggeration; +smiling, but without chaff, he presented the most perfect contrast to +Arsene Lupin, a contrast so perfect even that, to my mind, Lupin +appeared as much perplexed as myself. + +No, there was no doubt about it: in the presence of that frail +stripling, with cheeks smooth as a girl's and candid and charming eyes, +Lupin was losing his ordinary self-assurance. Several times over, I +observed traces of embarrassment in him. He hesitated, did not attack +frankly, wasted time in mawkish and affected phrases. + +It also looked as though he wanted something. He seemed to be seeking, +waiting. What for? Some aid? + +There was a fresh ring of the bell. He himself ran and opened the door. +He returned with a letter: + +"Will you allow me, gentlemen?" he asked. + +He opened the letter. It contained a telegram. He read it--and became +as though transformed. His face lit up, his figure righted itself and I +saw the veins on his forehead swell. It was the athlete who once more +stood before me, the ruler, sure of himself, master of events and +master of persons. He spread the telegram on the table and, striking it +with his fist, exclaimed: + +"Now, M. Beautrelet, it's you and I!" + +Beautrelet adopted a listening attitude and Lupin began, in measured, +but harsh and masterful tones: + +"Let us throw off the mask--what say you?--and have done with +hypocritical compliments. We are two enemies, who know exactly what to +think of each other; we act toward each other as enemies; and therefore +we ought to treat with each other as enemies." + +"To treat?" echoed Beautrelet, in a voice of surprise. + +"Yes, to treat. I did not use that word at random and I repeat it, in +spite of the effort, the great effort, which it costs me. This is the +first time I have employed it to an adversary. But also, I may as well +tell you at once, it is the last. Make the most of it. I shall not +leave this flat without a promise from you. If I do, it means war." + +Beautrelet seemed more and more surprised. He said very prettily: + +"I was not prepared for this--you speak so funnily! It's so different +from what I expected! Yes, I thought you were not a bit like that! Why +this display of anger? Why use threats? Are we enemies because +circumstances bring us into opposition? Enemies? Why?" + +Lupin appeared a little out of countenance, but he snarled and, leaning +over the boy: + +"Listen to me, youngster," he said. "It's not a question of picking +one's words. It's a question of a fact, a positive, indisputable fact; +and that fact is this: in all the past ten years, I have not yet +knocked up against an adversary of your capacity. With Ganimard and +Holmlock Shears I played as if they were children. With you, I am +obliged to defend myself, I will say more, to retreat. Yes, at this +moment, you and I well know that I must look upon myself as worsted in +the fight. Isidore Beautrelet has got the better of Arsene Lupin. My +plans are upset. What I tried to leave in the dark you have brought +into the full light of day. You annoy me, you stand in my way. Well, +I've had enough of it--Bredoux told you so to no purpose. I now tell +you so again; and I insist upon it, so that you may take it to heart: +I've had enough of it!" + +Beautrelet nodded his head: + +"Yes, but what do you want?" + +"Peace! Each of us minding his own business, keeping to his own side!" + +"That is to say, you free to continue your burglaries undisturbed, I +free to return to my studies." + +"Your studies--anything you please--I don't care. But you must leave me +in peace--I want peace." + +"How can I trouble it now?" + +Lupin seized his hand violently: + +"You know quite well! Don't pretend not to know. You are at this moment +in possession of a secret to which I attach the highest importance. +This secret you were free to guess, but you have no right to give it to +the public." + +"Are you sure that I know it?" + +"You know it, I am certain: day by day, hour by hour, I have followed +your train of thought and the progress of your investigations. At the +very moment when Bredoux struck you, you were about to tell all. +Subsequently, you delayed your revelations, out of solicitude for your +father. But they are now promised to this paper here. The article is +written. It will be set up in an hour. It will appear to-morrow." + +"Quite right." + +Lupin rose, and slashing the air with his hand, + +"It shall not appear!" he cried. + +"It shall appear!" said Beautrelet, starting up in his turn. + +At last, the two men were standing up to each other. I received the +impression of a shock, as if they had seized each other round the body. +Beautrelet seemed to burn with a sudden energy. It was as though a +spark had kindled within him a group of new emotions: pluck, +self-respect, the passion of fighting, the intoxication of danger. As +for Lupin, I read in the radiance of his glance the joy of the duellist +who at length encounters the sword of his hated rival. + +"Is the article in the printer's hands?" + +"Not yet." + +"Have you it there--on you?" + +"No fear! I shouldn't have it by now, in that case!" + +"Then--" + +"One of the assistant editors has it, in a sealed envelope. If I am not +at the office by midnight, he will have set it up." + +"Oh, the scoundrel!" muttered Lupin. "He has provided for everything!" + +His anger was increasing, visibly and frightfully. Beautrelet chuckled, +jeering in his turn, carried away by his success. + +"Stop that, you brat!" roared Lupin. "You're forgetting who I am--and +that, if I wished--upon my word, he's daring to laugh!" + +A great silence fell between them. Then Lupin stepped forward and, in +muttered tones, with his eyes on Beautrelet's: + +"You shall go straight to the Grand Journal." + +"No." + +"Tear up your article." + +"No." + +"See the editor." + +"No." + +"Tell him you made a mistake." + +"No." + +"And write him another article, in which you will give the official +version of the Ambrumesy mystery, the one which every one has accepted." + +"No." + +Lupin took up a steel ruler that lay on my desk and broke it in two +without an effort. His pallor was terrible to see. He wiped away the +beads of perspiration that stood on his forehead. He, who had never +known his wishes resisted, was being maddened by the obstinacy of this +child. He pressed his two hands on Beautrelet's shoulder and, +emphasizing every syllable, continued: + +"You shall do as I tell you, Beautrelet. You shall say that your latest +discoveries have convinced you of my death, that there is not the least +doubt about it. You shall say so because I wish it, because it has to +be believed that I am dead. You shall say so, above all, because, if +you do not say so--" + +"Because, if I do not say so--?" + +"Your father will be kidnapped to-night, as Ganimard and Holmlock +Shears were." + +Beautrelet gave a smile. + +"Don't laugh--answer!" + +"My answer is that I am very sorry to disappoint you, but I have +promised to speak and I shall speak." + +"Speak in the sense which I have told you." + +"I shall speak the truth," cried Beautrelet, eagerly. "It is something +which you can't understand, the pleasure, the need, rather, of saying +the thing that is and saying it aloud. The truth is here, in this brain +which has guessed it and discovered it; and it will come out, all naked +and quivering. The article, therefore, will be printed as I wrote it. +The world shall know that Lupin is alive and shall know the reason why +he wished to be considered dead. The world shall know all." And he +added, calmly, "And my father shall not be kidnapped." + +Once again, they were both silent, with their eyes still fixed upon +each other. They watched each other. Their swords were engaged up to +the hilt. And it was like the heavy silence that goes before the mortal +blow. Which of the two was to strike it? + +Lupin said, between his teeth: + +"Failing my instructions to the contrary, two of my friends have orders +to enter your father's room to-night, at three o'clock in the morning, +to seize him and carry him off to join Ganimard and Holmlock Shears." + +A burst of shrill laughter interrupted him: + +"Why, you highwayman, don't you understand," cried Beautrelet, "that I +have taken my precautions? So you think that I am innocent enough, ass +enough, to have sent my father home to his lonely little house in the +open country!" Oh, the gay, bantering laughter that lit up the boy's +face! It was a new sort of laugh on his lips, a laugh that showed the +influence of Lupin himself. And the familiar form of address which he +adopted placed him at once on his adversary's level. He continued: + +"You see, Lupin, your great fault is to believe your schemes +infallible. You proclaim yourself beaten, do you? What humbug! You are +convinced that you will always win the day in the end--and you forget +that others can have their little schemes, too. Mine is a very simple +one, my friend." + +It was delightful to hear him talk. He walked up and down, with his +hands in his pockets and with the easy swagger of a boy teasing a caged +beast. Really, at this moment, he was revenging, with the most terrible +revenges, all the victims of the great adventurer. And he concluded: + +"Lupin, my father is not in Savoy. He is at the other end of France, in +the centre of a big town, guarded by twenty of our friends, who have +orders not to lose sight of him until our battle is over. Would you +like details? He is at Cherbourg, in the house of one of the keepers of +the arsenal. And remember that the arsenal is closed at night and that +no one is allowed to enter it by day, unless he carries an +authorization and is accompanied by a guide." + +He stopped in front of Lupin and defied him, like a child making faces +at his playmate: + +"What do you say to that, master?" + +For some minutes, Lupin had stood motionless. Not a muscle of his face +had moved. What were his thoughts? Upon what action was he resolving? +To any one knowing the fierce violence of his pride the only possible +solution was the total, immediate, final collapse of his adversary. His +fingers twitched. For a second, I had a feeling that he was about to +throw himself upon the boy and wring his neck. + +"What do you say to that, master?" Beautrelet repeated. + +Lupin took up the telegram that lay on the table, held it out and said, +very calmly: + +"Here, baby, read that." + +Beautrelet became serious, suddenly, impressed by the gentleness of the +movement. He unfolded the paper and, at once, raising his eyes, +murmured: + +"What does it mean? I don't understand." + +"At any rate, you understand the first word," said Lupin, "the first +word of the telegram--that is to say, the name of the place from which +it was sent--look--'Cherbourg.'" + +"Yes--yes," stammered Beautrelet. "Yes--I understand--'Cherbourg'-and +then?" + +"And then?--I should think the rest is quite plain: 'Removal of luggage +finished. Friends left with it and will wait instructions till eight +morning. All well.' Is there anything there that seems obscure? The +word 'luggage'? Pooh, you wouldn't have them write 'M. Beautrelet, +senior'! What then? The way in which the operation was performed? The +miracle by which your father was taken out of Cherbourg Arsenal, in +spite of his twenty body-guards? Pooh, it's as easy as A B C! And the +fact remains that the luggage has been dispatched. What do you say to +that, baby?" + +With all his tense being, with all his exasperated energy, Isidore +tried to preserve a good countenance. But I saw his lips quiver, his +jaw shrink, his eyes vainly strive to fix upon a point. He lisped a few +words, then was silent and, suddenly, gave way and, with his hands +before his face, burst into loud sobs: + +"Oh, father! Father!" + +An unexpected result, which was certainly the collapse which Lupin's +pride demanded, but also something more, something infinitely touching +and infinitely artless. Lupin gave a movement of annoyance and took up +his hat, as though this unaccustomed display of sentiment were too much +for him. But, on reaching the door, he stopped, hesitated and then +returned, slowly, step by step. + +The soft sound of the sobs rose like the sad wailing of a little child +overcome with grief. The lad's shoulders marked the heart-rending +rhythm. Tears appeared through the crossed fingers. Lupin leaned +forward and, without touching Beautrelet, said, in a voice that had not +the least tone of pleasantry, nor even of the offensive pity of the +victor: + +"Don't cry, youngster. This is one of those blows which a man must +expect when he rushes headlong into the fray, as you did. The worst +disasters lie in wait for him. The destiny of fighters will have it so. +We must suffer it as bravely as we can." Then, with a sort of +gentleness, he continued, "You were right, you see: we are not enemies. +I have known it for long. From the very first, I felt for you, for the +intelligent creature that you are, an involuntary sympathy--and +admiration. And that is why I wanted to say this to you--don't be +offended, whatever you do: I should be extremely sorry to offend +you--but I must say it: well, give up struggling against me. I am not +saying this out of vanity--nor because I despise you--but, you see, the +struggle is too unequal. You do not know--nobody knows all the +resources which I have at my command. Look here, this secret of the +Hollow Needle which you are trying so vainly to unravel: suppose, for a +moment, that it is a formidable, inexhaustible treasure--or else an +invisible, prodigious, fantastic refuge--or both perhaps. Think of the +superhuman power which I must derive from it! And you do not know, +either, all the resources which I have within myself--all that my will +and my imagination enable me to undertake and to undertake +successfully. Only think that my whole life--ever since I was born, I +might almost say--has tended toward the same aim, that I worked like a +convict before becoming what I am and to realize, in its perfection, +the type which I wished to create--which I have succeeded in creating. +That being so--what can you do? At that very moment when you think that +victory lies within your grasp, it will escape you--there will be +something of which you have not thought--a trifle--a grain of sand +which I shall have put in the right place, unknown to you. I entreat +you, give up--I should be obliged to hurt you; and the thought +distresses me." And, placing his hand on the boy's forehead, he +repeated, "Once more, youngster, give up. I should only hurt you. Who +knows if the trap into which you will inevitably fall has not already +opened under your footsteps?" + +Beautrelet uncovered his face. He was no longer crying. Had he heard +Lupin's words? One might have doubted it, judging by his inattentive +air. + +For two or three minutes, he was silent. He seemed to weigh the +decision which he was about to take, to examine the reasons for and +against, to count up the favorable and unfavorable chances. At last, he +said to Lupin: + +"If I change the sense of the article, if I confirm the version of your +death and if I undertake never to contradict the false version which I +shall have sanctioned, do you swear that my father will be free?" + +"I swear it. My friends have taken your father by motor car to another +provincial town. At seven o'clock to-morrow morning, if the article in +the Grand Journal is what I want it to be, I shall telephone to them +and they will restore your father to liberty." + +"Very well," said Beautrelet. "I submit to your conditions." + +Quickly, as though he saw no object in prolonging the conversation +after accepting his defeat, he rose, took his hat, bowed to me, bowed +to Lupin and went out. Lupin watched him go, listened to the sound of +the door closing and muttered: + +"Poor little beggar!" + + * * * * * + +At eight o'clock the next morning, I sent my man out to buy the Grand +Journal. It was twenty minutes before he brought me a copy, most of the +kiosks being already sold out. + +I unfolded the paper with feverish hands. Beautrelet's article appeared +on the front page. I give it as it stood and as it was quoted in the +press of the whole world: + + * * * * * + +THE AMBRUMESY MYSTERY + +I do not intend in these few sentences to set out in detail the mental +processes and the investigations that have enabled me to reconstruct +the tragedy--I should say the twofold tragedy--of Ambrumesy. In my +opinion, this sort of work and the judgments which it entails, +deductions, inductions, analyses and so on, are only interesting in a +minor degree and, in any case, are highly commonplace. No, I shall +content myself with setting forth the two leading ideas which I +followed; and, if I do that, it will be seen that, in so setting them +forth and in solving the two problems which they raise, I shall have +told the story just as it happened, in the exact order of the different +incidents. + +It may be said that some of these incidents are not proved and that I +leave too large a field to conjecture. That is quite true. But, in my +view, my theory is founded upon a sufficiently large number of proved +facts to be able to say that even those facts which are not proved must +follow from the strict logic of events. The stream is so often lost +under the pebbly bed: it is nevertheless the same stream that reappears +at intervals and mirrors back the blue sky. + +The first riddle that confronted me, a riddle not in detail, but as a +whole, was how came it that Lupin, mortally wounded, one might say, +managed to live for five or six weeks without nursing, medicine or +food, at the bottom of a dark hole? + +Let us start at the beginning. On Thursday the sixteenth of April, at +four o'clock in the morning, Arsene Lupin, surprised in the middle of +one of his most daring burglaries, runs away by the path leading to the +ruins and drops down shot. He drags himself painfully along, falls +again and picks himself up in the desperate hope of reaching the +chapel. The chapel contains a crypt, the existence of which he has +discovered by accident. If he can burrow there, he may be saved. By +dint of an effort, he approaches it, he is but a few yards away, when a +sound of footsteps approaches. Harassed and lost, he lets himself go. +The enemy arrives. It is Mlle. Raymonde de Saint-Veran. + +This is the prologue or rather the first scene of the drama. + +What happened between them? This is the easier to guess inasmuch as the +sequel of the adventure gives us all the necessary clues. At the girl's +feet lies a wounded man, exhausted by suffering, who will be captured +in two minutes. THIS MAN HAS BEEN WOUNDED BY HERSELF. Will she also +give him up? + +If he is Jean Daval's murderer, yes, she will let destiny take its +course. But, in quick sentences, he tells her the truth about this +awful murder committed by her uncle, M. de Gesvres. She believes him. +What will she do? + +Nobody can see them. The footman Victor is watching the little door. +The other, Albert, posted at the drawing-room window, has lost sight of +both of them. Will she give up the man she has wounded? + +The girl is carried away by a movement of irresistible pity, which any +woman will understand. Instructed by Lupin, with a few movements she +binds up the wound with his handkerchief, to avoid the marks which the +blood would leave. Then, with the aid of the key which he gives her, +she opens the door of the chapel. He enters, supported by the girl. She +locks the door again and walks away. Albert arrives. + +If the chapel had been visited at that moment or at least during the +next few minutes, before Lupin had had time to recover his strength, to +raise the flagstone and disappear by the stairs leading to the crypt, +he would have been taken. But this visit did not take place until six +hours later and then only in the most superficial way. As it is, Lupin +is saved; and saved by whom? By the girl who very nearly killed him. + +Thenceforth, whether she wishes it or no, Mlle. de Saint-Veran is his +accomplice. Not only is she no longer able to give him up, but she is +obliged to continue her work, else the wounded man will perish in the +shelter in which she has helped to conceal him. Therefore she continues. + +For that matter, if her feminine instinct makes the task a compulsory +one, it also makes it easy. She is full of artifice, she foresees and +forestalls everything. It is she who gives the examining magistrate a +false description of Arsene Lupin (the reader will remember the +difference of opinion on this subject between the cousins). It is she, +obviously, who, thanks to certain signs which I do not know of, +suspects an accomplice of Lupin's in the driver of the fly. She warns +him. She informs him of the urgent need of an operation. It is she, no +doubt, who substitutes one cap for the other. It is she who causes the +famous letter to be written in which she is personally threatened. How, +after that, is it possible to suspect her? + +It is she, who at that moment when I was about to confide my first +impressions to the examining magistrate, pretends to have seen me, the +day before, in the copsewood, alarms M. Filleul on my score and reduces +me to silence: a dangerous move, no doubt, because it arouses my +attention and directs it against the person who assails me with an +accusation which I know to be false; but an efficacious move, because +the most important thing of all is to gain time and close my lips. + +Lastly, it is she who, during forty days, feeds Lupin, brings him his +medicine (the chemist at Ouville will produce the prescriptions which +he made up for Mlle. de Saint-Veran), nurses him, dresses his wound, +watches over him AND CURES HIM. + +Here we have the first of our two problems solved, at the same time +that the Ambrumesy mystery is set forth. Arsene Lupin found, close at +hand, in the chateau itself, the assistance which was indispensable to +him in order, first, not to be discovered and, secondly, to live. + +He now lives. And we come to the second problem, corresponding with the +second Ambrumesy mystery, the study of which served me as a conducting +medium. Why does Lupin, alive, free, at the head of his gang, +omnipotent as before, why does Lupin make desperate efforts, efforts +with which I am constantly coming into collision, to force the idea of +his death upon the police and the public? + +We must remember that Mlle. de Saint-Veran was a very pretty girl. The +photographs reproduced in the papers after her disappearance give but +an imperfect notion of her beauty. That follows which was bound to +follow. Lupin, seeing this lovely girl daily for five or six weeks, +longing for her presence when she is not there, subjected to her charm +and grace when she is there, inhaling the cool perfume of her breath +when she bends over him, Lupin becomes enamored of his nurse. Gratitude +turns to love, admiration to passion. She is his salvation, but she is +also the joy of his eyes, the dream of his lonely hours, his light, his +hope, his very life. + +He respects her sufficiently not to take advantage of the girl's +devotion and not to make use of her to direct his confederates. There +is, in fact, a certain lack of decision apparent in the acts of the +gang. But he loves her also, his scruples weaken and, as Mlle. de +Saint-Veran refuses to be touched by a love that offends her, as she +relaxes her visits when they become less necessary, as she ceases them +entirely on the day when he is cured--desperate, maddened by grief, he +takes a terrible resolve. He leaves his lair, prepares his stroke and, +on Saturday the sixth of June, assisted by his accomplices, he carries +off the girl. + +This is not all. The abduction must not be known. All search, all +surmises, all hope, even, must be cut short. Mlle. de Saint-Veran must +pass for dead. There is a mock murder: proofs are supplied for the +police inquiries. There is doubt about the crime, a crime, for that +matter, not unexpected, a crime foretold by the accomplices, a crime +perpetrated to revenge the chief's death. And, through this very +fact--observe the marvelous ingenuity of the conception--through this +very fact, the belief in this death is, so to speak, stimulated. + +It is not enough to suggest a belief; it is necessary to compel a +certainty. Lupin foresees my interference. I am sure to guess the +trickery of the chapel. I am sure to discover the crypt. And, as the +crypt will be empty, the whole scaffolding will come to the ground. + +THE CRYPT SHALL NOT BE EMPTY. + +In the same way, the death of Mlle. de Saint-Veran will not be +definite, unless the sea gives up her corpse. + +THE SEA SHALL GIVE UP THE CORPSE OF MLLE. DE SAINT-VERAN. + +The difficulty is tremendous. The double obstacle seems insurmountable. +Yes, to any one but Lupin, but not to Lupin. + +As he had foreseen, I guess the trickery of the chapel, I discover the +crypt and I go down into the lair where Lupin has taken refuge. His +corpse is there! + +Any person who had admitted the death of Lupin as possible would have +been baffled. But I had not admitted this eventuality for an instant +(first, by intuition and, secondly, by reasoning). Pretense thereupon +became useless and every scheme vain. I said to myself at once that the +block of stone disturbed by the pickaxe had been placed there with a +very curious exactness, that the least knock was bound to make it fall +and that, in falling, it must inevitably reduce the head of the false +Arsene Lupin to pulp, in such a way as to make it utterly +irrecognizable. + +Another discovery: half an hour later, I hear that the body of Mlle. de +Saint-Veran has been found on the rocks at Dieppe--or rather a body +which is considered to be Mlle. de Saint-Veran's, for the reason that +the arm has a bracelet similar to one of that young lady's bracelets. +This, however, is the only mark of identity, for the corpse is +irrecognizable. + +Thereupon I remember and I understand. A few days earlier, I happened +to read in a number of the Vigie de Dieppe that a young American couple +staying at Envermeu had committed suicide by taking poison and that +their bodies had disappeared on the very night of the death. I hasten +to Envermeu. The story is true, I am told, except in so far as concerns +the disappearance, because the brothers of the victims came to claim +the corpses and took them away after the usual formalities. The name of +these brothers, no doubt, was Arsene Lupin & Co. + +Consequently, the thing is proved. We know why Lupin shammed the murder +of the girl and spread the rumor of his own death. He is in love and +does not wish it known. And, to reach his ends, he shrinks from +nothing, he even undertakes that incredible theft of the two corpses +which he needs in order to impersonate himself and Mlle. de +Saint-Veran. In this way, he will be at ease. No one can disturb him. +No one will ever suspect the truth which he wishes to suppress. + +No one? Yes--three adversaries, at the most, might conceive doubts: +Ganimard, whose arrival is hourly expected; Holmlock Shears, who is +about to cross the Channel; and I, who am on the spot. This constitutes +a threefold danger. He removes it. He kidnaps Ganimard. He kidnaps +Holmlock Shears. He has me stabbed by Bredoux. + +One point alone remains obscure. Why was Lupin so fiercely bent upon +snatching the document about the Hollow Needle from me? He surely did +not imagine that, by taking it away, he could wipe out from my memory +the text of the five lines of which it consists! Then why? Did he fear +that the character of the paper itself, or some other clue, could give +me a hint? + +Be that as it may, this is the truth of the Ambrumesy mystery. I repeat +that conjecture plays a certain part in the explanation which I offer, +even as it played a great part in my personal investigation. But, if +one waited for proofs and facts to fight Lupin, one would run a great +risk either of waiting forever or else of discovering proofs and facts +carefully prepared by Lupin, which would lead in a direction +immediately opposite to the object in view. I feel confident that the +facts, when they are known, will confirm my surmise in every respect. + + * * * * * + +So Isidore Beautrelet, mastered for a moment by Arsene Lupin, +distressed by the abduction of his father and resigned to defeat, +Isidore Beautrelet, in the end, was unable to persuade himself to keep +silence. The truth was too beautiful and too curious, the proofs which +he was able to produce were too logical and too conclusive for him to +consent to misrepresent it. The whole world was waiting for his +revelations. He spoke. + + * * * * * + +On the evening of the day on which his article appeared, the newspapers +announced the kidnapping of M. Beautrelet, senior. Isidore was informed +of it by a telegram from Cherbourg, which reached him at three o'clock. + + + + +CHAPTER FIVE + +ON THE TRACK + + +Young Beautrelet was stunned by the violence of the blow. As a matter +of fact, although, in publishing his article, he had obeyed one of +those irresistible impulses which make a man despise every +consideration of prudence, he had never really believed in the +possibility of an abduction. His precautions had been too thorough. The +friends at Cherbourg not only had instructions to guard and protect +Beautrelet the elder: they were also to watch his comings and goings, +never to let him walk out alone and not even to hand him a single +letter without first opening it. No, there was no danger. Lupin, +wishing to gain time, was trying to intimidate his adversary. + +The blow, therefore, was almost unexpected; and Isidore, because he was +powerless to act, felt the pain of the shock during the whole of the +remainder of the day. One idea alone supported him: that of leaving +Paris, going down there, seeing for himself what had happened and +resuming the offensive. + +He telegraphed to Cherbourg. He was at Saint-Lazare a little before +nine. A few minutes after, he was steaming out of the station in the +Normandy express. + +It was not until an hour later, when he mechanically unfolded a +newspaper which he had bought on the platform, that he became aware of +the letter by which Lupin indirectly replied to his article of that +morning: + + * * * * * + +To the Editor of the Grand Journal. + +SIR: I cannot pretend but that my modest personality, which would +certainly have passed unnoticed in more heroic times, has acquired a +certain prominence in the dull and feeble period in which we live. But +there is a limit beyond which the morbid curiosity of the crowd cannot +go without becoming indecently indiscreet. If the walls that surround +our private lives be not respected, what is to safeguard the rights of +the citizen? + +Will those who differ plead the higher interest of truth? An empty +pretext in so far as I am concerned, because the truth is known and I +raise no difficulty about making an official confession of the truth in +writing. Yes, Mlle. de Saint-Veran is alive. Yes, I love her. Yes, I +have the mortification not to be loved by her. Yes, the results of the +boy Beautrelet's inquiry are wonderful in their precision and accuracy. +Yes, we agree on every point. There is no riddle left. There is no +mystery. Well, then, what? + +Injured to the very depths of my soul, bleeding still from cruel +wounds, I ask that my more intimate feelings and secret hopes may no +longer be delivered to the malevolence of the public. I ask for peace, +the peace which I need to conquer the affection of Mlle. de Saint-Veran +and to wipe out from her memory the thousand little injuries which she +has had to suffer at the hands of her uncle and cousin--this has not +been told--because of her position as a poor relation. Mlle. de +Saint-Veran will forget this hateful past. All that she can desire, +were it the fairest jewel in the world, were it the most unattainable +treasure, I shall lay at her feet. She will be happy. She will love me. + +But, if I am to succeed, once more, I require peace. That is why I lay +down my arms and hold out the olive-branch to my enemies--while warning +them, with every magnanimity on my part, that a refusal on theirs might +bring down upon them the gravest consequences. + +One word more on the subject of Mr. Harlington. This name conceals the +identity of an excellent fellow, who is secretary to Cooley, the +American millionaire, and instructed by him to lay hands upon every +object of ancient art in Europe which it is possible to discover. His +evil star brought him into touch with my friend Etienne de Vaudreix, +ALIAS Arsene Lupin, ALIAS myself. He learnt, in this way, that a +certain M. de Gesvres was willing to part with four pictures by Rubens, +ostensibly on the condition that they were replaced by copies and that +the bargain to which he was consenting remained unknown. My friend +Vaudreix also undertook to persuade M. de Gesvres to sell his chapel. +The negotiations were conducted with entire good faith on the side of +my friend Vaudreix and with charming ingenuousness on the side of Mr. +Harlington, until the day when the Rubenses and the carvings from the +chapel were in a safe place and Mr. Harlington in prison. There remains +nothing, therefore, to be done but to release the unfortunate American, +because he was content to play the modest part of a dupe; to brand the +millionaire Cooley, because, for fear of possible unpleasantness, he +did not protest against his secretary's arrest; and to congratulate my +friend Etienne de Vaudreix, because he is revenging the outraged +morality of the public by keeping the hundred thousand francs which he +was paid on account by that singularly unattractive person, Cooley. + +Pray, pardon the length of this letter and permit me to be, Sir, + +Your obedient servant, + +ARSENE LUPIN. + + * * * * * + +Isidore weighed the words of this communication as minutely, perhaps, +as he had studied the document concerning the Hollow Needle. He went on +the principle, the correctness of which was easily proved, that Lupin +had never taken the trouble to send one of his amusing letters to the +press without absolute necessity, without some motive which events were +sure, sooner or later, to bring to light. + +What was the motive for this particular letter? For what hidden reason +was Lupin confessing his love and the failure of that love? Was it +there that Beautrelet had to seek, or in the explanations regarding Mr. +Harlington, or further still, between the lines, behind all those words +whose apparent meaning had perhaps no other object than to suggest some +wicked, perfidious, misleading little idea? + +For hours, the young man, confined to his compartment, remained pensive +and anxious. The letter filled him with mistrust, as though it had been +written for his benefit and were destined to lead him, personally, into +error. For the first time and because he found himself confronted not +with a direct attack, but with an ambiguous, indefinable method of +fighting, he underwent a distinct sensation of fear. And, when he +thought of his good old, easy-going father, kidnapped through his +fault, he asked himself, with a pang, whether he was not mad to +continue so unequal a contest. Was the result not certain? Had Lupin +not won the game in advance? + +It was but a short moment of weakness. When he alighted from his +compartment, at six o'clock in the morning, refreshed by a few hours' +sleep, he had recovered all his confidence. + +On the platform, Froberval, the dockyard clerk who had given +hospitality to M. Beautrelet, senior, was waiting for him, accompanied +by his daughter Charlotte, an imp of twelve or thirteen. + +"Well?" cried Isidore. + +The worthy man beginning to moan and groan, he interrupted him, dragged +him to a neighboring tavern, ordered coffee and began to put plain +questions, without permitting the other the slightest digression: + +"My father has not been carried off, has he? It was impossible." + +"Impossible. Still, he has disappeared." + +"Since when?" + +"We don't know." + +"What!" + +"No. Yesterday morning, at six o'clock, as I had not seen him come down +as usual, I opened his door. He was gone." + +"But was he there on the day before, two days ago?" + +"Yes. On the day before yesterday, he did not leave his room. He was a +little tired; and Charlotte took his lunch up to him at twelve and his +dinner at seven in the evening." + +"So it was between seven o'clock in the evening, on the day before +yesterday, and six o'clock on yesterday morning that he disappeared?" + +"Yes, during the night before last. Only--" + +"Only what?" + +"Well, it's like this: you can't leave the arsenal at night." + +"Do you mean that he has not left it?" + +"That's impossible! My friends and I have searched the whole naval +harbor." + +"Then he has left it!" + +"Impossible, every outlet is guarded!" + +Beautrelet reflected and then said: + +"What next?" + +"Next, I hurried to the commandant's and informed the officer in +charge." + +"Did he come to your house?" + +"Yes; and a gentleman from the public prosecutor's also. They searched +all through the morning; and, when I saw that they were making no +progress and that there was no hope left, I telegraphed to you." + +"Was the bed disarranged in his room?" + +"No." + +"Nor the room disturbed in any way?" + +"No. I found his pipe in its usual place, with his tobacco and the book +which he was reading. There was even this little photograph of yourself +in the middle of the book, marking the page." + +"Let me see it." + +Froberval passed him the photograph. Beautrelet gave a start of +surprise. He had recognized himself in the snapshot, standing, with his +two hands in his pockets, on a lawn from which rose trees and ruins. + +Froberval added: + +"It must be the last portrait of yourself which you sent him. Look, on +the back, you will see the date, 3 April, the name of the photographer, +R. de Val, and the name of the town, Lion--Lion-sur-Mer, perhaps." + +Isidore turned the photograph over and read this little note, in his +own handwriting: + +"R. de Val.--3.4--Lion." + +He was silent for a few minutes and resumed: + +"My father hadn't shown you that snapshot yet?" + +"No--and that's just what astonished me when I saw it yesterday--for +your father used so often to talk to us about you." + +There was a fresh pause, greatly prolonged. Froberval muttered: + +"I have business at the workshop. We might as well go in--" + +He was silent. Isidore had not taken his eyes from the photograph, was +examining it from every point of view. At last, the boy asked: + +"Is there such a thing as an inn called the Lion d'Or at a short league +outside the town?" + +"Yes, about a league from here." + +"On the Route de Valognes, is it?" + +"Yes, on the Route de Valognes." + +"Well, I have every reason to believe that this inn was the +head-quarters of Lupin's friends. It was from there that they entered +into communication with my father." + +"What an idea! Your father spoke to nobody. He saw nobody." + +"He saw nobody, but they made use of an intermediary." + +"What proof have you?" + +"This photograph." + +"But it's your photograph!" + +"It's my photograph, but it was not sent by me. I was not even aware of +its existence. It was taken, without my knowledge, in the ruins of +Ambrumesy, doubtless by the examining-magistrate's clerk, who, as you +know, was an accomplice of Arsene Lupin's." + +"And then?" + +"Then this photograph became the passport, the talisman, by means of +which they obtained my father's confidence." + +"But who? Who was able to get into my house?" + +"I don't know, but my father fell into the trap. They told him and he +believed that I was in the neighborhood, that I was asking to see him +and that I was giving him an appointment at the Golden Lion." + +"But all this is nonsense! How can you assert--?" + +"Very simply. They imitated my writing on the back of the photograph +and specified the meeting-place: Valognes Road, 3 kilometres 400, Lion +Inn. My father came and they seized him, that's all." + +"Very well," muttered Froberval, dumbfounded, "very well. I admit +it--things happened as you say--but that does not explain how he was +able to leave during the night." + +"He left in broad daylight, though he waited until dark to go to the +meeting-place." + +"But, confound it, he didn't leave his room the whole of the day before +yesterday!" + +"There is one way of making sure: run down to the dockyard, Froberval, +and look for one of the men who were on guard in the afternoon, two +days ago.--Only, be quick, if you wish to find me here." + +"Are you going?" + +"Yes, I shall take the next train back." + +"What!--Why, you don't know--your inquiry--" + +"My inquiry is finished. I know pretty well all that I wanted to know. +I shall have left Cherbourg in an hour." + +Froberval rose to go. He looked at Beautrelet with an air of absolute +bewilderment, hesitated a moment and then took his cap: + +"Are you coming, Charlotte?" + +"No," said Beautrelet, "I shall want a few more particulars. Leave her +with me. Besides, I want to talk to her. I knew her when she was quite +small." + +Froberval went away. Beautrelet and the little girl remained alone in +the tavern smoking room. A few minutes passed, a waiter entered, +cleared away some cups and left the room again. The eyes of the young +man and the child met; and Beautrelet placed his hand very gently on +the little girl's hand. She looked at him for two or three seconds, +distractedly, as though about to choke. Then, suddenly hiding her head +between her folded arms, she burst into sobs. + +He let her cry and, after a while, said: + +"It was you, wasn't it, who did all the mischief, who acted as +go-between? It was you who took him the photograph? You admit it, don't +you? And, when you said that my father was in his room, two days ago, +you knew that it was not true, did you not, because you yourself had +helped him to leave it--?" + +She made no reply. He asked: + +"Why did you do it? They offered you money, I suppose--to buy ribbons +with a frock--?" + +He uncrossed Charlotte's arms and lifted up her head. He saw a poor +little face all streaked with tears, the attractive, disquieting, +mobile face of one of those little girls who seem marked out for +temptation and weakness. + +"Come," said Beautrelet, "it's over, we'll say no more about it. I will +not even ask you how it happened. Only you must tell me everything that +can be of use to me.--Did you catch anything--any remark made by those +men? How did they carry him off?" + +She replied at once: + +"By motor car. I heard them talking about it--" + +"And what road did they take?" + +"Ah, I don't know that!" + +"Didn't they say anything before you--something that might help us?" + +"No--wait, though: there was one who said, 'We shall have no time to +lose--the governor is to telephone to us at eight o'clock in the +morning--'" + +"Where to?" + +"I can't say.--I've forgotten--" + +"Try--try and remember. It was the name of a town, wasn't it?" + +"Yes--a name--like Chateau--" + +"Chateaubriant?--Chateau-Thierry?--" + +"No-no--" + +"Chateauroux?" + +"Yes, that was it--Chateauroux--" + +Beautrelet did not wait for her to complete her sentence. Already he +was on his feet and, without giving a thought to Froberval, without +even troubling about the child, who stood gazing at him in +stupefaction, he opened the door and ran to the station: + +"Chateauroux, madame--a ticket for Chateauroux--" + +"Over Mans and Tours?" asked the booking-clerk. + +"Of course--the shortest way. Shall I be there for lunch?" + +"Oh, no!" + +"For dinner? Bedtime--?" + +"Oh, no! For that, you would have to go over Paris. The Paris express +leaves at nine o'clock. You're too late--" + +It was not too late. Beautrelet was just able to catch the train. + +"Well," said Beautrelet, rubbing his hands, "I have spent only two +hours or so at Cherbourg, but they were well employed." + +He did not for a moment think of accusing Charlotte of lying. Weak, +unstable, capable of the worst treacheries, those petty natures also +obey impulses of sincerity; and Beautrelet had read in her affrighted +eyes her shame for the harm which she had done and her delight at +repairing it in part. He had no doubt, therefore, that Chateauroux was +the other town to which Lupin had referred and where his confederates +were to telephone to him. + +On his arrival in Paris, Beautrelet took every necessary precaution to +avoid being followed. He felt that it was a serious moment. He was on +the right road that was leading him to his father: one act of +imprudence might ruin all. + +He went to the flat of one of his schoolfellows and came out, an hour +later, irrecognizable, rigged out as an Englishman of thirty, in a +brown check suit, with knickerbockers, woolen stockings and a cap, a +high-colored complexion and a red wig. He jumped on a bicycle laden +with a complete painter's outfit and rode off to the Gare d'Austerlitz. + +He slept that night at Issoudun. The next morning, he mounted his +machine at break of day. At seven o'clock, he walked into the +Chateauroux post-office and asked to be put on to Paris. As he had to +wait, he entered into conversation with the clerk and learnt that, two +days before, at the same hour, a man dressed for motoring had also +asked for Paris. + +The proof was established. He waited no longer. + +By the afternoon, he had ascertained, from undeniable evidence, that a +limousine car, following the Tours road, had passed through the village +of Buzancais and the town of Chateauroux and had stopped beyond the +town, on the verge of the forest. At ten o'clock, a hired gig, driven +by a man unknown, had stopped beside the car and then gone off south, +through the valley of the Bouzanne. There was then another person +seated beside the driver. As for the car, it had turned in the opposite +direction and gone north, toward Issoudun. + +Beautrelet easily discovered the owner of the gig, who, however, had no +information to supply. He had hired out his horse and trap to a man who +brought them back himself next day. + +Lastly, that same evening, Isidore found out that the motor car had +only passed through Issoudun, continuing its road toward Orleans, that +is to say, toward Paris. + +From all this, it resulted, in the most absolute fashion, that M. +Beautrelet was somewhere in the neighborhood. If not, how was it +conceivable that people should travel nearly three hundred miles across +France in order to telephone from Chateauroux and next to return, at an +acute angle, by the Paris road? + +This immense circuit had a more definite object: to move M. Beautrelet +to the place assigned to him. + +"And this place is within reach of my hand," said Isidore to himself, +quivering with hope and expectation. "My father is waiting for me to +rescue him at ten or fifteen leagues from here. He is close by. He is +breathing the same air as I." + +He set to work at once. Taking a war-office map, he divided it into +small squares, which he visited one after the other, entering the +farmhouses making the peasants talk, calling on the schoolmasters, the +mayors, the parish priests, chatting to the women. It seemed to him +that he must attain his end without delay and his dreams grew until it +was no longer his father alone whom he hoped to deliver, but all those +whom Lupin was holding captive: Raymonde de Saint-Veran, Ganimard, +Holmlock Shears, perhaps, and others, many others; and, in reaching +them, he would, at the same time, reach Lupin's stronghold, his lair, +the impenetrable retreat where he was piling up the treasures of which +he had robbed the wide world. + +But, after a fortnight's useless searching, his enthusiasm ended by +slackening and he very soon lost confidence. Because success was slow +in appearing, from one day to the next, almost, he ceased to believe in +it; and, though he continued to pursue his plan of investigations, he +would have felt a real surprise if his efforts had led to the smallest +discovery. + +More days still passed by, monotonous days of discouragement. He read +in the newspapers that the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter had left +Ambrumesy and gone to stay near Nice. He also learnt that Harlington +had been released, that gentleman's innocence having become +self-obvious, in accordance with the indications supplied by Arsene +Lupin. + +Isidore changed his head-quarters, established himself for two days at +the Chatre, for two days at Argenton. The result was the same. + +Just then, he was nearly throwing up the game. Evidently, the gig in +which his father had been carried off could only have furnished a +stage, which had been followed by another stage, furnished by some +other conveyance. And his father was far away. + +He was thinking of leaving, when, one Monday morning, he saw, on the +envelope of an unstamped letter, sent on to him from Paris, a +handwriting that set him trembling with emotion. So great was his +excitement that, for some minutes, he dared not open the letter, for +fear of a disappointment. His hand shook. Was it possible? Was this not +a trap laid for him by his infernal enemy? + +He tore open the envelope. It was indeed a letter from his father, +written by his father himself. The handwriting presented all the +peculiarities, all the oddities of the hand which he knew so well. + +He read: + + * * * * * + +Will these lines ever reach you, my dear son? I dare not believe it. + +During the whole night of my abduction, we traveled by motor car; then, +in the morning, by carriage. I could see nothing. My eyes were +bandaged. The castle in which I am confined should be somewhere in the +midlands, to judge by its construction and the vegetation in the park. +The room which I occupy is on the second floor: it is a room with two +windows, one of which is almost blocked by a screen of climbing +glycines. In the afternoon, I am allowed to walk about the park, at +certain hours, but I am kept under unrelaxing observation. + +I am writing this letter, on the mere chance of its reaching you, and +fastening it to a stone. Perhaps, one day, I shall be able to throw it +over the wall and some peasant will pick it up. + +But do not be distressed about me. I am treated with every +consideration. + +Your old father, who is very fond of you and very sad to think of the +trouble he is giving you, + +BEAUTRELET. + + * * * * * + +Isidore at once looked at the postmarks. They read, "Cuzion, Indre." + +The Indre! The department which he had been stubbornly searching for +weeks! + +He consulted a little pocket-guide which he always carried. Cuzion, in +the canton of Eguzon--he had been there too. + +For prudence's sake, he discarded his personality as an Englishman, +which was becoming too well known in the district, disguised himself as +a workman and made for Cuzion. It was an unimportant village. He would +easily discover the sender of the letter. + +For that matter, chance served him without delay: + +"A letter posted on Wednesday last?" exclaimed the mayor, a respectable +tradesman in whom he confided and who placed himself at his disposal. +"Listen, I think I can give you a valuable clue: on Saturday morning, +Gaffer Charel, an old knife-grinder who visits all the fairs in the +department, met me at the end of the village and asked, 'Monsieur le +maire, does a letter without a stamp on it go all the same?' 'Of +course,' said I. 'And does it get there?' 'Certainly. Only there's +double postage to pay on it, that's all the difference.'" + +"And where does he live?" + +"He lives over there, all alone--on the slope--the hovel that comes +next after the churchyard.--Shall I go with you?" + +It was a hovel standing by itself, in the middle of an orchard +surrounded by tall trees. As they entered the orchard, three magpies +flew away with a great splutter and they saw that the birds were flying +out of the very hole in which the watch-dog was fastened. And the dog +neither barked nor stirred as they approached. + +Beautrelet went up in great surprise. The brute was lying on its side, +with stiff paws, dead. + +They ran quickly to the cottage. The door stood open. They entered. At +the back of a low, damp room, on a wretched straw mattress, flung on +the floor itself, lay a man fully dressed. + +"Gaffer Charel!" cried the mayor. "Is he dead, too?" + +The old man's hands were cold, his face terribly pale, but his heart +was still beating, with a faint, slow throb, and he seemed not to be +wounded in any way. + +They tried to resuscitate him and, as they failed in their efforts, +Beautrelet went to fetch a doctor. The doctor succeeded no better than +they had done. The old man did not seem to be suffering. He looked as +if he were just asleep, but with an artificial slumber, as though he +had been put to sleep by hypnotism or with the aid of a narcotic. + +In the middle of the night that followed, however, Isidore, who was +watching by his side, observed that the breathing became stronger and +that his whole being appeared to be throwing off the invisible bonds +that paralyzed it. + +At daybreak, he woke up and resumed his normal functions: ate, drank +and moved about. But, the whole day long, he was unable to reply to the +young man's questions and his brain seemed as though still numbed by an +inexplicable torpor. + +The next day, he asked Beautrelet: + +"What are you doing here, eh?" + +It was the first time that he had shown surprise at the presence of a +stranger beside him. + +Gradually, in this way, he recovered all his faculties. He talked. He +made plans. But, when Beautrelet asked him about the events immediately +preceding his sleep, he seemed not to understand. + +And Beautrelet felt that he really did not understand. He had lost the +recollection of all that had happened since the Friday before. It was +like a sudden gap in the ordinary flow of his life. He described his +morning and afternoon on the Friday, the purchases he had made at the +fair, the meals he had taken at the inn. Then--nothing--nothing more. +He believed himself to be waking on the morrow of that day. + +It was horrible for Beautrelet. The truth lay there, in those eyes +which had seen the walls of the park behind which his father was +waiting for him, in those hands which had picked up the letter, in that +muddled brain which had recorded the whereabouts of that scene, the +setting, the little corner of the world in which the play had been +enacted. And from those hands, from that brain he was unable to extract +the faintest echo of the truth so near at hand! + +Oh, that impalpable and formidable obstacle, against which all his +efforts hurled themselves in vain, that obstacle built up of silence +and oblivion! How clearly it bore the mark of Arsene Lupin! He alone, +informed, no doubt, that M. Beautrelet had attempted to give a signal, +he alone could have struck with partial death the one man whose +evidence could injure him. It was not that Beautrelet felt himself to +be discovered or thought that Lupin, hearing of his stealthy attack and +knowing that a letter had reached him, was defending himself against +him personally. But what an amount of foresight and real intelligence +it displayed to suppress any possible accusation on the part of that +chance wayfarer! Nobody now knew that within the walls of a park there +lay a prisoner asking for help. + +Nobody? Yes, Beautrelet. Gaffer Charel was unable to speak. Very well. +But, at least, one could find out which fair the old man had visited +and which was the logical road that he had taken to return by. And, +along this road, perhaps it would at last be possible to find-- + +Isidore, as it was, had been careful not to visit Gaffer Charel's hovel +except with the greatest precautions and in such a way as not to give +an alarm. He now decided not to go back to it. He made inquiries and +learnt that Friday was market-day at Fresselines, a fair-sized town +situated a few leagues off, which could be reached either by the rather +winding highroad or by a series of short cuts. + +On the Friday, he chose the road and saw nothing that attracted his +attention, no high walled enclosure, no semblance of an old castle. + +He lunched at an inn at Fresselines and was on the point of leaving +when he saw Gaffer Charel arrive and cross the square, wheeling his +little knife-grinding barrow before him. He at once followed him at a +good distance. + +The old man made two interminable waits, during which he ground dozens +of knives. Then, at last, he went away by a quite different road, which +ran in the direction of Crozant and the market-town of Eguzon. + +Beautrelet followed him along this road. But he had not walked five +minutes before he received the impression that he was not alone in +shadowing the old fellow. A man was walking along between them, +stopping at the same time as Charel and starting off again when he did, +without, for that matter, taking any great precautions against being +seen. + +"He is being watched," thought Beautrelet. "Perhaps they want to know +if he stops in front of the walls--" + +His heart beat violently. The event was at hand. + +The three of them, one behind the other, climbed up and down the steep +slopes of the country and arrived at Crozant, famed for the colossal +ruins of its castle. There Charel made a halt of an hour's duration. +Next he went down to the riverside and crossed the bridge. + +But then a thing happened that took Beautrelet by surprise. The other +man did not cross the river. He watched the old fellow move away and, +when he had lost sight of him, turned down a path that took him right +across the fields. + +Beautrelet hesitated for a few seconds as to what course to take, and +then quietly decided. He set off in pursuit of the man. + +"He has made sure," he thought, "that Gaffer Charel has gone straight +ahead. That is all he wanted to know and so he is going--where? To the +castle?" + +He was within touch of the goal. He felt it by a sort of agonizing +gladness that uplifted his whole being. + +The man plunged into a dark wood overhanging the river and then +appeared once more in the full light, where the path met the horizon. + +When Beautrelet, in his turn, emerged from the wood, he was greatly +surprised no longer to see the man. He was seeking him with his eyes +when, suddenly, he gave a stifled cry and, with a backward spring, made +for the line of trees which he had just left. On his right, he had seen +a rampart of high walls, flanked, at regular distances, by massive +buttresses. + +It was there! It was there! Those walls held his father captive! He had +found the secret place where Lupin confined his victim. + +He dared not quit the shelter which the thick foliage of the wood +afforded him. Slowly, almost on all fours, he bore to the right and in +this way reached the top of a hillock that rose to the level of the +neighboring trees. The walls were taller still. Nevertheless, he +perceived the roof of the castle which they surrounded, an old Louis +XIII. roof, surmounted by very slender bell-turrets arranged +corbel-wise around a higher steeple which ran to a point. + +Beautrelet did no more that day. He felt the need to reflect and to +prepare his plan of attack without leaving anything to chance. He held +Lupin safe; and it was for Beautrelet now to select the hour and the +manner of the combat. + +He walked away. + +Near the bridge, he met two country-girls carrying pails of milk. He +asked: + +"What is the name of the castle over there, behind the trees?" + +"That's the Chateau de l'Aiguille, sir." + +He had put his question without attaching any importance to it. The +answer took away his breath: + +"The Chateau de l'Aiguille?--Oh!--But in what department are we? The +Indre?" + +"Certainly not. The Indre is on the other side of the river. This side, +it's the Creuse." + +Isidore saw it all in a flash. The Chateau de l'Aiguille! The +department of the Creuse! L'AIGUILLE CREUSE! The Hollow Needle! The +very key to the document! Certain, decisive, absolute victory! + +Without another word, he turned his back on the two girls and went his +way, tottering like a drunken man. + + + + +CHAPTER SIX + +AN HISTORIC SECRET + + +Beautrelet's resolve was soon taken: he would act alone. To inform the +police was too dangerous. Apart from the fact that he could only offer +presumptions, he dreaded the slowness of the police, their inevitable +indiscretions, the whole preliminary inquiry, during which Lupin, who +was sure to be warned, would have time to effect a retreat in good +order. + +At eight o'clock the next morning, with his bundle under his arm, he +left the inn in which he was staying near Cuzion, made for the nearest +thicket, took off his workman's clothes, became once more the young +English painter that he had been and went to call on the notary at +Eguzon, the largest place in the immediate neighborhood. + +He said that he liked the country and that he was thinking of taking up +his residence there, with his relations, if he could find a suitable +house. + +The notary mentioned a number of properties. Beautrelet took note of +them and let fall that some one had spoken to him of the Chateau de +l'Aiguille, on the bank of the Creuse. + +"Oh, yes, but the Chateau de l'Aiguille, which has belonged to one of +my clients for the last five years, is not for sale." + +"He lives in it, then?" + +"He used to live in it, or rather his mother did. But she did not care +for it; found the castle rather gloomy. So they left it last year." + +"And is no one living there at present?" + +"Yes, an Italian, to whom my client let it for the summer season: Baron +Anfredi." + +"Oh, Baron Anfredi! A man still young, rather grave and +solemn-looking--?" + +"I'm sure I can't say.--My client dealt with him direct. There was no +regular agreement, just a letter--" + +"But you know the baron?" + +"No, he never leaves the castle.--Sometimes, in his motor, at night, so +they say. The marketing is done by an old cook, who talks to nobody. +They are queer people--" + +"Do you think your client would consent to sell his castle?" + +"I don't think so. It's an historic castle, built in the purest Louis +XIII. style. My client was very fond of it; and, unless he has changed +his mind--" + +"Can you give me his name and address?" + +"Louis Valmeras, 34, Rue du Mont-Thabor." + +Beautrelet took the train for Paris at the nearest station. On the next +day but one, after three fruitless calls, he at last found Louis +Valmeras at home. He was a man of about thirty, with a frank and +pleasing face. Beautrelet saw no need to beat about the bush, stated +who he was and described his efforts and the object of the step which +he was now taking: + +"I have good reason to believe," he concluded, "that my father is +imprisoned in the Chateau de l'Aiguille, doubtless in the company of +other victims. And I have come to ask you what you know of your tenant, +Baron Anfredi." + +"Not much. I met Baron Anfredi last winter at Monte Carlo. He had heard +by accident that I was the owner of the Chateau de l'Aiguille and, as +he wished to spend the summer in France, he made me an offer for it." + +"He is still a young man--" + +"Yes, with very expressive eyes, fair hair--" + +"And a beard?" + +"Yes, ending in two points, which fall over a collar fastened at the +back, like a clergyman's. In fact, he looks a little like an English +parson." + +"It's he," murmured Beautrelet, "it's he, as I have seen him: it's his +exact description." + +"What! Do you think--?" + +"I think, I am sure that your tenant is none other than Arsene Lupin." + +The story amused Louis Valmeras. He knew all the adventures of Arsene +Lupin and the varying fortunes of his struggle with Beautrelet. He +rubbed his hands: + +"Ha, the Chateau de l'Aiguille will become famous!--I'm sure I don't +mind, for, as a matter of fact, now that my mother no longer lives in +it, I have always thought that I would get rid of it at the first +opportunity. After this, I shall soon find a purchaser. Only--" + +"Only what?" + +"I will ask you to act with the most extreme prudence and not to inform +the police until you are quite sure. Can you picture the situation, +supposing my tenant were not Arsene Lupin?" + +Beautrelet set forth his plan. He would go alone at night; he would +climb the walls; he would sleep in the park-- Louis Valmeras stopped +him at once: + +"You will not climb walls of that height so easily. If you do, you will +be received by two huge sheep-dogs which belonged to my mother and +which I left behind at the castle." + +"Pooh! A dose of poison--" + +"Much obliged. But suppose you escaped them. What then? How would you +get into the castle? The doors are massive, the windows barred. And, +even then, once you were inside, who would guide you? There are eighty +rooms." + +"Yes, but that room with two windows, on the second story--" + +"I know it, we call it the glycine room. But how will you find it? +There are three staircases and a labyrinth of passages. I can give you +the clue and explain the way to you, but you would get lost just the +same." + +"Come with me," said Beautrelet, laughing. + +"I can't. I have promised to go to my mother in the South." + +Beautrelet returned to the friend with whom he was staying and began to +make his preparations. But, late in the day, as he was getting ready to +go, he received a visit from Valmeras. + +"Do you still want me?" + +"Rather!" + +"Well, I'm coming with you. Yes, the expedition fascinates me. I think +it will be very amusing and I like being mixed up in this sort of +thing.--Besides, my help will be of use to you. Look, here's something +to start with." + +He held up a big key, all covered with rust and looking very old. + +"What does the key open?" asked Beautrelet. + +"A little postern hidden between two buttresses and left unused since +centuries ago. I did not even think of pointing it out to my tenant. It +opens straight on the country, just at the verge of the wood." + +Beautrelet interrupted him quickly: + +"They know all about that outlet. It was obviously by this way that the +man whom I followed entered the park. Come, it's fine game and we shall +win it. But, by Jupiter, we must play our cards carefully!" + + * * * * * + +Two days later, a half-famished horse dragged a gipsy caravan into +Crozant. Its driver obtained leave to stable it at the end of the +village, in an old deserted cart-shed. In addition to the driver, who +was none other than Valmeras, there were three young men, who occupied +themselves in the manufacture of wicker-work chairs: Beautrelet and two +of his Janson friends. + +They stayed there for three days, waiting for a propitious, moonless +night and roaming singly round the outskirts of the park. Once +Beautrelet saw the postern. Contrived between two buttresses placed +very close together, it was almost merged, behind the screen of +brambles that concealed it, in the pattern formed by the stones of the +wall. + +At last, on the fourth evening, the sky was covered with heavy black +clouds and Valmeras decided that they should go reconnoitring, at the +risk of having to return again, should circumstances prove unfavorable. + +All four crossed the little wood. Then Beautrelet crept through the +heather, scratched his hands at the bramble-hedge and, half raising +himself, slowly, with restrained movements, put the key into the lock. +He turned it gently. Would the door open without an effort? Was there +no bolt closing it on the other side? He pushed: the door opened, +without a creak or jolt. He was in the park. + +"Are you there, Beautrelet?" asked Valmeras. "Wait for me. You two +chaps, watch the door and keep our line of retreat open. At the least +alarm, whistle." + +He took Beautrelet's hand and they plunged into the dense shadow of the +thickets. A clearer space was revealed to them when they reached the +edge of the central lawn. At the same moment a ray of moonlight pierced +the clouds; and they saw the castle, with its pointed turrets arranged +around the tapering spire to which, no doubt, it owed its name. There +was no light in the windows; not a sound. + +Valmeras grasped his companion's arm: + +"Keep still!" + +"What is it?" + +"The dogs, over there--look--" + +There was a growl. Valmeras gave a low whistle. Two white forms leapt +forward and, in four bounds, came and crouched at their master's feet. + +"Gently--lie down--that's it--good dogs--stay there." + +And he said to Beautrelet: + +"And now let us push on. I feel more comfortable." + +"Are you sure of the way?" + +"Yes. We are near the terrace." + +"And then?" + +"I remember that, on the left, at a place where the river terrace rises +to the level of the ground-floor windows, there is a shutter which +closes badly and which can be opened from the outside." + +They found, when they came to it, that the shutter yielded to pressure. +Valmeras removed a pane with a diamond which he carried. He turned the +window-latch. First one and then the other stepped over the balcony. +They were now in the castle, at the end of a passage which divided the +left wing into two. + +"This room," said Valmeras, "opens at the end of a passage. Then comes +an immense hall, lined with statues, and at the end of the hall a +staircase which ends near the room occupied by your father." + +He took a step forward. + +"Are you coming, Beautrelet?" + +"Yes, yes." + +"But no, you're not coming--What's the matter with you?" + +He seized him by the hand. It was icy cold and he perceived that the +young man was cowering on the floor. + +"What's the matter with you?" he repeated. + +"Nothing--it'll pass off--" + +"But what is it?" + +"I'm afraid--" + +"You're afraid?" + +"Yes," Beautrelet confessed, frankly, "it's my nerves giving way--I +generally manage to control them--but, to-day, the silence--the +excitement--And then, since I was stabbed by that magistrate's +clerk--But it will pass off--There, it's passing now--" + +He succeeded in rising to his feet and Valmeras dragged him out of the +room. They groped their way along the passage, so softly that neither +could hear a sound made by the other. + +A faint glimmer, however, seemed to light the hall for which they were +making. Valmeras put his head round the corner. It was a night-light +placed at the foot of the stairs, on a little table which showed +through the frail branches of a palm tree. + +"Halt!" whispered Valmeras. + +Near the night-light, a man stood sentry, carrying a gun. + +Had he seen them? Perhaps. At least, something must have alarmed him, +for he brought the gun to his shoulder. + +Beautrelet had fallen on his knees, against a tub containing a plant, +and he remained quite still, with his heart thumping against his chest. + +Meanwhile, the silence and the absence of all movement reassured the +man. He lowered his weapon. But his head was still turned in the +direction of the tub. + +Terrible minutes passed: ten minutes, fifteen. A moonbeam had glided +through a window on the staircase. And, suddenly, Beautrelet became +aware that the moonbeam was shifting imperceptibly, and that, before +fifteen, before ten more minutes had elapsed, it would be shining full +in his face. + +Great drops of perspiration fell from his forehead on his trembling +hands. His anguish was such that he was on the point of getting up and +running away--But, remembering that Valmeras was there, he sought him +with his eyes and was astounded to see him, or rather to imagine him, +creeping in the dark, under cover of the statues and plants. He was +already at the foot of the stairs, within a few steps of the man. + +What was he going to do? To pass in spite of all? To go upstairs alone +and release the prisoner? But could he pass? + +Beautrelet no longer saw him and he had an impression that something +was about to take place, something that seemed foreboded also by the +silence, which hung heavier, more awful than before. + +And, suddenly, a shadow springing upon the man, the night-light +extinguished, the sound of a struggle--Beautrelet ran up. The two +bodies had rolled over on the flagstones. He tried to stoop and see. +But he heard a hoarse moan, a sigh; and one of the adversaries rose to +his feet and seized him by the arm: + +"Quick!--Come along!" + +It was Valmeras. + +They went up two storys and came out at the entrance to a corridor, +covered by a hanging. + +"To the right," whispered Valmeras. "The fourth room on the left." + +They soon found the door of the room. As they expected, the captive was +locked in. It took them half an hour, half an hour of stifled efforts, +of muffled attempts, to force open the lock. The door yielded at last. + +Beautrelet groped his way to the bed. His father was asleep. + +He woke him gently: + +"It's I--Isidore--and a friend--don't be afraid--get up--not a word." + +The father dressed himself, but, as they were leaving the room, he +whispered: + +"I am not alone in the castle--" + +"Ah? Who else? Ganimard? Shears?" + +"No--at least, I have not seen them." + +"Who then?" + +"A young girl." + +"Mlle. de Saint-Veran, no doubt." + +"I don't know--I saw her several times at a distance, in the park--and, +when I lean out of my window, I can see hers. She has made signals to +me." + +"Do you know which is her room?" + +"Yes, in this passage, the third on the right." + +"The blue room," murmured Valmeras. "It has folding doors: they won't +give us so much trouble." + +One of the two leaves very soon gave way. Old Beautrelet undertook to +tell the girl. + +Ten minutes later, he left the room with her and said to his son: + +"You were right--Mlle. de Saint-Veran--;" + +They all four went down the stairs. When they reached the bottom, +Valmeras stopped and bent over the man. Then, leading them to the +terrace-room: + +"He is not dead," he said. "He will live." + +"Ah!" said Beautrelet, with a sigh of relief. + +"No, fortunately, the blade of my knife bent: the blow is not fatal. +Besides, in any case, those rascals deserve no pity." + +Outside, they were met by the dogs, which accompanied them to the +postern. Here, Beautrelet found his two friends and the little band +left the park. It was three o'clock in the morning. + + * * * * * + +This first victory was not enough to satisfy Beautrelet. As soon as he +had comfortably settled his father and Mlle. de Saint-Veran, he asked +them about the people who lived at the castle, and, particularly, about +the habits of Arsene Lupin. He thus learnt that Lupin came only every +three or four days, arriving at night in his motor car and leaving +again in the morning. At each of his visits, he called separately upon +his two prisoners, both of whom agreed in praising his courtesy and his +extreme civility. For the moment, he was not at the castle. + +Apart from him, they had seen no one except an old woman, who ruled +over the kitchen and the house, and two men, who kept watch over them +by turns and never spoke to them: subordinates, obviously, to judge by +their manners and appearance. + +"Two accomplices, for all that," said Beautrelet, in conclusion, "or +rather three, with the old woman. It is a bag worth having. And, if we +lose no time--" + +He jumped on his bicycle, rode to Eguzon, woke up the gendarmerie, set +them all going, made them sound the boot and saddle and returned to +Crozant at eight o'clock, accompanied by the sergeant and eight +gendarmes. Two of the men were posted beside the gipsy-van. Two others +took up their positions outside the postern-door. The last four, +commanded by their chief and accompanied by Beautrelet and Valmeras, +marched to the main entrance of the castle. + +Too late. The door was wide open. A peasant told them that he had seen +a motor car drive out of the castle an hour before. + +Indeed, the search led to no result. In all probability, the gang had +installed themselves there picnic fashion. A few clothes were found, a +little linen, some household implements; and that was all. + +What astonished Beautrelet and Valmeras more was the disappearance of +the wounded man. They could not see the faintest trace of a struggle, +not even a drop of blood on the flagstones of the hall. + +All said, there was no material evidence to prove the fleeting presence +of Lupin at the Chateau de l'Aiguille; and the authorities would have +been entitled to challenge the statements of Beautrelet and his father, +of Valmeras and Mlle. de Saint-Veran, had they not ended by +discovering, in a room next to that occupied by the young girl, some +half-dozen exquisite bouquets with Arsene Lupin's card pinned to them, +bouquets scorned by her, faded and forgotten--One of them, in addition +to the card, contained a letter which Raymonde had not seen. That +afternoon, when opened by the examining magistrate, it was found to +contain page upon page of prayers, entreaties, promises, threats, +despair, all the madness of a love that has encountered nothing but +contempt and repulsion. + +And the letter ended: + +I shall come on Tuesday evening, Raymonde. Reflect between now and +then. As for me, I will wait no longer. I am resolved on all. + + * * * * * + +Tuesday evening was the evening of the very day on which Beautrelet had +released Mlle. de Saint-Veran from her captivity. + +The reader will remember the extraordinary explosion of surprise and +enthusiasm that resounded throughout the world at the news of that +unexpected issue: Mlle. de Saint-Veran free! The pretty girl whom Lupin +coveted, to secure whom he had contrived his most Machiavellian +schemes, snatched from his claws! Free also Beautrelet's father, whom +Lupin had chosen as a hostage in his extravagant longing for the +armistice demanded by the needs of his passion! They were both free, +the two prisoners! And the secret of the Hollow Needle was known, +published, flung to the four corners of the world! + +The crowd amused itself with a will. Ballads were sold and sung about +the defeated adventurer: Lupin's Little Love-Affairs!--Arsene's Piteous +Sobs!--The Lovesick Burglar! The Pickpocket's Lament!--They were cried +on the boulevards and hummed in the artists' studios. + +Raymonde, pressed with questions and pursued by interviewers, replied +with the most extreme reserve. But there was no denying the letter, or +the bouquets of flowers, or any part of the pitiful story! Then and +there, Lupin, scoffed and jeered at, toppled from his pedestal. + +And Beautrelet became the popular idol. He had foretold everything, +thrown light on everything. The evidence which Mlle. de Saint-Veran +gave before the examining magistrate confirmed, down to the smallest +detail, the hypothesis imagined by Isidore. Reality seemed to submit, +in every point, to what he had decreed beforehand. Lupin had found his +master.-- + + * * * * * + +Beautrelet insisted that his father, before returning to his mountains +in Savoy, should take a few months' rest in the sunshine, and himself +escorted him and Mlle. de Saint-Veran to the outskirts of Nice, where +the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter Suzanne were already settled for +the winter. Two days later, Valmeras brought his mother to see his new +friends and they thus composed a little colony grouped around the Villa +de Gesvres and watched over day and night by half a dozen men engaged +by the comte. + +Early in October, Beautrelet, once more the sixth-form pupil, returned +to Paris to resume the interrupted course of his studies and to prepare +for his examinations. And life began again, calmer, this time, and free +from incident. What could happen, for that matter. Was the war not over? + +Lupin, on his side, must have felt this very clearly, must have felt +that there was nothing left for him but to resign himself to the +accomplished fact; for, one fine day, his two other victims, Ganimard +and Holmlock Shears, made their reappearance. Their return to the life +of this planet, however, was devoid of any sort of glamor or +fascination. An itinerant rag-man picked them up on the Quai des +Orfevres, opposite the headquarters of police. Both of them were +gagged, bound and fast asleep. + +After a week of complete bewilderment, they succeeded in recovering the +control of their thought and told--or rather Ganimard told, for Shears +wrapped himself in a fierce and stubborn silence--how they had made a +voyage of circumnavigation round the coast of Africa on board the yacht +Hirondelle, a voyage combining amusement with instruction, during which +they could look upon themselves as free, save for a few hours which +they spent at the bottom of the hold, while the crew went on shore at +outlandish ports. + +As for their landing on the Quai des Orfevres, they remembered nothing +about it and had probably been asleep for many days before. + +This liberation of the prisoners was the final confession of defeat. By +ceasing to fight, Lupin admitted it without reserve. + +One incident, moreover, made it still more glaring, which was the +engagement of Louis Valmeras and Mlle. de Saint-Veran. In the intimacy +created between them by the new conditions under which they lived, the +two young people fell in love with each other. Valmeras loved +Raymonde's melancholy charm; and she, wounded by life, greedy for +protection, yielded before the strength and energy of the man who had +contributed so gallantly to her preservation. + +The wedding day was awaited with a certain amount of anxiety. Would +Lupin not try to resume the offensive? Would he accept with a good +grace the irretrievable loss of the woman he loved? Twice or three +times, suspicious-looking people were seen prowling round the villa; +and Valmeras even had to defend himself one evening against a so-called +drunken man, who fired a pistol at him and sent a bullet through his +hat. But, in the end, the ceremony was performed at the appointed hour +and day and Raymonde de Saint-Veran became Mme. Louis Valmeras. + +It was as though Fate herself had taken sides with Beautrelet and +countersigned the news of victory. This was so apparent to the crowd +that his admirers now conceived the notion of entertaining him at a +banquet to celebrate his triumph and Lupin's overthrow. It was a great +idea and aroused general enthusiasm. Three hundred tickets were sold in +less than a fortnight. Invitations were issued to the public schools of +Paris, to send two sixth-form pupils apiece. The press sang paeans. The +banquet was what it could not fail to be, an apotheosis. + +But it was a charming and simple apotheosis, because Beautrelet was its +hero. His presence was enough to bring things back to their due +proportion. He showed himself modest, as usual, a little surprised at +the excessive cheering, a little embarrassed by the extravagant +panegyrics in which he was pronounced greater than the most illustrious +detectives--a little embarrassed, but also not a little touched. + +He said as much in a few words that pleased all his hearers and with +the shyness of a child that blushes when you look at it. He spoke of +his delight, of his pride. And really, reasonable and self-controlled +as he was, this was for him a moment of never-to-be-forgotten +exultation. He smiled to his friends, to his fellow-Jansonians, to +Valmeras, who had come specially to give him a cheer, to M. de Gesvres, +to his father. + +When he had finished speaking; and while he still held his glass in his +hand, a sound of voices came from the other end of the room and some +one was gesticulating and waving a newspaper. Silence was restored and +the importunate person sat down again: but a thrill of curiosity ran +round the table, the newspaper was passed from hand to hand and, each +time that one of the guests cast his eyes upon the page at which it was +opened, exclamations followed: + +"Read it! Read it!" they cried from the opposite side. + +The people were leaving their seats at the principal table. M. +Beautrelet went and took the paper and handed it to his son. + +"Read it out! Read it out!" they cried, louder. + +And others said: + +"Listen! He's going to read it! Listen!" + +Beautrelet stood facing his audience, looked in the evening paper which +his father had given him for the article that was causing all this +uproar and, suddenly, his eyes encountering a heading underlined in +blue pencil, he raised his hand to call for silence and began in a loud +voice to read a letter addressed to the editor by M. Massiban, of the +Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres. His voice broke and fell, +little by little, as he read those stupefying revelations, which +reduced all his efforts to nothing, upset his notions concerning the +Hollow Needle and proved the vanity of his struggle with Arsene Lupin: + + * * * * * + +Sir: + +On the 17th of March, 1679, there appeared a little book with the +following title: The Mystery of the Hollow Needle. The Whole Truth now +first exhibited. One hundred copies printed by myself for the +instruction of the Court. + +At nine o'clock on the morning of that day, the author, a very young +man, well-dressed, whose name has remained unknown, began to leave his +book on the principal persons at court. At ten o'clock, when he had +fulfilled four of these errands, he was arrested by a captain in the +guards, who took him to the king's closet and forthwith set off in +search of the four copies distributed. + +When the hundred copies were got together, counted, carefully looked +through and verified, the king himself threw them into the fire and +burnt them, all but one, which he kept for his own purposes. + +Then he ordered the captain of the guards to take the author of the +book to M. de Saint-Mars, who confined his prisoner first at Pignerol +and then in the fortress of the Ile Sainte-Marguerite. This man was +obviously no other than the famous Man with the Iron Mask. + +The truth would never have been known, or at least a part of the truth, +if the captain in the guards had not been present at the interview and +if, when the king's back was turned, he had not been tempted to +withdraw another of the copies from the chimney, before the fire got to +it. + +Six months later, the captain was found dead on the highroad between +Gaillon and Mantes. His murderers had stripped him of all his apparel, +forgetting, however, in his right boot a jewel which was discovered +there afterward, a diamond of the first water and of considerable value. + +Among his papers was found a sheet in his handwriting, in which he did +not speak of the book snatched from the flames, but gave a summary of +the earlier chapters. It referred to a secret which was known to the +Kings of England, which was lost by them when the crown passed from the +poor fool, Henry VI., to the Duke of York, which was revealed to +Charles VII., King of France, by Joan of Arc and which, becoming a +State secret, was handed down from sovereign to sovereign by means of a +letter, sealed anew on each occasion, which was found in the deceased +monarch's death-bed with this superscription: "For the King of France." + +This secret concerned the existence and described the whereabouts of a +tremendous treasure, belonging to the kings, which increased in +dimensions from century to century. + +One hundred and fourteen years later, Louis XVI., then a prisoner in +the Temple, took aside one of the officers whose duty it was to guard +the royal family, and asked: + +"Monsieur, had you not an ancestor who served as a captain under my +predecessor, the Great King?" + +"Yes, sire." + +"Well, could you be relied upon--could you be relied upon--" + +He hesitated. The officer completed the sentence: + +"Not to betray your Majesty! Oh, sire!--" + +"Then listen to me." + +He took from his pocket a little book of which he tore out one of the +last pages. But, altering his mind: + +"No, I had better copy it--" + +He seized a large sheet of paper and tore it in such a way as to leave +only a small rectangular space, on which he copied five lines of dots, +letters and figures from the printed page. Then, after burning the +latter, he folded the manuscript sheet in four, sealed it with red wax, +and gave it to the officer. + +"Monsieur, after my death, you must hand this to the Queen and say to +her, 'From the King, madame--for Your Majesty and for your son.' If she +does not understand--" + +"If she does not understand, sire--" + +"You must add, 'It concerns the secret, the secret of the Needle.' The +Queen will understand." + +When he had finished speaking, he flung the book into the embers +glowing on the hearth. + +He ascended the scaffold on the 21st of January. + +It took the officer several months, in consequence of the removal of +the Queen to the Conciergerie, before he could fulfil the mission with +which he was entrusted. At last, by dint of cunning intrigues, he +succeeded, one day, in finding himself in the presence of Marie +Antoinette. + +Speaking so that she could just hear him, he said: + +"Madame, from the late King, your husband, for Your Majesty and your +son." + +And he gave her the sealed letter. + +She satisfied herself that the jailers could not see her, broke the +seals, appeared surprised at the sight of those undecipherable lines +and then, all at once, seemed to understand. + +She smiled bitterly and the officer caught the words: + +"Why so late?" + +She hesitated. Where should she hide this dangerous document? At last, +she opened her book of hours and slipped the paper into a sort of +secret pocket contrived between the leather of the binding and the +parchment that covered it. + +"Why so late?" she had asked. + +It is, in fact, probable that this document, if it could have saved +her, came too late, for, in the month of October next, Queen Marie +Antoinette ascended the scaffold in her turn. + +Now the officer, when going through his family papers, came upon his +ancestor's manuscript. From that moment, he had but one idea, which was +to devote his leisure to elucidating this strange problem. He read all +the Latin authors, studied all the chronicles of France and those of +the neighboring countries, visited the monasteries, deciphered +account-books, cartularies, treaties; and, in this way, succeeded in +discovering certain references scattered over the ages. + +In Book III of Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War (MS. edition, +Alexandria), it is stated that, after the defeat of Veridovix by G. +Titullius Sabinus, the chief of the Caleti was brought before Caesar +and that, for his ransom, he revealed the secret of the Needle-- + +The Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, between Charles the Simple and +Rollo, the chief of the Norse barbarians, gives Rollo's name followed +by all his titles, among which we read that of Master of the Secret of +the Needle. + +The Saxon Chronicle (Gibson's edition, page 134), speaking of William +the Conqueror, says that the staff of his banner ended in a steel point +pierced with an eye, like a needle. + +In a rather ambiguous phrase in her examination, Joan of Arc admits +that she has still a great secret to tell the King of France. To which +her judges reply, "Yes, we know of what you speak; and that, Joan, is +why you shall die the death." + +Philippe de Comines mentions it in connection with Louis XI., and, +later, Sully in connection with Henry IV.: "By the virtue of the +Needle!" the good king sometimes swears. + +Between these two, Francis I., in a speech addressed to the notables of +the Havre, in 1520, uttered this phrase, which has been handed down in +the diary of a Honfleur burgess; "The Kings of France carry secrets +that often decide the conduct of affairs and the fate of towns." + +All these quotations, all the stories relating to the Iron Mask, the +captain of the guards and his descendant, I have found to-day in a +pamphlet written by this same descendant and published in the month of +June, 1815, just before or just after the battle of Waterloo, in a +period, therefore, of great upheavals, in which the revelations which +it contained were likely to pass unperceived. + +What is the value of this pamphlet? Nothing, you will tell me, and we +must attach no credit to it. And this is the impression which I myself +would have carried away, if it had not occurred to me to open Caesar's +Commentaries at the chapter given. What was my astonishment when I came +upon the phrase quoted in the little book before me! And it was the +same thing with the Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, with the Saxon +Chronicle, with the examination of Joan of Arc, in short, with all that +I have been able to verify up to the present. + +Lastly, there is an even more precise fact related by the author of the +pamphlet of 1815. During the French campaign, he being then an officer +under Napoleon, his horse dropped dead, one evening, and he rang at the +door of a castle where he was received by an old knight of St. Louis. +And, in the course of conversation with the old man, he learnt that +this castle, standing on the bank of the Creuse, was called the Chateau +de l'Aiguille, that it had been built and christened by Louis XIV., and +that, by his express order, it was adorned with turrets and with a +spire which represented the Needle. As its date it bore, it must still +bear, the figure 1680. + +1680! One year after the publication of the book and the imprisonment +of the Iron Mask! Everything was now explained: Louis XIV., foreseeing +that the secret might be noised abroad, had built and named that castle +so as to offer the quidnuncs a natural explanation of the ancient +mystery. The Hollow Needle! A castle with pointed bell-turrets standing +on the bank of the Creuse and belonging to the King. People would at +once think that they had the key to the riddle and all enquiries would +cease. + +The calculation was just, seeing that, more than two centuries later, +M. Beautrelet fell into the trap. And this, Sir, is what I was leading +up to in writing this letter. If Lupin, under the name of Anfredi, +rented from M. Valmeras the Chateau de l'Aiguille on the bank of the +Creuse; if, admitting the success of the inevitable investigations of +M. Beautrelet, he lodged his two prisoners there, it was because he +admitted the success of the inevitable researches made by M. Beautrelet +and because, with the object of obtaining the peace for which he had +asked, he laid for M. Beautrelet precisely what we may call the +historic trap of Louis XIV. + +And hence we come to this undeniable conclusion, that he, Lupin, by his +unaided lights, without possessing any other facts than those which we +possess, managed by means of the witchcraft of a really extraordinary +genius, to decipher the undecipherable document; and that he, Lupin, +the last heir of the Kings of France, knows the royal mystery of the +Hollow Needle! + + * * * * * + +Here ended the letter. But, for some minutes, from the passage that +referred to the Chateau de l'Aiguille onward, it was not Beautrelet's +but another voice that read it aloud. Realizing his defeat, crushed +under the weight of his humiliation, Isidore had dropped the newspaper +and sunk into his chair, with his face buried in his hands. + +Panting, shaken with excitement by this incredible story, the crowd had +come gradually nearer and was now pressing round. + +With a thrill of anguish, they waited for the words which he would say +in reply, the objections which he would raise. + +He did not stir. + +Valmeras gently uncrossed his hands and raised his head. + +Isidore Beautrelet was weeping. + + + + +CHAPTER SEVEN + +THE TREATISE OF THE NEEDLE + + +It is four o'clock in the morning. Isidore has not returned to the +Lycee Janson. He has no intention of returning before the end of the +war of extermination which he has declared against Lupin. This much he +swore to himself under his breath, while his friends drove off with +him, all faint and bruised, in a cab. + +A mad oath! An absurd and illogical war! What can he do, a single, +unarmed stripling, against that phenomenon of energy and strength? On +which side is he to attack him? He is unassailable. Where to wound him? +He is invulnerable. Where to get at him? He is inaccessible. + +Four o'clock in the morning. Isidore has again accepted his +schoolfellow's hospitality. Standing before the chimney in his bedroom, +with his elbows flat on the mantel-shelf and his two fists under his +chin, he stares at his image in the looking-glass. He is not crying +now, he can shed no more tears, nor fling himself about on his bed, nor +give way to despair, as he has been doing for the last two hours and +more. He wants to think, to think and understand. + +And he does not remove his eyes from those same eyes reflected in the +glass, as though he hoped to double his powers of thought by +contemplating his pensive image, as though he hoped to find at the back +of that mirrored Beautrelet the unsolvable solution of what he does not +find within himself. + +He stands thus until six o'clock, and, little by little, the question +presents itself to his mind with the strictness of an equation, bare +and dry and cleared of all the details that complicate and obscure it. + +Yes, he has made a mistake. Yes, his reading of the document is all +wrong. The word aiguille does not point to the castle on the Creuse. +Also, the word demoiselles cannot be applied to Raymonde de Saint-Veran +and her cousin, because the text of the document dates back for +centuries. + +Therefore, all must be done over again, from the beginning. + +How? + +One piece of evidence alone would be incontestible: the book published +under Louis XIV. Now of those hundred copies printed by the person who +was presumed to be the Man with the Iron Mask only two escaped the +flames. One was purloined by the captain of the guards and lost. The +other was kept by Louis XIV., handed down to Louis XV., and burnt by +Louis XVI. But a copy of the essential page, the page containing the +solution of the problem, or at least a cryptographic solution, was +conveyed to Marie Antoinette, who slipped it into the binding of her +book of hours. What has become of this paper? Is it the one which +Beautrelet has held in his hands and which Lupin recovered from him +through Bredoux, the magistrate's clerk? Or is it still in Marie +Antoinette's book of hours? And the question resolves itself into this: +what has become of the Queen's book of hours? + + * * * * * + +After taking a short rest, Beautrelet consulted his friend's father, an +old and experienced collector, who was often called upon officially to +give an expert opinion and who had quite lately been invited to advise +the director of one of our museums on the drawing up of the catalogue. + +"Marie Antoinette's book of hours?" he exclaimed. "Why, the Queen left +it to her waiting-woman, with secret instructions to forward it to +Count Fersen. After being piously preserved in the count's family, it +has been, for the last five years, in a glass case--" + +"A glass case?" + +"In the Musee Carnavalet, quite simply." + +"When will the museum be open?" + +"At twenty minutes from now, as it is every morning." + + * * * * * + +Isidore and his friend jumped out of a cab at the moment when the doors +of Madame de Sevigne's old mansion were opening. + +"Hullo! M. Beautrelet!" + +A dozen voices greeted his arrival. To his great surprise, he +recognized the whole crowd of reporters who were following up "the +mystery of the Hollow Needle." And one of them exclaimed: + +"Funny, isn't it, that we should all have had the same idea? Take care, +Arsene Lupin may be among us!" + +They entered the museum together. The director was at once informed, +placed himself entirely at their disposal, took them to the glass case +and showed them a poor little volume, devoid of all ornament, which +certainly had nothing royal about it. Nevertheless, they were overcome +by a certain emotion at the sight of this object which the Queen had +touched in those tragic days, which her eyes, red with tears, had +looked upon--And they dared not take it and hunt through it: it was as +though they feared lest they should be guilty of a sacrilege-- + +"Come, M. Beautrelet, it's your business!" + +He took the book with an anxious gesture. The description corresponded +with that given by the author of the pamphlet. Outside was a parchment +cover, dirty, stained and worn in places, and under it, the real +binding, in stiff leather. With what a thrill Beautrelet felt for the +hidden pocket! Was it a fairy tale? Or would he find the document +written by Louis XVI. and bequeathed by the queen to her fervent +admirer? + +At the first page, on the upper side of the book, there was no +receptacle. + +"Nothing," he muttered. + +"Nothing," they echoed, palpitating with excitement. + +But, at the last page, forcing back the book a little, he at once saw +that the parchment was not stuck to the binding. He slipped his fingers +in between--there was something--yes, he felt something--a paper-- + +"Oh!" he gasped, in an accent almost of pain. "Here--is it possible?" + +"Quick, quick!" they cried. "What are you waiting for?" + +He drew out a sheet folded in two. + +"Well, read it!--There are words in red ink--Look!--it might be +blood--pale, faded blood--Read it!--" + + * * * * * + +He read: + +To you, Fersen. For my son. 16 October, 1793. + +MARIE ANTOINETTE. + + * * * * * + +And suddenly Beautrelet gave a cry of stupefaction. Under the queen's +signature there were--there were two words, in black ink, underlined +with a flourish--two words: + +ARSENE LUPIN. + +All, in turns, took the sheet of paper and the same cry escaped from +the lips of all of them: + +"Marie Antoinette!--Arsene Lupin!" + +A great silence followed. That double signature: those two names +coupled together, discovered hidden in the book of hours; that relic in +which the poor queen's desperate appeal had slumbered for more than a +century: that horrible date of the 16th of October, 1793, the day on +which the Royal head fell: all of this was most dismally and +disconcertingly tragic. + +"Arsene Lupin!" stammered one of the voices, thus emphasizing the scare +that underlay the sight of that demoniacal name at the foot of the +hallowed page. + +"Yes, Arsene Lupin," repeated Beautrelet. "The Queen's friend was +unable to understand her desperate dying appeal. He lived with the +keepsake in his possession which the woman whom he loved had sent him +and he never guessed the reason of that keepsake. Lupin discovered +everything, on the other hand--and took it." + +"Took what?" + +"The document, of course! The document written by Louis XVI.; and it is +that which I held in my hands. The same appearance, the same shape, the +same red seals. I understand why Lupin would not leave me a document +which I could turn to account by merely examining the paper, the seals +and so on." + +"And then?" + +"Well, then, since the document is genuine, since I have, with my own +eyes, seen the marks of the red seals, since Marie Antoinette herself +assures me, by these few words in her hand, that the whole story of the +pamphlet, as printed by M. Massiban, is correct, because a problem of +the Hollow Needle really exists, I am now certain to succeed." + +"But how? Whether genuine or not, the document is of no use to you if +you do not manage to decipher it, because Louis XVI. destroyed the book +that gave the explanation." + +"Yes, but the other copy, which King Louis XVI.'s captain of the guards +snatched from the flames, was not destroyed." + +"How do you know?" + +"Prove the contrary." + +After uttering this defiance, Beautrelet was silent for a time and +then, slowly, with his eyes closed, as though trying to fix and sum up +his thoughts, he said: + +"Possessing the secret, the captain of the guards begins by revealing +it bit by bit in the journal found by his descendant. Then comes +silence. The answer to the riddle is withheld. Why? Because the +temptation to make use of the secret creeps over him little by little +and he gives way to it. A proof? His murder. A further proof? The +magnificent jewel found upon him, which he must undoubtedly have taken +from some royal treasure the hiding-place of which, unknown to all, +would just constitute the mystery of the Hollow Needle. Lupin conveyed +as much to me; Lupin was not lying." + +"Then what conclusion do you draw, Beautrelet?" + +"I draw this conclusion, my friends, that it be a good thing to +advertise this story as much as possible, so that people may know, +through all the papers, that we are looking for a book entitled The +Treatise of the Needle. It may be fished out from the back shelves of +some provincial library." + +The paragraph was drawn up forthwith; and Beautrelet set to work at +once, without even waiting for it to produce a result. A first scent +suggested itself: the murder was committed near Gaillon. He went there +that same day. Certainly, he did not hope to reconstruct a crime +perpetrated two hundred years ago. But, all the same, there are crimes +that leave traces in the memories, in the traditions of a countryside. +They are recorded in the local chronicles. One day, some provincial +archaeologist, some lover of old legends, some student of the minor +incidents of the life of the past makes them the subject of an article +in a newspaper or of a communication to the academy of his departmental +town. + +Beautrelet saw three or four of these archaeologists. With one of them +in particular, an old notary, he examined the prison records, the +ledgers of the old bailiwicks and the parish registers. There was no +entry referring to the murder of a captain of the guards in the +seventeenth century. + +He refused to be discouraged and continued his search in Paris, where +the magistrate's examination might have taken place. His efforts came +to nothing. + +But the thought of another track sent him off in a fresh direction. Was +there no chance of finding out the name of that captain whose +descendant served in the armies of the Republic and was quartered in +the Temple during the imprisonment of the Royal family? By dint of +patient working, he ended by making out a list in which two names at +least presented an almost complete resemblance: M. de Larbeyrie, under +Louis XIV., and Citizen Larbrie, under the Terror. + +This already was an important point. He stated it with precision in a +note which he sent to the papers, asking for any information concerning +this Larbeyrie or his descendants. + +It was M. Massiban, the Massiban of the pamphlet, the member of the +Institute, who replied to him: + + * * * * * + +SIR: + +Allow me to call your attention to the following passage of Voltaire, +which I came upon in his manuscript of Le Siecle de Louis XIV. (Chapter +XXV: Particularites et anecdotes du regne). The passage has been +suppressed in all the printed editions: + +"I have heard it said by the late M. de Caumartin, intendant of +finance, who was a friend of Chamillard the minister, that the King one +day left hurriedly in his carriage at the news that M. de Larbeyrie had +been murdered and robbed of some magnificent jewels. He seemed greatly +excited and repeated: + +"'All is lost--all is lost--' + +"In the following year, the son of this Larbeyrie and his daughter, who +had married the Marquis de Velines, were banished to their estates in +Provence and Brittany. We cannot doubt that there is something peculiar +in this." + + +I, in my turn, will add that we can doubt it all the less inasmuch as +M. de Chamillard, according to Voltaire, WAS THE LAST MINISTER WHO +POSSESSED THE STRANGE SECRET OF THE IRON MASK. + +You will see for yourself, Sir, the profit that can be derived from +this passage and the evident link established between the two +adventures. As for myself, I will not venture to imagine any very exact +surmise as regards the conduct, the suspicions, and the apprehensions +of Louis XIV. in these circumstances; but, on the other hand, seeing +that M. de Larbeyrie left a son, who was probably the grandfather of +Larbrie the citizen-officer, and also a daughter, is it not permissible +to suppose that a part of the papers left by Larbeyrie came to the +daughter and that among these papers was the famous copy which the +captain of the guards saved from the flames? + +I have consulted the Country-house Year-book. There is a Baron de +Velines living not far from Rennes. Could he be a descendant of the +marquis? At any rate, I wrote to him yesterday, on chance, to ask if he +had not in his possession a little old book bearing on its title-page +the word aiguille; and I am awaiting his reply. + +It would give me the greatest pleasure to talk of all these matters +with you. If you can spare the time, come and see me. + +I am, Sir, etc., etc. + +P.S.--Of course, I shall not communicate these little discoveries to +the press. Now that you are near the goal, discretion is essential. + + * * * * * + +Beautrelet absolutely agreed. He even went further: to two journalists +who were worrying him that morning he gave the most fanciful +particulars as to his plans and his state of mind. + +In the afternoon, he hurried round to see Massiban, who lived at 17, +Quai Voltaire. To his great surprise, he was told that M. Massiban had +gone out of town unexpectedly, leaving a note for him in case he should +call. Isidore opened it and read: + + I have received a telegram which gives me + some hope. So I am leaving town and shall sleep + at Rennes. You might take the evening train and, + without stopping at Rennes, go on to the little + station of Velines. We would meet at the castle, + which is two miles and a half from the station. + +The programme appealed to Beautrelet, and especially the idea that he +would reach the castle at almost the same time as Massiban, for he +feared some blunder on the part of that inexperienced man. He went back +to his friend and spent the rest of the day with him. In the evening, +he took the Brittany express and got out at Velines as six o'clock in +the morning. + +He did the two and a half miles, between bushy woods, on foot. He could +see the castle, perched on a height, from a distance: it was a hybrid +edifice, a mixture of the Renascence and Louis Philippe styles, but it +bore a stately air, nevertheless, with its four turrets and its +ivy-mantled draw-bridge. + +Isidore felt his heart beat as he approached. Was he really nearing the +end of his race? Did the castle contain the key to the mystery? + +He was not without fear. It all seemed too good to be true; and he +asked himself if he was not once more acting in obedience to some +infernal plan contrived by Lupin, if Massiban was not for instance, a +tool in the hands of his enemy. He burst out laughing: + +"Tut, tut, I'm becoming absurd! One would really think that Lupin was +an infallible person who foresees everything, a sort of divine +omnipotence against whom nothing can prevail! Dash it all, Lupin makes +his mistakes; Lupin, too, is at the mercy of circumstances; Lupin has +an occasional slip! And it is just because of his slip in losing the +document that I am beginning to have the advantage of him. Everything +starts from that. And his efforts, when all is said, serve only to +repair the first blunder." + +And blithely, full of confidence, Beautrelet rang the bell. + +"Yes, sir?" said the servant who opened the door. + +"Can I see the Baron de Velines?" + +And he gave the man his card. + +"Monsieur le baron is not up yet, but, if monsieur will wait--" + +"Has not some one else been asking for him, a gentleman with a white +beard and a slight stoop?" asked Beautrelet, who knew Massiban's +appearance from the photographs in the newspapers. + +"Yes, the gentleman came about ten minutes ago; I showed him into the +drawing room. If monsieur will come this way--" + +The interview between Massiban and Beautrelet was of the most cordial +character. Isidore thanked the old man for the first-rate information +which he owed to him and Massiban expressed his admiration for +Beautrelet in the warmest terms. Then they exchanged impressions on the +document, on their prospects of discovering the book; and Massiban +repeated what he had heard at Rennes regarding M. de Velines. The baron +was a man of sixty, who had been left a widower many years ago and who +led a very retired life with his daughter, Gabrielle de Villemon. This +lady had just suffered a cruel blow through the loss of her husband and +her eldest son, both of whom had died as the result of a motor-car +accident. + +"Monsieur le baron begs the gentlemen to be good enough to come +upstairs." + +The servant led the way to the first floor, to a large, bare-walled +room, very simply furnished with desks, pigeon-holes and tables covered +with papers and account-books. + +The baron received them very affably and with the volubility often +displayed by people who live too much alone. They had great difficulty +in explaining the object of their visit. + +"Oh, yes, I know, you wrote to me about it, M. Massiban. It has +something to do with a book about a needle, hasn't it, a book which is +supposed to have come down to me from my ancestors?" + +"Just so." + +"I may as well tell you that my ancestors and I have fallen out. They +had funny ideas in those days. I belong to my own time. I have broken +with the past." + +"Yes," said Beautrelet, impatiently, "but have you no recollection of +having seen the book?--" + +"Certainly, I said so in my telegram," he exclaimed, addressing M. +Massiban, who, in his annoyance, was walking up and down the room and +looking out of the tall windows. "Certainly--or, at least, my daughter +thought she had seen the title among the thousands of books that lumber +up the library, upstairs--for I don't care about reading myself--I +don't even read the papers. My daughter does, sometimes, but only when +there is nothing the matter with Georges, her remaining son! As for me, +as long as my tenants pay their rents and my leases are kept up--! You +see my account-books: I live in them, gentlemen; and I confess that I +know absolutely nothing whatever about that story of which you wrote to +me in your letter, M. Massiban--" + +Isidore Beautrelet, nerve-shattered at all this talk, interrupted him +bluntly: + +"I beg your pardon, monsieur, but the book--" + +"My daughter has looked for it. She looked for it all day yesterday." + +"Well?" + +"Well, she found it; she found it a few hours ago. When you arrived--" + +"And where is it?" + +"Where is it? Why, she put it on that table--there it is--over there--" + +Isidore gave a bound. At one end of the table, on a muddled heap of +papers, lay a little book bound in red morocco. He banged his fist down +upon it, as though he were forbidding anybody to touch it--and also a +little as though he himself dared not take it up. + +"Well!" cried Massiban, greatly excited. + +"I have it--here it is--we're there at last!" + +"But the title--are you sure?--" + +"Why, of course: look!" + +"Are you convinced? Have we mastered the secret at last?" + +"The front page--what does the front page say?" + +"Read: The Whole Truth now first exhibited. One hundred copies printed +by myself for the instruction of the Court." + +"That's it, that's it," muttered Massiban, in a hoarse voice. "It's the +copy snatched from the flames! It's the very book which Louis XIV. +condemned." + +They turned over the pages. The first part set forth the explanations +given by Captain de Larbeyrie in his journal. + +"Get on, get on!" said Beautrelet, who was in a hurry to come to the +solution. + +"Get on? What do you mean? Not at all! We know that the Man with the +Iron Mask was imprisoned because he knew and wished to divulge the +secret of the Royal house of France. But how did he know it? And why +did he wish to divulge it? Lastly, who was that strange personage? A +half-brother of Louis XIV., as Voltaire maintained, or Mattioli, the +Italian minister, as the modern critics declare? Hang it, those are +questions of the very first interest!" + +"Later, later," protested Beautrelet, feverishly turning the pages, as +though he feared that the book would fly out of his hands before he had +solved the riddle. + +"But--" said Massiban, who doted on historical details. + +"We have plenty of time--afterward--let's see the explanation first--" + +Suddenly Beautrelet stopped. The document! In the middle of a left-hand +page, his eyes saw the five mysterious lines of dots and figures! He +made sure, with a glance, that the text was identical with that which +he had studied so long; the same arrangement of the signs, the same +intervals that permitted of the isolation of the word demoiselles and +the separation of the two words aiguille and creuse. + +A short note preceded it: + +All the necessary indications, it appears, were reduced by King Louis +XIII. into a little table which I transcribe below. + +Here followed the table of dots and figures. + +Then came the explanation of the document itself. Beautrelet read, in a +broken voice: + + * * * * * + +As will be seen, this table, even after we have changed the figures +into vowels, affords no light. One might say that, in order to decipher +the puzzle, we must first know it. It is, at most, a clue given to +those who know the paths of the labyrinth. + +Let us take this clue and proceed. I will guide you. + +The fourth line first. The fourth line contains measurements and +indications. By complying with the indications and noting the +measurements set down, we inevitably attain our object, on condition, +be it understood, that we know where we are and whither we are going, +in a word, that we are enlightened as to the real meaning of the Hollow +Needle. This is what we may learn from the first three lines. The first +is so conceived to revenge myself on the King; I had warned him, for +that matter-- + + * * * * * + +Beautrelet stopped, nonplussed. + +"What? What is it?" said Massiban. + +"The words don't make sense." + +"No more they do," replied Massiban. "'The first is so conceived to +revenge myself on the King--' What can that mean?" + +"Damn!" yelled Beautrelet. + +"Well?" + +"Torn! Two pages! The next two pages! Look at the marks!" + +He trembled, shaking with rage and disappointment. Massiban bent +forward. + +"It is true--there are the ends of two pages left, like bookbinders' +guards. The marks seem pretty fresh. They've not been cut, but torn +out--torn out with violence. Look, all the pages at the end of the book +have been rumpled." + +"But who can have done it? Who?" moaned Isidore, wringing his hands. "A +servant? An accomplice?" + +"All the same, it may date back to a few months since," observed +Massiban. + +"Even so--even so--some one must have hunted out and taken the +book--Tell me, monsieur," cried Beautrelet, addressing the baron, "is +there no one whom you suspect?" + +"We might ask my daughter." + +"Yes--yes--that's it--perhaps she will know." + +M. de Velines rang for the footman. A few minutes later, Mme. de +Villemon entered. She was a young woman, with a sad and resigned face. +Beautrelet at once asked her: + +"You found this volume upstairs, madame, in the library?" + +"Yes, in a parcel of books that had not been uncorded." + +"And you read it?" + +"Yes, last night." + +"When you read it, were those two pages missing? Try and remember: the +two pages following this table of figures and dots?" + +"No, certainly not," she said, greatly astonished. "There was no page +missing at all." + +"Still, somebody has torn--" + +"But the book did not leave my room last night." + +"And this morning?" + +"This morning, I brought it down here myself, when M. Massiban's +arrival was announced." + +"Then--?" + +"Well, I don't understand--unless--but no." + +"What?" + +"Georges--my son--this morning--Georges was playing with the book." + +She ran out headlong, accompanied by Beautrelet, Massiban and the +baron. The child was not in his room. They hunted in every direction. +At last, they found him playing behind the castle. But those three +people seemed so excited and called him so peremptorily to account that +he began to yell aloud. + +Everybody ran about to right and left. The servants were questioned. It +was an indescribable tumult. And Beautrelet received the awful +impression that the truth was ebbing away from him, like water +trickling through his fingers. + +He made an effort to recover himself, took Mme. de Villemon's arm, and, +followed by the baron and Massiban, led her back to the drawing room +and said: + +"The book is incomplete. Very well. There are two pages torn out; but +you read them, did you not, madame?" + +"Yes." + +"You know what they contained?" + +"Yes." + +"Could you repeat it to us?" + +"Certainly. I read the book with a great deal of curiosity, but those +two pages struck me in particular because the revelations were so very +interesting." + +"Well, then, speak madame, speak, I implore you! Those revelations are +of exceptional importance. Speak, I beg of you: minutes lost are never +recovered. The Hollow Needle--" + +"Oh, it's quite simple. The Hollow Needle means--" + +At that moment, a footman entered the room: + +"A letter for madame." + +"Oh, but the postman has passed!" + +"A boy brought it." + +Mme. de Villemon opened the letter, read it, and put her hand to her +heart, turning suddenly livid and terrified, ready to faint. + +The paper had slipped to the floor. Beautrelet picked it up and, +without troubling to apologize, read: + + Not a word! If you say a word, your son will + never wake again. + +"My son--my son!" she stammered, too weak even to go to the assistance +of the threatened child. + +Beautrelet reassured her: + +"It is not serious--it's a joke. Come, who could be interested?" + +"Unless," suggested Massiban, "it was Arsene Lupin." + +Beautrelet made him a sign to hold his tongue. He knew quite well, of +course, that the enemy was there, once more, watchful and determined; +and that was just why he wanted to tear from Mme. de Villemon the +decisive words, so long awaited, and to tear them from her on the spot, +that very moment: + +"I beseech you, madame, compose yourself. We are all here. There is not +the least danger." + +Would she speak? He thought so, he hoped so. She stammered out a few +syllables. But the door opened again. This time, the nurse entered. She +seemed distraught: + +"M. Georges--madame--M. Georges--!" + +Suddenly, the mother recovered all her strength. Quicker than any of +them, and urged by an unfailing instinct, she rushed down the +staircase, across the hall and on to the terrace. There lay little +Georges, motionless, on a wicker chair. + +"Well, what is it? He's asleep!--" + +"He fell asleep suddenly, madame," said the nurse. "I tried to prevent +him, to carry him to his room. But he was fast asleep and his +hands--his hands were cold." + +"Cold!" gasped the mother. "Yes--it's true. Oh dear, oh dear--IF HE +ONLY WAKES UP!" + +Beautrelet put his hand in his trousers pocket, seized the butt of his +revolver, cocked it with his forefinger, then suddenly produced the +weapon and fired at Massiban. + +Massiban, as though he were watching the boy's movements, had avoided +the shot, so to speak, in advance. But already Beautrelet had sprung +upon him, shouting to the servants: + +"Help! It's Lupin!" + +Massiban, under the weight of the impact, fell back into one of the +wicker chairs. In a few seconds, he rose, leaving Beautrelet stunned, +choking; and, holding the young man's revolver in his hands: + +"Good!--that's all right!--don't stir--you'll be like that for two or +three minutes--no more. But, upon my word, you took your time to +recognize me! Was my make-up as old Massiban so good as all that?" + +He was now standing straight up on his legs, his body squared, in a +formidable attitude, and he grinned as he looked at the three petrified +footmen and the dumbfounded baron: + +"Isidore, you've missed the chance of a lifetime. If you hadn't told +them I was Lupin, they'd have jumped on me. And, with fellows like +that, what would have become of me, by Jove, with four to one against +me?" + +He walked up to them: + +"Come, my lads, don't be afraid--I shan't hurt you. Wouldn't you like a +sugar-stick apiece to screw your courage up? Oh, you, by the way, hand +me back my hundred-franc note, will you? Yes, yes, I know you! You're +the one I bribed just now to give the letter to your mistress. Come +hurry, you faithless servant." + +He took the blue bank-note which the servant handed him and tore it +into tiny shreds: + +"The price of treachery! It burns my fingers." + +He took off his hat and, bowing very low before Mme. de Villemon: + +"Will you forgive me, madame? The accidents of life--of mine +especially--often drive one to acts of cruelty for which I am the first +to blush. But have no fear for your son: it's a mere prick, a little +puncture in the arm which I gave him while we were questioning him. In +an hour, at the most, you won't know that it happened. Once more, all +my apologies. But I had to make sure of your silence." He bowed again, +thanked M. de Velines for his kind hospitality, took his cane, lit a +cigarette, offered one to the baron, gave a circular sweep with his hat +and, in a patronizing tone, said to Beautrelet: + +"Good-bye, baby." + +And he walked away quietly, puffing the smoke of his cigarette into the +servants' faces. + +Beautrelet waited for a few minutes. Mme. de Villemon, now calmer, was +watching by her son. He went up to her, with the intention of making +one last appeal to her. Their eyes met. He said nothing. He had +understood that she would never speak now, whatever happened. There, +once more, in that mother's brain, the secret of the Hollow Needle lay +buried as deeply as in the night of the past. + +Then he gave up and went away. + +It was half-past ten. There was a train at eleven-fifty. He slowly +followed the avenue in the park and turned into the road that led to +the station. + +"Well, what do you say to that?" + +It was Massiban, or rather Lupin, who appeared out of the wood +adjoining the road. + +"Was it pretty well contrived, or was it not? Is your old friend great +on the tight-rope, or is he not? I'm sure that you haven't got over it, +eh, and that you're asking yourself whether the so-called Massiban, +member of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, ever existed. +But, of course, he exists. I'll even show him to you, if you're good. +But, first, let me give you back your revolver. You're looking to see +if it's loaded? Certainly, my lad. There are five charges left, one of +which would be enough to send me ad patres.--Well, so you're putting it +in your pocket? Quite right. I prefer that to what you did up there.--A +nasty little impulse, that, of yours!--Still, you're young, you +suddenly see--in a flash!--that you've once more been done by that +confounded Lupin and that he is standing there in front of you, at +three steps from you--and bang! You fire!--I'm not angry with you, +bless your little heart! To prove it, I offer you a seat in my 100 h.p. +car. Will that suit you?" + +He put his fingers to his mouth and whistled. + +The contrast was delicious between the venerable appearance of this +elderly Massiban and the schoolboy ways and accent which Lupin was +putting on. Beautrelet could not help laughing. + +"He's laughed! He's laughed!" cried Lupin, jumping for joy. "You see, +baby, what you fall short in is the power of smiling; you're a trifle +serious for your age. You're a very likeable boy, you have a charming +candor and simplicity--but you have no sense of humor." He placed +himself in front of him. "Look here, bet you I make you cry! Do you +know how I was able to follow up all your inquiry, how I knew of the +letter Massiban wrote you and his appointment to meet you this morning +at the Chateau de Velines? Through the prattle of your friend, the one +you're staying with. You confide in that idiot and he loses no time, +but goes and tells everything to his best girl. And his best girl has +no secrets for Lupin.--What did I tell you? I've made you feel, anyhow; +your eyes are quite wet!--Friendship betrayed: that upsets you, eh? +Upon my word, you're wonderful! I could take you in my arms and hug +you! You always wear that look of astonishment which goes straight to +my heart.--I shall never forget the other evening at Gaillon, when you +consulted me.--Yes, I was the old notary!--But why don't you laugh, +youngster? As I said, you have no sense of a joke. Look here, what you +want is--what shall I call it?--imagination, imaginative impulse. Now, +I'm full of imaginative impulse." + +A motor was heard panting not far off. Lupin seized Beautrelet roughly +by the arm and in a cold voice, looking him straight in the eyes: + +"You're going to keep quiet now, aren't you? You can see there's +nothing to be done. Then what's the use of wasting your time and +energy? There are plenty of highway robbers in the world. Run after +them and let me be--if not!--It's settled, isn't it?" + +He shook him as though to enforce his will upon him. Then he grinned: + +"Fool that I am! You leave me alone? You're not one of those who let +go! Oh, I don't know what restrains me! In half a dozen turns of the +wrist, I could have you bound and gagged--and, in two hours, safe under +lock and key, for some months to come. And then I could twist my thumbs +in all security, withdraw to the peaceful retreat prepared for me by my +ancestors, the Kings of France, and enjoy the treasures which they have +been good enough to accumulate for me. But no, it is doomed that I must +go on blundering to the end. I can't help it, we all have our +weaknesses--and I have one for you. Besides, it's not done yet. From +now until you put your finger into the hollow of the Needle, a good +deal of water will flow under the bridges. Dash it all, it took me ten +days! Me! Lupin! You will want ten years, at least! There's that much +distance between us, after all!" + +The motor arrived, an immense closed car. Lupin opened the door and +Beautrelet gave a cry. There was a man inside and that man was Lupin, +or rather Massiban. Suddenly understanding, he burst out laughing. +Lupin said: + +"Don't be afraid, he's sound asleep. I promised that you should see +him. Do you grasp the situation now? At midnight, I knew of your +appointment at the castle. At seven in the morning, I was there. When +Massiban passed, I had only to collect him--give him a tiny prick with +a needle--and the thing--was done. Sleep old chap, sleep away. We'll +set you down on the slope. That's it--there--capital--right in the sun, +then you won't catch cold--good! And our hat in our hand.--Spare a +copper, kind gentleman!--Oh. my dear old Massiban, so you were after +Arsene Lupin!" + +It was really a huge joke to see the two Massibans face to face, one +asleep with his head on his chest, the other seriously occupied in +paying him every sort of attention and respect: + +"Pity a poor blind man! There, Massiban, here's two sous and my +visiting-card. And now, my lads, off we go at the fourth speed. Do you +hear, driver? You've got to do seventy-five miles an hour. Jump in, +Isidore. There's a full sitting of the Institute to-day, and Massiban +is to read a little paper, on I don't know what, at half-past three. +Well, he'll read them his little paper. I'll dish them up a complete +Massiban, more real than the real one, with my own ideas, on the +lacustrine inscriptions. I don't have an opportunity of lecturing at +the Institute ever day!--Faster, chauffeur: we're only doing +seventy-one and a half!--Are you afraid? Remember you're with +Lupin!--Ah, Isidore, and then people say that life is monotonous! Why, +life's an adorable thing, my boy; only one has to know--and I know--. +Wasn't it enough to make a man jump out of his skin for joy, just now, +at the castle, when you were chattering with old Velines and I, up +against the window, was tearing out the pages of the historic book? And +then, when you were questioning the Dame de Villemon about the Hollow +Needle! Would she speak? Yes, she would--no, she wouldn't--yes--no. It +gave me gooseflesh, I assure you.--If she spoke, I should have to build +up my life anew, the whole scaffolding was destroyed.--Would the +footman come in time? Yes--no--there he is.--But Beautrelet will unmask +me! Never! He's too much of a flat! Yes, though--no--there, he's done +it--no, he hasn't--yes--he's eyeing me--that's it--he's feeling for his +revolver!--Oh, the delight of it!--Isidore, you're talking too much, +you'll hurt yourself!--Let's have a snooze, shall we?--I'm dying of +sleep.--Good night." + +Beautrelet looked at him. He seemed almost asleep already. He slept. + +The motor-car, darting through space, rushed toward a horizon that was +constantly reached and as constantly retreated. There was no impression +of towns, villages, fields or forests; simply space, space devoured, +swallowed up. + +Beautrelet looked at his traveling companion, for a long time, with +eager curiosity and also with a keen wish to fathom his real character +through the mask that covered it. And he thought of the circumstances +that confined them, like that, together, in the close contact of that +motor car. But, after the excitement and disappointment of the morning, +tired in his turn, he too fell asleep. + +When he woke, Lupin was reading. Beautrelet leant over to see the title +of the book. It was the Epistolae ad Lucilium of Seneca the philosopher. + + + + +CHAPTER EIGHT + +FROM CAESAR TO LUPIN + + +Dash it all, it took me ten days! Me! Lupin! + +You will want ten years, at least!-- + +These words, uttered by Lupin after leaving the Chateau de Velines, had +no little influence on Beautrelet's conduct. + +Though very calm in the main and invariably master of himself, Lupin, +nevertheless, was subject to moments of exaltation, of a more or less +romantic expansiveness, at once theatrical and good-humored, when he +allowed certain admissions to escape him, certain imprudent speeches +which a boy like Beautrelet could easily turn to profit. + +Rightly or wrongly, Beautrelet read one of these involuntary admissions +into that phrase. He was entitled to conclude that, if Lupin drew a +comparison between his own efforts and Beautrelet's in pursuit of the +truth about the Hollow Needle, it was because the two of them possessed +identical means of attaining their object, because Lupin had no +elements of success different from those possessed by his adversary. +The chances were alike. Now, with the same chances, the same elements +of success, the same means, ten days had been enough for Lupin. + +What were those elements, those means, those chances? They were +reduced, when all was said, to a knowledge of the pamphlet published in +1815, a pamphlet which Lupin, no doubt, like Massiban, had found by +accident and thanks to which he had succeeded in discovering the +indispensable document in Marie Antoinette's book of hours. + +Therefore, the pamphlet and the document were the only two fundamental +facts upon which Lupin had relied. With these he had built up the whole +edifice. He had had no extraneous aid. The study of the pamphlet and +the study of the document--full stop--that was all. + +Well, could not Beautrelet confine himself to the same ground? What was +the use of an impossible struggle? What was the use of those vain +investigations, in which, even supposing that he avoided the pitfalls +that were multiplied under his feet, he was sure, in the end, to +achieve the poorest of results? + +His decision was clear and immediate; and, in adopting it, he had the +happy instinct that he was on the right path. He began by leaving his +Janson-de-Sailly schoolfellow, without indulging in useless +recriminations, and, taking his portmanteau with him, went and +installed himself, after much hunting about, in a small hotel situated +in the very heart of Paris. This hotel he did not leave for days. At +most, he took his meals at the table d'hote. The rest of the time, +locked in his room, with the window-curtains close-drawn, he spent in +thinking. + +"Ten days," Arsene Lupin had said. + +Beautrelet, striving to forget all that he had done and to remember +only the elements of the pamphlet and the document, aspired eagerly to +keep within the limit of those ten days. However the tenth day passed +and the eleventh and the twelfth; but, on the thirteenth day, a gleam +lit up his brain and, very soon, with the bewildering rapidity of those +ideas which develop in us like miraculous plants, the truth emerged, +blossomed, gathered strength. On the evening of the thirteenth day, he +certainly did not know the answer to the problem, but he knew, to a +certainty, one of the methods which Lupin had, beyond a doubt, employed. + +It was a very simple method, hinging on this one question: Is there a +link of any sort uniting all the more or less important historic events +with which the pamphlet connects the mystery of the Hollow Needle? + +The great diversity of these events made the question difficult to +answer. Still, the profound examination to which Beautrelet applied +himself ended by pointing to one essential characteristic which was +common to them all. Each one of them, without exception, had happened +within the boundaries of the old kingdom of Neustria, which correspond +very nearly with those of our present-day Normandy. All the heroes of +the fantastic adventure are Norman, or become Norman, or play their +part in the Norman country. + +What a fascinating procession through the ages! What a rousing +spectacle was that of all those barons, dukes and kings, starting from +such widely opposite points to meet in this particular corner of the +world! Beautrelet turned the pages of history at haphazard: it was +Rolf, or Rou, or Rollo, first Duke of Normandy, who was master of the +secret of the Needle, according to the treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte! + +It was William the Conqueror, Duke of Normandy and King of England, +whose bannerstaff was pierced like a needle! + +It was at Rouen that the English burnt Joan of Arc, mistress of the +secret! + +And right at the beginning of the adventure, who is that chief of the +Caleti who pays his ransom to Caesar with the secret of the Needle but +the chief of the men of the Caux country, which lies in the very heart +of Normandy? + +The supposition becomes more definite. The field narrows. Rouen, the +banks of the Seine, the Caux country: it really seems as though all +roads lead in that direction. Two kings of France are mentioned more +particularly, after the secret is lost by the Dukes of Normandy and +their heirs, the kings of England, and becomes the royal secret of +France; and these two are King Henry IV., who laid siege to Rouen and +won the battle of Arques, near Dieppe, and Francis I., who founded the +Havre and uttered that suggestive phrase: + +"The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of towns!" + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: the three angles of the triangle, the three +large towns that occupy the three points. In the centre, the Caux +country. + +The seventeenth century arrives. Louis XIV. burns the book in which a +person unknown reveals the truth. Captain de Larbeyrie masters a copy, +profits by the secret thus obtained, steals a certain number of jewels +and dies by the hand of highway murderers. Now at which spot is the +ambush laid? At Gaillon! At Gaillon, a little town on the road leading +from Havre, Rouen or Dieppe to Paris! + +A year later, Louis XIV. buys a domain and builds the Chateau de +l'Aiguille. Where does he select his site? In the Midlands of France, +with the result that the curious are thrown off the scent and do not +hunt about in Normandy. + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre--the Cauchois triangle--everything lies there. +On one side, the sea; on another, the Seine: on the third, the two +valleys that lead from Rouen to Dieppe. + +A light flashed across Beautrelet's mind. That extent of ground, that +country of the high tablelands which run from the cliffs of the Seine +to the cliffs of the Channel almost invariably constituted the field of +operations of Arsene Lupin. For ten years, it was just this district +which he parcelled out for his purposes, as though he had his haunt in +the very centre of the region with which, the legend of the Hollow +Needle was most closely connected. + +The affair of Baron Cahorn?[3] Or the banks of the Seine, between Rouen +and the Havre. + + +[3] The Seven of Hearts, by Maurice Leblanc. II; Arsene Lupin in Prison + + +The Thibermenil case?[4] At the other end of the tableland, between +Rouen and Dieppe. + + +[4] The Seven of Hearts. IX: Holmlock Shears Arrives Too Late. + + +The Gruchet, Montigny, Crasville burglaries? In the midst of the Caux +country. + +Where was Lupin going when he was attacked and bound hand and foot, in +his compartment by Pierre Onfrey, the Auteuil murderer?[5] To Rouen. + + +[5] The Seven of Hearts. IV: The Mysterious Railway-passenger. + + +Where was Holmlock Shears, Lupin's prisoner, put on board ship?[6] Near +the Havre. + + +[6] Arsene Lupin versus Holmlock Shears, by Maurice Leblanc, +Chapter V: Kidnapped. + + +And what was the scene of the whole of the present tragedy? Ambrumesy, +on the road between the Havre and Dieppe. + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: always the Cauchois triangle. + +And so, a few years earlier, possessing the pamphlet and knowing the +hiding-place in which Marie Antoinette had concealed the document, +Arsene Lupin had ended by laying his hand on the famous book of hours. +Once in possession of the document, he took the field, "found" and +settled down as in a conquered country. + +Beautrelet took the field. + +He set out in genuine excitement, thinking of the same journey which +Lupin had taken, of the same hopes with which he must have throbbed +when he thus went in search of the tremendous secret which was to arm +him with so great a power. Would his, Beautrelet's efforts have the +same victorious results? + +He left Rouen early in the morning, on foot, with his face very much +disguised and his bag at the end of a stick on his shoulder, like an +apprentice doing his round of France. He walked straight to Duclair, +where he lunched. On leaving this town, he followed the Seine and +practically did not lose sight of it again. His instinct, strengthened, +moreover, by numerous influences, always brought him back to the +sinuous banks of the stately river. When the Chateau du Malaquis was +robbed, the objects stolen from Baron Cahorn's collection were sent by +way of the Seine. The old carvings removed from the chapel at Ambrumesy +were carried to the Seine bank. He pictured the whole fleet of pinnaces +performing a regular service between Rouen and the Havre and draining +the works of art and treasures from a countryside to dispatch them +thence to the land of millionaires. + +"I'm burning! I'm burning!" muttered the boy, gasping under the truth, +which came to him in a mighty series of shocks and took away his breath. + +The checks encountered on the first few days, did not discourage him. +He had a firm and profound belief in the correctness of the supposition +that was guiding him. It was bold, perhaps, and extravagant; no matter: +it was worthy of the adversary pursued. The supposition was on a level +with the prodigious reality that bore the name of Lupin. With a man +like that, of what good could it be to look elsewhere than in the +domain of the enormous, the exaggerated, the superhuman? + +Jumieges, the Mailleraye, Saint-Wandrille, Caudebec, Tancarville, +Quillebeuf were places filled with his memories. How often he must have +contemplated the glory of their Gothic steeples or the splendor of +their immense ruins! + +But the Havre, the neighborhood of the Havre drew Isidore like a +beacon-fire. + +"The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of towns!" + +Cryptic words which, suddenly, for Beautrelet, shone bright with +clearness! Was this not an exact statement of the reasons that +determined Francis I. to create a town on this spot and was not the +fate of the Havre-de-Grace linked with the very secret of the Needle? + +"That's it, that's it," stammered Beautrelet, excitedly. "The old +Norman estuary, one of the essential points, one of the original +centres around which our French nationality was formed, is completed by +those two forces, one in full view, alive, known to all, the new port +commanding the ocean and opening on the world; the other dim and +obscure, unknown and all the more alarming, inasmuch as it is invisible +and impalpable. A whole side of the history of France and of the royal +house is explained by the Needle, even as it explains the whole story +of Arsene Lupin. The same sources of energy and power supply and renew +the fortunes of kings and of the adventurer." + +Beautrelet ferreted and snuffed from village to village, from the river +to the sea, with his nose in the wind, his ears pricked, trying to +compel the inanimate things to surrender their deep meaning. Ought this +hill-slope to be questioned? Or that forest? Or the houses of this +hamlet? Or was it among the insignificant phrases spoken by that +peasant yonder that he might hope to gather the one little illuminating +word? + +One morning, he was lunching at an inn, within sight of Honfleur, the +old city of the estuary. Opposite him was sitting one of those heavy, +red-haired Norman horse-dealers who do the fairs of the district, whip +in hand and clad in a long smock-frock. After a moment, it seemed to +Beautrelet that the man was looking at him with a certain amount of +attention, as though he knew him or, at least, was trying to recognize +him. + +"Pooh," he thought, "there's some mistake: I've never seen that +merchant before, nor he me." + +As a matter of fact, the man appeared to take no further interest in +him. He lit his pipe, called for coffee and brandy, smoked and drank. + +When Beautrelet had finished his meal, he paid and rose to go. A group +of men entered just as he was about to leave and he had to stand for a +few seconds near the table at which the horse-dealer sat. He then heard +the man say in a low voice: + +"Good-afternoon, M. Beautrelet." + +Without hesitation, Isidore sat down beside the man and said: + +"Yes, that is my name--but who are you? How did you know me?" + +"That's not difficult--and yet I've only seen your portrait in the +papers. But you are so badly--what do you call it in French--so badly +made-up." + +He had a pronounced foreign accent and Beautrelet seemed to perceive, +as he looked at him, that he too wore a facial disguise that entirely +altered his features. + +"Who are you?" he repeated. "Who are you?" + +The stranger smiled: + +"Don't you recognize me?" + +"No, I never saw you before." + +"Nor I you. But think. The papers print my portrait also--and pretty +often. Well, have you got it?" + +"No." + +"Holmlock Shears." + +It was an amusing and, at the same time, a significant meeting. The boy +at once saw the full bearing of it. After an exchange of compliments, +he said to Shears: + +"I suppose that you are here--because of 'him'?" + +"Yes." + +"So--so--you think we have a chance--in this direction." + +"I'm sure of it." + +Beautrelet's delight at finding that Shears's opinion agreed with his +own was not unmingled with other feelings. If the Englishman attained +his object, it meant that, at the very best, the two would share the +victory; and who could tell that Shears would not attain it first? + +"Have you any proofs? Any clues?" + +"Don't be afraid," grinned the Englishman, who understood his +uneasiness. "I am not treading on your heels. With you, it's the +document, the pamphlet: things that do not inspire me with any great +confidence." + +"And with you?" + +"With me, it's something different." + +"Should I be indiscreet, if--?" + +"Not at all. You remember the story of the coronet, the story of the +Duc de Charmerac?"[7] + + +[7] Arsene Lupin, play in four acts, by Maurice Leblanc and +Francis de Croisset. + + +"Yes." + +"You remember Victoire, Lupin's old foster-mother, the one whom my good +friend Ganimard allowed to escape in a sham prison-van?" + +"Yes." + +"I have found Victoire's traces. She lives on a farm, not far from +National Road No. 25. National Road No. 25 is the road from the Havre +to Lille. Through Victoire I shall easily get at Lupin." + +"It will take long." + +"No matter! I have dropped all my cases. This is the only one I care +about. Between Lupin and me, it's a fight--a fight to the death." + +He spoke these words with a sort of ferocity that betrayed all his +bitterness at the humiliations which he had undergone, all his fierce +hatred of the great enemy who had tricked him so cruelly. + +"Go away, now," he whispered, "we are observed. It's dangerous. But +mark my words: on the day when Lupin and I meet face to face, it will +be--it will be tragic." + +Beautrelet felt quite reassured on leaving Shears: he need not fear +that the Englishman would gain on him. And here was one more proof +which this chance interview had brought him: the road from the Havre to +Lille passes through Dieppe! It is the great seaside road of the Caux +country, the coast road commanding the Channel cliffs! And it was on a +farm near this road that Victoire was installed, Victoire, that is to +say, Lupin, for one did not move without the other, the master without +the blindly devoted servant. + +"I'm burning! I'm burning!" he repeated to himself. "Whenever +circumstances bring me a new element of information, it confirms my +supposition. On the one hand, I have the absolute certainty of the +banks of the Seine; on the other, the certainty of the National Road. +The two means of communication meet at the Havre, the town of Francis +I., the town of the secret. The boundaries are contracting. The Caux +country is not large; and, even so, I have only the western portion of +the Caux country to search." + +He set to work with renewed stubbornness: + +"Anything that Lupin has found," he kept on saying to himself, "there +is no reason for my not finding." + +Certainly, Lupin had some great advantage over him, perhaps a thorough +acquaintance with the country, a precise knowledge of the local +legends, or less than that, a memory: invaluable advantages these, for +he, Beautrelet, knew nothing, was totally ignorant of the country, +which he had first visited at the time of the Ambrumesy burglary and +then only rapidly, without lingering. + +But what did it matter? Though he had to devote ten years of his life +to this investigation, he would carry it to a successful issue. Lupin +was there. He could see him, he could feel him there. He expected to +come upon him at the next turn of the road, on the skirt of the next +wood, outside the next village. And, though continually disappointed, +he seemed to find in each disappointment a fresh reason for persisting. + +Often, he would fling himself on the slope by the roadside and plunge +into wild examination of the copy of the document which he always +carried on him, a copy, that is to say, with vowels taking the place of +the figures: + + e . a . a . . e . . e . a . . a . . + a . . . e . e . . e . oi . e . . e . + . ou . . e . o . . . e . . e . o . . e + + +[Illustration: drawing of an outline of paper with writing and drawing +on it--numbers, dots, some letters, signs and symbols...] + + ai . ui . . e . . eu . e + +Often, also, according to his habit, he would lie down flat on his +stomach in the tall grass and think for hours. He had time enough. The +future belonged to him. + +With wonderful patience, he tramped from the Seine to the sea, and from +the sea to the Seine, going gradually farther, retracing his steps and +never quitting the ground until, theoretically speaking, there was not +a chance left of gathering the smallest particle upon it. + +He studied and explored Montivilliers and Saint-Romani and Octeville +and Gonneville and Criquetot. + +At night, he knocked at the peasants' doors and asked for a lodging. +After dinner, they smoked together and chatted. He made them tell him +the stories which they told one another on the long winter nights. And +he never omitted to insinuate, slily: + +"What about the Needle? The legend of the Hollow Needle? Don't you know +that?" + +"Upon my word, I don't--never heard of it--" + +"Just think--an old wives' tale--something that has to do with a +needle. An enchanted needle, perhaps.--I don't know--" + +Nothing. No legend, no recollection. And the next morning he walked +blithely away again. + +One day, he passed through the pretty village of Saint-Jouin, which +overlooks the sea, and descending among the chaos of rocks that have +slipped from cliffs, he climbed up to the tableland and went in the +direction of the dry valley of Bruneval, Cap d'Antifer and the little +creek of Belle-Plage. He was walking gaily and lightly, feeling a +little tired, perhaps, but glad to be alive, so glad, even, that he +forgot Lupin and the mystery of the Hollow Needle and Victoire and +Shears, and interested himself in the sight of nature: the blue sky, +the great emerald sea, all glittering in the sunshine. + +Some straight slopes and remains of brick walls, in which he seemed to +recognize the vestiges of a Roman camp, interested him. Then his eyes +fell upon a sort of little castle, built in imitation of an ancient +fort, with cracked turrets and Gothic windows. It stood on a jagged, +rugged, rising promontory, almost detached from the cliff. A barred +gate, flanked by iron hand-rails and bristling spikes, guarded the +narrow passage. + +Beautrelet succeeded in climbing over, not without some difficulty. +Over the pointed door, which was closed with an old rusty lock, he read +the words: + +FORT DE FREFOSSE + +He did not attempt to enter, but, turning to the right, after going +down a little slope, he embarked upon a path that ran along a ridge of +land furnished with a wooden handrail. Right at the end was a cave of +very small dimensions, forming a sort of watch-tower at the point of +the rock in which it was hollowed out, a rock falling abruptly into the +sea. + +There was just room to stand up in the middle of the cave. Multitudes +of inscriptions crossed one another on the walls. An almost square +hole, cut in the stone, opened like a dormer window on the land side, +exactly opposite Fort Frefosse, the crenellated top of which appeared +at thirty or forty yards' distance. + +Beautrelet threw off his knapsack and sat down. He had had a hard and +tiring day. He fell asleep for a little. Then the cool wind that blew +inside the cave woke him up. He sat for a few minutes without moving, +absent-minded, vague-eyed. He tried to reflect, to recapture his still +torpid thoughts. And, as he recovered his consciousness, he was on the +point of rising, when he received the impression that his eyes, +suddenly fixed, suddenly wide-open, saw-- + +A thrill shook him from head to foot. His hands clutched convulsively +and he felt the beads of perspiration forming at the roots of his hair: + +"No, no," he stammered. "It's a dream, an hallucination. Let's look: +it's not possible!" + +He plunged down on his knees and stooped over. Two huge letters, each +perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief in the granite of the +floor. Those two letters, clumsily, but plainly carved, with their +corners rounded and their surface smoothed by the wear and tear of +centuries, were a D and an F. + +D and F! Oh, bewildering miracle! D and F: just two letters of the +document! Oh, Beautrelet had no need to consult it to bring before his +mind that group of letters in the fourth line, the line of the +measurements and indications! He knew them well! They were inscribed +for all time at the back of his pupils, encrusted for good and all in +the very substance of his brain! + +He rose to his feet, went down the steep road, climbed back along the +old fort, hung on to the spikes of the rail again, in order to pass, +and walked briskly toward a shepherd whose flock was grazing some way +off on a dip in the tableland: + +"That cave, over there--that cave--" + +His lips trembled and he tried to find the words that would not come. +The shepherd looked at him in amazement. At last, Isidore repeated: + +"Yes, that cave--over there--to the right of the fort. Has it a name?" + +"Yes, I should think so. All the Etretat folk like to call it the +Demoiselles." + +"What?--What?--What's that you say?" + +"Why, of course--it's the Chambre des Demoiselles." + +Isidore felt like flying at his throat, as though all the truth lived +in that man and he hoped to get it from him at one swoop, to tear it +from him. + +The Demoiselles! One of the words, one of the only three known words of +the document! + +A whirlwind of madness shook Beautrelet where he stood. And it rose all +around him, blew upon him like a tempestuous squall that came from the +sea, that came from the land, that came from every direction and +whipped him with great lashes of the truth. + +He understood. The document appeared to him in its real sense. The +Chambre des Demoiselles--Etretat-- + +"That's it," he thought, his brain filled with light, "it must be that. +But why didn't I guess earlier?" + +He said to the shepherd, in a low voice: + +"That will do--go away--you can go--thank you." + +The man, not knowing what to think, whistled to his dog and went. + +Left alone, Beautrelet returned to the fort. He had almost passed it +when, suddenly, he dropped to the ground and lay cowering against a +piece of wall. And, wringing his hands, he thought: + +"I must be mad! If 'he' were to see me! Or his accomplices! I've been +moving about for an hour--!" + +He did not stir another limb. + +The sun went down. Little by little, the night mingled with the day, +blurring the outline of things. + +Then, with little imperceptible movements, flat on his stomach, +gliding, crawling, he crept along one of the points of the promontory +to the extreme edge of the cliff. + +He reached it. Stretching out his hands, he pushed aside some tufts of +grass and his head appeared over the precipice. + +Opposite him, almost level with the cliff, in the open sea rose an +enormous rock, over eighty yards high, a colossal obelisk, standing +straight on its granite base, which showed at the surface of the water, +and tapering toward the summit, like the giant tooth of a monster of +the deep. White with the dirty gray white of the cliff, the awful +monolith was streaked with horizontal lines marked by flint and +displaying the slow work of the centuries, which had heaped alternate +layers of lime and pebble-stone one atop of the other. + +Here and there, a fissure, a break; and, wherever these occurred, a +scrap of earth, with grass and leaves. + +And all this was mighty and solid and formidable, with the look of an +indestructible thing against which the furious assault of the waves and +storms could not prevail. And it was definite and permanent and grand, +despite the grandeur of the cliffy rampart that commanded it, despite +the immensity of the space in which it stood. + +Beautrelet's nails dug into the soil like the claws of an animal ready +to leap upon its prey. His eyes penetrated the wrinkled texture of the +rock, penetrated its skin, so it seemed to him, its very flesh. He +touched it, felt it, took cognizance and possession of it, absorbed and +assimilated it. + +The horizon turned crimson with all the flames of the vanished sun; and +long, red clouds, set motionless in the sky, formed glorious +landscapes, fantastic lagoons, fiery plains, forests of gold, lakes of +blood, a whole glowing and peaceful phantasmagoria. + +The blue of the sky grew darker. Venus shone with a marvelous +brightness; then other stars lit up, timid as yet. + +And Beautrelet suddenly closed his eyes and convulsively pressed his +folded arms to his forehead. Over there--oh, he felt as though he would +die for joy, so great was the cruel emotion that wrung his heart!--over +there, almost at the top of the Needle of Etretat, a little below the +extreme point round which the sea-mews fluttered, a thread of smoke +came filtering through a crevice, as though from an invisible chimney, +a thread of smoke rose in slow spirals in the calm air of the twilight. + + + + +CHAPTER NINE + +OPEN, SESAME! + + +The Etretat Needle was hollow! + +Was it a natural phenomenon, an excavation produced by internal +cataclysms or by the imperceptible action of the rushing sea and the +soaking rain? Or was it a superhuman work executed by human beings, +Gauls, Celts, prehistoric men? + +These, no doubt, were insoluble questions; and what did it matter? The +essence of the thing was contained in this fact: The Needle was hollow. +At forty or fifty yards from that imposing arch which is called the +Porte d'Aval and which shoots out from the top of the cliff, like the +colossal branch of a tree, to take root in the submerged rocks, stands +an immense limestone cone; and this cone is no more than the shell of a +pointed cap poised upon the empty waters! + +A prodigious revelation! After Lupin, here was Beautrelet discovering +the key to the great riddle that had loomed over more than twenty +centuries! A key of supreme importance to whoever possessed it in the +days of old, in those distant times when hordes of barbarians rode +through and overran the old world! A magic key that opens the cyclopean +cavern to whole tribes fleeing before the enemy! A mysterious key that +guards the door of the most inviolable shelter! An enchanted key that +gives power and ensures preponderance! + +Because he knows this key, Caesar is able to subdue Gaul. Because they +know it, the Normans force their sway upon the country and, from there, +later, backed by that support, conquer the neighboring island, conquer +Sicily, conquer the East, conquer the new world! + +Masters of the secret, the Kings of England lord it over France, humble +her, dismember her, have themselves crowned at Paris. They lose the +secret; and the rout begins. + +Masters of the secret, the Kings of France push back and overstep the +narrow limits of their dominion, gradually founding a great nation and +radiating with glory and power. They forget it or know not how to use +it; and death, exile, ruin follow. + +An invisible kingdom, in mid-water and at ten fathoms from land! An +unknown fortress, taller than the towers of Notre Dame and built upon a +granite foundation larger than a public square! What strength and what +security! From Paris to the sea, by the Seine. There, the Havre, the +new town, the necessary town. And, sixteen miles thence, the Hollow +Needle, the impregnable sanctuary! + +It is a sanctuary and also a stupendous hiding-place. All the treasures +of the kings, increasing from century to century, all the gold of +France, all that they extort from the people, all that they snatch from +the clergy, all the booty gathered on the battle-fields of Europe lie +heaped up in the royal cave. Old Merovingian gold sous, glittering +crown-pieces, doubloons, ducats, florins, guineas; and the precious +stones and the diamonds; and all the jewels and all the ornaments: +everything is there. Who could discover it? Who could ever learn the +impenetrable secret of the Needle? Nobody. + +And Lupin becomes that sort of really disproportionate being whom we +know, that miracle incapable of explanation so long as the truth +remains in the shadow. Infinite though the resources of his genius be, +they cannot suffice for the mad struggle which he maintains against +society. He needs other, more material resources. He needs a sure place +of retreat, he needs the certainty of impunity, the peace that allows +of the execution of his plans. + +Without the Hollow Needle, Lupin is incomprehensible, a myth, a +character in a novel, having no connection with reality. + +Master of the secret--and of such a secret!--he becomes simply a man +like another, but gifted with the power of wielding in a superior +manner the extraordinary weapon with which destiny has endowed him. + + * * * * * + +So the Needle was hollow. + +It remained to discover how one obtained access to it. + +From the sea, obviously. There must be, on the side of the offing, some +fissure where boats could land at certain hours of the tide. + +But on the side of the land? + +Beautrelet lay until ten o'clock at night hanging over the precipice, +with his eyes riveted on the shadowy mass formed by the pyramid, +thinking and pondering with all the concentrated effort of his mind. + +Then he went down to Etretat, selected the cheapest hotel, dined, went +up to his room and unfolded the document. + +It was the merest child's play to him now to establish its exact +meaning. He at once saw that the three vowels of the word Etretat +occurred in the first line, in their proper order and at the necessary +intervals. This first line now read as follows: + + e . a . a .. etretat . a .. + +What words could come before Etretat? Words, no doubt, that referred to +the position of the Needle with regard to the town. Now the Needle +stood on the left, on the west--He ransacked his memory and, +recollecting that westerly winds are called vents d'aval on the coast +and that the nearest porte was known as the Porte d'Aval, he wrote down: + + "En aval d'Etretat . a .." + +The second line was that containing the word Demoiselles and, at once +seeing, in front of that word, the series of all the vowels that form +part of the words la chambre des, he noted the two phrases: + + "En aval d'Etretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles." + +The third line gave him more trouble; and it was not until some groping +that, remembering the position, near the Chambre des Demoiselles, of +the Fort de Frefosse, he ended by almost completely reconstructing the +document: + + "En aval d'Etretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles. Sous le Fort de + Frefosse. L'Aiguille creuse." + +These were the four great formulas, the essential and general formulas +which you had to know. By means of them, you turned en aval, that is to +say, below or west of Etretat, entered the Chambre des Demoiselles, in +all probability passed under Fort Frefosse and thus arrived at the +Needle. + +How? By means of the indications and measurements that constituted the +fourth line: + +[Illustration: drawing of an outline of paper with writing and drawing +on it--numbers, dots, some letters, signs and symbols...] + +These were evidently the more special formulas to enable you to find +the outlet through which you made your way and the road that led to the +Needle. + +Beautrelet at once presumed--and his surmise was no more than the +logical consequence of the document--that, if there really was a direct +communication between the land and the obelisk of the Needle, the +underground passage must start from the Chambre des Demoiselles, pass +under Fort Frefosse, descend perpendicularly the three hundred feet of +cliff and, by means of a tunnel contrived under the rocks of the sea, +end at the Hollow Needle. + +Which was the entrance to the underground passage? Did not the two +letters D and F, so plainly cut, point to it and admit to it, with the +aid, perhaps, of some ingenious piece of mechanism? + +The whole of the next morning, Isidore strolled about Etretat and +chatted with everybody he met, in order to try and pick up useful +information. At last, in the afternoon, he went up the cliff. Disguised +as a sailor, he had made himself still younger and, in a pair of +trousers too short for him and a fishing jersey, he looked a mere +scape-grace of twelve or thirteen. + +As soon as he entered the cave, he knelt down before the letters. Here +a disappointment awaited him. It was no use his striking them, pushing +them, manipulating them in every way: they refused to move. And it was +not long, in fact, before he became aware that they were really unable +to move and that, therefore, they controlled no mechanism. + +And yet--and yet they must mean something! Inquiries which he had made +in the village went to show that no one had ever been able to explain +their existence and that the Abbe Cochet, in his valuable little book +on Etretat,[8] had also tried in vain to solve this little puzzle. But +Isidore knew what the learned Norman archaeologist did not know, +namely, that the same two letters figured in the document, on the line +containing the indications. Was it a chance coincidence: Impossible. +Well, then--? + + +[8] Les Origines d'Etretat. The Abbe Cochet seems to conclude, +in the end, that the two letters are the initials of a passer-by. The +revelations now made prove the fallacy of the theory. + + +An idea suddenly occurred to him, an idea so reasonable, so simple that +he did not doubt its correctness for a second. Were not that D and that +F the initials of the two most important words in the document, the +words that represented--together with the Needle--the essential +stations on the road to be followed: the Chambre des Demoiselles and +Fort Frefosse: D for Demoiselles, F for Frefosse: the connection was +too remarkable to be a mere accidental fact. + +In that case, the problem stood thus: the two letters D F represent the +relation that exists between the Chambre des Demoiselles and Fort +Frefosse, the single letter D, which begins the line, represents the +Demoiselles, that is to say, the cave in which you have to begin by +taking up your position, and the single letter F, placed in the middle +of the line, represents Frefosse, that is to say, the probable entrance +to the underground passage. + +Between these various signs, are two more: first, a sort of irregular +rectangle, marked with a stripe in the left bottom corner, and, next, +the figure 19, signs which obviously indicate to those inside the cave +the means of penetrating beneath the fort. + +The shape of this rectangle puzzled Isidore. Was there around him, on +the walls of the cave, or at any rate within reach of his eyes, an +inscription, anything whatever, affecting a rectangular shape? + +He looked for a long time and was on the point of abandoning that +particular scent when his eyes fell upon the little opening, pierced in +the rock, that acted as a window to the chamber. + +Now the edges of this opening just formed a rectangle: corrugated, +uneven, clumsy, but still a rectangle; and Beautrelet at once saw that, +by placing his two feet on the D and the F carved in the stone +floor--and this explained the stroke that surmounted the two letters in +the document--he found himself at the exact height of the window! + +He took up his position in this place and gazed out. The window looking +landward, as we know, he saw, first, the path that connected the cave +with the land, a path hung between two precipices; and, next, he caught +sight of the foot of the hillock on which the fort stood. To try and +see the fort, Beautrelet leaned over to the left and it was then that +he understood the meaning of the curved stripe, the comma that marked +the left bottom corner in the document: at the bottom on the left-hand +side of the window, a piece of flint projected and the end of it was +curved like a claw. It suggested a regular shooter's mark. And, when a +man applied his eye to this mark, he saw cut out, on the slope of the +mound facing him, a restricted surface of land occupied almost entirely +by an old brick wall, a remnant of the original Fort Frefosse or of the +old Roman oppidum built on this spot. + +Beautrelet ran to this piece of wall, which was, perhaps, ten yards +long. It was covered with grass and plants. There was no indication of +any kind visible. And yet that figure 19? + +He returned to the cave, took from his pocket a ball of string and a +tape-measure, tied the string to the flint corner, fastened a pebble at +the nineteenth metre and flung it toward the land side. The pebble at +most reached the end of the path. + +"Idiot that I am!" thought Beautrelet. "Who reckoned by metres in those +days? The figure 19 means 19 fathoms[9] or nothing!" + + +[9] The toise, or fathom, measured 1.949 metres.--Translator's Note. + + +Having made the calculation, he ran out the twine, made a knot and felt +about on the piece of wall for the exact and necessarily one point at +which the knot, formed at 37 metres from the window of the Demoiselles, +should touch the Frefosse wall. In a few moments, the point of contact +was established. With his free hand, he moved aside the leaves of +mullein that had grown in the interstices. A cry escaped him. The knot, +which he held pressed down with his fore-finger, was in the centre of a +little cross carved in relief on a brick. And the sign that followed on +the figure 19 in the document was a cross! + +It needed all his will-power to control the excitement with which he +was overcome. Hurriedly, with convulsive fingers, he clutched the cross +and, pressing upon it, turned it as he would have turned the spokes of +a wheel. The brick heaved. He redoubled his effort; it moved no +further. Then, without turning, he pressed harder. He at once felt the +brick give way. And, suddenly, there was the click of a bolt that is +released, the sound of a lock opening and, on the right of the brick, +to the width of about a yard, the wall swung round on a pivot and +revealed the orifice of an underground passage. + +Like a madman, Beautrelet seized the iron door in which the bricks were +sealed, pulled it back, violently and closed it. Astonishment, delight, +the fear of being surprised convulsed his face so as to render it +unrecognizable. He beheld the awful vision of all that had happened +there, in front of that door, during twenty centuries; of all those +people, initiated into the great secret, who had penetrated through +that issue: Celts, Gauls, Romans, Normans, Englishmen, Frenchmen, +barons, dukes, kings--and, after all of them, Arsene Lupin--and, after +Lupin, himself, Beautrelet. He felt that his brain was slipping away +from him. His eyelids fluttered. He fell fainting and rolled to the +bottom of the slope, to the very edge of the precipice. + + * * * * * + +His task was done, at least the task which he was able to accomplish +alone, with his unaided resources. + +That evening, he wrote a long letter to the chief of the detective +service, giving a faithful account of the results of his investigations +and revealing the secret of the Hollow Needle. He asked for assistance +to complete his work and gave his address. + +While waiting for the reply, he spent two consecutive nights in the +Chambre des Demoiselles. He spent them overcome with fear, his nerves +shaken with a terror which was increased by the sounds of the night. At +every moment, he thought he saw shadows approach in his direction. +People knew of his presence in the cave--they were coming--they were +murdering him! + +His eyes, however, staring madly before them, sustained by all the +power of his will, clung to the piece of wall. + +On the first night, nothing stirred; but, on the second, by the light +of the stars and a slender crescent-moon, he saw the door open and +figures emerge from the darkness: he counted two, three, four, five of +them. + +It seemed to him that those five men were carrying fairly large loads. +He followed them for a little way. They cut straight across the fields +to the Havre road; and he heard the sound of a motor car driving away. + +He retraced his steps, skirting a big farm. But, at the turn of the +road that ran beside it, he had only just time to scramble up a slope +and hide behind some trees. More men passed--four, five men--all +carrying packages. And, two minutes later, another motor snorted. + +This time, he had not the strength to return to his post; and he went +back to bed. + +When he woke and had finished dressing, the hotel waiter brought him a +letter. He opened it. It contained Ganimard's card. + +"At last!" cried Beautrelet, who, after so hard a campaign, was really +feeling the need of a comrade-in-arms. + +He ran downstairs with outstretched hands. Ganimard took them, looked +at him for a moment and said: + +"You're a fine fellow, my lad!" + +"Pooh!" he said. "Luck has served me." + +"There's no such thing as luck with 'him,'" declared the inspector, who +always spoke of Lupin in a solemn tone and without mentioning his name. + +He sat down: + +"So we've got him!" + +"Just as we've had him twenty times over," said Beautrelet, laughing. + +"Yes, but to-day--" + +"To-day, of course, the case is different. We know his retreat, his +stronghold, which means, when all is said, that Lupin is Lupin. He can +escape. The Etretat Needle cannot." + +"Why do you suppose that he will escape?" asked Ganimard, anxiously. + +"Why do you suppose that he requires to escape?" replied Beautrelet. +"There is nothing to prove that he is in the Needle at present. Last +night, eleven of his men left it. He may be one of the eleven." + +Ganimard reflected: + +"You are right. The great thing is the Hollow Needle. For the rest, let +us hope that chance will favor us. And now, let us talk." + +He resumed his serious voice, his self-important air and said: + +"My dear Beautrelet, I have orders to recommend you to observe the most +absolute discretion in regard to this matter." + +"Orders from whom?" asked Beautrelet, jestingly. "The prefect of +police?" + +"Higher than that." + +"The prime minister?" + +"Higher." + +"Whew!" + +Ganimard lowered his voice: + +"Beautrelet, I was at the Elysee last night. They look upon this matter +as a state secret of the utmost gravity. There are serious reasons for +concealing the existence of this citadel--reasons of military strategy, +in particular. It might become a revictualling centre, a magazine for +new explosives, for lately-invented projectiles, for anything of that +sort: the secret arsenal of France, in fact." + +"But how can they hope to keep a secret like this? In the old days, one +man alone held it: the king. To-day, already, there are a good few of +us who know it, without counting Lupin's gang." + +"Still, if we gained only ten years', only five years' silence! Those +five years may be--the saving of us." + +"But, in order to capture this citadel, this future arsenal, it will +have to be attacked, Lupin must be dislodged. And all this cannot be +done without noise." + +"Of course, people will guess something, but they won't know. Besides, +we can but try." + +"All right. What's your plan?" + +"Here it is, in two words. To begin with, you are not Isidore +Beautrelet and there's no question of Arsene Lupin either. You are and +you remain a small boy of Etretat, who, while strolling about the +place, caught some fellows coming out of an underground passage. This +makes you suspect the existence of a flight of steps which cuts through +the cliff from top to bottom." + +"Yes, there are several of those flights of steps along the coast. For +instance, to the right of Etretat, opposite Benouville, they showed me +the Devil's Staircase, which every bather knows. And I say nothing of +the three or four tunnels used by the fishermen." + +"So you will guide me and one-half of my men. I shall enter alone, or +accompanied, that remains to be seen. This much is certain, that the +attack must be delivered that way. If Lupin is not in the Needle, we +shall fix up a trap in which he will be caught sooner or later. If he +is there--" + +"If he is there, he will escape from the Needle by the other side, the +side overlooking the sea." + +"In that case, he will at once be arrested by the other half of my men." + +"Yes, but if, as I presume, you choose a moment when the sea is at low +ebb, leaving the base of the Needle uncovered, the chase will be +public, because it will take place before all the men and women fishing +for mussels, shrimps and shell-fish who swarm on the rocks round about." + +"That is why I just mean to select the time when the sea is full." + +"In that case, he will make off in a boat." + +"Ah, but I shall have a dozen fishing-smacks, each of which will be +commanded by one of my men, and we shall collar him--" + +"If he doesn't slip through your dozen smacks, like a fish through the +meshes." + +"All right, then I'll sink him." + +"The devil you will! Shall you have guns?" + +"Why, of course! There's a torpedo-boat at the Havre at this moment. A +telegram from me will bring her to the Needle at the appointed hour." + +"How proud Lupin will be! A torpedo-boat! Well, M. Ganimard, I see that +you have provided for everything. We have only to go ahead. When do we +deliver the assault?" + +"To-morrow." + +"At night?" + +"No, by daylight, at the flood-tide, as the clock strikes ten in the +morning." + +"Capital." + + * * * * * + +Under his show of gaiety, Beautrelet concealed a real anguish of mind. +He did not sleep until the morning, but lay pondering over the most +impracticable schemes, one after the other. + +Ganimard had left him in order to go to Yport, six or seven miles from +Etretat, where, for prudence's sake, he had told his men to meet him, +and where he chartered twelve fishing smacks, with the ostensible +object of taking soundings along the coast. + +At a quarter to ten, escorted by a body of twelve stalwart men, he met +Isidore at the foot of the road that goes up the cliff. + +At ten o'clock exactly, they reached the skirt of wall. It was the +decisive moment. + +At ten o'clock exactly. + +"Why, what's the matter with you, Beautrelet?" jeered Ganimard. "You're +quite green in the face!" + +"It's as well you can't see yourself, Ganimard," the boy retorted. "One +would think your last hour had come!" + +They both had to sit down and Ganimard swallowed a few mouthfuls of rum. + +"It's not funk," he said, "but, by Jove, this is an exciting business! +Each time that I'm on the point of catching him, it takes me like that +in the pit of the stomach. A dram of rum?" + +"No." + +"And if you drop behind?" + +"That will mean that I'm dead." + +"B-r-r-r-r! However, we'll see. And now, open, sesame! No danger of our +being observed, I suppose?" + +"No. The Needle is not so high as the cliff, and, besides, there's a +bend in the ground where we are." + +Beautrelet went to the wall and pressed upon the brick. The bolt was +released and the underground passage came in sight. + +By the gleam of the lanterns which they lit, they saw that it was cut +in the shape of a vault and that both the vaulting and the floor itself +were entirely covered with bricks. + +They walked for a few seconds and, suddenly, a staircase appeared. +Beautrelet counted forty-five brick steps, which the slow action of +many footsteps had worn away in the middle. + +"Blow!" said Ganimard, holding his head and stopping suddenly, as +though he had knocked against something. + +"What is it?" + +"A door." + +"Bother!" muttered Beautrelet, looking at it. "And not an easy one to +break down either. It's just a solid block of iron." + +"We are done," said Ganimard. "There's not even a lock to it." + +"Exactly. That's what gives me hope." + +"Why?" + +"A door is made to open; and, as this one has no lock, that means that +there is a secret way of opening it." + +"And, as we don't know the secret--" + +"I shall know it in a minute." + +"How?" + +"By means of the document. The fourth line has no other object but to +solve each difficulty as and when it crops up. And the solution is +comparatively easy, because it's not written with a view to throwing +searchers off the scent, but to assisting them." + +"Comparatively easy! I don't agree with you," cried Ganimard, who had +unfolded the document. "The number 44 and a triangle with a dot in it: +that doesn't tell us much!" + +"Yes, yes, it does! Look at the door. You see it's strengthened, at +each corner, with a triangular slab of iron; and the slabs are fixed +with big nails. Take the left-hand bottom slab and work the nail in the +corner: I'll lay ten to one we've hit the mark." + +"You've lost your bet," said Ganimard, after trying. + +"Then the figure 44 must mean--" + +In a low voice, reflecting as he spoke, Beautrelet continued: + +"Let me see--Ganimard and I are both standing on the bottom step of the +staircase--there are 45. Why 45, when the figure in the document is 44? +A coincidence? No. In all this business, there is no such thing as a +coincidence, at least not an involuntary one. Ganimard, be so good as +to move one step higher up. That's it, don't leave this forty-fourth +step. And now I will work the iron nail. And the trick's done, or I'll +eat my boots!" + +The heavy door turned on its hinges. A fairly spacious cavern appeared +before their eyes. + +"We must be exactly under Fort Frefosse," said Beautrelet. "We have +passed through the different earthy layers by now. There will be no +more brick. We are in the heart of the solid limestone." + +The room was dimly lit by a shaft of daylight that came from the other +end. Going up to it, they saw that it was a fissure in the cliff, +contrived in a projecting wall and forming a sort of observatory. In +front of them, at a distance of fifty yards, the impressive mass of the +Needle loomed from the waves. On the right, quite close, was the arched +buttress of the Porte d'Aval and, on the left, very far away, closing +the graceful curve of a large inlet, another rocky gateway, more +imposing still, was cut out of the cliff; the Manneporte,[10] which was +so wide and tall that a three-master could have passed through it with +all sail set. Behind and everywhere, the sea. + + +[10] Magna porta. + + +"I don't see our little fleet," said Beautrelet. + +"I know," said Ganimard. "The Porte d'Aval hides the whole of the coast +of Etretat and Yport. But look, over there, in the offing, that black +line, level with the water--" + +"Well?" + +"That's our fleet of war, Torpedo-boat No. 25. With her there, Lupin is +welcome to break loose--if he wants to study the landscape at the +bottom of the sea." + +A baluster marked the entrance to the staircase, near the fissure. They +started on their way down. From time to time, a little window pierced +the wall of the cliff; and, each time, they caught sight of the Needle, +whose mass seemed to them to grow more and more colossal. + +A little before reaching high-water level, the windows ceased and all +was dark. + +Isidore counted the steps aloud. At the three hundred and fifty-eight, +they emerged into a wider passage, which was barred by another iron +door strengthened with slabs and nails. + +"We know all about this," said Beautrelet. "The document gives us 357 +and a triangle dotted on the right. We have only to repeat the +performance." + +The second door obeyed like the first. A long, a very long tunnel +appeared, lit up at intervals by the gleam of a lantern swung from the +vault. The walls oozed moisture and drops of water fell to the ground, +so that, to make walking easier a regular pavement of planks had been +laid from end to end. + +"We are passing under the sea," said Beautrelet. "Are you coming, +Ganimard?" + +Without replying, the inspector ventured into the tunnel, followed the +wooden foot-plank and stopped before a lantern, which he took down. + +"The utensils may date back to the Middle Ages, but the lighting is +modern," he said. "Our friends use incandescent mantles." + +He continued his way. The tunnel ended in another and a larger cave, +with, on the opposite side, the first steps of a staircase that led +upward. + +"It's the ascent of the Needle beginning," said Ganimard. "This is more +serious." + +But one of his men called him: + +"There's another flight here, sir, on the left." + +And, immediately afterward, they discovered a third, on the right. + +"The deuce!" muttered the inspector. "This complicates matters. If we +go by this way, they'll make tracks by that." + +"Shall we separate?" asked Beautrelet. + +"No, no--that would mean weakening ourselves. It would be better for +one of us to go ahead and scout." + +"I will, if you like--" + +"Very well, Beautrelet, you go. I will remain with my men--then there +will be no fear of anything. There may be other roads through the cliff +than that by which we came and several roads also through the Needle. +But it is certain that, between the cliff and the Needle, there is no +communication except the tunnel. Therefore they must pass through this +cave. And so I shall stay here till you come back. Go ahead, +Beautrelet, and be prudent: at the least alarm, scoot back again." + +Isidore disappeared briskly up the middle staircase. At the thirtieth +step, a door, an ordinary wooden door, stopped him. He seized the +handle turned it. The door was not locked. + +He entered a room that seemed to him very low owing to its immense +size. Lit by powerful lamps and supported by squat pillars, with long +vistas showing between them, it had nearly the same dimensions as the +Needle itself. It was crammed with packing cases and miscellaneous +objects--pieces of furniture, oak settees, chests, credence-tables, +strong-boxes--a whole confused heap of the kind which one sees in the +basement of an old curiosity shop. + +On his right and left, Beautrelet perceived the wells of two +staircases, the same, no doubt, that started from the cave below. He +could easily have gone down, therefore, and told Ganimard. But a new +flight of stairs led upward in front of him and he had the curiosity to +pursue his investigations alone. + +Thirty more steps. A door and then a room, not quite so large as the +last, Beautrelet thought. And again, opposite him, an ascending flight +of stairs. + +Thirty steps more. A door. A smaller room. + +Beautrelet grasped the plan of the works executed inside the Needle. It +was a series or rooms placed one above the other and, therefore, +gradually decreasing in size. They all served as store-rooms. + +In the fourth, there was no lamp. A little light filtered in through +clefts in the walls and Beautrelet saw the sea some thirty feet below +him. + +At that moment, he felt himself so far from Ganimard that a certain +anguish began to take hold of him and he had to master his nerves lest +he should take to his heels. No danger threatened him, however, and the +silence around him was even so great that he asked himself whether the +whole Needle had not been abandoned by Lupin and his confederates. + +"I shall not go beyond the next floor," he said to himself. + +Thirty stairs again and a door. This door was lighter in construction +and modern in appearance. He pushed it open gently, quite prepared for +flight. There was no one there. But the room differed from the others +in its purpose. There were hangings on the walls, rugs on the floor. +Two magnificent sideboards, laden with gold and silver plate, stood +facing each other. The little windows contrived in the deep, narrow +cleft were furnished with glass panes. + +In the middle of the room was a richly-decked table, with a lace-edged +cloth, dishes of fruits and cakes, champagne in decanters and flowers, +heaps of flowers. + +Three places were laid around the table. + +Beautrelet walked up. On the napkins were cards with the names of the +party. He read first: + +"Arsene Lupin." + +"Mme. Arsene Lupin." + +He took up the third card and started back with surprise. It bore his +own name: + +"Isidore Beautrelet!" + + + + +CHAPTER TEN + +THE TREASURES OF THE KINGS OF FRANCE + + +A curtain was drawn back. + +"Good morning, my dear Beautrelet, you're a little late. Lunch was +fixed for twelve. However, it's only a few minutes--but what's the +matter? Don't you know me? Have I changed so much?" + +In the course of his fight with Lupin, Beautrelet had met with many +surprises and he was still prepared, at the moment of the final +catastrophe, to experience any number of further emotions; but the +shock which he received this time was utterly unexpected. It was not +astonishment, but stupefaction, terror. The man who stood before him, +the man whom the brutal force of events compelled him to look upon as +Arsene Lupin, was--Valmeras! Valmeras, the owner of the Chateau de +l'Aiguille! Valmeras, the very man to whom he had applied for +assistance against Arsene Lupin! Valmeras, his companion on the +expedition to Crozant! Valmeras, the plucky friend who had made +Raymonde's escape possible by felling one of Lupin's accomplices, or +pretending to fell him, in the dusk of the great hall! And Valmeras was +Lupin! + +"You--you--So it's you!" he stammered. + +"Why not?" exclaimed Lupin. "Did you think that you knew me for good +and all because you had seen me in the guise of a clergyman or under +the features of M. Massiban? Alas, when a man selects the position in +society which I occupy, he must needs make use of his little social +gifts! If Lupin were not able to change himself, at will, into a +minister of the Church of England or a member of the Academy of +Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, it would be a bad lookout for Lupin! +Now Lupin, the real Lupin, is here before you, Beautrelet! Take a good +look at him." + +"But then--if it's you--then--Mademoiselle--" + +"Yes, Beautrelet, as you say--" + +He again drew back the hanging, beckoned and announced: + +"Mme. Arsene Lupin." + +"Ah," murmured the lad, confounded in spite of everything, "Mlle. de +Saint-Veran!" + +"No, no," protested Lupin. "Mme. Arsene Lupin, or rather, if you +prefer, Mme. Louis Valmeras, my wedded wife, married to me in +accordance with the strictest forms of law; and all thanks to you, my +dear Beautrelet." + +He held out his hand to him. + +"All my acknowledgements--and no ill will on your side, I trust?" + +Strange to say, Beautrelet felt no ill will at all, no sense of +humiliation, no bitterness. He realized so strongly the immense +superiority of his adversary that he did not blush at being beaten by +him. He pressed the offered hand. + +"Luncheon is served, ma'am." + +A butler had placed a tray of dishes on the table. + +"You must excuse us, Beautrelet: my chef is away and we can only give +you a cold lunch." + +Beautrelet felt very little inclined to eat. He sat down, however, and +was enormously interested in Lupin's attitude. How much exactly did he +know? Was he aware of the danger he was running? Was he ignorant of the +presence of Ganimard and his men? + +And Lupin continued: + +"Yes, thanks to you, my dear friend. Certainly, Raymonde and I loved +each other from the first. Just so, my boy--Raymonde's abduction, her +imprisonment, were mere humbug: we loved each other. But neither she +nor I, when we were free to love, would allow a casual bond at the +mercy of chance, to be formed between us. The position, therefore, was +hopeless for Lupin. Fortunately, it ceased to be so if I resumed my +identity as the Louis Valmeras that I had been from a child. It was +then that I conceived the idea, as you refused to relinquish your quest +and had found the Chateau de l'Aiguille, of profiting by your +obstinacy." + +"And my silliness." + +"Pooh! Any one would have been caught as you were!" + +"So you were really able to succeed because I screened you and assisted +you?" + +"Of course! How could any one suspect Valmeras of being Lupin, when +Valmeras was Beautrelet's friend and after Valmeras had snatched from +Lupin's clutches the girl whom Lupin loved? And how charming it was! +Such delightful memories! The expedition to Crozant! The bouquets we +found! My pretended love letter to Raymonde! And, later, the +precautions which I, Valmeras, had to take against myself, Lupin, +before my marriage! And the night of your great banquet, Beautrelet, +when you fainted in my arms! Oh, what memories!" + +There was a pause. Beautrelet watched Raymonde. She had listened to +Lupin without saying a word and looked at him with eyes in which he +read love, passion and something else besides, something which the lad +could not define, a sort of anxious embarrassment and a vague sadness. +But Lupin turned his eyes upon her and she gave him an affectionate +smile. Their hands met over the table. + +"What do you say to the way I have arranged my little home, +Beautrelet?" cried Lupin. "There's a style about it, isn't there? I +don't pretend that it's as comfortable as it might be. And yet, some +have been quite satisfied with it; and not the least of mankind, +either!--Look at the list of distinguished people who have owned the +Needle in their time and who thought it an honor to leave a mark of +their sojourn." + +On the walls, one below the other, were carved the following names: + + JULIUS CAESAR + CHARLEMAGNE ROLLO + WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR + RICHARD COEUR-DE-LEON + LOUIS XI. + FRANCIS I. + HENRY IV. + LOUIS XIV. + ARSENE LUPIN + +"Whose name will figure after ours?" he continued. "Alas, the list is +closed! From Caesar to Lupin--and there it ends. Soon the nameless mob +will come to visit the strange citadel. And to think that, but for +Lupin, all this would have remained for ever unknown to men! Ah +Beautrelet, what a feeling of pride was mine on the day when I first +set foot on this abandoned soil. To have found the lost secret and +become its master, its sole master! To inherit such an inheritance! To +live in the Needle, after all those kings!--" + +He was interrupted by a gesture of his wife's. She seemed greatly +agitated. + +"There is a noise," she said. "Underneath us.--You can hear it." + +"It's the lapping of the water," said Lupin. + +"No, indeed it's not. I know the sound of the waves. This is something +different." + +"What would you have it be, darling?" said Lupin, smiling. "I invited +no one to lunch except Beautrelet." And, addressing the servant, +"Charolais, did you lock the staircase doors behind the gentleman?" + +"Yes, sir, and fastened the bolts." + +Lupin rose: + +"Come, Raymonde, don't shake like that. Why, you're quite pale!" + +He spoke a few words to her in an undertone, as also to the servant, +drew back the curtain and sent them both out of the room. + +The noise below grew more distinct. It was a series of dull blows, +repeated at intervals. Beautrelet thought: + +"Ganimard has lost patience and is breaking down the doors." + +Lupin resumed the thread of his conversation, speaking very calmly and +as though he had really not heard: + +"By Jove, the Needle was badly damaged when I succeeded in discovering +it! One could see that no one had possessed the secret for more than a +century, since Louis XVI. and the Revolution. The tunnel was +threatening to fall in. The stairs were in a shocking state. The water +was trickling in from the sea. I had to prop up and strengthen and +rebuild the whole thing." + +Beautrelet could not help asking: + +"When you arrived, was it empty?" + +"Very nearly. The kings did not use the Needle, as I have done, as a +warehouse." + +"As a place of refuge, then?" + +"Yes, no doubt, in times of invasion and during the civil wars. But its +real destination was to be--how shall I put it?--the strong-room or the +bank of the kings of France." + +The sound of blows increased, more distinctly now. Ganimard must have +broken down the first door and was attacking the second. There was a +short silence and then more blows, nearer still. It was the third door. +Two remained. + +Through one of the windows, Beautrelet saw a number of fishing-smacks +sailing round the Needle and, not far away, floating on the waters like +a great black fish, the torpedo-boat. + +"What a row!" exclaimed Lupin. "One can't hear one's self speak! Let's +go upstairs, shall we? It may interest you to look over the Needle." + +They climbed to the floor above, which was protected, like the others, +by a door which Lupin locked behind him. + +"My picture gallery," he said. + +The walls were covered with canvases on which Beautrelet recognized the +most famous signatures. There were Raphael's Madonna of the Agnus Dei, +Andrea del Sarto's Portrait of Lucrezia Fede, Titian's Salome, +Botticelli's Madonna and Angels and numbers of Tintorettos, Carpaccios, +Rembrandts, Velasquez. + +"What fine copies!" said Beautrelet, approvingly. + +Lupin looked at him with an air of stupefaction: + +"What! Copies! You must be mad! The copies are in Madrid, my dear +fellow, in Florence, Venice, Munich, Amsterdam." + +"Then these--" + +"Are the original pictures, my lad, patiently collected in all the +museums of Europe, where I have replaced them, like an honest man, with +first-rate copies." + +"But some day or other--" + +"Some day or other, the fraud will be discovered? Well, they will find +my signature on each canvas--at the back--and they will know that it +was I who have endowed my country with the original masterpieces. After +all, I have only done what Napoleon did in Italy.--Oh, look, +Beautrelet: here are M. de Gesvres's four Rubenses!--" + +The knocking continued within the hollow of the Needle without ceasing. + +"I can't stand this!" said Lupin. "Let's go higher." + +A fresh staircase. A fresh door. + +"The tapestry-room," Lupin announced. + +The tapestries were not hung on the walls, but rolled, tied up with +cord, ticketed; and, in addition, there were parcels of old fabrics +which Lupin unfolded: wonderful brocades, admirable velvets, soft, +faded silks, church vestments woven with silver and gold-- + +They went higher still and Beautrelet saw the room containing the +clocks and other time-pieces, the book-room--oh, the splendid bindings, +the precious, undiscoverable volumes, the unique copies stolen from the +great public libraries--the lace-room, the knicknack-room. + +And each time the circumference of the room grew smaller. + +And each time, now, the sound of knocking was more distant. Ganimard +was losing ground. + +"This is the last room," said Lupin. "The treasury." + +This one was quite different. It was round also, but very high and +conical in shape. It occupied the top of the edifice and its floor must +have been fifteen or twenty yards below the extreme point of the Needle. + +On the cliff side there was no window. But on the side of the sea, +whence there were no indiscreet eyes to fear, two glazed openings +admitted plenty of light. + +The ground was covered with a parqueted flooring of rare wood, forming +concentric patterns. Against the walls stood glass cases and a few +pictures. + +"The pearls of my collection," said Lupin. "All that you have seen so +far is for sale. Things come and things go. That's business. But here, +in this sanctuary, everything is sacred. There is nothing here but +choice, essential pieces, the best of the best, priceless things. Look +at these jewels, Beautrelet: Chaldean amulets, Egyptian necklaces, +Celtic bracelets, Arab chains. Look at these statuettes, Beautrelet, at +this Greek Venus, this Corinthian Apollo. Look at these Tanagras, +Beautrelet: all the real Tanagras are here. Outside this glass case, +there is not a single genuine Tanagra statuette in the whole wide +world. What a delicious thing to be able to say!--Beautrelet, do you +remember Thomas and his gang of church-pillagers in the South--agents +of mine, by the way? Well, here is the Ambazac reliquary, the real one, +Beautrelet! Do you remember the Louvre scandal, the tiara which was +admitted to be false, invented and manufactured by a modern artist? +Here is the tiara of Saitapharnes, the real one, Beautrelet! Look, +Beautrelet, look with all your eyes: here is the marvel of marvels, the +supreme masterpiece, the work of no mortal brain; here is Leonardo's +Gioconda, the real one! Kneel, Beautrelet, kneel; all womankind stands +before you in this picture." + +There was a long silence between them. Below, the sound of blows drew +nearer. Two or three doors, no more, separated them from Ganimard. In +the offing, they saw the black back of the torpedo-boat and the +fishing-smacks cruising to and fro. + +The boy asked: + +"And the treasure?" + +"Ah, my little man, that's what interests you most! None of those +masterpieces of human art can compete with the contemplation of the +treasure as a matter of curiosity, eh?--And the whole crowd will be +like you!--Come, you shall be satisfied." + +He stamped his foot, and, in so doing, made one of the discs composing +the floor-pattern turn right over. Then, lifting it as though it were +the lid of a box, he uncovered a sort of large round bowl, dug in the +thickness of the rock. It was empty. + +A little farther, he went through the same performance. Another large +bowl appeared. It was also empty. + +He did this three times over again. The three other bowls were empty. + +"Eh," grinned Lupin. "What a disappointment! Under Louis XL, under +Henry IV., under Richelieu, the five bowls were full. But think of +Louis XIV., the folly of Versailles, the wars, the great disasters of +the reign! And think of Louis XV., the spendthrift king, with his +Pompadour and his Du Barry! How they must have drawn on the treasure in +those days! With what thieving claws they must have scratched at the +stone. You see, there's nothing left." + +He stopped. + +"Yes, Beautrelet, there is something--the sixth hiding-place! This one +was intangible. Not one of them dared touch it. It was the very last +resource, the nest-egg, the something put by for a rainy day. Look, +Beautrelet!" + +He stooped and lifted up the lid. An iron box filled the bowl. Lupin +took from his pocket a key with a complicated bit and wards and opened +the box. + +A dazzling sight presented itself. Every sort of precious stone +sparkled there, every color gleamed, the blue of the sapphires, the red +of the rubies, the green of the emeralds, the yellow of the topazes. + +"Look, look, little Beautrelet! They have squandered all the cash, all +the gold, all the silver, all the crown pieces and all the ducats and +all the doubloons; but the chest with the jewels has remained intact. +Look at the settings. They belong to every period, to every century, to +every country. The dowries of the queens are here. Each brought her +share: Margaret of Scotland and Charlotte of Savoy; duchesses of +Austria: Eleonore, Elisabeth, Marie-Therese, Mary of England and +Catherine de Medicis; and all the arch--Marie Antoinette. Look at those +pearls, Beautrelet! And those diamonds: look at the size of the +diamonds! Not one of them but is worthy of an empress! The Pitt Diamond +is no finer!" + +He rose to his feet and held up his hand as one taking an oath: + +"Beautrelet, you shall tell the world that Lupin has not taken a single +one of the stones that were in the royal chest, not a single one, I +swear it on my honor! I had no right to. They are the fortune of +France." + +Below them, Ganimard was making all speed. It was easy to judge by the +reverberation of the blows that his men were attacking the last door +but one, the door that gave access to the knicknack-room. + +"Let us leave the chest open," said Lupin, "and all the cavities, too, +all those little empty graves." + +He went round the room, examined some of the glass cases, gazed at some +of the pictures and, as he walked, said, pensively: + +"How sad it is to leave all this! What a wrench! The happiest hours of +my life have been spent here, alone, in the presence of these objects +which I loved. And my eyes will never behold them again and my hands +will never touch them again--" + +His drawn face bore such an expression of lassitude upon it that +Beautrelet felt a vague sort of pity for him. Sorrow in that man must +assume larger proportions than in another, even as joy did, or pride, +or humiliation. He was now standing by the window, and, with his finger +pointing to the horizon, said: + +"What is sadder still is that I must abandon that, all that! How +beautiful it is! The boundless sea--the sky.--On either side, the +cliffs of Etretat with their three natural archways: the Porte +d'Armont, the Porte d'Aval, the Manneporte--so many triumphal arches +for the master. And the master was I! I was the king of the story, the +king of fairyland, the king of the Hollow Needle! A strange and +supernatural kingdom! From Caesar to Lupin: what a destiny!" He burst +out laughing. "King of fairyland! Why not say King of Yvetot at once? +What nonsense! King of the world, yes, that's more like it! From this +topmost point of the Needle, I ruled the globe! I held it in my claws +like a prey! Lift the tiara of Saitapharnes, Beautrelet.--You see those +two telephones? The one on the right communicates with Paris: a private +line; the one on the left with London: a private line. Through London, +I am in touch with America, Asia, Australia, South Africa. In all those +continents, I have my offices, my agents, my jackals, my scouts! I +drive an international trade. I hold the great market in art and +antiquities, the world's fair! Ah, Beautrelet, there are moments when +my power turns my head! I feel intoxicated with strength and authority." + +The door gave way below. They heard Ganimard and his men running about +and searching. + +After a moment, Lupin continued, in a low voice: + +"And now it's over. A little girl crossed my path, a girl with soft +hair and wistful eyes and an honest, yes, an honest soul--and it's +over. I myself am demolishing the mighty edifice.--All the rest seems +absurd and childish to me--nothing counts but her hair--and her wistful +eyes--and her honest little soul--" + +The men came up the staircase. A blow shook the door, the last door-- + +Lupin seized the boy sharply by the arm: + +"Do you understand, Beautrelet, why I let you have things your own way +when I could have crushed you, time after time, weeks ago? Do you +understand how you succeeded in getting as far as this? Do you +understand that I had given each of my men his share of the plunder +when you met them the other night on the cliff? You do understand, +don't you? The Hollow Needle is the great adventure. As long as it +belongs to me, I remain the great adventurer. Once the Needle is +recaptured, it means that the past and I are parted and that the future +begins, a future of peace and happiness, in which I shall have no +occasion to blush when Raymonde's eyes are turned upon me, a future--" + +He turned furiously toward the door: + +"Stop that noise, Ganimard, will you? I haven't finished my speech!" + +The blows came faster. It was like the sound of a beam that was being +hurled against the door. Beautrelet, mad with curiosity, stood in front +of Lupin and awaited events, without understanding what Lupin was doing +or contemplating. To give up the Needle was all very well; but why was +he giving up himself? What was his plan? Did he hope to escape from +Ganimard? And, on the other hand, where was Raymonde? + +Lupin, meantime, was murmuring, dreamily: + +"An honest man.--Arsene Lupin an honest man--no more robbery--leading +the life of everybody else.--And why not? There is no reason why I +should not meet with the same success.--But do stop that now, Ganimard! +Don't you know, you ass, that I'm uttering historic words and that +Beautrelet is taking them in for the benefit of posterity?" He laughed. +"I am wasting my time. Ganimard will never grasp the use of my historic +words." + +He took a piece of red chalk, put a pair of steps to the wall and +wrote, in large letters: + + Arsene Lupin gives and bequeaths to France + all the treasures contained in the Hollow Needle, + on the sole condition that these treasures be housed + at the Musee du Louvre in rooms which shall be + known as the Arsene Lupin Rooms. + +"Now," he said, "my conscience is at ease. France and I are quits." + +The attackers were striking with all their might. One of the panels +burst in two. A hand was put through and fumbled for the lock. + +"Thunder!" said Lupin. "That idiot of a Ganimard is capable of +effecting his purpose for once in his life." + +He rushed to the lock and removed the key. + +"Sold, old chap!--The door's tough.--I have plenty of time--Beautrelet, +I must say good-bye. And thank you!--For really you could have +complicated the attack--but you're so tactful!" + +While speaking, he moved toward a large triptych by Van der Weyden, +representing the Wise Men of the East. He shut the right-hand panel +and, in so doing, exposed a little door concealed behind it and seized +the handle. + +"Good luck to your hunting, Ganimard! And kind regards at home!" + +A pistol-shot resounded. Lupin jumped back: "Ah, you rascal, full in +the heart! Have you been taking lessons? You've done for the Wise Man! +Full in the heart! Smashed to smithereens, like a pipe at the fair!--" + +"Lupin, surrender!" roared Ganimard, with his eyes glittering and his +revolver showing through the broken panel of the door. "Surrender, I +say!" + +"Did the old guard surrender?" + +"If you stir a limb, I'll blow your brains out!" + +"Nonsense! You can't get me here!" + +As a matter of fact, Lupin had moved away; and, though Ganimard was +able to fire straight in front of him through the breach in the door, +he could not fire, still less take aim, on the side where Lupin stood. +Lupin's position was a terrible one for all that, because the outlet on +which he was relying, the little door behind the triptych, opened right +in front of Ganimard. To try to escape meant to expose himself to the +detective's fire; and there were five bullets left in the revolver. + +"By Jove," he said, laughing, "there's a slump in my shares this +afternoon! You've done a nice thing. Lupin, old fellow: you wanted a +last sensation and you've gone a bit too far. You shouldn't have talked +so much." + +He flattened himself against the wall. A further portion of the panel +had given way under the men's pressure and Ganimard was less hampered +in his movements. Three yards, no more, separated the two antagonists. +But Lupin was protected by a glass case with a gilt-wood framework. + +"Why don't you help, Beautrelet?" cried the old detective, gnashing his +teeth with rage. "Why don't you shoot him, instead of staring at him +like that?" + +Isidore, in fact, had not budged, had remained, till that moment, an +eager, but passive spectator. He would have liked to fling himself into +the contest with all his strength and to bring down the prey which he +held at his mercy. He was prevented by some inexplicable sentiment. + +But Ganimard's appeal for assistance shook him. His hand closed on the +butt of his revolver: + +"If I take part in it," he thought, "Lupin is lost. And I have the +right--it's my duty." + +Their eyes met. Lupin's were calm, watchful, almost inquisitive, as +though, in the awful danger that threatened him, he were interested +only in the moral problem that held the young man in its clutches. +Would Isidore decide to give the finishing stroke to the defeated enemy? + +The door cracked from top to bottom. + +"Help, Beautrelet, we've got him!" Ganimard bellowed. + +Isidore raised his revolver. + +What happened was so quick that he knew of it, so to speak, only by the +result. He saw Lupin bob down and run along the wall, skimming the door +right under the weapon which Ganimard was vainly brandishing; and he +felt himself suddenly flung to the ground, picked up the next moment +and lifted by an invincible force. + +Lupin held him in the air, like a living shield, behind which he hid +himself. + +"Ten to one that I escape, Ganimard! Lupin, you see, has never quite +exhausted his resources--" + +He had taken a couple of brisk steps backward to the triptych. Holding +Beautrelet with one hand flat against his chest, with the other he +cleared the passage and closed the little door behind them. + +A steep staircase appeared before their eyes. + +"Come along," said Lupin, pushing Beautrelet before him. "The land +forces are beaten--let us turn our attention to the French +fleet.--After Waterloo, Trafalgar.--You're having some fun for your +money, eh, my lad?--Oh, how good: listen to them knocking at the +triptych now!--It's too late, my children.--But hurry along, +Beautrelet!" + +The staircase, dug out in the wall of the Needle, dug in its very +crust, turned round and round the pyramid, encircling it like the +spiral of a tobogganslide. Each hurrying the other, they clattered down +the treads, taking two or three at a bound. Here and there, a ray of +light trickled through a fissure; and Beautrelet carried away the +vision of the fishing-smacks hovering a few dozen fathoms off, and of +the black torpedo-boat. + +They went down and down, Isidore in silence, Lupin still bubbling over +with merriment: + +"I should like to know what Ganimard is doing? Is he tumbling down the +other staircases to bar the entrance to the tunnel against me? No, he's +not such a fool as that. He must have left four men there--and four men +are sufficient--" He stopped. "Listen--they're shouting up above. +That's it, they've opened the window and are calling to their +fleet.--Why, look, the men are busy on board the smacks--they're +exchanging signals.--The torpedo-boat is moving.--Dear old +torpedo-boat! I know you, you're from the Havre.--Guns' crews to the +guns!--Hullo, there's the commander!--How are you, Duguay-Trouin?" + +He put his arm through a cleft and waved his handkerchief. Then he +continued his way downstairs: + +"The enemy's fleet have set all sail," he said. "We shall be boarded +before we know where we are. Heavens, what fun!" + +They heard the sound of voices below them. They were just then +approaching the level of the sea and they emerged, almost at once, into +a large cave into which two lanterns were moving about in the dark. + +A woman's figure appeared and threw itself on Lupin's neck: + +"Quick, quick, I was so nervous about you. What have you been +doing?--But you're not alone!--" + +Lupin reassured her: + +"It's our friend Beautrelet.--Just think, Beautrelet had the tact--but +I'll talk about that later--there's no time now.--Charolais are you +there? That's right!--And the boat?" + +"The boat's ready, sir," Charolais replied, + +"Fire away," said Lupin. + +In a moment, the noise of a motor crackled and Beautrelet, whose eyes +were gradually becoming used to the gloom, ended by perceiving that +they were on a sort of quay, at the edge of the water, and that a boat +was floating before them. + +"A motor boat," said Lupin, completing Beautrelet's observations. "This +knocks you all of a heap, eh, Isidore, old chap?--You don't +understand.--Still, you have only to think.--As the water before your +eyes is no other than the water of the sea, which filters into this +excavation each high tide, the result is that I have a safe little +private roadstead all to myself." + +"But it's closed," Beautrelet protested. "No one can get in or out." + +"Yes, I can," said Lupin; "and I'm going to prove it to you." + +He began by handing Raymonde in. Then he came back to fetch Beautrelet. +The lad hesitated. + +"Are you afraid?" asked Lupin. + +"What of?" + +"Of being sunk by the torpedo-boat." + +"No." + +"Then you're considering whether it's not your duty to stay with +Ganimard, law and order, society and morality, instead of going off +with Lupin, shame, infamy and disgrace." + +"Exactly." + +"Unfortunately, my boy, you have no choice. For the moment, they must +believe the two of us dead--and leave me the peace to which a +prospective honest man is entitled. Later on, when I have given you +your liberty, you can talk as much as you please--I shall have nothing +more to fear." + +By the way in which Lupin clutched his arm, Beautrelet felt that all +resistance was useless. Besides, why resist? Had he not discovered and +handed over the Hollow Needle? What did he care about the rest? Had he +not the right to humor the irresistible sympathy with which, in spite +of everything, this man inspired him? + +The feeling was so clear in him that he was half inclined to say to +Lupin: + +"Look here, you're running another, a more serious danger; Holmlock +Shears is on your track." + +"Come along!" said Lupin, before Isidore had made up his mind to speak. + +He obeyed and let Lupin lead him to the boat, the shape of which struck +him as peculiar and its appearance quite unexpected. + +Once on deck, they went down a little steep staircase, or rather a +ladder hooked on to a trap door, which closed above their heads. At the +foot of the ladder, brightly lit by a lamp, was a very small saloon, +where Raymonde was waiting for them and where the three had just room +to sit down. + +Lupin took the mouthpiece of a speaking tube from a hook and gave the +order: + +"Let her go, Charolais!" + +Isidore had the unpleasant sensation which one feels when going down in +a lift: the sensation of the ground vanishing beneath you, the +impression of emptiness, space. This time, it was the water retreating; +and space opened out, slowly. + +"We're sinking, eh?" grinned Lupin. "Don't be afraid--we've only to +pass from the upper cave where we were to another little cave, situated +right at the bottom and half open to the sea, which can be entered at +low tide. All the shellfish-catchers know it. Ah, ten seconds' wait! +We're going through the passage and it's very narrow, just the size of +the submarine." + +"But," asked Beautrelet, "how is it that the fishermen who enter the +lower cave don't know that it's open at the top and that it +communicates with another from which a staircase starts and runs +through the Needle? The facts are at the disposal of the first-comer." + +"Wrong, Beautrelet! The top of the little public cave is closed, at low +tide, by a movable platform, painted the color of the rock, which the +sea, when it rises, shifts and carries up with it and, when it goes +down, fastens firmly over the little cave. That is why I am able to +pass at high tide. A clever notion, what? It's an idea of my own. True, +neither Caesar nor Louis XIV., nor, in short, any of my distinguished +predecessors could have had it, because they did not possess +submarines. They were satisfied with the staircase, which then ran all +the way down to the little bottom cave. I did away with the last treads +of the staircase and invented the trick of the movable ceiling: it's a +present I'm making to France--Raymonde, my love, put out the lamp +beside you--we shan't want it now--on the contrary--" + +A pale light, which seemed to be of the same color as the water, met +them as they left the cave and made its way into the cabin through the +two portholes and through a thick glass skylight that projected above +the planking of the deck and allowed the passengers to inspect the +upper layers of the sea. And, suddenly, a shadow glided over their +heads. + +"The attack is about to take place. The fleet is investing the Needle. +But, hollow as the Needle is, I don't see how they propose to enter it." + +He took up the speaking tube: + +"Don't leave the bottom, Charolais. Where are we going? Why, I told +you: to Port-Lupin. And at full speed, do you hear? We want water to +land by--there's a lady with us." + +They skimmed over the rocky bed. The seaweed stood up on end like a +heavy, dark vegetation and the deep currents made it wave gracefully, +stretching and billowing like floating hair. + +Another shadow, a longer one. + +"That's the torpedo-boat," said Lupin. "We shall hear the roar of the +guns presently. What will Duguay-Trouin do? Bombard the Needle? Think +of what we're missing, Beautrelet, by not being present at the meeting +of Duguay-Trouin and Ganimard! The juncture of the land and naval +forces! Hi, Charolais, don't go to sleep, my man!" + +They were moving very fast, for all that. The rocks had been succeeded +by sand-fields and then, almost at once, they saw more rocks, which +marked the eastern extremity of Etretat, the Porte d'Amont. Fish fled +at their approach. One of them, bolder than the rest, fastened on to a +porthole and looked at the occupants of the saloon with its great, +fixed, staring eyes. + +"That's better," cried Lupin. "We're going now. What do you think of my +cockle-shell, Beautrelet? Not so bad, is she? Do you remember the story +of the Seven of Hearts,[11] the wretched end of Lacombe, the engineer, +and how, after punishing his murderers, I presented the State with his +papers and his plans for the construction of a new submarine: one more +gift to France? Well, among the plans, I kept those of a submersible +motor boat and that is how you come to have the honor of sailing in my +company." + + +[11] The Exploits of Arsene Lupin. By Maurice Leblanc. VI: The +Seven of Hearts. + + +He called to Charolais: + +"Take us up, Charolais--there's no danger now--" + +They shot up to the surface and the glass skylight emerged above the +water. + +They were a mile from the coast, out of sight, therefore, and +Beautrelet was now able to realize more fully at what a headlong pace +they were traveling. First Fecamp passed before them, then all the +Norman seaside places: Saint-Pierre, the Petits--Dalles, Veulettes, +Saint-Valery, Veules, Quiberville. Lupin kept on jesting and Isidore +never wearied of watching and listening to him, amazed as he was at the +man's spirits, at his gaiety, his mischievous ways, his careless chaff, +his delight in life. + +He also noticed Raymonde. The young woman sat silent, nestling up +against the man she loved. She had taken his hands between her own and +kept on raising her eyes to him; and Beautrelet constantly observed +that her hands were twitching and that the wistful sadness of her eyes +increased. And, each time, it was like a dumb and sorrowful reply to +Lupin's sallies. One would have thought that his frivolous words, his +sarcastic outlook on life, caused her physical pain. + +"Hush!" she whispered. "It's defying destiny to laugh--so many +misfortunes can reach us still!" + +Opposite Dieppe, they had to dive lest they should be seen by the +fishing-craft. And twenty minutes later, they shot at an angle toward +the coast and the boat entered a little submarine harbor formed by a +regular gap between the rocks, drew up beside a jetty and rose gently +to the surface. + +Lupin announced: + +"Port-Lupin!" + +The spot, situated at sixteen miles from Dieppe and twelve from the +Treport and protected, moreover, by the two landslips of cliff, was +absolutely deserted. A fine sand carpeted the rounded slope of the tiny +beach. + +"Jump on shore, Beautrelet--Raymonde, give me your hand. You, +Charolais, go back to the Needle, see what happens between Ganimard and +Duguay-Trouin and come back and tell me at the end of the day. The +thing interests me tremendously." + +Beautrelet asked himself with a certain curiosity how they were going +to get out of this hemmed-in creek which was called Port-Lupin, when, +at the foot of the cliff, he saw the uprights of an iron ladder. + +"Isidore," said Lupin, "if you knew your geography and your history, +you would know that we are at the bottom of the gorge of Parfonval, in +the parish of Biville. More than a century ago, on the night of the +twenty-third of August, 1803, Georges Cadoudal and six accomplices, who +had landed in France with the intention of kidnapping the first consul, +Bonaparte, scrambled up to the top by the road which I will show you. +Since then, this road has been demolished by landslips. But Louis +Valmeras, better known by the name of Arsene Lupin, had it restored at +his own expense and bought the farm of the Neuvillette, where the +conspirators spent the first night and where, retired from business and +withdrawing from the affairs of this world, he means to lead the life +of a respectable country squire with his wife and his mother by his +side. The gentleman-burglar is dead! Long live the gentleman-farmer!" + +After the ladder came a sort of gully, an abrupt ravine hollowed out, +apparently, by the rains, at the end of which they laid hold of a +makeshift staircase furnished with a hand-rail. As Lupin explained, +this hand-rail had been placed where it was in the stead of the +estamperche, a long rope fastened to stakes, by which the people of the +country, in the old days, used to help themselves down when going to +the beach. + +After a painful climb of half an hour, they emerged on the tableland, +not far from one of those little cabins, dug out of the soil itself, +which serve as shelters for the excisemen. And, as it happened, two +minutes later, at a turn in the path, one of these custom-house +officials appeared. + +He drew himself up and saluted. + +Lupin asked: + +"Any news, Gomel?" + +"No, governor." + +"You've met no one at all suspicious-looking?" + +"No, governor--only--" + +"What?" + +"My wife--who does dressmaking at the Neuvillette--" + +"Yes, I know--Cesarine--my mother spoke of her. Well?" + +"It seems a sailor was prowling about the village this morning." + +"What sort of face had he?" + +"Not a natural face--a sort of Englishman's face." + +"Ah!" said Lupin, in a tone preoccupied. "And you have given Cesarine +orders--" + +"To keep her eyes open. Yes, governor." + +"Very well. Keep a lookout for Charolais's return in two or three hours +from now. If there's anything, I shall be at the farm." + +He walked on and said to Beautrelet: + +"This makes me uneasy--is it Shears? Ah, if it's he, in his present +state of exasperation, I have everything to fear!" + +He hesitated a moment: "I wonder if we hadn't better turn back. Yes, I +have a nasty presentiment of evil." + +Gently undulating plains stretched before them as far as the eye could +see. A little to the left, a series of handsome avenues of trees led to +the farm of the Neuvillette, the buildings of which were now in view. +It was the retreat which he had prepared, the haven of rest which he +had promised Raymonde. Was he, for the sake of an absurd idea, to +renounce happiness at the very moment when it seemed within his reach? + +He took Isidore by the arm and, calling his attention to Raymonde, who +was walking in front of them: + +"Look at her. When she walks, her figure has a little swing at the +waist which I cannot see without quivering. But everything in her gives +me that thrill of emotion and love: her movements and her repose, her +silence and the sound of her voice. I tell you, the mere fact that I am +walking in the track of her footsteps makes me feel in the seventh +heaven. Ah, Beautrelet, will she ever forget that I was once Lupin? +Shall I ever be able to wipe out from her memory the past which she +loathes and detests?" He mastered himself and, with obstinate +assurance. "She will forget!" he declared. "She will forget, because I +have made every sacrifice for her sake. I have sacrificed the +inviolable sanctuary of the Hollow Needle, I have sacrificed my +treasures, my power, my pride--I will sacrifice everything--I don't +want to be anything more--but just a man in love--and an honest man, +because she can only love an honest man. After all, why should I not be +honest? It is no more degrading than anything else!" + +The quip escaped him, so to speak, unawares. His voice remained serious +and free of all chaff. And he muttered, with restrained violence: + +"Ah, Beautrelet, you see, of all the unbridled joys which I have tasted +in my adventurous life, there is not one that equals the joy with which +her look fills me when she is pleased with me. I feel quite weak then, +and I should like to cry--" Was he crying? Beautrelet had an intuition +that his eyes were wet with tears. Tears in Lupin's eyes!--Tears of +love! + +They were nearing an old gate that served as an entrance to the farm. +Lupin stopped for a moment and stammered: + +"Why am I afraid?--I feel a sort of weight on my chest. Is the +adventure of the Hollow Needle not over? Has destiny not accepted the +issue which I selected?" + +Raymonde turned round, looking very anxious. + +"Here comes Cesarine. She's running." + +The exciseman's wife was hurrying from the farm as fast as she could. +Lupin rushed up to her: + +"What is it? What has happened? Speak!" + +Choking, quite out of breath, Cesarine stuttered: + +"A man--I saw a man this morning! + +"A man--I saw a man in the sitting-room." + +"The Englishman of this morning?" + +"Yes--but in a different disguise." + +"Did he see you?" + +"No. He saw your mother. Mme. Valmeras caught him as he was just going +away." + +"Well?" + +"He told her that he was looking for Louis Valmeras, that he was a +friend of yours." + +"Then?" + +"The madame said that her son had gone abroad--for years." + +"And he went away?" + +"No, he made signs through the window that overlooks the plain--as if +he were calling to some one." + +Lupin seemed to hesitate. A loud cry tore the air. Raymonde moaned: + +"It's your mother--I recognize--" + +He flung himself upon her and, dragging her away, in a burst of fierce +passion: + +"Come--let us fly--you first." + +But, suddenly, he stopped, distraught, overcome: + +"No, I can't do it--it's too awful. Forgive me--Raymonde--that poor +woman down there--Stay here. Beautrelet, don't leave her." + +He darted along the slope that surrounds the farm, turned and followed +it, at a run, till he came to the gate that opens on the plain. + +Raymonde, whom Beautrelet had been unable to hold back, arrived almost +as soon as he did; and Beautrelet, hiding behind the trees, saw, in the +lonely walk that led from the farm to the gate, three men, of whom one, +the tallest, went ahead, while the two others were holding by the arms +a woman who tried to resist and who uttered moans of pain. + +The daylight was beginning to fade. Nevertheless, Beautrelet recognized +Holmlock Shears. The woman seemed of a certain age. Her livid features +were set in a frame of white hair. + +They all four came up. + +They reached the gate. Shears opened one of the folding leaves. + +Then Lupin strode forward and stood in front of him. + +The encounter appeared all the more terrible inasmuch as it was silent, +almost solemn. + +For long moments, the two enemies took each other's measure with their +eyes. An equal hatred distorted the features of both of them. Neither +moved. + +Then Lupin spoke, in a voice of terrifying calmness: + +"Tell your men to leave that woman alone." + +"No." + +It was as though both of them feared to engage in the supreme struggle, +as though both were collecting all their strength. And there were no +words wasted this time, no insults, no bantering challenges. Silence, a +deathlike silence. + +Mad with anguish, Raymonde awaited the issue of the duel. Beautrelet +had caught her arms and was holding her motionless. + +After a second, Lupin repeated: + +"Order your men to leave that woman alone." + +"No." + +Lupin said: + +"Listen, Shears--" + +But he interrupted himself, realizing the silliness of the words. In +the face of that colossus of pride and will-power which called itself +Holmlock Shears, of what use were threats? + +Resolved upon the worst, suddenly he put his hand to his jacket pocket. +The Englishman anticipated his movement and, leaping upon his prisoner, +thrust the barrel of his revolver within two inches of her temple: + +"If you stir a limb, I fire!" + +At the same time his two satellites drew their weapons and aimed them +at Lupin. + +Lupin drew himself up, stifled the rage within him and, coolly, with +his hands in his pockets and his breast exposed to the enemy, began +once more: + +"Shears, for the third time, let that woman be--" + +The Englishman sneered: + +"I have no right to touch her, I suppose? Come, come, enough of this +humbug! Your name isn't Valmeras any more than it's Lupin: you stole +the name just as you stole the name of Charmerace. And the woman whom +you pass off as your mother is Victoire, your old accomplice, the one +who brought you up--"[12] + + +[12] Arsene Lupin, play in four acts, by Maurice Leblanc and +Francis de Croisset. + + +Shears made a mistake. Carried away by his longing for revenge, he +glanced across at Raymonde, whom these revelations filled with horror. +Lupin took advantage of his imprudence. With a sudden movement, he +fired. + +"Damnation!" bellowed Shears, whose arm, pierced by a bullet, fell to +his side. And, addressing his men, "Shoot, you two! Shoot him down!" + +But already Lupin was upon them: and not two seconds had elapsed before +the one on the right was sprawling on the ground, with his chest +smashed, while the other, with his jaw broken, fell back against the +gate. + +"Hurry up, Victoire. Tie them down. And now, Mr. Englishman, it's you +and I." + +He ducked with an oath: + +"Ah, you scoundrel!" + +Shears had picked up his revolver with his left hand and was taking aim +at him. + +A shot--a cry of distress--Raymonde had flung herself between the two +men, facing the Englishman. She staggered back, brought her hand to her +neck, drew herself up, spun round on her heels and fell at Lupin's feet. + +"Raymonde!--Raymonde!" + +He threw himself upon her, took her in his arms and pressed her to him. + +"Dead--" he said. + +There was a moment of stupefaction. Shears seemed confounded by his own +act. Victoire stammered: + +"My poor boy--my poor boy--" + +Beautrelet went up to the young woman and stooped to examine her. Lupin +repeated: + +"Dead--dead--" + +He said it in a reflective tone, as though he did not yet understand. +But his face became hollow, suddenly transformed, ravaged by grief. And +then he was seized with a sort of madness, made senseless gestures, +wrung his hands, stamped his feet, like a child that suffers more than +it is able to bear. + +"You villain!" he cried, suddenly, in an access of hatred. + +And, flinging Shears back with a formidable blow, he took him by the +throat and dug his twitching fingers into his flesh. + +The Englishman gasped, without even struggling. + +"My boy--my boy--" said Victoire, in a voice of entreaty. + +Beautrelet ran up. But Lupin had already let go and stood sobbing +beside his enemy stretched upon the ground. + +O pitiful sight! Beautrelet never forgot its tragic horror, he who knew +all Lupin's love for Raymonde and all that the great adventurer had +sacrificed of his own being to bring a smile to the face of his +well-beloved. + +Night began to cover the field of battle with a shroud of darkness. The +three Englishmen lay bound and gagged in the tall grass. Distant songs +broke the vast silence of the plain. It was the farm-hands returning +from their work. + +Lupin drew himself up. He listened to the monotonous voices. Then he +glanced at the happy homestead of the Neuvillette, where he had hoped +to live peacefully with Raymonde. Then he looked at her, the poor, +loving victim, whom love had killed and who, all white, was sleeping +her last, eternal sleep. + +The men were coming nearer, however. + +Then Lupin bent down, took the dead woman in his powerful arms, lifted +the corpse with a single effort and, bent in two, stretched it across +his back: + +"Let us go, Victoire." + +"Let us go, dear." + +"Good-bye, Beautrelet," he said. + +And, bearing his precious and awful burden followed by his old servant, +silent and fierce he turned toward the sea and plunged into the +darkness of the night. + + + +THE END + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HOLLOW NEEDLE *** + +***** This file should be named 4017.txt or 4017.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/1/4017/ + +Produced by Charles Franks, Greg Weeks and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team. HTML version by Al Haines. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/4017.zip b/old/4017.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7ac052 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4017.zip diff --git a/old/hlwnd10.txt b/old/hlwnd10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbb1214 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/hlwnd10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9552 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc +#2 in our series by Maurice Leblanc + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: The Hollow Needle + +Author: Maurice Leblanc + +Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4017] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 10/11/01] +[Date last updated: January 2, 2009] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc +*******This file should be named hlwnd10.txt or hlwnd10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, hlwnd11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, hlwnd10a.txt + +This etext was produced by Charles Franks, Greg Weeks and +the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina*, South Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + +This etext was produced by Charles Franks, Greg Weeks and +the Online Distributed Proofreading Team. + + + + + + +THE HOLLOW NEEDLE + +FURTHER ADVENTURES OF ARSENE LUPIN + +BY + +MAURICE LEBLANC + +AUTHOR OF + +"ARSENE LUPIN," "THE BLONDE LADY," ETC. + + +TRANSLATED BY ALEXANDER TEIXEIRA DE MATTOS + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + I. The Shot + II. Isidore Beautrelet, Sixth-form Schoolboy + III. The Corpse + IV. Face to Face + V. On the Track + VI. An Historic Secret + VII. The Treatise of the Needle + VIII. From Caesar to Lupin + IX. Open, Sesame! + X. The Treasures of the Kings of France + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + +Valmeras loved Raymonde's melancholy charm + +She put the gun to her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired + +Two huge letters, each perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief +in the granite of the floor + +"We're going now. What do you think of my cockle-shell, Beautrelet?" + + + + + + +THE HOLLOW NEEDLE + + + + +CHAPTER ONE + +THE SHOT + + +Raymonde listened. The noise was repeated twice over, clearly enough +to be distinguished from the medley of vague sounds that formed the +great silence of the night and yet too faintly to enable her to tell +whether it was near or far, within the walls of the big country- +house, or outside, among the murky recesses of the park. + +She rose softly. Her window was half open: she flung it back wide. +The moonlight lay over a peaceful landscape of lawns and thickets, +against which the straggling ruins of the old abbey stood out in +tragic outlines, truncated columns, mutilated arches, fragments of +porches and shreds of flying buttresses. A light breeze hovered over +the face of things, gliding noiselessly through the bare motionless +branches of the trees, but shaking the tiny budding leaves of the +shrubs. + +And, suddenly, she heard the same sound again. It was on the left +and on the floor below her, in the living rooms, therefore, that +occupied the left wing of the house. Brave and plucky though she +was, the girl felt afraid. She slipped on her dressing gown and took +the matches. + +"Raymonde--Raymonde!" + +A voice as low as a breath was calling to her from the next room, +the door of which had not been closed. She was feeling her way +there, when Suzanne, her cousin, came out of the room and fell into +her arms: + +"Raymonde--is that you? Did you hear--?" + +"Yes. So you're not asleep?" + +"I suppose the dog woke me--some time ago. But he's not barking now. +What time is it?" + +"About four." + +"Listen! Surely, some one's walking in the drawing room!" + +"There's no danger, your father is down there, Suzanne." + +"But there is danger for him. His room is next to the boudoir." + +"M. Daval is there too--" + +"At the other end of the house. He could never hear." + +They hesitated, not knowing what course to decide upon. Should they +call out? Cry for help? They dared not; they were frightened of the +sound of their own voices. But Suzanne, who had gone to the window, +suppressed a scream: + +"Look!--A man!--Near the fountain!" + +A man was walking away at a rapid pace. He carried under his arm a +fairly large load, the nature of which they were unable to +distinguish: it knocked against his leg and impeded his progress. +They saw him pass near the old chapel and turn toward a little door +in the wall. The door must have been open, for the man disappeared +suddenly from view and they failed to hear the usual grating of the +hinges. + +"He came from the drawing room," whispered Suzanne. + +"No, the stairs and the hall would have brought him out more to the +left--Unless--" + +The same idea struck them both. They leant out. Below them, a ladder +stood against the front of the house, resting on the first floor. A +glimmer lit up the stone balcony. And another man, who was also +carrying something, bestrode the baluster, slid down the ladder and +ran away by the same road as the first. + +Suzanne, scared to the verge of swooning, fell on her knees, +stammering: + +"Let us call out--let us call for help--" + +"Who would come? Your father--and if there are more of them left-- +and they throw themselves upon him--?" + +"Then--then--we might call the servants--Your bell rings on their +floor." + +"Yes--yes--perhaps, that's better. If only they come in time!" + +Raymonde felt for the electric push near her bed and pressed it with +her finger. They heard the bell ring upstairs and had an impression +that its shrill sound must also reach any one below. + +They waited. The silence became terrifying and the very breeze no +longer shook the leaves of the shrubs. + +"I'm frightened--frightened," said Suzanne. + +And, suddenly, from the profound darkness below them, came the sound +of a struggle, a crash of furniture overturned, words, exclamations +and then, horrible and ominous, a hoarse groan, the gurgle of a man +who is being murdered-- + +Raymonde leapt toward the door. Suzanne clung desperately to her +arm: + +"No--no--don't leave me--I'm frightened--" + +Raymonde pushed her aside and darted down the corridor, followed by +Suzanne, who staggered from wall to wall, screaming as she went. +Raymonde reached the staircase, flew down the stairs, flung herself +upon the door of the big drawing room and stopped short, rooted to +the threshold, while Suzanne sank in a heap by her side. Facing +them, at three steps' distance, stood a man, with a lantern in his +hand. He turned it upon the two girls, blinding them with the light, +stared long at their pale faces, and then, without hurrying, with +the calmest movements in the world, took his cap, picked up a scrap +of paper and two bits of straw, removed some footmarks from the +carpet, went to the balcony, turned to the girls, made them a deep +bow and disappeared. + +Suzanne was the first to run to the little boudoir which separated +the big drawing-room from her father's bedroom. But, at the +entrance, a hideous sight appalled her. By the slanting rays of the +moon, she saw two apparently lifeless bodies lying close to each +other on the floor. She leaned over one of them: + +"Father!--Father!--Is it you? What has happened to you?" she cried, +distractedly. + +After a moment, the Comte de Gesvres moved. In a broken voice, he +said: + +"Don't be afraid--I am not wounded--Daval?--Is he alive?--The +knife?--The knife?--" + +Two men-servants now arrived with candles. Raymonde flung herself +down before the other body and recognized Jean Daval, the count's +private secretary. A little stream of blood trickled from his neck. +His face already wore the pallor of death. + +Then she rose, returned to the drawing room, took a gun that hung in +a trophy of arms on the wall and went out on the balcony. Not more +than fifty or sixty seconds had elapsed since the man had set his +foot on the top rung of the ladder. He could not, therefore, be very +far away, the more so as he had taken the precaution to remove the +ladder, in order to prevent the inmates of the house from using it. +And soon she saw him skirting the remains of the old cloister. She +put the gun to her shoulder, calmly took aim and fired. The man +fell. + +"That's done it! That's done it!" said one of the servants. "We've +got this one. I'll run down." + +"No, Victor, he's getting up.... You had better go down by the +staircase and make straight for the little door in the wall. That's +the only way he can escape." + +Victor hurried off, but, before he reached the park, the man fell +down again. Raymonde called the other servant: + +"Albert, do you see him down there? Near the main cloister?--" + +"Yes, he's crawling in the grass. He's done for--" + +"Watch him from here." + +"There's no way of escape for him. On the right of the ruins is the +open lawn--" + +"And, Victor, do you guard the door, on the left," she said, taking +up her gun. + +"But, surely, you are not going down, miss?" + +"Yes, yes," she said, with a resolute accent and abrupt movements; +"let me be--I have a cartridge left--If he stirs--" + +She went out. A moment later, Albert saw her going toward the ruins. +He called to her from the window: + +"He's dragged himself behind the cloister. I can't see him. Be +careful, miss--" + +Raymonde went round the old cloisters, to cut off the man's retreat, +and Albert soon lost sight of her. After a few minutes, as he did +not see her return, he became uneasy and, keeping his eye on the +ruins, instead of going down by the stairs he made an effort to +reach the ladder. When he had succeeded, he scrambled down and ran +straight to the cloisters near which he had seen the man last. +Thirty paces farther, he found Raymonde, who was searching with +Victor. + +"Well?" he asked. + +"There's no laying one's hands on him," replied Victor. + +"The little door?" + +"I've been there; here's the key." + +"Still--he must--" + +"Oh, we've got him safe enough, the scoundrel--He'll be ours in ten +minutes." + +The farmer and his son, awakened by the shot, now came from the farm +buildings, which were at some distance on the right, but within the +circuit of the walls. They had met no one. + +"Of course not," said Albert. "The ruffian can't have left the +ruins--We'll dig him out of some hole or other." + +They organized a methodical search, beating every bush, pulling +aside the heavy masses of ivy rolled round the shafts of the +columns. They made sure that the chapel was properly locked and that +none of the panes were broken. They went round the cloisters and +examined every nook and corner. The search was fruitless. + +There was but one discovery: at the place where the man had fallen +under Raymonde's gun, they picked up a chauffeur's cap, in very soft +buff leather; besides that, nothing. + + * * * * * + +The gendarmerie of Ouville-la-Riviere were informed at six o'clock +in the morning and at once proceeded to the spot, after sending an +express to the authorities at Dieppe with a note describing the +circumstances of the crime, the imminent capture of the chief +criminal and "the discovery of his headgear and of the dagger with +which the crime had been committed." + +At ten o'clock, two hired conveyances came down the gentle slope +that led to the house. One of them, an old-fashioned calash, +contained the deputy public prosecutor and the examining magistrate, +accompanied by his clerk. In the other, a humble fly, were seated +two reporters, representing the Journal de Rouen and a great Paris +paper. + +The old chateau came into view--once the abbey residence of the +priors of Ambrumesy, mutilated under the Revolution, both restored +by the Comte de Gesvres, who had now owned it for some twenty years. +It consists of a main building, surmounted by a pinnacled clock- +tower, and two wings, each of which is surrounded by a flight of +steps with a stone balustrade. Looking across the walls of the park +and beyond the upland supported by the high Norman cliffs, you catch +a glimpse of the blue line of the Channel between the villages of +Sainte-Marguerite and Varengeville. + +Here the Comte de Gesvres lived with his daughter Suzanne, a +delicate, fair-haired, pretty creature, and his niece Raymonde de +Saint-Veran, whom he had taken to live with him two years before, +when the simultaneous death of her father and mother left Raymonde +an orphan. Life at the chateau was peaceful and regular. A few +neighbors paid an occasional visit. In the summer, the count took +the two girls almost every day to Dieppe. He was a tall man, with a +handsome, serious face and hair that was turning gray. He was very +rich, managed his fortune himself and looked after his extensive +estates with the assistance of his secretary, Jean Daval. + +Immediately upon his arrival, the examining magistrate took down the +first observations of Sergeant Quevillon of the gendarmes. The +capture of the criminal, imminent though it might be, had not yet +been effected, but every outlet of the park was held. Escape was +impossible. + +The little company next crossed the chapter-hall and the refectory, +both of which are on the ground floor, and went up to the first +story. They at once remarked the perfect order that prevailed in the +drawing room. Not a piece of furniture, not an ornament but appeared +to occupy its usual place; nor was there any gap among the ornaments +or furniture. On the right and left walls hung magnificent Flemish +tapestries with figures. On the panels of the wall facing the +windows were four fine canvases, in contemporary frames, +representing mythological scenes. These were the famous pictures by +Rubens which had been left to the Comte de Gesvres, together with +the Flemish tapestries, by his maternal uncle, the Marques de +Bobadilla, a Spanish grandee. + +M. Filleul remarked: + +"If the motive of the crime was theft, this drawing room, at any +rate, was not the object of it." + +"You can't tell!" said the deputy, who spoke little, but who, when +he did, invariably opposed the magistrate's views. + +"Why, my dear sir, the first thought of a burglar would be to carry +off those pictures and tapestries, which are universally renowned." + +"Perhaps there was no time." + +"We shall see." + +At that moment, the Comte de Gesvres entered, accompanied by the +doctor. The count, who did not seem to feel the effects of the +attack to which he had been subjected, welcomed the two officials. +Then he opened the door of the boudoir. + +This room, which no one had been allowed to enter since the +discovery of the crime, differed from the drawing room inasmuch as +it presented a scene of the greatest disorder. Two chairs were +overturned, one of the tables smashed to pieces and several objects +--a traveling-clock, a portfolio, a box of stationery--lay on the +floor. And there was blood on some of the scattered pieces of note- +paper. + +The doctor turned back the sheet that covered the corpse. Jean +Daval, dressed in his usual velvet suit, with a pair of nailed boots +on his feet, lay stretched on his back, with one arm folded beneath +him. His collar and tie had been removed and his shirt opened, +revealing a large wound in the chest. + +"Death must have been instantaneous," declared the doctor. "One blow +of the knife was enough." + +"It was, no doubt, the knife which I saw on the drawing-room +mantelpiece, next to a leather cap?" said the examining magistrate. + +"Yes," said the Comte de Gesvres, "the knife was picked up here. It +comes from the same trophy in the drawing room from which my niece, +Mlle. de Saint-Veran, snatched the gun. As for the chauffeur's cap, +that evidently belongs to the murderer." + +M. Filleul examined certain further details in the room, put a few +questions to the doctor and then asked M. de Gesvres to tell him +what he had seen and heard. The count worded his story as follows: + +"Jean Daval woke me up. I had been sleeping badly, for that matter, +with gleams of consciousness in which I seemed to hear noises, when, +suddenly opening my eyes, I saw Daval standing at the foot of my +bed, with his candle in his hand and fully dressed--as he is now, +for he often worked late into the night. He seemed greatly excited +and said, in a low voice: 'There's some one in the drawing room.' I +heard a noise myself. I got up and softly pushed the door leading to +this boudoir. At the same moment, the door over there, which opens +into the big drawing room, was thrown back and a man appeared who +leaped at me and stunned me with a blow on the temple. I am telling +you this without any details, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, for +the simple reason that I remember only the principal facts, and that +these facts followed upon one another with extraordinary swiftness." + +"And after that?--" + +"After that, I don't know--I fainted. When I came to, Daval lay +stretched by my side, mortally wounded." + +"At first sight, do you suspect no one?" + +"No one." + +"You have no enemy?" + +"I know of none." + +"Nor M. Daval either?" + +"Daval! An enemy? He was the best creature that ever lived. M. Daval +was my secretary for twenty years and, I may say, my confidant; and +I have never seen him surrounded with anything but love and +friendship." + +"Still, there has been a burglary and there has been a murder: there +must be a motive for all that." + +"The motive? Why, it was robbery pure and simple." + +"Robbery? Have you been robbed of something, then?" + +"No, nothing." + +"In that case--?" + +"In that case, if they have stolen nothing and if nothing is +missing, they at least took something away." + +"What?" + +"I don't know. But my daughter and my niece will tell you, with +absolute certainty, that they saw two men in succession cross the +park and that those two men were carrying fairly heavy loads." + +"The young ladies--" + +"The young ladies may have been dreaming, you think? I should be +tempted to believe it, for I have been exhausting myself in +inquiries and suppositions ever since this morning. However, it is +easy enough to question them." + +The two cousins were sent for to the big drawing room. Suzanne, +still quite pale and trembling, could hardly speak. Raymonde, who +was more energetic, more of a man, better looking, too, with the +golden glint in her brown eyes, described the events of the night +and the part which she had played in them. + +"So I may take it, mademoiselle, that your evidence is positive?" + +"Absolutely. The men who went across the park were carrying things +away with them." + +"And the third man?" + +"He went from here empty-handed." + +"Could you describe him to us?" + +"He kept on dazzling us with the light of his lantern. All that I +could say is that he is tall and heavily built." + +"Is that how he appeared to you, mademoiselle?" asked the +magistrate, turning to Suzanne de Gesvres. + +"Yes--or, rather, no," said Suzanne, reflecting. "I thought he was +about the middle height and slender." + +M. Filleul smiled; he was accustomed to differences of opinion and +sight in witnesses to one and the same fact: + +"So we have to do, on the one hand, with a man, the one in the +drawing room, who is, at the same time, tall and short, stout and +thin, and, on the other, with two men, those in the park, who are +accused of removing from that drawing room objects--which are still +here!" + +M. Filleul was a magistrate of the ironic school, as he himself +would say. He was also a very ambitious magistrate and one who did +not object to an audience nor to an occasion to display his tactful +resource in public, as was shown by the increasing number of persons +who now crowded into the room. The journalists had been joined by +the farmer and his son, the gardener and his wife, the indoor +servants of the chateau and the two cabmen who had driven the flies +from Dieppe. + +M. Filleul continued: + +"There is also the question of agreeing upon the way in which the +third person disappeared. Was this the gun you fired, mademoiselle, +and from this window?" + +"Yes. The man reached the tombstone which is almost buried under the +brambles, to the left of the cloisters." + +"But he got up again?" + +"Only half. Victor ran down at once to guard the little door and I +followed him, leaving the second footman, Albert, to keep watch +here." + +Albert now gave his evidence and the magistrate concluded: + +"So, according to you, the wounded man was not able to escape on the +left, because your fellow-servant was watching the door, nor on the +right, because you would have seen him cross the lawn. Logically, +therefore, he is, at the present moment, in the comparatively +restricted space that lies before our eyes." + +"I am sure of it." + +"And you, mademoiselle?" + +"Yes." + +"And I, too," said Victor. + +The deputy prosecutor exclaimed, with a leer: + +"The field of inquiry is quite narrow. We have only to continue the +search commenced four hours ago." + +"We may be more fortunate." + +M. Filleul took the leather cap from the mantel, examined it and, +beckoning to the sergeant of gendarmes, whispered: + +"Sergeant, send one of your men to Dieppe at once. Tell him to go to +Maigret, the hatter, in the Rue de la Barre, and ask M. Maigret to +tell him, if possible, to whom this cap was sold." + +The "field of inquiry," in the deputy's phrase, was limited to the +space contained between the house, the lawn on the right and the +angle formed by the left wall and the wall opposite the house, that +is to say, a quadrilateral of about a hundred yards each way, in +which the ruins of Ambrumesy, the famous mediaeval monastery, stood +out at intervals. + +They at once noticed the traces left by the fugitive in the trampled +grass. In two places, marks of blackened blood, now almost dried up, +were observed. After the turn at the end of the cloisters, there was +nothing more to be seen, as the nature of the ground, here covered +with pine-needles, did not lend itself to the imprint of a body. +But, in that case, how had the wounded man succeeded in escaping the +eyes of Raymonde, Victor and Albert? There was nothing but a few +brakes, which the servants and the gendarmes had beaten over and +over again, and a number of tombstones, under which they had +explored. The examining magistrate made the gardener, who had the +key, open the chapel, a real gem of carving, a shrine in stone which +had been respected by time and the revolutionaries, and which, with +the delicate sculpture work of its porch and its miniature +population of statuettes, was always looked upon as a marvelous +specimen of the Norman-Gothic style. The chapel, which was very +simple in the interior, with no other ornament than its marble +altar, offered no hiding-place. Besides, the fugitive would have had +to obtain admission. And by what means? + +The inspection brought them to the little door in the wall that +served as an entrance for the visitors to the ruins. It opened on a +sunk road running between the park wall and a copsewood containing +some abandoned quarries. M. Filleul stooped forward: the dust of the +road bore marks of anti-skid pneumatic tires. Raymonde and Victor +remembered that, after the shot, they had seemed to hear the throb +of a motor-car. + +The magistrate suggested: + +"The man must have joined his confederates." + +"Impossible!" cried Victor. "I was here while mademoiselle and +Albert still had him in view." + +"Nonsense, he must be somewhere! Outside or inside: we have no +choice!" + +"He is here," the servants insisted, obstinately. + +The magistrate shrugged his shoulders and went back to the house in +a more or less sullen mood. There was no doubt that it was an +unpromising case. A theft in which nothing had been stolen; an +invisible prisoner: what could be less satisfactory? + +It was late. M. de Gesvres asked the officials and the two +journalists to stay to lunch. They ate in silence and then M. +Filleul returned to the drawing room, where he questioned the +servants. But the sound of a horse's hoofs came from the courtyard +and, a moment after, the gendarme who had been sent to Dieppe +entered. + +"Well, did you see the hatter?" exclaimed the magistrate, eager at +last to obtain some positive information. + +"I saw M. Maigret. The cap was sold to a cab-driver." + +"A cab-driver!" + +"Yes, a driver who stopped his fly before the shop and asked to be +supplied with a yellow-leather chauffeur's cap for one of his +customers. This was the only one left. He paid for it, without +troubling about the size, and drove off. He was in a great hurry." + +"What sort of fly was it?" + +"A calash." + +"And on what day did this happen?" + +"On what day? Why, to-day, at eight o'clock this morning." + +"This morning? What are you talking about?" + +"The cap was bought this morning." + +"But that's impossible, because it was found last night in the park. +If it was found there, it must have been there; and, consequently, +it must have been bought before." + +"The hatter told me it was bought this morning." + +There was a moment of general bewilderment. The nonplussed +magistrate strove to understand. Suddenly, he started, as though +struck with a gleam of light: + +"Fetch the cabman who brought us here this morning! The man who +drove the calash! Fetch him at once!" + +The sergeant of gendarmes and his subordinate ran off to the +stables. In a few minutes, the sergeant returned alone. + +"Where's the cabman?" + +"He asked for food in the kitchen, ate his lunch and then--" + +"And then--?" + +"He went off." + +"With his fly?" + +"No. Pretending that he wanted to go and see a relation at Ouville, +he borrowed the groom's bicycle. Here are his hat and greatcoat." + +"But did he leave bare-headed?" + +"No, he took a cap from his pocket and put it on." + +"A cap?" + +"Yes, a yellow leather cap, it seems." + +"A yellow leather cap? Why, no, we've got it here!" + +"That's true, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, but his is just like +it." + +The deputy sniggered: + +"Very funny! Most amusing! There are two caps--One, the real one, +which constituted our only piece of evidence, has gone off on the +head of the sham flyman! The other, the false one, is in your hands. +Oh, the fellow has had us nicely!" + +"Catch him! Fetch him back!" cried M. Filleul. "Two of your men on +horseback, Sergeant Quevillon, and at full speed!" + +"He is far away by this time," said the deputy. + +"He can be as far as he pleases, but still we must lay hold of him." + +"I hope so; but I think, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that your +efforts should be concentrated here above all. Would you mind +reading this scrap of paper, which I have just found in the pocket +of the coat?" + +"Which coat?" + +"The driver's." + +And the deputy prosecutor handed M. Filleul a piece of paper, folded +in four, containing these few words written in pencil, in a more or +less common hand: + +"Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the governor!" + +The incident caused a certain stir. + +"A word to the wise!" muttered the deputy. "We are now forewarned." + +"Monsieur le Comte," said the examining magistrate, "I beg you not +to be alarmed. Nor you either, mademoiselle. This threat is of no +importance, as the police are on the spot. We shall take every +precaution and I will answer for your safety. As for you, gentlemen. +I rely on your discretion. You have been present at this inquiry, +thanks to my excessive kindness toward the Press, and it would be +making me an ill return--" + +He interrupted himself, as though an idea had struck him, looked at +the two young men, one after the other, and, going up to the first, +asked: + +"What paper do you represent, sir?" + +"The Journal de Rouen." + +"Have you your credentials?" + +"Here." + +The card was in order. There was no more to be said. M. Filleul +turned to the other reporter: + +"And you, sir?" + +"I?" + +"Yes, you: what paper do you belong to?" + +"Why, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I write for a number of +papers--all over the place--" + +"Your credentials?" + +"I haven't any." + +"Oh! How is that?" + +"For a newspaper to give you a card, you have to be on its regular +staff." + +"Well?" + +"Well, I am only an occasional contributor, a free-lance. I send +articles to this newspaper and that. They are published or declined +according to circumstances." + +"In that case, what is your name? Where are your papers?" + +"My name would tell you nothing. As for papers, I have none." + +"You have no paper of any kind to prove your profession!" + +"I have no profession." + +"But look here, sir," cried the magistrate, with a certain asperity, +"you can't expect to preserve your incognito after introducing +yourself here by a trick and surprising the secrets of the police!" + +"I beg to remark, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that you asked me +nothing when I came in, and that therefore I had nothing to say. +Besides, it never struck me that your inquiry was secret, when +everybody was admitted--including even one of the criminals!" + +He spoke softly, in a tone of infinite politeness. He was quite a +young man, very tall, very slender and dressed without the least +attempt at fashion, in a jacket and trousers both too small for him. +He had a pink face like a girl's, a broad forehead topped with +close-cropped hair, and a scrubby and ill-trimmed fair beard. His +bright eyes gleamed with intelligence. He seemed not in the least +embarrassed and wore a pleasant smile, free from any shade of +banter. + +M. Filleul looked at him with an aggressive air of distrust. The two +gendarmes came forward. The young man exclaimed, gaily: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, you clearly suspect me of being an +accomplice. But, if that were so, would I not have slipped away at +the right moment, following the example of my fellow-criminal?" + +"You might have hoped--" + +"Any hope would have been absurd. A moment's reflection, Monsieur le +Juge d'Instruction, will make you agree with me that, logically +speaking--" + +M. Filleul looked him straight in the eyes and said, sharply: + +"No more jokes! Your name?" + +"Isidore Beautrelet." + +"Your occupation?" + +"Sixth-form pupil at the Lycee Janson-de-Sailly." + +M. Filleul opened a pair of startled eyes. + +"What are you talking about? Sixth-form pupil--" + +"At the Lycee Janson, Rue de la Pompe, number--" + +"Oh, look here," exclaimed M. Filleul, "you're trying to take me in! +This won't do, you know; a joke can go too far!" + +"I must say, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that your astonishment +surprises me. What is there to prevent my being a sixth-form pupil +at the Lycee Janson? My beard, perhaps? Set your mind at ease: my +beard is false!" + +Isidore Beautrelet pulled off the few curls that adorned his chin, +and his beardless face appeared still younger and pinker, a genuine +schoolboy's face. And, with a laugh like a child's, revealing his +white teeth: + +"Are you convinced now?" he asked. "Do you want more proofs? Here, +you can read the address on these letters from my father: 'To +Monsieur Isidore Beautrelet, Indoor Pupil, Lycee Janson-de-Sailly.'" + +Convinced or not, M. Filleul did not look as if he liked the story. +He asked, gruffly: + +"What are you doing here?" + +"Why--I'm--I'm improving my mind." + +"There are schools for that: yours, for instance." + +"You forget, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that this is the +twenty-third of April and that we are in the middle of the Easter +holidays." + +"Well?" + +"Well, I have every right to spend my holidays as I please." + +"Your father--" + +"My father lives at the other end of the country, in Savoy, and he +himself advised me to take a little trip on the North Coast." + +"With a false beard?" + +"Oh, no! That's my own idea. At school, we talk a great deal about +mysterious adventures; we read detective stories, in which people +disguise themselves; we imagine any amount of terrible and intricate +cases. So I thought I would amuse myself; and I put on this false +beard. Besides, I enjoyed the advantage of being taken seriously and +I pretended to be a Paris reporter. That is how, last night, after +an uneventful period of more than a week, I had the pleasure of +making the acquaintance of my Rouen colleague; and, this morning, +when he heard of the Ambrumesy murder, he very kindly suggested that +I should come with him and that we should share the cost of a fly." + +Isidore Beautrelet said all this with a frank and artless simplicity +of which it was impossible not to feel the charm. M. Filleul +himself, though maintaining a distrustful reserve, took a certain +pleasure in listening to him. He asked him, in a less peevish tone: + +"And are you satisfied with your expedition?" + +"Delighted! All the more as I had never been present at a case of +the sort and I find that this one is not lacking in interest." + +"Nor in that mysterious intricacy which you prize so highly--" + +"And which is so stimulating, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction! I know +nothing more exciting than to see all the facts coming up out of the +shadow, clustering together, so to speak, and gradually forming the +probable truth." + +"The probable truth! You go pretty fast, young man! Do you suggest +that you have your little solution of the riddle ready?" + +"Oh, no!" replied Beautrelet, with a laugh. + +"Only--it seems to me that there are certain points on which it is +not impossible to form an opinion; and others, even, are so precise +as to warrant--a conclusion." + +"Oh, but this is becoming very curious and I shall get to know +something at last! For I confess, to my great confusion, that I know +nothing." + +"That is because you have not had time to reflect, Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction. The great thing is to reflect. Facts very seldom fail +to carry their own explanation!" + +"And, according to you, the facts which we have just ascertained +carry their own explanation?" + +"Don't you think so yourself? In any case, I have ascertained none +besides those which are set down in the official report." + +"Good! So that, if I were to ask you which were the objects stolen +from this room--" + +"I should answer that I know." + +"Bravo! My gentleman knows more about it than the owner himself. M. +de Gesvres has everything accounted for: M. Isidore Beautrelet has +not. He misses a bookcase in three sections and a life-size statue +which nobody ever noticed. And, if I asked you the name of the +murderer?" + +"I should again answer that I know it." + +All present gave a start. The deputy and the journalist drew nearer. +M. de Gesvres and the two girls, impressed by Beautrelet's tranquil +assurance, listened attentively. + +"You know the murderer's name?" + +"Yes." + +"And the place where he is concealed, perhaps?" + +"Yes." + +M. Filleul rubbed his hands. + +"What a piece of luck! This capture will do honor to my career. And +can you make me these startling revelations now?" + +"Yes, now--or rather, if you do not mind, in an hour or two, when I +shall have assisted at your inquiry to the end." + +"No, no, young man, here and now, please." At that moment Raymonde +de Saint-Veran, who had not taken her eyes from Isidore Beautrelet +since the beginning of this scene, came up to M. Filleul: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction--" + +"Yes, mademoiselle?" + +She hesitated for two or three seconds, with her eyes fixed on +Beautrelet, and then, addressing M. Filleul: + +"I should like you to ask monsieur the reason why he was walking +yesterday in the sunk road which leads up to the little door." + +It was an unexpected and dramatic stroke. Isidore Beautrelet +appeared nonplussed: + +"I, mademoiselle? I? You saw me yesterday?" + +Raymonde remained thoughtful, with her eyes upon Beautrelet, as +though she were trying to settle her own conviction, and then said, +in a steady voice: + +"At four o'clock in the afternoon, as I was crossing the wood, I met +in the sunk road a young man of monsieur's height, dressed like him +and wearing a beard cut in the same way--and I received a very clear +impression that he was trying to hide." + +"And it was I?" + +"I could not say that as an absolute certainty, for my recollection +is a little vague. Still--still, I think so--if not, it would be an +unusual resemblance--" + +M. Filleul was perplexed. Already taken in by one of the +confederates, was he now going to let himself be tricked by this +self-styled schoolboy? Certainly, the young man's manner spoke in +his favor; but one can never tell! + +"What have you to say, sir?" + +"That mademoiselle is mistaken, as I can easily show you with one +word. Yesterday, at the time stated, I was at Veules." + +"You will have to prove it, you will have to. In any case, the +position is not what it was. Sergeant, one of your men will keep +monsieur company." + +Isidore Beautrelet's face denoted a keen vexation. + +"Will it be for long?" + +"Long enough to collect the necessary information." + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I beseech you to collect it with +all possible speed and discretion." + +"Why?" + +"My father is an old man. We are very much attached to each other-- +and I would not have him suffer on my account." + +The more or less pathetic note in his voice made a bad impression on +M. Filleul. It suggested a scene in a melodrama. Nevertheless, he +promised: + +"This evening--or to-morrow at latest, I shall know what to think." + +The afternoon was wearing on. The examining magistrate returned to +the ruins of the cloisters, after giving orders that no unauthorized +persons were to be admitted, and patiently, methodically, dividing +the ground into lots which were successively explored, himself +directed the search. But at the end of the day he was no farther +than at the start; and he declared, before an army of reporters who, +during that time, had invaded the chateau: + +"Gentlemen, everything leads us to suppose that the wounded man is +here, within our reach; everything, that is, except the reality, the +fact. Therefore, in our humble opinion, he must have escaped and we +shall find him outside." + +By way of precaution, however, he arranged, with the sergeant of +gendarmes, for a complete watch to be kept over the park and, after +making a fresh examination of the two drawing rooms, visiting the +whole of the chateau and surrounding himself with all the necessary +information, he took the road back to Dieppe, accompanied by the +deputy prosecutor. + + * * * * * + +Night fell. As the boudoir was to remain locked, Jean Daval's body +had been moved to another room. Two women from the neighborhood sat +up with it, assisted by Suzanne and Raymonde. Downstairs, young +Isidore Beautrelet slept on the bench in the old oratory, under the +watchful eye of the village policeman, who had been attached to his +person. Outside, the gendarmes, the farmer and a dozen peasants had +taken up their position among the ruins and along the walls. + +All was still until eleven o'clock; but, at ten minutes past eleven, +a shot echoed from the other side of the house. + +"Attention!" roared the sergeant. "Two men remain here: you, +Fossier--and you, Lecanu--The others at the double!" + +They all rushed forward and ran round the house on the left. A +figure was seen to make away in the dark. Then, suddenly, a second +shot drew them farther on, almost to the borders of the farm. And, +all at once, as they arrived, in a band, at the hedge which lines +the orchard, a flame burst out, to the right of the farmhouse, and +other names also rose in a thick column. It was a barn burning, +stuffed to the ridge with straw. + +"The scoundrels!" shouted the sergeant. "They've set fire to it. +Have at them, lads! They can't be far away!" + +But the wind was turning the flames toward the main building; and it +became necessary, before all things, to ward off the danger. They +all exerted themselves with the greater ardor inasmuch as M. de +Gesvres, hurrying to the scene of the disaster, encouraged them with +the promise of a reward. By the time that they had mastered the +flames, it was two o'clock in the morning. All pursuit would have +been vain. + +"We'll look into it by daylight," said the sergeant. "They are sure +to have left traces: we shall find them." + +"And I shall not be sorry," added M. de Gesvres, "to learn the +reason of this attack. To set fire to trusses of straw strikes me as +a very useless proceeding." + +"Come with me, Monsieur le Comte: I may be able to tell you the +reason." + +Together they reached the ruins of the cloisters. The sergeant +called out: + +"Lecanu!--Fossier!" + +The other gendarmes were already hunting for their comrades whom +they had left standing sentry. They ended by finding them at a few +paces from the little door. The two men were lying full length on +the ground, bound and gagged, with bandages over their eyes. + +"Monsieur le Comte," muttered the sergeant, while his men were being +released; "Monsieur le Comte, we have been tricked like children." + +"How so?" + +"The shots--the attack on the barn--the fire--all so much humbug to +get us down there--a diversion. During that time they were tying up +our two men and the business was done." + +"What business?" + +"Carrying off the wounded man, of course!" + +"You don't mean to say you think--?" + +"Think? Why, it's as plain as a pikestaff! The idea came to me ten +minutes ago--but I'm a fool not to have thought of it earlier. We +should have nabbed them all." Quevillon stamped his foot on the +ground, with a sudden attack of rage. "But where, confound it, where +did they go through? Which way did they carry him off? For, dash it +all, we beat the ground all day; and a man can't hide in a tuft of +grass, especially when he's wounded! It's witchcraft, that's what it +is!--" + +Nor was this the last surprise awaiting Sergeant Quevillon. At dawn, +when they entered the oratory which had been used as a cell for +young Isidore Beautrelet, they realized that young Isidore +Beautrelet had vanished. + +On a chair slept the village policeman, bent in two. By his side +stood a water-bottle and two tumblers. At the bottom of one of those +tumblers a few grains of white powder. + +On examination, it was proved, first, that young Isidore Beautrelet +had administered a sleeping draught to the village policeman; +secondly, that he could only have escaped by a window situated at a +height of seven or eight feet in the wall; and lastly--a charming +detail, this--that he could only have reached this window by using +the back of his warder as a footstool. + + + + +CHAPTER TWO + +ISIDORE BEAUTRELET, SIXTH-FORM SCHOOLBOY + + +From the Grand Journal. + +LATEST NEWS + +DOCTOR DELATTRE KIDNAPPED +A MAD PIECE OF CRIMINAL DARING + +At the moment of going to press, we have received an item of news +which we dare not guarantee as authentic, because of its very +improbable character. We print it, therefore, with all reserve. + +Yesterday evening, Dr. Delattre, the well-known surgeon, was +present, with his wife and daughter, at the performance of Hernani +at the Comedie Francaise. At the commencement of the third act, that +is to say, at about ten o'clock, the door of his box opened and a +gentleman, accompanied by two others, leaned over to the doctor and +said to him, in a low voice, but loud enough for Mme. Delattre to +hear: + +"Doctor, I have a very painful task to fulfil and I shall be very +grateful to you if you will make it as easy for me as you can." + +"Who are you, sir?" + +"M. Thezard, commissary of police of the first district; and my +instructions are to take you to M. Dudouis, at the prefecture." + +"But--" + +"Not a word, doctor, I entreat you, not a movement--There is some +regrettable mistake; and that is why we must act in silence and not +attract anybody's attention. You will be back, I have no doubt, +before the end of the performance." + +The doctor rose and went with the commissary. At the end of the +performance, he had not returned. Mme. Delattre, greatly alarmed, +drove to the office of the commissary of police. There she found the +real M. Thezard and discovered, to her great terror, that the +individual who had carried off her husband was an impostor. + +Inquiries made so far have revealed the fact that the doctor stepped +into a motor car and that the car drove off in the direction of the +Concorde. + +Readers will find further details of this incredible adventure in +our second edition. + + * * * * * + +Incredible though it might be, the adventure was perfectly true. +Besides, the issue was not long delayed and the Grand Journal, while +confirming the story in its midday edition, described in a few lines +the dramatic ending with which it concluded: + +THE STORY ENDS + +AND + +GUESS-WORK BEGINS + +Dr. Delattre was brought back to 78, Rue Duret, at nine o'clock this +morning, in a motor car which drove away immediately at full speed. + +No. 78, Rue Duret, is the address of Dr. Delattre's clinical +surgery, at which he arrives every morning at the same hour. When we +sent in our card, the doctor, though closeted with the chief of the +detective service, was good enough to consent to receive us. + +"All that I can tell you," he said, in reply to our questions, "is +that I was treated with the greatest consideration. My three +companions were the most charming people I have ever met, +exquisitely well-mannered and bright and witty talkers: a quality +not to be despised, in view of the length of the journey." + +"How long did it take?" + +"About four hours and as long returning." + +"And what was the object of the journey?" + +"I was taken to see a patient whose condition rendered an immediate +operation necessary." + +"And was the operation successful?" + +"Yes, but the consequences may be dangerous. I would answer for the +patient here. Down there--under his present conditions--" + +"Bad conditions?" + +"Execrable!--A room in an inn--and the practically absolute +impossibility of being attended to." + +"Then what can save him?" + +"A miracle--and his constitution, which is an exceptionally strong +one." + +"And can you say nothing more about this strange patient?" + +"No. In the first place, I have taken an oath; and, secondly, I have +received a present of ten thousand francs for my free surgery. If I +do not keep silence, this sum will be taken from me." + +"You are joking! Do you believe that?" + +"Indeed I do. The men all struck me as being very much in earnest." + +This is the statement made to us by Dr. Delattre. And we know, on +the other hand, that the head of the detective service, in spite of +all his insisting, has not yet succeeded in extracting any more +precise particulars from him as to the operation which he performed, +the patient whom he attended or the district traversed by the car. +It is difficult, therefore, to arrive at the truth. + + * * * * * + +This truth, which the writer of the interview confessed himself +unable to discover, was guessed by the more or less clear-sighted +minds that perceived a connection with the facts which had occurred +the day before at the Chateau d'Ambrumesy, and which were reported, +down to the smallest detail, in all the newspapers of that day. +There was evidently a coincidence to be reckoned with in the +disappearance of a wounded burglar and the kidnapping of a famous +surgeon. + +The judicial inquiry, moreover, proved the correctness of the +hypothesis. By following the track of the sham flyman, who had fled +on a bicycle, they were able to show that he had reached the forest +of Arques, at some ten miles' distance, and that from there, after +throwing his bicycle into a ditch, he had gone to the village of +Saint-Nicolas, whence he had dispatched the following telegram: + + + A. L. N., Post-office 45, Paris. + + Situation desperate. Operation urgently necessary. + Send celebrity by national road fourteen. + + +The evidence was undeniable. Once apprised the accomplices in Paris +hastened to make their arrangements. At ten o'clock in the evening +they sent their celebrity by National Road No. 14, which skirts the +forest of Arques and ends at Dieppe. During this time, under cover +of the fire which they themselves had caused, the gang of burglars +carried off their leader and moved him to an inn, where the +operation took place on the arrival of the surgeon, at two o'clock +in the morning. + +About that there was no doubt. At Pontoise, at Gournay, at Forges, +Chief-inspector Ganimard, who was sent specially from Paris, with +Inspector Folenfant, as his assistant, ascertained that a motor car +had passed in the course of the previous night. The same on the road +from Dieppe to Ambrumesy. And, though the traces of the car were +lost at about a mile and a half from the chateau, at least a number +of footmarks were seen between the little door in the park wall and +the abbey ruins. Besides, Ganimard remarked that the lock of the +little door had been forced. + +So all was explained. It remained to decide which inn the doctor had +spoken of: an easy piece of work for a Ganimard, a professional +ferret, a patient old stager of the police. The number of inns is +limited and this one, given the condition of the wounded man, could +only be one quite close to Ambrumesy. Ganimard and Sergeant +Quevillon set to work. Within a circle of five hundred yards, of a +thousand yards, of fifteen hundred yards, they visited and ransacked +everything that could pass for an inn. But, against all expectation, +the dying man persisted in remaining invisible. + +Ganimard became more resolved than ever. He came back to sleep at +the chateau, on the Saturday night, with the intention of making his +personal inquiry on the Sunday. On Sunday morning, he learned that, +during the night, a posse of gendarmes had seen a figure gliding +along the sunk road, outside the wall. Was it an accomplice who had +come back to investigate? Were they to suppose that the leader of +the gang had not left the cloisters or the neighborhood of the +cloisters? + +That night, Ganimard openly sent the squad of gendarmes to the farm +and posted himself and Folenfant outside the walls, near the little +door. + +A little before midnight, a person passed out of the wood, slipped +between them, went through the door and entered the park. For three +hours, they saw him wander from side to side across the ruins, +stooping, climbing up the old pillars, sometimes remaining for long +minutes without moving. Then he went back to the door and again +passed between the two inspectors. + +Ganimard caught him by the collar, while Folenfant seized him round +the body. He made no resistance of any kind and, with the greatest +docility, allowed them to bind his wrists and take him to the house. +But, when they attempted to question him, he replied simply that he +owed them no account of his doings and that he would wait for the +arrival of the examining magistrate. Thereupon, they fastened him +firmly to the foot of a bed, in one of the two adjoining rooms which +they occupied. + +At nine o'clock on Monday morning, as soon as M. Filleul had +arrived, Ganimard announced the capture which he had made. The +prisoner was brought downstairs. It was Isidore Beautrelet. + +"M. Isidore Beautrelet!" exclaimed M. Filleul with an air of +rapture, holding out both his hands to the newcomer. "What a +delightful surprise! Our excellent amateur detective here! And at +our disposal too! Why, it's a windfall!--M. Chief-inspector, allow +me to introduce to you M. Isidore Beautrelet, a sixth-form pupil at +the Lycee Janson-de-Sailly." + +Ganimard seemed a little nonplussed. Isidore made him a very low +bow, as though he were greeting a colleague whom he knew how to +esteem at his true value, and, turning to M. Filleul: + +"It appears, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that you have received +a satisfactory account of me?" + +"Perfectly satisfactory! To begin with, you were really at Veules- +les-Roses at the time when Mlle. de Saint-Veran thought she saw you +in the sunk road. I dare say we shall discover the identity of your +double. In the second place, you are in very deed Isidore +Beautrelet, a sixth-form pupil and, what is more, an excellent +pupil, industrious at your work and of exemplary behavior. As your +father lives in the country, you go out once a month to his +correspondent, M. Bernod, who is lavish in his praises of you." + +"So that--" + +"So that you are free, M. Isidore Beautrelet." + +"Absolutely free?" + +"Absolutely. Oh, I must make just one little condition, all the +same. You can understand that I can't release a gentleman who +administers sleeping-draughts, who escapes by the window and who is +afterward caught in the act of trespassing upon private property. I +can't release him without a compensation of some kind." + +"I await your pleasure." + +"Well, we will resume our interrupted conversation and you shall +tell me how far you have advanced with your investigations. In two +days of liberty, you must have carried them pretty far?" And, as +Ganimard was preparing to go, with an affectation of contempt for +that sort of practice, the magistrate cried, "Not at all, M. +Inspector, your place is here--I assure you that M. Isidore +Beautrelet is worth listening to. M. Isidore Beautrelet, according +to my information, has made a great reputation at the Lycee Janson- +de-Sailly as an observer whom nothing escapes; and his +schoolfellows, I hear, look upon him as your competitor and a rival +of Holmlock Shears!" + +"Indeed!" said Ganimard, ironically. + +"Just so. One of them wrote to me, 'If Beautrelet declares that he +knows, you must believe him; and, whatever he says, you may be sure +that it is the exact expression of the truth.' M. Isidore +Beautrelet, now or never is the time to vindicate the confidence of +your friends. I beseech you, give us the exact expression of the +truth." + +Isidore listened with a smile and replied: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, you are very cruel. You make fun of +poor schoolboys who amuse themselves as best they can. You are quite +right, however, and I will give you no further reason to laugh at +me." + +"The fact is that you know nothing, M. Isidore Beautrelet." + +"Yes, I confess in all humility that I know nothing. For I do not +call it 'knowing anything' that I happen to have hit upon two or +three more precise points which, I am sure, cannot have escaped +you." + +"For instance?" + +"For instance, the object of the theft." + +"Ah, of course, you know the object of the theft?" + +"As you do, I have no doubt. In fact, it was the first thing I +studied, because the task struck me as easier." + +"Easier, really?" + +"Why, of course. At the most, it's a question of reasoning." + +"Nothing more than that?" + +"Nothing more." + +"And what is your reasoning?" + +"It is just this, stripped of all extraneous comment: on the one +hand, THERE HAS BEEN A THEFT, because the two young ladies are +agreed and because they really saw two men running away and carrying +things with them." + +"There has been a theft." + +"On the other hand, NOTHING HAS DISAPPEARED, because M. de Gesvres +says so and he is in a better position than anybody to know." + +"Nothing has disappeared." + +"From those two premises I arrive at this inevitable result: granted +that there has been a theft and that nothing has disappeared, it is +because the object carried off has been replaced by an exactly +similar object. Let me hasten to add that possibly my argument may +not be confirmed by the facts. But I maintain that it is the first +argument that ought to occur to us and that we are not entitled to +waive it until we have made a serious examination." + +"That's true--that's true," muttered the magistrate, who was +obviously interested. + +"Now," continued Isidore, "what was there in this room that could +arouse the covetousness of the burglars? Two things. The tapestry +first. It can't have been that. Old tapestry cannot be imitated: the +fraud would have been palpable at once. There remain the four Rubens +pictures." + +"What's that you say?" + +"I say that the four Rubenses on that wall are false." + +"Impossible!" + +"They are false a priori, inevitably and without a doubt." + +"I tell you, it's impossible." + +"It is very nearly a year ago, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, since +a young man, who gave his name as Charpenais, came to the Chateau +d'Ambrumesy and asked permission to copy the Rubens pictures. M. de +Gesvres gave him permission. Every day for five months Charpenais +worked in this room from morning till dusk. The copies which he +made, canvases and frames, have taken the place of the four original +pictures bequeathed to M. de Gesvres by his uncle, the Marques de +Bobadilla." + +"Prove it!" + +"I have no proof to give. A picture is false because it is false; +and I consider that it is not even necessary to examine these four." + +M. Filleul and Ganimard exchanged glances of unconcealed +astonishment. The inspector no longer thought of withdrawing. At +last, the magistrate muttered: + +"We must have M. de Gesvres's opinion." + +And Ganimard agreed: + +"Yes, we must have his opinion." + +And they sent to beg the count to come to the drawing room. + +The young sixth-form pupil had won a real victory. To compel two +experts, two professionals like M. Filleul and Ganimard to take +account of his surmises implied a testimony of respect of which any +other would have been proud. But Beautrelet seemed not to feel those +little satisfactions of self-conceit and, still smiling without the +least trace of irony, he placidly waited. + +M. de Gesvres entered the room. + +"Monsieur le Comte," said the magistrate, "the result of our inquiry +has brought us face to face with an utterly unexpected contingency, +which we submit to you with all reserve. It is possible--I say that +it is possible--that the burglars, when breaking into the house, had +it as their object to steal your four pictures by Rubens--or, at +least, to replace them by four copies--copies which are said to have +been made last year by a painter called Charpenais. Would you be so +good as to examine the pictures and to tell us if you recognize them +as genuine?" + +The count appeared to suppress a movement of annoyance, looked at +Isidore Beautrelet and at M. Filleul and replied, without even +troubling to go near the pictures: + +"I hoped, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that the truth might have +remained unknown. As this is not so, I have no hesitation in +declaring that the four pictures are false." + +"You knew it, then?" + +"From the beginning." + +"Why didn't you say so?" + +"The owner of a work is never in a hurry to declare that that work +is not--or, rather, is no longer genuine." + +"Still, it was the only means of recovering them." + +"I consider that there was another and a better." + +"Which was that?" + +"Not to make the secret known, not to frighten my burglars and to +offer to buy back the pictures, which they must find more or less +difficult to dispose of." + +"How would you communicate with them?" + +As the count did not reply, Isidore answered for him: + +"By means of an advertisement in the papers. The paragraph inserted +in the agony column of the Journal, the Echo de Paris and the Matin +runs, 'Am prepared to buy back the pictures.'" + +The count agreed with a nod. Once again, the young man was teaching +his elders. M. Filleul showed himself a good sportsman. + +"There's no doubt about it, my dear sir," he exclaimed. "I'm +beginning to think your school-fellows were not quite wrong. By +Jove, what an eye! What intuition! If this goes on, there will be +nothing left for M. Ganimard and me to do." + +"Oh, none of this part was so very complicated!" + +"You mean to say that the rest was more so I remember, in fact, +that, when we first met you seemed to know all about it. Let me see, +a far as I recollect, you said that you knew the name of the +murderer." + +"So I do." + +"Well, then, who killed Jean Daval? Is the man alive? Where is he +hiding?" + +"There is a misunderstanding between us, Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction, or, rather, you have misunderstood the facts from the +beginning The murderer and the runaway are two distinct persons." + +"What's that?" exclaimed M. Filleul. "The man whom M. de Gesvres saw +in the boudoir and struggled with, the man whom the young ladies saw +in the drawing-room and whom Mlle. de Saint-Veran shot at, the man +who fell in the park and whom we are looking for: do you suggest +that he is not the man who killed Jean Daval?" + +"I do." + +"Have you discovered the traces of a third accomplice who +disappeared before the arrival of the young ladies?" + +"I have not." + +"In that case, I don't understand.--Well, who is the murderer of +Jean Daval?" + +"Jean Daval was killed by--" + +Beautrelet interrupted himself, thought for a moment and continued: + +"But I must first show you the road which I followed to arrive at +the certainty and the very reasons of the murder--without which my +accusation would seem monstrous to you.--And it is not--no, it is +not monstrous at all.--There is one detail which has passed +unobserved and which, nevertheless, is of the greatest importance; +and that is that Jean Daval, at the moment when he was stabbed, had +all his clothes on, including his walking boots, was dressed, in +short, as a man is dressed in the middle of the day, with a +waistcoat, collar, tie and braces. Now the crime was committed at +four o'clock in the morning." + +"I reflected on that strange fact," said the magistrate, "and M. de +Gesvres replied that Jean Daval spent a part of his nights in +working." + +"The servants say, on the contrary, that he went to bed regularly at +a very early hour. But, admitting that he was up, why did he +disarrange his bedclothes, to make believe that he had gone to bed? +And, if he was in bed, why, when he heard a noise, did he take the +trouble to dress himself from head to foot, instead of slipping on +anything that came to hand? I went to his room on the first day, +while you were at lunch: his slippers were at the foot of the bed. +What prevented him from putting them on rather than his heavy nailed +boots?" + +"So far, I do not see--" + +"So far, in fact, you cannot see anything, except anomalies. They +appeared much more suspicious to me, however, when I learned that +Charpenais the painter, the man who copied the Rubens pictures, had +been introduced and recommended to the Comte de Gesvres by Jean +Daval himself." + +"Well?" + +"Well, from that to the conclusion that Jean Daval and Charpenais +were accomplices required but a step. I took that step at the time +of our conversation." + +"A little quickly, I think." + +"As a matter of fact, a material proof was wanted. Now I had +discovered in Daval's room, on one of the sheets of the blotting-pad +on which he used to write, this address: 'Monsieur A.L.N., Post- +office 45, Paris.' You will find it there still, traced the reverse +way on the blotting-paper. The next day, it was discovered that the +telegram sent by the sham flyman from Saint-Nicolas bore the same +address: 'A.L.N., Post-office 45.' The material proof existed: Jean +Daval was in correspondence with the gang which arranged the robbery +of the pictures." + +M. Filleul raised no objection. + +"Agreed. The complicity is established. And what conclusion do you +draw?" + +"This, first of all, that it was not the runaway who killed Jean +Daval, because Jean Daval was his accomplice." + +"And after that?" + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I will ask you to remember the +first sentence uttered by Monsieur le Comte when he recovered from +fainting. The sentence forms part of Mlle. de Gesvres' evidence and +is in the official report: 'I am not wounded.--Daval?--Is he alive?-- +The knife?' And I will ask you to compare it with that part of his +story, also in the report, in which Monsieur le Comte describes the +assault: 'The man leaped at me and felled me with a blow on the +temple!' How could M. de Gesvres, who had fainted, know, on waking, +that Daval had been stabbed with a knife?" + +Isidore Beautrelet did not wait for an answer to his question. It +seemed as though he were in a hurry to give the answer himself and +to avoid all comment. He continued straightway: + +"Therefore it was Jean Daval who brought the three burglars to the +drawing room. While he was there with the one whom they call their +chief, a noise was heard in the boudoir. Daval opened the door. +Recognizing M. de Gesvres, he rushed at him, armed with the knife. +M. de Gesvres succeeded in snatching the knife from him, struck him +with it and himself fell, on receiving a blow from the man whom the +two girls were to see a few minutes after." + +Once again, M. Filleul and the inspector exchanged glances. Ganimard +tossed his head in a disconcerted way. The magistrate said: + +"Monsieur le Comte, am I to believe that this version is correct?" + +M. de Gesvres made no answer. + +"Come, Monsieur le Comte, your silence would us to suppose--I beg +you to speak." + +Replying in a very clear voice, M. de Gesvres said: + +"The version is correct in every particular." + +The magistrate gave a start. + +"Then I cannot understand why you misled the police. Why conceal an +act which you were lawfully entitled to commit in defense of your +life?" + +"For twenty years," said M. de Gesvres, "Daval worked by my side. I +trusted him. If he betrayed me, as the result of some temptation or +other, I was, at least, unwilling, for the sake of the past, that +his treachery should become known." + +"You were unwilling, I agree, but you had no right to be." + +"I am not of your opinion, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. As long +as no innocent person was accused of the crime, I was absolutely +entitled to refrain from accusing the man who was at the same time +the culprit and the victim. He is dead. I consider death a +sufficient punishment." + +"But now, Monsieur le Comte, now that the truth is known, you can +speak." + +"Yes. Here are two rough drafts of letters written by him to his +accomplices. I took them from his pocket-book, a few minutes after +his death." + +"And the motive of his theft?" + +"Go to 18, Rue de la Barre, at Dieppe, which is the address of a +certain Mme. Verdier. It was for this woman, whom he got to know two +years ago, and to supply her constant need of money that Daval +turned thief." + +So everything was cleared up. The tragedy rose out of the darkness +and gradually appeared in its true light. + +"Let us go on," said M. Filluel after the count had withdrawn. + +"Upon my word," said Beautrelet, gaily, "I have said almost all that +I had to say." + +"But the runaway, the wounded man?" + +"As to that, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, you know as much as I +do. You have followed his tracks in the grass by the cloisters--you +have--" + +"Yes, yes, I know. But, since then, his friends have removed him and +what I want is a clue or two as regards that inn--" + +Isidore Beautrelet burst out laughing: + +"The inn! The inn does not exist! It's an invention, a trick to put +the police on the wrong scent, an ingenious trick, too, for it seems +to have succeeded." + +"But Dr. Delattre declares--" + +"Ah, that's just it!" cried Beautrelet, in a tone of conviction. "It +is just because Dr. Delattre declares that we mustn't believe him. +Why, Dr. Delattre refused to give any but the vaguest details +concerning his adventure! He refused to say anything that might +compromise his patient's safety!--And suddenly he calls attention to +an inn!--You may be sure that he talked about that inn because he +was told to. You may be sure that the whole story which he dished up +to us was dictated to him under the threat of terrible reprisals. +The doctor has a wife. The doctor has a daughter. He is too fond of +them to disobey people of whose formidable power he has seen proofs. +And that is why he has assisted your efforts by supplying the most +precise clues." + +"So precise that the inn is nowhere to be found." + +"So precise that you have never ceased looking for it, in the face +of all probability, and that your eyes have been turned away from +the only spot where the man can be, the mysterious spot which he has +not left, which he has been unable to leave ever since the moment +when, wounded by Mlle. de Saint-Veran, he succeeded in dragging +himself to it, like a beast to its lair." + +"But where, confound it all?--In what corner of Hades--?" + +"In the ruins of the old abbey." + +"But there are no ruins left!--A few bits of wall!--A few broken +columns!" + +"That's where he's gone to earth. Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction!" +shouted Beautrelet. "That's where you will have to look for him! +It's there and nowhere else that you will find Arsene Lupin!" + +"Arsene Lupin!" yelled M. Filleul, springing to his feet. + +There was a rather solemn pause, amid which the syllables of the +famous name seemed to prolong their sound. Was it possible that the +vanquished and yet invisible adversary, whom they had been hunting +in vain for several days, could really be Arsene Lupin? Arsene +Lupin, caught in a trap, arrested, meant immediate promotion, +fortune, glory to any examining magistrate! + +Ganimard had not moved a limb. Isidore said to him: + +"You agree with me, do you not, M. Inspector?" + +"Of course I do!" + +"You have not doubted either, for a moment have you, that he managed +this business?" + +"Not for a second! The thing bears his signature. A move of Arsene +Lupin's is as different from a move made by another man as one face +is from another. You have only to open your eyes." + +"Do you think so? Do you think so?" said M. Filleul. + +"Think so!" cried the young man. "Look, here's one little fact: what +are the initials under which those men correspond among themselves? +'A. L. N.,' that is to say, the first letter of the name Arsene and +the first and last letters of the name Lupin." + +"Ah," said Ganimard, "nothing escapes you! Upon my word, you're a +fine fellow and old Ganimard lays down his arms before you!" + +Beautrelet flushed with pleasure and pressed the hand which the +chief-inspector held out to him. The three men had drawn near the +balcony and their eyes now took in the extent of the ruins. M. +Filleul muttered: + +"So he ought to be there." + +"HE IS THERE," said Beautrelet, in a hollow voice. "He has been +there ever since the moment when he fell. Logically and practically, +he could not escape without being seen by Mlle. de Saint-Veran and +the two servants." + +"What proof have you?" + +"His accomplices have furnished the proof. On the very morning, one +of them disguised himself as a flyman and drove you here--" + +"To recover the cap, which would serve to identify him." + +"Very well, but also and more particularly to examine the spot, find +out and see for himself what had become of the 'governor.'" + +"And did he find out?" + +"I presume so, as he knew the hiding-place. And I presume that he +became aware of the desperate condition of his chief, because, under +the impulse of his alarm, he committed the imprudence to write that +threat: 'Woe betide the young lady, if she has killed the +governor!'" + +"But his friends were able to take him away afterward?" + +"When? Your men have never left the ruins. And where could they have +moved him to? At most, a few hundred yards away, for one doesn't let +a dying man travel--and then you would have found him. No, I tell +you, he is there. His friends would never have removed him from the +safest of hiding-places. It was there that they brought the doctor, +while the gendarmes were running to the fire like children." + +"But how is he living? How will he keep alive? To keep alive you +need food and drink." + +"I can't say. I don't know. But he is there, I will swear it. He is +there, because he can't help being there. I am as sure of it as if I +saw as if I touched him. He is there." + +With his finger outstretched toward the ruins, he traced in the air +a little circle which became smaller and smaller until it was only a +point. And that point his two companions sought desperately, both +leaning into space, both moved by the same faith in Beautrelet and +quivering with the ardent conviction which he had forced upon them. +Yes, Arsene Lupin was there. In theory and in fact, he was there: +neither of them was now able to doubt it. + +And there was something impressive and tragic in knowing that the +famous adventurer was lying in some dark shelter, below the ground, +helpless, feverish and exhausted. + +"And if he dies?" asked M. Filleul, in a low voice. + +"If he dies," said Beautrelet, "and if his accomplices are sure of +it, then see to the safety of Mlle. de Saint-Veran. Monsieur le Juge +d'Instruction, for the vengeance will be terrible." + + * * * * * + +A few minutes later and in spite of the entreaties of M. Filleul, +who would gladly have made further use of this fascinating +auxiliary, Isidore Beautrelet, whose holidays ended that day, went +off by the Dieppe Road. He stepped from the train in Paris at five +o'clock and, at eight o'clock, returned to the Lycee Janson together +with his schoolfellows. + +Ganimard, after a minute, but utterly useless exploration of the +ruins of Ambrumesy, returned to Paris by the fast night-train. On +reaching his apartment in the Rue Pergolese, he found an express +letter awaiting him: + + * * * * * + +Monsieur l'Inspecteur Principal: + +Finding that I had a little time to spare at the end of the day, I +have succeeded in collecting a few additional particulars which are +sure to interest you. + +Arsene Lupin has been living in Paris for twelve months under the +name of Etienne de Vaudreix. It is a name which you will often come +across in the society notes or the sporting columns of the +newspapers. He is a great traveler and is absent for long periods, +during which, by his own account, he goes hunting tigers in Bengal +or blue foxes in Siberia. He is supposed to be in business of some +kind, although nobody is able to say for certain what his business +is. + +His present address is 38, Rue Marbeuf; and I will call your +attention to the fact that the Rue Marbeuf is close to Post-office +Number 45. Since Thursday the twenty-third of April, the day before +the burglary at Ambrumesy, there has been no news at all of Etienne +de Vaudreix. + +With very many thanks for the kindness which you have shown me, +believe me to be, + Monsieur l'Inspecteur Principal, + Yours sincerely, + ISIDORE BEAUTRELET. + +P.S.--Please on no account think that it cost me any great trouble +to obtain this information. On the very morning of the crime, while +M. Filleul was pursuing his examination before a few privileged +persons, I had the fortunate inspiration to glance at the runaway's +cap, before the sham flyman came to change it. The hatter's name was +enough, as you may imagine, to enable me to find the clue that led +to the identification of the purchaser and his address. + + * * * * * + +The next morning, Ganimard called at 36, Rue Marbeuf. After +questioning the concierge, he made him open the door of the ground- +floor flat on the right, a very comfortable apartment, elegantly +furnished, in which, however, he discovered nothing beyond some +cinders in the fireplace. Two friends had come, four days earlier, +to burn all compromising papers. + +But, just as he was leaving, Ganimard passed the postman, who was +bringing a letter for M. de Vaudreix. That afternoon, the public +prosecutor was informed of the case and ordered the letter to be +given up. It bore an American postmark and contained the following +lines, in English: + + * * * * * + +DEAR SIR: + +I write to confirm the answer which I gave your representative. As +soon as you have M. de Gesvres's four pictures in your possession, +you can forward them as arranged. + +You may add the rest, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt. + +An unexpected business requires my presence in Europe and I shall +reach Paris at the same time as this letter. You will find me at the +Grand Hotel. + +Yours faithfully, + +EPHRAIM B. HARLINGTON. + + * * * * * + +That same day, Ganimard applied for a warrant and took Mr. E. B. +Harlington, an American citizen, to the police-station, on a charge +of receiving and conspiracy. + + * * * * * + +Thus, within the space of twenty-four hours, all the threads of the +plot had been unraveled, thanks to the really unforeseen clues +supplied by a schoolboy of seventeen. In twenty-four hours, what had +seemed inexplicable became simple and clear. In twenty-four hours, +the scheme devised by the accomplices to save their leader was +baffled; the capture of Arsene Lupin, wounded and dying, was no +longer in doubt, his gang was disorganized, the address of his +establishment in Paris and the name which he assumed were known and, +for the first time, one of his cleverest and most carefully +elaborated feats was seen through before he had been able to ensure +its complete execution. + +An immense clamor of astonishment, admiration and curiosity arose +among the public. Already, the Rouen journalist, in a very able +article, had described the first examination of the sixth-form +pupil, laying stress upon his personal charm, his simplicity of +manner and his quiet assurance. The indiscretions of Ganimard and M. +Filleul, indiscretions to which they yielded in spite of themselves, +under an impulse that proved stronger than their professional pride, +suddenly enlightened the public as to the part played by Isidore +Beautrelet in recent events. He alone had done everything. To him +alone the merit of the victory was due. + +The excitement was intense. Isidore Beautrelet awoke to find himself +a hero; and the crowd, suddenly infatuated, insisted upon the +fullest information regarding its new favorite. The reporters were +there to supply it. They rushed to the assault of the Lycee Janson- +de-Sailly, waited for the day-boarders to come out after schoolhours +and picked up all that related, however remotely, to Beautrelet. It +was in this way that they learned the reputation which he enjoyed +among his schoolfellows, who called him the rival of Holmlock +Shears. Thanks to his powers of logical reasoning, with no further +data than those which he was able to gather from the papers, he had, +time after time, proclaimed the solution of very complicated cases +long before they were cleared up by the police. + +It had become a game at the Lycee Janson to put difficult questions +and intricate problems to Beautrelet; and it was astonishing to see +with what unhesitating and analytical power and by means of what +ingenious deductions he made his way through the thickest darkness. +Ten days before the arrest of Jorisse, the grocer, he showed what +could be done with the famous umbrella. In the same way, he declared +from the beginning, in the matter of the Saint-Cloud mystery, that +the concierge was the only possible murderer. + +But most curious of all was the pamphlet which was found circulating +among the boys at the school, a typewritten pamphlet signed by +Beautrelet and manifolded to the number of ten copies. It was +entitled, ARSENE LUPIN AND HIS METHOD, SHOWING IN HOW FAR THE LATTER +IS BASED UPON TRADITION AND IN HOW FAR ORIGINAL. FOLLOWED BY A +COMPARISON BETWEEN ENGLISH HUMOR AND FRENCH IRONY. + +It contained a profound study of each of the exploits of Arsene +Lupin, throwing the illustrious burglar's operations into +extraordinary relief, showing the very mechanism of his way of +setting to work, his special tactics, his letters to the press, his +threats, the announcement of his thefts, in short, the whole bag of +tricks which he employed to bamboozle his selected victim and throw +him into such a state of mind that the victim almost offered himself +to the plot contrived against him and that everything took place, as +it were, with his own consent. + +And the work was so just, regarded as a piece of criticism, so +penetrating, so lively and marked by a wit so clever and, at the +same time, so cruel that the lawyers at once passed over to his +side, that the sympathy of the crowd was summarily transferred from +Lupin to Beautrelet and that, in the struggle engaged upon between +the two, the schoolboy's victory was loudly proclaimed in advance. + +Be this as it may, both M. Filleul and the Paris public prosecutor +seemed jealously to reserve the possibility of this victory for him. +On the one hand, they failed to establish Mr. Harlington's identity +or to furnish a definite proof of his connection with Lupin's gang. +Confederate or not, he preserved an obstinate silence. Nay, more, +after examining his handwriting, it was impossible to declare that +he was the author of the intercepted letter. A Mr. Harlington, +carrying a small portmanteau and a pocket-book stuffed with bank- +notes, had taken up his abode at the Grand Hotel: that was all that +could be stated with certainty. + +On the other hand, at Dieppe, M. Filleul lay down on the positions +which Beautrelet had won for him. He did not move a step forward. +Around the individual whom Mlle. de Saint-Veran had taken for +Beautrelet, on the eve of the crime, the same mystery reigned as +heretofore. The same obscurity also surrounded everything connected +with the removal of the four Rubens pictures. What had become of +them? And what road had been taken by the motor car in which they +were carried off during the night? + +Evidence of its passing was obtained at Luneray at Yerville, at +Yvetot and at Caudebec-en-Caux, where it must have crossed the Seine +at daybreak in the steam-ferry. But, when the matter came to be +inquired into more thoroughly, it was stated that the motor car was +an uncovered one and that it would have been impossible to pack four +large pictures into it unobserved by the ferryman. + +It was very probably the same car; but then the question cropped up +again: what had become of the four Rubenses? + +These were so many problems which M. Filleul unanswered. Every day, +his subordinates searched the quadrilateral of the ruins. Almost +every day, he came to direct the explorations. But between that and +discovering the refuge in which Lupin lay dying--if it were true +that Beautrelet's opinion was correct--there was a gulf fixed which +the worthy magistrate did not seem likely to cross. + +And so it was natural that they should turn once more to Isidore +Beautrelet, as he alone had succeeded in dispelling shadows which, +in his absence, gathered thicker and more impenetrable than ever. +Why did he not go on with the case? Seeing how far he had carried +it, he required but an effort to succeed. + +The question was put to him by a member of the staff of the Grand +Journal, who had obtained admission to the Lycee Janson by assuming +the name of Bernod, the friend of Beautrelet's father. And Isidore +very sensibly replied: + +"My dear sir, there are other things besides Lupin in this world, +other things besides stories about burglars and detectives. There +is, for instance, the thing which is known as taking one's degree. +Now I am going up for my examination in July. This is May. And I +don't want to be plucked. What would my worthy parent say?" + +"But what would he say if you delivered Arsene Lupin into the hands +of the police?" + +"Tut! There's a time for everything. In the next holidays--" + +"Whitsuntide?" + +"Yes--I shall go down on Saturday the sixth of June by the first +train." + +"And, on the evening of that Saturday, Lupin will be taken." + +"Will you give me until the Sunday?" asked Beautrelet, laughing. + +"Why delay?" replied the journalist, quite seriously. + +This inexplicable confidence, born of yesterday and already so +strong, was felt with regard to the young man by one and all, even +though, in reality, events had justified it only up to a certain +point. No matter, people believed in him! Nothing seemed difficult +to him. They expected from him what they were entitled to expect at +most from some phenomenon of penetration and intuition, of +experience and skill. That day of the sixth of June was made to +sprawl over all the papers. On the sixth of June, Isidore Beautrelet +would take the fast train to Dieppe: and Lupin would be arrested on +the same evening. + +"Unless he escapes between this and then," objected the last +remaining partisans of the adventurer. + +"Impossible! Every outlet is watched." + +"Unless he has succumbed to his wounds, then," said the partisans, +who would have preferred their hero's death to his capture. + +And the retort was immediate: + +"Nonsense! If Lupin were dead, his confederates would know it by +now, and Lupin would be revenged. Beautrelet said so!" + + * * * * * + +And the sixth of June came. Half a dozen journalists were looking +out for Isidore at the Gare Saint-Lazare. Two of them wanted to +accompany him on his journey. He begged them to refrain. + +He started alone, therefore, in a compartment to himself. He was +tired, thanks to a series of nights devoted to study, and soon fell +asleep. He slept heavily. In his dreams, he had an impression that +the train stopped at different stations and that people got in and +out. When he awoke, within sight of Rouen, he was still alone. But, +on the back of the opposite seat, was a large sheet of paper, +fastened with a pin to the gray cloth. It bore these words: + + "Every man should mind his own business. Do you mind yours. + If not, you must take the consequences." + +"Capital!" he exclaimed, rubbing his hands with delight. "Things are +going badly in the adversary's camp. That threat is as stupid and +vulgar as the sham flyman's. What a style! One can see that it +wasn't composed by Lupin." + +The train threaded the tunnel that precedes the old Norman city. On +reaching the station, Isidore took a few turns on the platform to +stretch his legs. He was about to re-enter his compartment, when a +cry escaped him. As he passed the bookstall, he had read, in an +absent-minded way, the following lines on the front page of a +special edition of the Journal de Rouen; and their alarming sense +suddenly burst upon him: + + * * * * * + +STOP-PRESS NEWS + +We hear by telephone from Dieppe that the Chateau d'Ambrumesy was +broken into last night by criminals, who bound and gagged Mlle. de +Gesvres and carried off Mlle. de Saint-Veran. Traces of blood have +been seen at a distance of five hundred yards from the house and a +scarf has been found close by, which is also stained with blood. +There is every reason to fear that the poor young girl has been +murdered. + + * * * * * + +Isidore Beautrelet completed his journey to Dieppe without moving a +limb. Bent in two, with his elbows on his knees and his hands +plastered against his face, he sat thinking. + +At Dieppe, he took a fly. At the door of Ambrumesy, he met the +examining magistrate, who confirmed the horrible news. + +"You know nothing more?" asked Beautrelet. + +"Nothing. I have only just arrived." + +At that moment, the sergeant of gendarmes came up to M. Filleul and +handed him a crumpled, torn and discolored piece of paper, which he +had picked up not far from the place where the scarf was found. M. +Filleul looked at it and gave it to Beautrelet, saying: + +"I don't suppose this will help us much in our investigations." + +Isidore turned the paper over and over. It was covered with figures, +dots and signs and presented the exact appearance reproduced below: + +[Illustration: drawing of an outline of paper with writing and +drawing on it--numbers, dots, some letters, signs and symbols, +something like... + + 2.1.1..2..2.1..1.. + 1...2.2. 2.43.2..2. + .45..2.4...2..2.4..2 + D DF square 19F+44triangle357triangle + 13.53..2 ..25.2 + +] + + + +CHAPTER THREE + +THE CORPSE + + +At six o'clock in the evening, having finished all he had to do, M. +Filluel, accompanied by M. Bredoux, his clerk, stood waiting for the +carriage which was to take him back to Dieppe. He seemed restless, +nervous. Twice over, he asked: + +"You haven't seen anything of young Beautrelet, I suppose?" + +"No, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I can't say I have." + +"Where on earth can he be? I haven't set eyes on him all day!" + +Suddenly, he had an idea, handed his portfolio to Bredoux, ran round +the chateau and made for the ruins. Isidore Beautrelet was lying +near the cloisters, flat on his face, with one arm folded under his +head, on the ground carpeted with pine-needles. He seemed drowsing. + +"Hullo, young man, what are you doing here? Are you asleep?" + +"I'm not asleep. I've been thinking." + +"Ever since this morning?" + +"Ever since this morning." + +"It's not a question of thinking! One must see into things first, +study facts, look for clues, establish connecting links. The time +for thinking comes after, when one pieces all that together and +discovers the truth." + +"Yes, I know.--That's the usual way, the right one, I dare say.-- +Mine is different.--I think first, I try, above all, to get the +general hang of the case, if I may so express myself. Then I imagine +a reasonable and logical hypothesis, which fits in with the general +idea. And then, and not before, I examine the facts to see if they +agree with my hypothesis." + +"That's a funny method and a terribly complicated one!" + +"It's a sure method, M. Filleul, which is more than can be said of +yours." + +"Come, come! Facts are facts." + +"With your ordinary sort of adversary, yes. But, given an enemy +endowed with a certain amount of cunning, the facts are those which +he happens to have selected. Take the famous clues upon which you +base your inquiry: why, he was at liberty to arrange them as he +liked. And you see where that can lead you, into what mistakes and +absurdities, when you are dealing with a man like Arsene Lupin. +Holmlock Shears himself fell into the trap." + +"Arsene Lupin is dead." + +"No matter. His gang remains and the pupils of such a master are +masters themselves." + +M. Filleul took Isidore by the arm and, leading him away: + +"Words, young man, words. Here is something of more importance. +Listen to me. Ganimard is otherwise engaged at this moment and will +not be here for a few days. On the other hand, the Comte de Gesvres +has telegraphed to Holmlock Shears, who has promised his assistance +next week. Now don't you think, young man, that it would be a +feather in our cap if we were able to say to those two celebrities, +on the day of their arrival, 'Awfully sorry, gentlemen, but we +couldn't wait. The business is done'?" + +It was impossible for M. Filleul to confess helplessness with +greater candor. Beautrelet suppressed a smile and, pretending not to +see through the worthy magistrate, replied: + +"I confess. Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, that, if I was not +present at your inquiry just now, it was because I hoped that you +would consent to tell me the results. May I ask what you have +learned?" + +"Well, last night, at eleven o'clock, the three gendarmes whom +Sergeant Quevillon had left on guard at the chateau received a note +from the sergeant telling them to hasten with all speed to Ouville, +where they are stationed. They at once rode off, and when they +arrived at Ouville--" + +"They discovered that they had been tricked, that the order was a +forgery and that there was nothing for them to do but return to +Ambrumesy." + +"This they did, accompanied by Sergeant Quevillon. But they were +away for an hour and a half and, during this time, the crime was +committed." + +"In what circumstances?" + +"Very simple circumstances, indeed. A ladder was removed from the +farm buildings and placed against the second story of the chateau. A +pane of glass was cut out and a window opened. Two men, carrying a +dark lantern, entered Mlle. de Gesvres's room and gagged her before +she could cry out. Then, after binding her with cords, they softly +opened the door of the room in which Mlle. de Saint-Veran was +sleeping. Mlle. de Gesvres heard a stifled moan, followed by the +sound of a person struggling. A moment later, she saw two men +carrying her cousin, who was also bound and gagged. They passed in +front of her and went out through the window. Then Mlle. de Gesvres, +terrified and exhausted, fainted." + +"But what about the dogs? I thought M. de Gesvres had bought two +almost wild sheep-dogs, which were let loose at night?" + +"They were found dead, poisoned." + +"By whom? Nobody could get near them." + +"It's a mystery. The fact remains that the two men crossed the ruins +without let or hindrance and went out by the little door which we +have heard so much about. They passed through the copsewood, +following the line of the disused quarries. It was not until they +were nearly half a mile from the chateau, at the foot of the tree +known as the Great Oak, that they stopped--and executed their +purpose." + +"If they came with the intention of killing Mlle. de Saint-Veran, +why didn't they murder her in her room?" + +"I don't know. Perhaps the incident that settled their determination +only occurred after they had left the house. Perhaps the girl +succeeded in releasing herself from her bonds. In my opinion, the +scarf which was picked up was used to fasten her wrists. In any +case, the blow was struck at the foot of the Great Oak. I have +collected indisputable proofs--" + +"But the body?" + +"The body has not been found, but there is nothing excessively +surprising in that. As a matter of fact, the trail which I followed +brought me to the church at Varengeville and the old cemetery +perched on the top of the cliff. From there it is a sheer precipice, +a fall of over three hundred feet to the rocks and the sea below. In +a day or two, a stronger tide than usual will cast up the body on +the beach." + +"Obviously. This is all very simple." + +"Yes, it is all very simple and doesn't trouble me in the least. +Lupin is dead, his accomplices heard of it and, to revenge +themselves, have killed Mlle. de Saint-Veran. These are facts which +did not even require checking. But Lupin?" + +"What about him?" + +"What has become of him? In all probability, his confederates +removed his corpse at the same time that they carried away the girl; +but what proof have we? None at all. Any more than of his staying in +the ruins, or of his death, or of his life. And that is the real +mystery, M. Beautrelet. The murder of Mlle. Raymonde solves nothing. +On the contrary, it only complicates matters. What has been +happening during the past two months at the Chateau d'Ambrumesy? If +we don't clear up the riddle, young man, others will give us the go- +by." + +"On what day are those others coming?" + +"Wednesday--Tuesday perhaps--" + +Beautrelet seemed to be making an inward calculation and then +declared: + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, this is Saturday. I have to be back +at school on Monday evening. Well, if you will have the goodness to +be here at ten o'clock exactly on Monday morning, I will try to give +you the key to the riddle." + +"Really, M. Beautrelet--do you think so? Are you sure?" + +"I hope so, at any rate." + +"And where are you going now?" + +"I am going to see if the facts consent to fit in with the general +theory which I am beginning to perceive." + +"And if they don't fit in?" + +"Well, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction," said Beautrelet, with a +laugh, "then it will be their fault and I must look for others +which, will prove more tractable. Till Monday, then?" + +"Till Monday." + +A few minutes later, M. Filleul was driving toward Dieppe, while +Isidore mounted a bicycle which he had borrowed from the Comte de +Gesvres and rode off along the road to Yerville and Caudebec-en- +Caux. + +There was one point in particular on which the young man was anxious +to form a clear opinion, because this just appeared to him to be the +enemy's weakest point. Objects of the size of the four Rubens +pictures cannot be juggled away. They were bound to be somewhere. +Granting that it was impossible to find them for the moment, might +one not discover the road by which they had disappeared? + +What Beautrelet surmised was that the four pictures had undoubtedly +been carried off in the motor car, but that, before reaching +Caudebec, they were transferred to another car, which had crossed +the Seine either above Caudebec or below it. Now the first horse- +boat down the stream was at Quillebeuf, a greatly frequented ferry +and, consequently, dangerous. Up stream, there was the ferry-boat at +La Mailleraie, a large, but lonely market-town, lying well off the +main road. + +By midnight, Isidore had covered the thirty-five or forty miles to +La Mailleraie and was knocking at the door of an inn by the +waterside. He slept there and, in the morning, questioned the +ferrymen. + +They consulted the counterfoils in the traffic-book. No motor-car +had crossed on Thursday the 23rd of April. + +"A horse-drawn vehicle, then?" suggested Beautrelet. "A cart? A +van?" + +"No, not either." + +Isidore continued his inquiries all through the morning. He was on +the point of leaving for Quillebeuf, when the waiter of the inn at +which he had spent the night said: + +"I came back from my thirteen days' training on the morning of which +you are speaking and I saw a cart, but it did not go across." + +"Really?" + +"No, they unloaded it onto a flat boat, a barge of sorts, which was +moored to the wharf." + +"And where did the cart come from?" + +"Oh, I knew it at once. It belonged to Master Vatinel, the carter." + +"And where does he live?" + +"At Louvetot." + +Beautrelet consulted his military map. The hamlet of Louvetot lay +where the highroad between Yvetot and Caudebec was crossed by a +little winding road that ran through the woods to La Mailleraie. + +Not until six o'clock in the evening did Isidore succeed in +discovering Master Vatinel, in a pothouse. Master Vatinel was one of +those artful old Normans who are always on their guard, who distrust +strangers, but who are unable to resist the lure of a gold coin or +the influence of a glass or two: + +"Well, yes, sir, the men in the motor car that morning had told me +to meet them at five o'clock at the crossroads. They gave me four +great, big things, as high as that. One of them went with me and we +carted the things to the barge." + +"You speak of them as if you knew them before." + +"I should think I did know them! It was the sixth time they were +employing me." + +Isidore gave a start: + +"The sixth time, you say? And since when?" + +"Why every day before that one, to be sure! But it was other things +then--great blocks of stone--or else smaller, longish ones, wrapped +up in newspapers, which they carried as if they were worth I don't +know what. Oh, I mustn't touch those on any account!--But what's the +matter? You've turned quite white." + +"Nothing--the heat of the room--" + +Beautrelet staggered out into the air. The joy, the surprise of the +discovery made him feel giddy. He went back very quietly to +Varengeville, slept in the village, spent an hour at the mayor's +offices with the school-master and returned to the chateau. There he +found a letter awaiting him "care of M. le Comte de Gesvres." It +consisted of a single line: + +"Second warning. Hold your tongue. If not--" + +"Come," he muttered. "I shall have to make up my mind and take a few +precautions for my personal safety. If not, as they say--" + +It was nine o'clock. He strolled about among the ruins and then lay +down near the cloisters and closed his eyes. + +"Well, young man, are you satisfied with the results of your +campaign?" + +It was M. Filleul. + +"Delighted, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction." + +"By which you mean to say--?" + +"By which I mean to say that I am prepared to keep my promise--in +spite of this very uninviting letter." + +He showed the letter to M. Filleul. + +"Pooh! Stuff and nonsense!" cried the magistrate. "I hope you won't +let that prevent you--" + +"From telling you what I know? No, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. I +have given my word and I shall keep it. In less than ten minutes, +you shall know--a part of the truth." + +"A part?" + +"Yes, in my opinion, Lupin's hiding-place does not constitute the +whole of the problem. Far from it. But we shall see later on." + +"M. Beautrelet, nothing that you do could astonish me now. But how +were you able to discover--?" + +"Oh, in a very natural way! In the letter from old man Harlington to +M. Etienne de Vaudreix, or rather to Lupin--" + +"The intercepted letter?" + +"Yes. There is a phrase which always puzzled me. After saying that +the pictures are to be forwarded as arranged, he goes on to say, +'You may add THE REST, if you are able to succeed, which I doubt.'" + +"Yes, I remember." + +"What was this 'rest'? A work of art, a curiosity? The chateau +contains nothing of any value besides the Rubenses and the +tapestries. Jewelry? There is very little and what there is of it is +not worth much. In that case, what could it be?--On the other hand, +was it conceivable that people so prodigiously clever as Lupin +should not have succeeded in adding 'the rest,' which they +themselves had evidently suggested? A difficult undertaking, very +likely; exceptional, surprising, I dare say; but possible and +therefore certain, since Lupin wished it." + +"And yet he failed: nothing has disappeared." + +"He did not fail: something has disappeared." + +"Yes, the Rubenses--but--" + +"The Rubenses and something besides--something which has been +replaced by a similar thing, as in the case of the Rubenses; +something much more uncommon, much rarer, much more valuable than +the Rubenses." + +"Well, what? You're killing me with this procrastination!" + +While talking, the two men had crossed the ruins, turned toward the +little door and were now walking beside the chapel. Beautrelet +stopped: + +"Do you really want to know, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction?" + +"Of course, I do." + +Beautrelet was carrying a walking-stick, a strong, knotted stick. +Suddenly, with a back stroke of this stick, he smashed one of the +little statues that adorned the front of the chapel. + +"Why, you're mad!" shouted M. Filleul, beside himself, rushing at +the broken pieces of the statue. "You're mad! That old saint was an +admirable bit of work--" + +"An admirable bit of work!" echoed Isidore, giving a whirl which +brought down the Virgin Mary. + +M. Filleul took hold of him round the body: + +"Young man, I won't allow you to commit--" + +A wise man of the East came toppling to the ground, followed by a +manger containing the Mother and Child. . . . + +"If you stir another limb, I fire!" + +The Comte de Gesvres had appeared upon the scene and was cocking his +revolver. Beautrelet burst out laughing: + +"That's right, Monsieur le Comte, blaze away!--Take a shot at them, +as if you were at a fair!--Wait a bit--this chap carrying his head +in his hands--" + +St. John the Baptist fell, shattered to pieces. + +"Oh!" shouted the count, pointing his revolver. "You young vandal!-- +Those masterpieces!" + +"Sham, Monsieur le Comte!" + +"What? What's that?" roared M. Filleul, wresting the Comte de +Gesvres's weapon from him. + +"Sham!" repeated Beautrelet. "Paper-pulp and plaster!" + +"Oh, nonsense! It can't be true!" + +"Hollow plaster, I tell you! Nothing at all!" + +The count stooped and picked up a sliver of a statuette. + +"Look at it, Monsieur le Comte, and see for yourself: it's plaster! +Rusty, musty, mildewed plaster, made to look like old stone--but +plaster for all that, plaster casts!--That's all that remains of +your perfect masterpiece!--That's what they've done in just a few +days!-That's what the Sieur Charpenais who copied the Rubenses, +prepared a year ago." He seized M. Filleul's arm in his turn. "What +do you think of it, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction? Isn't it fine? +Isn't it grand? Isn't it gorgeous? The chapel has been removed! A +whole Gothic chapel collected stone by stone! A whole population of +statues captured and replaced by these chaps in stucco! One of the +most magnificent specimens of an incomparable artistic period +confiscated! The chapel, in short, stolen! Isn't it immense? Ah, +Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, what a genius the man is!" + +"You're allowing yourself to be carried away, M. Beautrelet." + +"One can't be carried away too much, monsieur, when one has to do +with people like that. Everything above the average deserves our +admiration. And this man soars above everything. There is in his +flight a wealth of imagination, a force and power, a skill and +freedom that send a thrill through me!" + +"Pity he's dead," said M. Filleul, with a grin. "He'd have ended by +stealing the towers of Notre-Dame." + +Isidore shrugged his shoulders: + +"Don't laugh, monsieur. He upsets you, dead though he may be." + +"I don't say not, I don't say not, M. Beautrelet, I confess that I +feel a certain excitement now that I am about to set eyes on him-- +unless, indeed, his friends have taken away the body." + +"And always admitting," observed the Comte de Gesvres, "that it was +really he who was wounded by my poor niece." + +"It was he, beyond a doubt, Monsieur le Comte," declared Beautrelet; +"it was he, believe me, who fell in the ruins under the shot fired +by Mlle. de Saint-Veran; it was he whom she saw rise and who fell +again and dragged himself toward the cloisters to rise again for the +last time--this by a miracle which I will explain to you presently-- +to rise again for the last time and reach this stone shelter--which +was to be his tomb." + +And Beautrelet struck the threshold of the chapel with his stick. + +"Eh? What?" cried M. Filleul, taken aback. "His tomb?--Do you think +that that impenetrable hiding-place--" + +"It was here--there," he repeated. + +"But we searched it." + +"Badly." + +"There is no hiding-place here," protested M. de Gesvres. "I know +the chapel." + +"Yes, there is, Monsieur le Comte. Go to the mayor's office at +Varengeville, where they have collected all the papers that used to +be in the old parish of Ambrumesy, and you will learn from those +papers, which belong to the eighteenth century, that there is a +crypt below the chapel. This crypt doubtless dates back to the Roman +chapel, upon the site of which the present one was built." + +"But how can Lupin have known this detail?" asked M. Filleul. + +"In a very simple manner: because of the works which he had to +execute to take away the chapel." + +"Come, come, M. Beautrelet, you're exaggerating. He has not taken +away the whole chapel. Look, not one of the stones of this top +course has been touched." + +"Obviously, he cast and took away only what had a financial value: +the wrought stones, the sculptures, the statuettes, the whole +treasure of little columns and carved arches. He did not trouble +about the groundwork of the building itself. The foundations +remain." + +"Therefore, M. Beautrelet, Lupin was not able to make his way into +the crypt." + +At that moment, M. de Gesvres, who had been to call a servant, +returned with the key of the chapel. He opened the door. The three +men entered. After a short examination Beautrelet said: + +"The flag-stones on the ground have been respected, as one might +expect. But it is easy to perceive that the high altar is nothing +more than a cast. Now, generally, the staircase leading to the crypt +opens in front of the high altar and passes under it." + +"What do you conclude?" + +"I conclude that Lupin discovered the crypt when working at the +altar." + +The count sent for a pickaxe and Beautrelet attacked the altar. The +plaster flew to right and left. He pushed the pieces aside as he +went on. + +"By Jove!" muttered M. Filleul, "I am eager to know--" + +"So am I," said Beautrelet, whose face was pale with anguish. + +He hurried his blows. And, suddenly, his pickaxe, which, until then, +had encountered no resistance, struck against a harder material and +rebounded. There was a sound of something falling in; and all that +remained of the altar went tumbling into the gap after the block of +stone which had been struck by the pickaxe. Beautrelet bent forward. +A puff of cold air rose to his face. He lit a match and moved it +from side to side over the gap: + +"The staircase begins farther forward than I expected, under the +entrance-flags, almost. I can see the last steps, there, right at +the bottom." + +"Is it deep?" + +"Three or four yards. The steps are very high--and there are some +missing." + +"It is hardly likely," said M. Filleul, "that the accomplices can +have had time to remove the body from the cellar, when they were +engaged in carrying off Mlle. de Saint-Veran--during the short +absence of the gendarmes. Besides, why should they?--No, in my +opinion, the body is here." + +A servant brought them a ladder. Beautrelet let it down through the +opening and fixed it, after groping among the fallen fragments. +Holding the two uprights firmly: + +"Will you go down, M. Filleul?" he asked. + +The magistrate, holding a candle in his hand, ventured down the +ladder. The Comte de Gesvres followed him and Beautrelet, in his +turn, placed his foot on the first rung. + +Mechanically, he counted eighteen rungs, while his eyes examined the +crypt, where the glimmer of the candle struggled against the heavy +darkness. But, at the bottom, his nostrils were assailed by one of +those foul and violent smells which linger in the memory for many a +long day. And, suddenly, a trembling hand seized him by the +shoulder. + +"Well, what is it?" + +"B-beautrelet," stammered M. Filleul. "B-beau-trelet--" + +He could not get a word out for terror. + +"Come, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, compose yourself!" + +"Beautrelet--he is there--" + +"Eh?" + +"Yes--there was something under the big stone that broke off the +altar--I pushed the stone--and I touched--I shall never--shall never +forget.--" + +"Where is it?" + +"On this side.--Don't you notice the smell?--And then look--see." + +He took the candle and held it towards a motionless form stretched +upon the ground. + +"Oh!" exclaimed Beautrelet, in a horror-stricken tone. + +The three men bent down quickly. The corpse lay half-naked, lean, +frightful. The flesh, which had the greenish hue of soft wax, +appeared in places through the torn clothes. But the most hideous +thing, the thing that had drawn a cry of terror from the young man's +lips, was the head, the head which had just been crushed by the +block of stone, the shapeless head, a repulsive mass in which not +one feature could be distinguished. + +Beautrelet took four strides up the ladder and fled into the +daylight and the open air. + +M. Filleul found him again lying flat on the around, with his hands +glued to his face: + +"I congratulate you, Beautrelet," he said. "In addition to the +discovery of the hiding-place, there are two points on which I have +been able to verify the correctness of your assertions. First of +all, the man on whom Mlle. de Saint-Veran fired was indeed Arsene +Lupin, as you said from the start. Also, he lived in Paris under the +name of Etienne de Vaudreix. His linen is marked with the initials +E. V. That ought to be sufficient proof, I think: don't you?" + +Isidore did not stir. + +"Monsieur le Comte has gone to have a horse put to. They're sending +for Dr. Jouet, who will make the usual examination. In my opinion, +death must have taken place a week ago, at least. The state of +decomposition of the corpse--but you don't seem to be listening--" + +"Yes, yes." + +"What I say is based upon absolute reasons. Thus, for instance--" + +M. Filleul continued his demonstrations, without, however, +obtaining any more manifest marks of attention. But M. de Gesvres's +return interrupted his monologue. The comte brought two letters. One +was to tell him that Holmlock Shears would arrive next morning. + +"Capital!" cried M. Filleul, joyfully. "Inspector Ganimard will be +here too. It will be delightful." + +"The other letter is for you, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction," said +the comte. + +"Better and better," said M. Filleul, after reading it. "There will +certainly not be much for those two gentlemen to do. M. Beautrelet, +I hear from Dieppe that the body of a young woman was found by some +shrimpers, this morning, on the rocks." + +Beautrelet gave a start: + +"What's that? The body--" + +"Of a young woman.--The body is horribly mutilated, they say, and it +would be impossible to establish the identity, but for a very narrow +little gold curb-bracelet on the right arm which has become +encrusted in the swollen skin. Now Mlle. de Saint-Veran used to wear +a gold curb-bracelet on her right arm. Evidently, therefore, +Monsieur le Comte, this is the body of your poor niece, which the +sea must have washed to that distance. What do you think, +Beautrelet?" + +"Nothing--nothing--or, rather, yes--everything is connected, as you +see--and there is no link missing in my argument. All the facts, one +after the other, however contradictory, however disconcerting they +may appear, end by supporting the supposition which I imagined from +the first." + +"I don't understand." + +"You soon will. Remember, I promised you the whole truth." + +"But it seems to me--" + +"A little patience, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. So far, you have +had no cause to complain of me. It is a fine day. Go for a walk, +lunch at the chateau, smoke your pipe. I shall be back by four +o'clock. As for my school, well, I don't care: I shall take the +night train." + +They had reached the out-houses at the back of the chateau. +Beautrelet jumped on his bicycle and rode away. + +At Dieppe, he stopped at the office of the local paper, the Vigie, +and examined the file for the last fortnight. Then he went on to the +market-town of Envermeu, six or seven miles farther. At Envermeu, he +talked to the mayor, the rector and the local policeman. The church- +clock struck three. His inquiry was finished. + +He returned singing for joy. He pressed upon the two pedals turn by +turn, with an equal and powerful rhythm; his chest opened wide to +take in the keen air that blew from the sea. And, from time to time, +he forgot himself to the extent of uttering shouts of triumph to the +sky, when he thought of the aim which he was pursuing and of the +success that was crowning his efforts. + +Ambrumesy appeared in sight. He coasted at full speed down the slope +leading to the chateau. The top rows of venerable trees that line +the road seemed to run to meet him and to vanish behind him +forthwith. And, all at once, he uttered a cry. In a sudden vision, +he had seen a rope stretched from one tree to another, across the +road. + +His machine gave a jolt and stopped short. Beautrelet was flung +three yards forward, with immense violence, and it seemed to him +that only chance, a miraculous chance, caused him to escape a heap +of pebbles on which, logically, he ought to have broken his head. + +He lay for a few seconds stunned. Then, all covered with bruises, +with the skin flayed from his knees, he examined the spot. On the +right lay a small wood, by which his aggressor had no doubt fled. +Beautrelet untied the rope. To the tree on the left around which it +was fastened a small piece of paper was fixed with string. +Beautrelet unfolded it and read: + +"The third and last warning." + +He went on to the chateau, put a few questions to the servants and +joined the examining magistrate in a room on the ground floor, at +the end of the right wing, where M. Filleul used to sit in the +course of his operations. M. Filleul was writing, with his clerk +seated opposite to him. At a sign from him, the clerk left the room; +and the magistrate exclaimed: + +"Why, what have you been doing to yourself, M. Beautrelet? Your +hands are covered with blood." + +"It's nothing, it's nothing," said the young man. "Just a fall +occasioned by this rope, which was stretched in front of my bicycle. +I will only ask you to observe that the rope comes from the chateau. +Not longer than twenty minutes ago, it was being used to dry linen +on, outside the laundry." + +"You don't mean to say so!" + +"Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, I am being watched here, by some +one in the very heart of the place, who can see me, who can hear me +and who, minute by minute, observes my actions and knows my +intentions." + +"Do you think so?" + +"I am sure of it. It is for you to discover him and you will have no +difficulty in that. As for myself, I want to have finished and to +give you the promised explanations. I have made faster progress than +our adversaries expected and I am convinced that they mean to take +vigorous measures on their side. The circle is closing around me. +The danger is approaching. I feel it." + +"Nonsense, Beautrelet--" + +"You wait and see! For the moment, let us lose no time. And, first, +a question on a point which I want to have done with at once. Have +you spoken to anybody of that document which Sergeant Quevillon +picked up and handed you in my presence?" + +"No, indeed; not to a soul. But do you attach any value--?" + +"The greatest value. It's an idea of mine, an idea, I confess, which +does not rest upon a proof of any kind--for, up to the present, I +have not succeeded in deciphering the document. And therefore I am +mentioning it--so that we need not come back to it." + +Beautrelet pressed his hand on M. Filleul's and whispered: + +"Don't speak--there's some one listening--outside--" + +The gravel creaked. Beautrelet ran to the window and leaned out: + +"There's no one there--but the border has been trodden down--we can +easily identify the footprints--" + +He closed the window and sat down again: + +"You see, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, the enemy has even ceased +to take the most ordinary precautions--he has not time left--he too +feels that the hour is urgent. Let us be quick, therefore, and +speak, since they do not wish us to speak." + +He laid the document on the table and held it in position, unfolded: + +"One observation, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction, to begin with. The +paper consists almost entirely of dots and figures. And in the first +three lines and the fifth--the only ones with which we have to do at +present, for the fourth seems to present an entirely different +character--not one of those figures is higher than the figure 5. +There is, therefore, a great chance that each of these figures +represents one of the five vowels, taken in alphabetical order. Let +us put down the result." + +He wrote on a separate piece of paper: + +E . A . A . . E . . E . A . . A . . + A . . . E . E . . E OI . E . . E . + . OU . . E . O . . . E . . E . O . . E + AI . UI . . E . . EU . E + + +Then he continued: + +"As you see, this does not give us much to go upon. The key is, at +the same time, very easy, because the inventor has contented himself +with replacing the vowels by figures and the consonants by dots, and +very difficult, if not impossible, because he has taken no further +trouble to complicate the problem." + +"It is certainly pretty obscure." + +"Let us try to throw some light upon it. The second line is divided +into two parts; and the second part appears in such a way that it +probably forms one word. If we now seek to replace the intermediary +dots by consonants, we arrive at the conclusion, after searching and +casting about, that the only consonants which are logically able to +support the vowels are also logically able to produce only one word, +the word DEMOISELLES." + +"That would refer to Mlle. de Gesvres and Mlle. de Saint-Veran." + +"Undoubtedly." + +"And do you see nothing more?" + +"Yes. I also note an hiatus in the middle of the last line; and, if +I apply a similar operation to the beginning of the line, I at once +see that the only consonant able to take the place of the dot +between the diphthongs FAI and UI is the letter G and that, when I +have thus formed the first five letters of the word, AIGUI, it is +natural and inevitable that, with the two next dots and the final E, +I should arrive at the word AIGUILLE." + +"Yes, the word AIGUILLE forces itself upon us." + +"Finally, for the last word, I have three vowels and three +consonants. I cast about again, I try all the letters, one after the +other, and, starting with the principle that the two first letters +are necessary consonants, I find that three words apply: F*EUVE, +PREUVE and CREUSE. I eliminate the words F*EUVE and PREUVE, as +possessing no possible relation to a needle, and I keep the word +CREUSE." + +"Making 'hollow needle'! By jove! I admit that your solution is +correct, because it needs must be; but how does it help us?" + +"Not at all," said Beautrelet, in a thoughtful tone. "Not at all, +for the moment.--Later on, we shall see.--I have an idea that a +number of things are included in the puzzling conjunction of those +two words, AIGUILLE CREUSE. What is troubling me at present is +rather the material on which the document is written, the paper +employed.--Do they still manufacture this sort of rather coarse- +grained parchment? And then this ivory color.--And those folds--the +wear of those folds--and, lastly, look, those marks of red sealing- +wax, on the back--" + +At that moment Beautrelet, was interrupted by Bredoux, the +magistrate's clerk, who opened the door and announced the unexpected +arrival of the chief public prosecutor. M. Filleul rose: + +"Anything new? Is Monsieur le Procureur General downstairs?" + +"No, Monsieur le Juge d'Instruction. Monsieur le Procureur General +has not left his carriage. He is only passing through Ambrumesy and +begs you to be good enough to go down to him at the gate. He only +has a word to say to you." + +"That's curious," muttered M. Filleul. "However--we shall see. +Excuse me, Beautrelet, I shan't be long." + +He went away. His footsteps sounded outside. Then the clerk closed +the door, turned the key and put it in his pocket. + +"Hullo!" exclaimed Beautrelet, greatly surprised. "What are you +locking us in for?" + +"We shall be able to talk so much better," retorted Bredoux. + +Beautrelet rushed toward another door, which led to the next room. +He had understood: the accomplice was Bredoux, the clerk of the +examining magistrate himself. Bredoux grinned: + +"Don't hurt your fingers, my young friend. I have the key of that +door, too." + +"There's the window!" cried Beautrelet. + +"Too late," said Bredoux, planting himself in front of the casement, +revolver in hand. + +Every chance of retreat was cut off. There was nothing more for +Isidore to do, nothing except to defend himself against the enemy +who was revealing himself with such brutal daring. He crossed his +arms. + +"Good," mumbled the clerk. "And now let us waste no time." He took +out his watch. "Our worthy M. Filleul will walk down to the gate. At +the gate, he will find nobody, of course: no more public prosecutor +than my eye. Then he will come back. That gives us about four +minutes. It will take me one minute to escape by this window, clear +through the little door by the ruins and jump on the motor cycle +waiting for me. That leaves three minutes, which is just enough." + +Bredoux was a queer sort of misshapen creature, who balanced on a +pair of very long spindle-legs a huge trunk, as round as the body of +a spider and furnished with immense arms. A bony face and a low, +small stubborn forehead pointed to the man's narrow obstinacy. + +Beautrelet felt a weakness in the legs and staggered. He had to sit +down: + +"Speak," he said. "What do you want?" + +"The paper. I've been looking for it for three days." + +"I haven't got it." + +"You're lying. I saw you put it back in your pocket-book when I came +in." + +"Next?" + +"Next, you must undertake to keep quite quiet. You're annoying us. +Leave us alone and mind your own business. Our patience is at an +end." + +He had come nearer, with the revolver still aimed at the young man's +head, and spoke in a hollow voice, with a powerful stress on each +syllable that he uttered. His eyes were hard, his smile cruel. + +Beautrelet gave a shudder. It was the first time that he was +experiencing the sense of danger. And such danger! He felt himself +in the presence of an implacable enemy, endowed with blind and +irresistible strength. + +"And next?" he asked, with less assurance in his voice. + +"Next? Nothing.--You will be free.--We will forget--" + +There was a pause. Then Bredoux resumed: + +"There is only a minute left. You must make up your mind. Come, old +chap, don't be a fool.--We are the stronger, you know, always and +everywhere.--Quick, the paper--" + +Isidore did not flinch. With a livid and terrified face, he remained +master of himself, nevertheless, and his brain remained clear amid +the breakdown of his nerves. The little black hole of the revolver +was pointing at six inches from his eyes. The finger was bent and +obviously pressing on the trigger. It only wanted a moment-- + +"The paper," repeated Bredoux. "If not--" + +"Here it is," said Beautrelet. + +He took out his pocket-book and handed it to the clerk, who seized +it eagerly. + +"Capital! We've come to our senses. I've no doubt there's something +to be done with you.--You're troublesome, but full of common sense. +I'll talk about it to my pals. And now I'm off. Good-bye!" + +He pocketed his revolver and turned back the fastening of the +window. There was a noise in the passage. + +"Good-bye," he said again. "I'm only just in time." + +But the idea stopped him. With a quick movement, he examined the +pocket-book: + +"Damn and blast it!" He grated through his teeth. "The paper's not +there.--You've done me--" + +He leaped into the room. Two shots rang out. Isidore, in his turn, +had seized his pistol and fired. + +"Missed, old chap!" shouted Bredoux. "Your hand's shaking.--You're +afraid--" + +They caught each other round the body and came down to the floor +together. There was a violent and incessant knocking at the door. +Isidore's strength gave way and he was at once over come by his +adversary. It was the end. A hand was lifted over him, armed with a +knife, and fell. A fierce pain burst into his shoulder. He let go. + +He had an impression of some one fumbling in the inside pocket of +his jacket and taking the paper from it. Then, through the lowered +veil of his eyelids, he half saw the man stepping over the window- +sill. + + * * * * * + +The same newspapers which, on the following morning, related the +last episodes that had occurred at the Chateau d'Ambrumesy--the +trickery at the chapel, the discovery of Arsene Lupin's body and of +Raymonde's body and, lastly, the murderous attempt made upon +Beautrelet by the clerk to the examining magistrate--also announced +two further pieces of news: the disappearance of Ganimard, and the +kidnapping of Holmlock Shears, in broad daylight, in the heart of +London, at the moment when he was about to take the train for Dover. + +Lupin's gang, therefore, which had been disorganized for a moment by +the extraordinary ingenuity of a seventeen-year-old schoolboy, was +now resuming the offensive and was winning all along the line from +the first. Lupin's two great adversaries, Shears and Ganimard, were +put away. Isidore Beautrelet was disabled. The police were +powerless. For the moment there was no one left capable of +struggling against such enemies. + + + + +CHAPTER FOUR + +FACE TO FACE + + +One evening, five weeks later, I had given my man leave to go out. +It was the day before the 14th of July. The night was hot, a storm +threatened and I felt no inclination to leave the flat. I opened +wide the glass doors leading to my balcony, lit my reading lamp and +sat down in an easy-chair to look through the papers, which I had +not yet seen. + +It goes without saying that there was something about Arsene Lupin +in all of them. Since the attempt at murder of which poor Isidore +Beautrelet had been the victim, not a day had passed without some +mention of the Ambrumesy mystery. It had a permanent headline +devoted to it. Never had public opinion been excited to that extent, +thanks to the extraordinary series of hurried events, of unexpected +and disconcerting surprises. M. Filleul, who was certainly accepting +the secondary part allotted to him with a good faith worthy of all +praise, had let the interviewers into the secret of his young +advisor's exploits during the memorable three days, so that the +public was able to indulge in the rashest suppositions. And the +public gave itself free scope. Specialists and experts in crime, +novelists and playwrights, retired magistrates and chief-detectives, +erstwhile Lecocqs and budding Holmlock Shearses, each had his theory +and expounded it in lengthy contributions to the press. Everybody +corrected and supplemented the inquiry of the examining magistrate; +and all on the word of a child, on the word of Isidore Beautrelet, a +sixth-form schoolboy at the Lycee Janson-de-Sailly! + +For really, it had to be admitted, the complete elements of the +truth were now in everybody's possession. What did the mystery +consist of? They knew the hiding-place where Arsene Lupin had taken +refuge and lain a-dying; there was no doubt about it: Dr. Delattre, +who continued to plead professional secrecy and refused to give +evidence, nevertheless confessed to his intimate friends--who lost +no time in blabbing--that he really had been taken to a crypt to +attend a wounded man whom his confederates introduced to him by the +name of Arsene Lupin. And, as the corpse of Etienne de Vaudreix was +found in that same crypt and as the said Etienne de Vaudreix was +none other than Arsene Lupin--as the official examination went to +show--all this provided an additional proof, if one were needed, of +the identity of Arsene Lupin and the wounded man. Therefore, with +Lupin dead and Mlle. de Saint-Veran's body recognized by the curb- +bracelet on her wrist, the tragedy was finished. + +It was not. Nobody thought that it was, because Beautrelet had said +the contrary. Nobody knew in what respect it was not finished, but, +on the word of the young man, the mystery remained complete. The +evidence of the senses did not prevail against the statement of a +Beautrelet. There was something which people did not know, and of +that something they were convinced that he was in position to supply +a triumphant explanation. + +It is easy, therefore, to imagine the anxiety with which, at first, +people awaited the bulletins issued by the two Dieppe doctors to +whose care the Comte de Gesvres entrusted his patient; the distress +that prevailed during the first few days, when his life was thought +to be in danger; and the enthusiasm of the morning when the +newspapers announced that there was no further cause for fear. The +least details excited the crowd. People wept at the thought of +Beautrelet nursed by his old father, who had been hurriedly summoned +by telegram, and they also admired the devotion of Mlle. Suzanne de +Gesvres, who spent night after night by the wounded lad's bedside. + +Next came a swift and glad convalescence. At last, the public were +about to know! They would know what Beautrelet had promised to +reveal to M. Filleul and the decisive words which the knife of the +would-be assassin had prevented him from uttering! And they would +also know everything, outside the tragedy itself, that remained +impenetrable or inaccessible to the efforts of the police. + +With Beautrelet free and cured of his wound, one could hope for some +certainty regarding Harlington, Arsene Lupin's mysterious +accomplice, who was still detained at the Sante prison. One would +learn what had become, after the crime, of Bredoux the clerk, that +other accomplice, whose daring was really terrifying. + +With Beautrelet free, one could also form a precise idea concerning +the disappearance of Ganimard and the kidnapping of Shears. How was +it possible for two attempts of this kind to take place? Neither the +English detectives nor their French colleagues possessed the +slightest clue on the subject. On Whit-Sunday, Ganimard did not come +home, nor on the Monday either, nor during the five weeks that +followed. In London, on Whit-Monday, Holmlock Shears took a cab at +eight o'clock in the evening to drive to the station. He had hardly +stepped in, when he tried to alight, probably feeling a presentiment +of danger. But two men jumped into the hansom, one on either side, +flung him back on the seat and kept him there between them, or +rather under them. All this happened in sight of nine or ten +witnesses, who had no time to interfere. The cab drove off at a +gallop. And, after that, nothing. Nobody knew anything. + +Perhaps, also, Beautrelet would be able to give the complete +explanation of the document, the mysterious paper to which. Bredoux, +the magistrate's clerk, attached enough importance to recover it, +with blows of the knife, from the person in whose possession it was. +The problem of the Hollow Needle it was called, by the countless +solvers of riddles who, with their eyes bent upon the figures and +dots, strove to read a meaning into them. The Hollow Needle! What a +bewildering conjunction of two simple words! What an +incomprehensible question was set by that scrap of paper, whose very +origin and manufacture were unknown! The Hollow Needle! Was it a +meaningless expression, the puzzle of a schoolboy scribbling with +pen and ink on the corner of a page? Or were they two magic words +which could compel the whole great adventure of Lupin the great +adventurer to assume its true significance? Nobody knew. + +But the public soon would know. For some days, the papers had been +announcing the approaching arrival of Beautrelet. The struggle was +on the point of recommencing; and, this time, it would be implacable +on the part of the young man, who was burning to take his revenge. +And, as it happened, my attention, just then, was drawn to his name, +printed in capitals. The Grand Journal headed its front page with +the following paragraph: + + * * * * * + +WE HAVE PERSUADED + +M. ISIDORE BEAUTRELET + +TO GIVE US THE FIRST RIGHT OF PRINTING HIS REVELATIONS. TO-MORROW, +TUESDAY, BEFORE THE POLICE THEMSELVES ARE INFORMED, THE Grand +Journal WILL PUBLISH THE WHOLE TRUTH OF THE AMBRUMESY MYSTERY. + + * * * * * + +"That's interesting, eh? What do you think of it, my dear chap?" + +I started from my chair. There was some one sitting beside me, some +one I did not know. I cast my eyes round for a weapon. But, as my +visitor's attitude appeared quite inoffensive, I restrained myself +and went up to him. + +He was a young man with strongly-marked features, long, fair hair +and a short, tawny beard, divided into two points. His dress +suggested the dark clothes of an English clergyman; and his whole +person, for that matter, wore an air of austerity and gravity that +inspired respect. + +"Who are you?" I asked. And, as he did not reply, I repeated, "Who +are you? How did you get in? What are you here for?" + +He looked at me and said: + +"Don't you know me?" + +"No--no!" + +"Oh, that's really curious! Just search your memory--one of your +friends--a friend of a rather special kind--however--" + +I caught him smartly by the arm: + +"You lie! You lie! No, you're not the man you say you are--it's not +true." + +"Then why are you thinking of that man rather than another?" he +asked, with a laugh. + +Oh, that laugh! That bright and clear young laugh, whose amusing +irony had so often contributed to my diversion! I shivered. Could it +be? + +"No, no," I protested, with a sort of terror. "It cannot be." + +"It can't be I, because I'm dead, eh?" he retorted. "And because you +don't believe in ghosts." He laughed again. "Am I the sort of man +who dies? Do you think I would die like that, shot in the back by a +girl? Really, you misjudge me! As though I would ever consent to +such a death as that!" + +"So it is you!" I stammered, still incredulous and yet greatly +excited. "So it is you! I can't manage to recognize you." + +"In that case," he said, gaily, "I am quite easy. If the only man to +whom I have shown myself in my real aspect fails to know me to-day, +then everybody who will see me henceforth as I am to-day is bound +not to know me either, when he sees me in my real aspect--if, +indeed, I have a real aspect--" + +I recognized his voice, now that he was no longer changing its tone, +and I recognized his eyes also and the expression of his face and +his whole attitude and his very being, through the counterfeit +appearance in which he had shrouded it: + +"Arsene Lupin!" I muttered. + +"Yes, Arsene Lupin!" he cried, rising from his chair. "The one and +only Arsene Lupin, returned from the realms of darkness, since it +appears that I expired and passed away in a crypt! Arsene Lupin, +alive and kicking, in the full exercise of his will, happy and free +and more than ever resolved to enjoy that happy freedom in a world +where hitherto he has received nothing but favors and privileges!" + +It was my turn to laugh: + +"Well, it's certainly you, and livelier this time than on the day +when I had the pleasure of seeing you, last year--I congratulate +you." + +I was alluding to his last visit, the visit following on the famous +adventure of the diadem, [Footnote: Arsene Lupin, play in three acts +and four scenes, by Maurice Leblanc and Francis de Croisset.] his +interrupted marriage, his flight with Sonia Kirchnoff and the +Russian girl's horrible death. On that day, I had seen an Arsene +Lupin whom I did not know, weak, down-hearted, with eyes tired with +weeping, seeking for a little sympathy and affection. + +"Be quiet," he said. "The past is far away." + +"It was a year ago," I observed. + +"It was ten years ago," he declared. "Arsene Lupin's years count for +ten times as much as another man's." + +I did not insist and, changing the conversation: + +"How did you get in?" + +"Why, how do you think? Through the door, of course. Then, as I saw +nobody, I walked across the drawing room and out by the balcony, and +here I am." + +"Yes, but the key of the door--?" + +"There are no doors for me, as you know. I wanted your flat and I +came in." + +"It is at your disposal. Am I to leave you?" + +"Oh, not at all! You won't be in the way. In fact, I can promise you +an interesting evening." + +"Are you expecting some one?" + +"Yes. I have given him an appointment here at ten o'clock." He took +out his watch. "It is ten now. If the telegram reached him, he ought +to be here soon." + +The front-door bell rang. + +"What did I tell you? No, don't trouble to get up: I'll go." + +With whom on earth could he have made an appointment? And what sort +of scene was I about to assist at: dramatic or comic? For Lupin +himself to consider it worthy of interest, the situation must be +somewhat exceptional. + +He returned in a moment and stood back to make way for a young man, +tall and thin and very pale in the face. + +Without a word and with a certain solemnity about his movements that +made me feel ill at ease. Lupin switched on all the electric lamps, +one after the other, till the room was flooded with light. Then the +two men looked at each other, exchanged profound and penetrating +glances, as if, with all the effort of their gleaming eyes, they +were trying to pierce into each other's souls. + +It was an impressive sight to see them thus, grave and silent. But +who could the newcomer be? + +I was on the point of guessing the truth, through his resemblance to +a photograph which had recently appeared in the papers, when Lupin +turned to me: + +"My dear chap, let me introduce M. Isidore Beautrelet." And, +addressing the young man, he continued, "I have to thank you, M. +Beautrelet, first, for being good enough, on receipt of a letter +from me, to postpone your revelations until after this interview +and, secondly, for granting me this interview with so good a grace." + +Beautrelet smiled: + +"Allow me to remark that my good grace consists, above all, in +obeying your orders. The threat which you made to me in the letter +in question was the more peremptory in being aimed not at me, but at +my father." + +"My word," said Lupin laughing, "we must do the best we can and make +use of the means of action vouchsafed to us. I knew by experience +that your own safety was indifferent to you, seeing that you +resisted the arguments of Master Bredoux. There remained your +father--your father for whom you have a great affection--I played on +that string." + +"And here I am," said Beautrelet, approvingly. + +I motioned them to be seated. They consented and Lupin resumed, in +that tone of imperceptible banter which is all his own: + +"In any case, M. Beautrelet, if you will not accept my thanks, you +will at least not refuse my apologies." + +"Apologies! Bless my soul, what for?" + +"For the brutality which Master Bredoux showed you." + +"I confess that the act surprised me. It was not Lupin's usual way +of behaving. A stab--" + +"I assure you I had no hand in it. Bredoux is a new recruit. My +friends, during the time that they had the management of our +affairs, thought that it might be useful to win over to our cause +the clerk of the magistrate himself who was conducting the inquiry." + +"Your friends were right." + +"Bredoux, who was specially attached to your person, was, in fact, +most valuable to us. But, with the ardor peculiar to any neophyte +who wishes to distinguish himself, he pushed his zeal too far and +thwarted my plans by permitting himself, on his own initiative, to +strike you a blow." + +"Oh, it was a little accident!" + +"Not at all, not at all! And I have reprimanded him severely! I am +bound, however, to say in his favor that he was taken unawares by +the really unexpected rapidity of your investigation. If you had +only left us a few hours longer, you would have escaped that +unpardonable attempt." + +"And I should doubtless have enjoyed the enormous advantage of +undergoing the same fate as M. Ganimard and Mr. Holmlock Shears?" + +"Exactly," said Lupin, laughing heartily. "And I should not have +known the cruel terrors which your wound caused me. I have had an +atrocious time because of it, believe me, and, at this moment, your +pallor fills me with all the stings of remorse. Can you ever forgive +me?" + +"The proof of confidence which you have shown me in delivering +yourself unconditionally into my hands--it would have been so easy +for me to bring a few of Ganimard's friends with me--that proof of +confidence wipes out everything." + +Was he speaking seriously? I confess frankly that I was greatly +perplexed. The struggle between the two men was beginning in a +manner which I was simply unable to understand. I had been present +at the first meeting between Lupin and Holmlock Shears, in the cafe +near the Gare Montparnesse, [Footnote: Arsene Lupin versus Holmlock +Shears, by Maurice Leblanc.] and I could not help recalling the +haughty carriage of the two combatants, the terrific clash of their +pride under the politeness of their manners, the hard blows which +they dealt each other, their feints, their arrogance. + +Here, it was quite different. Lupin, it is true, had not changed; he +exhibited the same tactics, the same crafty affability. But what a +strange adversary he had come upon! Was it even an adversary? +Really, he had neither the tone of one nor the appearance. Very +calm, but with a real calmness, not one assumed to cloak the passion +of a man endeavoring to restrain himself; very polite, but without +exaggeration; smiling, but without chaff, he presented the most +perfect contrast to Arsene Lupin, a contrast so perfect even that, +to my mind, Lupin appeared as much perplexed as myself. + +No, there was no doubt about it: in the presence of that frail +stripling, with cheeks smooth as a girl's and candid and charming +eyes, Lupin was losing his ordinary self-assurance. Several times +over, I observed traces of embarrassment in him. He hesitated, did +not attack frankly, wasted time in mawkish and affected phrases. + +It also looked as though he wanted something. He seemed to be +seeking, waiting. What for? Some aid? + +There was a fresh ring of the bell. He himself ran and opened the +door. He returned with a letter: + +"Will you allow me, gentlemen?" he asked. + +He opened the letter. It contained a telegram. He read it--and +became as though transformed. His face lit up, his figure righted +itself and I saw the veins on his forehead swell. It was the athlete +who once more stood before me, the ruler, sure of himself, master of +events and master of persons. He spread the telegram on the table +and, striking it with his fist, exclaimed: + +"Now, M. Beautrelet, it's you and I!" + +Beautrelet adopted a listening attitude and Lupin began, in +measured, but harsh and masterful tones: + +"Let us throw off the mask--what say you?--and have done with +hypocritical compliments. We are two enemies, who know exactly what +to think of each other; we act toward each other as enemies; and +therefore we ought to treat with each other as enemies." + +"To treat?" echoed Beautrelet, in a voice of surprise. + +"Yes, to treat. I did not use that word at random and I repeat it, +in spite of the effort, the great effort, which it costs me. This is +the first time I have employed it to an adversary. But also, I may +as well tell you at once, it is the last. Make the most of it. I +shall not leave this flat without a promise from you. If I do, it +means war." + +Beautrelet seemed more and more surprised. He said very prettily: + +"I was not prepared for this--you speak so funnily! It's so +different from what I expected! Yes, I thought you were not a bit +like that! Why this display of anger? Why use threats? Are we +enemies because circumstances bring us into opposition? Enemies? +Why?" + +Lupin appeared a little out of countenance, but he snarled and, +leaning over the boy: + +"Listen to me, youngster," he said. "It's not a question of picking +one's words. It's a question of a fact, a positive, indisputable +fact; and that fact is this: in all the past ten years, I have not +yet knocked up against an adversary of your capacity. With Ganimard +and Holmlock Shears I played as if they were children. With you, I +am obliged to defend myself, I will say more, to retreat. Yes, at +this moment, you and I well know that I must look upon myself as +worsted in the fight. Isidore Beautrelet has got the better of +Arsene Lupin. My plans are upset. What I tried to leave in the dark +you have brought into the full light of day. You annoy me, you stand +in my way. Well, I've had enough of it--Bredoux told you so to no +purpose. I now tell you so again; and I insist upon it, so that you +may take it to heart: I've had enough of it!" + +Beautrelet nodded his head: + +"Yes, but what do you want?" + +"Peace! Each of us minding his own business, keeping to his own +side!" + +"That is to say, you free to continue your burglaries undisturbed, I +free to return to my studies." + +"Your studies--anything you please--I don't care. But you must leave +me in peace--I want peace." + +"How can I trouble it now?" + +Lupin seized his hand violently: + +"You know quite well! Don't pretend not to know. You are at this +moment in possession of a secret to which I attach the highest +importance. This secret you were free to guess, but you have no +right to give it to the public." + +"Are you sure that I know it?" + +"You know it, I am certain: day by day, hour by hour, I have +followed your train of thought and the progress of your +investigations. At the very moment when Bredoux struck you, you were +about to tell all. Subsequently, you delayed your revelations, out +of solicitude for your father. But they are now promised to this +paper here. The article is written. It will be set up in an hour. It +will appear to-morrow." + +"Quite right." + +Lupin rose, and slashing the air with his hand, + +"It shall not appear!" he cried. + +"It shall appear!" said Beautrelet, starting up in his turn. + +At last, the two men were standing up to each other. I received the +impression of a shock, as if they had seized each other round the +body. Beautrelet seemed to burn with a sudden energy. It was as +though a spark had kindled within him a group of new emotions: +pluck, self-respect, the passion of fighting, the intoxication of +danger. As for Lupin, I read in the radiance of his glance the joy +of the duellist who at length encounters the sword of his hated +rival. + +"Is the article in the printer's hands?" + +"Not yet." + +"Have you it there--on you?" + +"No fear! I shouldn't have it by now, in that case!" + +"Then--" + +"One of the assistant editors has it, in a sealed envelope. If I am +not at the office by midnight, he will have set it up." + +"Oh, the scoundrel!" muttered Lupin. "He has provided for +everything!" + +His anger was increasing, visibly and frightfully. Beautrelet +chuckled, jeering in his turn, carried away by his success. + +"Stop that, you brat!" roared Lupin. "You're forgetting who I am-- +and that, if I wished--upon my word, he's daring to laugh!" + +A great silence fell between them. Then Lupin stepped forward and, +in muttered tones, with his eyes on Beautrelet's: + +"You shall go straight to the Grand Journal." + +"No." + +"Tear up your article." + +"No." + +"See the editor." + +"No." + +"Tell him you made a mistake." + +"No." + +"And write him another article, in which you will give the official +version of the Ambrumesy mystery, the one which every one has +accepted." + +"No." + +Lupin took up a steel ruler that lay on my desk and broke it in two +without an effort. His pallor was terrible to see. He wiped away the +beads of perspiration that stood on his forehead. He, who had never +known his wishes resisted, was being maddened by the obstinacy of +this child. He pressed his two hands on Beautrelet's shoulder and, +emphasizing every syllable, continued: + +"You shall do as I tell you, Beautrelet. You shall say that your +latest discoveries have convinced you of my death, that there is not +the least doubt about it. You shall say so because I wish it, +because it has to be believed that I am dead. You shall say so, +above all, because, if you do not say so--" + +"Because, if I do not say so--?" + +"Your father will be kidnapped to-night, as Ganimard and Holmlock +Shears were." + +Beautrelet gave a smile. + +"Don't laugh--answer!" + +"My answer is that I am very sorry to disappoint you, but I have +promised to speak and I shall speak." + +"Speak in the sense which I have told you." + +"I shall speak the truth," cried Beautrelet, eagerly. "It is +something which you can't understand, the pleasure, the need, +rather, of saying the thing that is and saying it aloud. The truth +is here, in this brain which has guessed it and discovered it; and +it will come out, all naked and quivering. The article, therefore, +will be printed as I wrote it. The world shall know that Lupin is +alive and shall know the reason why he wished to be considered dead. +The world shall know all." And he added, calmly, "And my father +shall not be kidnapped." + +Once again, they were both silent, with their eyes still fixed upon +each other. They watched each other. Their swords were engaged up to +the hilt. And it was like the heavy silence that goes before the +mortal blow. Which of the two was to strike it? + +Lupin said, between his teeth: + +"Failing my instructions to the contrary, two of my friends have +orders to enter your father's room to-night, at three o'clock in the +morning, to seize him and carry him off to join Ganimard and +Holmlock Shears." + +A burst of shrill laughter interrupted him: + +"Why, you highwayman, don't you understand," cried Beautrelet, "that +I have taken my precautions? So you think that I am innocent enough, +ass enough, to have sent my father home to his lonely little house +in the open country!" Oh, the gay, bantering laughter that lit up +the boy's face! It was a new sort of laugh on his lips, a laugh that +showed the influence of Lupin himself. And the familiar form of +address which he adopted placed him at once on his adversary's +level. He continued: + +"You see, Lupin, your great fault is to believe your schemes +infallible. You proclaim yourself beaten, do you? What humbug! You +are convinced that you will always win the day in the end--and you +forget that others can have their little schemes, too. Mine is a +very simple one, my friend." + +It was delightful to hear him talk. He walked up and down, with his +hands in his pockets and with the easy swagger of a boy teasing a +caged beast. Really, at this moment, he was revenging, with the most +terrible revenges, all the victims of the great adventurer. And he +concluded: + +"Lupin, my father is not in Savoy. He is at the other end of France, +in the centre of a big town, guarded by twenty of our friends, who +have orders not to lose sight of him until our battle is over. Would +you like details? He is at Cherbourg, in the house of one of the +keepers of the arsenal. And remember that the arsenal is closed at +night and that no one is allowed to enter it by day, unless he +carries an authorization and is accompanied by a guide." + +He stopped in front of Lupin and defied him, like a child making +faces at his playmate: + +"What do you say to that, master?" + +For some minutes, Lupin had stood motionless. Not a muscle of his +face had moved. What were his thoughts? Upon what action was he +resolving? To any one knowing the fierce violence of his pride the +only possible solution was the total, immediate, final collapse of +his adversary. His fingers twitched. For a second, I had a feeling +that he was about to throw himself upon the boy and wring his neck. + +"What do you say to that, master?" Beautrelet repeated. + +Lupin took up the telegram that lay on the table, held it out and +said, very calmly: + +"Here, baby, read that." + +Beautrelet became serious, suddenly, impressed by the gentleness of +the movement. He unfolded the paper and, at once, raising his eyes, +murmured: + +"What does it mean? I don't understand." + +"At any rate, you understand the first word," said Lupin, "the first +word of the telegram--that is to say, the name of the place from +which it was sent--look--'Cherbourg.'" + +"Yes--yes," stammered Beautrelet. "Yes--I understand--'Cherbourg'- +and then?" + +"And then?--I should think the rest is quite plain: 'Removal of +luggage finished. Friends left with it and will wait instructions +till eight morning. All well.' Is there anything there that seems +obscure? The word 'luggage'? Pooh, you wouldn't have them write 'M. +Beautrelet, senior'! What then? The way in which the operation was +performed? The miracle by which your father was taken out of +Cherbourg Arsenal, in spite of his twenty body-guards? Pooh, it's as +easy as A B C! And the fact remains that the luggage has been +dispatched. What do you say to that, baby?" + +With all his tense being, with all his exasperated energy, Isidore +tried to preserve a good countenance. But I saw his lips quiver, his +jaw shrink, his eyes vainly strive to fix upon a point. He lisped a +few words, then was silent and, suddenly, gave way and, with his +hands before his face, burst into loud sobs: + +"Oh, father! Father!" + +An unexpected result, which was certainly the collapse which Lupin's +pride demanded, but also something more, something infinitely +touching and infinitely artless. Lupin gave a movement of annoyance +and took up his hat, as though this unaccustomed display of +sentiment were too much for him. But, on reaching the door, he +stopped, hesitated and then returned, slowly, step by step. + +The soft sound of the sobs rose like the sad wailing of a little +child overcome with grief. The lad's shoulders marked the heart- +rending rhythm. Tears appeared through the crossed fingers. Lupin +leaned forward and, without touching Beautrelet, said, in a voice +that had not the least tone of pleasantry, nor even of the offensive +pity of the victor: + +"Don't cry, youngster. This is one of those blows which a man must +expect when he rushes headlong into the fray, as you did. The worst +disasters lie in wait for him. The destiny of fighters will have it +so. We must suffer it as bravely as we can." Then, with a sort of +gentleness, he continued, "You were right, you see: we are not +enemies. I have known it for long. From the very first, I felt for +you, for the intelligent creature that you are, an involuntary +sympathy--and admiration. And that is why I wanted to say this to +you--don't be offended, whatever you do: I should be extremely sorry +to offend you--but I must say it: well, give up struggling against +me. I am not saying this out of vanity--nor because I despise you-- +but, you see, the struggle is too unequal. You do not know--nobody +knows all the resources which I have at my command. Look here, this +secret of the Hollow Needle which you are trying so vainly to +unravel: suppose, for a moment, that it is a formidable, +inexhaustible treasure--or else an invisible, prodigious, fantastic +refuge--or both perhaps. Think of the superhuman power which I must +derive from it! And you do not know, either, all the resources which +I have within myself--all that my will and my imagination enable me +to undertake and to undertake successfully. Only think that my whole +life--ever since I was born, I might almost say--has tended toward +the same aim, that I worked like a convict before becoming what I am +and to realize, in its perfection, the type which I wished to +create--which I have succeeded in creating. That being so--what can +you do? At that very moment when you think that victory lies within +your grasp, it will escape you--there will be something of which you +have not thought--a trifle--a grain of sand which I shall have put +in the right place, unknown to you. I entreat you, give up--I should +be obliged to hurt you; and the thought distresses me." And, placing +his hand on the boy's forehead, he repeated, "Once more, youngster, +give up. I should only hurt you. Who knows if the trap into which +you will inevitably fall has not already opened under your +footsteps?" + +Beautrelet uncovered his face. He was no longer crying. Had he heard +Lupin's words? One might have doubted it, judging by his inattentive +air. + +For two or three minutes, he was silent. He seemed to weigh the +decision which he was about to take, to examine the reasons for and +against, to count up the favorable and unfavorable chances. At last, +he said to Lupin: + +"If I change the sense of the article, if I confirm the version of +your death and if I undertake never to contradict the false version +which I shall have sanctioned, do you swear that my father will be +free?" + +"I swear it. My friends have taken your father by motor car to +another provincial town. At seven o'clock to-morrow morning, if the +article in the Grand Journal is what I want it to be, I shall +telephone to them and they will restore your father to liberty." + +"Very well," said Beautrelet. "I submit to your conditions." + +Quickly, as though he saw no object in prolonging the conversation +after accepting his defeat, he rose, took his hat, bowed to me, +bowed to Lupin and went out. Lupin watched him go, listened to the +sound of the door closing and muttered: + +"Poor little beggar!" + + * * * * * + +At eight o'clock the next morning, I sent my man out to buy the +Grand Journal. It was twenty minutes before he brought me a copy, +most of the kiosks being already sold out. + +I unfolded the paper with feverish hands. Beautrelet's article +appeared on the front page. I give it as it stood and as it was +quoted in the press of the whole world: + + * * * * * + +THE AMBRUMESY MYSTERY + +I do not intend in these few sentences to set out in detail the +mental processes and the investigations that have enabled me to +reconstruct the tragedy--I should say the twofold tragedy--of +Ambrumesy. In my opinion, this sort of work and the judgments which +it entails, deductions, inductions, analyses and so on, are only +interesting in a minor degree and, in any case, are highly +commonplace. No, I shall content myself with setting forth the two +leading ideas which I followed; and, if I do that, it will be seen +that, in so setting them forth and in solving the two problems which +they raise, I shall have told the story just as it happened, in the +exact order of the different incidents. + +It may be said that some of these incidents are not proved and that +I leave too large a field to conjecture. That is quite true. But, in +my view, my theory is founded upon a sufficiently large number of +proved facts to be able to say that even those facts which are not +proved must follow from the strict logic of events. The stream is so +often lost under the pebbly bed: it is nevertheless the same stream +that reappears at intervals and mirrors back the blue sky. + +The first riddle that confronted me, a riddle not in detail, but as +a whole, was how came it that Lupin, mortally wounded, one might +say, managed to live for five or six weeks without nursing, medicine +or food, at the bottom of a dark hole? + +Let us start at the beginning. On Thursday the sixteenth of April, +at four o'clock in the morning, Arsene Lupin, surprised in the +middle of one of his most daring burglaries, runs away by the path +leading to the ruins and drops down shot. He drags himself painfully +along, falls again and picks himself up in the desperate hope of +reaching the chapel. The chapel contains a crypt, the existence of +which he has discovered by accident. If he can burrow there, he may +be saved. By dint of an effort, he approaches it, he is but a few +yards away, when a sound of footsteps approaches. Harassed and lost, +he lets himself go. The enemy arrives. It is Mlle. Raymonde de +Saint-Veran. + +This is the prologue or rather the first scene of the drama. + +What happened between them? This is the easier to guess inasmuch as +the sequel of the adventure gives us all the necessary clues. At the +girl's feet lies a wounded man, exhausted by suffering, who will be +captured in two minutes. THIS MAN HAS BEEN WOUNDED BY HERSELF. Will +she also give him up? + +If he is Jean Daval's murderer, yes, she will let destiny take its +course. But, in quick sentences, he tells her the truth about this +awful murder committed by her uncle, M. de Gesvres. She believes +him. What will she do? + +Nobody can see them. The footman Victor is watching the little door. +The other, Albert, posted at the drawing-room window, has lost sight +of both of them. Will she give up the man she has wounded? + +The girl is carried away by a movement of irresistible pity, which +any woman will understand. Instructed by Lupin, with a few movements +she binds up the wound with his handkerchief, to avoid the marks +which the blood would leave. Then, with the aid of the key which he +gives her, she opens the door of the chapel. He enters, supported by +the girl. She locks the door again and walks away. Albert arrives. + +If the chapel had been visited at that moment or at least during the +next few minutes, before Lupin had had time to recover his strength, +to raise the flagstone and disappear by the stairs leading to the +crypt, he would have been taken. But this visit did not take place +until six hours later and then only in the most superficial way. As +it is, Lupin is saved; and saved by whom? By the girl who very +nearly killed him. + +Thenceforth, whether she wishes it or no, Mlle. de Saint-Veran is +his accomplice. Not only is she no longer able to give him up, but +she is obliged to continue her work, else the wounded man will +perish in the shelter in which she has helped to conceal him. +Therefore she continues. + +For that matter, if her feminine instinct makes the task a +compulsory one, it also makes it easy. She is full of artifice, she +foresees and forestalls everything. It is she who gives the +examining magistrate a false description of Arsene Lupin (the reader +will remember the difference of opinion on this subject between the +cousins). It is she, obviously, who, thanks to certain signs which I +do not know of, suspects an accomplice of Lupin's in the driver of +the fly. She warns him. She informs him of the urgent need of an +operation. It is she, no doubt, who substitutes one cap for the +other. It is she who causes the famous letter to be written in which +she is personally threatened. How, after that, is it possible to +suspect her? + +It is she, who at that moment when I was about to confide my first +impressions to the examining magistrate, pretends to have seen me, +the day before, in the copsewood, alarms M. Filleul on my score and +reduces me to silence: a dangerous move, no doubt, because it +arouses my attention and directs it against the person who assails +me with an accusation which I know to be false; but an efficacious +move, because the most important thing of all is to gain time and +close my lips. + +Lastly, it is she who, during forty days, feeds Lupin, brings him +his medicine (the chemist at Ouville will produce the prescriptions +which he made up for Mlle. de Saint-Veran), nurses him, dresses his +wound, watches over him AND CURES HIM. + +Here we have the first of our two problems solved, at the same time +that the Ambrumesy mystery is set forth. Arsene Lupin found, close +at hand, in the chateau itself, the assistance which was +indispensable to him in order, first, not to be discovered and, +secondly, to live. + +He now lives. And we come to the second problem, corresponding with +the second Ambrumesy mystery, the study of which served me as a +conducting medium. Why does Lupin, alive, free, at the head of his +gang, omnipotent as before, why does Lupin make desperate efforts, +efforts with which I am constantly coming into collision, to force +the idea of his death upon the police and the public? + +We must remember that Mlle. de Saint-Veran was a very pretty girl. +The photographs reproduced in the papers after her disappearance +give but an imperfect notion of her beauty. That follows which was +bound to follow. Lupin, seeing this lovely girl daily for five or +six weeks, longing for her presence when she is not there, subjected +to her charm and grace when she is there, inhaling the cool perfume +of her breath when she bends over him, Lupin becomes enamored of his +nurse. Gratitude turns to love, admiration to passion. She is his +salvation, but she is also the joy of his eyes, the dream of his +lonely hours, his light, his hope, his very life. + +He respects her sufficiently not to take advantage of the girl's +devotion and not to make use of her to direct his confederates. +There is, in fact, a certain lack of decision apparent in the acts +of the gang. But he loves her also, his scruples weaken and, as +Mlle. de Saint-Veran refuses to be touched by a love that offends +her, as she relaxes her visits when they become less necessary, as +she ceases them entirely on the day when he is cured--desperate, +maddened by grief, he takes a terrible resolve. He leaves his lair, +prepares his stroke and, on Saturday the sixth of June, assisted by +his accomplices, he carries off the girl. + +This is not all. The abduction must not be known. All search, all +surmises, all hope, even, must be cut short. Mlle. de Saint-Veran +must pass for dead. There is a mock murder: proofs are supplied for +the police inquiries. There is doubt about the crime, a crime, for +that matter, not unexpected, a crime foretold by the accomplices, a +crime perpetrated to revenge the chief's death. And, through this +very fact--observe the marvelous ingenuity of the conception-- +through this very fact, the belief in this death is, so to speak, +stimulated. + +It is not enough to suggest a belief; it is necessary to compel a +certainty. Lupin foresees my interference. I am sure to guess the +trickery of the chapel. I am sure to discover the crypt. And, as the +crypt will be empty, the whole scaffolding will come to the ground. + +THE CRYPT SHALL NOT BE EMPTY. + +In the same way, the death of Mlle. de Saint-Veran will not be +definite, unless the sea gives up her corpse. + +THE SEA SHALL GIVE UP THE CORPSE OF MLLE. DE SAINT-VERAN. + +The difficulty is tremendous. The double obstacle seems +insurmountable. Yes, to any one but Lupin, but not to Lupin. + +As he had foreseen, I guess the trickery of the chapel, I discover +the crypt and I go down into the lair where Lupin has taken refuge. +His corpse is there! + +Any person who had admitted the death of Lupin as possible would +have been baffled. But I had not admitted this eventuality for an +instant (first, by intuition and, secondly, by reasoning). Pretense +thereupon became useless and every scheme vain. I said to myself at +once that the block of stone disturbed by the pickaxe had been +placed there with a very curious exactness, that the least knock was +bound to make it fall and that, in falling, it must inevitably +reduce the head of the false Arsene Lupin to pulp, in such a way as +to make it utterly irrecognizable. + +Another discovery: half an hour later, I hear that the body of Mlle. +de Saint-Veran has been found on the rocks at Dieppe--or rather a +body which is considered to be Mlle. de Saint-Veran's, for the +reason that the arm has a bracelet similar to one of that young +lady's bracelets. This, however, is the only mark of identity, for +the corpse is irrecognizable. + +Thereupon I remember and I understand. A few days earlier, I +happened to read in a number of the Vigie de Dieppe that a young +American couple staying at Envermeu had committed suicide by taking +poison and that their bodies had disappeared on the very night of +the death. I hasten to Envermeu. The story is true, I am told, +except in so far as concerns the disappearance, because the brothers +of the victims came to claim the corpses and took them away after +the usual formalities. The name of these brothers, no doubt, was +Arsene Lupin & Co. + +Consequently, the thing is proved. We know why Lupin shammed the +murder of the girl and spread the rumor of his own death. He is in +love and does not wish it known. And, to reach his ends, he shrinks +from nothing, he even undertakes that incredible theft of the two +corpses which he needs in order to impersonate himself and Mlle. de +Saint-Veran. In this way, he will be at ease. No one can disturb +him. No one will ever suspect the truth which he wishes to suppress. + +No one? Yes--three adversaries, at the most, might conceive doubts: +Ganimard, whose arrival is hourly expected; Holmlock Shears, who is +about to cross the Channel; and I, who am on the spot. This +constitutes a threefold danger. He removes it. He kidnaps Ganimard. +He kidnaps Holmlock Shears. He has me stabbed by Bredoux. + +One point alone remains obscure. Why was Lupin so fiercely bent upon +snatching the document about the Hollow Needle from me? He surely +did not imagine that, by taking it away, he could wipe out from my +memory the text of the five lines of which it consists! Then why? +Did he fear that the character of the paper itself, or some other +clue, could give me a hint? + +Be that as it may, this is the truth of the Ambrumesy mystery. I +repeat that conjecture plays a certain part in the explanation which +I offer, even as it played a great part in my personal +investigation. But, if one waited for proofs and facts to fight +Lupin, one would run a great risk either of waiting forever or else +of discovering proofs and facts carefully prepared by Lupin, which +would lead in a direction immediately opposite to the object in +view. I feel confident that the facts, when they are known, will +confirm my surmise in every respect. + + * * * * * + +So Isidore Beautrelet, mastered for a moment by Arsene Lupin, +distressed by the abduction of his father and resigned to defeat, +Isidore Beautrelet, in the end, was unable to persuade himself to +keep silence. The truth was too beautiful and too curious, the +proofs which he was able to produce were too logical and too +conclusive for him to consent to misrepresent it. The whole world +was waiting for his revelations. He spoke. + + * * * * * + +On the evening of the day on which his article appeared, the +newspapers announced the kidnapping of M. Beautrelet, senior. +Isidore was informed of it by a telegram from Cherbourg, which +reached him at three o'clock. + + + + +CHAPTER FIVE + +ON THE TRACK + + +Young Beautrelet was stunned by the violence of the blow. As a +matter of fact, although, in publishing his article, he had obeyed +one of those irresistible impulses which make a man despise every +consideration of prudence, he had never really believed in the +possibility of an abduction. His precautions had been too thorough. +The friends at Cherbourg not only had instructions to guard and +protect Beautrelet the elder: they were also to watch his comings +and goings, never to let him walk out alone and not even to hand him +a single letter without first opening it. No, there was no danger. +Lupin, wishing to gain time, was trying to intimidate his adversary. + +The blow, therefore, was almost unexpected; and Isidore, because he +was powerless to act, felt the pain of the shock during the whole of +the remainder of the day. One idea alone supported him: that of +leaving Paris, going down there, seeing for himself what had +happened and resuming the offensive. + +He telegraphed to Cherbourg. He was at Saint-Lazare a little before +nine. A few minutes after, he was steaming out of the station in the +Normandy express. + +It was not until an hour later, when he mechanically unfolded a +newspaper which he had bought on the platform, that he became aware +of the letter by which Lupin indirectly replied to his article of +that morning: + + * * * * * + +To the Editor of the Grand Journal. + +SIR: I cannot pretend but that my modest personality, which would +certainly have passed unnoticed in more heroic times, has acquired a +certain prominence in the dull and feeble period in which we live. +But there is a limit beyond which the morbid curiosity of the crowd +cannot go without becoming indecently indiscreet. If the walls that +surround our private lives be not respected, what is to safeguard +the rights of the citizen? + +Will those who differ plead the higher interest of truth? An empty +pretext in so far as I am concerned, because the truth is known and +I raise no difficulty about making an official confession of the +truth in writing. Yes, Mlle. de Saint-Veran is alive. Yes, I love +her. Yes, I have the mortification not to be loved by her. Yes, the +results of the boy Beautrelet's inquiry are wonderful in their +precision and accuracy. Yes, we agree on every point. There is no +riddle left. There is no mystery. Well, then, what? + +Injured to the very depths of my soul, bleeding still from cruel +wounds, I ask that my more intimate feelings and secret hopes may no +longer be delivered to the malevolence of the public. I ask for +peace, the peace which I need to conquer the affection of Mlle. de +Saint-Veran and to wipe out from her memory the thousand little +injuries which she has had to suffer at the hands of her uncle and +cousin--this has not been told--because of her position as a poor +relation. Mlle. de Saint-Veran will forget this hateful past. All +that she can desire, were it the fairest jewel in the world, were it +the most unattainable treasure, I shall lay at her feet. She will be +happy. She will love me. + +But, if I am to succeed, once more, I require peace. That is why I +lay down my arms and hold out the olive-branch to my enemies--while +warning them, with every magnanimity on my part, that a refusal on +theirs might bring down upon them the gravest consequences. + +One word more on the subject of Mr. Harlington. This name conceals +the identity of an excellent fellow, who is secretary to Cooley, the +American millionaire, and instructed by him to lay hands upon every +object of ancient art in Europe which it is possible to discover. +His evil star brought him into touch with my friend Etienne de +Vaudreix, ALIAS Arsene Lupin, ALIAS myself. He learnt, in this way, +that a certain M. de Gesvres was willing to part with four pictures +by Rubens, ostensibly on the condition that they were replaced by +copies and that the bargain to which he was consenting remained +unknown. My friend Vaudreix also undertook to persuade M. de Gesvres +to sell his chapel. The negotiations were conducted with entire good +faith on the side of my friend Vaudreix and with charming +ingenuousness on the side of Mr. Harlington, until the day when the +Rubenses and the carvings from the chapel were in a safe place and +Mr. Harlington in prison. There remains nothing, therefore, to be +done but to release the unfortunate American, because he was content +to play the modest part of a dupe; to brand the millionaire Cooley, +because, for fear of possible unpleasantness, he did not protest +against his secretary's arrest; and to congratulate my friend +Etienne de Vaudreix, because he is revenging the outraged morality +of the public by keeping the hundred thousand francs which he was +paid on account by that singularly unattractive person, Cooley. + +Pray, pardon the length of this letter and permit me to be, Sir, + +Your obedient servant, + +ARSENE LUPIN. + + * * * * * + +Isidore weighed the words of this communication as minutely, +perhaps, as he had studied the document concerning the Hollow +Needle. He went on the principle, the correctness of which was +easily proved, that Lupin had never taken the trouble to send one of +his amusing letters to the press without absolute necessity, without +some motive which events were sure, sooner or later, to bring to +light. + +What was the motive for this particular letter? For what hidden +reason was Lupin confessing his love and the failure of that love? +Was it there that Beautrelet had to seek, or in the explanations +regarding Mr. Harlington, or further still, between the lines, +behind all those words whose apparent meaning had perhaps no other +object than to suggest some wicked, perfidious, misleading little +idea? + +For hours, the young man, confined to his compartment, remained +pensive and anxious. The letter filled him with mistrust, as though +it had been written for his benefit and were destined to lead him, +personally, into error. For the first time and because he found +himself confronted not with a direct attack, but with an ambiguous, +indefinable method of fighting, he underwent a distinct sensation of +fear. And, when he thought of his good old, easy-going father, +kidnapped through his fault, he asked himself, with a pang, whether +he was not mad to continue so unequal a contest. Was the result not +certain? Had Lupin not won the game in advance? + +It was but a short moment of weakness. When he alighted from his +compartment, at six o'clock in the morning, refreshed by a few +hours' sleep, he had recovered all his confidence. + +On the platform, Froberval, the dockyard clerk who had given +hospitality to M. Beautrelet, senior, was waiting for him, +accompanied by his daughter Charlotte, an imp of twelve or thirteen. + +"Well?" cried Isidore. + +The worthy man beginning to moan and groan, he interrupted him, +dragged him to a neighboring tavern, ordered coffee and began to put +plain questions, without permitting the other the slightest +digression: + +"My father has not been carried off, has he? It was impossible." + +"Impossible. Still, he has disappeared." + +"Since when?" + +"We don't know." + +"What!" + +"No. Yesterday morning, at six o'clock, as I had not seen him come +down as usual, I opened his door. He was gone." + +"But was he there on the day before, two days ago?" + +"Yes. On the day before yesterday, he did not leave his room. He was +a little tired; and Charlotte took his lunch up to him at twelve and +his dinner at seven in the evening." + +"So it was between seven o'clock in the evening, on the day before +yesterday, and six o'clock on yesterday morning that he +disappeared?" + +"Yes, during the night before last. Only--" + +"Only what?" + +"Well, it's like this: you can't leave the arsenal at night." + +"Do you mean that he has not left it?" + +"That's impossible! My friends and I have searched the whole naval +harbor." + +"Then he has left it!" + +"Impossible, every outlet is guarded!" + +Beautrelet reflected and then said: + +"What next?" + +"Next, I hurried to the commandant's and informed the officer in +charge." + +"Did he come to your house?" + +"Yes; and a gentleman from the public prosecutor's also. They +searched all through the morning; and, when I saw that they were +making no progress and that there was no hope left, I telegraphed to +you." + +"Was the bed disarranged in his room?" + +"No." + +"Nor the room disturbed in any way?" + +"No. I found his pipe in its usual place, with his tobacco and the +book which he was reading. There was even this little photograph of +yourself in the middle of the book, marking the page." + +"Let me see it." + +Froberval passed him the photograph. Beautrelet gave a start of +surprise. He had recognized himself in the snapshot, standing, with +his two hands in his pockets, on a lawn from which rose trees and +ruins. + +Froberval added: + +"It must be the last portrait of yourself which you sent him. Look, +on the back, you will see the date, 3 April, the name of the +photographer, R. de Val, and the name of the town, Lion--Lion-sur- +Mer, perhaps." + +Isidore turned the photograph over and read this little note, in his +own handwriting: + +"R. de Val.--3.4--Lion." + +He was silent for a few minutes and resumed: + +"My father hadn't shown you that snapshot yet?" + +"No--and that's just what astonished me when I saw it yesterday--for +your father used so often to talk to us about you." + +There was a fresh pause, greatly prolonged. Froberval muttered: + +"I have business at the workshop. We might as well go in--" + +He was silent. Isidore had not taken his eyes from the photograph, +was examining it from every point of view. At last, the boy asked: + +"Is there such a thing as an inn called the Lion d'Or at a short +league outside the town?" + +"Yes, about a league from here." + +"On the Route de Valognes, is it?" + +"Yes, on the Route de Valognes." + +"Well, I have every reason to believe that this inn was the head- +quarters of Lupin's friends. It was from there that they entered +into communication with my father." + +"What an idea! Your father spoke to nobody. He saw nobody." + +"He saw nobody, but they made use of an intermediary." + +"What proof have you?" + +"This photograph." + +"But it's your photograph!" + +"It's my photograph, but it was not sent by me. I was not even aware +of its existence. It was taken, without my knowledge, in the ruins +of Ambrumesy, doubtless by the examining-magistrate's clerk, who, as +you know, was an accomplice of Arsene Lupin's." + +"And then?" + +"Then this photograph became the passport, the talisman, by means of +which they obtained my father's confidence." + +"But who? Who was able to get into my house?" + +"I don't know, but my father fell into the trap. They told him and +he believed that I was in the neighborhood, that I was asking to see +him and that I was giving him an appointment at the Golden Lion." + +"But all this is nonsense! How can you assert--?" + +"Very simply. They imitated my writing on the back of the photograph +and specified the meeting-place: Valognes Road, 3 kilometres 400, +Lion Inn. My father came and they seized him, that's all." + +"Very well," muttered Froberval, dumbfounded, "very well. I admit +it--things happened as you say--but that does not explain how he was +able to leave during the night." + +"He left in broad daylight, though he waited until dark to go to the +meeting-place." + +"But, confound it, he didn't leave his room the whole of the day +before yesterday!" + +"There is one way of making sure: run down to the dockyard, +Froberval, and look for one of the men who were on guard in the +afternoon, two days ago.--Only, be quick, if you wish to find me +here." + +"Are you going?" + +"Yes, I shall take the next train back." + +"What!--Why, you don't know--your inquiry--" + +"My inquiry is finished. I know pretty well all that I wanted to +know. I shall have left Cherbourg in an hour." + +Froberval rose to go. He looked at Beautrelet with an air of +absolute bewilderment, hesitated a moment and then took his cap: + +"Are you coming, Charlotte?" + +"No," said Beautrelet, "I shall want a few more particulars. Leave +her with me. Besides, I want to talk to her. I knew her when she was +quite small." + +Froberval went away. Beautrelet and the little girl remained alone +in the tavern smoking room. A few minutes passed, a waiter entered, +cleared away some cups and left the room again. The eyes of the +young man and the child met; and Beautrelet placed his hand very +gently on the little girl's hand. She looked at him for two or three +seconds, distractedly, as though about to choke. Then, suddenly +hiding her head between her folded arms, she burst into sobs. + +He let her cry and, after a while, said: + +"It was you, wasn't it, who did all the mischief, who acted as go- +between? It was you who took him the photograph? You admit it, don't +you? And, when you said that my father was in his room, two days +ago, you knew that it was not true, did you not, because you +yourself had helped him to leave it--?" + +She made no reply. He asked: + +"Why did you do it? They offered you money, I suppose--to buy +ribbons with a frock--?" + +He uncrossed Charlotte's arms and lifted up her head. He saw a poor +little face all streaked with tears, the attractive, disquieting, +mobile face of one of those little girls who seem marked out for +temptation and weakness. + +"Come," said Beautrelet, "it's over, we'll say no more about it. I +will not even ask you how it happened. Only you must tell me +everything that can be of use to me.--Did you catch anything--any +remark made by those men? How did they carry him off?" + +She replied at once: + +"By motor car. I heard them talking about it--" + +"And what road did they take?" + +"Ah, I don't know that!" + +"Didn't they say anything before you--something that might help us?" + +"No--wait, though: there was one who said, 'We shall have no time to +lose--the governor is to telephone to us at eight o'clock in the +morning--'" + +"Where to?" + +"I can't say.--I've forgotten--" + +"Try--try and remember. It was the name of a town, wasn't it?" + +"Yes--a name--like Chateau--" + +"Chateaubriant?--Chateau-Thierry?--" + +"No-no--" + +"Chateauroux?" + +"Yes, that was it--Chateauroux--" + +Beautrelet did not wait for her to complete her sentence. Already he +was on his feet and, without giving a thought to Froberval, without +even troubling about the child, who stood gazing at him in +stupefaction, he opened the door and ran to the station: + +"Chateauroux, madame--a ticket for Chateauroux--" + +"Over Mans and Tours?" asked the booking-clerk. + +"Of course--the shortest way. Shall I be there for lunch?" + +"Oh, no!" + +"For dinner? Bedtime--?" + +"Oh, no! For that, you would have to go over Paris. The Paris +express leaves at nine o'clock. You're too late--" + +It was not too late. Beautrelet was just able to catch the train. + +"Well," said Beautrelet, rubbing his hands, "I have spent only two +hours or so at Cherbourg, but they were well employed." + +He did not for a moment think of accusing Charlotte of lying. Weak, +unstable, capable of the worst treacheries, those petty natures also +obey impulses of sincerity; and Beautrelet had read in her +affrighted eyes her shame for the harm which she had done and her +delight at repairing it in part. He had no doubt, therefore, that +Chateauroux was the other town to which Lupin had referred and where +his confederates were to telephone to him. + +On his arrival in Paris, Beautrelet took every necessary precaution +to avoid being followed. He felt that it was a serious moment. He +was on the right road that was leading him to his father: one act of +imprudence might ruin all. + +He went to the flat of one of his schoolfellows and came out, an +hour later, irrecognizable, rigged out as an Englishman of thirty, +in a brown check suit, with knickerbockers, woolen stockings and a +cap, a high-colored complexion and a red wig. He jumped on a bicycle +laden with a complete painter's outfit and rode off to the Gare +d'Austerlitz. + +He slept that night at Issoudun. The next morning, he mounted his +machine at break of day. At seven o'clock, he walked into the +Chateauroux post-office and asked to be put on to Paris. As he had +to wait, he entered into conversation with the clerk and learnt +that, two days before, at the same hour, a man dressed for motoring +had also asked for Paris. + +The proof was established. He waited no longer. + +By the afternoon, he had ascertained, from undeniable evidence, that +a limousine car, following the Tours road, had passed through the +village of Buzancais and the town of Chateauroux and had stopped +beyond the town, on the verge of the forest. At ten o'clock, a hired +gig, driven by a man unknown, had stopped beside the car and then +gone off south, through the valley of the Bouzanne. There was then +another person seated beside the driver. As for the car, it had +turned in the opposite direction and gone north, toward Issoudun. + +Beautrelet easily discovered the owner of the gig, who, however, had +no information to supply. He had hired out his horse and trap to a +man who brought them back himself next day. + +Lastly, that same evening, Isidore found out that the motor car had +only passed through Issoudun, continuing its road toward Orleans, +that is to say, toward Paris. + +From all this, it resulted, in the most absolute fashion, that M. +Beautrelet was somewhere in the neighborhood. If not, how was it +conceivable that people should travel nearly three hundred miles +across France in order to telephone from Chateauroux and next to +return, at an acute angle, by the Paris road? + +This immense circuit had a more definite object: to move M. +Beautrelet to the place assigned to him. + +"And this place is within reach of my hand," said Isidore to +himself, quivering with hope and expectation. "My father is waiting +for me to rescue him at ten or fifteen leagues from here. He is +close by. He is breathing the same air as I." + +He set to work at once. Taking a war-office map, he divided it into +small squares, which he visited one after the other, entering the +farmhouses making the peasants talk, calling on the schoolmasters, +the mayors, the parish priests, chatting to the women. It seemed to +him that he must attain his end without delay and his dreams grew +until it was no longer his father alone whom he hoped to deliver, +but all those whom Lupin was holding captive: Raymonde de Saint- +Veran, Ganimard, Holmlock Shears, perhaps, and others, many others; +and, in reaching them, he would, at the same time, reach Lupin's +stronghold, his lair, the impenetrable retreat where he was piling +up the treasures of which he had robbed the wide world. + +But, after a fortnight's useless searching, his enthusiasm ended by +slackening and he very soon lost confidence. Because success was +slow in appearing, from one day to the next, almost, he ceased to +believe in it; and, though he continued to pursue his plan of +investigations, he would have felt a real surprise if his efforts +had led to the smallest discovery. + +More days still passed by, monotonous days of discouragement. He +read in the newspapers that the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter +had left Ambrumesy and gone to stay near Nice. He also learnt that +Harlington had been released, that gentleman's innocence having +become self-obvious, in accordance with the indications supplied by +Arsene Lupin. + +Isidore changed his head-quarters, established himself for two days +at the Chatre, for two days at Argenton. The result was the same. + +Just then, he was nearly throwing up the game. Evidently, the gig in +which his father had been carried off could only have furnished a +stage, which had been followed by another stage, furnished by some +other conveyance. And his father was far away. + +He was thinking of leaving, when, one Monday morning, he saw, on the +envelope of an unstamped letter, sent on to him from Paris, a +handwriting that set him trembling with emotion. So great was his +excitement that, for some minutes, he dared not open the letter, for +fear of a disappointment. His hand shook. Was it possible? Was this +not a trap laid for him by his infernal enemy? + +He tore open the envelope. It was indeed a letter from his father, +written by his father himself. The handwriting presented all the +peculiarities, all the oddities of the hand which he knew so well. + +He read: + + * * * * * + +Will these lines ever reach you, my dear son? I dare not believe it. + +During the whole night of my abduction, we traveled by motor car; +then, in the morning, by carriage. I could see nothing. My eyes were +bandaged. The castle in which I am confined should be somewhere in +the midlands, to judge by its construction and the vegetation in the +park. The room which I occupy is on the second floor: it is a room +with two windows, one of which is almost blocked by a screen of +climbing glycines. In the afternoon, I am allowed to walk about the +park, at certain hours, but I am kept under unrelaxing observation. + +I am writing this letter, on the mere chance of its reaching you, +and fastening it to a stone. Perhaps, one day, I shall be able to +throw it over the wall and some peasant will pick it up. + +But do not be distressed about me. I am treated with every +consideration. + +Your old father, who is very fond of you and very sad to think of +the trouble he is giving you, + +BEAUTRELET. + + * * * * * + +Isidore at once looked at the postmarks. They read, "Cuzion, Indre." + +The Indre! The department which he had been stubbornly searching for +weeks! + +He consulted a little pocket-guide which he always carried. Cuzion, +in the canton of Eguzon--he had been there too. + +For prudence's sake, he discarded his personality as an Englishman, +which was becoming too well known in the district, disguised himself +as a workman and made for Cuzion. It was an unimportant village. He +would easily discover the sender of the letter. + +For that matter, chance served him without delay: + +"A letter posted on Wednesday last?" exclaimed the mayor, a +respectable tradesman in whom he confided and who placed himself at +his disposal. "Listen, I think I can give you a valuable clue: on +Saturday morning, Gaffer Charel, an old knife-grinder who visits all +the fairs in the department, met me at the end of the village and +asked, 'Monsieur le maire, does a letter without a stamp on it go +all the same?' 'Of course,' said I. 'And does it get there?' +'Certainly. Only there's double postage to pay on it, that's all the +difference.'" + +"And where does he live?" + +"He lives over there, all alone--on the slope--the hovel that comes +next after the churchyard.--Shall I go with you?" + +It was a hovel standing by itself, in the middle of an orchard +surrounded by tall trees. As they entered the orchard, three magpies +flew away with a great splutter and they saw that the birds were +flying out of the very hole in which the watch-dog was fastened. And +the dog neither barked nor stirred as they approached. + +Beautrelet went up in great surprise. The brute was lying on its +side, with stiff paws, dead. + +They ran quickly to the cottage. The door stood open. They entered. +At the back of a low, damp room, on a wretched straw mattress, flung +on the floor itself, lay a man fully dressed. + +"Gaffer Charel!" cried the mayor. "Is he dead, too?" + +The old man's hands were cold, his face terribly pale, but his heart +was still beating, with a faint, slow throb, and he seemed not to be +wounded in any way. + +They tried to resuscitate him and, as they failed in their efforts, +Beautrelet went to fetch a doctor. The doctor succeeded no better +than they had done. The old man did not seem to be suffering. He +looked as if he were just asleep, but with an artificial slumber, as +though he had been put to sleep by hypnotism or with the aid of a +narcotic. + +In the middle of the night that followed, however, Isidore, who was +watching by his side, observed that the breathing became stronger +and that his whole being appeared to be throwing off the invisible +bonds that paralyzed it. + +At daybreak, he woke up and resumed his normal functions: ate, drank +and moved about. But, the whole day long, he was unable to reply to +the young man's questions and his brain seemed as though still +numbed by an inexplicable torpor. + +The next day, he asked Beautrelet: + +"What are you doing here, eh?" + +It was the first time that he had shown surprise at the presence of +a stranger beside him. + +Gradually, in this way, he recovered all his faculties. He talked. +He made plans. But, when Beautrelet asked him about the events +immediately preceding his sleep, he seemed not to understand. + +And Beautrelet felt that he really did not understand. He had lost +the recollection of all that had happened since the Friday before. +It was like a sudden gap in the ordinary flow of his life. He +described his morning and afternoon on the Friday, the purchases he +had made at the fair, the meals he had taken at the inn. Then-- +nothing--nothing more. He believed himself to be waking on the +morrow of that day. + +It was horrible for Beautrelet. The truth lay there, in those eyes +which had seen the walls of the park behind which his father was +waiting for him, in those hands which had picked up the letter, in +that muddled brain which had recorded the whereabouts of that scene, +the setting, the little corner of the world in which the play had +been enacted. And from those hands, from that brain he was unable to +extract the faintest echo of the truth so near at hand! + +Oh, that impalpable and formidable obstacle, against which all his +efforts hurled themselves in vain, that obstacle built up of silence +and oblivion! How clearly it bore the mark of Arsene Lupin! He +alone, informed, no doubt, that M. Beautrelet had attempted to give +a signal, he alone could have struck with partial death the one man +whose evidence could injure him. It was not that Beautrelet felt +himself to be discovered or thought that Lupin, hearing of his +stealthy attack and knowing that a letter had reached him, was +defending himself against him personally. But what an amount of +foresight and real intelligence it displayed to suppress any +possible accusation on the part of that chance wayfarer! Nobody now +knew that within the walls of a park there lay a prisoner asking for +help. + +Nobody? Yes, Beautrelet. Gaffer Charel was unable to speak. Very +well. But, at least, one could find out which fair the old man had +visited and which was the logical road that he had taken to return +by. And, along this road, perhaps it would at last be possible to +find-- + +Isidore, as it was, had been careful not to visit Gaffer Charel's +hovel except with the greatest precautions and in such a way as not +to give an alarm. He now decided not to go back to it. He made +inquiries and learnt that Friday was market-day at Fresselines, a +fair-sized town situated a few leagues off, which could be reached +either by the rather winding highroad or by a series of short cuts. + +On the Friday, he chose the road and saw nothing that attracted his +attention, no high walled enclosure, no semblance of an old castle. + +He lunched at an inn at Fresselines and was on the point of leaving +when he saw Gaffer Charel arrive and cross the square, wheeling his +little knife-grinding barrow before him. He at once followed him at +a good distance. + +The old man made two interminable waits, during which he ground +dozens of knives. Then, at last, he went away by a quite different +road, which ran in the direction of Crozant and the market-town of +Eguzon. + +Beautrelet followed him along this road. But he had not walked five +minutes before he received the impression that he was not alone in +shadowing the old fellow. A man was walking along between them, +stopping at the same time as Charel and starting off again when he +did, without, for that matter, taking any great precautions against +being seen. + +"He is being watched," thought Beautrelet. "Perhaps they want to +know if he stops in front of the walls--" + +His heart beat violently. The event was at hand. + +The three of them, one behind the other, climbed up and down the +steep slopes of the country and arrived at Crozant, famed for the +colossal ruins of its castle. There Charel made a halt of an hour's +duration. Next he went down to the riverside and crossed the bridge. + +But then a thing happened that took Beautrelet by surprise. The +other man did not cross the river. He watched the old fellow move +away and, when he had lost sight of him, turned down a path that +took him right across the fields. + +Beautrelet hesitated for a few seconds as to what course to take, +and then quietly decided. He set off in pursuit of the man. + +"He has made sure," he thought, "that Gaffer Charel has gone +straight ahead. That is all he wanted to know and so he is going-- +where? To the castle?" + +He was within touch of the goal. He felt it by a sort of agonizing +gladness that uplifted his whole being. + +The man plunged into a dark wood overhanging the river and then +appeared once more in the full light, where the path met the +horizon. + +When Beautrelet, in his turn, emerged from the wood, he was greatly +surprised no longer to see the man. He was seeking him with his eyes +when, suddenly, he gave a stifled cry and, with a backward spring, +made for the line of trees which he had just left. On his right, he +had seen a rampart of high walls, flanked, at regular distances, by +massive buttresses. + +It was there! It was there! Those walls held his father captive! He +had found the secret place where Lupin confined his victim. + +He dared not quit the shelter which the thick foliage of the wood +afforded him. Slowly, almost on all fours, he bore to the right and +in this way reached the top of a hillock that rose to the level of +the neighboring trees. The walls were taller still. Nevertheless, he +perceived the roof of the castle which they surrounded, an old Louis +XIII. roof, surmounted by very slender bell-turrets arranged corbel- +wise around a higher steeple which ran to a point. + +Beautrelet did no more that day. He felt the need to reflect and to +prepare his plan of attack without leaving anything to chance. He +held Lupin safe; and it was for Beautrelet now to select the hour +and the manner of the combat. + +He walked away. + +Near the bridge, he met two country-girls carrying pails of milk. He +asked: + +"What is the name of the castle over there, behind the trees?" + +"That's the Chateau de l'Aiguille, sir." + +He had put his question without attaching any importance to it. The +answer took away his breath: + +"The Chateau de l'Aiguille?--Oh!--But in what department are we? The +Indre?" + +"Certainly not. The Indre is on the other side of the river. This +side, it's the Creuse." + +Isidore saw it all in a flash. The Chateau de l'Aiguille! The +department of the Creuse! L'AIGUILLE CREUSE! The Hollow Needle! The +very key to the document! Certain, decisive, absolute victory! + +Without another word, he turned his back on the two girls and went +his way, tottering like a drunken man. + + + + +CHAPTER SIX + +AN HISTORIC SECRET + + +Beautrelet's resolve was soon taken: he would act alone. To inform +the police was too dangerous. Apart from the fact that he could only +offer presumptions, he dreaded the slowness of the police, their +inevitable indiscretions, the whole preliminary inquiry, during +which Lupin, who was sure to be warned, would have time to effect a +retreat in good order. + +At eight o'clock the next morning, with his bundle under his arm, he +left the inn in which he was staying near Cuzion, made for the +nearest thicket, took off his workman's clothes, became once more +the young English painter that he had been and went to call on the +notary at Eguzon, the largest place in the immediate neighborhood. + +He said that he liked the country and that he was thinking of taking +up his residence there, with his relations, if he could find a +suitable house. + +The notary mentioned a number of properties. Beautrelet took note of +them and let fall that some one had spoken to him of the Chateau de +l'Aiguille, on the bank of the Creuse. + +"Oh, yes, but the Chateau de l'Aiguille, which has belonged to one +of my clients for the last five years, is not for sale." + +"He lives in it, then?" + +"He used to live in it, or rather his mother did. But she did not +care for it; found the castle rather gloomy. So they left it last +year." + +"And is no one living there at present?" + +"Yes, an Italian, to whom my client let it for the summer season: +Baron Anfredi." + +"Oh, Baron Anfredi! A man still young, rather grave and solemn- +looking--?" + +"I'm sure I can't say.--My client dealt with him direct. There was +no regular agreement, just a letter--" + +"But you know the baron?" + +"No, he never leaves the castle.--Sometimes, in his motor, at night, +so they say. The marketing is done by an old cook, who talks to +nobody. They are queer people--" + +"Do you think your client would consent to sell his castle?" + +"I don't think so. It's an historic castle, built in the purest +Louis XIII. style. My client was very fond of it; and, unless he has +changed his mind--" + +"Can you give me his name and address?" + +"Louis Valmeras, 34, Rue du Mont-Thabor." + +Beautrelet took the train for Paris at the nearest station. On the +next day but one, after three fruitless calls, he at last found +Louis Valmeras at home. He was a man of about thirty, with a frank +and pleasing face. Beautrelet saw no need to beat about the bush, +stated who he was and described his efforts and the object of the +step which he was now taking: + +"I have good reason to believe," he concluded, "that my father is +imprisoned in the Chateau de l'Aiguille, doubtless in the company of +other victims. And I have come to ask you what you know of your +tenant, Baron Anfredi." + +"Not much. I met Baron Anfredi last winter at Monte Carlo. He had +heard by accident that I was the owner of the Chateau de l'Aiguille +and, as he wished to spend the summer in France, he made me an offer +for it." + +"He is still a young man--" + +"Yes, with very expressive eyes, fair hair--" + +"And a beard?" + +"Yes, ending in two points, which fall over a collar fastened at the +back, like a clergyman's. In fact, he looks a little like an English +parson." + +"It's he," murmured Beautrelet, "it's he, as I have seen him: it's +his exact description." + +"What! Do you think--?" + +"I think, I am sure that your tenant is none other than Arsene +Lupin." + +The story amused Louis Valmeras. He knew all the adventures of +Arsene Lupin and the varying fortunes of his struggle with +Beautrelet. He rubbed his hands: + +"Ha, the Chateau de l'Aiguille will become famous!--I'm sure I don't +mind, for, as a matter of fact, now that my mother no longer lives +in it, I have always thought that I would get rid of it at the first +opportunity. After this, I shall soon find a purchaser. Only--" + +"Only what?" + +"I will ask you to act with the most extreme prudence and not to +inform the police until you are quite sure. Can you picture the +situation, supposing my tenant were not Arsene Lupin?" + +Beautrelet set forth his plan. He would go alone at night; he would +climb the walls; he would sleep in the park-- + +Louis Valmeras stopped him at once: + +"You will not climb walls of that height so easily. If you do, you +will be received by two huge sheep-dogs which belonged to my mother +and which I left behind at the castle." + +"Pooh! A dose of poison--" + +"Much obliged. But suppose you escaped them. What then? How would +you get into the castle? The doors are massive, the windows barred. +And, even then, once you were inside, who would guide you? There are +eighty rooms." + +"Yes, but that room with two windows, on the second story--" + +"I know it, we call it the glycine room. But how will you find it? +There are three staircases and a labyrinth of passages. I can give +you the clue and explain the way to you, but you would get lost just +the same." + +"Come with me," said Beautrelet, laughing. + +"I can't. I have promised to go to my mother in the South." + +Beautrelet returned to the friend with whom he was staying and began +to make his preparations. But, late in the day, as he was getting +ready to go, he received a visit from Valmeras. + +"Do you still want me?" + +"Rather!" + +"Well, I'm coming with you. Yes, the expedition fascinates me. I +think it will be very amusing and I like being mixed up in this sort +of thing.--Besides, my help will be of use to you. Look, here's +something to start with." + +He held up a big key, all covered with rust and looking very old. + +"What does the key open?" asked Beautrelet. + +"A little postern hidden between two buttresses and left unused +since centuries ago. I did not even think of pointing it out to my +tenant. It opens straight on the country, just at the verge of the +wood." + +Beautrelet interrupted him quickly: + +"They know all about that outlet. It was obviously by this way that +the man whom I followed entered the park. Come, it's fine game and +we shall win it. But, by Jupiter, we must play our cards carefully!" + + * * * * * + +Two days later, a half-famished horse dragged a gipsy caravan into +Crozant. Its driver obtained leave to stable it at the end of the +village, in an old deserted cart-shed. In addition to the driver, +who was none other than Valmeras, there were three young men, who +occupied themselves in the manufacture of wicker-work chairs: +Beautrelet and two of his Janson friends. + +They stayed there for three days, waiting for a propitious, moonless +night and roaming singly round the outskirts of the park. Once +Beautrelet saw the postern. Contrived between two buttresses placed +very close together, it was almost merged, behind the screen of +brambles that concealed it, in the pattern formed by the stones of +the wall. + +At last, on the fourth evening, the sky was covered with heavy black +clouds and Valmeras decided that they should go reconnoitring, at +the risk of having to return again, should circumstances prove +unfavorable. + +All four crossed the little wood. Then Beautrelet crept through the +heather, scratched his hands at the bramble-hedge and, half raising +himself, slowly, with restrained movements, put the key into the +lock. He turned it gently. Would the door open without an effort? +Was there no bolt closing it on the other side? He pushed: the door +opened, without a creak or jolt. He was in the park. + +"Are you there, Beautrelet?" asked Valmeras. "Wait for me. You two +chaps, watch the door and keep our line of retreat open. At the +least alarm, whistle." + +He took Beautrelet's hand and they plunged into the dense shadow of +the thickets. A clearer space was revealed to them when they reached +the edge of the central lawn. At the same moment a ray of moonlight +pierced the clouds; and they saw the castle, with its pointed +turrets arranged around the tapering spire to which, no doubt, it +owed its name. There was no light in the windows; not a sound. + +Valmeras grasped his companion's arm: + +"Keep still!" + +"What is it?" + +"The dogs, over there--look--" + +There was a growl. Valmeras gave a low whistle. Two white forms +leapt forward and, in four bounds, came and crouched at their +master's feet. + +"Gently--lie down--that's it--good dogs--stay there." + +And he said to Beautrelet: + +"And now let us push on. I feel more comfortable." + +"Are you sure of the way?" + +"Yes. We are near the terrace." + +"And then?" + +"I remember that, on the left, at a place where the river terrace +rises to the level of the ground-floor windows, there is a shutter +which closes badly and which can be opened from the outside." + +They found, when they came to it, that the shutter yielded to +pressure. Valmeras removed a pane with a diamond which he carried. +He turned the window-latch. First one and then the other stepped +over the balcony. They were now in the castle, at the end of a +passage which divided the left wing into two. + +"This room," said Valmeras, "opens at the end of a passage. Then +comes an immense hall, lined with statues, and at the end of the +hall a staircase which ends near the room occupied by your father." + +He took a step forward. + +"Are you coming, Beautrelet?" + +"Yes, yes." + +"But no, you're not coming--What's the matter with you?" + +He seized him by the hand. It was icy cold and he perceived that the +young man was cowering on the floor. + +"What's the matter with you?" he repeated. + +"Nothing--it'll pass off--" + +"But what is it?" + +"I'm afraid--" + +"You're afraid?" + +"Yes," Beautrelet confessed, frankly, "it's my nerves giving way--I +generally manage to control them--but, to-day, the silence--the +excitement--And then, since I was stabbed by that magistrate's +clerk--But it will pass off--There, it's passing now--" + +He succeeded in rising to his feet and Valmeras dragged him out of +the room. They groped their way along the passage, so softly that +neither could hear a sound made by the other. + +A faint glimmer, however, seemed to light the hall for which they +were making. Valmeras put his head round the corner. It was a night- +light placed at the foot of the stairs, on a little table which +showed through the frail branches of a palm tree. + +"Halt!" whispered Valmeras. + +Near the night-light, a man stood sentry, carrying a gun. + +Had he seen them? Perhaps. At least, something must have alarmed +him, for he brought the gun to his shoulder. + +Beautrelet had fallen on his knees, against a tub containing a +plant, and he remained quite still, with his heart thumping against +his chest. + +Meanwhile, the silence and the absence of all movement reassured the +man. He lowered his weapon. But his head was still turned in the +direction of the tub. + +Terrible minutes passed: ten minutes, fifteen. A moonbeam had glided +through a window on the staircase. And, suddenly, Beautrelet became +aware that the moonbeam was shifting imperceptibly, and that, before +fifteen, before ten more minutes had elapsed, it would be shining +full in his face. + +Great drops of perspiration fell from his forehead on his trembling +hands. His anguish was such that he was on the point of getting up +and running away--But, remembering that Valmeras was there, he +sought him with his eyes and was astounded to see him, or rather to +imagine him, creeping in the dark, under cover of the statues and +plants. He was already at the foot of the stairs, within a few steps +of the man. + +What was he going to do? To pass in spite of all? To go upstairs +alone and release the prisoner? But could he pass? + +Beautrelet no longer saw him and he had an impression that something +was about to take place, something that seemed foreboded also by the +silence, which hung heavier, more awful than before. + +And, suddenly, a shadow springing upon the man, the night-light +extinguished, the sound of a struggle--Beautrelet ran up. The two +bodies had rolled over on the flagstones. He tried to stoop and see. +But he heard a hoarse moan, a sigh; and one of the adversaries rose +to his feet and seized him by the arm: + +"Quick!--Come along!" + +It was Valmeras. + +They went up two storys and came out at the entrance to a corridor, +covered by a hanging. + +"To the right," whispered Valmeras. "The fourth room on the left." + +They soon found the door of the room. As they expected, the captive +was locked in. It took them half an hour, half an hour of stifled +efforts, of muffled attempts, to force open the lock. The door +yielded at last. + +Beautrelet groped his way to the bed. His father was asleep. + +He woke him gently: + +"It's I--Isidore--and a friend--don't be afraid--get up--not a +word." + +The father dressed himself, but, as they were leaving the room, he +whispered: + +"I am not alone in the castle--" + +"Ah? Who else? Ganimard? Shears?" + +"No--at least, I have not seen them." + +"Who then?" + +"A young girl." + +"Mlle. de Saint-Veran, no doubt." + +"I don't know--I saw her several times at a distance, in the park-- +and, when I lean out of my window, I can see hers. She has made +signals to me." + +"Do you know which is her room?" + +"Yes, in this passage, the third on the right." + +"The blue room," murmured Valmeras. "It has folding doors: they +won't give us so much trouble." + +One of the two leaves very soon gave way. Old Beautrelet undertook +to tell the girl. + +Ten minutes later, he left the room with her and said to his son: + +"You were right--Mlle. de Saint-Veran--;" + +They all four went down the stairs. When they reached the bottom, +Valmeras stopped and bent over the man. Then, leading them to the +terrace-room: + +"He is not dead," he said. "He will live." + +"Ah!" said Beautrelet, with a sigh of relief. + +"No, fortunately, the blade of my knife bent: the blow is not fatal. +Besides, in any case, those rascals deserve no pity." + +Outside, they were met by the dogs, which accompanied them to the +postern. Here, Beautrelet found his two friends and the little band +left the park. It was three o'clock in the morning. + + * * * * * + +This first victory was not enough to satisfy Beautrelet. As soon as +he had comfortably settled his father and Mlle. de Saint-Veran, he +asked them about the people who lived at the castle, and, +particularly, about the habits of Arsene Lupin. He thus learnt that +Lupin came only every three or four days, arriving at night in his +motor car and leaving again in the morning. At each of his visits, +he called separately upon his two prisoners, both of whom agreed in +praising his courtesy and his extreme civility. For the moment, he +was not at the castle. + +Apart from him, they had seen no one except an old woman, who ruled +over the kitchen and the house, and two men, who kept watch over +them by turns and never spoke to them: subordinates, obviously, to +judge by their manners and appearance. + +"Two accomplices, for all that," said Beautrelet, in conclusion, "or +rather three, with the old woman. It is a bag worth having. And, if +we lose no time--" + +He jumped on his bicycle, rode to Eguzon, woke up the gendarmerie, +set them all going, made them sound the boot and saddle and returned +to Crozant at eight o'clock, accompanied by the sergeant and eight +gendarmes. Two of the men were posted beside the gipsy-van. Two +others took up their positions outside the postern-door. The last +four, commanded by their chief and accompanied by Beautrelet and +Valmeras, marched to the main entrance of the castle. + +Too late. The door was wide open. A peasant told them that he had +seen a motor car drive out of the castle an hour before. + +Indeed, the search led to no result. In all probability, the gang +had installed themselves there picnic fashion. A few clothes were +found, a little linen, some household implements; and that was all. + +What astonished Beautrelet and Valmeras more was the disappearance +of the wounded man. They could not see the faintest trace of a +struggle, not even a drop of blood on the flagstones of the hall. + +All said, there was no material evidence to prove the fleeting +presence of Lupin at the Chateau de l'Aiguille; and the authorities +would have been entitled to challenge the statements of Beautrelet +and his father, of Valmeras and Mlle. de Saint-Veran, had they not +ended by discovering, in a room next to that occupied by the young +girl, some half-dozen exquisite bouquets with Arsene Lupin's card +pinned to them, bouquets scorned by her, faded and forgotten--One of +them, in addition to the card, contained a letter which Raymonde had +not seen. That afternoon, when opened by the examining magistrate, +it was found to contain page upon page of prayers, entreaties, +promises, threats, despair, all the madness of a love that has +encountered nothing but contempt and repulsion. + +And the letter ended: + +I shall come on Tuesday evening, Raymonde. Reflect between now and +then. As for me, I will wait no longer. I am resolved on all. + + * * * * * + +Tuesday evening was the evening of the very day on which Beautrelet +had released Mlle. de Saint-Veran from her captivity. + +The reader will remember the extraordinary explosion of surprise and +enthusiasm that resounded throughout the world at the news of that +unexpected issue: Mlle. de Saint-Veran free! The pretty girl whom +Lupin coveted, to secure whom he had contrived his most +Machiavellian schemes, snatched from his claws! Free also +Beautrelet's father, whom Lupin had chosen as a hostage in his +extravagant longing for the armistice demanded by the needs of his +passion! They were both free, the two prisoners! And the secret of +the Hollow Needle was known, published, flung to the four corners of +the world! + +The crowd amused itself with a will. Ballads were sold and sung +about the defeated adventurer: Lupin's Little Love-Affairs!-- +Arsene's Piteous Sobs!--The Lovesick Burglar! The Pickpocket's +Lament!--They were cried on the boulevards and hummed in the +artists' studios. + +Raymonde, pressed with questions and pursued by interviewers, +replied with the most extreme reserve. But there was no denying the +letter, or the bouquets of flowers, or any part of the pitiful +story! Then and there, Lupin, scoffed and jeered at, toppled from +his pedestal. + +And Beautrelet became the popular idol. He had foretold everything, +thrown light on everything. The evidence which Mlle. de Saint-Veran +gave before the examining magistrate confirmed, down to the smallest +detail, the hypothesis imagined by Isidore. Reality seemed to +submit, in every point, to what he had decreed beforehand. Lupin had +found his master.-- + + * * * * * + +Beautrelet insisted that his father, before returning to his +mountains in Savoy, should take a few months' rest in the sunshine, +and himself escorted him and Mlle. de Saint-Veran to the outskirts +of Nice, where the Comte de Gesvres and his daughter Suzanne were +already settled for the winter. Two days later, Valmeras brought his +mother to see his new friends and they thus composed a little colony +grouped around the Villa de Gesvres and watched over day and night +by half a dozen men engaged by the comte. + +Early in October, Beautrelet, once more the sixth-form pupil, +returned to Paris to resume the interrupted course of his studies +and to prepare for his examinations. And life began again, calmer, +this time, and free from incident. What could happen, for that +matter. Was the war not over? + +Lupin, on his side, must have felt this very clearly, must have felt +that there was nothing left for him but to resign himself to the +accomplished fact; for, one fine day, his two other victims, +Ganimard and Holmlock Shears, made their reappearance. Their return +to the life of this planet, however, was devoid of any sort of +glamor or fascination. An itinerant rag-man picked them up on the +Quai des Orfevres, opposite the headquarters of police. Both of them +were gagged, bound and fast asleep. + +After a week of complete bewilderment, they succeeded in recovering +the control of their thought and told--or rather Ganimard told, for +Shears wrapped himself in a fierce and stubborn silence--how they +had made a voyage of circumnavigation round the coast of Africa on +board the yacht Hirondelle, a voyage combining amusement with +instruction, during which they could look upon themselves as free, +save for a few hours which they spent at the bottom of the hold, +while the crew went on shore at outlandish ports. + +As for their landing on the Quai des Orfevres, they remembered +nothing about it and had probably been asleep for many days before. + +This liberation of the prisoners was the final confession of defeat. +By ceasing to fight, Lupin admitted it without reserve. + +One incident, moreover, made it still more glaring, which was the +engagement of Louis Valmeras and Mlle. de Saint-Veran. In the +intimacy created between them by the new conditions under which they +lived, the two young people fell in love with each other. Valmeras +loved Raymonde's melancholy charm; and she, wounded by life, greedy +for protection, yielded before the strength and energy of the man +who had contributed so gallantly to her preservation. + +The wedding day was awaited with a certain amount of anxiety. Would +Lupin not try to resume the offensive? Would he accept with a good +grace the irretrievable loss of the woman he loved? Twice or three +times, suspicious-looking people were seen prowling round the villa; +and Valmeras even had to defend himself one evening against a so- +called drunken man, who fired a pistol at him and sent a bullet +through his hat. But, in the end, the ceremony was performed at the +appointed hour and day and Raymonde de Saint-Veran became Mme. Louis +Valmeras. + +It was as though Fate herself had taken sides with Beautrelet and +countersigned the news of victory. This was so apparent to the crowd +that his admirers now conceived the notion of entertaining him at a +banquet to celebrate his triumph and Lupin's overthrow. It was a +great idea and aroused general enthusiasm. Three hundred tickets +were sold in less than a fortnight. Invitations were issued to the +public schools of Paris, to send two sixth-form pupils apiece. The +press sang paeans. The banquet was what it could not fail to be, an +apotheosis. + +But it was a charming and simple apotheosis, because Beautrelet was +its hero. His presence was enough to bring things back to their due +proportion. He showed himself modest, as usual, a little surprised +at the excessive cheering, a little embarrassed by the extravagant +panegyrics in which he was pronounced greater than the most +illustrious detectives--a little embarrassed, but also not a little +touched. + +He said as much in a few words that pleased all his hearers and with +the shyness of a child that blushes when you look at it. He spoke of +his delight, of his pride. And really, reasonable and self- +controlled as he was, this was for him a moment of never-to-be- +forgotten exultation. He smiled to his friends, to his fellow- +Jansonians, to Valmeras, who had come specially to give him a cheer, +to M. de Gesvres, to his father. + +When he had finished speaking; and while he still held his glass in +his hand, a sound of voices came from the other end of the room and +some one was gesticulating and waving a newspaper. Silence was +restored and the importunate person sat down again: but a thrill of +curiosity ran round the table, the newspaper was passed from hand to +hand and, each time that one of the guests cast his eyes upon the +page at which it was opened, exclamations followed: + +"Read it! Read it!" they cried from the opposite side. + +The people were leaving their seats at the principal table. M. +Beautrelet went and took the paper and handed it to his son. + +"Read it out! Read it out!" they cried, louder. + +And others said: + +"Listen! He's going to read it! Listen!" + +Beautrelet stood facing his audience, looked in the evening paper +which his father had given him for the article that was causing all +this uproar and, suddenly, his eyes encountering a heading +underlined in blue pencil, he raised his hand to call for silence +and began in a loud voice to read a letter addressed to the editor +by M. Massiban, of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres. +His voice broke and fell, little by little, as he read those +stupefying revelations, which reduced all his efforts to nothing, +upset his notions concerning the Hollow Needle and proved the vanity +of his struggle with Arsene Lupin: + + * * * * * + +Sir: + +On the 17th of March, 1679, there appeared a little book with the +following title: The Mystery of the Hollow Needle. The Whole Truth +now first exhibited. One hundred copies printed by myself for the +instruction of the Court. + +At nine o'clock on the morning of that day, the author, a very young +man, well-dressed, whose name has remained unknown, began to leave +his book on the principal persons at court. At ten o'clock, when he +had fulfilled four of these errands, he was arrested by a captain in +the guards, who took him to the king's closet and forthwith set off +in search of the four copies distributed. + +When the hundred copies were got together, counted, carefully looked +through and verified, the king himself threw them into the fire and +burnt them, all but one, which he kept for his own purposes. + +Then he ordered the captain of the guards to take the author of the +book to M. de Saint-Mars, who confined his prisoner first at +Pignerol and then in the fortress of the Ile Sainte-Marguerite. This +man was obviously no other than the famous Man with the Iron Mask. + +The truth would never have been known, or at least a part of the +truth, if the captain in the guards had not been present at the +interview and if, when the king's back was turned, he had not been +tempted to withdraw another of the copies from the chimney, before +the fire got to it. + +Six months later, the captain was found dead on the highroad between +Gaillon and Mantes. His murderers had stripped him of all his +apparel, forgetting, however, in his right boot a jewel which was +discovered there afterward, a diamond of the first water and of +considerable value. + +Among his papers was found a sheet in his handwriting, in which he +did not speak of the book snatched from the flames, but gave a +summary of the earlier chapters. It referred to a secret which was +known to the Kings of England, which was lost by them when the crown +passed from the poor fool, Henry VI., to the Duke of York, which was +revealed to Charles VII., King of France, by Joan of Arc and which, +becoming a State secret, was handed down from sovereign to sovereign +by means of a letter, sealed anew on each occasion, which was found +in the deceased monarch's death-bed with this superscription: "For +the King of France." + +This secret concerned the existence and described the whereabouts of +a tremendous treasure, belonging to the kings, which increased in +dimensions from century to century. + +One hundred and fourteen years later, Louis XVI., then a prisoner in +the Temple, took aside one of the officers whose duty it was to +guard the royal family, and asked: + +"Monsieur, had you not an ancestor who served as a captain under my +predecessor, the Great King?" + +"Yes, sire." + +"Well, could you be relied upon--could you be relied upon--" + +He hesitated. The officer completed the sentence: + +"Not to betray your Majesty! Oh, sire!--" + +"Then listen to me." + +He took from his pocket a little book of which he tore out one of +the last pages. But, altering his mind: + +"No, I had better copy it--" + +He seized a large sheet of paper and tore it in such a way as to +leave only a small rectangular space, on which he copied five lines +of dots, letters and figures from the printed page. Then, after +burning the latter, he folded the manuscript sheet in four, sealed +it with red wax, and gave it to the officer. + +"Monsieur, after my death, you must hand this to the Queen and say +to her, 'From the King, madame--for Your Majesty and for your son.' +If she does not understand--" + +"If she does not understand, sire--" + +"You must add, 'It concerns the secret, the secret of the Needle.' +The Queen will understand." + +When he had finished speaking, he flung the book into the embers +glowing on the hearth. + +He ascended the scaffold on the 21st of January. + +It took the officer several months, in consequence of the removal of +the Queen to the Conciergerie, before he could fulfil the mission +with which he was entrusted. At last, by dint of cunning intrigues, +he succeeded, one day, in finding himself in the presence of Marie +Antoinette. + +Speaking so that she could just hear him, he said: + +"Madame, from the late King, your husband, for Your Majesty and your +son." + +And he gave her the sealed letter. + +She satisfied herself that the jailers could not see her, broke the +seals, appeared surprised at the sight of those undecipherable lines +and then, all at once, seemed to understand. + +She smiled bitterly and the officer caught the words: + +"Why so late?" + +She hesitated. Where should she hide this dangerous document? At +last, she opened her book of hours and slipped the paper into a sort +of secret pocket contrived between the leather of the binding and +the parchment that covered it. + +"Why so late?" she had asked. + +It is, in fact, probable that this document, if it could have saved +her, came too late, for, in the month of October next, Queen Marie +Antoinette ascended the scaffold in her turn. + +Now the officer, when going through his family papers, came upon his +ancestor's manuscript. From that moment, he had but one idea, which +was to devote his leisure to elucidating this strange problem. He +read all the Latin authors, studied all the chronicles of France and +those of the neighboring countries, visited the monasteries, +deciphered account-books, cartularies, treaties; and, in this way, +succeeded in discovering certain references scattered over the ages. + +In Book III of Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War (MS. edition, +Alexandria), it is stated that, after the defeat of Veridovix by G. +Titullius Sabinus, the chief of the Caleti was brought before Caesar +and that, for his ransom, he revealed the secret of the Needle-- + +The Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, between Charles the Simple and +Rollo, the chief of the Norse barbarians, gives Rollo's name +followed by all his titles, among which we read that of Master of +the Secret of the Needle. + +The Saxon Chronicle (Gibson's edition, page 134), speaking of +William the Conqueror, says that the staff of his banner ended in a +steel point pierced with an eye, like a needle. + +In a rather ambiguous phrase in her examination, Joan of Arc admits +that she has still a great secret to tell the King of France. To +which her judges reply, "Yes, we know of what you speak; and that, +Joan, is why you shall die the death." + +Philippe de Comines mentions it in connection with Louis XI., and, +later, Sully in connection with Henry IV.: "By the virtue of the +Needle!" the good king sometimes swears. + +Between these two, Francis I., in a speech addressed to the notables +of the Havre, in 1520, uttered this phrase, which has been handed +down in the diary of a Honfleur burgess; "The Kings of France carry +secrets that often decide the conduct of affairs and the fate of +towns." + +All these quotations, all the stories relating to the Iron Mask, the +captain of the guards and his descendant, I have found to-day in a +pamphlet written by this same descendant and published in the month +of June, 1815, just before or just after the battle of Waterloo, in +a period, therefore, of great upheavals, in which the revelations +which it contained were likely to pass unperceived. + +What is the value of this pamphlet? Nothing, you will tell me, and +we must attach no credit to it. And this is the impression which I +myself would have carried away, if it had not occurred to me to open +Caesar's Commentaries at the chapter given. What was my astonishment +when I came upon the phrase quoted in the little book before me! And +it was the same thing with the Treaty of Saint-Clair-sur-Epte, with +the Saxon Chronicle, with the examination of Joan of Arc, in short, +with all that I have been able to verify up to the present. + +Lastly, there is an even more precise fact related by the author of +the pamphlet of 1815. During the French campaign, he being then an +officer under Napoleon, his horse dropped dead, one evening, and he +rang at the door of a castle where he was received by an old knight +of St. Louis. And, in the course of conversation with the old man, +he learnt that this castle, standing on the bank of the Creuse, was +called the Chateau de l'Aiguille, that it had been built and +christened by Louis XIV., and that, by his express order, it was +adorned with turrets and with a spire which represented the Needle. +As its date it bore, it must still bear, the figure 1680. + +1680! One year after the publication of the book and the +imprisonment of the Iron Mask! Everything was now explained: Louis +XIV., foreseeing that the secret might be noised abroad, had built +and named that castle so as to offer the quidnuncs a natural +explanation of the ancient mystery. The Hollow Needle! A castle with +pointed bell-turrets standing on the bank of the Creuse and +belonging to the King. People would at once think that they had the +key to the riddle and all enquiries would cease. + +The calculation was just, seeing that, more than two centuries +later, M. Beautrelet fell into the trap. And this, Sir, is what I +was leading up to in writing this letter. If Lupin, under the name +of Anfredi, rented from M. Valmeras the Chateau de l'Aiguille on the +bank of the Creuse; if, admitting the success of the inevitable +investigations of M. Beautrelet, he lodged his two prisoners there, +it was because he admitted the success of the inevitable researches +made by M. Beautrelet and because, with the object of obtaining the +peace for which he had asked, he laid for M. Beautrelet precisely +what we may call the historic trap of Louis XIV. + +And hence we come to this undeniable conclusion, that he, Lupin, by +his unaided lights, without possessing any other facts than those +which we possess, managed by means of the witchcraft of a really +extraordinary genius, to decipher the undecipherable document; and +that he, Lupin, the last heir of the Kings of France, knows the +royal mystery of the Hollow Needle! + + * * * * * + +Here ended the letter. But, for some minutes, from the passage that +referred to the Chateau de l'Aiguille onward, it was not +Beautrelet's but another voice that read it aloud. Realizing his +defeat, crushed under the weight of his humiliation, Isidore had +dropped the newspaper and sunk into his chair, with his face buried +in his hands. + +Panting, shaken with excitement by this incredible story, the crowd +had come gradually nearer and was now pressing round. + +With a thrill of anguish, they waited for the words which he would +say in reply, the objections which he would raise. + +He did not stir. + +Valmeras gently uncrossed his hands and raised his head. + +Isidore Beautrelet was weeping. + + + + +CHAPTER SEVEN + +THE TREATISE OF THE NEEDLE + + +It is four o'clock in the morning. Isidore has not returned to the +Lycee Janson. He has no intention of returning before the end of the +war of extermination which he has declared against Lupin. This much +he swore to himself under his breath, while his friends drove off +with him, all faint and bruised, in a cab. + +A mad oath! An absurd and illogical war! What can he do, a single, +unarmed stripling, against that phenomenon of energy and strength? +On which side is he to attack him? He is unassailable. Where to +wound him? He is invulnerable. Where to get at him? He is +inaccessible. + +Four o'clock in the morning. Isidore has again accepted his +schoolfellow's hospitality. Standing before the chimney in his +bedroom, with his elbows flat on the mantel-shelf and his two fists +under his chin, he stares at his image in the looking-glass. He is +not crying now, he can shed no more tears, nor fling himself about +on his bed, nor give way to despair, as he has been doing for the +last two hours and more. He wants to think, to think and understand. + +And he does not remove his eyes from those same eyes reflected in +the glass, as though he hoped to double his powers of thought by +contemplating his pensive image, as though he hoped to find at the +back of that mirrored Beautrelet the unsolvable solution of what he +does not find within himself. + +He stands thus until six o'clock, and, little by little, the +question presents itself to his mind with the strictness of an +equation, bare and dry and cleared of all the details that +complicate and obscure it. + +Yes, he has made a mistake. Yes, his reading of the document is all +wrong. The word aiguille does not point to the castle on the Creuse. +Also, the word demoiselles cannot be applied to Raymonde de Saint- +Veran and her cousin, because the text of the document dates back +for centuries. + +Therefore, all must be done over again, from the beginning. + +How? + +One piece of evidence alone would be incontestible: the book +published under Louis XIV. Now of those hundred copies printed by +the person who was presumed to be the Man with the Iron Mask only +two escaped the flames. One was purloined by the captain of the +guards and lost. The other was kept by Louis XIV., handed down to +Louis XV., and burnt by Louis XVI. But a copy of the essential page, +the page containing the solution of the problem, or at least a +cryptographic solution, was conveyed to Marie Antoinette, who +slipped it into the binding of her book of hours. What has become of +this paper? Is it the one which Beautrelet has held in his hands and +which Lupin recovered from him through Bredoux, the magistrate's +clerk? Or is it still in Marie Antoinette's book of hours? And the +question resolves itself into this: what has become of the Queen's +book of hours? + + * * * * * + +After taking a short rest, Beautrelet consulted his friend's father, +an old and experienced collector, who was often called upon +officially to give an expert opinion and who had quite lately been +invited to advise the director of one of our museums on the drawing +up of the catalogue. + +"Marie Antoinette's book of hours?" he exclaimed. "Why, the Queen +left it to her waiting-woman, with secret instructions to forward it +to Count Fersen. After being piously preserved in the count's +family, it has been, for the last five years, in a glass case--" + +"A glass case?" + +"In the Musee Carnavalet, quite simply." + +"When will the museum be open?" + +"At twenty minutes from now, as it is every morning." + + * * * * * + +Isidore and his friend jumped out of a cab at the moment when the +doors of Madame de Sevigne's old mansion were opening. + +"Hullo! M. Beautrelet!" + +A dozen voices greeted his arrival. To his great surprise, he +recognized the whole crowd of reporters who were following up "the +mystery of the Hollow Needle." And one of them exclaimed: + +"Funny, isn't it, that we should all have had the same idea? Take +care, Arsene Lupin may be among us!" + +They entered the museum together. The director was at once informed, +placed himself entirely at their disposal, took them to the glass +case and skewed them a poor little volume, devoid of all ornament, +which certainly had nothing royal about it. Nevertheless, they were +overcome by a certain emotion at the sight of this object which the +Queen had touched in those tragic days, which her eyes, red with +tears, had looked upon--And they dared not take it and hunt through +it: it was as though they feared lest they should be guilty of a +sacrilege-- + +"Come, M. Beautrelet, it's your business!" + +He took the book with an anxious gesture. The description +corresponded with that given by the author of the pamphlet. Outside +was a parchment cover, dirty, stained and worn in places, and under +it, the real binding, in stiff leather. With what a thrill +Beautrelet felt for the hidden pocket! Was it a fairy tale? Or would +he find the document written by Louis XVI. and bequeathed by the +queen to her fervent admirer? + +At the first page, on the upper side of the book, there was no +receptacle. + +"Nothing," he muttered. + +"Nothing," they echoed, palpitating with excitement. + +But, at the last page, forcing back the book a little, he at once +saw that the parchment was not stuck to the binding. He slipped his +fingers in between--there was something--yes, he felt something--a +paper-- + +"Oh!" he gasped, in an accent almost of pain. "Here--is it +possible?" + +"Quick, quick!" they cried. "What are you waiting for?" + +He drew out a sheet folded in two. + +"Well, read it!--There are words in red ink--Look!--it might be +blood--pale, faded blood--Read it!--" + + * * * * * + +He read: + +To you, Fersen. For my son. 16 October, 1793. + +MARIE ANTOINETTE. + + * * * * * + +And suddenly Beautrelet gave a cry of stupefaction. Under the +queen's signature there were--there were two words, in black ink, +underlined with a flourish--two words: + +ARSENE LUPIN. + +All, in turns, took the sheet of paper and the same cry escaped from +the lips of all of them: + +"Marie Antoinette!--Arsene Lupin!" + +A great silence followed. That double signature: those two names +coupled together, discovered hidden in the book of hours; that relic +in which the poor queen's desperate appeal had slumbered for more +than a century: that horrible date of the 16th of October, 1793, the +day on which the Royal head fell: all of this was most dismally and +disconcertingly tragic. + +"Arsene Lupin!" stammered one of the voices, thus emphasizing the +scare that underlay the sight of that demoniacal name at the foot of +the hallowed page. + +"Yes, Arsene Lupin," repeated Beautrelet. "The Queen's friend was +unable to understand her desperate dying appeal. He lived with the +keepsake in his possession which the woman whom he loved had sent +him and he never guessed the reason of that keepsake. Lupin +discovered everything, on the other hand--and took it." + +"Took what?" + +"The document, of course! The document written by Louis XVI.; and it +is that which I held in my hands. The same appearance, the same +shape, the same red seals. I understand why Lupin would not leave me +a document which I could turn to account by merely examining the +paper, the seals and so on." + +"And then?" + +"Well, then, since the document is genuine, since I have, with my +own eyes, seen the marks of the red seals, since Marie Antoinette +herself assures me, by these few words in her hand, that the whole +story of the pamphlet, as printed by M. Massiban, is correct, +because a problem of the Hollow Needle really exists, I am now +certain to succeed." + +"But how? Whether genuine or not, the document is of no use to you +if you do not manage to decipher it, because Louis XVI. destroyed +the book that gave the explanation." + +"Yes, but the other copy, which King Louis XVI.'s captain of the +guards snatched from the flames, was not destroyed." + +"How do you know?" + +"Prove the contrary." + +After uttering this defiance, Beautrelet was silent for a time and +then, slowly, with his eyes closed, as though trying to fix and sum +up his thoughts, he said: + +"Possessing the secret, the captain of the guards begins by +revealing it bit by bit in the journal found by his descendant. Then +comes silence. The answer to the riddle is withheld. Why? Because +the temptation to make use of the secret creeps over him little by +little and he gives way to it. A proof? His murder. A further proof? +The magnificent jewel found upon him, which he must undoubtedly have +taken from some royal treasure the hiding-place of which, unknown to +all, would just constitute the mystery of the Hollow Needle. Lupin +conveyed as much to me; Lupin was not lying." + +"Then what conclusion do you draw, Beautrelet?" + +"I draw this conclusion, my friends, that it be a good thing to +advertise this story as much as possible, so that people may know, +through all the papers, that we are looking for a book entitled The +Treatise of the Needle. It may be fished out from the back shelves +of some provincial library." + +The paragraph was drawn up forthwith; and Beautrelet set to work at +once, without even waiting for it to produce a result. A first scent +suggested itself: the murder was committed near Gaillon. He went +there that same day. Certainly, he did not hope to reconstruct a +crime perpetrated two hundred years ago. But, all the same, there +are crimes that leave traces in the memories, in the traditions of a +countryside. They are recorded in the local chronicles. One day, +some provincial archaeologist, some lover of old legends, some +student of the minor incidents of the life of the past makes them +the subject of an article in a newspaper or of a communication to +the academy of his departmental town. + +Beautreiet saw three or four of these archaeologists. With one of +them in particular, an old notary, he examined the prison records, +the ledgers of the old bailiwicks and the parish registers. There +was no entry referring to the murder of a captain of the guards in +the seventeenth century. + +He refused to be discouraged and continued his search in Paris, +where the magistrate's examination might have taken place. His +efforts came to nothing. + +But the thought of another track sent him off in a fresh direction. +Was there no chance of finding out the name of that captain whose +descendant served in the armies of the Republic and was quartered in +the Temple during the imprisonment of the Royal family? By dint of +patient working, he ended by making out a list in which two names at +least presented an almost complete resemblance: M. de Larbeyrie, +under Louis XIV., and Citizen Larbrie, under the Terror. + +This already was an important point. He stated it with precision in +a note which he sent to the papers, asking for any information +concerning this Larbeyrie or his descendants. + +It was M. Massiban, the Massiban of the pamphlet, the member of the +Institute, who replied to him: + + * * * * * + +SIR: + +Allow me to call your attention to the following passage of +Voltaire, which I came upon in his manuscript of Le Siecle de Louis +XIV. (Chapter XXV: Particularites et anecdotes du regne). The +passage has been suppressed in all the printed editions: + +"I have heard it said by the late M. de Caumartin, intendant of +finance, who was a friend of Chamillard the minister, that the King +one day left hurriedly in his carriage at the news that M. de +Larbeyrie had been murdered and robbed of some magnificent jewels. +He seemed greatly excited and repeated: + +"'All is lost--all is lost--' + +"In the following year, the son of this Larbeyrie and his daughter, +who had married the Marquis de Velines, were banished to their +estates in Provence and Brittany. We cannot doubt that there is +something peculiar in this." + + +I, in my turn, will add that we can doubt it all the less inasmuch +as M. de Chamillard, according to Voltaire, WAS THE LAST MINISTER +WHO POSSESSED THE STRANGE SECRET OF THE IRON MASK. + +You will see for yourself, Sir, the profit that can be derived from +this passage and the evident link established between the two +adventures. As for myself, I will not venture to imagine any very +exact surmise as regards the conduct, the suspicions, and the +apprehensions of Louis XIV. in these circumstances; but, on the +other hand, seeing that M. de Larbeyrie left a son, who was probably +the grandfather of Larbrie the citizen-officer, and also a daughter, +is it not permissible to suppose that a part of the papers left by +Larbeyrie came to the daughter and that among these papers was the +famous copy which the captain of the guards saved from the flames? + +I have consulted the Country-house Year-book. There is a Baron de +Velines living not far from Rennes. Could he be a descendant of the +marquis? At any rate, I wrote to him yesterday, on chance, to ask if +he had not in his possession a little old book bearing on its title- +page the word aiguille; and I am awaiting his reply. + +It would give me the greatest pleasure to talk of all these matters +with you. If you can spare the time, come and see me. + +I am, Sir, etc., etc. + +P.S.--Of course, I shall not communicate these little discoveries to +the press. Now that you are near the goal, discretion is essential. + + * * * * * + +Beautrelet absolutely agreed. He even went further: to two +journalists who were worrying him that morning he gave the most +fanciful particulars as to his plans and his state of mind. + +In the afternoon, he hurried round to see Massiban, who lived at 17, +Quai Voltaire. To his great surprise, he was told that M. Massiban +had gone out of town unexpectedly, leaving a note for him in case he +should call. Isidore opened it and read: + + I have received a telegram which gives me + some hope. So I am leaving town and shall sleep + at Rennes. You might take the evening train and, + without stopping at Rennes, go on to the little + station of Velines. We would meet at the castle, + which is two miles and a half from the station. + +The programme appealed to Beautrelet, and especially the idea that +he would reach the castle at almost the same time as Massiban, for +he feared some blunder on the part of that inexperienced man. He +went back to his friend and spent the rest of the day with him. In +the evening, he took the Brittany express and got out at Velines as +six o'clock in the morning. + +He did the two and a half miles, between bushy woods, on foot. He +could see the castle, perched on a height, from a distance: it was a +hybrid edifice, a mixture of the Renascence and Louis Philippe +styles, but it bore a stately air, nevertheless, with its four +turrets and its ivy-mantled draw-bridge. + +Isidore felt his heart beat as he approached. Was he really nearing +the end of his race? Did the castle contain the key to the mystery? + +He was not without fear. It all seemed too good to be true; and he +asked himself if he was not once more acting in obedience to some +infernal plan contrived by Lupin, if Massiban was not for instance, +a tool in the hands of his enemy. He burst out laughing: + +"Tut, tut, I'm becoming absurd! One would really think that Lupin +was an infallible person who foresees everything, a sort of divine +omnipotence against whom nothing can prevail! Dash it all, Lupin +makes his mistakes; Lupin, too, is at the mercy of circumstances; +Lupin has an occasional slip! And it is just because of his slip in +losing the document that I am beginning to have the advantage of +him. Everything starts from that. And his efforts, when all is said, +serve only to repair the first blunder." + +And blithely, full of confidence, Beautrelet rang the bell. + +"Yes, sir?" said the servant who opened the door. + +"Can I see the Baron de Velines?" + +And he gave the man his card. + +"Monsieur le baron is not up yet, but, if monsieur will wait--" + +"Has not some one else been asking for him, a gentleman with a white +beard and a slight stoop?" asked Beautrelet, who knew Massiban's +appearance from the photographs in the newspapers. + +"Yes, the gentleman came about ten minutes ago; I showed him into +the drawing room. If monsieur will come this way--" + +The interview between Massiban and Beautrelet was of the most +cordial character. Isidore thanked the old man for the first-rate +information which he owed to him and Massiban expressed his +admiration for Beautrelet in the warmest terms. Then they exchanged +impressions on the document, on their prospects of discovering the +book; and Massiban repeated what he had heard at Rennes regarding M. +de Velines. The baron was a man of sixty, who had been left a +widower many years ago and who led a very retired life with his +daughter, Gabrielle de Villemon. This lady had just suffered a cruel +blow through the loss of her husband and her eldest son, both of +whom had died as the result of a motor-car accident. + +"Monsieur le baron begs the gentlemen to be good enough to come +upstairs." + +The servant led the way to the first floor, to a large, bare-walled +room, very simply furnished with desks, pigeon-holes and tables +covered with papers and account-books. + +The baron received them very affably and with the volubility often +displayed by people who live too much alone. They had great +difficulty in explaining the object of their visit. + +"Oh, yes, I know, you wrote to me about it, M. Massiban. It has +something to do with a book about a needle, hasn't it, a book which +is supposed to have come down to me from my ancestors?" + +"Just so." + +"I may as well tell you that my ancestors and I have fallen out. +They had funny ideas in those days. I belong to my own time. I have +broken with the past." + +"Yes," said Beautrelet, impatiently, "but have you no recollection +of having seen the book?--" + +"Certainly, I said so in my telegram," he exclaimed, addressing M. +Massiban, who, in his annoyance, was walking up and down the room +and looking out of the tall windows. "Certainly--or, at least, my +daughter thought she had seen the title among the thousands of books +that lumber up the library, upstairs--for I don't care about reading +myself--I don't even read the papers. My daughter does, sometimes, +but only when there is nothing the matter with Georges, her +remaining son! As for me, as long as my tenants pay their rents and +my leases are kept up--! You see my account-books: I live in them, +gentlemen; and I confess that I know absolutely nothing whatever +about that story of which you wrote to me in your letter, M. +Massiban--" + +Isidore Beautrelet, nerve-shattered at all this talk, interrupted +him bluntly: + +"I beg your pardon, monsieur, but the book--" + +"My daughter has looked for it. She looked for it all day +yesterday." + +"Well?" + +"Well, she found it; she found it a few hours ago. When you +arrived--" + +"And where is it?" + +"Where is it? Why, she put it on that table--there it is--over +there--" + +Isidore gave a bound. At one end of the table, on a muddled heap of +papers, lay a little book bound in red morocco. He banged his fist +down upon it, as though he were forbidding anybody to touch it--and +also a little as though he himself dared not take it up. + +"Well!" cried Massiban, greatly excited. + +"I have it--here it is--we're there at last!" + +"But the title--are you sure?--" + +"Why, of course: look!" + +"Are you convinced? Have we mastered the secret at last?" + +"The front page--what does the front page say?" + +"Read: The Whole Truth now first exhibited. One hundred copies +printed by myself for the instruction of the Court." + +"That's it, that's it," muttered Massiban, in a hoarse voice. "It's +the copy snatched from the flames! It's the very book which Louis +XIV. condemned." + +They turned over the pages. The first part set forth the +explanations given by Captain de Larbeyrie in his journal. + +"Get on, get on!" said Beautrelet, who was in a hurry to come to the +solution. + +"Get on? What do you mean? Not at all! We know that the Man with the +Iron Mask was imprisoned because he knew and wished to divulge the +secret of the Royal house of France. But how did he know it? And why +did he wish to divulge it? Lastly, who was that strange personage? A +half-brother of Louis XIV., as Voltaire maintained, or Mattioli, the +Italian minister, as the modern critics declare? Hang it, those are +questions of the very first interest!" + +"Later, later," protested Beautrelet, feverishly turning the pages, +as though he feared that the book would fly out of his hands before +he had solved the riddle. + +"But--" said Massiban, who doted on historical details. + +"We have plenty of time--afterward--let's see the explanation first--" + +Suddenly Beautrelet stopped. The document! In the middle of a left- +hand page, his eyes saw the five mysterious lines of dots and +figures! He made sure, with a glance, that the text was identical +with that which he had studied so long; the same arrangement of the +signs, the same intervals that permitted of the isolation of the +word demoiselles and the separation of the two words aiguille and +creuse. + +A short note preceded it: + +All the necessary indications, it appears, were reduced by King +Louis XIII. into a little table which I transcribe below. + +Here followed the table of dots and figures. + +Then came the explanation of the document itself. Beautrelet read, +in a broken voice: + + * * * * * + +As will be seen, this table, even after we have changed the figures +into vowels, affords no light. One might say that, in order to +decipher the puzzle, we must first know it. It is, at most, a clue +given to those who know the paths of the labyrinth. + +Let us take this clue and proceed. I will guide you. + +The fourth line first. The fourth line contains measurements and +indications. By complying with the indications and noting the +measurements set down, we inevitably attain our object, on +condition, be it understood, that we know where we are and whither +we are going, in a word, that we are enlightened as to the real +meaning of the Hollow Needle. This is what we may learn from the +first three lines. The first is so conceived to revenge myself on +the King; I had warned him, for that matter-- + + * * * * * + +Beautrelet stopped, nonplussed. + +"What? What is it?" said Massiban. + +"The words don't make sense." + +"No more they do," replied Massiban. "'The first is so conceived to +revenge myself on the King--' What can that mean?" + +"Damn!" yelled Beautrelet. + +"Well?" + +"Torn! Two pages! The next two pages! Look at the marks!" + +He trembled, shaking with rage and disappointment. Massiban bent +forward. + +"It is true--there are the ends of two pages left, like bookbinders' +guards. The marks seem pretty fresh. They've not been cut, but torn +out--torn out with violence. Look, all the pages at the end of the +book have been rumpled." + +"But who can have done it? Who?" moaned Isidore, wringing his hands. +"A servant? An accomplice?" + +"All the same, it may date back to a few months since," observed +Massiban. + +"Even so--even so--some one must have hunted out and taken the book +--Tell me, monsieur," cried Beautrelet, addressing the baron, "is +there no one whom you suspect?" + +"We might ask my daughter." + +"Yes--yes--that's it--perhaps she will know." + +M. de Velines rang for the footman. A few minutes later, Mme. de +Villemon entered. She was a young woman, with a sad and resigned +face. Beautrelet at once asked her: + +"You found this volume upstairs, madame, in the library?" + +"Yes, in a parcel of books that had not been uncorded." + +"And you read it?" + +"Yes, last night." + +"When you read it, were those two pages missing? Try and remember: +the two pages following this table of figures and dots?" + +"No, certainly not," she said, greatly astonished. "There was no +page missing at all." + +"Still, somebody has torn--" + +"But the book did not leave my room last night." + +"And this morning?" + +"This morning, I brought it down here myself, when M. Massiban's +arrival was announced." + +"Then--?" + +"Well, I don't understand--unless--but no." + +"What?" + +"Georges--my son--this morning--Georges was playing with the book." + +She ran out headlong, accompanied by Beautrelet, Massiban and the +baron. The child was not in his room. They hunted in every +direction. At last, they found him playing behind the castle. But +those three people seemed so excited and called him so peremptorily +to account that he began to yell aloud. + +Everybody ran about to right and left. The servants were questioned. +It was an indescribable tumult. And Beautrelet received the awful +impression that the truth was ebbing away from him, like water +trickling through his fingers. + +He made an effort to recover himself, took Mme. de Villemon's arm, +and, followed by the baron and Massiban, led her back to the drawing +room and said: + +"The book is incomplete. Very well. There are two pages torn out; +but you read them, did you not, madame?" + +"Yes." + +"You know what they contained?" + +"Yes." + +"Could you repeat it to us?" + +"Certainly. I read the book with a great deal of curiosity, but +those two pages struck me in particular because the revelations were +so very interesting." + +"Well, then, speak madame, speak, I implore you! Those revelations +are of exceptional importance. Speak, I beg of you: minutes lost are +never recovered. The Hollow Needle--" + +"Oh, it's quite simple. The Hollow Needle means--" + +At that moment, a footman entered the room: + +"A letter for madame." + +"Oh, but the postman has passed!" + +"A boy brought it." + +Mme. de Villemon opened the letter, read it, and put her hand to her +heart, turning suddenly livid and terrified, ready to faint. + +The paper had slipped to the floor. Beautrelet picked it up and, +without troubling to apologize, read: + + Not a word! If you say a word, your son will + never wake again. + +"My son--my son!" she stammered, too weak even to go to the +assistance of the threatened child. + +Beautrelet reassured her: + +"It is not serious--it's a joke. Come, who could be interested?" + +"Unless," suggested Massiban, "it was Arsene Lupin." + +Beautrelet made him a sign to hold his tongue. He knew quite well, +of course, that the enemy was there, once more, watchful and +determined; and that was just why he wanted to tear from Mme. de +Villemon the decisive words, so long awaited, and to tear them from +her on the spot, that very moment: + +"I beseech you, madame, compose yourself. We are all here. There is +not the least danger." + +Would she speak? He thought so, he hoped so. She stammered out a few +syllables. But the door opened again. This time, the nurse entered. +She seemed distraught: + +"M. Georges--madame--M. Georges--!" + +Suddenly, the mother recovered all her strength. Quicker than any of +them, and urged by an unfailing instinct, she rushed down the +staircase, across the hall and on to the terrace. There lay little +Georges, motionless, on a wicker chair. + +"Well, what is it? He's asleep!--" + +"He fell asleep suddenly, madame," said the nurse. "I tried to +prevent him, to carry him to his room. But he was fast asleep and +his hands--his hands were cold." + +"Cold!" gasped the mother. "Yes--it's true. Oh dear, oh dear--IF HE +ONLY WAKES UP!" + +Beautrelet put his hand in his trousers pocket, seized the butt of +his revolver, cocked it with his forefinger, then suddenly produced +the weapon and fired at Massiban. + +Massiban, as though he were watching the boy's movements, had +avoided the shot, so to speak, in advance. But already Beautrelet +had sprung upon him, shouting to the servants: + +"Help! It's Lupin!" + +Massiban, under the weight of the impact, fell back into one of the +wicker chairs. In a few seconds, he rose, leaving Beautrelet +stunned, choking; and, holding the young man's revolver in his +hands: + +"Good!--that's all right!--don't stir--you'll be like that for two +or three minutes--no more. But, upon my word, you took your time to +recognize me! Was my make-up as old Massiban so good as all that?" + +He was now standing straight up on his legs, his body squared, in a +formidable attitude, and he grinned as he looked at the three +petrified footmen and the dumbfounded baron: + +"Isidore, you've missed the chance of a lifetime. If you hadn't told +them I was Lupin, they'd have jumped on me. And, with fellows like +that, what would have become of me, by Jove, with four to one +against me?" + +He walked up to them: + +"Come, my lads, don't be afraid--I shan't hurt you. Wouldn't you +like a sugar-stick apiece to screw your courage up? Oh, you, by the +way, hand me back my hundred-franc note, will you? Yes, yes, I know +you! You're the one I bribed just now to give the letter to your +mistress. Come hurry, you faithless servant." + +He took the blue bank-note which the servant handed him and tore it +into tiny shreds: + +"The price of treachery! It burns my fingers." + +He took off his hat and, bowing very low before Mme. de Villemon: + +"Will you forgive me, madame? The accidents of life--of mine +especially--often drive one to acts of cruelty for which I am the +first to blush. But have no fear for your son: it's a mere prick, a +little puncture in the arm which I gave him while we were +questioning him. In an hour, at the most, you won't know that it +happened. Once more, all my apologies. But I had to make sure of +your silence." He bowed again, thanked M. de Velines for his kind +hospitality, took his cane, lit a cigarette, offered one to the +baron, gave a circular sweep with his hat and, in a patronizing +tone, said to Beautrelet: + +"Good-bye, baby." + +And he walked away quietly, puffing the smoke of his cigarette into +the servants' faces. + +Beautrelet waited for a few minutes. Mme. de Villemon, now calmer, +was watching by her son. He went up to her, with the intention of +making one last appeal to her. Their eyes met. He said nothing. He +had understood that she would never speak now, whatever happened. +There, once more, in that mother's brain, the secret of the Hollow +Needle lay buried as deeply as in the night of the past. + +Then he gave up and went away. + +It was half-past ten. There was a train at eleven-fifty. He slowly +followed the avenue in the park and turned into the road that led to +the station. + +"Well, what do you say to that?" + +It was Massiban, or rather Lupin, who appeared out of the wood +adjoining the road. + +"Was it pretty well contrived, or was it not? Is your old friend +great on the tight-rope, or is he not? I'm sure that you haven't got +over it, eh, and that you're asking yourself whether the so-called +Massiban, member of the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, +ever existed. But, of course, he exists. I'll even show him to you, +if you're good. But, first, let me give you back your revolver. +You're looking to see if it's loaded? Certainly, my lad. There are +five charges left, one of which would be enough to send me ad +patres.--Well, so you're putting it in your pocket? Quite right. I +prefer that to what you did up there.--A nasty little impulse, that, +of yours!--Still, you're young, you suddenly see--in a flash!--that +you've once more been done by that confounded Lupin and that he is +standing there in front of you, at three steps from you--and bang! +You fire!--I'm not angry with you, bless your little heart! To prove +it, I offer you a seat in my 100 h.p. car. Will that suit you?" + +He put his fingers to his mouth and whistled. + +The contrast was delicious between the venerable appearance of this +elderly Massiban and the schoolboy ways and accent which Lupin was +putting on. Beautrelet could not help laughing. + +"He's laughed! He's laughed!" cried Lupin, jumping for joy. "You +see, baby, what you fall short in is the power of smiling; you're a +trifle serious for your age. You're a very likeable boy, you have a +charming candor and simplicity--but you have no sense of humor." He +placed himself in front of him. "Look here, bet you I make you cry! +Do you know how I was able to follow up all your inquiry, how I knew +of the letter Massiban wrote you and his appointment to meet you +this morning at the Chateau de Velines? Through the prattle of your +friend, the one you're staying with. You confide in that idiot and +he loses no time, but goes and tells everything to his best girl. +And his best girl has no secrets for Lupin.--What did I tell you? +I've made you feel, anyhow; your eyes are quite wet!--Friendship +betrayed: that upsets you, eh? Upon my word, you're wonderful! I +could take you in my arms and hug you! You always wear that look of +astonishment which goes straight to my heart.--I shall never forget +the other evening at Gaillon, when you consulted me.--Yes, I was the +old notary!--But why don't you laugh, youngster? As I said, you have +no sense of a joke. Look here, what you want is--what shall I call +it?--imagination, imaginative impulse. Now, I'm full of imaginative +impulse." + +A motor was heard panting not far off. Lupin seized Beautrelet +roughly by the arm and in a cold voice, looking him straight in the +eyes: + +"You're going to keep quiet now, aren't you? You can see there's +nothing to be done. Then what's the use of wasting your time and +energy? There are plenty of highway robbers in the world. Run after +them and let me be--if not!--It's settled, isn't it?" + +He shook him as though to enforce his will upon him. Then he +grinned: + +"Fool that I am! You leave me alone? You're not one of those who let +go! Oh, I don't know what restrains me! In half a dozen turns of the +wrist, I could have you bound and gagged--and, in two hours, safe +under lock and key, for some months to come. And then I could twist +my thumbs in all security, withdraw to the peaceful retreat prepared +for me by my ancestors, the Kings of France, and enjoy the treasures +which they have been good enough to accumulate for me. But no, it is +doomed that I must go on blundering to the end. I can't help it, we +all have our weaknesses--and I have one for you. Besides, it's not +done yet. From now until you put your finger into the hollow of the +Needle, a good deal of water will flow under the bridges. Dash it +all, it took me ten days! Me! Lupin! You will want ten years, at +least! There's that much distance between us, after all!" + +The motor arrived, an immense closed car. Lupin opened the door and +Beautreiet gave a cry. There was a man inside and that man was +Lupin, or rather Massiban. Suddenly understanding, he burst out +laughing. Lupin said: + +"Don't be afraid, he's sound asleep. I promised that you should see +him. Do you grasp the situation now? At midnight, I knew of your +appointment at the castle. At seven in the morning, I was there. +When Massiban passed, I had only to collect him--give him a tiny +prick with a needle--and the thing--was done. Sleep old chap, sleep +away. We'll set you down on the slope. That's it--there--capital-- +right in the sun, then you won't catch cold--good! And our hat in +our hand.--Spare a copper, kind gentleman!--Oh. my dear old +Massiban, so you were after Arsene Lupin!" + +It was really a huge joke to see the two Massibans face to face, one +asleep with his head on his chest, the other seriously occupied in +paying him every sort of attention and respect: + +"Pity a poor blind man! There, Massiban, here's two sous and my +visiting-card. And now, my lads, off we go at the fourth speed. Do +you hear, driver? You've got to do seventy-five miles an hour. Jump +in, Isidore. There's a full sitting of the Institute to-day, and +Massiban is to read a little paper, on I don't know what, at half- +past three. Well, he'll read them his little paper. I'll dish them +up a complete Massiban, more real than the real one, with my own +ideas, on the lacustrine inscriptions. I don't have an opportunity +of lecturing at the Institute ever day!--Faster, chauffeur: we're +only doing seventy-one and a half!--Are you afraid? Remember you're +with Lupin!--Ah, Isidore, and then people say that life is +monotonous! Why, life's an adorable thing, my boy; only one has to +know--and I know--. Wasn't it enough to make a man jump out of his +skin for joy, just now, at the castle, when you were chattering with +old Velines and I, up against the window, was tearing out the pages +of the historic book? And then, when you were questioning the Dame +de Villemon about the Hollow Needle! Would she speak? Yes, she +would--no, she wouldn't--yes--no. It gave me gooseflesh, I assure +you.--If she spoke, I should have to build up my life anew, the +whole scaffolding was destroyed.--Would the footman come in time? +Yes--no--there he is.--But Beautrelet will unmask me! Never! He's +too much of a flat! Yes, though--no--there, he's done it--no, he +hasn't--yes--he's eyeing me--that's it--he's feeling for his +revolver!--Oh, the delight of it!--Isidore, you're talking too much, +you'll hurt yourself!--Let's have a snooze, shall we?--I'm dying of +sleep.--Good night." + +Beautrelet looked at him. He seemed almost asleep already. He slept. + +The motor-car, darting through space, rushed toward a horizon that +was constantly reached and as constantly retreated. There was no +impression of towns, villages, fields or forests; simply space, +space devoured, swallowed up. + +Beautrelet looked at his traveling companion, for a long time, with +eager curiosity and also with a keen wish to fathom his real +character through the mask that covered it. And he thought of the +circumstances that confined them, like that, together, in the close +contact of that motor car. But, after the excitement and +disappointment of the morning, tired in his turn, he too fell +asleep. + +When he woke, Lupin was reading. Beautrelet leant over to see the +title of the book. It was the Epistolae ad Lucilium of Seneca the +philosopher. + + + + +CHAPTER EIGHT + +FROM CAESAR TO LUPIN + + +Dash it all, it took me ten days! Me! Lupin! + +You will want ten years, at least!-- + +These words, uttered by Lupin after leaving the Chateau de Velines, +had no little influence on Beautrelet's conduct. + +Though very calm in the main and invariably master of himself, +Lupin, nevertheless, was subject to moments of exaltation, of a more +or less romantic expansiveness, at once theatrical and good-humored, +when he allowed certain admissions to escape him, certain imprudent +speeches which a boy like Beautrelet could easily turn to profit. + +Rightly or wrongly, Beautrelet read one of these involuntary +admissions into that phrase. He was entitled to conclude that, if +Lupin drew a comparison between his own efforts and Beautrelet's in +pursuit of the truth about the Hollow Needle, it was because the two +of them possessed identical means of attaining their object, because +Lupin had no elements of success different from those possessed by +his adversary. The chances were alike. Now, with the same chances, +the same elements of success, the same means, ten days had been +enough for Lupin. + +What were those elements, those means, those chances? They were +reduced, when all was said, to a knowledge of the pamphlet published +in 1815, a pamphlet which Lupin, no doubt, like Massiban, had found +by accident and thanks to which he had succeeded in discovering the +indispensable document in Marie Antoinette's book of hours. + +Therefore, the pamphlet and the document were the only two +fundamental facts upon which Lupin had relied. With these he had +built up the whole edifice. He had had no extraneous aid. The study +of the pamphlet and the study of the document--full stop--that was +all. + +Well, could not Beautrelet confine himself to the same ground? What +was the use of an impossible struggle? What was the use of those +vain investigations, in which, even supposing that he avoided the +pitfalls that were multiplied under his feet, he was sure, in the +end, to achieve the poorest of results? + +His decision was clear and immediate; and, in adopting it, he had +the happy instinct that he was on the right path. He began by +leaving his Janson-de-Sailly schoolfellow, without indulging in +useless recriminations, and, taking his portmanteau with him, went +and installed himself, after much hunting about, in a small hotel +situated in the very heart of Paris. This hotel he did not leave for +days. At most, he took his meals at the table d'hote. The rest of +the time, locked in his room, with the window-curtains close-drawn, +he spent in thinking. + +"Ten days," Arsene Lupin had said. + +Beautrelet, striving to forget all that he had done and to remember +only the elements of the pamphlet and the document, aspired eagerly +to keep within the limit of those ten days. However the tenth day +passed and the eleventh and the twelfth; but, on the thirteenth day, +a gleam lit up his brain and, very soon, with the bewildering +rapidity of those ideas which develop in us like miraculous plants, +the truth emerged, blossomed, gathered strength. On the evening of +the thirteenth day, he certainly did not know the answer to the +problem, but he knew, to a certainty, one of the methods which Lupin +had, beyond a doubt, employed. + +It was a very simple method, hinging on this one question: Is there +a link of any sort uniting all the more or less important historic +events with which the pamphlet connects the mystery of the Hollow +Needle? + +The great diversity of these events made the question difficult to +answer. Still, the profound examination to which Beautrelet applied +himself ended by pointing to one essential characteristic which was +common to them all. Each one of them, without exception, had +happened within the boundaries of the old kingdom of Neustria, which +correspond very nearly with those of our present-day Normandy. All +the heroes of the fantastic adventure are Norman, or become Norman, +or play their part in the Norman country. + +What a fascinating procession through the ages! What a rousing +spectacle was that of all those barons, dukes and kings, starting +from such widely opposite points to meet in this particular corner +of the world! Beautrelet turned the pages of history at haphazard: +it was Rolf, or Rou, or Rollo, first Duke of Normandy, who was +master of the secret of the Needle, according to the treaty of +Saint-Clair-sur-Epte! + +It was William the Conqueror, Duke of Normandy and King of England, +whose bannerstaff was pierced like a needle! + +It was at Rouen that the English burnt Joan of Arc, mistress of the +secret! + +And right at the beginning of the adventure, who is that chief of +the Caleti who pays his ransom to Caesar with the secret of the +Needle but the chief of the men of the Caux country, which lies in +the very heart of Normandy? + +The supposition becomes more definite. The field narrows. Rouen, the +banks of the Seine, the Caux country: it really seems as though all +roads lead in that direction. Two kings of France are mentioned more +particularly, after the secret is lost by the Dukes of Normandy and +their heirs, the kings of England, and becomes the royal secret of +France; and these two are King Henry IV., who laid siege to Rouen +and won the battle of Arques, near Dieppe, and Francis I., who +founded the Havre and uttered that suggestive phrase: + +"The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of +towns!" + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: the three angles of the triangle, the +three large towns that occupy the three points. In the centre, the +Caux country. + +The seventeenth century arrives. Louis XIV. burns the book in which +a person unknown reveals the truth. Captain de Larbeyrie masters a +copy, profits by the secret thus obtained, steals a certain number +of jewels and dies by the hand of highway murderers. Now at which +spot is the ambush laid? At Gaillon! At Gaillon, a little town on +the road leading from Havre, Rouen or Dieppe to Paris! + +A year later, Louis XIV. buys a domain and builds the Chateau de +l'Aiguille. Where does he select his site? In the Midlands of +France, with the result that the curious are thrown off the scent +and do not hunt about in Normandy. + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre--the Cauchois triangle--everything lies +there. On one side, the sea; on another, the Seine: on the third, +the two valleys that lead from Rouen to Dieppe. + +A light flashed across Beautrelet's mind. That extent of ground, +that country of the high tablelands which run from the cliffs of the +Seine to the cliffs of the Channel almost invariably constituted the +field of operations of Arsene Lupin. For ten years, it was just this +district which he parcelled out for his purposes, as though he had +his haunt in the very centre of the region with which, the legend of +the Hollow Needle was most closely connected. + +The affair of Baron Cahorn? [Footnote: The Seven of Hearts, by +Maurice Leblanc. II; Arsene Lupin in Prison] Or the banks of the +Seine, between Rouen and the Havre. + +The Thibermenil case? [Footnote: The Seven of Hearts. IX: Holmlock +Shears Arrives Too Late.] At the other end of the tableland, between +Rouen and Dieppe. + +The Gruchet, Montigny, Crasville burglaries? In the midst of the +Caux country. + +Where was Lupin going when he was attacked and bound hand and foot, +in his compartment by Pierre Onfrey, the Auteuil murderer? +[Footnote: The Seven of Hearts. IV: The Mysterious Railway- +passenger.] To Rouen. + +Where was Holmlock Shears, Lupin's prisoner, put on board ship? +[Footnote: Arsene Lupin versus Holmlock Shears, by Maurice Leblanc, +Chapter V: Kidnapped.] Near the Havre. + +And what was the scene of the whole of the present tragedy? +Ambrumesy, on the road between the Havre and Dieppe. + +Rouen, Dieppe, the Havre: always the Cauchois triangle. + +And so, a few years earlier, possessing the pamphlet and knowing the +hiding-place in which Marie Antoinette had concealed the document, +Arsene Lupin had ended by laying his hand on the famous book of +hours. Once in possession of the document, he took the field, +"found" and settled down as in a conquered country. + +Beautrelet took the field. + +He set out in genuine excitement, thinking of the same journey which +Lupin had taken, of the same hopes with which he must have throbbed +when he thus went in search of the tremendous secret which was to +arm him with so great a power. Would his, Beautrelet's efforts have +the same victorious results? + +He left Rouen early in the morning, on foot, with his face very much +disguised and his bag at the end of a stick on his shoulder, like an +apprentice doing his round of France. He walked straight to Duclair, +where he lunched. On leaving this town, he followed the Seine and +practically did not lose sight of it again. His instinct, +strengthened, moreover, by numerous influences, always brought him +back to the sinuous banks of the stately river. When the Chateau du +Malaquis was robbed, the objects stolen from Baron Cahorn's +collection were sent by way of the Seine. The old carvings removed +from the chapel at Ambrumesy were carried to the Seine bank. He +pictured the whole fleet of pinnaces performing a regular service +between Rouen and the Havre and draining the works of art and +treasures from a countryside to dispatch them thence to the land of +millionaires. + +"I'm burning! I'm burning!" muttered the boy, gasping under the +truth, which came to him in a mighty series of shocks and took away +his breath. + +The checks encountered on the first few days, did not discourage +him. He had a firm and profound belief in the correctness of the +supposition that was guiding him. It was bold, perhaps, and +extravagant; no matter: it was worthy of the adversary pursued. The +supposition was on a level with the prodigious reality that bore the +name of Lupin. With a man like that, of what good could it be to +look elsewhere than in the domain of the enormous, the exaggerated, +the superhuman? + +Jumieges, the Mailleraye, Saint-Wandrille, Caudebec, Tancarville, +Quillebeuf were places filled with his memories. How often he must +have contemplated the glory of their Gothic steeples or the splendor +of their immense ruins! + +But the Havre, the neighborhood of the Havre drew Isidore like a +beacon-fire. + +"The kings of France carry secrets that often decide the fate of +towns!" + +Cryptic words which, suddenly, for Beautrelet, shone bright with +clearness! Was this not an exact statement of the reasons that +determined Francis I. to create a town on this spot and was not the +fate of the Havre-de-Grace linked with the very secret of the +Needle? + +"That's it, that's it," stammered Beautrelet, excitedly. "The old +Norman estuary, one of the essential points, one of the original +centres around which our French nationality was formed, is completed +by those two forces, one in full view, alive, known to all, the new +port commanding the ocean and opening on the world; the other dim +and obscure, unknown and all the more alarming, inasmuch as it is +invisible and impalpable. A whole side of the history of France and +of the royal house is explained by the Needle, even as it explains +the whole story of Arsene Lupin. The same sources of energy and +power supply and renew the fortunes of kings and of the adventurer." + +Beautrelet ferreted and snuffed from village to village, from the +river to the sea, with his nose in the wind, his ears pricked, +trying to compel the inanimate things to surrender their deep +meaning. Ought this hill-slope to be questioned? Or that forest? Or +the houses of this hamlet? Or was it among the insignificant phrases +spoken by that peasant yonder that he might hope to gather the one +little illuminating word? + +One morning, he was lunching at an inn, within sight of Honfleur, +the old city of the estuary. Opposite him was sitting one of those +heavy, red-haired Norman horse-dealers who do the fairs of the +district, whip in hand and clad in a long smock-frock. After a +moment, it seemed to Beautrelet that the man was looking at him with +a certain amount of attention, as though he knew him or, at least, +was trying to recognize him. + +"Pooh," he thought, "there's some mistake: I've never seen that +merchant before, nor he me." + +As a matter of fact, the man appeared to take no further interest in +him. He lit his pipe, called for coffee and brandy, smoked and +drank. + +When Beautrelet had finished his meal, he paid and rose to go. A +group of men entered just as he was about to leave and he had to +stand for a few seconds near the table at which the horse-dealer +sat. He then heard the man say in a low voice: + +"Good-afternoon, M. Beautrelet." + +Without hesitation, Isidore sat down beside the man and said: + +"Yes, that is my name--but who are you? How did you know me?" + +"That's not difficult--and yet I've only seen your portrait in the +papers. But you are so badly--what do you call it in French--so +badly made-up." + +He had a pronounced foreign accent and Beautrelet seemed to +perceive, as he looked at him, that he too wore a facial disguise +that entirely altered his features. + +"Who are you?" he repeated. "Who are you?" + +The stranger smiled: + +"Don't you recognize me?" + +"No, I never saw you before." + +"Nor I you. But think. The papers print my portrait also--and pretty +often. Well, have you got it?" + +"No." + +"Holmlock Shears." + +It was an amusing and, at the same time, a significant meeting. The +boy at once saw the full bearing of it. After an exchange of +compliments, he said to Shears: + +"I suppose that you are here--because of 'him'?" + +"Yes." + +"So--so--you think we have a chance--in this direction." + +"I'm sure of it." + +Beautrelet's delight at finding that Shears's opinion agreed with +his own was not unmingled with other feelings. If the Englishman +attained his object, it meant that, at the very best, the two would +share the victory; and who could tell that Shears would not attain +it first? + +"Have you any proofs? Any clues?" + +"Don't be afraid," grinned the Englishman, who understood his +uneasiness. "I am not treading on your heels. With you, it's the +document, the pamphlet: things that do not inspire me with any great +confidence." + +"And with you?" + +"With me, it's something different." + +"Should I be indiscreet, if--?" + +"Not at all. You remember the story of the coronet, the story of the +Duc de Charmerac?" [Footnote: Arsene Lupin, play in four acts, by +Maurice Leblanc and Francis de Croisset.] + +"Yes." + +"You remember Victoire, Lupin's old foster-mother, the one whom my +good friend Ganimard allowed to escape in a sham prison-van?" + +"Yes." + +"I have found Victoire's traces. She lives on a farm, not far from +National Road No. 25. National Road No. 25 is the road from the +Havre to Lille. Through Victoire I shall easily get at Lupin." + +"It will take long." + +"No matter! I have dropped all my cases. This is the only one I care +about. Between Lupin and me, it's a fight--a fight to the death." + +He spoke these words with a sort of ferocity that betrayed all his +bitterness at the humiliations which he had undergone, all his +fierce hatred of the great enemy who had tricked him so cruelly. + +"Go away, now," he whispered, "we are observed. It's dangerous. But +mark my words: on the day when Lupin and I meet face to face, it +will be--it will be tragic." + +Beautrelet felt quite reassured on leaving Shears: he need not fear +that the Englishman would gain on him. And here was one more proof +which this chance interview had brought him: the road from the Havre +to Lille passes through Dieppe! It is the great seaside road of the +Caux country, the coast road commanding the Channel cliffs! And it +was on a farm near this road that Victoire was installed, Victoire, +that is to say, Lupin, for one did not move without the other, the +master without the blindly devoted servant. + +"I'm burning! I'm burning!" he repeated to himself. "Whenever +circumstances bring me a new element of information, it confirms my +supposition. On the one hand, I have the absolute certainty of the +banks of the Seine; on the other, the certainty of the National +Road. The two means of communication meet at the Havre, the town of +Francis I., the town of the secret. The boundaries are contracting. +The Caux country is not large; and, even so, I have only the western +portion of the Caux country to search." + +He set to work with renewed stubbornness: + +"Anything that Lupin has found," he kept on saying to himself, +"there is no reason for my not finding." + +Certainly, Lupin had some great advantage over him, perhaps a +thorough acquaintance with the country, a precise knowledge of the +local legends, or less than that, a memory: invaluable advantages +these, for he, Beautrelet, knew nothing, was totally ignorant of the +country, which he had first visited at the time of the Ambrumesy +burglary and then only rapidly, without lingering. + +But what did it matter? Though he had to devote ten years of his +life to this investigation, he would carry it to a successful issue. +Lupin was there. He could see him, he could feel him there. He +expected to come upon him at the next turn of the road, on the skirt +of the next wood, outside the next village. And, though continually +disappointed, he seemed to find in each disappointment a fresh +reason for persisting. + +Often, he would fling himself on the slope by the roadside and +plunge into wild examination of the copy of the document which he +always carried on him, a copy, that is to say, with vowels taking +the place of the figures: + +e . a . a . . e . . e . a . . a . . + a . . . e . e . . e . oi . e . . e . + . ou . . e . o . . . e . . e . o . . e + + +[Illustration: drawing of an outline of paper with writing and +drawing on it--numbers, dots, some letters, signs and symbols...] + +ai . ui . . e . . eu . e + +Often, also, according to his habit, he would lie down flat on his +stomach in the tall grass and think for hours. He had time enough. +The future belonged to him. + +With wonderful patience, he tramped from the Seine to the sea, and +from the sea to the Seine, going gradually farther, retracing his +steps and never quitting the ground until, theoretically speaking, +there was not a chance left of gathering the smallest particle upon +it. + +He studied and explored Montivilliers and Saint-Romani and Octeville +and Gonneville and Criquetot. + +At night, he knocked at the peasants' doors and asked for a lodging. +After dinner, they smoked together and chatted. He made them tell +him the stories which they told one another on the long winter +nights. And he never omitted to insinuate, slily: + +"What about the Needle? The legend of the Hollow Needle? Don't you +know that?" + +"Upon my word, I don't--never heard of it--" + +"Just think--an old wives' tale--something that has to do with a +needle. An enchanted needle, perhaps.--I don't know--" + +Nothing. No legend, no recollection. And the next morning he walked +blithely away again. + +One day, he passed through the pretty village of Saint-Jouin, which +overlooks the sea, and descending among the chaos of rocks that have +slipped from cliffs, he climbed up to the tableland and went in the +direction of the dry valley of Bruneval, Cap d'Antifer and the +little creek of Belle-Plage. He was walking gaily and lightly, +feeling a little tired, perhaps, but glad to be alive, so glad, +even, that he forgot Lupin and the mystery of the Hollow Needle and +Victoire and Shears, and interested himself in the sight of nature: +the blue sky, the great emerald sea, all glittering in the sunshine. + +Some straight slopes and remains of brick walls, in which he seemed +to recognize the vestiges of a Roman camp, interested him. Then his +eyes fell upon a sort of little castle, built in imitation of an +ancient fort, with cracked turrets and Gothic windows. It stood on a +jagged, rugged, rising promontory, almost detached from the cliff. A +barred gate, flanked by iron hand-rails and bristling spikes, +guarded the narrow passage. + +Beautrelet succeeded in climbing over, not without some difficulty. +Over the pointed door, which was closed with an old rusty lock, he +read the words: + +FORT DE FREFOSSE + +He did not attempt to enter, but, turning to the right, after going +down a little slope, he embarked upon a path that ran along a ridge +of land furnished with a wooden handrail. Right at the end was a +cave of very small dimensions, forming a sort of watch-tower at the +point of the rock in which it was hollowed out, a rock falling +abruptly into the sea. + +There was just room to stand up in the middle of the cave. +Multitudes of inscriptions crossed one another on the walls. An +almost square hole, cut in the stone, opened like a dormer window on +the land side, exactly opposite Fort Frefosse, the crenellated top +of which appeared at thirty or forty yards' distance. + +Beautrelet threw off his knapsack and sat down. He had had a hard +and tiring day. He fell asleep for a little. Then the cool wind that +blew inside the cave woke him up. He sat for a few minutes without +moving, absent-minded, vague-eyed. He tried to reflect, to recapture +his still torpid thoughts. And, as he recovered his consciousness, +he was on the point of rising, when he received the impression that +his eyes, suddenly fixed, suddenly wide-open, saw-- + +A thrill shook him from head to foot. His hands clutched +convulsively and he felt the beads of perspiration forming at the +roots of his hair: + +"No, no," he stammered. "It's a dream, an hallucination. Let's look: +it's not possible!" + +He plunged down on his knees and stooped over. Two huge letters, +each perhaps a foot long, appeared cut in relief in the granite of +the floor. Those two letters, clumsily, but plainly carved, with +their corners rounded and their surface smoothed by the wear and +tear of centuries, were a D and an F. + +D and F! Oh, bewildering miracle! D and F: just two letters of the +document! Oh, Beautrelet had no need to consult it to bring before +his mind that group of letters in the fourth line, the line of the +measurements and indications! He knew them well! They were inscribed +for all time at the back of his pupils, encrusted for good and all +in the very substance of his brain! + +He rose to his feet, went down the steep road, climbed back along +the old fort, hung on to the spikes of the rail again, in order to +pass, and walked briskly toward a shepherd whose flock was grazing +some way off on a dip in the tableland: + +"That cave, over there--that cave--" + +His lips trembled and he tried to find the words that would not +come. The shepherd looked at him in amazement. At last, Isidore +repeated: + +"Yes, that cave--over there--to the right of the fort. Has it a +name?" + +"Yes, I should think so. All the Etretat folk like to call it the +Demoiselles." + +"What?--What?--What's that you say?" + +"Why, of course--it's the Chambre des Demoiselles." + +Isidore felt like flying at his throat, as though all the truth +lived in that man and he hoped to get it from him at one swoop, to +tear it from him. + +The Demoiselles! One of the words, one of the only three known words +of the document! + +A whirlwind of madness shook Beautrelet where he stood. And it rose +all around him, blew upon him like a tempestuous squall that came +from the sea, that came from the land, that came from every +direction and whipped him with great lashes of the truth. + +He understood. The document appeared to him in its real sense. The +Chambre des Demoiselles--Etretat-- + +"That's it," he thought, his brain filled with light, "it must be +that. But why didn't I guess earlier?" + +He said to the shepherd, in a low voice: + +"That will do--go away--you can go--thank you." + +The man, not knowing what to think, whistled to his dog and went. + +Left alone, Beautrelet returned to the fort. He had almost passed it +when, suddenly, he dropped to the ground and lay cowering against a +piece of wall. And, wringing his hands, he thought: + +"I must be mad! If 'he' were to see me! Or his accomplices! I've +been moving about for an hour--!" + +He did not stir another limb. + +The sun went down. Little by little, the night mingled with the day, +blurring the outline of things. + +Then, with little imperceptible movements, flat on his stomach, +gliding, crawling, he crept along one of the points of the +promontory to the extreme edge of the cliff. + +He reached it. Stretching out his hands, he pushed aside some tufts +of grass and his head appeared over the precipice. + +Opposite him, almost level with the cliff, in the open sea rose an +enormous rock, over eighty yards high, a colossal obelisk, standing +straight on its granite base, which showed at the surface of the +water, and tapering toward the summit, like the giant tooth of a +monster of the deep. White with the dirty gray white of the cliff, +the awful monolith was streaked with horizontal lines marked by +flint and displaying the slow work of the centuries, which had +heaped alternate layers of lime and pebble-stone one atop of the +other. + +Here and there, a fissure, a break; and, wherever these occurred, a +scrap of earth, with grass and leaves. + +And all this was mighty and solid and formidable, with the look of +an indestructible thing against which the furious assault of the +waves and storms could not prevail. And it was definite and +permanent and grand, despite the grandeur of the cliffy rampart that +commanded it, despite the immensity of the space in which it stood. + +Beautrelet's nails dug into the soil like the claws of an animal +ready to leap upon its prey. His eyes penetrated the wrinkled +texture of the rock, penetrated its skin, so it seemed to him, its +very flesh. He touched it, felt it, took cognizance and possession +of it, absorbed and assimilated it. + +The horizon turned crimson with all the flames of the vanished sun; +and long, red clouds, set motionless in the sky, formed glorious +landscapes, fantastic lagoons, fiery plains, forests of gold, lakes +of blood, a whole glowing and peaceful phantasmagoria. + +The blue of the sky grew darker. Venus shone with a marvelous +brightness; then other stars lit up, timid as yet. + +And Beautrelet suddenly closed his eyes and convulsively pressed his +folded arms to his forehead. Over there--oh, he felt as though he +would die for joy, so great was the cruel emotion that wrung his +heart!--over there, almost at the top of the Needle of Etretat, a +little below the extreme point round which the sea-mews fluttered, a +thread of smoke came filtering through a crevice, as though from an +invisible chimney, a thread of smoke rose in slow spirals in the +calm air of the twilight. + + + + +CHAPTER NINE + +OPEN, SESAME! + + +The Etretat Needle was hollow! + +Was it a natural phenomenon, an excavation produced by internal +cataclysms or by the imperceptible action of the rushing sea and the +soaking rain? Or was it a superhuman work executed by human beings, +Gauls, Celts, prehistoric men? + +These, no doubt, were insoluble questions; and what did it matter? +The essence of the thing was contained in this fact: The Needle was +hollow. At forty or fifty yards from that imposing arch which is +called the Porte d'Aval and which shoots out from the top of the +cliff, like the colossal branch of a tree, to take root in the +submerged rocks, stands an immense limestone cone; and this cone is +no more than the shell of a pointed cap poised upon the empty +waters! + +A prodigious revelation! After Lupin, here was Beautrelet +discovering the key to the great riddle that had loomed over more +than twenty centuries! A key of supreme importance to whoever +possessed it in the days of old, in those distant times when hordes +of barbarians rode through and overran the old world! A magic key +that opens the cyclopean cavern to whole tribes fleeing before the +enemy! A mysterious key that guards the door of the most inviolable +shelter! An enchanted key that gives power and ensures +preponderance! + +Because he knows this key, Caesar is able to subdue Gaul. Because +they know it, the Normans force their sway upon the country and, +from there, later, backed by that support, conquer the neighboring +island, conquer Sicily, conquer the East, conquer the new world! + +Masters of the secret, the Kings of England lord it over France, +humble her, dismember her, have themselves crowned at Paris. They +lose the secret; and the rout begins. + +Masters of the secret, the Kings of France push back and overstep +the narrow limits of their dominion, gradually founding a great +nation and radiating with glory and power. They forget it or know +not how to use it; and death, exile, ruin follow. + +An invisible kingdom, in mid-water and at ten fathoms from land! An +unknown fortress, taller than the towers of Notre Dame and built +upon a granite foundation larger than a public square! What strength +and what security! From Paris to the sea, by the Seine. There, the +Havre, the new town, the necessary town. And, sixteen miles thence, +the Hollow Needle, the impregnable sanctuary! + +It is a sanctuary and also a stupendous hiding-place. All the +treasures of the kings, increasing from century to century, all the +gold of France, all that they extort from the people, all that they +snatch from the clergy, all the booty gathered on the battle-fields +of Europe lie heaped up in the royal cave. Old Merovingian gold +sous, glittering crown-pieces, doubloons, ducats, florins, guineas; +and the precious stones and the diamonds; and all the jewels and all +the ornaments: everything is there. Who could discover it? Who could +ever learn the impenetrable secret of the Needle? Nobody. + +And Lupin becomes that sort of really disproportionate being whom we +know, that miracle incapable of explanation so long as the truth +remains in the shadow. Infinite though the resources of his genius +be, they cannot suffice for the mad struggle which he maintains +against society. He needs other, more material resources. He needs a +sure place of retreat, he needs the certainty of impunity, the peace +that allows of the execution of his plans. + +Without the Hollow Needle, Lupin is incomprehensible, a myth, a +character in a novel, having no connection with reality. + +Master of the secret--and of such a secret!--he becomes simply a man +like another, but gifted with the power of wielding in a superior +manner the extraordinary weapon with which destiny has endowed him. + + * * * * * + +So the Needle was hollow. + +It remained to discover how one obtained access to it. + +From the sea, obviously. There must be, on the side of the offing, +some fissure where boats could land at certain hours of the tide. + +But on the side of the land? + +Beautrelet lay until ten o'clock at night hanging over the +precipice, with his eyes riveted on the shadowy mass formed by the +pyramid, thinking and pondering with all the concentrated effort of +his mind. + +Then he went down to Etretat, selected the cheapest hotel, dined, +went up to his room and unfolded the document. + +It was the merest child's play to him now to establish its exact +meaning. He at once saw that the three vowels of the word Etretat +occurred in the first line, in their proper order and at the +necessary intervals. This first line now read as follows: + +e . a . a .. etretat . a .. + +What words could come before Etretat? Words, no doubt, that referred +to the position of the Needle with regard to the town. Now the +Needle stood on the left, on the west--He ransacked his memory and, +recollecting that westerly winds are called vents d'aval on the +coast and that the nearest porte was known as the Porte d'Aval, he +wrote down: + +"En aval d'Etretat . a .." + +The second line was that containing the word Demoiselles and, at +once seeing, in front of that word, the series of all the vowels +that form part of the words la chambre des, he noted the two +phrases: + +"En aval d'Etretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles." + +The third line gave him more trouble; and it was not until some +groping that, remembering the position, near the Chambre des +Demoiselles, of the Fort de Frefosse, he ended by almost completely +reconstructing the document: + +"En aval d'Etretat. La Chambre des Demoiselles. Sous le Fort de +Frefosse. L'Aiguille creuse." + +These were the four great formulas, the essential and general +formulas which you had to know. By means of them, you turned en +aval, that is to say, below or west of Etretat, entered the Chambre +des Demoiselles, in all probability passed under Fort Frefosse and +thus arrived at the Needle. + +How? By means of the indications and measurements that constituted +the fourth line: + +[Illustration: drawing of an outline of paper with writing and +drawing on it--numbers, dots, some letters, signs and symbols...] + +These were evidently the more special formulas to enable you to find +the outlet through which you made your way and the road that led to +the Needle. + +Beautrelet at once presumed--and his surmise was no more than the +logical consequence of the document--that, if there really was a +direct communication between the land and the obelisk of the Needle, +the underground passage must start from the Chambre des Demoiselles, +pass under Fort Frefosse, descend perpendicularly the three hundred +feet of cliff and, by means of a tunnel contrived under the rocks of +the sea, end at the Hollow Needle. + +Which was the entrance to the underground passage? Did not the two +letters D and F, so plainly cut, point to it and admit to it, with +the aid, perhaps, of some ingenious piece of mechanism? + +The whole of the next morning, Isidore strolled about Etretat and +chatted with everybody he met, in order to try and pick up useful +information. At last, in the afternoon, he went up the cliff. +Disguised as a sailor, he had made himself still younger and, in a +pair of trousers too short for him and a fishing jersey, he looked a +mere scape-grace of twelve or thirteen. + +As soon as he entered the cave, he knelt down before the letters. +Here a disappointment awaited him. It was no use his striking them, +pushing them, manipulating them in every way: they refused to move. +And it was not long, in fact, before he became aware that they were +really unable to move and that, therefore, they controlled no +mechanism. + +And yet--and yet they must mean something! Inquiries which he had +made in the village went to show that no one had ever been able to +explain their existence and that the Abbe Cochet, in his valuable +little book on Etretat, [Footnote: Les Origines d'Etretat. The Abbe +Cochet seems to conclude, in the end, that the two letters are the +initials of a passer-by. The revelations now made prove the fallacy +of the theory.] had also tried in vain to solve this little puzzle. +But Isidore knew what the learned Norman archaeologist did not know, +namely, that the same two letters figured in the document, on the +line containing the indications. Was it a chance coincidence: +Impossible. Well, then--? + +An idea suddenly occurred to him, an idea so reasonable, so simple +that he did not doubt its correctness for a second. Were not that D +and that F the initials of the two most important words in the +document, the words that represented--together with the Needle--the +essential stations on the road to be followed: the Chambre des +Demoiselles and Fort Frefosse: D for Demoiselles, F for Frefosse: +the connection was too remarkable to be a mere accidental fact. + +In that case, the problem stood thus: the two letters D F represent +the relation that exists between the Chambre des Demoiselles and +Fort Frefosse, the single letter D, which begins the line, +represents the Demoiselles, that is to say, the cave in which you +have to begin by taking up your position, and the single letter F, +placed in the middle of the line, represents Frefosse, that is to +say, the probable entrance to the underground passage. + +Between these various signs, are two more: first, a sort of +irregular rectangle, marked with a stripe in the left bottom corner, +and, next, the figure 19, signs which obviously indicate to those +inside the cave the means of penetrating beneath the fort. + +The shape of this rectangle puzzled Isidore. Was there around him, +on the walls of the cave, or at any rate within reach of his eyes, +an inscription, anything whatever, affecting a rectangular shape? + +He looked for a long time and was on the point of abandoning that +particular scent when his eyes fell upon the little opening, pierced +in the rock, that acted as a window to the chamber. + +Now the edges of this opening just formed a rectangle: corrugated, +uneven, clumsy, but still a rectangle; and Beautrelet at once saw +that, by placing his two feet on the D and the F carved in the stone +floor--and this explained the stroke that surmounted the two letters +in the document--he found himself at the exact height of the window! + +He took up his position in this place and gazed out. The window +looking landward, as we know, he saw, first, the path that connected +the cave with the land, a path hung between two precipices; and, +next, he caught sight of the foot of the hillock on which the fort +stood. To try and see the fort, Beautrelet leaned over to the left +and it was then that he understood the meaning of the curved stripe, +the comma that marked the left bottom corner in the document: at the +bottom on the left-hand side of the window, a piece of flint +projected and the end of it was curved like a claw. It suggested a +regular shooter's mark. And, when a man applied his eye to this +mark, he saw cut out, on the slope of the mound facing him, a +restricted surface of land occupied almost entirely by an old brick +wall, a remnant of the original Fort Frefosse or of the old Roman +oppidum built on this spot. + +Beautrelet ran to this piece of wall, which was, perhaps, ten yards +long. It was covered with grass and plants. There was no indication +of any kind visible. And yet that figure 19? + +He returned to the cave, took from his pocket a ball of string and a +tape-measure, tied the string to the flint corner, fastened a pebble +at the nineteenth metre and flung it toward the land side. The +pebble at most reached the end of the path. + +"Idiot that I am!" thought Beautrelet. "Who reckoned by metres in +those days? The figure 19 means 19 fathoms [Footnote: The toise, or +fathom, measured 1.949 metres.--Translator's Note.] or nothing!" + +Having made the calculation, he ran out the twine, made a knot and +felt about on the piece of wall for the exact and necessarily one +point at which the knot, formed at 37 metres from the window of the +Demoiselles, should touch the Frefosse wall. In a few moments, the +point of contact was established. With his free hand, he moved aside +the leaves of mullein that had grown in the interstices. A cry +escaped him. The knot, which he held pressed down with his fore- +finger, was in the centre of a little cross carved in relief on a +brick. And the sign that followed on the figure 19 in the document +was a cross! + +It needed all his will-power to control the excitement with which he +was overcome. Hurriedly, with convulsive fingers, he clutched the +cross and, pressing upon it, turned it as he would have turned the +spokes of a wheel. The brick heaved. He redoubled his effort; it +moved no further. Then, without turning, he pressed harder. He at +once felt the brick give way. And, suddenly, there was the click of +a bolt that is released, the sound of a lock opening and, on the +right of the brick, to the width of about a yard, the wall swung +round on a pivot and revealed the orifice of an underground passage. + +Like a madman, Beautrelet seized the iron door in which the bricks +were sealed, pulled it back, violently and closed it. Astonishment, +delight, the fear of being surprised convulsed his face so as to +render it unrecognizable. He beheld the awful vision of all that had +happened there, in front of that door, during twenty centuries; of +all those people, initiated into the great secret, who had +penetrated through that issue: Celts, Gauls, Romans, Normans, +Englishmen, Frenchmen, barons, dukes, kings--and, after all of them, +Arsene Lupin--and, after Lupin, himself, Beautrelet. He felt that +his brain was slipping away from him. His eyelids fluttered. He fell +fainting and rolled to the bottom of the slope, to the very edge of +the precipice. + + * * * * * + +His task was done, at least the task which he was able to accomplish +alone, with his unaided resources. + +That evening, he wrote a long letter to the chief of the detective +service, giving a faithful account of the results of his +investigations and revealing the secret of the Hollow Needle. He +asked for assistance to complete his work and gave his address. + +While waiting for the reply, he spent two consecutive nights in the +Chambre des Demoiselles. He spent them overcome with fear, his +nerves shaken with a terror which was increased by the sounds of the +night. At every moment, he thought he saw shadows approach in his +direction. People knew of his presence in the cave--they were +coming--they were murdering him! + +His eyes, however, staring madly before them, sustained by all the +power of his will, clung to the piece of wall. + +On the first night, nothing stirred; but, on the second, by the +light of the stars and a slender crescent-moon, he saw the door open +and figures emerge from the darkness: he counted two, three, four, +five of them. + +It seemed to him that those five men were carrying fairly large +loads. He followed them for a little way. They cut straight across +the fields to the Havre road; and he heard the sound of a motor car +driving away. + +He retraced his steps, skirting a big farm. But, at the turn of the +road that ran beside it, he had only just time to scramble up a +slope and hide behind some trees. More men passed--four, five men-- +all carrying packages. And, two minutes later, another motor +snorted. + +This time, he had not the strength to return to his post; and he +went back to bed. + +When he woke and had finished dressing, the hotel waiter brought him +a letter. He opened it. It contained Ganimard's card. + +"At last!" cried Beautrelet, who, after so hard a campaign, was +really feeling the need of a comrade-in-arms. + +He ran downstairs with outstretched hands. Ganimard took them, +looked at him for a moment and said: + +"You're a fine fellow, my lad!" + +"Pooh!" he said. "Luck has served me." + +"There's no such thing as luck with 'him,'" declared the inspector, +who always spoke of Lupin in a solemn tone and without mentioning +his name. + +He sat down: + +"So we've got him!" + +"Just as we've had him twenty times over," said Beautrelet, +laughing. + +"Yes, but to-day--" + +"To-day, of course, the case is different. We know his retreat, his +stronghold, which means, when all is said, that Lupin is Lupin. He +can escape. The Etretat Needle cannot." + +"Why do you suppose that he will escape?" asked Ganimard, anxiously. + +"Why do you suppose that he requires to escape?" replied Beautrelet. +"There is nothing to prove that he is in the Needle at present. Last +night, eleven of his men left it. He may be one of the eleven." + +Ganimard reflected: + +"You are right. The great thing is the Hollow Needle. For the rest, +let us hope that chance will favor us. And now, let us talk." + +He resumed his serious voice, his self-important air and said: + +"My dear Beautrelet, I have orders to recommend you to observe the +most absolute discretion in regard to this matter." + +"Orders from whom?" asked Beautrelet, jestingly. "The prefect of +police?" + +"Higher than that." + +"The prime minister?" + +"Higher." + +"Whew!" + +Ganimard lowered his voice: + +"Beautrelet, I was at the Elysee last night. They look upon this +matter as a state secret of the utmost gravity. There are serious +reasons for concealing the existence of this citadel--reasons of +military strategy, in particular. It might become a revictualling +centre, a magazine for new explosives, for lately-invented +projectiles, for anything of that sort: the secret arsenal of +France, in fact." + +"But how can they hope to keep a secret like this? In the old days, +one man alone held it: the king. To-day, already, there are a good +few of us who know it, without counting Lupin's gang." + +"Still, if we gained only ten years', only five years' silence! +Those five years may be--the saving of us." + +"But, in order to capture this citadel, this future arsenal, it will +have to be attacked, Lupin must be dislodged. And all this cannot be +done without noise." + +"Of course, people will guess something, but they won't know. +Besides, we can but try." + +"All right. What's your plan?" + +"Here it is, in two words. To begin with, you are not Isidore +Beautrelet and there's no question of Arsene Lupin either. You are +and you remain a small boy of Etretat, who, while strolling about +the place, caught some fellows coming out of an underground passage. +This makes you suspect the existence of a flight of steps which cuts +through the cliff from top to bottom." + +"Yes, there are several of those flights of steps along the coast. +For instance, to the right of Etretat, opposite Benouville, they +showed me the Devil's Staircase, which every bather knows. And I say +nothing of the three or four tunnels used by the fishermen." + +"So you will guide me and one-half of my men. I shall enter alone, +or accompanied, that remains to be seen. This much is certain, that +the attack must be delivered that way. If Lupin is not in the +Needle, we shall fix up a trap in which he will be caught sooner or +later. If he is there--" + +"If he is there, he will escape from the Needle by the other side, +the side overlooking the sea." + +"In that case, he will at once be arrested by the other half of my +men." + +"Yes, but if, as I presume, you choose a moment when the sea is at +low ebb, leaving the base of the Needle uncovered, the chase will be +public, because it will take place before all the men and women +fishing for mussels, shrimps and shell-fish who swarm on the rocks +round about." + +"That is why I just mean to select the time when the sea is full." + +"In that case, he will make off in a boat." + +"Ah, but I shall have a dozen fishing-smacks, each of which will be +commanded by one of my men, and we shall collar him--" + +"If he doesn't slip through your dozen smacks, like a fish through +the meshes." + +"All right, then I'll sink him." + +"The devil you will! Shall you have guns?" + +"Why, of course! There's a torpedo-boat at the Havre at this moment. +A telegram from me will bring her to the Needle at the appointed +hour." + +"How proud Lupin will be! A torpedo-boat! Well, M. Ganimard, I see +that you have provided for everything. We have only to go ahead. +When do we deliver the assault?" + +"To-morrow." + +"At night?" + +"No, by daylight, at the flood-tide, as the clock strikes ten in the +morning." + +"Capital." + + * * * * * + +Under his show of gaiety, Beautrelet concealed a real anguish of +mind. He did not sleep until the morning, but lay pondering over the +most impracticable schemes, one after the other. + +Ganimard had left him in order to go to Yport, six or seven miles +from Etretat, where, for prudence's sake, he had told his men to +meet him, and where he chartered twelve fishing smacks, with the +ostensible object of taking soundings along the coast. + +At a quarter to ten, escorted by a body of twelve stalwart men, he +met Isidore at the foot of the road that goes up the cliff. + +At ten o'clock exactly, they reached the skirt of wall. It was the +decisive moment. + +At ten o'clock exactly. + +"Why, what's the matter with you, Beautrelet?" jeered Ganimard. +"You're quite green in the face!" + +"It's as well you can't see yourself, Ganimard," the boy retorted. +"One would think your last hour had come!" + +They both had to sit down and Ganimard swallowed a few mouthfuls of +rum. + +"It's not funk," he said, "but, by Jove, this is an exciting +business! Each time that I'm on the point of catching him, it takes +me like that in the pit of the stomach. A dram of rum?" + +"No." + +"And if you drop behind?" + +"That will mean that I'm dead." + +"B-r-r-r-r! However, we'll see. And now, open, sesame! No danger of +our being observed, I suppose?" + +"No. The Needle is not so high as the cliff, and, besides, there's a +bend in the ground where we are." + +Beautrelet went to the wall and pressed upon the brick. The bolt was +released and the underground passage came in sight. + +By the gleam of the lanterns which they lit, they saw that it was +cut in the shape of a vault and that both the vaulting and the floor +itself were entirely covered with bricks. + +They walked for a few seconds and, suddenly, a staircase appeared. +Beautrelet counted forty-five brick steps, which the slow action of +many footsteps had worn away in the middle. + +"Blow!" said Ganimard, holding his head and stopping suddenly, as +though he had knocked against something. + +"What is it?" + +"A door." + +"Bother!" muttered Beautrelet, looking at it. "And not an easy one +to break down either. It's just a solid block of iron." + +"We are done," said Ganimard. "There's not even a lock to it." + +"Exactly. That's what gives me hope." + +"Why?" + +"A door is made to open; and, as this one has no lock, that means +that there is a secret way of opening it." + +"And, as we don't know the secret--" + +"I shall know it in a minute." + +"How?" + +"By means of the document. The fourth line has no other object but +to solve each difficulty as and when it crops up. And the solution +is comparatively easy, because it's not written with a view to +throwing searchers off the scent, but to assisting them." + +"Comparatively easy! I don't agree with you," cried Ganimard, who +had unfolded the document. "The number 44 and a triangle with a dot +in it: that doesn't tell us much!" + +"Yes, yes, it does! Look at the door. You see it's strengthened, at +each corner, with a triangular slab of iron; and the slabs are fixed +with big nails. Take the left-hand bottom slab and work the nail in +the corner: I'll lay ten to one we've hit the mark." + +"You've lost your bet," said Ganimard, after trying. + +"Then the figure 44 must mean--" + +In a low voice, reflecting as he spoke, Beautrelet continued: + +"Let me see--Ganimard and I are both standing on the bottom step of +the staircase--there are 45. Why 45, when the figure in the document +is 44? A coincidence? No. In all this business, there is no such +thing as a coincidence, at least not an involuntary one. Ganimard, +be so good as to move one step higher up. That's it, don't leave +this forty-fourth step. And now I will work the iron nail. And the +trick's done, or I'll eat my boots!" + +The heavy door turned on its hinges. A fairly spacious cavern +appeared before their eyes. + +"We must be exactly under Fort Frefosse," said Beautrelet. "We have +passed through the different earthy layers by now. There will be no +more brick. We are in the heart of the solid limestone." + +The room was dimly lit by a shaft of daylight that came from the +other end. Going up to it, they saw that it was a fissure in the +cliff, contrived in a projecting wall and forming a sort of +observatory. In front of them, at a distance of fifty yards, the +impressive mass of the Needle loomed from the waves. On the right, +quite close, was the arched buttress of the Porte d'Aval and, on the +left, very far away, closing the graceful curve of a large inlet, +another rocky gateway, more imposing still, was cut out of the +cliff; the Manneporte, [Footnote: Magna porta.] which was so wide +and tall that a three-master could have passed through it with all +sail set. Behind and everywhere, the sea. + +"I don't see our little fleet," said Beautrelet. + +"I know," said Ganimard. "The Porte d'Aval hides the whole of the +coast of Etretat and Yport. But look, over there, in the offing, +that black line, level with the water--" + +"Well?" + +"That's our fleet of war, Torpedo-boat No. 25. With her there, Lupin +is welcome to break loose--if he wants to study the landscape at the +bottom of the sea." + +A baluster marked the entrance to the staircase, near the fissure. +They started on their way down. From time to time, a little window +pierced the wall of the cliff; and, each time, they caught sight of +the Needle, whose mass seemed to them to grow more and more +colossal. + +A little before reaching high-water level, the windows ceased and +all was dark. + +Isidore counted the steps aloud. At the three hundred and fifty- +eight, they emerged into a wider passage, which was barred by +another iron door strengthened with slabs and nails. + +"We know all about this," said Beautrelet. "The document gives us +357 and a triangle dotted on the right. We have only to repeat the +performance." + +The second door obeyed like the first. A long, a very long tunnel +appeared, lit up at intervals by the gleam of a lantern swung from +the vault. The walls oozed moisture and drops of water fell to the +ground, so that, to make walking easier a regular pavement of planks +had been laid from end to end. + +"We are passing under the sea," said Beautrelet. "Are you coming, +Ganimard?" + +Without replying, the inspector ventured into the tunnel, followed +the wooden foot-plank and stopped before a lantern, which he took +down. + +"The utensils may date back to the Middle Ages, but the lighting is +modern," he said. "Our friends use incandescent mantles." + +He continued his way. The tunnel ended in another and a larger cave, +with, on the opposite side, the first steps of a staircase that led +upward. + +"It's the ascent of the Needle beginning," said Ganimard. "This is +more serious." + +But one of his men called him: + +"There's another flight here, sir, on the left." + +And, immediately afterward, they discovered a third, on the right. + +"The deuce!" muttered the inspector. "This complicates matters. If +we go by this way, they'll make tracks by that." + +"Shall we separate?" asked Beautrelet. + +"No, no--that would mean weakening ourselves. It would be better for +one of us to go ahead and scout." + +"I will, if you like--" + +"Very well, Beautrelet, you go. I will remain with my men--then +there will be no fear of anything. There may be other roads through +the cliff than that by which we came and several roads also through +the Needle. But it is certain that, between the cliff and the +Needle, there is no communication except the tunnel. Therefore they +must pass through this cave. And so I shall stay here till you come +back. Go ahead, Beautrelet, and be prudent: at the least alarm, +scoot back again." + +Isidore disappeared briskly up the middle staircase. At the +thirtieth step, a door, an ordinary wooden door, stopped him. He +seized the handle turned it. The door was not locked. + +He entered a room that seemed to him very low owing to its immense +size. Lit by powerful lamps and supported by squat pillars, with +long vistas showing between them, it had nearly the same dimensions +as the Needle itself. It was crammed with packing cases and +miscellaneous objects--pieces of furniture, oak settees, chests, +credence-tables, strong-boxes--a whole confused heap of the kind +which one sees in the basement of an old curiosity shop. + +On his right and left, Beautrelet perceived the wells of two +staircases, the same, no doubt, that started from the cave below. He +could easily have gone down, therefore, and told Ganimard. But a new +flight of stairs led upward in front of him and he had the curiosity +to pursue his investigations alone. + +Thirty more steps. A door and then a room, not quite so large as the +last, Beautrelet thought. And again, opposite him, an ascending +flight of stairs. + +Thirty steps more. A door. A smaller room. + +Beautrelet grasped the plan of the works executed inside the Needle. +It was a series or rooms placed one above the other and, therefore, +gradually decreasing in size. They all served as store-rooms. + +In the fourth, there was no lamp. A little light filtered in through +clefts in the walls and Beautrelet saw the sea some thirty feet +below him. + +At that moment, he felt himself so far from Ganimard that a certain +anguish began to take hold of him and he had to master his nerves +lest he should take to his heels. No danger threatened him, however, +and the silence around him was even so great that he asked himself +whether the whole Needle had not been abandoned by Lupin and his +confederates. + +"I shall not go beyond the next floor," he said to himself. + +Thirty stairs again and a door. This door was lighter in +construction and modern in appearance. He pushed it open gently, +quite prepared for flight. There was no one there. But the room +differed from the others in its purpose. There were hangings on the +walls, rugs on the floor. Two magnificent sideboards, laden with +gold and silver plate, stood facing each other. The little windows +contrived in the deep, narrow cleft were furnished with glass panes. + +In the middle of the room was a richly-decked table, with a lace- +edged cloth, dishes of fruits and cakes, champagne in decanters and +flowers, heaps of flowers. + +Three places were laid around the table. + +Beautrelet walked up. On the napkins were cards with the names of +the party. He read first: + +"Arsene Lupin." + +"Mme. Arsene Lupin." + +He took up the third card and started back with surprise. It bore +his own name: + +"Isidore Beautrelet!" + + + + +CHAPTER TEN + +THE TREASURES OF THE KINGS OF FRANCE + + +A curtain was drawn back. + +"Good morning, my dear Beautrelet, you're a little late. Lunch was +fixed for twelve. However, it's only a few minutes--but what's the +matter? Don't you know me? Have I changed so much?" + +In the course of his fight with Lupin, Beautrelet had met with many +surprises and he was still prepared, at the moment of the final +catastrophe, to experience any number of further emotions; but the +shock which he received this time was utterly unexpected. It was not +astonishment, but stupefaction, terror. The man who stood before +him, the man whom the brutal force of events compelled him to look +upon as Arsene Lupin, was--Valmeras! Valmeras, the owner of the +Chateau de l'Aiguille! Valmeras, the very man to whom he had applied +for assistance against Arsene Lupin! Valmeras, his companion on the +expedition to Crozant! Valmeras, the plucky friend who had made +Raymonde's escape possible by felling one of Lupin's accomplices, or +pretending to fell him, in the dusk of the great hall! And Valmeras +was Lupin! + +"You--you--So it's you!" he stammered. + +"Why not?" exclaimed Lupin. "Did you think that you knew me for good +and all because you had seen me in the guise of a clergyman or under +the features of M. Massiban? Alas, when a man selects the position +in society which I occupy, he must needs make use of his little +social gifts! If Lupin were not able to change himself, at will, +into a minister of the Church of England or a member of the Academy +of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, it would be a bad lookout for +Lupin! Now Lupin, the real Lupin, is here before you, Beautrelet! +Take a good look at him." + +"But then--if it's you--then--Mademoiselle--" + +"Yes, Beautrelet, as you say--" + +He again drew back the hanging, beckoned and announced: + +"Mme. Arsene Lupin." + +"Ah," murmured the lad, confounded in spite of everything, "Mlle. de +Saint-Veran!" + +"No, no," protested Lupin. "Mme. Arsene Lupin, or rather, if you +prefer, Mme. Louis Valmeras, my wedded wife, married to me in +accordance with the strictest forms of law; and all thanks to you, +my dear Beautrelet." + +He held out his hand to him. + +"All my acknowledgements--and no ill will on your side, I trust?" + +Strange to say, Beautrelet felt no ill will at all, no sense of +humiliation, no bitterness. He realized so strongly the immense +superiority of his adversary that he did not blush at being beaten +by him. He pressed the offered hand. + +"Luncheon is served, ma'am." + +A butler had placed a tray of dishes on the table. + +"You must excuse us, Beautrelet: my chef is away and we can only +give you a cold lunch." + +Beautrelet felt very little inclined to eat. He sat down, however, +and was enormously interested in Lupin's attitude. How much exactly +did he know? Was he aware of the danger he was running? Was he +ignorant of the presence of Ganimard and his men? + +And Lupin continued: + +"Yes, thanks to you, my dear friend. Certainly, Raymonde and I loved +each other from the first. Just so, my boy--Raymonde's abduction, +her imprisonment, were mere humbug: we loved each other. But neither +she nor I, when we were free to love, would allow a casual bond at +the mercy of chance, to be formed between us. The position, +therefore, was hopeless for Lupin. Fortunately, it ceased to be so +if I resumed my identity as the Louis Valmeras that I had been from +a child. It was then that I conceived the idea, as you refused to +relinquish your quest and had found the Chateau de l'Aiguille, of +profiting by your obstinacy." + +"And my silliness." + +"Pooh! Any one would have been caught as you were!" + +"So you were really able to succeed because I screened you and +assisted you?" + +"Of course! How could any one suspect Valmeras of being Lupin, when +Valmeras was Beautrelet's friend and after Valmeras had snatched +from Lupin's clutches the girl whom Lupin loved? And how charming it +was! Such delightful memories! The expedition to Crozant! The +bouquets we found! My pretended love letter to Raymonde! And, later, +the precautions which I, Valmeras, had to take against myself, +Lupin, before my marriage! And the night of your great banquet, +Beautrelet, when you fainted in my arms! Oh, what memories!" + +There was a pause. Beautrelet watched Raymonde. She had listened to +Lupin without saying a word and looked at him with eyes in which he +read love, passion and something else besides, something which the +lad could not define, a sort of anxious embarrassment and a vague +sadness. But Lupin turned his eyes upon her and she gave him an +affectionate smile. Their hands met over the table. + +"What do you say to the way I have arranged my little home, +Beautrelet?" cried Lupin. "There's a style about it, isn't there? I +don't pretend that it's as comfortable as it might be. And yet, some +have been quite satisfied with it; and not the least of mankind, +either!--Look at the list of distinguished people who have owned the +Needle in their time and who thought it an honor to leave a mark of +their sojourn." + +On the walls, one below the other, were carved the following names: + +JULIUS CAESAR +CHARLEMAGNE ROLLO +WILLIAM THE CONQUEROR +RICHARD COEUR-DE-LEON +LOUIS XI. +FRANCIS I. +HENRY IV. +LOUIS XIV. +ARSENE LUPIN + +"Whose name will figure after ours?" he continued. "Alas, the list +is closed! From Caesar to Lupin--and there it ends. Soon the +nameless mob will come to visit the strange citadel. And to think +that, but for Lupin, all this would have remained for ever unknown +to men! Ah Beautrelet, what a feeling of pride was mine on the day +when I first set foot on this abandoned soil. To have found the lost +secret and become its master, its sole master! To inherit such an +inheritance! To live in the Needle, after all those kings!--" + +He was interrupted by a gesture of his wife's. She seemed greatly +agitated. + +"There is a noise," she said. "Underneath us.--You can hear it." + +"It's the lapping of the water," said Lupin. + +"No, indeed it's not. I know the sound of the waves. This is +something different." + +"What would you have it be, darling?" said Lupin, smiling. "I +invited no one to lunch except Beautrelet." And, addressing the +servant, "Charolais, did you lock the staircase doors behind the +gentleman?" + +"Yes, sir, and fastened the bolts." + +Lupin rose: + +"Come, Raymonde, don't shake like that. Why, you're quite pale!" + +He spoke a few words to her in an undertone, as also to the servant, +drew back the curtain and sent them both out of the room. + +The noise below grew more distinct. It was a series of dull blows, +repeated at intervals. Beautrelet thought: + +"Ganimard has lost patience and is breaking down the doors." + +Lupin resumed the thread of his conversation, speaking very calmly +and as though he had really not heard: + +"By Jove, the Needle was badly damaged when I succeeded in +discovering it! One could see that no one had possessed the secret +for more than a century, since Louis XVI. and the Revolution. The +tunnel was threatening to fall in. The stairs were in a shocking +state. The water was trickling in from the sea. I had to prop up and +strengthen and rebuild the whole thing." + +Beautrelet could not help asking: + +"When you arrived, was it empty?" + +"Very nearly. The kings did not use the Needle, as I have done, as a +warehouse." + +"As a place of refuge, then?" + +"Yes, no doubt, in times of invasion and during the civil wars. But +its real destination was to be--how shall I put it?--the strong-room +or the bank of the kings of France." + +The sound of blows increased, more distinctly now. Ganimard must +have broken down the first door and was attacking the second. There +was a short silence and then more blows, nearer still. It was the +third door. Two remained. + +Through one of the windows, Beautrelet saw a number of fishing- +smacks sailing round the Needle and, not far away, floating on the +waters like a great black fish, the torpedo-boat. + +"What a row!" exclaimed Lupin. "One can't hear one's self speak! +Let's go upstairs, shall we? It may interest you to look over the +Needle." + +They climbed to the floor above, which was protected, like the +others, by a door which Lupin locked behind him. + +"My picture gallery," he said. + +The walls were covered with canvases on which Beautrelet recognized +the most famous signatures. There were Raphael's Madonna of the +Agnus Dei, Andrea del Sarto's Portrait of Lucrezia Fede, Titian's +Salome, Botticelli's Madonna and Angels and numbers of Tintorettos, +Carpaccios, Rembrandts, Velasquez. + +"What fine copies!" said Beautrelet, approvingly. + +Lupin looked at him with an air of stupefaction: + +"What! Copies! You must be mad! The copies are in Madrid, my dear +fellow, in Florence, Venice, Munich, Amsterdam." + +"Then these--" + +"Are the original pictures, my lad, patiently collected in all the +museums of Europe, where I have replaced them, like an honest man, +with first-rate copies." + +"But some day or other--" + +"Some day or other, the fraud will be discovered? Well, they will +find my signature on each canvas--at the back--and they will know +that it was I who have endowed my country with the original +masterpieces. After all, I have only done what Napoleon did in +Italy.--Oh, look, Beautrelet: here are M. de Gesvres's four +Rubenses!--" + +The knocking continued within the hollow of the Needle without +ceasing. + +"I can't stand this!" said Lupin. "Let's go higher." + +A fresh staircase. A fresh door. + +"The tapestry-room," Lupin announced. + +The tapestries were not hung on the walls, but rolled, tied up with +cord, ticketed; and, in addition, there were parcels of old fabrics +which Lupin unfolded: wonderful brocades, admirable velvets, soft, +faded silks, church vestments woven with silver and gold-- + +They went higher still and Beautrelet saw the room containing the +clocks and other time-pieces, the book-room--oh, the splendid +bindings, the precious, undiscoverable volumes, the unique copies +stolen from the great public libraries--the lace-room, the +knicknack-room. + +And each time the circumference of the room grew smaller. + +And each time, now, the sound of knocking was more distant. Ganimard +was losing ground. + +"This is the last room," said Lupin. "The treasury." + +This one was quite different. It was round also, but very high and +conical in shape. It occupied the top of the edifice and its floor +must have been fifteen or twenty yards below the extreme point of +the Needle. + +On the cliff side there was no window. But on the side of the sea, +whence there were no indiscreet eyes to fear, two glazed openings +admitted plenty of light. + +The ground was covered with a parqueted flooring of rare wood, +forming concentric patterns. Against the walls stood glass cases and +a few pictures. + +"The pearls of my collection," said Lupin. "All that you have seen +so far is for sale. Things come and things go. That's business. But +here, in this sanctuary, everything is sacred. There is nothing here +but choice, essential pieces, the best of the best, priceless +things. Look at these jewels, Beautrelet: Chaldean amulets, Egyptian +necklaces, Celtic bracelets, Arab chains. Look at these statuettes, +Beautrelet, at this Greek Venus, this Corinthian Apollo. Look at +these Tanagras, Beautrelet: all the real Tanagras are here. Outside +this glass case, there is not a single genuine Tanagra statuette in +the whole wide world. What a delicious thing to be able to say!-- +Beautrelet, do you remember Thomas and his gang of church-pillagers +in the South--agents of mine, by the way? Well, here is the Ambazac +reliquary, the real one, Beautrelet! Do you remember the Louvre +scandal, the tiara which was admitted to be false, invented and +manufactured by a modern artist? Here is the tiara of Saitapharnes, +the real one, Beautrelet! Look, Beautrelet, look with all your eyes: +here is the marvel of marvels, the supreme masterpiece, the work of +no mortal brain; here is Leonardo's Gioconda, the real one! Kneel, +Beautrelet, kneel; all womankind stands before you in this picture." + +There was a long silence between them. Below, the sound of blows +drew nearer. Two or three doors, no more, separated them from +Ganimard. In the offing, they saw the black back of the torpedo-boat +and the fishing-smacks cruising to and fro. + +The boy asked: + +"And the treasure?" + +"Ah, my little man, that's what interests you most! None of those +masterpieces of human art can compete with the contemplation of the +treasure as a matter of curiosity, eh?--And the whole crowd will be +like you!--Come, you shall be satisfied." + +He stamped his foot, and, in so doing, made one of the discs +composing the floor-pattern turn right over. Then, lifting it as +though it were the lid of a box, he uncovered a sort of large round +bowl, dug in the thickness of the rock. It was empty. + +A little farther, he went through the same performance. Another +large bowl appeared. It was also empty. + +He did this three times over again. The three other bowls were +empty. + +"Eh," grinned Lupin. "What a disappointment! Under Louis XL, under +Henry IV., under Richelieu, the five bowls were full. But think of +Louis XIV., the folly of Versailles, the wars, the great disasters +of the reign! And think of Louis XV., the spendthrift king, with his +Pompadour and his Du Barry! How they must have drawn on the treasure +in those days! With what thieving claws they must have scratched at +the stone. You see, there's nothing left." + +He stopped. + +"Yes, Beautrelet, there is something--the sixth hiding-place! This +one was intangible. Not one of them dared touch it. It was the very +last resource, the nest-egg, the something put by for a rainy day. +Look, Beautrelet!" + +He stooped and lifted up the lid. An iron box filled the bowl. Lupin +took from his pocket a key with a complicated bit and wards and +opened the box. + +A dazzling sight presented itself. Every sort of precious stone +sparkled there, every color gleamed, the blue of the sapphires, the +red of the rubies, the green of the emeralds, the yellow of the +topazes. + +"Look, look, little Beautrelet! They have squandered all the cash, +all the gold, all the silver, all the crown pieces and all the +ducats and all the doubloons; but the chest with the jewels has +remained intact. Look at the settings. They belong to every period, +to every century, to every country. The dowries of the queens are +here. Each brought her share: Margaret of Scotland and Charlotte of +Savoy; duchesses of Austria: Eleonore, Elisabeth, Marie-Therese, +Mary of England and Catherine de Medicis; and all the arch--Marie +Antoinette. Look at those pearls, Beautrelet! And those diamonds: +look at the size of the diamonds! Not one of them but is worthy of +an empress! The Pitt Diamond is no finer!" + +He rose to his feet and held up his hand as one taking an oath: + +"Beautrelet, you shall tell the world that Lupin has not taken a +single one of the stones that were in the royal chest, not a single +one, I swear it on my honor! I had no right to. They are the fortune +of France." + +Below them, Ganimard was making all speed. It was easy to judge by +the reverberation of the blows that his men were attacking the last +door but one, the door that gave access to the knicknack-room. + +"Let us leave the chest open," said Lupin, "and all the cavities, +too, all those little empty graves." + +He went round the room, examined some of the glass cases, gazed at +some of the pictures and, as he walked, said, pensively: + +"How sad it is to leave all this! What a wrench! The happiest hours +of my life have been spent here, alone, in the presence of these +objects which I loved. And my eyes will never behold them again and +my hands will never touch them again--" + +His drawn face bore such an expression of lassitude upon it that +Beautrelet felt a vague sort of pity for him. Sorrow in that man +must assume larger proportions than in another, even as joy did, or +pride, or humiliation. He was now standing by the window, and, with +his finger pointing to the horizon, said: + +"What is sadder still is that I must abandon that, all that! How +beautiful it is! The boundless sea--the sky.--On either side, the +cliffs of Etretat with their three natural archways: the Porte +d'Armont, the Porte d'Aval, the Manneporte--so many triumphal arches +for the master. And the master was I! I was the king of the story, +the king of fairyland, the king of the Hollow Needle! A strange and +supernatural kingdom! From Caesar to Lupin: what a destiny!" He +burst out laughing. "King of fairyland! Why not say King of Yvetot +at once? What nonsense! King of the world, yes, that's more like it! +From this topmost point of the Needle, I ruled the globe! I held it +in my claws like a prey! Lift the tiara of Saitapharnes, +Beautrelet.--You see those two telephones? The one on the right +communicates with Paris: a private line; the one on the left with +London: a private line. Through London, I am in touch with America, +Asia, Australia, South Africa. In all those continents, I have my +offices, my agents, my jackals, my scouts! I drive an international +trade. I hold the great market in art and antiquities, the world's +fair! Ah, Beautrelet, there are moments when my power turns my head! +I feel intoxicated with strength and authority." + +The door gave way below. They heard Ganimard and his men running +about and searching. + +After a moment, Lupin continued, in a low voice: + +"And now it's over. A little girl crossed my path, a girl with soft +hair and wistful eyes and an honest, yes, an honest soul--and it's +over. I myself am demolishing the mighty edifice.--All the rest +seems absurd and childish to me--nothing counts but her hair--and +her wistful eyes--and her honest little soul--" + +The men came up the staircase. A blow shook the door, the last door-- + +Lupin seized the boy sharply by the arm: + +"Do you understand, Beautrelet, why I let you have things your own +way when I could have crushed you, time after time, weeks ago? Do +you understand how you succeeded in getting as far as this? Do you +understand that I had given each of my men his share of the plunder +when you met them the other night on the cliff? You do understand, +don't you? The Hollow Needle is the great adventure. As long as it +belongs to me, I remain the great adventurer. Once the Needle is +recaptured, it means that the past and I are parted and that the +future begins, a future of peace and happiness, in which I shall +have no occasion to blush when Raymonde's eyes are turned upon me, a +future--" + +He turned furiously toward the door: + +"Stop that noise, Ganimard, will you? I haven't finished my speech!" + +The blows came faster. It was like the sound of a beam that was +being hurled against the door. Beautrelet, mad with curiosity, stood +in front of Lupin and awaited events, without understanding what +Lupin was doing or contemplating. To give up the Needle was all very +well; but why was he giving up himself? What was his plan? Did he +hope to escape from Ganimard? And, on the other hand, where was +Raymonde? + +Lupin, meantime, was murmuring, dreamily: + +"An honest man.--Arsene Lupin an honest man--no more robbery-- +leading the life of everybody else.--And why not? There is no reason +why I should not meet with the same success.--But do stop that now, +Ganimard! Don't you know, you ass, that I'm uttering historic words +and that Beautrelet is taking them in for the benefit of posterity?" +He laughed. "I am wasting my time. Ganimard will never grasp the use +of my historic words." + +He took a piece of red chalk, put a pair of steps to the wall and +wrote, in large letters: + + Arsene Lupin gives and bequeaths to France + all the treasures contained in the Hollow Needle, + on the sole condition that these treasures be housed + at the Musee du Louvre in rooms which shall be + known as the Arsene Lupin Rooms. + +"Now," he said, "my conscience is at ease. France and I are quits." + +The attackers were striking with all their might. One of the panels +burst in two. A hand was put through and fumbled for the lock. + +"Thunder!" said Lupin. "That idiot of a Ganimard is capable of +effecting his purpose for once in his life." + +He rushed to the lock and removed the key. + +"Sold, old chap!--The door's tough.--I have plenty of time-- +Beautrelet, I must say good-bye. And thank you!--For really you +could have complicated the attack--but you're so tactful!" + +While speaking, he moved toward a large triptych by Van der Weyden, +representing the Wise Men of the East. He shut the right-hand panel +and, in so doing, exposed a little door concealed behind it and +seized the handle. + +"Good luck to your hunting, Ganimard! And kind regards at home!" + +A pistol-shot resounded. Lupin jumped back: "Ah, you rascal, full in +the heart! Have you been taking lessons? You've done for the Wise +Man! Full in the heart! Smashed to smithereens, like a pipe at the +fair!--" + +"Lupin, surrender!" roared Ganimard, with his eyes glittering and +his revolver showing through the broken panel of the door. +"Surrender, I say!" + +"Did the old guard surrender?" + +"If you stir a limb, I'll blow your brains out!" + +"Nonsense! You can't get me here!" + +As a matter of fact, Lupin had moved away; and, though Ganimard was +able to fire straight in front of him through the breach in the +door, he could not fire, still less take aim, on the side where +Lupin stood. Lupin's position was a terrible one for all that, +because the outlet on which he was relying, the little door behind +the triptych, opened right in front of Ganimard. To try to escape +meant to expose himself to the detective's fire; and there were five +bullets left in the revolver. + +"By Jove," he said, laughing, "there's a slump in my shares this +afternoon! You've done a nice thing. Lupin, old fellow: you wanted a +last sensation and you've gone a bit too far. You shouldn't have +talked so much." + +He flattened himself against the wall. A further portion of the +panel had given way under the men's pressure and Ganimard was less +hampered in his movements. Three yards, no more, separated the two +antagonists. But Lupin was protected by a glass case with a gilt- +wood framework. + +"Why don't you help, Beautrelet?" cried the old detective, gnashing +his teeth with rage. "Why don't you shoot him, instead of staring at +him like that?" + +Isidore, in fact, had not budged, had remained, till that moment, an +eager, but passive spectator. He would have liked to fling himself +into the contest with all his strength and to bring down the prey +which he held at his mercy. He was prevented by some inexplicable +sentiment. + +But Ganimard's appeal for assistance shook him. His hand closed on +the butt of his revolver: + +"If I take part in it," he thought, "Lupin is lost. And I have the +right--it's my duty." + +Their eyes met. Lupin's were calm, watchful, almost inquisitive, as +though, in the awful danger that threatened him, he were interested +only in the moral problem that held the young man in its clutches. +Would Isidore decide to give the finishing stroke to the defeated +enemy? + +The door cracked from top to bottom. + +"Help, Beautrelet, we've got him!" Ganimard bellowed. + +Isidore raised his revolver. + +What happened was so quick that he knew of it, so to speak, only by +the result. He saw Lupin bob down and run along the wall, skimming +the door right under the weapon which Ganimard was vainly +brandishing; and he felt himself suddenly flung to the ground, +picked up the next moment and lifted by an invincible force. + +Lupin held him in the air, like a living shield, behind which he hid +himself. + +"Ten to one that I escape, Ganimard! Lupin, you see, has never quite +exhausted his resources--" + +He had taken a couple of brisk steps backward to the triptych. +Holding Beautrelet with one hand flat against his chest, with the +other he cleared the passage and closed the little door behind them. + +A steep staircase appeared before their eyes. + +"Come along," said Lupin, pushing Beautrelet before him. "The land +forces are beaten--let us turn our attention to the French fleet.-- +After Waterloo, Trafalgar.--You're having some fun for your money, +eh, my lad?--Oh, how good: listen to them knocking at the triptych +now!--It's too late, my children.--But hurry along, Beautrelet!" + +The staircase, dug out in the wall of the Needle, dug in its very +crust, turned round and round the pyramid, encircling it like the +spiral of a tobogganslide. Each hurrying the other, they clattered +down the treads, taking two or three at a bound. Here and there, a +ray of light trickled through a fissure; and Beautrelet carried away +the vision of the fishing-smacks hovering a few dozen fathoms off, +and of the black torpedo-boat. + +They went down and down, Isidore in silence, Lupin still bubbling +over with merriment: + +"I should like to know what Ganimard is doing? Is he tumbling down +the other staircases to bar the entrance to the tunnel against me? +No, he's not such a fool as that. He must have left four men there-- +and four men are sufficient--" He stopped. "Listen--they're shouting +up above. That's it, they've opened the window and are calling to +their fleet.--Why, look, the men are busy on board the smacks-- +they're exchanging signals.--The torpedo-boat is moving.--Dear old +torpedo-boat! I know you, you're from the Havre.--Guns' crews to the +guns!--Hullo, there's the commander!--How are you, Duguay-Trouin?" + +He put his arm through a cleft and waved his handkerchief. Then he +continued his way downstairs: + +"The enemy's fleet have set all sail," he said. "We shall be boarded +before we know where we are. Heavens, what fun!" + +They heard the sound of voices below them. They were just then +approaching the level of the sea and they emerged, almost at once, +into a large cave into which two lanterns were moving about in the +dark. + +A woman's figure appeared and threw itself on Lupin's neck: + +"Quick, quick, I was so nervous about you. What have you been +doing?--But you're not alone!--" + +Lupin reassured her: + +"It's our friend Beautrelet.--Just think, Beautrelet had the tact-- +but I'll talk about that later--there's no time now.--Charolais are +you there? That's right!--And the boat?" + +"The boat's ready, sir," Charolais replied, + +"Fire away," said Lupin. + +In a moment, the noise of a motor crackled and Beautrelet, whose +eyes were gradually becoming used to the gloom, ended by perceiving +that they were on a sort of quay, at the edge of the water, and that +a boat was floating before them. + +"A motor boat," said Lupin, completing Beautrelet's observations. +"This knocks you all of a heap, eh, Isidore, old chap?--You don't +understand.--Still, you have only to think.--As the water before +your eyes is no other than the water of the sea, which filters into +this excavation each high tide, the result is that I have a safe +little private roadstead all to myself." + +"But it's closed," Beautrelet protested. "No one can get in or out." + +"Yes, I can," said Lupin; "and I'm going to prove it to you." + +He began by handing Raymonde in. Then he came back to fetch +Beautrelet. The lad hesitated. + +"Are you afraid?" asked Lupin. + +"What of?" + +"Of being sunk by the torpedo-boat." + +"No." + +"Then you're considering whether it's not your duty to stay with +Ganimard, law and order, society and morality, instead of going off +with Lupin, shame, infamy and disgrace." + +"Exactly." + +"Unfortunately, my boy, you have no choice. For the moment, they +must believe the two of us dead--and leave me the peace to which a +prospective honest man is entitled. Later on, when I have given you +your liberty, you can talk as much as you please--I shall have +nothing more to fear." + +By the way in which Lupin clutched his arm, Beautrelet felt that all +resistance was useless. Besides, why resist? Had he not discovered +and handed over the Hollow Needle? What did he care about the rest? +Had he not the right to humor the irresistible sympathy with which, +in spite of everything, this man inspired him? + +The feeling was so clear in him that he was half inclined to say to +Lupin: + +"Look here, you're running another, a more serious danger; Holmlock +Shears is on your track." + +"Come along!" said Lupin, before Isidore had made up his mind to +speak. + +He obeyed and let Lupin lead him to the boat, the shape of which +struck him as peculiar and its appearance quite unexpected. + +Once on deck, they went down a little steep staircase, or rather a +ladder hooked on to a trap door, which closed above their heads. At +the foot of the ladder, brightly lit by a lamp, was a very small +saloon, where Raymonde was waiting for them and where the three had +just room to sit down. + +Lupin took the mouthpiece of a speaking tube from a hook and gave +the order: + +"Let her go, Charolais!" + +Isidore had the unpleasant sensation which one feels when going down +in a lift: the sensation of the ground vanishing beneath you, the +impression of emptiness, space. This time, it was the water +retreating; and space opened out, slowly. + +"We're sinking, eh?" grinned Lupin. "Don't be afraid--we've only to +pass from the upper cave where we were to another little cave, +situated right at the bottom and half open to the sea, which can be +entered at low tide. All the shellfish-catchers know it. Ah, ten +seconds' wait! We're going through the passage and it's very narrow, +just the size of the submarine." + +"But," asked Beautrelet, "how is it that the fishermen who enter the +lower cave don't know that it's open at the top and that it +communicates with another from which a staircase starts and runs +through the Needle? The facts are at the disposal of the first- +comer." + +"Wrong, Beautrelet! The top of the little public cave is closed, at +low tide, by a movable platform, painted the color of the rock, +which the sea, when it rises, shifts and carries up with it and, +when it goes down, fastens firmly over the little cave. That is why +I am able to pass at high tide. A clever notion, what? It's an idea +of my own. True, neither Caesar nor Louis XIV., nor, in short, any +of my distinguished predecessors could have had it, because they did +not possess submarines. They were satisfied with the staircase, +which then ran all the way down to the little bottom cave. I did +away with the last treads of the staircase and invented the trick of +the movable ceiling: it's a present I'm making to France--Raymonde, +my love, put out the lamp beside you--we shan't want it now--on the +contrary--" + +A pale light, which seemed to be of the same color as the water, met +them as they left the cave and made its way into the cabin through +the two portholes and through a thick glass skylight that projected +above the planking of the deck and allowed the passengers to inspect +the upper layers of the sea. And, suddenly, a shadow glided over +their heads. + +"The attack is about to take place. The fleet is investing the +Needle. But, hollow as the Needle is, I don't see how they propose +to enter it." + +He took up the speaking tube: + +"Don't leave the bottom, Charolais. Where are we going? Why, I told +you: to Port-Lupin. And at full speed, do you hear? We want water to +land by--there's a lady with us." + +They skimmed over the rocky bed. The seaweed stood up on end like a +heavy, dark vegetation and the deep currents made it wave +gracefully, stretching and billowing like floating hair. + +Another shadow, a longer one. + +"That's the torpedo-boat," said Lupin. "We shall hear the roar of +the guns presently. What will Duguay-Trouin do? Bombard the Needle? +Think of what we're missing, Beautrelet, by not being present at the +meeting of Duguay-Trouin and Ganimard! The juncture of the land and +naval forces! Hi, Charolais, don't go to sleep, my man!" + +They were moving very fast, for all that. The rocks had been +succeeded by sand-fields and then, almost at once, they saw more +rocks, which marked the eastern extremity of Etretat, the Porte +d'Amont. Fish fled at their approach. One of them, bolder than the +rest, fastened on to a porthole and looked at the occupants of the +saloon with its great, fixed, staring eyes. + +"That's better," cried Lupin. "We're going now. What do you think of +my cockle-shell, Beautrelet? Not so bad, is she? Do you remember the +story of the Seven of Hearts, [Footnote: The Exploits of Arsene +Lupin. By Maurice Leblanc. VI: The Seven of Hearts.] the wretched +end of Lacombe, the engineer, and how, after punishing his +murderers, I presented the State with his papers and his plans for +the construction of a new submarine: one more gift to France? Well, +among the plans, I kept those of a submersible motor boat and that +is how you come to have the honor of sailing in my company." + +He called to Charolais: + +"Take us up, Charolais--there's no danger now--" + +They shot up to the surface and the glass skylight emerged above the +water. + +They were a mile from the coast, out of sight, therefore, and +Beautrelet was now able to realize more fully at what a headlong +pace they were traveling. First Fecamp passed before them, then all +the Norman seaside places: Saint-Pierre, the Petits--Dalles, +Veulettes, Saint-Valery, Veules, Quiberville. Lupin kept on jesting +and Isidore never wearied of watching and listening to him, amazed +as he was at the man's spirits, at his gaiety, his mischievous ways, +his careless chaff, his delight in life. + +He also noticed Raymonde. The young woman sat silent, nestling up +against the man she loved. She had taken his hands between her own +and kept on raising her eyes to him; and Beautrelet constantly +observed that her hands were twitching and that the wistful sadness +of her eyes increased. And, each time, it was like a dumb and +sorrowful reply to Lupin's sallies. One would have thought that his +frivolous words, his sarcastic outlook on life, caused her physical +pain. + +"Hush!" she whispered. "It's defying destiny to laugh--so many +misfortunes can reach us still!" + +Opposite Dieppe, they had to dive lest they should be seen by the +fishing-craft. And twenty minutes later, they shot at an angle +toward the coast and the boat entered a little submarine harbor +formed by a regular gap between the rocks, drew up beside a jetty +and rose gently to the surface. + +Lupin announced: + +"Port-Lupin!" + +The spot, situated at sixteen miles from Dieppe and twelve from the +Treport and protected, moreover, by the two landslips of cliff, was +absolutely deserted. A fine sand carpeted the rounded slope of the +tiny beach. + +"Jump on shore, Beautrelet--Raymonde, give me your hand. You, +Charolais, go back to the Needle, see what happens between Ganimard +and Duguay-Trouin and come back and tell me at the end of the day. +The thing interests me tremendously." + +Beautrelet asked himself with a certain curiosity how they were +going to get out of this hemmed-in creek which was called Port- +Lupin, when, at the foot of the cliff, he saw the uprights of an +iron ladder. + +"Isidore," said Lupin, "if you knew your geography and your history, +you would know that we are at the bottom of the gorge of Parfonval, +in the parish of Biville. More than a century ago, on the night of +the twenty-third of August, 1803, Georges Cadoudal and six +accomplices, who had landed in France with the intention of +kidnapping the first consul, Bonaparte, scrambled up to the top by +the road which I will show you. Since then, this road has been +demolished by landslips. But Louis Valmeras, better known by the +name of Arsene Lupin, had it restored at his own expense and bought +the farm of the Neuvillette, where the conspirators spent the first +night and where, retired from business and withdrawing from the +affairs of this world, he means to lead the life of a respectable +country squire with his wife and his mother by his side. The +gentleman-burglar is dead! Long live the gentleman-farmer!" + +After the ladder came a sort of gully, an abrupt ravine hollowed +out, apparently, by the rains, at the end of which they laid hold of +a makeshift staircase furnished with a hand-rail. As Lupin +explained, this hand-rail had been placed where it was in the stead +of the estamperche, a long rope fastened to stakes, by which the +people of the country, in the old days, used to help themselves down +when going to the beach. + +After a painful climb of half an hour, they emerged on the +tableland, not far from one of those little cabins, dug out of the +soil itself, which serve as shelters for the excisemen. And, as it +happened, two minutes later, at a turn in the path, one of these +custom-house officials appeared. + +He drew himself up and saluted. + +Lupin asked: + +"Any news, Gomel?" + +"No, governor." + +"You've met no one at all suspicious-looking?" + +"No, governor--only--" + +"What?" + +"My wife--who does dressmaking at the Neuvillette--" + +"Yes, I know--Cesarine--my mother spoke of her. Well?" + +"It seems a sailor was prowling about the village this morning." + +"What sort of face had he?" + +"Not a natural face--a sort of Englishman's face." + +"Ah!" said Lupin, in a tone preoccupied. "And you have given +Cesarine orders--" + +"To keep her eyes open. Yes, governor." + +"Very well. Keep a lookout for Charolais's return in two or three +hours from now. If there's anything, I shall be at the farm." + +He walked on and said to Beautrelet: + +"This makes me uneasy--is it Shears? Ah, if it's he, in his present +state of exasperation, I have everything to fear!" + +He hesitated a moment: "I wonder if we hadn't better turn back. Yes, +I have a nasty presentiment of evil." + +Gently undulating plains stretched before them as far as the eye +could see. A little to the left, a series of handsome avenues of +trees led to the farm of the Neuvillette, the buildings of which +were now in view. It was the retreat which he had prepared, the +haven of rest which he had promised Raymonde. Was he, for the sake +of an absurd idea, to renounce happiness at the very moment when it +seemed within his reach? + +He took Isidore by the arm and, calling his attention to Raymonde, +who was walking in front of them: + +"Look at her. When she walks, her figure has a little swing at the +waist which I cannot see without quivering. But everything in her +gives me that thrill of emotion and love: her movements and her +repose, her silence and the sound of her voice. I tell you, the mere +fact that I am walking in the track of her footsteps makes me feel +in the seventh heaven. Ah, Beautrelet, will she ever forget that I +was once Lupin? Shall I ever be able to wipe out from her memory the +past which she loathes and detests?" He mastered himself and, with +obstinate assurance. "She will forget!" he declared. "She will +forget, because I have made every sacrifice for her sake. I have +sacrificed the inviolable sanctuary of the Hollow Needle, I have +sacrificed my treasures, my power, my pride--I will sacrifice +everything--I don't want to be anything more--but just a man in +love--and an honest man, because she can only love an honest man. +After all, why should I not be honest? It is no more degrading than +anything else!" + +The quip escaped him, so to speak, unawares. His voice remained +serious and free of all chaff. And he muttered, with restrained +violence: + +"Ah, Beautrelet, you see, of all the unbridled joys which I have +tasted in my adventurous life, there is not one that equals the joy +with which her look fills me when she is pleased with me. I feel +quite weak then, and I should like to cry--" Was he crying? +Beautrelet had an intuition that his eyes were wet with tears. Tears +in Lupin's eyes!--Tears of love! + +They were nearing an old gate that served as an entrance to the +farm. Lupin stopped for a moment and stammered: + +"Why am I afraid?--I feel a sort of weight on my chest. Is the +adventure of the Hollow Needle not over? Has destiny not accepted +the issue which I selected?" + +Raymonde turned round, looking very anxious. + +"Here comes Cesarine. She's running." + +The exciseman's wife was hurrying from the farm as fast as she +could. Lupin rushed up to her: + +"What is it? What has happened? Speak!" + +Choking, quite out of breath, Cesarine stuttered: + +"A man--I saw a man this morning! + +"A man--I saw a man in the sitting-room." + +"The Englishman of this morning?" + +"Yes--but in a different disguise." + +"Did he see you?" + +"No. He saw your mother. Mme. Valmeras caught him as he was just +going away." + +"Well?" + +"He told her that he was looking for Louis Valmeras, that he was a +friend of yours." + +"Then?" + +"The madame said that her son had gone abroad--for years." + +"And he went away?" + +"No, he made signs through the window that overlooks the plain--as +if he were calling to some one." + +Lupin seemed to hesitate. A loud cry tore the air. Raymonde moaned: + +"It's your mother--I recognize--" + +He flung himself upon her and, dragging her away, in a burst of +fierce passion: + +"Come--let us fly--you first." + +But, suddenly, he stopped, distraught, overcome: + +"No, I can't do it--it's too awful. Forgive me--Raymonde--that poor +woman down there--Stay here. Beautrelet, don't leave her." + +He darted along the slope that surrounds the farm, turned and +followed it, at a run, till he came to the gate that opens on the +plain. + +Raymonde, whom Beautrelet had been unable to hold back, arrived +almost as soon as he did; and Beautrelet, hiding behind the trees, +saw, in the lonely walk that led from the farm to the gate, three +men, of whom one, the tallest, went ahead, while the two others were +holding by the arms a woman who tried to resist and who uttered +moans of pain. + +The daylight was beginning to fade. Nevertheless, Beautrelet +recognized Holmlock Shears. The woman seemed of a certain age. Her +livid features were set in a frame of white hair. + +They all four came up. + +They reached the gate. Shears opened one of the folding leaves. + +Then Lupin strode forward and stood in front of him. + +The encounter appeared all the more terrible inasmuch as it was +silent, almost solemn. + +For long moments, the two enemies took each other's measure with +their eyes. An equal hatred distorted the features of both of them. +Neither moved. + +Then Lupin spoke, in a voice of terrifying calmness: + +"Tell your men to leave that woman alone." + +"No." + +It was as though both of them feared to engage in the supreme +struggle, as though both were collecting all their strength. And +there were no words wasted this time, no insults, no bantering +challenges. Silence, a deathlike silence. + +Mad with anguish, Raymonde awaited the issue of the duel. Beautrelet +had caught her arms and was holding her motionless. + +After a second, Lupin repeated: + +"Order your men to leave that woman alone." + +"No." + +Lupin said: + +"Listen, Shears--" + +But he interrupted himself, realizing the silliness of the words. In +the face of that colossus of pride and will-power which called +itself Holmlock Shears, of what use were threats? + +Resolved upon the worst, suddenly he put his hand to his jacket +pocket. The Englishman anticipated his movement and, leaping upon +his prisoner, thrust the barrel of his revolver within two inches of +her temple: + +"If you stir a limb, I fire!" + +At the same time his two satellites drew their weapons and aimed +them at Lupin. + +Lupin drew himself up, stifled the rage within him and, coolly, with +his hands in his pockets and his breast exposed to the enemy, began +once more: + +"Shears, for the third time, let that woman be--" + +The Englishman sneered: + +"I have no right to touch her, I suppose? Come, come, enough of this +humbug! Your name isn't Valmeras any more than it's Lupin: you stole +the name just as you stole the name of Charmerace. And the woman +whom you pass off as your mother is Victoire, your old accomplice, +the one who brought you up--" [FOOTNOTE: Arsene Lupin, play in four +acts, by Maurice Leblanc and Francis de Croisset.] + +Shears made a mistake. Carried away by his longing for revenge, he +glanced across at Raymonde, whom these revelations filled with +horror. Lupin took advantage of his imprudence. With a sudden +movement, he fired. + +"Damnation!" bellowed Shears, whose arm, pierced by a bullet, fell +to his side. And, addressing his men, "Shoot, you two! Shoot him +down!" + +But already Lupin was upon them: and not two seconds had elapsed +before the one on the right was sprawling on the ground, with his +chest smashed, while the other, with his jaw broken, fell back +against the gate. + +"Hurry up, Victoire. Tie them down. And now, Mr. Englishman, it's +you and I." + +He ducked with an oath: + +"Ah, you scoundrel!" + +Shears had picked up his revolver with his left hand and was taking +aim at him. + +A shot--a cry of distress--Raymonde had flung herself between the +two men, facing the Englishman. She staggered back, brought her hand +to her neck, drew herself up, spun round on her heels and fell at +Lupin's feet. + +"Raymonde!--Raymonde!" + +He threw himself upon her, took her in his arms and pressed her to +him. + +"Dead--" he said. + +There was a moment of stupefaction. Shears seemed confounded by his +own act. Victoire stammered: + +"My poor boy--my poor boy--" + +Beautrelet went up to the young woman and stooped to examine her. +Lupin repeated: + +"Dead--dead--" + +He said it in a reflective tone, as though he did not yet +understand. But his face became hollow, suddenly transformed, +ravaged by grief. And then he was seized with a sort of madness, +made senseless gestures, wrung his hands, stamped his feet, like a +child that suffers more than it is able to bear. + +"You villain!" he cried, suddenly, in an access of hatred. + +And, flinging Shears back with a formidable blow, he took him by the +throat and dug his twitching fingers into his flesh. + +The Englishman gasped, without even struggling. + +"My boy--my boy--" said Victoire, in a voice of entreaty. + +Beautrelet ran up. But Lupin had already let go and stood sobbing +beside his enemy stretched upon the ground. + +O pitiful sight! Beautrelet never forgot its tragic horror, he who +knew all Lupin's love for Raymonde and all that the great adventurer +had sacrificed of his own being to bring a smile to the face of his +well-beloved. + +Night began to cover the field of battle with a shroud of darkness. +The three Englishmen lay bound and gagged in the tall grass. Distant +songs broke the vast silence of the plain. It was the farm-hands +returning from their work. + +Lupin drew himself up. He listened to the monotonous voices. Then he +glanced at the happy homestead of the Neuvillette, where he had +hoped to live peacefully with Raymonde. Then he looked at her, the +poor, loving victim, whom love had killed and who, all white, was +sleeping her last, eternal sleep. + +The men were coming nearer, however. + +Then Lupin bent down, took the dead woman in his powerful arms, +lifted the corpse with a single effort and, bent in two, stretched +it across his back: + +"Let us go, Victoire." + +"Let us go, dear." + +"Good-bye, Beautrelet," he said. + +And, bearing his precious and awful burden followed by his old +servant, silent and fierce he turned toward the sea and plunged into +the darkness of the night. + +THE END + + + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Hollow Needle, by Maurice Leblanc + diff --git a/old/hlwnd10.zip b/old/hlwnd10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0f4214 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/hlwnd10.zip |
